The Maharashtra Faclories Rutes, 1963

81

The Maharashtra f,'actories Rules, 1963

CHAPTEB
. preliminary
1
-1..
:
l. short tiile and extent,- (1) These rutes may be cafled the Maharashtra
Factories Rules, 1968.
(2) They extend to the whole of the State of Maharashtra.
2. Definitions.- ln these rules, unless.the context otherwise requirås,-
'{a) "Act" means the FactorÍes
Act, 1g4g;
(b) "Appendix" means an Appendix appended to these rule$;
(c) "Artilicial Humidification" means. the inlroduct¡on of moisture into
the
., , ãi( of a room. by any artificial means whatsoever except the un-
avoidable escape of steam or water vapour into the atmosphere
directly due to a manufacturing process:
Provided that the introduclion of air direcfly from outside througlt: mois-
praced in openings ait¡mes when the temperarure
çry,q lgts gr
ot tne room is lreens
80 degrees or more,
humidification; -'
-' shall not be deemed to.be'artificial.
, (d)."Belt!' includes.any driving strap or rope;
(e)"LDeg[ees" (or temperature) means degrees on the Eahrenheit scale;
(f) "District-Magistrateu includes such other ofiicial as may'be appointed
by the State Governrìlent in that behalf; .,,
(g) "Form" means a Form appended to thqse rules;
1 (h)."Fume'i includes gas or vapour;
':: (i) '.'Health officer" means the Munic¡pal Heâlth officer or District Health
officer or such official as may be ãppointed by Ìhe state Government
in that behalf; : .

fi) "Hygrometêr" rneans an accurate wet and dry bulk hygrometer con-
forming to the prescribed conditions as regãrds coris-tructions anc
maintenance
(k) "lnspector" means any lnspector appointed under the Act and includes
the Chief lnspector of Factories and a District Magistrate;
' (l) "Maintained" mearls maintained in an efficient state, in elficient
working order and in good repair;
(m) "Manager" means the person responsible to rhe occuÞier, for the
working of the factory for the purposes of the Act.
(n) "Section " means a section of the Act.
Rutes 3 to 11 prescrìbed undersub-section (l) ol section 6 .

. 3- Approval of plans ¡ (f ) An application for obtaining previous permis:

sion for the site on which the factory is to' be situãied and ior the
construction or extens¡on of a factory shall be made to the chief lnspector
of Facto'ries.
Application for such perinission shallbe made in Form I which shalt be
accompanied by the following documents:-
 eZ The llaharash¡a l:actories Rules, 1963

t[(a) R flow
chart of the manufacturing process supplemented by a brief
description of the process in its various stájes, l¡st of iné ra*
materials used, intermediatê products, includiñg emission of toxic
gases, etc. finished products, by-products, their quantities, methods of
storage and handling, loading and transport and details of the arran-
gements for the disposal of trade waste and eflluents, the likely
hazards and the methods to control or eliminate them.l
(b) Plans in duplicate drawn to scale showing -
(i) the site of the.factory and immediate surrounding including adjacent
buildings and other structures, roads, drains etã.;
(ii) the plan, elevation and necessary cross-section of the various
buildings, indicating all relevant deiails relating to natural lighting,
ventilation and means of escape in case of fir,e. The planõ sha"li
also clearly indicate the position of the plant and machinery, aisles
and passage ways; and
(c) Such other particulars as the Chief lnspector, may require:
z[Provided
- that wnere any inflammable solvent for the extraction of oil
from oit-cakes, oit seeds or any other material is to be or ¡nteñoão t" b"
used, handled or treated in any manner in any process which rav ¡ã
conducted in any factory such application shall átsô ne accompanieo'ny a
no .objection certificate ìn respect of, the site of the factory trcjm tne toôâí
authority concerned and any officer not below the rank of Íown planner in
Dfiectorate of rown. ptanning in charge of the area ìppointed by the state
Government in this behalf.l
. (2) ll the Chief lnspector is sat¡slied that the plans are in consonance with
the requirements of the Act, he shall, subject t'o such conditions ai ne rnãv
spegify, approve them by signing and returrning to the applicant one copy òi
ea,clr. plan or he ma¡¡ call fõr such other partìculars aé 'ne may requiié to
e¡able such approval to be given:
3[Provided
that no such approval shall be given in respect of the site of
any factory- referred to in the proviso to sub-rule (1) unless the chief
Ia.spector of Factories and the D¡dtr¡et Magistrate concerneO have personally
visited the site of the factory and have aþproved the same, and in case of
qny difference of opinion among the authoiities regarding the tocation of the
pÌant the matter shatl be referred to the state Goüernmõnt for decision:
Provided further that no place shall be disapproved unless the applicant
is given an opportunity to be heard and the cirief lnspector or as the case
may be the state Government has recorded íts reasoñs in that behalfl
o[3.-¡. certificate of stability- (1)
No manufacturing process shail be
carried out in any premises of a lacto¡y-constructed; reconstructed or
extended_or in_apypremises which has beffi'laken into use as a factory or
part of a factoi! until a certificate ol stability issued by a competent person
in respect of every work of engineering construction in the Ëorm I -A has

I Subs. b¡ {ì.N. dr.8.2.t988 M.G.G. pnrr I-t. Err. I,.57.

2 ¡\dded b,v (ì.N., of 24rh tVlay, l9ó9
3 ;\ddcd by (;.N., ol 24th \.la-v, 1969
4 lns. by {ì.N., dr. 1j.j.198.1 published jn M.G.G. pr. I-1. (Exrra} dt,. lg.j.B4l,.lg.7
 The Maharashtra Factories Rules, lg6j gg

been sent byJfre oc.cupier oÍ the factory to the chief tnspector of Factories,
and approved by him:
Provided that, for the factories, which are in existence on the date
of the
lolilic.lt¡gl of.rhese rutes, rhe cert¡ficate of s-rabitity inFô;m ì_Ã;-rãv'6e
:sent. to the tnspector ol Factories within s moñÛrs'fiom the' datä of
notif ication:
Provided further tl'?t process shail be carried out in any
premises of a facrory untess ry Tanufacturing
a f resh cõit¡ticate oi JiániitV-iÅ
-Fórm
obtained from a competent person once in each period ot s
t:A is
vears
gxtension, alteration,,repairs or addiflon of any i¡rork of engineering áìtå;
oi
ðon_
struction.or replacement or addition ol machinery, plant, átcl,-ano sent to
lhe Chiel.lnspector:
" Provided also that the foregoing provisions are with.out preiudice to the
provision of sections 39 and ab ol the Factories Act. - -: r'
Explanation (l) - For the purpose ol this rule competent person means-
. , (,) A Member or Assoçiate Member ol institute or civil Engin""r*;.'oi
(i¡) A Member of lnstitute of Structural Engineers; :,
' fiii):A.Full.Member,o1.A.gs_ociate Member of tnstitute.of Engineers (tndia),
' ,in the branch of civir Engineering or structurar Engineãring;
'. (iv) A civit Engineer of public woiks; not betow the rank of Executive
Engineer.
Explanation (2).-lwg1f.of Engineering. construction', means '¡any buird-
.
;ng, tank silo, sealold,.platform, cn¡mney,-bridge, supporting itructural worlr
retàin¡ng wall or any siinitar structure. "
1[¿, use of premises as a factory¡ No occupier shall use any premises
as a factorv unless
.. (1) The pt.n, ar got approved from the chief rnspector of Factories or
the Deputy lnspector of Factories as the case may'be, in respect of the
following items namely:-
{a) site on which the lactory is to be situated;
(b) buildings and extension used for the purposês of manufacturing
process;
2¡1c¡
rne.layout.o-f plant.and machinery, ¡nclud¡ng the storages for raw
materials and línished products, Íntelmediate by_productslì
(d) any changes total or partial in manufacturing processes.
. !z) Jne lSctoly building, extensions, processes, and machinery tayout aie.
in conformity wíth the approved plans;
(3) The cond¡tions subject to which ptans are approved are comptiect with;
(4) A licence is obtained under rule 6 from the chief lnspector ot
,rute 8 by the Deputy chief tnsþector of
Factories or renewed..under
Factories and the said licence is valid atthe releväntiime;
lxplagation -For the purposes of this sub-rule a licence shall be deemed
to be valid only if,

I Subs. by G.N., d¡: 1.12.7982 published in'M.C.G. pt. I-L dr. t.2.gj p.6gg,:
2 Ins. by G.N. dt. 8.2.1988 M.c.c. pr.I-L Ext. p.5?.
 E4 Th¿ Maharashta Factor¡es Rules, ]963

(a) the fees including additional lees, if necessary,

are paid;
(b) the emproyment of workers for which rícence'is granted is
not
exceeded;
(c) the limit of the installed power:for which licence is granted
. exceeded.
is not
t¡1S¡
Necessary Certificates under Rule 22 are obtainedl;
tt(o) The
.. conditions subject.to which the ticence is graniä or renewed
as
the case may be are comþlied with.
5' Application for registratiol ano.gr.an!.of licence.- (1) The occupier
9l manager of ev.ery fac-tory aoming w¡ln¡n this scope ot ìnís nct attãi ñi
commencement shail submit to the chief
catq. in. For.m _2 for .rnspector än appticatioÀ i"'ü¡pii
_the registration
3[grant
ol l¡e'taciórv aöJmpanied by an
apptication in Form 3 for thè ot ricèncJlnér"T;foiã po¡o,í,.,îi
exceeding olten yearsl;
Provided that the occupie.r.or.manager of a place to which
the provisions
or the Act are made..apþrícablq ov à ñõi¡ricatioñ üñád; d".t"i*-áÉ ".ï
th;'Ëi
shall submit an apprication within B0 da¡¡s of the oatð oitnât notificátion.
(2) Every such apptication shall be accompa¡ied.by
a_ cheque or by:an rndian postal order a treasury receipt or
or an invo¡cd tóiooor áo¡ustnient,
as the case mav be, Tor.payment of the tees presçri6e,iiõ'Ü,"
gReciried by Jlg 'tscneoüre oerów-aJ'ffiIåõiãiðiñitñåir"rt rrom ¡-Jrpdiãäð
January '[1998];- the lst

'[scxeouLE etA¡¡
All:factories (except Power Generating'stations and Electrical sub-stations)
FOR SCHEDULE A
See the next page

lnr. by G.N. dr. 8.2.1988.M.c.c. pt.I-L Ext. p.57.

2! Rer¡umbered by G.N. dt.8.2.1988M.c.c. h.I-L, Ext. p.57
3: Subs. by G.N. of 13.10.1981
1 9uþr. by G.N. dt. 30.1L200, M.c.c. pr.I-L Ext. dt. 3).tt.Z(nO p.243.
5 Subs. by c.N. ðt. 22.5.1994
6 Subs. by G.N. 2lsr May, t986
7 Subs. by G.N. 20.10.1998
8 Subs. by G.N. of 2lst May, 1986
9 Subs. by G.N. dr. zZ.S.lge+
 .ì
'[scnnpuLE.A' :
All Factories (except por,ver gänerating stations and Electrical Subdtations) Maximum Number of person to be employed on the day during the year

Quantity of H.P. Upto9 tr'rom From ,F¡:om From I'rom From From From . f'rom 4û]1
Installed¡ l0 to 21 to 51 to to
151 251 to 501to . 1001 to 2501 and ebove
(Maximum H.P.) 20 50 150 ?s0 500 1,000 .2,500 to 4.0ü)

I , 3 67 89

Rs. Rs. Rs.. N

Nil ì
Nit i' .' , 100.. .125 250 1000 1500 3000. 6000 12000 18000 24,000 s
Uoto 10 tt
200 400 7s0 2000 3000' . 4500 i'. 9000 18000 24000 30,000 ri'
' 'Above
10 bút not abôve 50 300 700 1250 3000 4500 .6000 'rzooo 22500 27500 33,000 $

Abov.e 50 but not above 100 800 1250 1750 4500 6000 9000 15000 27000 30000 36,000 Ð

Above 100 but not above 500 1800 2500 3s00 9000 12000 15000 22500 30000 36000 42,000 I

Above 5Û0 but not above 1000 3500 4000 7500 12000 16500 19500 30000 36000 42000 48,000 91

Above 1000 but,ûot above 2000 5000 7000 9s00 16500 19500 240t0 33000 42000 48000 54,000
Above 2000, 7000 9500 16500 19s00 24000
'33000 42000 48000 54000 60,0001

I Schedule 'A'Subs. by G.N. dt. 20.10:1998

co
gt
 q6 The ltlahat'asht¡:a Factories Rules. 196,1

'¡scHeoute a¡
(Power Generating Stations)

Numbers of Workers
General Capacity in Megawatts Upto From From Over
100 101 to 501 to 1,000
500 1,000

Rs. Rs. Rs. Rs.

Upto 20 M.W. 1,200 1,800 3,000 4,500
Over 20 M.W. and Upto 50 M.W. 1,700 2,700 4,500 6,000
Over 50 M.W. and Upto 100 M.W. 2,500 3,500 6,000 7,500
Over 100 M.W. and Upto 2S0 M.W. 3,500 4,50Q 7,500 9,000
Over 250 M.W. and Upto SOO M.W., 4,500 6,000 9,000 10,500
Over 500 M.W. and Upto 750 M.W. 7,000 7,000 10,500 12,000
Over 750 M.W. and Uplo 1,000 M.W. 7,000 8,000 12,000, 15,000
Over '1,000 M.W. 8,000 9,000 15,000 18;000

'¡scnFouLE cI
(For Electrical Sub-stations etc.)
Rated capacity More than g workers
Upto 20 MVA ' .3Õ0
Over 20 MVA and Upto 50 MVA 750
Over 50 MVA and Upto 100 MVA 1 500
Over l OO MVA and Uplo 250 MVA. 2200
Over 250 MVA and Upto 500 MVA 3,000
Over 500 MVA and Upto 750 MVA 3;600
Over 750 MVA and Upfo 1,000 MVA 4;5bO
Over 1,000 MVA 6,000

Provided that .
(í) fees to.b.e charg_ed forthe following classes of factories shall, subject
to a nrinimum of rupees five, be half of those specified above, if t'hey
do not work foi mére than 180 days in the aggregatð in a catendar
year:-
(a) Cotton Ginningand PressingFactories,
---*='
(b) Gur Factories,
(c) Jarda Factories,(tobacco processing),
(d) Cashewnut Factories,

I Subs. [r¡ (ì.\., dt. 20.10.19()8

2 Subs. bv (i.\. dr. 20.lO. l99tl.
 The Maharashtra Factorìes Rules, lg63 87

(e) Groundnut Deconicating Factories,

{f) Rice Mills;
{ii) in the case ol other factories working for a part of the year, and
commencing work on or after 1st day of July, The fees to be charged
' Tor the first time shall, subject to a minimurn of rupees five, be haH of
lhose specified in the Schedule a{oresaid.
rProvided further
that, if the period for which the licence is applied for ís
one year or more but does not exceed '[ten years] the fees payable therefor
per year,'shall be at the rates specified in this sub:rule.
, 't(g) Where the lees for the grant or renewal of a licence for the year
T19981 are paid belore the '[1 st January 1998] and the fees so paid are less
than the fees payable in accordance with rates prescribed in the Schedule
in sub-rule (2), then the licensee shall pay the dilference on or before the
'f31st day ol October, 1998.] lf the l¡censee Tails to pay the dilference on or
befo-re the_'[31st day of October, 19gB], he shafi be deemed to have paid
the fees after the expiry of the due daÏe and an additional fee of 25 per ient,
of the difference shall be payable by him.l
6. Grant of licence.- (1) The Clriel lnspector may, on application being
made to him under sub-rule (1) of rule 5 and on payment of the lees
prescribed in sub-rule (2) of thrit iule and on being sadistíeO that there is no
objection to the grant of licence applied for, register the tactory and grant a
licence in Form 4, to the applicant to use as factory such premises as are
specified in the application and subject Ìo compliance with such conditions
as are specified in the licence:
Provided that, subject to the provision of sub-section (3) of section 6, the
Chief lnspecTor'mây refuse to register the factory and grant a licence íf he
is satisfied-
(i) that an application is noi accompanied by plans-
(a) of the site on which the factory is to be situated, and
{b) for the construction or extension of the factory;
(i¡) that the plans so submitted have not been approved by the Chief
lnspector;
(iii) that the lactory has not been constructed in accordance with the plans
approved by the Chief lnspector or in compliance with the conditions
subject to which the plans are provided;
{iv) that malerial requirement of the refevant provisions specified in
Schedules to rule 114 in relation to the factory concerned have not
b-een complíed with; or
(v) that there is imminent danger
to life in the factory due to explosive or
inflammable dust, gas or fumes, and efiective rneasures in his opinion
have not been taken to remove the danger.

I Added by G.N. of 13.10.1981

2 Subs. by G.N. of 30. I 1.2000
3 Added by G.N, 3l.l.l98l
4 Subs. by C.N. of 20.10.1998
5 Sr¡bs. by G.N. of 20.10.1998
6 Subs. by G.N. of 20.1O.1998
7 Subs. by G.N. of 20.10.i998
 89.. 'l'he ll[aharashrra lìactorie
s RLtl¿'s, 196-]

t¡1vi¡
tnat the details of the raw materials, intermediate products, finished
products, quantities, methods of storages, hazards, saTety measures,
arrangements for trade-waste and effluents, the likely hazárds and the
:',, - methods to disposal etc., have not been furnished.l

,','(2) subject.lo the provisions hereinafter conta¡ned with respect to

'[suspension] "[and revocation] and unressr earlier renewed undei rule g
-every
such licence shall remain in force until the 31st day of December next
following and shall then expire.
7' Amendment.of .licence.(1); A licence granted under rule 6 may be
amended Þy tne Chief lnspector o[or Deputy Chief tnspector authoriseit Oy
the State Government in this behalf.l
(2) A licensee shall be required to have his licence amended if there is
ihange in the name.of the fäctory 5[or in rhe site o;;hi;h'ìh; i";i";i ;;
Siiuat-eidl
9r if. the factory for which-the licence is granted exceeds rnãli'íriið
specified.in_the licence'in regard to horse-powerãr the number of perioni
employed. The licensee whose licenbe is required to be amended shall
súom¡t it to the chief lnspector 6[or the Deputy chief tnspecto. áuirlor¡s¿o
under sub-rule (1)l with an application statinglhe nature òt tne amendment
and: reasons thereof:
' Provided that no amendment of the licence shall be necessary in respect
ol"changes in the number of workers oi hò,.,se po*"i oi notn unless such
c¡ang'es.jrlvolvehigherlicenceorr'enêwal.1"ê..:-|
(3) w|glq a licence is required to be amended under sub-r:ule(2) the fee
to be paid for such amendment shall be equal to the difference neìt*eáñ tñe
lic_ence or renewal fees due on the basis ol the hlgher number ol workers
did horse-qo_wer and rhe fees for the grant ot ricãncó ói rãr'e*ár'iñ;;à";
dlready pâid for the year or part thereof.
8. Renewal of licence.- (1) An application forthe renewat qf ticence 7lfor
period not exceeding "[five years] shalt be made to chief lnspector n¡or ihe
!Deputy chief lnspector authorised by the state Government in this Ëehalfl
For.m^3 accompanie-Q lly a treasury rece¡pt or a cheque or by an. tndian
IPg.slal Qro_q1or.an invoice lor book adjustment, as thé case ñray be, for
payment of the fees specified in tne scr'"orre aitaðnôo tð rur" sl"o är'ö
reach him not later than two months before the date on which the licence is
due to expire:
i¡Provided that where a lactory
commences work on or after the 1st day of
November in any year, applicaiion lor renewat of the licerrce snall oe máoe
on orbefore the 1st day of January next following.
"o[(e)'(a) on receipt of the apprication under sub-rure (1), the ch¡ef
lnspector or the Deputy chief lnspector authorised under sub-rule (1),

I Ins. by G.N. of 8.2. 1988

2 Subs. by G.N. of 30th Sept., l9(r5 ,. â '
3 lns. by G.N. of l3th October l98l
4 Lrs. by G.N. of 23rd Augusr, 1969
5 Ins, by C.N. of 24th July, 1964
6 lns. b¡ tì.N. ol'23rd August, 1969
7 Ins. tr-v {-ì.N. ol' Iirh Ocrober, l98l
8 Sulrs. by M.G.Cì. Pr.l-L, dr. 2.8.t997
9 Ins. by G.N. ol 23rd Augusr, 1969
l0 Subs. by G.N. ol'24th Jul), Ì.)64
 The Maharasht¡a Faclories Rules, 1963

may, il he is salisfied that there is no objection to the renewal of the

l¡cence, renew the same for a period nót exceeding i¡fivel years or
may, after recording his reasons, rejuse the-renewarinereoi o'n àny ot
the grounds speci{ied in the proviso to sub-rute (l) ot rulã O.
{b) The chief lnspector may also ref ube the renewal of the licence on the
ground that the appticant has been guilty of repeated contraventions
of the provisions of the Act or these rules or bot'h, or the applicant has
obtained the l¡cence by fraud or by misrepresentâtion: '
Provided that, in any.case falling under clause (a) or (b) before refusing
any licence, applicant shall be given an opportunity io srrow cause why thä
licence should not be refused:
2Provided
further that if the period for which the renewal of licence is
appliêd is one .year or more but does not exceed,three years, tþe fees
payable under.this sub-rule therefor per year, shail be at the iated sbecirìeã
in lhe Schedule attached to rule S:
3Provided
also that where the application for the renewal of the ticence is
Il9S after the , expiry of the due date specified ¡n this sub+ule, the
aodftionat graded fees at the percentage of the fees payable for the renewal
ol the l¡cence specified in cotumn 2 of ihe schedute heieto shaü be payable
for such renewâl of the lfcence for the períod of delay specified ¡n côlu-mn I
of that schedule'
*.HEDULE
Period of delay 7o of lees Period of delay o/o ol
fees
Upto one month 5o/o Upto two months lOo/o
Upto three months 11o/a Upto four months ZOa/o
Upto five months and above 25a/o"
*[8-4. ln calculating
the amount of fee payable under these irules, the
fractÍon ol a rupee less
Trasu(ril of-a-.rupee tess than rlny paise
tnan fifty palse snait
shall ne
be ignored and the fraction of
a rupee of fifty paise and exceeding fifty naye pãise shall be rounded off
upto the next complete rúpee.l
-9' when licence deemed to be granted or renewe¿-.lwhere an applica.
tión for g{+nt o-f renewat of licencã ia duly made in accordance w¡th these
.rules and if no licence has been issued ol renewed within a period of foui
months,. the .factory in respect of which the licence is to tie grantêo or
renewed shall be deemed to be duly licenced.l
' 8[Provided
that in respect of application for grant or renewal of licence
qnic.n.has. already been refused, if ¡t is made again, the factory in.respect
of which it is made, shall not be deemed to be licensed untit the ticende is
actually granted or renewed.l

1 Subs. by M.G.G- Pr.I-Lr Af. 2.8.I99i

2 -Ins..by G.N. of l3th Ocr, l98l
3 Subs. by G.N. of 13.3.t985 McG pr.I-LExr. p.98.
4. Ins. byG.N. of 3.9.1988 MGG Pt.I-LExt.p.341,..
5 Subs, by G.N. dr. 4h Augusr, 1998
6 Ins. by G.N. dt. 26,7.199L p.3O0
 -fhe
90 llaharashtra Factories Rules. 1963

Explanation- For the purpose of this rule, an application for the grant or
renewal of a licence shall be deemed to have been duly made only if it is in
the prescribed form and is filled in with all relevant particulars and further is
accompanied by a treasury receipt or a cheque or an invoice for book
adjustment, as the case may be, for payment of the fees in accordance with
the Schedule annexed to rule 5.
t¡9-4. Revocat¡on of licence.-The Chief lnspector
or the Deputy Chief
lnspector authorised under sub-'rule (1) of rule I may, at any time'befbre the
expiry of the- period for which the licence has been granted or renewed,
revoke the licence on any of the grounds specified in the proviso to sub-rule
(1) of rule 6 or in clause (b) of sub-rule (2) of rule 8:
Provided that before revoking any licence, the licensee shall be given an
opportunity to show cause why the licence should not be revoked.
10. Procedure on death or disability of licensee- lf a licensee dies or
becomes insolvent, the person carrying on the business of such licensee
shall not be liable to any penatty under the Act lor exercising the powers
granted to the licensee by the licence during such time as may reasonably
be requíred to allow him to.make an application for the amendment of the
licence under rule 7 in his own.name lor the unexpired portion of the original
lícence.
r 1. Loss of licence.-(1) Where a licence granted under these rules is lost
or destroyed a duplicate thereof may be granted on payment of a fee of
rupees five.
(2) The Chief lnspector may require a licensee to obtain a duplicate
licence on payment ol rupees five, if the original licence is defaced or
spoiled:
Provided that, the Chief lnSpector may issue a duplicate licence without
charge il he is satisfied thatthere are good and sufficient,reasons fordoing
so.
12, Mode of payment of fees.-(1) Every applicat¡on under these rules
shall be accompanied by a treasury receipt showing that the appropriate
amount of fee has been paid into the local treasury under the head of
account '¡OZSO-Labour and Employment-1O4-fees reâlised under the Fac-
.l948 (0230-0045)l
tories Act, or by a crossed cheque or crossed lndian
Postal Order for the appropriate amount of fees drawn in favour of Chiel
lnspector:
Provided that, in the case of the factories in Greater Bombay, the
application shall always be accompanied by a crossed cheque or a crossed
lndian Fostal Order:
Provided further that, in the case of a Government factory, the payment
of the appropriate amount of fees shall be made in the same manner as
payments of amounts Oue þy one Government depâltrrært to another are
ordinarily made.
(2) lf an application for the grant, renewal or amendment of a licence is
rejected, the lee paid shall be refunded to the applicant.

I Ins. b¡ (ì.\. ol'litlì ()ct. l9¡tl

2 -Subs. br'\4.(ì.(ì. l)t. I-1.. dt. 15.3.1997
 The Maharashtra Fac,ories Rules, 1963 31

(3) Where such application is granied, any amount paid by the applicant
in excess of the prescribed fee shall be refundable only after the expiry of
one year from the date of such granl or the same may be adjusted against
payment of any lees due for the next succeeding year.
13. llsuspension of licence on request of licenseel.'{1) lf before the
31st October of any year an occupier notifies his intention in writing to the
Chief lnspector or the Deputy Chief lnspector author¡sed by the State
Government in this behalf that during the following year the premises in'
respect of which licence is issued will not be used for the working of the
2[or
faciory, the Chief lnspector the Deputy Chiel lnspector so authorised]
may suspend the licence granted in respect of such factory.
'(2) A licence suspended under sub-rule (1) may be on receipt of 'an
application for renewal in Form 3,'accompanied by the licence, for the
remaining part oi the year, on payment of surcharge of 10 per cent in
addition to the lees specified in these ruleç.
: . .Form prescribed under sub-section (l) oÍ section 7
: ,14. Notice of occupation.- The notice of occupation shall be in Form 2.
', 15. Notice of change of Manager.-Notice of change of Manager shall be
in Form 5.
CHAPTER II

The Inspecting staff

, Rule prescribed under sub-sectÌon {1) ol section I
. 16. Appointment ol
lnspectors.- No person shall be appointed as
lnspector for the purposes of the Act, unless he possesses the qualification
prescribed for such lnspectors in the Bombay Civil Services Classification
and Becruitment Rules at the time of his appointment.
Rutes prescribed under sectìon I
17. Powers of lnspectors.- An tnspector shall, f-or the purpose of the
gxecution of the Act, have power to do all or any of the following things that
is to say:-
(a) to photograph any worker, to inspect, bxamine, measure, copy,
photograph, skêtch or test, as the case may be, any building or room,
any plant, machinery, appliance or apparatus; any register or docu-
ment or anything provided for the purpose of securing the health,
safety or welfare of the workers employed in the lactory;
(b) in the case of a lnspector who is duly qualified medicat practitioner to
carry out such medical examinations as may be necessary.lor the
purposes of his duties under the Act;
, {c) to prosecute, conduct or defend before a Court any complaint, or other
, proceeding arising under the Act or in discharge of his duties as an
lnspector:
Provided that the powers of the Distr¡ct Magistrates and such other public
officers as are appointed to be Additional lnspectors Shall, unless otherw¡$e

I Subs. by G.N. of 30th Sept. 1965

lns. by G.N. of 23rd Aug., l9ó9
 92 e )laharashtra Factories Rules, tg6i

expressly provided in the notification under sub-section (s) of section g,

be
limited to the inspection of factories in respect of the'tättowing mattbrc
namely:-
_cleanliness (section ll), over-crowdíng (sectíon 16), Lighting. (section
17),.Drinking water (section 18), tatrines ãnà urinats (séctio-n te), spitooni
precautions in the case of fire (section 5eJ,-wrr.ré (cd;iè;
JgecJlon 20),
v),.working hours. of ad.urts (c,hapter vr.ex'cept tne põwei
'ot yourig "l;ìã;pì'r;;
.u.Lqq the proviso to section 62),..Emproyr9nt þersons tcnäptãi
Vll), Leave with wages (chaptervur) ânrÍ Dispray ór ñoi¡ðe(;;;ri"ìiïõãi;'
Provided further that-
li) the District Magistrale shall not pass any original orders or remarks
under sections'11,11 and 38 of ine Act but sñâlr-¡ir¡t anã ðonñn" niõ
orders or remarks under those sections to tné éòinti l;üiöh ir;;
full-time lnspector of factories hâd already Oirãcied'the attentjon of
manager or occupier of the factory, as the case may be,
(ii) all Additional lnspectors..except District Magistrates shalt report
the
defects found and remedies suggested for eñtorcing compliance with
requirements of sections referre-d to above, to the Cñief tn5pectãi wfìä
shall pass final orders in each case.
Rule prescribed under sub=section þ) of section t0
lB. Duties of certifying surgeon.- (1) Fgr purposes of the examination
and certification of young persons who wish to'ontäin certificates of f itnéss,
the c.ertifying sur.geon shall arrange a suitable time and ptace tói-t-rré
attendance oT such persons, and st¡allgiv,e previous notice in writing of suCñ
arrangements to the managers of facterieð situated within the loðal lirrita'
assigned to him.
(2) The Certifying Surgeon shall issue his certíficates in Form 6.,The foil
and counterfoil shalt be filled in and the left thumb-mark ol the
whose name the certificate is granted shail be taken on them_ o.Ielnö óerrõn ln
satisfied as to the correctness of tne entries made therein and on the fitnesã
of the person examined. he shail sign the foit and initiat the iorniéio',Ì a-ñõ
shall deliver the foil.to the person in whose name the certificate ¡Jgranteol
The foil ss delivered shall be the certificate of fitness granted unoer"sãói¡oi
ô9. All counterfoits.shalt be kept b_y the certifying Su-rgeon for a perioo ôf
at least two years after the issue of the ce¡tificâte:
.
(3) Jf a.certificate of fitness issued to a young person is tost, on receipt
of application for the grant of dupticate, Ûre öertityiiìg surgeon, after mâxiriei
such inquiries as he deems fit, may grant á oupticãte thereof. sucñ
applieation shatt be forwarded through ine occupier oi the factory *r'ere iñô
young person is employed.
(4) (a) '¡A fee of rupees tenl shalt be payable-Lqr- the issue of every
certificate of fitness issued under sub-rute (á) and-3iìail be paid by thá
occupier.
(b) '?[AJee of.rupees two] shalt be payable forthe issue of every duplicate
.
of a certificate issued under sub-rute (ã) and shail be paid by tlré ocòupiár.

I Subs. by G.N. of 1.8. 1984 MGG Pr.t-L Ext. p.272

2 Subs. by G.N. of 1.8.1984 Mtì(ì Pr.l-l_ E\r. p.2j2
 The Maharashtra Factories Rules, 1963 93

(5) The Certifying Surgeon shall, upon request by the Chief lnspector,
carry out such examination and furnish him with such report as he may
indicate for any factory or class or description of factories where-
(a) cases of illness have occurred which it is reasonable to believe are
due to the nature of lhe manufacturing process carried on, oi other
conditions of work prevailing therein, or
, (b) bV reason of any change in the mañufacturing process carried or in
the substances used therein, or by reason of the adoption ol any new
manufacturing.process or of any new substance for ube in a mañulac-
: turing process, there is a likelihood of injury to the health of workers
. . employed in that manufacturing process, or
(c) young persons are, or are about to be employed in any work which is
. likely to cause injury to the¡r health.
1o¡ Forihe purpose ãt tne exam¡nation of persons employed in processes
covered by the Flules relating to dangerous operat¡ons, the Certifying
I
Surgeon shall visit the factor¡es within the local limits assigned to him al
such intervals as are prescribed by the Flules relating lo such dangerous
operat¡ons.
(7) At such visits the Certilying Surgeon shall examine the persons
employed in such processes and shall record the resutt of his examination
in a register known as the Health Registèr in Form 7 which shall be kept by
the factory manager and produced to the Certifying Surgeon at each visit.
(S) lf the Certifying Surgeon finds as a result of his exam¡nation that any
person employed in such process in no longer lit for medical reasons to
work in that process, he shall suspend such person from working in that
process for such t¡me as he may think fit and no person after suspension
shall be employed in that process without the written sanction_ of the
Certifying Surgeon in the Heálth Register.
(9) The manager of a factory shall atford to the Certilying Surgeon
facilitles to ¡nspect
'
any process in which any person i9 employed or'is likely
to be employed.
(10) The manager of a laetory shall provide for the purpose of any
medical examination which the Certilying Surgeon wishes to conduct atthe
factory (for his,exclus¡ve use on the occasion of an examination) a room
which shall be properly cleaned and'adequately ventilated and lighted and
ïurnished with a screen, a table (with writing materials) and chairs,
CHAPTER III
' Health
Exemptions under sub-section (2) of sectian It
19. Òleaffinêss of walls and ceilings.-(1)Clause (d) of sub- sect¡on (1)
of seclion 11 of the Act shall not apply to the class ór description ol. the
iactories or'parts of factories specified in the Scf:edule herelo:
Provided that they are kept in a clean state by wash¡ng, sweeping,
biushing, dusting, vacuurn-clean¡ng ol other effective means:
Provided further that the said clause (d) shall continue.to applyl
. (i) as respect factories or parts of factories specified in Part A of the said
' 'Schedule, to worþrooms in which amount of cubic space allowed for
: every person employed in the room is less than 15 cu. metres;
94 The !ç[aharaslttra Factories Rules' 1963

(ii)' as respects factories or parts of factories specif¡ed in.Part .B of the

' said SðfreOute, to work-rboms in which the amount of cubic space
allowed for ev'ery person employed in the room is less than 15 cu'
metres;
(iii) to engine-houses, fitting-shops, lunch-roomS, canteens, shelters,
' 'crechesl cloak rooms, resi rooms and wash-places; and
(iv) to such parts of walls, sides and tops of passages and staircases as
are less ihan six metres above the floor stair'
(2) tf ¡t appears to the chief lnspector that any part oJ.a factory,(d) to which
¡y'uírtue ol'êuO-rule (1) any of thè provisions of the said clause do not
clean state
ãöplv, o,. appty as u"rieä by'sub-rute (1), is not to kept
being ín a
ñã'níáv oy',irrítten nõtióã iéqrite the òicupier to white-was-!or colour-wash'
failinq to
;á;h;'pãiît oi u"rnisn the dame and in t'he event of the occupier the notice,
ò"róiy *itÈ iucn reãu¡äition wrlhin two months frsm the date of
the Ghief
sun-î,ile (i) snatl cðäée io apply to such part of factory, unless
I nspector otherwise determines.

SCHEDULË
Part A
Blast furnaces.
Brick and tile works. in which unglazed bricks or tiles are made.
Cement works.
Chemical works.
Copper mills.
Gas works.
lron and steel mills'
äiåt", t'ãiã tr,.ole works.
".o
The following Parts of factories:-
Roorns used only for the storage of articles'
glazed
Rooms in which the walls or ceiling consist of galvanised iron,
bricks, glass, slate, asbestos, bambso, thatch'
process Pa.rts
Parts in which dense steam is continuously ev.olved in the
is manufactúred or is used to a substantial
in which pitch, tar oi i¡f.ã mäier¡al
extent, except in brustt works. The parts of a glass factory lnown qs the
or is used to a
õi¿5; hõG". nuo*i-in *ni"n grapirite is mañufactured
õubstantial extent in any process.
Partsinwhichcoal,coke,oxideoriron,ochre,limeorstoneiscrushed
or ground.
Parts of walls, particulars, ceilinggor tops of rooms which are at
least
seuen-mçtørs aboüe the floor.
-\*"'
ceilings or tops of rooms in print works, bleach works, or dye
work with
the exce-ption of finishing rooms or warehouses'
ground floor
lnside walls of oil mills below a height of 1,5 metres from the
height of 1.5 metres from the ground
level. lnside walls in tanneries belowã
floor level where ä wet process is carried on'
 The Maharashtra Factorìes Rules. Ig63

Part B
Coach and motor body works. ' Foundries other than foundries in
Electric generat¡ng or transforming sta- which brass casting fs carried on.
t¡ons.
Engineering works, Gur Factories.
Faclories ln which sugar ¡s refined or Ship-building works.
manulactured.
Thgse parts of factories where unpainted or unvarn¡shed wood is
manufactured.
Register prescribed under sub-secfion (t) of section tt
20. Record of white-washing, eto,- The record of dates on which
wh.ite-washing, cofour-wâshing,valnishíng, etc., are carried òul shall
be
entered in a Register maintainêd in Form*e.
Rute prescribed under sub-secl¡on (1)of sect¡on rr and sect¡on
12
. 21' Compo.und tg .bg kept crean.-The com.pound surrounding every
fagtqry shail b.e ma¡ntained-in a sanitary and clean Conã¡tion free
of
rubbish,filth or debris.
Rute prescrîbed under sub-sect¡an (p) oi section .tZ
22. Disposat of trade waste and effluents.-(1) ln the case of a factory
where the'drainage system is proposed to bd 'conneõrðo-io tne puitìó
sswerag€-'system, prior. apprgval of the arrangements maoe stråll be
obtained from the LocatAuthbrity.
_ :lel For the areas notified under water (prevention and control of
Poltution) Act, (6 of 1sz4) necessary approuaì to aiiãnéeräñts-ñ:åäärði
the treatment and disposal of,all typés ot iraoe-waste âüri'éilìi¡Ënts srralt
ne
obtained rrom Maharashtra.{.lqi (prevention áno öoitró¡-;i'Þõii;iilr;
Board, constituted under that Act.l
'1s1 tn the case of factories other than those mentioned in sub-rule (1)
prior approval of the arrangements made for the oisposal-ol
and, effluenls shail be obtained from the t-lealth Ott¡cãr.::' -' "
trade*wastes

. Rure 22-A prescribed under sub.sect¡on (2) of section 13 '

. .'[ee-e. ventiration and temperature.-(1] r¡*¡i.'"i t",npJr*ur" and air
movement.- tn any factory the maximum w.et-bulb temperäture oi
ai;ln ä
ar. a height of 1.s metres above the iloor levêi õñãif not.exceed
lglflootrl
lJuu-lÌ anct adequate air movement of at least 30 meters per minute
shall be
provided; and in relation tq gry-gqtb temperature, the wdt-bulb
temperature
in the work-room at the said tíeight snalí nol ex;'"ölñreïã;that
shown
in the Schedute hereto, or as"regârOé a dry-bufn ieaã¡ng intermediate
belween the two.dry-butb.readings,-that specilied in l.elatio,ito'the hightei
of these two dry butb readings:

I Ins; and renumbered by G.N. dt. 8.2.19gg

, Renumbered by G.N. dr. 8.2.1988
J Added by G.N. of t5.lO,l9g4
96 The lllaharashtra Factories Rules, 196-l

SCHEDULE
Dry bulb temperaturê Wet Bulb temPerature

35oc to 39oc 28.50C

4ooc to 44oc zaoc
45oc to 47oc 27.50c

-Pr
a hollow globe ol '15 eentimeters diameter coated mat black outside and
t<ept in thõ environment for not less than 20 minutes, exceeds the dry-bulb
temperature of air, the temperature so recorded b-y.the globe thermometer
shail be t-aken in pfacd ol the dry-bulbtemperaturQl
Provided further that when the feading of the wet-bulb temperature
outside in the shade exceeds 270C, the value of the wet-bulb temperature
ãlfo*eO in the schedule lor a given dry-bulb telTì¡ierature may be cor-
respondingly, exoeeded to the same extent:
Provided further that this requirèment shall not apply in respect of
factories covered by section lS of the Act ând in respect of factories where
the nature ol worÍ< ,carriêd'on ìnvolves produotioñ of excessively high
iätpeiaiute reterred to-in ôlapse,{ji}:of igqb-seclion (i) ol section 13,to which
.wori<ers are expoged for short per¡ods,.gf time not exceeding one hour
ioilo*eû by an'intefval of suffici'ent dur,qtion .in thermal environments not
exceeciing ihose otherwise laid down in the rule:
Provided also that the Chief lnspector, having due regards:to the health
ol thó *oif."ig, flay in special and exceptional oircumstancesi by:an order
¡n wiiting ¡*ãl¡pt'any iactory or part of a factory fr9.m the foregoing
réquirem"ênts; suþject io such ðondftions as he may specily'
(2) Provision of thermometers.-(a) lf it appears'to tfi.e.lnspector that in
any-factOry, tlre temperature of air in a work-room is'sufficiently high and.is
ñr.é¡v ìôiíôeeo the'limits prescribed in sub-rule ,(1); he may.s.erve 9!'t.thq
ià;téri-râñáéér an'õrdei in writing requiring him to 'provide sufficient
nrrnnór of wfrirl¡ng hygrometers or any other type of hygrometers and d.ygct
iir;i tñ"¡tV-O¡fO"aíd"wet-bulb readiirg'in each s.uchaswolk-roo-m shall be
iéðoøeO ai such positions and at sueh intervals, ãpploved by th9
,lnspeotor, by a,person speciallY nominated for the pufpose by the manager
ánó apptouéo oy the lnsþector.
1

(b) lf the lnspector has reason tO believe that a substantial arnount of heat
¡s àã'OäO- :"siOË the environment of'a wor.k-room b.y radiation from walls,
rool
or-ðtnãì iuüõuñOings, he may serve on the fáctory manager.an.ord.er

l:gi['åï,:yJ"".r*:tl,:,ïî:iffbyñflhim:*¡fti1ruïiJ':!!]FËiþ11i8lüii^3
and keep d reco.rd of the tempera-
tnãirñometers at places specified
iuie in a registór showihg the spots, the timings'and the temperature
observed.
(3)(a) ln every factory the number.of ventilation openings in the.yg.rk-
rooní'Uólow the óa-¡es shall, except where mechanical means of ventilation
ai-réqrlreO by sub-cla.rse (b) below are provided be.of an aggregate area
of not less than 15 per cenì ôt the floor area and so located as to alford a
continued suPPlY of fresh air:
 The Maharashtt'a Factor.ies Rules, 1963 97

Provided that out oi this total vent¡fation area, vent¡lat¡on opening

equ¡vâlent to at least 10 per cent of the floor areâ shalt, be located'at nol
more than one meter sill level height frorn the floor level:
Provided further that the chief lnspector may relax the requ¡rements
regard¡ng the amount of ventilation openings if he is satisfied that having
regard to the location of the fac'tory, orientation of the work-room, prevailing
I wind9, roor height and nâture of manufacturing process carried on,'sufficien-t
qupply of fresh air into the work-room is afforded during most of the working
time:
r' Provided also that this requirement shall not apply in respect ol work-
'rooms of factories which are covered by section tb oi tne Rit, or in which
,temperature and humidity are controlled by refrigeration or air-conditioníng
or both.
(b) where in any factory due to special circumstances such as situation
with.respect to adiacent building or internal obstructions like partitions etc.
the height of the building or floor space, the requirements'of venlilation
openings under clause(a) cannot be comptied with for any work-room oi
where lhe span of work-room, having necessary ventilation openings ex-
ceeds 18 metres or where any work place is at a dístance éxceeõing s
metres from a ventilation opening at working level or in the opinion ol lhe
:lnspector lhe temperature of air in a work-room is sulficienfly high and is
,likely to.exceêd the limits prescribed in sub-rule (1), additionat ventilation by
mechanical means shall be provided.
" 1c¡ The amount ol fresh air supplied by mechanical means of ventilation
'in an hour shall be equivalent to at teast six times the cubic capacity ol lhe
work-room and shall be distr¡buted evenly throughout the work-ioom without
dead air-pockets or undue draughts cauéed ny trign inlet vetocities.
(O) l! regions where in summer (1Sth March-15th Juty) dry butbtempera-
lures of outside air in the shade during most part of tñó dáy exceed'gsoc
and simultaneous wet bulb temperatureãre 2s0'c or below anó in the opinion
,_of the'lnspector the manufacturing process
carried on in the work-robm of
factory permits thermal environmeñts with retative humidity of 5 per cent ,br
'
'more, the lnspector may serve on lhe factory manager ãn order to have
-cooled
sufficient supply of outside air lor ventilation 6y passing it through
water sprays either by means of unit type of evaporative air coolers (desért
ooolers) or, where supply of outside air is provided by mechanÍcal ineans
through ducts in a plenum syslem, by means ol centrai air washing plantsl
Rules 23 to 33 prescrìbed under sub-section (l) of section IS
' 23. When artificial humidificat¡on not aliowed.-There shail be no
artificial humidification in any room of a cotton spinning or weaving lactory-
(a) by the use of steam during any period when the dry butb temperature
of that room exceeds BS degreeb:
' (b) ?t any time when the wet bulb reading of the hygrometer is higher than
that .specified in the followihg Schedute in retation to the -dry butb
reading of the hygrometer at that time; or as regards a Ory lutb
reading intermediate between any two dry butb readings inciicated
. consecutively ¡n the Schedule when the'dry bulb readÍng does not
'1 exceed the wet bulb reading to the extent indicated in relation to the
fower or of these two dry bulb readings:-
 98 The lllaharashtrc Factories Rules, 1963

Dry Wet Dry Wet

bulb Dry Wet
bulb bulb bulb bulb bulb
60.0 58.0 77.0 75.0 94.0 86.0
61.0 59.0 7B.O 76.0 95.0 87.0
62.û 60,0 79.0 77.0 96.0 87.5
63.0 61.0 80.0 78.0 97.0 88.0
64.0 62.0 81.0 79.0 98.0 88.5
65.0 63.0 82.O 80.0 99.0 89.0
þo.u 64.0 83.0 80.5 100.0 89.5
o/.u OJ. U 84.0 8.1.0 101.0 90.0
68.0 66.0 85.0 82.0 102.0 90.0
69.0' 67.0 86.2
l 82.5 103.0 90.5
70-a 68.0 87.0 83.0 104.0 90.5
71:Q
72:0
69.0 88.0 83.5
J os.o gl .o'
70.0 89.0 84.0 06.0
'f
91.0
73.C 71 .0 90.0 84.5 107.0 91.5
74.A 72.0 91.0
. 85.0 108.0 91.5
75.0 / o.u 92.0 85.5 109.0 92.0
76.0 74.O 93.0 86.0_ 1 10.0 sz.o

lnr, .,"rr"
Provided, however,
::lyîî: ^tl_. :::.
departmenr
jyp^
concerneo
g g.,+ ;e' ãb ì n o icateo
l" Taiio ïi
ír, å''Å:ii rom eter n r he
tne wãt oîb'Ë;ð"iåir;å'läk;""';;it'"; i

hygrometer ourside in rhe shade ¡s róss s.ã äågi."ï. "

24' Provisions of Hygrometer.- rn 'rán at.departments of cotton spinning
and weavins m*s whereln arririciar rrum¡o¡riqã[¡;;
shall be provided Ë;¡;pied, hygrometers
and maintained-in Juch position aJãiå'ãpproved
lnspector- The number of nygromeiers indiiË;;e,îh"ã by the
following scale:- äccoroing to the
(a)
lgaving department.-.g.l.e hygrometer for departments with ress than
500 looms. and one additionáihygrometer for
every 500 or part of 500
looms, in excess of 500.
(b) other departm-ents..-one.hygrometer
cu' meters capacitv .ano ôñe exrr.q for each room of less than 8,500
iivgiôreið, ;;;'"á;-h-5,-á'0õ'ä
metres or part thereof, in excess of 'thíé."
(c) one additional hygrometer shall be provided
and maintained outside
each corion rqinli!,9. and we.aving farto,+.;her.iñ
ä.tüi.¡.r humidifica-
tion is adopred, and in a position"approuéo oy iñä ¡riö"ît"r:';;;'äüu.,g
hygrometer shade readinþs.
25. Exemption from maintenance of hygrometers.-when
is satisfied rhat the timits_of rr.umioiivãùówéd'btiñ; the inspector
never exceeded, he m1.y, lor any departmént otner é;¡åä;ì" to rute 23 are
depârtrnent srant exemptibn from tÉ" rãint"nãnì" thañ'in. ,"-älng
lnspector shalt record suctr exempiion i"riñinö äiinä'ñygror"rer. The
 The Maharashtra Factories Rules,1963 gg

26. Copy of Schedule to rule 23 to be affixed near every hygro-

meter.-A legible copy of the schedute to rute 28 shall be aflixed n-ear-eãch
nygrometer.
. 27. Temperature to be recorded at each hygrometer.-At each
hygrometer maintained in accordance with rule 24; correct wet and dry bulb
temperatures shall be recorded daily during working hours, except intêrvals
for rest, by competent persons nomínated by the Mãnager and aþproved by
the lnspeclor. The temperature shall be taken between z a.m.lþ.m. ano é
a.m.{p.m. between 11. a.m./p.m. and 2 p.m./a.m. and between 4 p.m./a.m.
and 5.30 p.m./a.m. if the factory is working during these hours. ln exception-
al c¡rcumstances such additional readings and b-etween such hours, ás tne
lnspector may specify, shall be taken. The temperatures shall be entered in
I
a Humidity Register in Form maintained in th'e factory. At the end of each
month, the persons who have taken the readings, shâtt sign the Register
and, cert¡fy the correctness of the entries. The Register shall alwayl be
availabte for inspect¡on by the lnspector.
.28. specifications of hygrometer.-{1} Each hygrometer shaH comprise
two mercurialthermometers of wet bulb and dry búib of similar constru'ction
'and equal in dimensions, scale and divisionals ol scale. They shall be
mounted on a frame with a suitable reservoir containing water.
(2) The wet bulb shall be ctosely covered with a single layer of muslín
,kept wetrby means ol a wick attached to it and droppinþ intothe water in
the reservoir. The muslin covering and the wtcr sñáll be suitabte for the
purpose clean and free from size or grease.
(3).No pqrt of the wet bulb shafl be within 7s mms. from the dry butb or
less than 25 mms. from the sulace of the water in the reservoiiand the
:w€ter reservoir shall be below it, on the side of it away from the dry bulb.
' (4) The bulb shall be spherical and of suitabte dimensions and shall be
freely exposed on all sides to the aid of the room.
' :(5) The bores ol the'stems shail be such that the position of the top of
the mercury colurnn shatt be really distinguishabte at à distance of 60 ims.
{6) Each thermometer shall be gradualed so that accurate readings may
be taken between 5O and 120 degrees.
(7) Every degree from 50 degrees up to 1zo degrees shail be clearly
marked by hor¡zontal lines on the stsm, each lifth and tenth degree shail bä
marked by fonger marks than the intermediate degrees and thelemperature
marked opposite each tenth degree, i.e. 50, 60,70,90, 90, 100, ll0 and
120.
, (8) ïhe markings as above shall be accurate, that is to say, at no
temperalure between 50 and 't20 degrees shallthe indicated readiñgs be in
error by more than two tenths oT a degree.
(9) A distinctive number shalt be indelibly marked upon the thermometer.
_ (19) The accuracy of each thermometer shall be certified by the National
lfrysjclt Laboratory, London, or some Competent Authority apþointed by the
chiel lnspector and such certificate stralt be attached tó'tne Huniioity
Register.
29. Thermometers to be maintained in efficient order,-Each iher-
mometer shall be mainlained at all times during the period of emptoyment
in eflicient working order, so as to give accurate indications ahd in
particular-
 too 'I'he ìl aharashtra Iiactories Rules, 1963

(a) the,wick and,the muslin covering of the wet tube shall be renewed
once a week;
(b) the reservoir shall be filled with water wh¡ch shall be completely
renewed once a day. The Chief lnspector may direct the use of
distilled water or pure rain water in any particular mills in certa¡n
loca lities;
(c) no water shall be applied directly to the wick or covering during the
period of employment.
30. An inaccurate thermometer not to be used without fresh certifi-
cate.-lf an lnspector gives notice in writing that a thermometer is not
accurate it shall not, after one month from the date of such notice, be
deemed to be accurate unless and until it has been re-examined as
prescribed and a fresh certificate obtained which certificate shall be kept
attached to the Humidity Register.
31. Hygrometer not to be affixed to wall, etc., unless protected by
weod.- (1) No hygrometer shall be affixed to a wall, pillar or:other.,surface
unless protected therefrom by wood or other non-conductinþ material at
least half an inch in thickness and distant at least one inch from tne bulb of
each thermometer.
(2) No hygrometer shall be fixed at a height of more than 170 centimetres
from the floor to the top'of thermometer stem or in the direct droughts from
a fan, window or ventilating opening.
i
32. No reading to be taken within 15 mint¡tes of renewal of water.- No
reading shall be taken for record on any hygrometer within 15 minutes of the
"åä.;;'iä'i¡rt"o"ce
renewal of water in the reservoir.
steam,for humidification.- tn any room in which
steqm pipes are used lor the introduction of steam for the purposes of
artificialhumidificatiorioftheairthefollowingprovisionshallaþply:-
(a) The rliameter of such pipes shall not exceed 5 mm. and in the case
of pipes installed after 1st day of January 1950 the diameter sha.ll not
exceed 25 mm.
(b) Such pipes shall be as short as is reasonably practicable.
(c) All hangers supporting such pipes shall be separated from the bare
-pipes by an efficient insulator not ¡ess than 15.rnm- in thickness.
(d) No uncovered jet from such pipes shall project more than 100 mm.
beyond the outer surface of any cover.
(e) The steam pressure shall be as low as practicable and shall not
exceed 5 kgs. per sq:uare centimetre.
(f) The pipes employed for the introduction of steam into the air in' a
department shall be effectively ço'ver:ed, with such non-conducting
materlal^ds may be approved by the lnspector.
Rules 34 to 38 prescribed under sub-section (4) of section 17
1[Rules 34]

I Rule 34 dcl. by Cì.i.\. dt 29.5.1976

 The Maharashlra Factories Rutes, 1963 101

'¡35. Standards of tighting of factories.-(i) ln every factory, where

latural lighting is not such that day tight conditiôns are fáirty unitôrm over
the..wgrking.or other areas and/or dãytight iltumination is'not sufficient,
additional lighting, which shaI be of unifòrm level, widely distribr¡ted to avoid
hard shadows or strong contrast and free from díiect orieflected glare, shail
be provided: The minimum'intensity of iftumination for the oitte"ienf ãieàs
and work-rooms of tfe type given under column No.2 shall ne as givàn
under column No.3 of the Schedule ,A' appended hereto;
(ii) Notwithstanding the above, in every factory, where intense local
ligh-ting is further necessary on account of the nature of work as mentioned
in lhe column No.2 ol the schedule 'B' appended hereto, the same shail be
obtained by a combinatiol generat fighi¡ng and supptementary tighting al
the point of work. The minimum-of
intensity oi¡uumination for diff'ereit ta-sks
shall be as given under column No.4 of the saíd schedule.
(iii) ln case of any doubt or dispute in regard to the classification of areas
or tasks specifìcally mentioned in Schedule ,A' or corresponding to the
examples mentioned in schedule 'B' respectivety, the oecision tò tÉe chief
lnspector of Factories shall be final.
(iv).ln regard to cotto.n ginning facrories; where the electric power is not
available and when additional tighilng for the interior ol thä factory is
necessary, the same shall be providéd by the candles placed in gíass
lanterns of a pattern approved by the lnspector and at the rate of not-less
than one such lantern for every two gins.'
SCHEDULE'A'
Sl. No. Area and Work-room. Mlnimum intensity of
illumination in Lux
J. Stock-yards, main entrance and exit ZO
roads, cal-walks of outdoor plants, coal
unloading and storage areas
2. Passage-ways, and corridors and stair- 50
ways, warehouses, stock-rooms for large
. and bulky materials, platforms of outdoor
plants, basements
3. Engine and boiler rooms, passengers and 100
lreight elevators, conveyers crating and
boxing departments, store-rooms and
stock-rooms lor medium and fine ' ,

materials, lockers rooms, toilet and wash

rooms.

I Rule 35 subs. by ibid 29.5,1976.

102 The Maharashtra Faelories Rules, 19ó3

SCHEDULE'B'
st. Nature of work Examples Minimum intensity
No. of illumination in Lux
1. Where discrimination of Handling of material of
detail is not essenlial coarse nature, rough sort-
ing, grinding of clay
products, handling coal or
ashes.
2. Where slight discrimina- Production of semi-finished 100
tlon ol detall is essen- iron and steel products,
tlal. :
rough assembling, milling
of grains, opening, carding,
drawing, slubbing, roving,
spinning (ordinary) counts
of cotton.
3, Where moderate dis- Medium assembling, rough
criniinalion of detail is bench work and machine
essential, work, inspection and test-
ing of products, canning,
sawing, venering planning
of lumber, sewing of líght
coloured textile.s and
Ìeather products, weaving
light thread, warping,
slashing doubling (fancy)
spinning fine counts.
4. Where close discrimina- Medium bench and 300
tíon of detail is esseR- machine work fine testing,
tial. flour grading, leather linish-
ing, weaving cotton goods,
or light coloured woollen
goods, welding sub-as-
sembly, drilling, rivetting,
book- binding and folding.
5. Where discrlmination of Fine assembling, line 500
fine detail is involved bench and machine work,
under a fair degree of fine inspection, llne polish-
conlracl lor long periods ing and bevelling of glass, .

ol time. line wood working, weav-.

ing dark coloured woollen
goods.
o. Where discrimination of Extra fine assembling, 1000
extremely fine detail is extra fine inspection, test-
involved under condi- ing of extra fine instru-
tions of exlremely poor ments, jewellery and watch
contrast for long periods manufacturing, grading and
of time. working of tobacco pro-
ducls, dark cloth hand
tailoring, final perching in
dye works, make-up and
proof reading in printing
plants.
 The Malnrashtt'a Factories Rules, 1963

36' Prevention of glare.-(1) where any source of artificial light in the

lactory is less than five metres above floor level, no pârt of the li{ht source
or of the lighting fitting having a brightness greater than s tamberts shafi be
visible to persons whilst normally employed within 30 melers of the source
gxgept where the angle of elevation from the eye to the source or part 0f the
fitting, as the case may be, exceeds 20.
(2.1Any local light, that is to say, an artificial light designed to iiluminate
particularly the area or part of the area of work of ã single óperative or small
group ol operatives working near each other, shall be provided with a
suitable shade of opaque material to prevent glare or with other effective
means by which the light source is completely screened lrom the eyes ol
every person employed at a normal working place, or shall be so placed that
no such person is exposed to glare therefrom.
37. Power of chief lnspector to exempt.- where the chief lnspector is
sat¡sfìed in respect of any particular factoiy or part thereof or in rdspect of
any description of workroom or process that any requirement of llrules g5
and.36l is inappropriate or is not reasonably praóticable,
-or he may by order in
writing exempt the lactory or part thereof, description of wori<room or
pfocess lrom such requirement to such extent ana subject to such condi-
tions as he may specify.
t[38. Exemptio.n
. from rute 35.- Nothing in rute 35 shail app¡y to the parts
ol factories specified in the schedule annexed hereto.
SCHEDULE
Parts ol faclories in which light sensitive photographic materials are made
or u.sed in an exposed condition or where such expos¡ng operalions are
carried onl
Rules 39 to 44 prescribed under sub-section (1) of section IS
39. Quantity of drinking water.-The quantity of drinking water to be
provided for the workers in every Íactory shall bi: at least fiùe litres a day
per.worker employed in the factory and such drinking water shall be readily
available at alllimes duríng working hours.
40. Source oÍ supply.- The water provided for drinking shall be supplied:
(a) from the taps connected wlth a public water supply system, or
(b) lrom any other source approved in writing by the Hea[th Officer-
of water.- lf drinking water is not supplied from .taps
41. Storage
connected with a public water supply system which is bbntinuous, 'subh
water shall be kept in suitable vessels with taps and dust-proof cover,
placed _on raised platforms in the shade with drairis to carry awày the waste
water. such vessels shall always be kept scrupulously cleãn anil the water
renewed at least once every day. Where the waler is drawn lrom the
tube-wells, such water may be drawn in vessels direct from supply taps.
42. cleanliness of wells or reservoir.-(1) Drinking water shall not be
suppfied from any open well or reservoir unless it is so constructed, situated,
protected and maintained as to be free from the possibitity of polfution by
chemical or bacterial and extraneous impurities.

I Subs. by C.N. dt. 29rhMay, t976,

2 Subs. by c.N. dr. 29thMay, 1976.
 104 The Mal¡arashtra Factories Rules. 1963

(2) where drinking water ís supplied from such well or reservoir lhe water
in it shall be steritised once a week or more frequently if .the lnspector by
written order so requires, and the date on which sterìlising is carried oui
shall be recorded:
Provided that this requirement shafl not apply to any such well or
reservoir if the water therein is fiftered and treated io tne sátisfaction of the
Health Officer before it ís supptied for consumption.
.. 43. Report frcm Health officer.- The lnspector may by order in writing
direci the mânager to obtain, at such time or at such intdrvals as he ma!
direct.a.report from the Health olficer as to the fitness for human consump'-
tion of the water supplied to the workers and in every case to submit to the
lnspector copy of such report as soon as it is rec-eived lrom the Health
Officer.
44. water centres.- ln every factory wherein more than 2s0 workers are
ordinarily employed-
(a) the drinking water supptied to the ivorkers shal from The 1st of March
to 30th of November in every year be cooled by ice or other effective
method:
Provided that if ice is placed in the drinking water, the ice shall be cleaned
and wholesome and shall be obtained only lróm a source approved in writing
by the Health Officer;
(b)(i) the cooled drinking water shall be supplied in every canteen, lunch
room and rest-room and also at conveniently accessible points
lhroughout the faciory which for the purpose of ihese rules sh'all be
called "Water Centres";
(ii) at least one such centre shall be provided on each floor if the tactory
has more than one floor;
' (c) quately
the "water centres" shall be sheltered from the weaiher and ade-
drained;
(d)(D the number ol "water centres" to be provided shall be one "water
Centre" for every 150 workers or part thereof employed at any one
time in the factory:
Provided that in the case of a factory where the number of workers
employed exceeds 450, it shall be sutficiént if there is one "water centre"
as aforesaid for every-150 workers up to the first 450 and one lor every 450
workers or -part thereôf thereafter, anb in counting the number, account shall
be taken of the maximum ñumber of workers woiking at any time during the
day;
(ii) ruhere. drinkingwater is provided through taps or through drinking
fountains each "water centre" shall have at ldast three süch taps o-r
fountains. The taps or fountains shall be at least 60 cms. apart, and
shall have a trough to drain away the spilt water. The trough and the
walls and platform near the tap shail be laid in gtazed tiles:
Provided that where rnechanical refrigerating units wíth drinking water
fountains distributed throughout the lact-ory, are provided, the number of '
"{atqr cçntresl' may not be according to the ståndard prescribed under
sub-clause (i) above, as long as the total number of fountains provided is in
accordance with the prescribed standard if the number of 'wãter centres".
as prescribed in sub.clause (i) were provided:
 The ì'laharashtra Faclories Rules. tg63
105

(e) (i) e.very "water centre" shall be mainrained in clean and orderly
condition;
{ii) every "water centre" shall be in charge of a suitable person who shalt
distribute Ìhe water and who shail be þrovided with clean Clothes while
on duty:
Provided that in respect of factories where rnechanical refrigerating units
and taps are provided to the satisfaction ot the chief tnipeäior, nä may
exempt such a factory on an application made by the manaqer from thá
provisions of sub-ctause (ii) on stich conditions as he may oeóin rit.
'Rules 44 ta 5s prescribed
under sub-section (s) of section tg
. 45. Latrine accommod.ation. - La-trine accommodation shall be provided
in every factory on thê following scale:-
, ià¡ wnere femâles âre employed, there shall be at least one latrine for
every 25 females;
(b) where males are employed, there shall be at least one latrine for
every
: , m1tes: p_rovided that where the number of males employed exceedi
' , f! f 00, it shall be sufficient if there is one latrine lor 2s maies upto the
,,first 100, and one for every 50 thereafter.
ln. calculating the number of latrines required under this rule, any odd
number of workers _less. than 25 or 50, a's tne case may be,'shall be,
reckoned as 2s or 50 and the number of workers to be conéidered shall be
the maximum number employed at any time during the day.
46. Privacy of latrines.-Every latrine shall be under cover and so
Bart¡tioned off as to secure privácy, and shall'have a proper door and
fastening. :

47. sign-boards to be displayed,- where workers of both sexes are

employed, there shall be displayed outside each latrine block alnotice in the
language_understood by the'májority of the workers ,'For Mên on[y" or',Foi
women only", as the case.maybe,-the notice shall also bear the figure óf
a.man or of a woman, as ihe case may be.
',,1[48; urinal accommodation.-There shall be at least one
urinalfor every
50 male workers or part thereof employed at a time; provided that where the
nqmle¡ of males employed exceeds 500 it shall be ðufficíent ¡f there isone
urinal for every 50 males up to the first s00 and one for every loo oi part
thereol thereafter.
t[lg. Drainage systçm for latrlnes and urinals.-
. Latrines and urinals
shall either be of ftush type or aqua-prívy type and connected with an
underground sewerage syiiem as piesciibe-o drioer rule 50 or connected to
an efficient system of septic tanks:
Provided that, in respert of existing factories having any other type of
latrines and urÍnafs, the state Government, or the cn¡á tnspeitbr of
Factories, subject to the rontrol of the state Government, may permit their
continued use for a lirnited period which may be extended óy'him at hié
discretion on such conditions as the Governmént or tho chief lnipector may
think fitl.

Subs. by G.N. of lTth Aprit, t975

t Sub, by G.N. dt. 17th April, l9?5
 106 The l¡lalnrashu-a Factories Rutes, 1963

'¡50. certain latrines and ur¡nals to be connected to sewerage

system.-where any general system of underground sewerage with ãn
assured water supply for any locality is provided by a local ãuthority all
latrines and urinals of a factory situated in such locality shall be conne-cled
with that sewerage system.l
51. white-washing, colour-washing.of latrines and urinals.- The walls,
ceiling and pârtition of every latrine and urinal shall be white-washed or
colour washed and the white-washing or colour-washing shall be repeated
at least once in every period of four months. The dates on wn¡ch the
white-washing or colour-washÍng ís cairied out shall be entered in the
prescribed Register in Form 8:
Provided that this rule shall not apply to latrines and urinals, the walls,
ceifings or partitions of which are laid in glazed tiles or otherwise finished to
provide a smooth; polished impervious surface and that they are washed
with suitable detergents and disinfectants at least once in every period of
four months.
52. Construction and maintenance of drains.- All drains carrying waste
or sullage water shall be constructed in masonry or other irnpermeable
material and shall be regularly ftushed and the efftuent .disposed of by
connecting such drains with a suitable drainage line:
Provided that, where there is no such drainage line, the effluent shall be
deodorized and rendered innocuous and then disposed of in a suitable
rnanner to the satisfaction of the Health Olficer.
. 53. Water taps in latr¡nes.- Water taps, convenienily accessible, shall be
provided in or near such latrine accommodation. There shall be at least one
tap for every ten latrines or part thereof. The waler taps shall be connected
to the Municipal water'supply or to an overhead storage tank of suflicienl
capacity, so that water is available lrom the taps during all hours when the
workers are in the factory.
, '¡53.-4, Number of Sweepers.- ln every factory empfoying number of
worl<ers in any shift as shown in column No. 2 of the Schedule appended
hereto, there shall be employed at least a number of tull tirnelpart time
sw€epers as shown in column No.3 of the said sclredule in the róspective,
shift to clean the latrines, urinals and wash places provided ¡n the iactory
for the use of the workers employed in that shift, in order to maintain the
same in clean and sanitary condition at alltimes.

t Sub. by G.N. dt. l?th April, 1975

a ins. by G.N. dt. 29th May, 1976
 The Maharashtra Factories Rules. Ig63 107

SCHEDULE
Sl.No. No. of workers in the sh¡ft No. of sweepers to be
ernployed in the shitt
I Upto 'l 00 1 part t¡me
2 Above 1 00 but not above 250 f full time
3 Above 250 bul not aþove 500 2 lull time
4 Above 500 but not above 1000 3 full tirne
Above 1000 3 full time plus .one full time for
every additional 500 or parl there-
ofl
,
Rules 54 to 56 prescribed under sub-sect¡on (2) of sect¡on 20
54. Number and ¡ocal¡on of sp¡ttoons.- The number and location of the
spittoons to be provided shâll be to the sat¡sfaction of the tnspector. Such
spittoons shall be placed on a stand or a bracket g0 centimetres high.
55. Type of Sp¡ttoons.-The sp¡ttoons shall be of either of the foilowing
types:-
(a) a galvanized iron containdi with a conical funnet- shaped cover- A
layer of suitable disinfectant liquid shail atways be mairitained in the
container; or
{b) q contqiner filled with dry clean sand, and covered with a layer of
bleaching powder; or
(c) any other type approved,by the Chie{ lnspector.
56. Cleaning of Spittoons.- The spittoons mentioned in ctause (a) ol rule
55, shall be emptied, cleaned and disinlected at least once every day; a
spittoon mentloned in clause (b) of rule 55 shall be cleaned by scrapping
out the top layer of sand as otten as necessary or at least once every day.
CHAPTER IV
Safety
Further precautions prescribed under sub-sect¡on {Z) af seçt¡on ZI
'¡52. further safety precautions.'Without prejudice to the provisions of
sub-section (1) of section 21 in regard to the fenc¡ng of machines, the further
precaut¡ons specified in the schedules annexed hereto, shail apply to the
machines noted in each schedule.
SCHEDULE I
rextile includins cotton, ttthflül:;ï"tr"ot" Fibre or any Artificiat

1. All openers, scutchers, combined openers and scutchers, ¡ap

machines, hard waste breakers, cleaners, blenders, hopper feeders ani!
similar machínes.- (a) All Openers, Scutchers, Combined Openers and
Scutchers, Scutcher Lap Machines, Hard Waste Breakers, Cleaners,
Blenders, Hopper Feeders and similiar machines shall be driven by separate

I Rule 57 and the Schedules I to IX subs. bv G.N. dt,28th Seote¡nbe¡. 1976

108 The Maharashlra Factories Rules' 1963

motors or from separate counter shafts provided with the fast and loose
pulleys and efficient belt shifting dev¡ces.
and scutchers' scutcher
{b} ln all openers, scutchers, combined openers. Hopper Feeders
lapïááf ineË, Hard'Waste Breakers, Cleaners, Blenders,
ã,iO simitar. Mâchines, the beater covers and doors which give access to any
ãängäiàñ pãrt oi the machine shall be fitted with effective interlocking
I

ãira,i'gJ**.ii, which shatl prevent.lhe covers and doors being opened.till

tf1J áäñgerouô parts of the machine come to rest and âlso
prevenl the
mãcnine"Oeing restarted till the covers and doors are closed'
lcl ln all openers, scutchers, combined openers and scutchers, scutcher
lrJiäòniü*J-Fiilá' waste breakers, cleanérs, blenders, hoppers, feeders
;id';i;iä;;äcrrinãs, itre opening giving access to the dustwhile chamber shall
admitting
Ëä"piäïio.o *itt' pelmaneritly tiieð teñcing, which shall,.
fighi, Vet prevent contact beiween any 'part of a person's body and the
beater grid bars.
combined o.peners, sculcher
, (d) ln all openers, scutchers,'machines,. d'erby "$ :.!'tglÎrs'
ribbon lap and
anàf'tap maih¡nes, sì¡uer. lap .$ouple¡9,
úte lap forrñing rolle-rs shall be fitted with a guard or cover
ðim¡larinãcnines,
wÈ¡cfi sfralf prevent açðàss to thé intake of the tap roller and fluted
roller as'
iång al iñ€; weighted rock is down or the guard or .cov.er shall be.so
i¡te-'rloct<eO that iî cañnoi be raised until the machine is stopped and
the
cannot be restarted unl¡lthe guard or cover is closed:
Provided that in case of similar machines run at higher speed and
'iìàin¡ne
orovided with an autómàiiC lap starter mechanism, the machines shall
be
goes- out of order for
iririìàäìär.iiy pui ouiCI uiã, no'sooner this mechanism
äåv reasori änd the simã'shall not be recommissioned titl the automatic
mäcfiãñism ii repaired and placed back in efficient working order.
.
;. õ;i;g [,tachines.- Atl cytinder doors shall'be secured by an automat-.
until the
¡c iocLing d-evice wnicn snalí pfevent. the door being opened
cvt¡nOeøclt¡nders ceased to revdlve and shall render it impossible to restart
tlie machine, until the door is closed.
1[Provided that lhe latter reqlirement in respect of the automatic locking
Oevìbe-snãif not appiy white stripping or grinding operations
are carried out;
out
Provided further that stripping or grinding operations shall be carried
oniy OV!-pecially traiñeO abilttiorkérs weãring'tight.fittjng clothing.whose
ñätied nåve nden ,âðorOãO in the register prescribed in this behalf as
required in sub-section (1) of Section 22'l
' lbl Access lo the licker-in cylinder from the back and the sides shall be
pràiúrdiv ói;rerì;d ió lông ad tne licker-in cylinder is rotating, bv suitablv
'designed
and Placed guards.
. 3. Drawing Frame.-The gearing.fór driving the.draft ,rollers on drawing
trameã in*tËe etteciiveiy güarOeO*ny a coveiwhich shall be so interlocked
üut it cãnnot be raiseO untiitlre machine is stopped and the machine cannot
be restarted until the cover is closed'
locking
4. Speed Frames.- Headstocks shall be iitted with automatic
urränlJ*õnts wtlicn-tr,all pievent the doors giving access to the iack box

I Ins. by c.N. dl. 20.7'1981

 The ltfaharashtra Faclories Rules, tg63 ,l
Og

wheels beíng opened white the machinery is in motion and shail render it
impossible to restart the machine untilìhe doors àre closed.
5. combers and similar ma.chines.-{a) The gearing shall be effectively
guqrded by a covor which shall be so interloct<eo tnai it cannot be raísed
until the machine is stopped and the machine cannot be restarted untilthe
cover is closed_
(b) A fixed guard of a suítable design shall be provided which would
,prevent access to the draw box rollers in motion.
6. self-acting Mules.- The drive shall be from countershaft which shall
be provided with fast and loose puileys and efficient beÍt shifting devices-
7. Process House Machinery etc.- (a) tn respect of calendering mangles
'Roller Printing- M.achine merciring., soaping, stehtering, singeing, -snrinxîng,
washing and similar machines, all such máchines strali ne þrovtrdeo with an
:elficient ¡ip guard along the whole tength on the intake
sidb of each pair óf
:bowls.and similar.parts, as would prev-ent access tothe point of coniact of
the rollers or bowls:
: Provided that, in
the case of those machines in respect of which it is not
possible to provide efficient "nip" guards on account of the corrosive action
,of chemical used in the process or on account of the size of.the material
passing through the bowls, officient fixed guards shall be provided on e¡ther
'gide of.the machines as.woutd 'positively prevent any accäss to the polnt õt
contact ol the rollers or bowls:
, ProvÌded further that in respect ol rollers or bowls of,such machines'with
ends of lesser diameter, the "nip" guards shall have flattened ends on eithðr
s¡de to prevent access between'lhe guard and the roller or bowl ends
moving ín.
fb) in respect of fett catendering maclrines or any type, dangerous intake
points between moving felt or belt and the centra! oi oiner guid-e drums shail
be. securely fenced from the front and also from the side-s, of such intake
pointsaSareaccessiblefromworkingfloorsorplatforms.
-. 8. shearlng and. prgnping Machines.-The dangerous moving outer
blades-shall be provided with an efficient ¡nterlock a-rrangement as would
.pfevent the complete cover or guard to be opened untilthe cutter blade has
qome to rest and would also make it impossibfe to restart the machine until
the cover or guard is closed.
I' singeing Machines.- Elfective arrangement such as solenoid v,alve
or other effectlve device shall be provicled to cut off instantaneouslv supplv
of any type of gas or of electricity to the machine, in case of faiture ót ptjviie?
to the machine.

Cotton Ginning Machinery

1. Line shaft.- The line shaft or second motion ¡n cotton ginning factories
when below floor level, shall be completely enclosed by a-continuous wall
or unclimbable fencing with only so many openings as are necessary for
access to the shaft for rem.oving cotton seed, cleaning and oiling, and õuch
openings shall be provided with gates or doors, whicñ shall ne -t<ept closed
and locked.
 11û 7'he lvlaharashtra Factories Rules. 1963

2. The bare portions of the line shaft between the bearings and also of
the projection at the ends of the line shaft shall be provided with adequate
inverted "U'' or sleeve type of guârds of substantial construction.
SC}IEDULE III
Wood Working Machinery
l. Definitions.- For the purposes of this Schedule-
(a) "Wood working machine" means a circular saw, band saw, planning
. machine, chair mort¡sing machine or vertical spindle moulding
mach¡ne operating on wood or cork.
(b) "Circular saw" means a circular saw working in a bench (including a
rack bench) but does not ínclude a pendulum or similar saw which is
' moved towards the wood for the purpose of cutting operations.
(c) "Band saw" means a bând saw, the cutting portion of which runs in
vertical direction but does nol include a log saw or band re-sawing
machine;
(d) "Planning machine" means a machine for overhead planning or for
thickening or for both operat¡ons.
' 2. Stopping and starting device.- An efficient stopping and starting
device shall be provided on every wood-working machine. The control of this
,device shall be in such a position as to be readily and conveniently operated
by the person in charge of the machine.
3. Space around machine.- The space surrounding every wood-working
machine in motion shall be kept free from obstruction.
4. Ftoor.- The flooi surrounding every wood-working machine shall be
maintâined in good and level condition and shall not be allowed to become
slippery and as far as practicable shall be kept free from chips or other loose
,material.
5, Training and supervision.- (1) No person shall be employed at a
wood-working machine unless he has been sulficiently trained to work that
clas$ of machine or unless he works under the adequate supervision of a
,person who has a thorough knowledge of the working of the machine.
,
(2) A porson who is being trained to work a wood-working machine shall
.be fully and carefully instructed to the danger of the machine and tne
precautions to be observed to secure sale working of the machine.
6. Gireular saw.- Every circular saw shall be fenced as follows:-
ta) Behind and in direct line with the saw there shall.be an arriving knile,
which shall have a smooth surface, shall be strong, rigid and easily
adjustable, and shall also conform in the following conditions:-
(i) The edge ol the knife nearer the saw shalt form an area of a circle
having a radius not exceeding the radius of the largest saw used
on the bench.
; , (ii) The knife shall be maintained as close as practicable to the saw
having regard to the nature of the work be¡ng done at the time, and
' at the level of the bench table. The dislance between the front edge
ol the kn¡fe and the teeth of the saw shall not exceed 10 mms.
(iii) For a saw having diameler of less than 60 cms., the knife shall
extend upwards lrom the bench table to within 25 mms. of the ton
of the saw, and Tor a saw having a diameter of 60 cms. or over shall
 The ùfaharashta Factories Ruler. !9ó3 11f

extend upwards from the bench table to a height of aileast 22.5

cms.
(b) The top ol the saw shattbe covered by a strong and easily adjustable
guard, with a flange at the side of the saw farthest f rom thé ferice. The
' guard shall be kept so âdjusted that the said flange shail extend below
, the roots of the teeth of the saw. The guard shall extend from the top
of the arriving knífe to a point as low as practicable at the cutting edgb
of the saw.
, (c) The part of the saw below the bench table shall be protected by two
plates of metal or other suitable materials one on each side of the saw.
such plate shall not be more than fifteen centimeters apart and shall
extend from the axis oJ the saw outwards to a distance oi not less than
five.cms. beyond the teeth of the saw. Metal ptates, if not beaded,
shall be of a thickness of at teast 2.5 mms. br if úeaded be of á
thickness of at least 1.2S mms.
7. Push sticks.- A push stick or other su¡table appliance shall be
provided lor use at every circular saw and at every verticai'spindle moulding
machine to enable the wolk to be done without uhnecessary risk.
8. Band saws,- Every band saw shall be guarded as follows:-
(a) Both sides ol the bottom pulley shall be completely encased by sheet

. ,(b) The front of the top pulley shall be covered with sheet or expanded
metal or other suitable material.
(c) All portions o{ the blade shall be enclosed or otherwise securel¡¡
the top guide.
.9' Planing machines.-{l) A ptaning machine (other than ptaning machine
yq'.g.! i,q m.echanically fed) shall not be used foroverhead.þtaninj untess it
is fitled wíth a cylindricat cutter block.
p.laning machine used lor overhead ptaning shail be prov¡ded
..(2) çyqry
wi!!. a ub.ridge" guard capable of covering the fuil iengiliand breadih of the
tl-¡ttt{tg slot In the bench and so constfucled as to be easily adjusted both in
a vertical and horizonta¡ d¡rection
(3) The feed roller.ol every planing machine used for thickening except
the combined machine for-overheão ptaning and ttrickening õnálr--fe
provided wíth efficient gúard.
, ..10:. vertical.spindle Moulding Machine.- (1) The cutter ol every vertical
spindle moulding machine shalt be guarded 6y the most effic¡e;ìt guard
having regard to thg nature of the work being pdrformed,
.- (z) Thq.ryood being moutded, at a verticat spindle moufding machine shaf I
if practicable be hetd in a jig or holder of such construction ás to reduce as
,far as possible the risk of accident to the workers.
11. chain Mortising Machine.- The chain of every chain mortising
machine shall be provided with a guard which shall enclose the cutter âs fa-r
as practicable.
'12. Adjustment and maintenance of guards.- The guards and other
appliances required under this Schedule strall be-
(a) maintained in an etficient state,
(b) constantly kept ín posítion while the machinery is in motion, and
 112 The lulaharasl¡tra Factories Rules. 1963

' -{c} so adjusted as 1o enable the work to be done without risk.

SGHEDULE ¡V
Rubber and Plast¡c Mitts
Definition.-(i) A "Rubber and Plastic Mills" shall mean machine with
rollers used ¡n breaking down, cracking, washing, grating,'mixing, refan¡ng
. and warming of rubber or rubber goods and plastic or plastic goods.

{ii) A "Calender" shall mean machine with rolls used for frictioning,
sheet¡ng, coat¡ng. and spreading of rubber compounds and plastic or plastic
compounds.
lnstal¡ation of machines.- Rubber and plastic mills shall be so installed
.that top of the f ront roll is not less than one metre above the floor or working
level províded that in existing installations where the top of the front roll is
below this height a strong rigid distance bar guard shalt be fitted across the
front of the machine in such position that the operator cannot reach the nip
oJ the roller from the normal working position of the operator.
' 2. Safety Devices.- (i) Rubber and Plastic Mills shalt be equipped with-
(a) Hoppers so constructed or guarded that it is impossible for the
operators to come into contact in any manner with the nip of the rolls,
,o{
Horizontal Safety.' trip rods or tight wire cable âcross both front and
i, . fear, which will when pushed or pulled operate instanfly to disconnect
the power and apply the brakes or to reverse the rolls. Safetytr¡p rods
or tight wire cAble on rubber mills shall extend across the entire length
.,'of the face of the rolls and shall be located not more than 170
centimeters above the floor or working level.
:::.(ii) Oalender machines shall be equipped with-
: 1a¡ Horizontal safety-trip rods or tight wire across both front and rear,
which will when pushed or pulled operate instanily, to disconnect the
, power and apply lhe brakes or to reverse the roll;
(b) Safety-trip rods or tight wire cables on calender machines shâll extend
across the entire length of the face of the roll and shall be located not
_ more than 170 cent¡metres above the floor or working level;
''
;: (c) rolls
on each side of all calenders and near both ends ol the face Of the
thers shall be a vertical tight wire cable connecting with the bar
tripping mechanism at the top and fastened to the frame within 30
i : centimetres of the floor. These cables should be positioned at a
a distance of not less than 25 millimetres from the calender frame.
3. Maintenance and safety devices.- Safety trip rods and tight wire
.
cables on all rubber mills and calenders shall be examined.and tested daily
in the presenee of the Manager or other responsible person and if any defeCt
,is disclosed by such examination and test the mill shall not be used until
such defect has been remedied.
4. lnjunction Moulding Machine.-(a) An electrícal interlock arrangement
shall be provided so that.the moulds cannot be closed unless the {ront safety
gate is fully closed and on opening the front safety gate, the moulds will stop
automatically.
 The MaharaútraFactorìes Rules, 1963 1'13

(b) ln addition to the above arrangement.an hydraulic safety shall also be

incorporated with the front safety gate. This shall prevent the tail stock
mould plate from moving Torward on opening of the front saiely gate.
(c) At the rear of the machine, there shall be provided either an efficient
fixed guard or a sliding gate wh¡ch shall be electrically inter-locked with the
movement of the mould plates in the manner of the front safety gate as
required under (a) above so as to prevent access to the danger zonê of ïhe
moulds in motion from the rear.

Centrifugal Machines
f.. Definiti.on.-"Centrifugal Machine" includes centrifugal eÌtractors, or
droextraclors, separators and driers.
2. Gentrifugal machines shall be provided with ef{icient inter locking
devices that will physically prevent the lids lrom being opened whilst the
rotatÍng drums or brackets are in motion under power or due to power
derived earl¡er and by then switched off and would also prevent the starting
of the drums or baskets under power while the lids are open.
3. Centrifugal machines shall not be operated at a speed in excess of the
manufacturer's rating which shall be legibly starnped by the manufacturer
both on the inside ol the bracket and on the outside of the machine casing
rat easily-visible places.
4. All centrifugal machines shall be provided with eflective braking
arrangements; tö bring cage, drum or basket'to rest within a reasonable
short period of time, after the power to drive the motor ís cut off.
' ' '5. The cages, drums or baskets shall be thoroughly examined by a
competent person regularly to check their balance and effective steps shall
'be taken in case unbalance at high speed is observed to restore their
balance before re-commissioning the machines:
, . Provided that clauses 2, 3 and 4 shall not appfy in case of top lung similar
machines used in the sugar manufacturing industry.
SCHEDULE VI
t¡Shears, Slitters and Guillotine Machinesl
f , Definilion.- Theterm "shears, slitters and guillot¡ne" means a machine,
whether driven by power or otherwise, equipped with a straight_beveledged
blade operat¡ng vertically against a resisting edge and used for shearing
.metals or non-metallic substances.
' 2. A barrier metal guard of adequate strength shall be provided at the
front of the knife, fastened to the machine frame and shall be so fixed as
would prevent any part of the operator's body to reach the descending blade
from above, below or through the barrier guard or from the sides:
Provided that in case of machines used in the paper printing and allied
industries, wlrere a fixed barrier metal guard is not suitable on account of
the height añd volume of the material being fed, there shall be provided
suitable starting devices whieh require simultaneous action of both the

I subs. by MGG Pß.I-L Ext, dr. 10.8.1989 p. 302

 114 The Maharashtra Factoríes Rules, 1963

hands of the operator or an automatic device which will remove both the
hands of lhe operator from the danger zone at qvery descent of the blade.
3. At the back end of such machines, an inclirled guard shall be provided
over which the slit pieces woutd stide and be cóllected at a safe didtance in
a manner as would prevent a person at the back from reaching the
descending blade.
'¡+. Slitting Machines:-'slitter' or ,Slitt¡ng Machine, means a machine
ordinarily equipped with circular disc-type knives, and used for trimming or
cutting into metal or non-metallic substancês or for slitting them ¡nto nar-row
strips; for the purpose ol this schedule, this term inclucfles bread or other
food slicers equipped with rotary knives or cutting discs.
1. stitting Machines:- circular iiísc+ype knivês on machines for cutting
JIet?lr leather, paper, rubber, textiles or other non-metallic substances shalil
if withÍn reach of operators standing on the floor or working level, bé
provided w¡th guards enclosíng the knife edges at all times ás'.near as
pract¡cable to the surface of the materiat and which may either-
I (a) automatícally adjust themselves to the thickness of the material; or
(b) be fixed or manualty adjusted so that the space beiween the bottom
oJ the guard and the material wiil not exceed 6 mm (1/4 inch) at any
time.
(2) Portions of blades underneath the tables or benches of slitting
machines shall be covered by guards.
5. lndex Gutlers and vertical Paper slottersr- lndei cutters and other
machines for cutting strips from the ends of books, and tor similar opera-
tions, shall be provided with fixed guards.,, so arranged that the fingers óf the
operators cannot come between the blades and thè tables.
6. Corner Gut{ers;. Corner cutters, used in the manufacture ol paper
boxes, shall be equipped wilh-
(a) suítable guard, fastened to the machines in front of the knives.and
provided with slots or perlorations to afford visibility of the oþerations;
or
(b) other guards equally elficient for the protection of thé fingers of the
workers.
7, Band Knives:- Band wheels on band knives, and all port¡ons of the
blades excepl the working side between the stiding'guide a¡.id the table on
vertical machines, or betweén the wheel guards on horizontal guards
machines, shall be completely enclosed with hinged guards of sheef metal
not less than 1mm..(0.04") in thickness or of other material of equal
strength.l
SCfIEDULE VII
Agitators and Mixing Machines
l. Definition.- "Agitators and Mixing Machines" means a tank or other
container equipped with power-driven mixing arms, blades or paddle wheels
fíxed to revolvable shafts or other simple mechanical deviceð for blending,

I Added. by MGG PI.I-L Ext. dr. 10.8.1989 p. 302

 The Maharashtra Faüories Rutes, 1963 If5
st¡rring liquids with other liquids or with solid substances
or combinations of
these.

^- 1'
or
Wls" the top.of an open agitaror tank, beater tank, tank or paddre tank
a similar vessel is less ihan 1 M above lhe adjaceni flboi àr
worxing level,
adequate standard raitings shalt be instailed on'ãil oóänîioË*.
3' Rg¡t*tors and mixing machines shail be provided wîth an efficient
.inter-lock arrangement for the top lid, to prevent access to the agitating
$tirring or simitar devices, whitst iir moi¡on ãno *ôuro piõJ"n-t ,."*turt unou,
power with the lids in open position.
4. When olher inspection or examination.openings are provided
at the top
or s¡des of the containers vessers of rhe agitdtor a,io miiiñg
mäcnines, such
openings shall be provided w¡lh standar? grill guards a"s liouro prevent
l:cgss of any part of the op. eraror's nooy cãmin"g in conrãcï iiür agitator
stirring or similar devices wtiilst in motion.
. 5:.
provided'ãt
discharge
Wlql the bottom lolg:,,op..nings,.c.hutes
or simitar arrangements are
or at thd sioeõ ot the container vessets:oíthe;öitaî;;
and míxing machines, they snait-oJ rô oes¡gned, shaped, guarded
or
a.s wourd,prevent access or any pa.rt oiôóãraiorõ-nioy
titlgl9-d
contact with agitating, stirring or simitar'dàvices, whilst ¡n mõtìon
coming in
inside the
vessel.
] SCHEÐULE VIII
Leather, plastic and Rubber Stripper Machines
,in strþpers lor trimming or punching tanned hides, prastic or rubber sheets
leather making,
-footweai manufa-cturing ,or in similar industries shall be
provided with suitable starting devices wtrictr requiiä ãirüriä"éäus action.ot
both the hands of the operator or an automatió device wñ¡cn w¡lr
remove
both the hands of the opêrator frorn the ããnger zone al,every
descent of the
blade, punch or stripper cutter.
: SCHEDULE IX
General
1. ln all machinery driven by power and installed in any factory after
commencement of this..rule, all couplings with projecting nott neaós
ano
similar projections sfa| be compret'ery äncased oi otne"rw¡iã, eriãctiveiy
guarded as to prevent danger.
Rules prescribed under sub-section (I) of section 22 and section
ll2
58.,.Register of specially trained adult workers.- Begister of. workers
attending to machinery as piovided in sub-section (1) ot sãitiòî zz shail
be
in Form 10.
:: 59. Tight fittíng.ctothing.- A worker required to wear t¡ght fitting clothing '.'
under su.b-sect¡on (1) of section 22 shail d,e provided nV t"ne oòäuþter witË
such clo-thing which shall consist of at teast a pair ot ótosãlv iitt¡hg snorts
and a. closely fitting. half sleeves shirt or vest.'sucñ clotnir,'g'är,ail be ,e-
turned to the occupier on termination of service or when nðw cfothing is
provided-
Rule prescribed under section 4l
60. Belts, etc., to,be.regularly examined.- All belts shall be regularly
examined to ensure that joints are safe and the belts are at proper tension.
11 6 The Maharashlra Factories Rules, 1963

Rute prescr¡bed under sub-section (2) o'f section 23 :

l{The
6t. Employment of young persons
'28,
on dangerous machines.-
maci¡¡nei 'ipeiiliàd
in séclioni 2s and 30 and the following machinesl
inatl ne dedmed to be of such dangerous characterthat young persons shall
Ãoi worX at them unless the provisions of section 23(1) are complied with:-
Power presses other than hydraulic presses;
Milling machines used in the metaltrades;
Guillotine machines;
Circular saws;
Platen Print¡ng machines'
,16,1-t. Further provisions regard¡ng sa{eguards.- Without prejudice to
theirovisions of súb-section (1) õf sectiôn 21 and sub-section (1) of section
äô, i"-iééãro to lre fencing bí machines and prov.ision.ol safeguard.s the
tolío*ing"rurrher safeguardJ shall be provided ih all machinqry sq9_1'1i99 ,]l
tñis rute" installed in ãny factory after the commencement of application ot
this rule:-
' {1) Safeguards and safety oqvtqg.s prescr¡bed in clauses 1 (b), 1(c), 1(d)t
, ' 'i.(aù',n{b), 3, 4, oia) änd 5(b),-7{a). and z(b]' I and f in respect of
1 to rule 57-
mäôn¡nbé referred to in Schedufe
(2) safeguards and safety devices prescribed in clauses 6,8,9,10 and 11
,-'¡n-rãõpect
ot machinás referreil to in Schedule lll {Wood Working
Machiirery) to rule 57.
--' Safeguards and safety devices. plescr¡bed !11. qþu.s.es 2 and.4.in
(3)
reibeði of macnines reierred to in Schedule lV {Rubber and Plastic
Mills) to rule 57. ,
Safeguards and safety devices prescribed in clauses ?,9,.4 in respect
' ' ' t of mãchines referred io in ScnéOule V (Centrifugal Machines), to rule
{4)
57.
(5) safeguards and safety devices prescribed in clauses 2 and 3 in
'-'rãspeõi õf machines referred to in Schedule Vl (Shears and Guillotine
Maôhines) to rule 57.
(6) Safequards and safety'devices prescribed in clauses 3;4 and 5 in
. ì-' rãJpeËi of mactrines reierred to ¡ri Schedule Vll (Agitators and Mixing
Machines) to rule 57.
{7} Saleguards and safety device.s.prescribed in clause 1 in respect of
''' mãòñinés referred to in Schedulè Vlll (Leather, Plastic and Fìubber'
Stripper Machines) to rule 57.1
Rules prescribed under sub-section (8) ol section 28
: '62. Hoist examination-partioulars of .- A Register.s.hall be maintained
-pa*icutars
to ,"càrã of ðxaminations of hoists or lifts and shall give
particulars as shown in Form 11.

I Subs. by G.N. dt. 26.4.19'17

2 Ins. by G.N. of 28th SePt.' 1976
 The Maharashtra Factories Rules,1963 117

. Examination under sub-sect¡on (4) of section 28

-
63' Êxemption of certain hoist and l¡fts.- f n pursuance of the provisÍon
of .sub-seclion (4) of .section 28, in respect of dny class or desci,iption of
hoist_ or lift specified in the first column ol the following schedule, the
requirements of section 28 specified ¡n the second column o{ the said
schedule and set opposite to that class or description or hoist or fift shall
not apply:-
SCHEDULE

Class or description of hoist or lift Requirements whlch shall not apply

Hoist or lifts mainly used for rising Sub-Section (1Xb) in so far as it
materials for.changing blast furnaces or requlres a gate at thê bottom landing;
lime kilns. ' sub-section (1)(d) sub-section (1)(e).
Holsts not connected with mechanical Sub-section (1Xþ) ¡n so far as it re-
power and which are not used for carry- qu¡res the hoistways or liftways
ing persons. enclosure to be so conslructed as to
prevent any persons or thing from
belng trapped between any part of
the hoist or lift and any lixed struc-
ture or movinq pari; sub-section
(tXe)
Rule prescribed under sub-section (2) of section Zg
64. Lifting machines, cha¡ns, ropes and lift¡ng tackles.-(t) No tifting
machine and no chain, rope of líftíng tackte except ãt¡ore ropebí fib¡e ropä
sling shall be taken in use in any factory, {or the {irst time therein unless it
has been tested and all parts have been lhoroughly examined by a
competent person and a certiticate of such test examination specífying the
safe .working load or.loads and signed by the person making'the iesiano
examinat¡on has been obtained and ¡s kept available for inspection.
. {?.4 Register in Form 12 conta¡n¡ng the par-ticulars, therein specified
ghall be kept of every êxamination made undèr sub-rule (1). The Register
shall be readily available for inspection.
(3)(a) Every jib-crane so constructed lhat the safe working load may be
varied by the raising or lowering of the jib, shall have attãched thereto
either an automatic indicator of safe working loads or an automatic jib angle
indicator and a table indicating the safe working loads at corredpondfng
inclination ol the job or corresponding radii of theload.
(b) A tqble showing the safe working load of every kind and size of chain,
rope.or lifting tackle.in use, and in the case of a-multiple sling, the safe
working loads at different angles of the legs shall be posteo in the
store-room oíplace, where or in which the chains, ropes.or lifting tackles,
aq fept, in prominent position on the premises and no rope, chaÍn or lifting
tackle not shown ¡n the table shall be used in a factory unless in the case
of.lifting tackle, the safe working load thereof, or in thb case of a muttipte
sling, the safe working load at different angles of the legs, is plainly marked
upto ¡t.
{4) All râils on which a travelling crane moves and every track on which
the carriage ol a transporter or runway moves, shall be proper size and
adequate strength and have an even running surface. Every such raíl or
 118 The Maharashtra Factories Rules, lg63

track shan be properry raid and ma¡ntained and shail

ported. be adequatery sup_
(5) Ail chains and rífting tackre, excepr a.rope.
sring, sha[, unress they
have been subieoed to srich othú heãiireatmänt
the state Govérnment be effectivety ãnneateo unoei .ai Ëia/ tä'"pproved by
competent pefson at the following ìríteivårs, namety:_ inä Jriperuision of a
{i) All chains, slings, ring.s, hooks, shackles and swivels used in connec_
tion with morten metãr,srag or when they are nráoã'ot
r.,äf inch bar or
smaller, at least once in every six montñs.
(ii) All other chains, rings, hooks, shackres
and swivers in generar use at
least once in every twelve months:
Provided that chains and. rifting tackre not in f requent
use shail, subject to
the approvar or rhe ehief rnspeätor òf Èacror¡es,'oá anãããie?
necessary and particulars of such anneating shalt 'be onry when
Form 12. ìñ'a register ¡n
"nìãreo
,...J6) Nothing in sub-rure (s) shail appry to the foilowing
lifting tackle, namely:- chains of craim and
(i) Chaíns made of malleable cast iron.
(i¡) Plate link chains
{iii) chaìns, rings, .hooks, shackres and swivers made of steer or of any
non-ferrous rnetal
(iv) Pitched chains, working on sprocket or pocketed
wheers.
(v) Bings, hooks, shacktes and swivers permanenily
attached to p¡tched
chains, pulleys, blocks or weighing machines.
(vi) hooks and sw,ivers. having rãru" threaded parts
othelt case hardened parts.
or bail bearing or
(víi) socket shackres screwed to wire ropes
by white metarcapping.
(viii) Bordeau connections.
(ix) Any chain or rifting tackre whích has been subjected
treatment know_n as,."normarising,, instead-ór ñääi:r1ii to the heat
-such
and rifting rackre_shail be thorougiry examined by a competent chain
person
at reast once in.every twerve mo-ntrís ano particuiai,
t¡on shail be entered in the register in foim ì ã: ' - õi ä,är, examÍna_
(7) All lifting machines,.chains, ropes and.rifting
tackre except fibre rope
or Jibre rope. sting, which have been rãngtnenËd;äüãrãä-#"a paired
wetding or otherw¡se, by
not be useo agaìn,-u"Ëós ftËäJqurt"ry tested
1t?!
and examined by competent person anoîertirieJl"- üitì.,ä-Ë|i"i*
Ofdef. -- '.'¡i'r¡v v, r¡ to o" in
(8) No person under 18,years of age and no pefson
whg is not sufl¡cienily
trained in the workinq cf rífting macñinei àno äcquãinter
*¡ülllr"
of the machine snari be.e*pioväã är-ä¡ìu"t éf rifting machine, hazards
whéther
driven by mechanicat power dr oltnerwise, or to give;ig"nàiJiö'ä'or¡u"r.
 The tr{aharashtra Factor¡es Rules, 1963 j.tg

Rules prescribed under sub.sectÌon (2) of section s1 and sectian tt2

'¡6s. safety measures for pressure plant and vessels operated under
presqure over atmospheric pressure.-(1) ln this rule,-
(a)'competent personl means person who is, in the opinion of the Chief
lnspector capable by virtue of his qualificatíons, training and ex-
perience of conducting a thorough examination and pressuré tests, as
' required.,.on a pressure vessel or plant and of makiirg a full reporT on
its condition;
(b) 'maker' means'any person in whose name the pressure plant or
pressure vessel is either manufactured under a patent or sold;
(c) 'pressure plants' means the pressure ve'ssel along with its pipings and
' other fittings operated at a pressure greater than the dtriiosiptreric
pressure;
(d) 'pressure vessel'. means any vessel subjected to or operated at â
pressure greater than the atmospheric pressure.
(2) Ëvery pressure plant or pressure vessel used in any factory shall be-
.{a} properly designed on sound engineering practice;
' of sound construct¡on and material and of adequate strength and shall
(b)
be free from any defect; and
,,(c) properly maintained ln a safe working condition:
Provided that where there is an lndian Stanctard or a standard of the
country of manufacture in respect of any pressure plant or pressure vessel
sr where the design or construction of any such pressure plant or pressure
vessel has been regulated by any other law or regulation in force, it shall be
designed and constructed in accordance with the sa¡d standard, law or
regulation, as the case may be, and a certificate thereof shall be obtained
from the maker or from compeÌent person.
(3)(i) Every pressure plant or pressure vessel shall be fitted with-
(a) a suitable safety valve or other effeclive device, conveniently located
to ensure that the maximum safe working pressure ol the vessel shall
not be exceeded at any time;
(b).a suitable pressure gauge with a dial range not less than 1.5 times
. and not exceeding tw¡ce the maximum safe working pressure, easily
: visible and desígned to.show, at all times, the correct inlernal pressure
in kitograms per square centimetre and marked with prominent red
mark at the maximum safe working pressure of ihe pressure plant or
- pressure vessel;
, {c) a suitable stop valve or valves by which'the pressure vessel orthe
system of pressure vessels may be isolated from other vessels or
source of supply of pressure;
:{d) a suitable nipple and globe valve connected for the exclusive purpose
of attaching a test pressure gauge for checking the accuracy of the
pressure gauge referred to in clause (b) of the sub-rule;
{e) a suitable drain cock or valve or a plug at the lowest part ol a pressure
vessel so as to ensure effective draining of liquid that may be collecled
in the pressure vessel.

t Subs. by G.N. dt. 2&.5.1952 published i¡t M.G.G. PI.I-L p.5939

 120 The Maharashta Facto,-ies Rutes, 1963

(ii) Every pressure gauge, stop valve, nipple and globe valve, shall be
.mounted at a height not more than 1.s metres from the working level.
(iii) Every pressure plant or pressure vessel not constructed to withstand
the maximum possible working pressure at the source of supply or the
maximum pressure which Can be obtained in the p¡pe conneciing the
pressure vessel with any other source of supply shall be fitted with a
suitable reducing valve or other suitable automatic device to prevent
the safe working pressure of the vessel being exceeded. Suitable
pressure guages shall be provided close to the reducing valve to show
the high pressure and reduced pressure.
(iv) ln case of a jacketted vessel in which heat is transmitted by means
of steam or other media. in the jacket causing pressure rise in the
' vessel, the heat input in the jacket shall be so controlled by a suitable
device as not to allow the safe working pressure of the vessel being
exceeded.
(v) To further protect the pressure vessel ín the event of failure of
reducing valve or the control device mentioned in clauses (Íií) and (iv)
an additional safety valve having a capacity to release ail steam,
vapour or gas without under pressure rise shall be provided in addition
to the one relerred 10 in clause (1)(a).
Provided that ¡t shall be sufficient for the purposes ol this sub- rule if the
safety valve, pressure guage and stop valve or other suitable effective
device are mounted on -a pipeline immediately adjacent to the pressure
vessel and where there is a range of two or similai pressure vesöels in a
plant served by the same pressure load, only one set of such mountings
need be fitted provided that those cannot be isotated from any of tñe'
pressure plant or pressure vessels.
(4) Ever pressure plant in service shall be thoroughly examined by a
competent person,-
(a) externally once in every period of six months;
(b) internally, once in every period of twelve months, and
(c) hydraulic test once in a period of tour years.
Explanatìon -lf however by reason of construction_of the pressure vessel
or pressure plant a thorough internal examination is not possibfe, it may be
replaced by a hydraulic test, which shall be carried out once in every period
of lwo years:
Provided that in the case of pressure vessel or pressure plant with thin
walls such as sÍzing cylinders made of copper or any other non-ferrous
metal, periodic hydraulic test rnay be dispensed with if lhe requirements laid
down in clause (5) are complied with:
Provided further lhat if the Chief lnspector or any lnspector authorised by
him certifies that it is impracticable to carry out a thorough external or
internal examipation of any pressure vessel or pressure plant as required by
clauses (a) and (b) and if owing to its constructions and use a hydraulic test
as required by ihis sub-rule cannot be carried out, â thorough external
examination shall be carried out atleast once in every two years and a
tholough systematic non-destructive test like ultrason¡c test, for metal
thickness or other defects of all parts shall be carried oul atleast once ¡n
every period of four years.
 -+.

TheMaharashtraFactories Rules, 1963 121

(s)(a)(i) As far as possibte, in respect of every sizing cytinder
.
whereof is made of copper sheet or any other nori- terroüs the shell
metar and which
is g.ut to use before ihe grst october, 1969 the nt-JÀager shâil
available to the, rnsp.ector and the competent person elxamining make
cylinder, information about the date on wnicn iròn-ðvrinä"r was put iüðñ,
for the first time with full particulars as to the thickness
to use
of the shell when so
taken into use in the factory forthe first time. lnformation
shall also be made
available about the workinj pressure recommended by the makers
cytinder was put to use foi the first time in the fã¿to;i.- - when the

. (iD lf no such information is available, any othei evidence relevant to

show the age of the shail be submitteá by the Mu;ãé;; t'o=iñäïn¡åi
lnspector. The chief_cytinder
inspector snail oeteiml;¿ t'h; ãg;ît tn* cyrinder on
such documentarv evidence or other oral eviden"e tnåi may
to him by the Manãger.or any other euioence iËãi'"ri.i'uå be presented
and the
age so determined shail be considered as the aée oíþroouced, cyrindei tor fiiè
purpose of this rule.
(b)(i) The minimum thickness of the shell of a sizing cylinder
actually measured once in a period of two years. shall be
(ii). lf during its working tife, the sheil.of a sizing
cytinder is at any time
punclured requiring repaírs to.the.cy.linder to closé
tÉe functured pórtion,
the thickness of the sheet of the shéll near sucn puncirrã'ol' opening shail
be measured by a competent person.
., (c)fj) No sizing cytinder shalt be subjected to work at a pressure greater
than the maximum safe working pressure recommended riy the ma[erl-ói
such cylinder at the rime when s-uóh cytinde,,as iirði pùt tõirr" in factóry.
a
No sizing cylinder which has been in use for more than five years snãll
,be (ii)subiected to work at a pressure greater than the iowesi ot ilre môJt Jaið
working pressure calculated in accoidance with the foilowing three methoàs,
ttäi!;r,
pj-oqgfo!,to the orisinar sare-workinn
to use as the minimum thickness of rhe shtitor"rr"r-
when rirst pur
mater¡ats ãs äciùãry
measured at qny time bears to the original thickness of the sheíl

, soi:iil,î#:: liË ;$ :""iìïL *,n,,um thickness

that the tensite stress in the sheil shail nòi
acrua,,y ;J;
ãicu"o sáte worrciñg
stress for the mater¡al of the shell;
Explanation.{f the shell is made of copper, safe working tensite stress
shall be taken to be not more lhan ssO kil'ograms per squàre cent¡metre.
(c) Reduced at th.e rate of 4 per c-ent of the original working pres$ure
for.
every year of its use after the first five yearð;
(d) No siz-ing cylinder shall be continued to be used for
. more than:
twenty-f¡ve years after it was iirst put to use:
Provided that the chief tnspector may authorise the use of sizing
cylinders beyond the period of twenty-five years for a perioo not exceeoinfi
ygSls' if tests.are carried out anb further details are rnaoe availabte to
Iiye
 122 Tl¿e Maharasht¡'a Factories uutes. 1963

{ií) No pre.ssure plant or pressure vessel which has been previously used
of has remained isolated or idle for a period exceeding 6 months or'which
has undergone repairs or atternations shall be used inã factory unless il is
examined and tested by a competent person,
(iii) No pressure vessel or pressure planl shall be taken into use {or the
-
Jirst time in any factory unless-
(a) a certÍficate specifying the maximum safe working pressure
. tests to which it was subjected to, is obtained from the maker;and and
the
(b) it is thoroughly examined by a competent person in the prernises
.:' where it is used;
(c) if during any examination, any doubt arises as to the abilitv of the
' pressure vessel or plant to work safely until the next préscribed
examination, the competent person shall enter in the prescribed Form,
' +i'ris observat¡ons, findings and conclüsions with reas'ons therefor and
other retevant remarks and may authorise the pressure vessel or
pressure plant to be used and kept in operât¡on, subject to a lowering.
ol maxi¡num safe working pressure, oi to more fréquent or speciaì
examination or test or subject to both of these conditibns.
(d) where the report of any examination under this rule specifies any
. conditions and- suggestions for the working of a pressirre plant o'r
pressure vesselthe same shall not be used except iil accordance w¡th
those condit¡ons and suggestions
7{a} The manager shall maintain a regíster of pressure plant or pressure
vessels showing-
.'(i) Name and make of the pressure plant or pressure vessel,
(ii) ldentificalion mark,
(iii) The date of taking ¡nto use for the first time, and
(iv) The reference number q¡d date of the report of examination by
competent person. 2

.in Form 13.

.lb) The report of the result of every examination made shalf be completed

(c) The competent person making a report of any examination under this
rule shall, wíthin seven days of the-comfletion of the examinaiion, bend to
thd lnspector, a copy of the report in every case where the maximum safe
working pressure is reduced or the exâm¡nation shbws lhat the part:cannot
continue to be used with safety unless certain repairs are carried out
immedìately or within a specified time or where he hað specified frequent or
special examination or test.
(d) An lnspector may by an order in writing direct the production within
the time specified in such order, of a report of examinátion made by a
competent person who shall not be an employee of the factory ín which the
préssure plant or pressure vessel is Ín use.
' {e) All certificates, report$ and registers required to be obtained or
maintained under this rule shall be comþfete in ali respects arid duly signed
by the maker or competent person, and these shall be produced for the
perusal of the lnspector.
- . (8) The Chiel lnspector mây. exempt, subject to such cond¡tions as he
may impose any pressure planUvessel Trom any of the provisions of this rule
if he has reasons to believe that the construction or use of that olanUvessel
 The Maharashtra Factories Rules, jg63 1ZS

g_ryÎ| .the inspection provisìons are not pract¡cabte provided tndian

standafd.fh.ut
tnstitute or any reputed international code on exaln¡nation
dure of pressure vesseté or ptants arà oãìng tottowã0. - -
' .' proce-
The'provisions of this rule shall apply to pressure plants and pressure
vessels as defined in sub-rute {2} and snâtt oe ín'addition to without
prejudice to and not in derogation of any other law in force, except
the
following:-
(a) vessels having an ¡nternal operating pressure not exceeding atmos-
pheric pressure be 1 Kg,/cm.2 or 15 tn's. sq. inches absolute;-
(b) steam boilers, steam reed pipes and their fiüings coming under the
purview of lndian Boilers Act, 1923 (V of 1928); -
(c) metal bottles or cylinders used for storage or transport of compressed
qases^oj tiquids or dissolved gases under pressúre covered by the
9_as cylinder Rures, 1981, framed under the rndian rxprosive Rct,
1884 (lV of 1884);
(d) vessels in which internal pressure is due solely to the
static head of
. liquids;
(e) working cylinders/casings of the machineries such as pumping sets,
compressors and prime moves;
(f) vessels for nuctear energy apptications.I
Rule prescribed under sub-section (2) of section.s4
rJ66.
': Excessive weights.-{1) ln any_factory, no person shail, unaided by
another person or mechanical device, lift by hând oi carry overhead, or ove'r
the back or shoulders,.any mater¡ar, article, toolor appliåncae*ãee'oingtttre
maximum lirnit in weight set out in the {oilowing Schêäule:- :

SCHEDULE
Persons Maximum weight ol material,
tool or appliance
article,

Kgs.

(a) Adult male 55

(b) Aduft female 30
{c) Adolescent male 30
(d) Adolescent female 20
(e) Male Child 16
{f) Female Child 13
(2) ln.any factory,
fo.pgfggn in conjunction
lchanical device, qfrafl
-or with other person, unaided by
mechanica! shafl lift bv hand orcarrv
líft by äi ovei
overhearl är
carry overhead nvcrtho hqlrk o'f
tne back n{
shoulders, any matóiiar, artióre, toof or aþptiance 'if in.e øeigni iñdäoi
exceeds the sum of weight
weigh! permissible for eâôn person
person separate'iy,
y, as fixed
_by the Schedule to sub-rute (1).1

.._t . Subq. Þy C.N: dt. Í7.4.1975.

 124 The Maharashtrø Factorìes Rutes.1963

Rute prescribed under sect¡on gs

67. Protection of eyes.-Effective screens or suitable qosqles shall be
provided for the prolection of persons emptoyed in or iñ ihê immediate
vicinity ol the following processes:-
(a) Tfgprocess specified in Schedute I annexed hereto, being processes
which invofve.risk ol injury to the eyes from particulars or ïragments
thrown off in the course of the process.
(b) TFg process specìlied in Schedute ll annexed hereto, being processes
which involve risk of injury to the eyes by reasoñ of exþosure to
excessive light, '[or infra-red or ultra-violet radiations].
"fScHEDULE U
. (1) Th9 breaking, cutting, dressing or carving of brÍcks, stone, concrete,
glag of similar materiats by means of a hammer, a chidef, pick or simifai
hand tool, or by means of a portabte tool driven by mechanicãl powers, and
they dry grinding of surfaces of any such materials by means oi a wheel or
disc- driven
-by mechanical powers, where in any oÍ the foregoing cases
particles or fragments are liable to be thrown off towards the opératõr in the
course of the process.
(2),Tl.e dry grinding of surfaces of metal by applying them by hånd to a
wheel, disc or band driven by mechanícal power, año õt surfac'es of metal
by means ol a portable tool driven by mechanical power.
(3) The dividing into separate parts of metal, bricks, stone, concrete or
similar materials by means of a high speed saw driven by mechanical power
o¡ by meqns of an abrasive cutting off wheel or disc driven by mechänical
power, where particles or fragments are liable to be thrown off towards the;
face ol'the operator in the course ol the process.
(4) The turning of metals, or art¡cles of metal, where particles or
f¡Agments are liable to be thrown off towards the face of the opèrator in the
course ol the process.
(5) Drilling by means of portable toots, where particles or fragments are
liable to be thrown off towards the face of the operator in the course of the
pr0cess.
(6) The welding and cutting of metats by means of an electric,
oxyacetylene or similar process.
(7) The hot fettling of steel casting by means of a flux injected burner or
air torch and the de-seaming of metal.
(8) The felting of metal castings, involving the removal of metal, including
runners, gates and risers and the removal of any other material during the
course of such lettling.
(9) The chipping of metal, and the chipping, knockíng out, cutting out or
cutting olf of cold rivets, bolts, nuts, lungs, pins, collars, or similar articles
from any struc- ture or plant, or from part of any structure or plant, by means
of a hammer, chisel, punch or similar hand tool, or by means ol a portable
tool driven by mechanical power.

.t Subs. by G.N. dt. 19.3.1977

Subs. by G.N, dt. ?4.11.1975.
 The Maharashtra Factories Rules, 1963 125

(10) The chipping or scurfing or paint, scale, slag, rust or other corrosion
from the surface of metal and other hard materialsby means of a hand tool.
or by a portable tool dríven by mechanicat power.
(11.) The breaking.of scrap metal by means ol a hammer or by means of
a tool driven by mechanical power.
(12) The routing of metal, where particles or fragments are liable to be
thrown off towards the face of the operator in the course of the process.
(1s¡ work with drop harpmers and power hammers used in either case for
the manufacture of forgings and work by any person not working with such
hammers whose work is carried on in such circumstances and in such a
position that particles or fragments are liable to be thrown olf towards his
face during work with drop hammers or power hammers.
(14) work at a lurnace where there is risk to the eyes from molten metal.
, (15) Pouring or skimming ol motten metal
rltO¡ Wort involving
risk to the eyes lrom hot sand being thrown otf.
(17) Turning or dressing of an abrasive wheel. ,
.

. (18) The handling in open vessels or manipulation of strong acid or

dangerous corrosive liquids or materials, and the operation, maintenance or
fligmantling of plant or any part of ptant being ptant or part of plant which
contains or has contained such acids, liquids, or materialè, unlesb the plants
.or part of the plant has been so prbparàO by isolatíon, redudiòn, of
pressure, or otherwise, treated or designed and constructed as to prevent
risk of injury.
(19) 'Any other process wherein there ¡s a risk of injury to eyes Trom
'
qgrticles or fragments thrown off duríng the course of the prôcess.j
). ÍSoHEDULE ll
,l(1) WelOing or cutting of metals by means of an electrical, oxy- acetylene
or similar process.
(2) All work on furnaces where there ¡s risk of exposure to excessive light
or inlra-red radiations.
(3) Process such as rolling, casting or lorging of metals where there is
tisk of exposure to excessive light or infra-red radiations.
(4) Any other process wherein there is risk of ¡n¡ury to eyes from exposure
to excessive light or uttra-violet or infra-red radialions.l
Rule prescribed under sub-section (6) of section 36
t[Og. Min¡mum dimensions
of man- holes..ln any factory no person
shall be allowed.or required to enter in any chamber, tank, vat, pipe llue or
other confined space, which persons may have to enter unless the said
chamber, tank, vat, pipe flue or other conlined space, is provided with a
'man-hole which may be rectangular, oval or circular in shaþe unless there
is other effective means of egress and-
. (a) width
in the case of rectangular or oval shape, be not less than shoulder
of the person concerned plus 8'c.m. in length and 30 c.m. wide;
(b) in the case of a circular shape be not less than shoutder width'of the
person concerned plus B c.m. in diameter_l

t Subs. by c.N. dr. 19-3.7977.

Subs. by G.N. dt.I7.4.i975.
126 -' The Maharashta Factorìes Rules. i963

' Exemption under sub-section (S) of section g7

69. Exemption.-The requirements of sub-section (4) of section 37 shall
not apply to the following processes carried on ¡n any factory:-
(a) The operation of repairing a water-sealed gas-holder by the electric
welding process, subject to the following conditions:-
(i) The gas,holder shall contain only the following gases, separately or
mixed at a pressure greater than atmospheric pressure, namely,
: . town gas, coke-oven gas, producer gas, blast furnace gas, or

Pro¡rided that, this exemption shall not apply to any gasholder containing
acetylene or mixture of gases, to whiih acetyleñe has been added
inte¡tionally;

shall be carried out by experienced operatives under the constant

supervision of a comþeterit person.
(b) The operations of cutting or welding steel or wrought iron gas mains
: : and services by the application of heat, subject to the following
' cond¡tions:-
: (D fng main or service shall be situated in the open air, and.if shall
bontaín onfy the following gáses, separately or-mixed at a pressure
greater than atmospheric pressure, namely, town gas, coke-oven
'gas, producer gas, blast furnace gas, or gases other ihan aÍr, used
in their manufacture;
' (ii) The main or service shall nol contain acetylene or any gas or
mixture of gases to which acetylene has been added intentiõnatly;
(iii) The operation shall be carried out by an experienced person or
: pefsons and at least lwo persons (including lhose carrying out the
operations) experienced in work on gas mains and over 18 years
. ; :, , of age shall.be present during the operation;
(iv) The site of the operation shall be free from any inflammable or
explosive gas or vapour;
(ù) Where acetylene gas is used as a source of heat in connection with
an operation, it shall be compressed and contained in a porous
sub.stance in a cylinder; and
' (v¡) Prior to the appliration of any flame to the gas main or service, this
shall be pierced or drilled and the escaping gas ignited-
r (c) The operation of repairing an oil tank on any ship by the electric
welding process, subject to the following coitditions:-
(i) The only oil, contained in the tank shall have a flash point of not less
' than 1s0'F.(close test) and a certÍficate to this elfect shall be
obtained from 2 competent analysts;
(ii) Tlie analyst's certificate shall be kept available for inspect¡on by an
lnspector, or by any person employed or working on the ship;
The welding operation shall be carried out only on the exterior
.{iii) surface of the tank at a place {a) which is free from oil or oil
' leakage in inflammable quanlÍties and (b) which is not less than 30
 The MaharashtraFactories Rules, t963 127

centimetres below the nearest part of the surface of the oil within
the tank; and
(iv) welding shall be done oniy by the electr¡c wetding and shaH be
. carried out by experienced operatives under the cõnstant super_
vision of a competent person.
Rules prescribed under sub-section (1) of section 38
70. 1[F¡re Protection.-Every factory shail be provided with adequate
'means of protection and escape in càse of fire witnout prejudice tô tne
generality of the following:-
.. (1.) Process,
lire hazards:-
equipment, plant etc. involving serious explosing and serious

' 'explosing
(a) all processes, storages, equipments, plants etc, involving serious
and flash fire hazard shall be located in segregated buildings
where the equipment shall be so arranged that only am¡nimum number
of employees are exposed to such hazards at any one time;
, (b) all industrial processes ¡nvolving serious fíre hazard should be
:, located in buildings or work places separated from one another by walls
, , ol fire res¡stant construction:.
i {c) ventilation ducts, pneumat¡c conveyors and similar equipment invotv-
ing a serious firg risk should be provided with flame arresting or
automatic fire extinguishing appliances, or fire resisting damp=ers,
electrically inter-tocked w¡th heat sensÍtive/smoke detractors and the
.
air-conditioning ptant system;
, (o) in all work places having serious fire or flash fire hazards, passages
between machines, installations or piles of material should be at leãst
90 c.m. wide, Fof storage piles, the clearance between the ceiling and
..
the top of the pile shoutd not be less than 2 mstres.'
' ' 2. Access for fire fighting:-(a) Building and plants shalt be so laid out
and roads,_.passageways etc. so mainta¡ned as to permit unobstructed
access for lire fighting.
(b) Doors and window openíng shail be located in suitabte posÍtions on all
,external walls of the bu¡ld¡ng to provide easy access to lhe eniire area within
,the building for fire lighting.
3' Protection against lightning.- protection from lightning shail be
provided for-
'. (a) bu¡lding in which explosives or highly flammable substances are
manufactured, used, handled or stored;
(b) storage tanks containing oils, paints or other flammable tiquids;
(c) grain elevators;
, {d) buildings; tall chimneys or stacks where flammable gases, fumes, dusl
or lint are likelyJo be present; and
(e) sub-stalion buildings and outdoor transformers and switch yards.
4- Precautions against ignition:-wherever there is danger bf lire or
explosion from accumulalion of flammable or explosive substaìces in air,-

I Subs. by MCG PI.I-L. Exr. dr. 10.8.1989 p. 352

 128 T'he llaharasl¡tra Factories Rules, 1963

(a) all electrical apparatus shall eithef be excluded from the area of risk
or they shall be of such conslruction and so installed and maintained
as to prevent the danger of their being a source of ignition;
(b) elfective measures shall be adopted for prevention of accumulation of
static charges to a dange¡'ous extent;
(c) workers shall wear shoes w¡thout iron or steel nails or any other
exposed ferrous materials which is likely to cause sparks by friction;
. (d) smoking, lighting, or carrying of matches, lighters or smoking
mater¡als shall be prohibited;
(e) transmission belts with iron fasteners shall not be used; and
(f) all other precautions, as are reasonably practicable,.shall be taken to
prevent initiation cl ignition from all other possible sources such ds
open flames, frictional sparks, overheated surfaces of machinery or
plant, chemical or physical, chemical reaction and radiant heat.
5. Spontaneous ignition:-Where materials are likely to induce spon-
taneous ignition, care shall be taken to avoid formation of air pocket and to
:ensure adequate ventilation. The material susceptible to spontaneous'ign¡-
iion should be stored in dry condition and should be in heaps of such
capacity and separated by such passage which will prevent fire. The
materials susceptible to ign¡t¡on and stored in the open shall be at a distance
not less than 10 metres away from process or storage buildings.
6. Gylinders containing compressed gas:-Cylinders containing com-
presse$ gas may only be stored in open if they are protected against
'variation of temperature, dírect rays of sun, or continuous dampness. Such
cylinders shall never be stored near highly flammable substances, furnaces
of hot processes- The room where such cylinders are stored shall have
adequate ventilation.
.' : 7. Storage of flammable liquids:-(a) The quantity of flammable liquids
in any work room shall be the minimum required for the process or
processes carried on in such room, and flammable liquids shall be stored in
,suitable containérs with close litting covers:
Provided, that not more than 20 litres of flammable liquids having a flash
,point ol 20oC or less shall be kept or stored in any work room.
: {b} Flammabte liquids shall be slored in closed containers and in limited
quantities in well vent¡lated rooms of fire resisting construction which are
isolated from lhe remainder of the building by fire walls and self closing fire
doors.
(c) Large quantities of,such liqui{s shall be stored in lsolated adequately
ventilated büilding of fire resisting construction or in storage tanks, preferab-
ly underground and a distance from any building as required in the
Petroleum Rules, 1976.
(d) E{fective steps shall be taken to prevent leakage of such liquids into
basement sumps drains and to confirm any escaping liquid within safe limits.
8, Accumulation of flammable dust, gas, fume or vapour in air or
flammable waste material on the floors:-(a) Effective steps shal¡ be taken
for removal or prevention of the accumulation in the air of flammable dust,
gas, fume or vapour to an extent which is likely to be dangerous.
(b) No waste mater¡al ol a flammable nature shall be permitted to
accumulate on the floors and shall be removed at least once in a day or
 The Maharashtra Factories Rules,.l963 129

shlft, and more often, whe.n poss¡ble. such materiats shall be placed in
suitable metal containers with covers, wherever possible.
9. Fire exits:-(a) ln th¡s rule- .

(i) "horizontal exit" means an arranþement which allows alternative

egress from a floòr area to anolher f.lbor at pr near the same level in an
adjoining building or on adjoining p.art Öf the same buitding with
adequate separation; and
(i¡) "travel distance" means the distance an occupant Åas to travel to

(b) An exit may be a ¿oorway, corridor, passageway to an external

sta¡rway-or _to verandah or to ¡nternal staifway segregated from the rest of
building by fire resisting walts "which shallproúide continuous and protected
means ol egress to the exterior ol a building or to an exterior open space.
{n exit rnay also include a horizontat exit lead¡ng to an adjoining'buildíng at
the. same level. .
-
ic) Lifts, escalators and revolving doors shall not be considered as exits
for the purpose of this sub-rule. .

(d) ln every room o_f a factory exits sufficienl to perm¡t safe escape ol the
occupants in case of fire or other emergency shail be provided wiili shall be
free of any obstruction. There shall be at least two ways of escape from
every rogm and the exits shall be as remote frorn each other as þossible
and shall be.arranged to provide direct access in se.parate o¡rect¡dnJirõm
âny po¡nt in the area served.
'
(e) The exit shall be clearly vlþible and suitably ¡lluminated with suitable
-arrangement, whatever artilicial lighting is to be adopted for this purpose, to
lnaintain the required ílluminationln case of failure óf the normal'soi¡rces of
.electric supply.
'
(f) The exit shall be marked in a language understood by the maiority ol
the workers
(g) lron rung ladders or spiral staircases shall not be used as dxit
sta¡rcases.
' . (h) Fire resisting doors or rolter shutters shail be provided at aþpropriate
places along the escape routes to prevent spreád ol fire and smoke,
partieularly .at the entrance of litts or s-tairs where tunnel or flue effect may
be crêated including an'upward spread of fire.
(¡) All exits shall provide continuous meañs of egress to the exter¡or of a
building or to an exteríor open space leading to a ðtreet.
0) Exit shall be so located that the travel disiance to reach at least one
of them on the floor shall not exceed B0 metres.
(k) ln case of those lactories where high hazard materials are stored or
used, the travel distance to the exit shall not exceed 22.5 metres and there
shall be at least two ways of escape from every room, however, small,
:except tqilet rooms so ocãted that th'e points of acóèss thereto are out of oi
f

suitably shielded from areas of high hazard.

' (l) The unit exit width used to measure capacity or any exit shall be S0
cm. A clear width of 25 cm. shalt be counted as addit¡onal half unit, clear
width of less than 25 cm. shall not be counted for exit width.
(m) Occupants per unit width shail be S0 for stairs and TS for ddors.
 130 The Maharashtra Factories Rules, 1963

(n) For determining the exit required, the occupant toad shall be reckoned
on the basis ol aclual number of occupants within any floor area or 10
square metres per person, whichever is more.
(o) There shall not be less than lwo exits serving every lloor area above
and below the ground floors, and at least one of them shall be an internal
enclosed stairway. The two exit shall be as remote from each othef as
possible, and both exits shall be accessible through separate ways from any
point on the floor.
(p) For every building or structure used for storage only and every seôtion
thereo{ considered separately, shall have access to at least one exit so
,arranged and located as to provide a suitable meâns ol escape for any
:pêrson employed therein, and in any such room wherein more than 10
persons may be normally present at least two separate means of exit shall
be available, as remote from each other as practicable.
,(q) Every storage area shail have access to at least one means of exit
which can be readily opened.
(r) Every ex¡t doorway shali open ¡nto an enclosed stairway,a horizontal
exit or a corridor or passageway providing continuous and prolected means
of egress.
{s) No exit doorway shall be less than 100 c.m. ín width. Doorways shall
'nol bs less than 200 c.m. ín height.
(t) Exit doorways shall open outwards, that is away from the room but
shall not obstruct the travel along any exit. No door when opened, shall
reduce the required width of stairway or landing to less than 90 c.m,
Overhead or sliding doör shall not be installed for this purpöse.
' (u) An exit door shall not open immediately upon a flight of stairs. A
landing at least 1.5 m. x 1.5 m. in size shall be provided in the stairway at
each doorway. The level of landing shall be the sarne as that of the floor
way it serves.
(v) The exit doorways shall be openable from the side which they serve
w¡thout thê use of a key.
(w) Exit corrldors and passageways shall be of a width no-t less than the
âggregate required width of exit doorways leading from there in the direction
to the exterioi.
-'of travel
(x) Where stairways discharge tllrough-corridors and passageways, the
height of the corridors and passageways shall not be less than 2.4 metres.
(y) A staircase shall not be arránged round a lift shaft unless the lâtter is
totafly enclosed by material having a fire- resistance rat¡ng not lower than
'that of the type of construction of the former.
(aa) Hollow combustible construction shall not be permitte.d.
(bb) The minimum width of an internal staircase shall be 100 ém.
(cc) The minimum width of lreads without nosing shall be 25 c.m. for-an
internal staircase. The treads shall be constructed and maintained in a
manner to prevent slipping. .

{dd) The maximum height of a riser shall be 19 c.rn. and the number of
risers shall be limited to 12 per flight.
(ee) Hand rails shall be provided with a minimum height of fOO c.m. and
shall be lirmly supported.
 The Maharashtra Factories Rules. 1963 131

(tf) The width of a horizontâl ex¡t shall be same as for the exit doorways.
(gg) rne hor¡zontal exit shail be equipped with at teast one fire door of
self closing type.
(hh) The floor area on the opposite or refuge side of a horizontal exit shall
be sufficient to accommoda'te occupants of ine ftoor area served, ailowing
not less than 0.3 square meter per person. The refuge shall be provided witñ
exits adequate to meet the requirements ol this sub-rule. At leást one of the
exits shall lead directly to the exterior or street.
(ii) where there is difference in level between ¿onnected areas lor
horizontal exit, ramps not more than 1 in 8 slope shall be provided. For this
purpose steps shall not be used-
.fij) Doors in horizontal exits shall be openabfe at all times.
. (kk) Ramps with.a slope of not morethan 1 ¡ri't0 may be substituted for
the requirements ol staircase. wherever the use is õuch as to involve
danger of slipping, the ramp shall be surfaçed with non-slipping material.
(10) lf fhe chief Inspector is satisfied in respecl of any factory or any part
.circumstahces
-
of the factory that owing to the exceptionaf súch as'idfre-
quency oJ the manufacturing process ôr for any other reason, all or any ol
the requirements of the rules are impracticabie or not necessary forlthe
protection of workers, he may by order in'writing (which ne máy at his
discretion revoke) .exemp! such factory or part of th-e iactory fiom aít or any
of the provisions of the rules subject to conditions as he may, by such ordei
prescribe.l
': 71.'Means of escape cotton ginning faoto,ries.-Notw¡thstand¡ng
anything contained in rule 70 -forcotton ginning faõtories shall be provided wüñ
at leasi two suitable earthenlamps.or two llþhts ol stairs made'of brick-work
of other lire:resisting materÍal.
tlzt-a. * * *

:.'71-B^. Fire-fighting ?pparatus and water suppty.-(1) ln.every factory

thêre shall be provided and maintained the following lire-tighting equipl
ments:-
(a) Two fire buckets of not less than 9 litres capacity lor every 100 square
'each
rnetres of floor area subject to a minimum of four buckets on
floor.
(b) Every bucket provided under this sub-rule shall-
(i) conform to appropriate lndian Standard Specification,
(¡¡) be kept in a position approved by the lnspector and shall be.used
for no other purpose than lire extinguishiñg, and
(iii) at all times bo kept full ol water but if the principal fire risk arises
from inflammable liquid or other substances where water cannot be
-. used, it shall be kept lull of clean fine dry sand, stone dust or other
inert mater¡al:
provided that where the chief lnspector Ís of the opinion thet other
adeguate fire{ighting appâratus is provided in the factory buitding or room
he may issue I certificate in writing (which.he may at liis discretion revoke)

I Del. by G.N. ðt.2O.7.t981

2 Ins, by G.N. of 51h Sept., I972
 132 The Maharashtra Factories Rules. 1963

specifying the extent to which the above requirements are relaxed in respect
of that building or room.
(2) ln every factory adequale provision of water-supply for fire fighting
shall be made and where the amount of water required in litres per minute
¡s 550 litres or more as ca[culated from the formula mentioned below,
polver-driven trailer pumps oT adequate capacity shall be provided and
ma¡ntained:- :

A+B+C+D
Water required in litres per minute

tn the above formuta-.

A - the total area in square metres of all floors including galleries in,all
buildings of the lactory;
B = the total area in squafe metres of all floors and galleries inctuOing
open spaces in which combustible materials are handled or.s-tored;
C - the total area in sQuare metres ol all floors over 15 metre above'
ground level and
D = the total area in square metres ol all floors of building.S other than
those of fire-resisting constructibn provided fire-resisting õõnstructions

lnsurance Company:
Provided that, in areas where lhe fire risk involved does not require use
of water such areas under B, C or D may, for the purpos.e of calculation, be
halved:
, Provided lurhter that, where the areas under B, C or D are protected by
permanent autornatíc fire-flghting installations approved by ány Fire As-
sociation or Fire lnsurance Company, such areas may, for the purpose of
calculation, be halved:
Frovided also that, where the factory is siluated at not more than.3
kilometres from an' established City or town fire service, the pumpíng
capacity based on the amount of water arrived at by the formula above may
be redUced by 25 per cent but no account shall be taken of this reduction
calculalion water supply required under the sub-rule (6)t: .. :
(3) Each tra¡ler pump shall be provided with equipmênt as per Schedule
A. Such equipment shall cònform to lndian Standard spebifications when-
ever lhey exist.
(4) Trailer pumps shall be housed in a separate shed which shqll be sited
close to a principal source of water supplies in the vioin¡ty ol fhe main risks
ofthefactory ..: '.i...:
, (5) ln factories where the'"Area is such as cannot be reached by.
manhauling of trailer punips withih reasonable time, vehicles with towing.
attachment shall be provided at the scale of one for every four trailer pumps.';:
wíth a minimum of one such vehicle kept available at al[times. : ]
(6) Water-supply shall be p'rovided to give flow of water as requ¡red under'
sub-rule (2) for at least 100 minutes. At least 50 per cent of this water-suppty
or 4,50,000 litres which ever is less shall be in the lorm of static tanks of

I Subs. by -G.N. dated 5th Sept., 1974.

 . The lllaharashtra Factories.Rules, I9ó3 1Ao

adeguâte capar¡ties (not le.ss than 4s,000 litres each) distributed round
the
facto.ry wirh due regard to the potenriai fire
itsrs ¡ñ iñãrãciäiv. (wnere pipàã
supply is provided, the size of the main shall not be tess than 15 cm.
diameter and it shall be capable of supplying minimum of 4,s00 litres per
minute at a pressure of not less:than z kgsq-.cm.

,(-zl
(i) ln faclories having more than 100 square metres floor area and
,ylgle^
r,ig-qqy occur due to combustibte materiats other than inftammabte
. ¡iquids, etectrical eguipment and
tv.pe of Borrabte exrinjuishers anh"e þnitable métalð, soda acid or equivaiéni
iáte ot onálbié"ãrvïðo squ. merres
of area spaced at not more than g0 metres apart subjecí to a minimuin ãi
ong extinguisher shail be provided in additidn one riie nuckçts required
under sub-rule (1).
(ii) ln factories where fires may occur due to inflammable
liquiás or grease
or paint, the extinguishers to bé provided-êt the scale iaio down in ctause
(a) shalt consist of foam carbon ietrachioride, oryþã*oêìl ðurnon
dioxide,
g![cro,b¡qqe.methane.or other equivaÌent type, ás'appròpriate. In case of
inJìam'iriabte tiquids sotubte in watör,1he extingúts¡eiétãlräibe arconot
rype
fóam.)
{iiu ln tactories wl.re1g..fíres. may occur pue to electrícal equipment, the
ext¡ngüisïer to be provided ar rhd scare râid in crauiä iu shä¡"b.;;;;i;i
carbon dioiide, dry powder, carbon tetrachtoride ol, equi,iäreït --'-
tyffi.-
(iv). ln.Tactoriqs where fires may occur due to magnesium,
. aluminum or
zinc dust or shavings or..other.igriìtanle metals, ttreTse-of íiquios, carbon
dioxide and friam tyþe extinguishérs shail be prohi6iteoãnd'an ampre suoorv
,oJ.clean,
fin.e'dry sând, stonä dust or otÀer'inier materiar .hãil Ë"li;pirä#í
. for Segrqgating such fires. !

' lype.of portab¡e fire exringuisher shail be kept mounred.in a

. -^lyl^Erlg
poslton approved by the lnspector:
.Provided th.at. where the chÍef lnspec-tor is of the opinion that other
3dêquate fire-fighring apparatus or perinansnt auromâticlirä_iight¡ng ¡nìtal_
lations approved by any reöognisêd Fire Associatjon or-Firé Inðuranie
company are p.rovide{.i1,!he lactory buirding or ioóm,- ne may issue a
certilicate in.writing (which'he may af nis o¡scietion iévdr<ef specifvins the
,extent to which rhe abo.ve,..requiiernents are retaxeo in ieãþeCi'ói-tiiài
building or róom. :

(a)(a) Every portable fire.extihguisher 10 be provided under sub- rute (7)

, :i-
shall-
' (i) conform to rhe appropriate rndian standards specifications;
. (ii) be kept .charged ready for use properry mounted in a position
. approved by_ the tnspector and.accomþaniéo ny the maker's'printed
instructions for its use; and
,r (íi¡) be.examined, tested or dischaiged periodically in accordance
with the
: : maker's recommendation.
(b) The. manager of every factory shalr keep and maintain, sufficient
oj, sqafq charges. for each type of exiinguisher pióvioed in rhe
Illllb-gr
racrory wlÎn a m¡nimum of 12 spare charges always in stbck and readily
availâble.
.. (9) Each factory shall detail a trained officer who shall be responsibte for
the proper maintenance and unkeep of a[ fire- fighting equìpräñis.- - - -
 134 TJ¡e Maharashtra Faclor¡es Rules, 1963

(10) lf the chief lnspector is satisfied in rèsoect of any lactory or any parr
of the factory that ow¡ng to the exceptional circumstances suóh as iháde-
quacy of water supply or for infrequency of the manufacturing process or for
any other reason, to be recorded in writing all or any of the feduirements of
the rules are impracticable or not necessary for the þrotection df workers he
Iay by order in writ¡ng (which he may at his discretion revoke) exempt such
factory or part of that factory from all or any of the provisions of the rules
subject to condit¡ons as he may by such order prescribe.
SCHEDULE
Equipment for Trailer Pumps
A. For light trailer pump (680 litreslmin)-
Nine metres length ol armoured suct¡on hose, with wreñches.
1 Metal suct¡on strainer
1 BaskeÌ stra¡ner
1 Two-way suction collecting-head
1 Suction adaptor.
10 Twenty-five metres lengths of unlined ZS mm. delivery hose comp¡ele
with quick-release couplings.
1 Dividing breeching-piece
2 Branch-piece with 15 mm. nozzles
1 Difluser nozzle
1 Standpipe with blank cap
1 Hydrant key
' 4 Collapsible canvas buckets
'l Fire hook (preventor) with cütting edge
1 C.T.C. extinguisher one litre capacity
1 Thirty mélres iength of 25 mm. manila rope
1 Nine metres extension ladder (where necessary)
1 Heavy axe
1 Spade
1 Pick-axe
1 Crowbar
1 Saw
1 Hurricane lamp
1 Electric torch
1 Pair rubber gloves
B- For targe traiter pump {1,80A tftreslmin)-
Nine metres lengfh of armoured suction hose, with wrenches.
1 Metal strainer
 The Mdharashlro Factories Rules, 1963 135

1 Basket strainer
1 Three-way'suction cotlecting head
1 Suction adaptor
14 Twenty-five metres length of unlined canvas 75 mm. delivery hoses
.complete with quick-release couplings
1 Dividing breeching-piece
I Collecting breeching-piece
4 Branch pipes with one 25 mm. two .20 mm. and one ditfuser nozzles
2 Standpipe with blank caps
2 Hydrant keys
6 Collapsible canvas buckets
1 Ceiling hook (preventor) with cutting edge
.1 C.T.C. ext¡nguisher one ¡¡tre capacity
1 Thirty metres length of 50 mm. manila rope
'1 ,Nine metres extension ladder (where necessary)
1 Pair rubber gloves
1 Heavy axe.
1 Spade
1 Pick-axe
1 Crowbar
1 Saw
1 Hurricane lamp
1 Electr¡c torch
IVofe;-tl it appears to the Ghief lnspector of Factor¡es that in any factory
the provisions of breathing apparatus is necessary he may by order in
writíng require the occupier to provide suitable breathing apparatus in
addition to the equipment for light traiter pump or large trailef pump,
as the case may be. :
. Rules prescribed under section 4l :

, .72. Ladders.-All ladders used in replacing belts shall be specially macle

and reserved for that work and provided with hooks or an effeclive'nonkid
device, Ladders provided with hooks must have hooks fitted in such suitable
position that they rest on the shaft when the bottom end of the ladder is
resting on the floor.
73. Protection of workers attending lo prime movers.-(1) ln every
factory the work of oiling or attending to prime movers shall be done only by
a specially trained adult rnale worker authorised to do such work whose
name has been recorded in the register maintained in Form 10.
(2) Every such worker while oillng or attending to a prime mover shall
wear tig hÌ{itting clothing.
 136 The Maharashrra Factories Rules.1963

, (3) A.workgr fequired to.wear t¡ghfjitting ctothing under sub- rute (2) shail
he.provided by the occupier with ctothing which shall consist ot at'Éaitì
pair. ol closely f¡tting shorts and a closely{itting haff-steeve shirt qr vest-
such clothing shallie returned to the occüpier õn termination of seivice ài
when new clothing is provided.
t73-4. Safety
of water-sealed gas-holder.-(1) tn this rule, a gas-hotder
means any vessel having storage capacity of ¡ot less than l+o cubic
melres and used for storage of combustiblegas,'wherein the gas is stored
at pressure controlled by a water seal between the fixed and- the moving
p3l:_,"],ilg.-st!gO9,vesset, and inctudes vessets of smailer s¡ie, in respeci
ot which the chief lnspector declares lhat in lhe interest of the safety of
workers working near such a vessel, provisions of this rule should applí,
(2) Every gas-holder,-
(a) shall be ol good construct¡on, sound material, adequate strength
and
free from any patent defecls and
(b) shall be property maintained ín a safe condition.
{3) No gas-holder shall be taken into use in any factory for the first time
unless-
(a)-information giving details of gas-holder is recorded in a register in
Form 134;
(b) certificate of its internal and external examination in Form 138 is
obtained either from the rnanufacturer or f.rom any person competeni
to conduct such examination; and
(c) such certificate is in possession of the occúpieï
(4) Where i!. Sny.factory two or more gas-holders are installed, each
gas-holder shall be marked
.in.a conspicuous manner wíth a distingúisning
number or letter. lf any gas-holder has two or more fifts, each lift sñall alsõ
be marked with.'a distinguishing number or tetter.
15) lf .3ny llft of the.gas-holder has been in use for more than ten years
,before the date of final notification, then evdry gas- holder shall be !

examined externally .and internally (a) within twô years, . it it has been
examined within the last Two years, (b),within one y-ear if it has not been {
examined within the last two years before the aforesaid date.
(6) Every gas-holder shall be thoroughfy examined internaily by a person
competent to conduct such examination once in every períod'of twelve
months.
(7) Every gas-holder shall be examined internally by a person competent
to conduct such'examination at least once in every pdriod of four yeárs.
Explanation -(a) For the purpose of this sub-rule, the internat examination
of a gas-holder includes an examination of thê thickness of the Þlates of the
gas-holder including the sides and the crown by means of an älectronic or
other accurate device.
(b) lf the chief lnspector is satisfied that the etectronic devices are not
available, he may permit taking samples by cutting the plates from the sides
and the crown of the gas- holder:

I Ins. by c.N. of 3lst July 1964

 . The Maharashtra Faclories Rules, 1963 1J7

Provided that íf the chief lnspector is not satisfied that the samptes are
a reprssentative sample, he mäy direct furthã, sa*ples- to nà to h¡s
satisfact¡on. "rt
(c)..Each sampte disc cut undêr clause (b), shall be suitably marked for
..
identification showing dâte of cutting and part of the gas-hotder trom wn¡Cn
. ¡t is cut. such samples shall be keþt reabity avaitable for inspection until
sucn time as similar discs are again cut atthe next inspection.
(8)
ryq
gas-holder shail be repaired or demolished except under the direct
s.upervision of a person who by hislraining, experience, änd knowledge of
the necessary precaution against risk of coilapsó of struiture, explosioñand
of person being overcome by gas is competdnt to supervise'sucn wàri.- -
(9) A permanent register in Form 13A duty signed by the occupier or
manager shall be maintained, along with a -drawing td show detãils ol
construct¡on of the gas-holder.
. (1.0,) A copy of the. report ql persbns, competent to examine gas- holders,
shall be rnaintained in Form 1t.B:l
ttfg'q. Polymeriz.ing.or curing machïne.-(1¡ rn'b tottowing precautions
,
shall be taken when labrics are prõcessed in pdiymerizing or cùring machine
lor fixing prints by the Emulsiori Technique riamely:-
Printed
'{i) 'cans or fabrics shalt be thoroughty dried by passing them over drying
through a hot fuel or other equally elfective means, before thã
' same are allowed to pass through thb pdlymerizing machíne.
(ii) rng exhaust llap or
lampe¡ shalt be provided with a hote or opening
so that at.least two-lhree ol it is always open.
(iii).Infra-red ray heaters of the machines shatt be cut off while running
the prints.
(iv)-The electr¡cat heater shall be connected to a separate circuit and shall
, , be provided with an isolation switch so a's'to ensure that it is
completely cut of in an emergency.
(v) The drive of the exhaust"lan shall be interloôked with the main drive
of the machine in such â wâ! that if the exhaust motor stops, the
: rilâchine including all healing devices, shall also stop.
(vi) The eledrical'heaters shall have thermostat to regulate the tempera-
ture, so that the heaters shall be automatically cuf off if the temþera-
ture rises above the pre-set value. î
(vii) Adequat? 'on
s.hail be provided top of the.machine,,which can
, , r opêrì ând letliap,
off the lumês in the case of an explosio¡.
(viii) Filter guaze shalt be cteaned ât teast once a week.
(ix) Exhaust duct shall be cleaned at ldast once a week.
(x) Tension of the v belt drive of the fans shall be checked every week,
(2) The machine shall be examined, under the direct supervision of a
responsible person,'designalqd by the occupier or manager, who by his
experience _gnd knowledge of necessary prècautions aga-inst risk oÍ e¡-
plosion, is fit to supervise such work.

I Ins. by G.N. of llth May, 1965

 138 I,he ll{aharashta Fat:tories Rules, 1963

- {3) A regíster shail be maintained in which the detairs

checks carried under sub-ryre ol the various
tei, Jrrair o" ént"iôã
rherein sha' be signed by the päíåoi mar,ing ;;d;;";y enrry made
tñä.ñuär,Ë.i"",
'¡zs-c. safety measures in factories whgre, equipment or piperine
containing inframmabre mater¡als are..operãteo.-wneire
anv equipnrent or q!_g!l" conrainins inrrãñ-n wórk of opening
ãniã'riäTiãriiäases is ro be
in arrv fãctory, te torró'iing
;åt#S,ï,:', þrovisions shail be ðompried witr,
(l) The system.of..work permits shail.be intfoduced
equipment or rhe piperine is dertified to ùe treã and uhress the
no person shall be allowed to enter or open
ofiñfi"ñ;oiä
' -'".- gas or ríquid,
tne same."
(t) The work of opening, such equipmer'Ìt or piperine shat not be
commenced untess.the .
foilowing operations are carriåd out ãno checked by
the supervisor ín-cha rge or th e Þ iðò-òs J'o epä,ìm
(i) Blsnkins
õï óî inä Ëä"tory,_
gqripTenr.or pípetine to be opened for
. repairs or"ffi-1ïi::-J!g
nraintenance shail 'oe eràciivàr; 6Ë;k;Jr;
that no inframmabre gas or riquÌd ca¡ efuã. irìäiäñreas ro ensure
circumstances d.uring-the operäiion oi reËäús under any
supervisor of rhe Frocesé óepartmeniin,iri är"ränt"nrnce.
'äËäär The
personarty
these operations and shall certify accorOingty.
(ii) Flushing operation.-The supervisor of
tlra process Departmenl
sharr ."rty:u!,lhe steaminsi ór rusri¡hô'äui'iuitï'*ater
equipment or pjperine to enõure ttrai ãtt"inJrarääbrå or the
rrom *ie equipment ôi pipèrine ä;fiÅäïä'iiü'äîi.'åi materiar is
å",;:oved
- (lll) (i) opening o! tfre equipment.-The..Supervisor
-rne of the Engineering
uepartment of the
_factory..in-ðrrarge ot ïoi[ä"oóËiing,of
equipmenr of pipetine, or g-etting cteãranóaiiãm.ur-_;"s;ü,Ë; such
or rhe process Deparrmenr, shãr saiisty-n¡mierrìnãirtie in arharge
are comprete and shalr.sign the work äñi; operations
t'ermits issuðà îî tË-ð'upervisor of
the Process Department;
(ii) rt sha[ be the^joint responsibirity of
Department and the sirpervisoi ot irrä Èigìneer¡né
the supervisor of the process
öepaññ."ñi to check and
ensure rhat hot rines, if ¡n rhe viðinity of sr;ñì;;"k;' äre properry
1!v,.
screened, in accordangq.*i!tíirre sátètv ¡nst¡úctions
menr. The work permit shaffiave as sóec¡rrc ôr tüe'íàctðrv manage_
shalt be signed by both the Supervisoiã. - ã;tryi; tnii öål"tion which
(lv) No part of the.r-unning equ¡pment or piperine
a gas test ís conducted shail be opened unress
equipment or pipeline is safe -6y à responsrþre - - person
rv'vv. to
rv er'ùur
ensure that the
for open¡ng.
(v) No workers whose clothes have been contaminated
material sha[ be ailowed to work wnere any such wíth inflammable
pipeline is being opened. rr,]iñ¡ng'åöuipment or
'(vl) The safetv officer.or any olficer
åuthorísed.by him, shail have system
g1-ÍTgor...trecxing on, the.,wo* õ,;;ril; issued árd hJ;häir' ,.port
serious deficiencies to the Works nlanager Oireótly.
"ny

I Ins. by G.N., of 30th June, t9ó9.

 Tl¡e lt[aharashtra Factories Rutes, Ì963 1gg

(vll) All drains ot such equipments or pipeline shalt be taid intothe drains
to prevent any splashing ol ille draining'iriflammable líquids or gases.
(trJll) Before commencing the opening operation, it shall be ensured that
a. specific persons trained in fìre-fightinþ operations, is kept available and
his presence shall be ensured throughout ihe operation oi tne opening of
the equipment.l
.t[73-E.*.Safety. measure in gas works.-tn respect of any factory where
.inflammable gas is prod,rced by carbonization oi a coal, óit or ariy oürer
simila¡ substance, the lollowing provisions sha! be complied with, námely:-
, (i) No pipe, valve
.or gny cover of any equipment into which gas is
normafly allowed to llow shall bÊ opened unless it is ensured thiat tne
equipment is no more supplied with any inflammable or explosive gas
.
at a pressure greater than atmospheric pressure.
(ii) Before undertaking repairs of every sort to any pipe, valve or any other
equiprnent connected with any part in the piaàt'oi machinery or any
gaq works {not beíng a gas-holder) it shati be ensured thatihe gaé
under pressure does not reach the point where such pipe, valve- or
equipment is being opened by the reùoval of any bolts årid nuts or by
cutting e¡ther by mechanical means or by applicãtion ol heat and thát

any other equipment generaling gas that no gas under-the pressure

reaches the point of repair.
(iii) Before loosening the bolts ancl nuts or before undertaking the cutting
' 9f any pipe, valve or equipment in any gas works, a definite test shail.
be carried out by a- competent persoñ tnat no gas under pressure is
fed ïo the point of repair. Detaits of the tesicarried oùt snalt be
mentioned in a certilicate which shalt be signed by the competent
perso.n- A copy of such certificate slrail be disptayed
þrominenfly near
the.place of repair and shall be made available-on demand to'every
worker employed in connection with such repairs for his perusal.
{iv) Every worker em.ployed in. connection with such repairs and working
near any_ pþe, valve or other equipment while it is being opened shai
be supplied.with 1 ma.sk and a respirator led by air fresi fiom a point
away Trom the point of repair. tt shall be ensured that the worker'shall
wear the respirator while working near the point of repair.
(v) Electricat w.iring oi any etectrical equipment {not being electr¡cal or
'welding equipment).used near the poinf of repair shall bé so arranged
that there are no traiting cables atoñg the ftooi. Au electrical equipm-ent
shall be of ffame-prool type:
Provided that the provisions of this rule shall not apply to mains and
services, plant or machinery installed in the open air subje'cf to the following
condition¡:-
(a) The main or service shall be situated in the open air, and it shall
contain only the following gases, separately or inixed at a pressure
greater than atmospheric pressure, namely, town gas, coke-oven gas,
producer gns, hlast lurnace gas or gases other thãn air, used in their
manufacture;

I Ins.- by G.N. of 8th Oet. 1969 and numbered ,Z3E' by *Corrigendurn, L&L.D.,
No.FAC/1168/142003, Lab-IiI, dated 3rd December, l9?0.
.
 140 The Mainrashrra Factories Rules, tg63

(b) Trre main or service shail not contain

acetyrene or any gas
v- or mixture
of gases to which acetylene fraõ neen inte,ntionaily.-"'/
(c) The operation sha, be carried oyl b.y
.an experienced person or
persons and at reast rwq persons (inctuoing
operations) experienceo in'woit'oì'ggs mà¡îi
Û,ãiä-cãñving out the.
age shall be present during the operãtion;ano J,,Ëi'ra years of
:
(d) The site of the operation shafi be free
frorn any inframmabre or
explosive gas or vapour;
(e) where acetyrene gas is used as a
source of heat ín connection wiir,
an operation, it shat be' compressed and .órùi;.d'i;-ä
substance in a cylinder; and Ëä;
{t) f,riql to th.e apprication oj an¡r frame ro the gas main or .service,
shar be pierced or drited ancírne eã"aping this
õãõ ¡g;ir"o"'
Explanat¡on.-(1) rt shail nor be considere.d
gas under.pressure rroni reaching the po¡nteffective rneasure to stop the
bladders is the obstruction betwàe"n
öiiäpäii"äïriv" an infrated
---': inã Iourc" or gas under pressurê
the po¡nt olrepair:. . and

- Provided
an
that where^gr!,
lary.qs cannot be provided, it shail be considered
errective r.neasure rõ.stqp
Iror' ;"#hilõiË'ä.rîî ;T
the' gãJ [iessirr"
repairs it ¡nfrated bags alohe-are*N*ãttãì
agarnst gas pressures not in
excess of thosb lnd¡cãted:belowi
Diameter (in) of gas main Pressure in inches of water.gâuge
Upto and including 4
. Sto 10 10
' ..11
to 17
I
6
.18to24 5
Over 24
3
and.a co.mpetent person.ls. kept cons
controlthe pressures within the limits späcifiecäs
,n.i""ãno tì.,æ_
such bags must be tested on site- for'-- soundness
bags,'are available on síte. -: and at reast two spare
(Zl;trhe competent.pgrsgn for the pur_pose:of
this ruro shafi be the chief
Engjneer of the factory or a person certitieo by
to b-e the competent person.l
-'.'-- -' the chief Engineer in writing

ltzs-r. Fragire. Roofs- provision of crawring Boards etc.-rn any fac-

,tory, no person çha[ be requiied to stand or pass
over or wó¡k
T{ tgoi.or ceirÍng.co,yqre{'u1it! rræÍe'mareri"rlikõ,i.c.'rüäËi,on or neai
materiarthrough which he is riabre tä tail, in case or simirar
it breaks or gives way, a
distance of more than three metres unrËib_
(a) suitable and sufficìent ladders, duck ladders
or crawling boards,
-' which.
shall be securely supported, are provided and used;
å".d
(b) a permit to work on the frâgire roof is issued
required ro work thereon Ëy a responsiniã
to him each time he is
concerned- ü;ä;;i'ihe ractory
I Ins. by G.N. dared t?rh AÊril i9?5
 The líaharashtre Factofies Rules, 1963 141

Explanation -Fragile material means sheets made ol asbestos cement ot

made from similar materials such as perspex, polyester or other types of
plastic fibres.l
r[Zg-H.- pReciat Safety precautions
-. for certain highly hazardous
chemical Process.-ln respecl of any factory engaged in-cariying out any
hazardous che.mical processes or duch parts of ãny proceéses as are
specified ¡nlhe schedute annexed hereto ine foilow-ing $rovisionJ sr'árr nã
complied with viz.-
(1) Process Hazards.-B-efore commencing any large scale experimental
, wor(s or any new manufacture, all possible steps shall bb taken to
ascertain definítely all the hazards involved oôth from the actual
: operations.and also from the poinl of view ol the chemical reactions.
The properÌies of the raw materials used, the final products to be made
'studied and adequate and suitable provisions sháll
be made iñ
, , advance {or dealing with any hazards including elfects on workers
which may be inherent in the process or which may arise duiing the
, process of manulacture.
(b) The plant, machinery or equípment concerned with the hazardous
prpcess shall be in-charge of such operators only who have been
, .tra¡ned and made thoroughly converèant io ne Í¡t persons to be
'incharge thereof and no other perso¡s shall be allowed' to operate the
. plant, machinery _or eouipmbnt. The operators shall b'e regular
emplqyees of the Occupier and shall in no case be persons whõ are
employed as contract workers.
(c) The work of the operators shall be supervisrid on an overall basis by
at least one competent pi¡rson, who for the purpose of this sub-rulê
shall at leasl be graduate in Chemical Êngineering or Chemical
T.echnology with specialised knowtedge
in reCpeci of-th'e processes
given in the schedule:
'
Provlded that the chief lnspectol of Factories may accept a graduate in
chemistry having adequate knowledge of the prócesses given in the
Schedule and also adequate experience and training or any other qualilica:
tions, ii in his opinion th'ey are Ëquivatenl to the qua-lificatións âforrjsaid.
12) Emergency lnstructions.-Simple and specíal instructions shall be
framed to ensure that effective measures will be carried out in cases of
eJnèrgenoy, to deal with possible escapes of inllammable explosive, toxic or
deleterious gases, vapours, liquid or dusts. These instructions shall be in
.the language understood by the maiority of the workers and shall be
dísplayed in bold letters at prominent places in the different sections
Concerned. All concerned workers shall be suitably trained and fully in-
.s-tructed in the prompt action to bé taken in such emergenc¡es and also in
the general hazards encountered in thís process.
1e¡ fire and Explosion Risks.,ln any part of the factory where there is a
dahger due to fire or explosion ftom inflammable gas, vapour or dust-
{i) No inteinal combustion engine and no electric motor or other electrica¡
equipment orinstrument capable ol generâtíng sparks or otherwise
causing combuslion shall be installed or used in a building engaged in

I Ins. by c.N. d;ted 2nd July, 197ó

 142 The Factories Rules, 1963
.l¡laharashtra

the processes. All electrical fitting shatt be of suiTable flame-proof

construct¡on.
(ii) All pipes carry¡ng hot exhaust or chemicair shall be installed outside
the plant building and where this is not possible, these pipes inctuding
lhe flanged portion shalt be effectivety lagged.
, (iii) Where an inflammable atmospherê is likely to occur the sotes of
footwear vrorn by workers shall have no metal on them and the wheels
of trucks or conveyors shall be constructed of non-sparking materials.
, Adequate precautions shall be taken to prevent the ¡gn¡tion of ex-
plosive or inflammable atmosphere by sparks emitted from locomo-
, tives or other vehicles operating ín the vicinity.
. (¡v) Portable electric hand lamps shall not be used unless of an ¡ntr¡ns¡-
' 'cally safe type and all portable elect;íc toois ând appliances connected
by flexible wires shall not be used, unless these are of suitable
flame-proof ionstruction.
No electric arc lamp no naked light fixed or portable, shall be used and
{v)'no
person,shall have in his possession any match or any apparatus ol
any type for producing a naked light or sparK and all inôàndescent
eleclric lights shall be in double airtight covers.
(vi) Pl'ominent notices in the language understood by llre maiority of the
workers and legible by day and by night, prohibitiirg smokíng, ihe use
, of naked lights and the carrying of matches or s¡y apparatus for
producing a,naked light or spark shall be affixed at the entrance of
every room or place where there is the risR of fire or explosion from
inflammable liquid gas, vapour or dusl. ln the case of ill¡terate workers,
-' lhe contents of the not¡ces shall.be fully and carefully explained to
'' them when thoy commence work in the iactory forthslirsi ti¡ne and
again when they have completed one week of service.
(vii) A suflicient supply oT spades, scrapers and pails made frorn suitabte
non-sparking material shall be provided for the use ol persons

ber, still,'tank or other vesSels where any inflammable or explosive

danger may occur.
(viii) All machinery and'plant, particularly pipe lines, belt-drives, stírer on

. earthed. Receptacles iqr inflammable liquids shalt have metall¡c con-

nections to earthened supply tanks to prevent sparking due to static
. ' charge build up,
(4) A.dd¡tional Special Preoautions.-(i) The heating of the process, if
required, shall not be carried out by immersion or other types ol heaters,
.deriving ener$y from eleclricity.
(ii) The steam heating coils placed ín the lower part of the vessel shall
never be kept uncovered or allowed to be heated dry. A substant¡al amount
of the liquid shall be ensured i;r the vessel after each operation to ¡nsure
this:
Provided that i; case employing out of vessels filled with high melting
productb, the steam shall be stoppedldisconnected to the heating coils,
before draining piocess is started to ensure that the heating coils are lree
of steam before they are uncovered.
 The Ãlaharashn'a Faclortes Rules, 1963 143

(iii) Steam shall be supplied through a pressure reduc¡ng valve and a

safety valve correclly set to ensure that ths critical temperature of the
process is not exceeded.
(iv) A suitable rupture disc shatl be provided on the vessel in addition to
the _usual spring-loaded safety valve. The pipe duct leading away from the
ruptÏrre disc shall be taken out of the work-rôóm shall be stra-ight ailO withot¡t
any bends in order to minimise'resistânce at the time of blowing and to avoid
'any chance of a secondary vapour/air explosion.
(v) The vent line of the vessel shatl carry a flame-arrestor.
(vi)'Breaking ol vacuum, if the process is done under vacuum,.on account
of consideration of special hazards inherent in the process, shall be done
only with nitrogen, other suitable in'ert gas.or steâm. Compressed air
. connection to the manifolds ol the vêssel equipment shall be avoided.
,l (v¡i) There shall be.an automatic cut-off device of steam supply or other
heating devices as well as of further feed to the vessel set td oþerate, no
sqoner the crítical temperature is reached, beyond which the reaction, if any,
'¡n the vessels is likely to get out of contról oi reach run-away stage.
(viii) There shall be arrangement such thal ¡t would be, possible to
introduce quickly, preferably chilted water or aileast. ordinary cool water
circulaticin in the steam or other hearing coils,'no sooner the heaiing
element is cut-olf or separate coils or jackets for this purpose shall be.
provided for the vessel.- ,

(ix) An alarm system shall be provided linked to the pressure indlcator oT

:the vessel, so thal automatically an audible warning will be given as,soon
as the pressure exçeeds the present safe limit.
(x) Thgre shall be provided an automatic arrangement such thaf if the
mechanical agitation, where so provided, fails on âccount of failure of motive
power or due to broken shaft; broken blades, failing of blades or such other
contingencies, the supply of steam or other heating devices as well as
further feed of material would stop automatícatly.
(5) Exemptions,-lf the Chief tnspector ol Factories ¡s satisfied ¡n respect
of any factory or any process that owing to the special conditions or specÍal
methods of work adopted or by reason of the ¡nfrequency of the process or
for olher reasons, all or any of the requirement of this rule are not necessary
for the pfotection of persons employed in any factory or any process, hä
may by order in writing (which h-e may in his discretioir revokô ât:any time)
exempt such factory or such proöess from all or any of the provisions of this
rule, subject to such c'ondítion as he may by such order prescribe and he
may,.in his.discretion add, substract or modjfy such conditions as deemed
fít bY him at an' time'
scHEDuLE
(1) Nitro or Amino processes meaning the manulâcture of niïro or arnino
derivative .of Phenol Toluene and of Benzene or its Comologus and the
making of explosive with the aid of any of these substances.
(2) Halogenation Brocess meaning the addition or substitution reaction
with a wide variety of:
{a) Chlor¡nÉttion agents and systems such as Chlorine.gas, Hydrochloric
. Acid, Sodium/hypochlorite, Phosgene, ThionyJ Chloride (SOCt¿) Sul-
phonyl Chloride, (SO2iCl2) Phosphoruç and such others. .
 144 .. The M&harashtra Factorìes Rutes, Ig63

(b) Fluorinat¡on agents such as Fluorine.

(c) Bromination agents surh as a Bromine.
(d) lodination agents suih as iodine, in tiquid or gas phases.
'(3) Aromatizátion and lsomerization processl
l¡73.t; Planting of trees.-ln every factory wherein more than one hundred
,workers are ordinarily employed, the occupier of a factory shall plant and
ma¡ntaln trees within the pfecincts of the factory after the approvâl oT the
'¡tumber, type and layout of tree$ by the District Forest officer concerned or
any qualilied horticulturist.l
'
Rule prescribed under sections 41 and 4lG
?[73-J. Safety Committee...(1) tn every factory-
(a) wherein 250 or more workers are ordinarily employed; or
.' (b) which carriês on any process or operation declarèd to be dangerous.
(c) which carries on 'hazardous p.rocess' ás'defined under seclion 2(cb)
, employs more than 50 ûorkers,
.:.. ol the Act And '

thêre shall be a Safety Committee.

(2).The representat¡ves o! the Management on Safety Committee shall
include-
(a) A senior official, who by his position in the organ¡sation can contribute
: effectively to the functioning of the Comrnittee, shall be ths Chairman;
{b) A Safety Oflicer.and Factory Medicat Officer, wherever available and
the Safety Officer in such .a câse shail be the Secretary of the
: Committee;
' (c) A representat¡ve each lrom the production, maintenance and purchase
departments. )
(3) The workers' representat¡ves on this Coinrnittee shall be elected by
the workers ' :

(4) The tenure of the iommitteb shall be ti,ivo yeais.

' 1S¡ Satety Committee'shall meet as oûen as necessafy but at least once
in every quarter. The minutes of thê meeting shall. be recorded and
pi'oduced to the lnspector on demand.
(6) Salety Committee shall have the right to-
{a} ask for necessary information,concerning health and safety of the
workers;
I (b) seek any relevant information concerning health and safety of the
workers.
{7) Functions and duties of the Salety Committee shalt inctude-
(aj assisting and co-operatirig with the management in achieving the aims
ând objectives outlined in the 'Health and Safety Policy' of the
occupier;

'(b) and
dealing with all matters concerning hêalth, salety and environment
to arrive at practicable solutions to problems encountered;

I Ins. by C.N., dated22.5.1984 published in Mcc Part I-L (Extrar 206

2 Rule 73-J to 13-Z ins. by G.Noti, dared 10.1.1990 M.c.c. Pr. I-L Extra.P.40.
 The Maharashrra Faclories Rules, 1963 145

{c) creating safety a}¡vareness amongst all workers;

, {d) undertaking educational, training and promotional activities;
' deliberating on reports of safety, environmental and occupational
{e)'health
surveys, emàrgency plans safety audits, risk assessment and
implementatibn of the recommendations made in the reports;
(f) carrying out health and safety surveys and identily cau$es of acei-
dents;
*' looking into âny complaint
. {g} made on the likelihood of an imminent
dangeito the saïety and health of the workers and suggest corlective
measures; and
. {h) reviewing the implementation ol the recommendations made by it. ¡

{8) Where owing to the size of the factory,--or any other reason, the
funci¡ons referred tó in sub-rule {7) cannot be e{fectively carried'out bythe
Safety Committee, it may establish sub-committee as may be required, to
assist it.
CHAPTER lV-A
;
,. , Rules prescribed under section 41-A read with section 112
, 73-K. Site Appraisal committee.-(1) The following provisions shall
govern the functi'ohing ol the Site Appraisal Committee, hereinafter referred
to as the "Commfüee" in this rule-
(a) The State Government may constitute a Site Appraisal Committee and
reconstitute the Committee as and when necessary.
(b) The State Government may appoint, a senior officiat ol the Factor¡es
, I : lnspectorate to be the Secrêtaiy of the Committee-
(c) The state Government'may appoint ihe follow¡ng as members of the
"-Committee,-
(¡) a representative of the Fire service organisation of the state
Government;
' (iii a representative of the Department of lndustries;
{iii) a representative of the D¡rector General of Factory Advice Service
and Labour lnst¡tutes, BombaY-
(2Ì No membêr,- rnl**r re'qg¡rèd to do so by a Court of Law, shall disclose
otnäl¡rise than in'connection.with the purposes'of the Act, at any time any
information relating to manufacturing or commercial business or any.workjng
proc€ss which may come to his.knowledge during his tenure as a MemÞer
on th¡s Committee.
(3) Application for appraisal of $ites- =

(a) Applications for appraisal of sites in respect.-ol tf'9 factorjeÞ covered

under section 2(;üi of the Act shall be dubmitted to the Clrairman of
the Site APPraisâl Committee.
1.5 cop¡es tnereof shall be
. ' The application for site'appralsal alongwîth
(b)
to this rule. The.Committee may
suOmiiti¡O in the Form ânnexed
áiip"nse with furnishing the information on any particulaf item in the
ÀÈiitication Form if it ðonsider the same to be not relgvant to the
application under consideration.
(4\ Functions of the Committee-
 14ô The Msharashtre Factories Rules. I9ó3

{a) The Secretary shall arrange to register the applicat¡on received for
appraisal of site in a separate regaster and acknowledge thê same
wlthin a period of 7 days.
(b) The Secretary shall fix up meeting in quch a manner Ünt all the appli-
cations received and registered arB referred to the committee within
a period of one month from the date of their receipt
(c) The Committee may adopt a procedure for its working keeping in view
, the need for expeditious disposal of applications.
(d) The Committee shall examine the appt¡cation for appralsal of a site
with reference to the prohibitions and restrictions on the location of
industry and carrying on processes and operations in diff€rent areas
q! pel the provisions of rule 5 of the Environment {protection) Ruleq;
1986 framed under the Environment Protection Act, 1986.
(e) The Committee may call for documents, êxamine experts, inspect the
site if necessary and take other steps for formulating its views in
regard to the suitability of the site.
(t) Wherever the proposed site requires clearance by the Ministry of
. lndustries or the Ministry of Environment and Forests, the applicdtion
for Site Appraisal will be considered by the Site Appraisal Committee
, only after such clearance has been received.
FORMAT OF APPLICATION TO THE SITE APPRAISAL COMMITTEE
1. Name and address of the applicant
2. Site Ownership Data- '
(1) Revenue details of site such as Survey N0.......................... plot
No....................... etc.
(2] Whether the site is classified as forest and if so, wnethel approval of
the Central Government under section 5 of the lndian Forest Act, ig27 has
been taken.
(3,1 Whether the proposed s¡te attrâcts the provisions of section O(ZXv) of
the Environrnent Protection Act, 1986. lf so, the nature of the restrictions.
{4) Local authority under whose Jurlsdiction the site is located.
3. Site Plan-
(1) Site Plan with ciear identification of boundaries and tota! area
proposed to be occupied and showing the lollowing detai¡s near the
proposed site-
(a) Historical Monument, if any, in the vicinity.
(b) Names of neighbouring manufacturing units and human habitåts,
educationa¡ and train¡ng inst¡tutíons, petrol ¡nstallations, storages
of LPG and other hazardous substances in the vicinity and their
distances from the proposed Unit.
{c) Water sources {rivers, streams, canals, dam$, waler liltration
plants, etc.) in the vicinity.
(d) Nearest hospitals, -fire-stations, civil defencê stations and police
' stations and their'distances.
(e) High ter¡sion electricat transmission lines, pipe lines lor water, oil,
gas or sewerage, railway lines, roads, stations, jetties and other
similar installations
 The Maharasht¡ø Factories Rules, !963 147

{2) Details of soit conditions ând depth at wh¡ch hard strata obta¡ned.
(3) contour map of the area showing nearby hiHocks
.levels. and difference in
(4) Plot plan of the factory showing the enrry
and exit points, roads within,
water drains, etc.
4. Project Repor-t-
(1) A summary of {he satient features of the project.
(2) status of the organísation (Government, semi-Government, public
Pr¡vate etc.) . ----: or
(3)Maximumnumberofpersonslikelytobeworkinginthefactory.'
(4) Maximum amount of power and water requireñent*
their supply ,oii"u or,
"no
(9-)_,Block diagram of the buirdings and
-- instailations Ín the . proposed
project.
{6) Details of housing coronies, hospitars, schools and othe¡ infrastruc-
tural facilities proposed
5. organisation structurc of the propased manufactur¡ng unit
or faaory-
{1) Organisation diaþrams of_
Proposed enterprise in general.
Hearth, safety
.and Environment protection departments and their
linkage to operation and technical dåpartments.
{2) Proposed Heatth and Safety pgticy
(3) Area allocated for treatment of wastes and effluefis i

*lfl..lj-rentage outay on safery, healui ,"d ;;;;ment prorec{ion

measures-
6;- Meteorologicat data rclat¡ng to the site;-
(1) Average, minimum and maximum of- ;

Temperature
Humidity
.Windvelocitiesduringtheprevioustenyears.
:

(2) Seasonal variations ol wind direction.

. (3) Highest water tevet reached dtiring the f100ds in
tar.
the area recorded.so
{4) Lighting and seismic data of the area.
7. Communicat¡on Links-
- it.) Rva¡lanirity ot terephone/terex, wireress and other communications
facilities for outside communication.
(2) lnternat comrnunication facilities proposed.
8- Manufacturing process informatÌon._
(1) Process flow.diagram.
. (2) Brief write-up on process and technotogy. ,

(3)
. c.ritical process parameters such as pressure buird-up, temperature
rise and run-way reacti-ons.
 148 The Maharashlra Factories Rules,1963

(4) Other external effects critical to the process having safety implica-
tions, such as ingress of moisture or water, contact with incompatible
substances, sudden power Tailure.
(5) Highlights of the built-in safety/pollution control devices or measures/
incorporated in the manufaqturing technology.
9. lnformation on Hazardaus Materials.-
(1) Raw rnaterials, inlermediates, products and by-products and their
quantities (Enclose materials $afety data sheet in respect of each hazardous
substance).
(2) Main and intermediate storage proposed for raw ma'terials/inter-
mediates products/by-producls'(rnaximum quantities to be stored at any
time).
(3) Transportation methods to be used for materials inflow and outflow,
the¡r quant¡ties and likely routes to be lollowed.
(4) Sâfety measures proposed for-
handling of materials,
internal and external transportation; and
disposal(packíngandforwardingoffinishedproduc!}'
1t. lnformation on Dispersal/Disposal of Waste and Pollutants.-
(1) Major pollutants. (gas, liquid, solid), their character¡stics and quantities
(average and at peak loads).
(2) Quality and quantity of solid wastes generated, method of the¡r
treatment and disposal.
(3) Air, water and soil pollution problems ant¡cipated and the proposed
measures to control lhe same, including treatment and disposal ol effluents.
11. Process Hazards lnformation.
(1) Enclose a copy of the report on environmental impact assessment.
(2) Enclose a copy of the report on Risk Assessment Study.
(3) Published {open or classified) reports, if any, on accident situa-
tions/occupational heatth hazards in similar plants elsewhere (within or
. outside the country)
12. Information on proposed Safety and Occupational Health Measurel-
{.1) Datails of fire-fighting facifilies and minimum quantíty of.wf$oÍ., 6"qa.
andlor other fire{ighting measures needêd'to meet'tfi¿i êiîrêr6ien-ciäg. :

(2) Details of in-house medical facilities proposed.

13. Infarmation on Emergency Preparedness.-
(1) On site emergency plan.
(2) Proposed arrangements, il any, for mutual a¡d scheme with the group
of neighbouring lactories.
14. Any other relevant information.-
- I certify that the information furnished above is correcflto the best of my
knowledge and nothing of importance ha$ been concealed while lurnishing
¡t.
 Tlte lvlaharashn'a Faclories Rules, 1963 14S

Name and s¡gnature of the applícant.

Rules made under Sec.7A(S), 418(2) and t t2
73-L. Health and Safety poticy-
('l) occupier of every factory, except as provided for in sub-rule shall
prepare a written statement of his poticy in respect of health ano {2),
òátety ot
workers at work.
(2) All factories-
(a) covered under section 2{m){i) but employing tess thân 50 workers;
(b). ccivered under section 2(m) are exempted from requirements of
'sub-rule
. (1):
Provided that, tliey aie not covered in the lirst schedule under section
2(cb) or qSrrylry out processes or operations dectared to be dangerous
under section 87 of the Act.
(3) Notwithstanding anything contained in sub-rute (2), the chief tnspec-
tor-may require the occupiers of any of the factories, oi btass or descri$tion
of,factories to.comply wíth the requirements of sub-rute (1), if, in his opi¡ion
it ¡s expedient to do so.
(4) The Health and Safety poticy should contain
' {a) declared intention and commitment of the topormanagement
deat with:-
to health,
safety and environment and compliance, w¡il"r allthe ielevant statutory
requirements;
(b) organisational sel-up to carry out the declared policy, clearly assign-
ing the responsibility at different levels; and
(c) arrangements for making the poticy effective.
(5) ln particular, the Policy shoutd specify the foflowing:-
(a) arrangements for involving the workers;
(b) Íntention of taking into account the health and safety performance of
' individuals at different levels whife considering their career advance-
ment;
' (c) fixing the responsibilify of the contractor, sub-contractors, transporters
and olher agencies entering the premises;
(d) providing a resume of health and safety perforrnance ol the factory in
its Annual Heport;
(e) relevant techn¡ques and methods, such as safety audits and risk
assessment for periodical assessment of the status on health, safeiy
and envircnnrerË and taking all the remedial measures;
(f) stating its intention to ¡ntegrate health and safety in all decisions
includlng those dealing with purchase of plant, equipment, machinery
and.materiàl a,s.well as sqlection and placement of.personnel;
'(g) arrangements'tor informing, educating and trainíng and retraining íts
own employees at different levels and the public, wherever required.
(6) A copy o{ the declared Health and Safety PolÍcy signed by the
Occupier shall be made available to the inspector having jurisdiction over
the factory and to the Chief lnspector.
{7) The Policy shall be made widely known by-
150 The Maharashrra Factories Rutes. l9ó3

(a) making cop¡es available to all workers including contract workers,

apprentices, transport workers, suppliers, etc.
(b) disptaying copies of the poticy at conspicuous ptaces; and
(c) an-y other means of communication in a language understood by
majority ol workers.
(8) The occupier shall revise the Safety policy as often as may be
appropriate, but it shatl necessarity be revised r-inder the followingi iir-
cumstances, namely-
(a) whenever any expansion or modiflcation having implications on'salety
and health of persons at work is made; or
(b) whenever new substance(s) or articles are introduced in the manufac- I

turing process .having implications on health and safety of persons ¡

exposed to such substances.
Rules made under section 418 and ll2
73-M. collection and development and dissenïination of information.-
(1) The occupier of every factory carrying on a'hazardous process''shall
arrange to obtain or develop informalion in the form ol Material safety Data
sheet in respect of every hazardous substance or material handled-ln the
manufaclure, transportation and storage in the factory. lt shall be accêssible
upon request to a worker for reference-
(a).Every such Material saTety Datta .sheet shall include the foilowing
information, namely:-
(i) the identity used on the tabel;
(ii) hazardous Íngredient of the substance;
' (iii) physical and chemical characteristics of the hazardous substance;
(iv) physical hazards of the hazardous substance, including the poten-
tial for fire, explosion and react¡v¡ty;
.(v) health hazards of the hazardous substance, including sigris and
symptoms of exposure, and any medical conditions .which are
generally recognised as being aggravated by the exposure to the
substance;
- (v¡) the pr¡mary route(s) of entry;
(vii) the permissible limits of exposure prescribed in the Second
Schedule under section 41-F of ths Act, and in respect ol any
not coveied by the said schedule, any exposure limit
' Chemical
used or recommended by the manufacturer, importer or occupier;
(viii) any generally applicable precautions for safe handting and use of
. the hazardous substances, which are known, including appropriate
hygienic practices, protective measures during repairs and main-
tenance of contaminated equipment; procedures for clean-up of
spills and ldaks;
(ix) any generally applicable control measures, such as appropriate
engineering, controls, work practices, or use of personal protective
equipment;
(x) emergency and first-aid procedures;
(xi) the date of preparation ol the Material Safety Data Sheet, of the
last change to it; and
 Th¿ Maharashtra Facaorìes Rules, 1963 1S1

(xii) the name, address and telephone number of Ìhe manufaciurer,

importer, occupier or other respönsible party preparing or dislribut-
ing the j\¡taterial safety Data sheet, wtro cän þroviðe additional
informaiion on the hazardous substance ano appropriate emergen-
cy procedures, if necessary.
(b) The occupier while obtaining or developing a Material safety Data
^.
Sheet.¡n.respect of a hazardous substance shajl eñsure that the-inforlnat¡on
pcord.e{ accuratety reflects the scientific evidence used in making the
hazard determ¡nation. lf he becomes newly aware oT any signilicant infõrma-
tion regarding the hazards, of a substanie, or ways tó prótect against the
hazards; this new information shall be added to the Mäteriat sa-tety oáta
Sheet as soon as practicable.
- 1c¡ tne Material safety Data sheet shail be in the form given in the
Schedule to this Rule.
(21 Labetling
Every container.of a hazardous substance shall be clearly labelled or
marked to identily:-
(a) the contents of the container;
-{b} the name and address of the manufacturer or importer of the
hazardous substance;
(c) the physical and heatth hazards; and
(d) the recommended personal protect¡ve.equipment needed,to work
safely with the hazardous sl?tlt..:
SCHEDULE

. (Materiat Safety Data Sheet).

SEcTloN 1: MATERIAL IDENT|FICAT|ON AND USE
Material
Name/ldentifier

Manufacturer's Name Supplier's Name

Slreet Address Street Address

City City Slate

Postal Code Emergency .
Postal Emergency
Telephone No. Gode Telephone No.
Chemical Chemical ldentity
Name

Trade Name and Synonyms Product use

SEÇTION ll; HAZARDOUS INGREDIENTS OF MATERIAL

Hazardous Approximate C.A.S. or L.D. 50 L.C. 50

lngredients Concenlration UN Number (Spec¡fy (Specify
o/o
Species and Species and
Route) Boute)
 152 The l¡Iaharashn-a Faclories Rules. 1963

SECTION lll: PHYSICAL DATA FOR MATERIAL

Physical State Odour and Odour Specific

-Gas-Liquid-Solid Appearance Threshold Gravity
(pp.m.)
'Vapour Vapour Evaporation Boiling Freezing,
PreSsure (mm) density Rate Point Point
(Air-t) (oÇ) (oc)

Solubility in PH Density Go-efficient of I

Water (g/rnl) Water/Oil I

("20c) Distribution
SECT¡ON lV: FIRE LOSION HAZAFD OF MATEHIAL

Flammability-
-Yes-No. ll yes, under whal conditions

Means of Extinction

Special Procedúres

Flash point (oc) Upper Exploslve Lower ExÞlosive

and Method Limil (% by Volume) Limit (o/o by Volume)
Auto-ignition TDG Flammability Hazardous Cornbustion Products
Temperature (oC)

Explosion Data-Sensitlvity to Chemical Sensltivity to Static Discharge

lmpact

SEOTION V ; REACTIVITY DATA I

{
Chemical Stability I
-Yes-No. lf no, under what conditlons

lncompatibility with other substances

-Yes-No. lf yes, which ones

Reactivity and under what conditions

Hazardous Decompositio n Products

Material
Name/ldentifier

SEcTloN Vl: TOXICOLOGICAL PROPERTIES OF MATËRtAL

Route of Entry
-Skin Contact' -9(in Absorption -Eye Contac!
- lnhalation Acute -lnhalation Chronic -lngestion
 The Maharashtra Factories Rules. l9ó3 153

Eflects ol Acute Exposure lo Material

Effect of Chroníc Exposure to Material

Exposure lrrilancy ol
Limit(s) Material
Sensitization to Material Carcinogenicity, Reproductive ElfeÕts,
Teratogen icity, Mutagenicity

Synergistic Materials

SEOTION Vll: PREVENTTVE MEASURES

PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT

Gloves (Specify) Respiratory (Specify) Eyes (Spocily)

Footwear (Specify) Clothing (SpecÍfy) Other (Specify)
Engineering conlrols (e.9. ventilation, enclosed process, etc.) please specily

Leak and Spill Procedures

Waste Disposal

Handling Procedures and Equipment

Storage Requirements

Special Shipplng lnformation

SECTION Vlll: FIBST AID MEASURES

First Aid Measures

Sources used

Additional lnform ation

SECTION IX: DATE OF PREPARATION OF MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET

Prepareö by (Group, Ðepartment, etc.) Phone No. ' Date

Notes.-
' 1. cAS or uN Number-chemical Abstract servicc or united Nations {uN)
number. '.i
i

'.-i
2. l-D S0-Lethal Doze-507o (LD 50-specify specíes and route.) I
I
I

3. LD 50-Lethal Concentration-S0o/o (LC S0-specify species and route). I

4. TDG Flammability-Transport of Dangerous Goods Ftammability clas- I

I
sifications by United Natlons. I

73-N. DiscloSure of lnformation to workers.-{1) The occupier of a

factory. carrying on a 'Hazardous'process' shall supply to all woikers the
.following inlormation in retation to handlings of liazárdous materials or
substances in the manufacture, transportation, storage and other processi
154 The L{aharashtra Factories Rules, 1963

(a) requirements of sections 418, 41C and 41H of the Act;

(b) a list of .hdzardous processes carried on in the factory;
(c) location and availability of all Material Salety Data Sheets as per rule
73-M;
(d) physical and heatlh hazards arising out of the expgsure to or handling
of substances;
(e) measures taken by the occupief lo ensure safety and control of
physical and health hazards;
(f) measures to be taken by the workers to ensure safe handling, storage
and transportation of hazardous substances;
(g) Personal Protective Equipmenl required tO be used by workers
emptoyed in 'hazardous process'or dangerous operation;
(h) meaning of various labels and mâikings used on the containers of
hazardous substances as provided under Rule 73-M;
(i) sign and Symptoms likely to be manifested on exposure to hazardóus
substances and to whom to report;
fi) measuies to be taken by the workers in case of any spillage or leakage
of a hazardous substance;
(k) role of workers vis-a-vis the emergency plan of the factory,' in
particular the evacuation procedures;
(l) any other infoÍmation considered necessary by the occupier to ensure
salety and health of worke¡:s.
(2) The information required by sub-rule (1) shall be compliedrand made
known to workers individually Ìhrough supply of booklets or leallets and
display of cautionary notices at the work places.
(3) The booklets, leaflets and the caut¡onary notices displayed in the
factory shall be in the language understood by the major¡ty of the workers,
and also explained to them.
(4) The Chief lnspector may direct the occupier to supply further informa-
tion to lhe workers as deemed necessary.
73-O. Disclosure of information to general public.-(1) The occupier of
every factory carrying on a 'hazardous process' shall in consultation with the
D¡strict Emergency Authority designated by the State Government, take
appropriate steps to inform the general public who are likely to be in the
area which might be affected by an accident. Such information shall include-
.(a) name of the factory and address where s¡tuated;
. (b) identification, by names and position' of the person giving the
information;
(c) confirmation thåt the factory has approval from the Factories lnspec-
torate and Pollution Control Board;-
(d) an explanation in simple terms of the hazardous process(s) carried on
in the premises;
(e) the common names of The hazardous substances used which could
give rise to an accident likely to affect them, with an indication of their
principal harmf ul characteristics;
 Tlp Maharashtra Føctories Rules, Ig63 155

(f) brief description of the rneasures to be taken to minimise the risk of

such an accident in compliance with its legal obligations under
relevant safety statutes;
(g) salient features ol the approved disaster control measures adopted ¡n
the factory;
(h) details of the factory's emergency warning system, for the General
Public;
(í) general advice on the action members of the public should take on
' hearing the warning;
fi) brief description of arrangements in the factory, includlng liaison with
the emergency services, to deal with loreseeable accidents. of such
nature and to minimise their effects; and
(k) iletails ol where further information can be obtained.
(2) The occupier shall also supply any further information,-
. .(a) to general public as directed by the Emergency Planning Officer from
time to time;
(b) to the elected representatives of the general public on request.
(3) The occupier shall endeavour to enler into an agreement with the'
,Fmergency Planning Officer for the area, within whose jqrisdiction.the
factory is situated fo-r the Emergency Pfanning Oflicer to take appropriate
steps to inform the General Public outside the factory who are tikbty to be
affected by an accident âs required in sub-rule (1).
-, (4) The information pregcribed in sub-rute (1) shall be in the Regional
Language and in English or Híndi.
,73-P. Disclosure of information to the local authority.-The óccupier of
every factory carrying on a 'hazardous process' shall fuinish the foliowing
information in writing to the local authority having jurisdictíon over the areá
,.irn.which the factory is situated; namely:-
(a) The inlormation lurnished to general public as prescribed'in rule 7B-O,
" (b)-A statement of the names and quantities generally stored or ih
process of hazardous substances included in the list of chemicals
prescribed under clauses (vi) and (vii) of sub- sectíon (2) of section 3
of lhe Environment (Protection) Act, 1986.
73-Q. Disclosure of information to District Emergency Authority.-
The occupier ol a factory carrying on a hazardous process, ,shall ¡ntimate'
the Distr¡ct Emergency Authoríty designatdd by the State Government, ail
information having a bear¡ng on preparation of an on-site emergency plan
:and a disaster conirol and management plan in respect of the factory.
Without prejudice to the generality of this clause, the occupier shall
furnish the District Emergency Authority the following:-
(a) a report on status relat¡ng to r¡sk assessment and environmental
impact assessment and the measures taken for prevention of acci-
dents,
(b) by compilation of Material Data Sheets in respect of hazardous
substances used, produced or stored in the factory,
(c) a statement on all possible sources of accidents involving fire,
explosion, release or leakage of toxic substances and the plan of the
premises where such an accident may occur,
 156 The ilaharashtra Factor¡es Rutes, tg63

{d} a stâtement on resources and facitities available for deating with an

emergency includ¡ng any agreement entered into with a neighbouring
factory for aid and assistance in the event ol an emergency,
(e) a map of the area showing the approaches to the factory, location ol
ernergency facilities such as hospitals, pÕlice, fire services,
(f) the organisâtion of the management and the responsibitity for safety,
indicating therein the persons responsible for- on-site emergency
action.
(g) details relating to alert systems,
(h) information on availability ol antidotes lor poisoning resulting from an
accident,
'{i) any other
information as may be considered relevant by the occupier
.-or asked for by the Dislrict Emergency Authority.
73-R. Disclosure of informatÍon to the Ch¡ef lnspector.-(1) The oc-"
:cupier of every factory carrying on 'hazardous process' shall furnish, in
writ¡ng, to the Chief lnspector a copy of all the information furnished to the
workers, local authority, general public and the District E-mergerlcy
Authority.

. hazardous subslances used, produced or stored in 'the factory shall be

furnished to th'e Chief-lnspector, and the tocat tnspectòr.
_ (3) The occupier shall also furnish any other inlormat¡on asked lor by the
Chief lnspector from tíme to time for the purpose of this Act.and Rules made
thereunder.
r ,.73-S. lnformation on industrial wastes.-(1) The informàtion lurnished
,,under rules 73-N, 73-O, 73-Q and 73-R shall include tlle quantity of the solid
and liquid wastes generated per day, lheir characteristics'and.tñe method of
treãtment such as incineration of solid wastes; chemical and biologioal
trealment of liquid waste, and arrangements for theír final disposal.
(2) lt shall also include inlormation on the quality and quantity of gaseous
was-tes discharged through the stacks or othdr opônings-and a-r'rangements
such âs provision.of scrubbers, cylone separators, electrostatic precipitators
"or similar such arrangements made for controlling pollution of ihe environ-
ment.
' f3) The occupier shatl also furnish the inlormation prescribed in the
. sub-rules (1) and (2) to the State Pollution Control Board.
, 73-T. Review of the information furnished to workers etc.-(1) The
ôccupier shall review once.in every calendar year and modily, if neceésary,
the information furnished under Rule 73-N to 73-R to the workers, general
public, local authorily, Chiêf lnspector and the Distr¡ct Emergency Áu"thority.
(2) ln the event of any.ohange in the process of operations or methods or
.work or when any'nau.substânce is introduced in the process or in the event
of a serious accident'taking place, the information so furnished shall be
reviewed and modilied to tho extent necessary-
' 73-U, Gonfidentiality of information.-The occupier of a factory carrying
on 'hazardous process' shall disclose all information needed for protecting
safety and health of workers and the general public in the neighbourhood'
to.-
(a) His workers;
 The Iíaltarashtrn Fac¡ories Rules. 1963 157

(b) District Emergency Aulhority,

as requ¡red under rules 70-N and 7s-e. tf the occupier is of the opin¡on that
the disclosure of details regard¡ng the process and formulations will adver-
sely alfect his business interesls, he may make a representation to the chief
lnspector stating the reasons for withholding such information. The chief
lnspeotor shall give an opportunity to the occupier of being heard and pass
an order on the representation.
An occupier.aggrieved by an order of chief lnspector may preler an
appeal before the state Government within a period'ot so oays. Íne state
Government shall give an opportunity to the ôccupier of being heard and
pass an order. The order of .the State Government'shall be final.
Rules made under sectionÇ 4'Í-8, 4t-c and tiz specific iesponsibility ol
lhe occupìer in relation to hazardous process
73-v. Medical Examination.-(1) workers employed in a 'hazardôus
process' shall be medically examined by a qualiiiecj medical praciitioner
hereinafter referred to as Factory Medicai offiðer, in the follow¡ñg mânnei,
namely:-
(a) once before employment to ascer[ain þhysical fitness of the person to
do the particular job,
(b) once in a period of '6 months, to ascêrtain the health status of allthe
wor'kers in respect ol occupational health hazards to. wh¡ch thev are
exposed, and in cases where in the op¡n¡on, of ifre faðtoi¡r MeOical
olficer it is necessary to do so at a shórter interval in respéct of any
worker,
' (c) the details of pre-employment and periodical medical examinations
carried out as aforesaid shall be recorded ¡n the Health Register in
Form 7.
(2) No person shall be employed for the first t¡me without a certificate of
'. Medical in
Fitness Form 6 granted by the Fqctgry Medicat officer. lf the'Factory
olficer declares_ a person unlit foi being employed in any process
covered under sub-rule (1), such a person shallhavd thê right toâþpeat to
the Certifying Surgeon whose opinion shall be final in this régard. ' '
(3) Any findings o{ the Factory Medieal offioer revealing any abnormality
or unsuitabil¡ty of-any.person employed in the process snãu inimeoiatety bó
reported to the certifying surgeon who shalt in lurn, examined the óon-
-.esrned worker and oomrnunicate his findíngs to the occupier
-lf the Cei'tifliing Surgeon is'of the opinioñ within g0 days.
that the Woiker so examine is
rgquiçd to be taken away from the process lor health proteclion, he wiil
direcf the occupier accordingly, who shall not employ the said worker in the
same.process. However the worker so taken away shaf I be provided with
alternate placement unless he is fully incapacitated, in the dpinion of the
c9rtity.110 surgeon, in which case fhe worker affected shali be suitably
rehabilitated:
Provided that, the Certifying Surgeon on his own may examine any
worker when he considers it necessary to do so for ascertaining th¡)
s.uitability of his employment in the 'hazardous process' or for âscertãining
the heafth status ol any worker.
(4) The worker .taken away from employment in any process under
sub-rule (2) rîay be employed again in the same prðcôss onty after
 158 The Ma.harashtra, Factories Rutes,1963

obtaining the Fitness certificate from the certifying surgeon and after
making entr¡es to thât effect in the Heatth Register.
(5) An lnspector may, if he deems it necessary to do so, refer a worker
to the certifying surgeon for Medical Examination as required under
sub-rule (1). The opinion of the certilying surgeon in such a iase shail be jr
final. The fee required for this medical examination shall be paid by the
occuprer.
. (6) The worker required to undergo medical exarnination under these
rules and'for any medical survey conducted by or on behalf of the central
or the state Government shall not refuse to undergo such medical examina-
tion.
73:W. Oc.cupational Health Gentres,-(l) ln respect of any factory
-carrying
on 'Ha,zardous Process' there shall be providðo and mairitained in
$ood order an Occupational Heatth Gentre witlr the services and lacilit¡es as
. per scale laid down hereunder:-
(a) For factories employing upto S0 workers,-
:
.,
(i) the services of Factory Medical Officer on retainership basís, in his
clinic to be notified by the ôccupier. He wiil carry out tñe pre-employ-
' ment and periodical medicat eiamination as stìpulated ¡ir ruie zs-V
and render medícal assistance during any emergency;
:(i¡) a minimum of 5 persons trained in first aid procedures amongst whom

(iii).a fully equipped first-aid box,

(b) For lactories employíng 51 to 200 workers,--
{i) an Occupational Health Centre having a room with a minimum floor
arc? of 15 sq.m. with floors and walls made of smooth and impervious
surface ancl with adequate illumination and ventilation as'well as
equipments as per the schedule annexed lo this rule; :

{¡¡) I part-time Factory Medical Officer shalt be in over-ail charge of the

. Centre who shall visit the lactory at least twice in a week and whose
ssrvices shall be readily available during medical emergencies;
(¡¡i). one.qualified and trained dresser-cum-compounder on duty
throughout the working period;
(iv) a fully equipped First-aid þox in allthe departments;
(c) For factories employing above 200 workers,-
(i) o¡e full{ime Factory Medical Otficer for factories emptoying upto
1,000 workers or part thereof;
. (ii) an Occupat¡onal Heatth. Centre having at teast Z rooms each wlth a
. .' : minimum floor area ol 15 sq. m. with floors and walls made of
'smooth and impervious surfâce and adequate illumination and
ventílalion âs well as equipments as per the schedule annexed to
this rule;
(ii¡) there shall be one nurse, one dresser-cum-compounder and one
, , sweeper-cun-ward boy throughout the working period;
(iv) the Occupational Heatth Cenfre shall be suitably equipped to
manage medical emergencies.
 The M øharashtra F actories Rules. t 963

._.(2).
The. Factory Medical officer, required to be appointed under sub-rule
) shall have quatilications
fDegrees included in schedute io tne lndian rvleoiðal
Act'of 1916 or in the schedutes to the lndian Medical council Ácì,
1.956 and possess a Gertif¡cate of rraining in lndustriat Heãin of minimum
three months durat¡on recognised by the State Governmeni
Provided that,-
(i) a person possessing a Diploma in lndustrial Health or equivalent shall
not be required to possess the certif¡cate of training as äforesaid;
(iÐ the chief lnspector may, subject to such conditions as he may
specify,
gr?nl exemption from requirement of this sub-rure, if in his ôpíniqnã
suitable person possessing the necessary qualilication is not available
for appointment; . .

(iií)
-in case of period
officerfor
a person who has beeh working as a Factory Medical
a of not less than 3 years oñthe.date of commence-
ment of this rule, the chief lnspector rñay, subject to the condition tñãt
ine said. person shall obtain tËe aforesaÍo ceúif¡cate oitiã¡n¡ng within
a period,of three years, relax the qualification
(3).The syltabus of.the course tead¡ng to the above Gertíficate, ând the
organisations conducting the course shall- be appréved by the oG FRSU or
the state Government in accordance with the guldelin'es issueo by DG
FASLl.
(4) within one month o! th.e €ppoitment of a Factory Medicat officer, the
occ.upier of the factory shail fuiñisn to the chief tnápe&oiine roriowing
particulars, namely:-
' (a) Name and addres$ of the Factory Medicat Officer,
(b) Qualilications, :

(c) Experience, if any, and

(d) the sub-lule under which appointed.
SCHEDULE i

Equipment for oceupationat Heatth Aentrc in Factor¡es

1. A glazed sink with hot and cold water always available.
2:,A table with a smooth top.át least 180 cm. X l0S cm.
3. Means for steriliz¡ng instruments.

5..Two buckets gr containers with close fittings lid3.

6. A kettle and spirít stove or other suitable ,i""n, of bciling water
7. One bottle of spiritus ammeniac aromaticus (120 ml).
8. Two medium size sponges
9. Two 'Kídneyltrays
10. Four cakes of toilet, preferably ant¡septic soap:
11. Two glass tumblers and two wine glasses.
12. Two clinical thermometers
,13- Twotea spoons
14. Two graduated (129 ml) measuring giasses
15. One wash botfleT1000 cc) for washing eyes
160 The l[aharashtra Faclories Rules, ]963

16. One bottle (one litre) carbolic lotion 1 in 20

17. Three chairs
18. One screen
19. One electric hand torch
20. An adequate supply of tetanus loxied
21. Coramine liquid (60 ml)
22. Tablets - antihistaminic, antispasmod¡c (25 each)
23. Syringes with needles - 2 cc,5 cc and 10 cc'
, 24. Two needle holders, big and small'
'25- Suturing needles and materials
26. One dissecting lorcePs
27. One dressing forcePs
28. One scaPel
29. One stethoscoPe
30. Rubber bandage-pressure bandage
31. Oxygen cylinder with necessary attachments ;

,g2. One Blood Pressure apparatus

33. One Patellar Hammer
.34. One Peak-flow meter for lung function measurement' ' '

ll: Îli:ÏÏ'::Jri:,l,"lr"r*,ended by rhe Factory Medicar ofricer t

u.ðõiO¡ng to specifiä need relatingto'manufactur¡ng process. I

37. ln add¡t¡on- ì

(1) For factories employing 51 to 200 workers-

1. Four plain wooden splints 900 mm X 100 mm X ô mm'
2. Four plain woode-n splints 350 mm X 75 mm X 6 mm'
3. Two plain woodeñ splinls 250 mrn X 50 mm X 12 mm'
4. one pair artery torcepg.
s. 1n¡ections-mórpþia, pethidine, atropine' adrenaliñÞ': coram¡ne'
novocaine (2 each).
6. One surgical scissors-
worke.rs'"
{2) For Faetories employing abové':200 .. - mm'
X 1-0-0 mm.f
1. Eight plain wooden splints 900 rnm !
2. Eight plain wooden splints 350 mm X 75 mm X 6 mm'
3. Four.plain wooden splints 250 mm X 50 mm X 12
mm'

l.Two Pairs arterY forcePs'

5. lnject¡ons-morphia, Pethidine' atropine, adrenaline;- coramine,
novocaine (4 each)-
ô. Two surgical scissors.
on-'hazardous
73-X. Ambutance -srrau vans.- (1) !n any factory c.arrying
oro.-.åi','iñ"rã nã"õiovìO'eo and.'maintai-ned in good condition' a
items ãs per sub-rute {2)
äi'äw boîrt,.irt"o ãmnutänce van equipped with
 The lulaharashtra Factories Rules, 1963
t61
and manned bv the full-time Driver-cum-Mechanic and Helper
first-aid, for. the purpose oi transportalión or serious trained in
cases oi accidents or
sickness. The amburance van shåil not be used io,.
purpose anv pripäse other than
the stipulated herein and wilt normally be stationed at or
Occupational Health Centre: near to the
Provided thât, a emptoying tess.rhan 200 workers, rnay make
lrylo,lt such
arang€ments for procuring facitity at short notice from'nãårny nospüaì
or other places, to meet any emergency.
, (2) The Ambutance should have the
foilowing equipments,
,{a} Generat.-A wheeled stretcher with folding and adjusting
the head of the stretcher capabre of being tÍrteð upwar<Í; Èliðo-suction devices with-
with equipment; Fixed oxyjen suppry yìirr equipî.ît,'pÍitï unit
Sheets-Btankets;- Towets;'Èmesis na[, eeO pan,l wirh case;_
Urinãt, Aiãrs.
.(b) la.tety .equipment.-Fraros witn ire of 3o minutes; Frash rights, Fire
exlinguisher dry powder type; lnsulated gaunilets.
(c), Emergency cap equipments.-(i) Resusc¡tation,
portabre suction unit,
po!".table oxygen units, Bag-varve-màåk, rrano
opeiâieã-à,.t¡fãar vent¡rat¡on
unit, airways-mouth g.ags.: rracrreeitomy aoopi_ers, sh"rt'
f lu ids with admi nistraiioñ un it, B. p.
;pft board-rv,
m óiofu eter. -cugg-stethoicope.
' lia) lmmobilization.-Long a,nd.short padded boards,-wire tadder sptints;
Triangular bandage-Long ãnd sfrort spinã Boards.
{iii} Dresslngs.4auze pads.-4,'X 4', - Universal; dressing.10,, 86,, ; Roll
ol aluminium foirs-soft roiter ban*rges,6,'' x s yáros- Ããlí"jru"Xrape
Toll-Safety pins; Bandage sneetô; B,irn Sf,"er. in g,,
Poisoning.-syrup of rpecae; Activated charcoar prepacketed
.goses:- - '-r in
"^lrì.
Snake bite kit, Drinking water.
.. (u) Fryçpency Medicines.-As per requirement (under the advice of
Medical Officer).
73-Y. Decontamination facilities,-ln every factory, carrying
ous process' the foilowing provisions shalt bé maoe iô meet out 'hazard_
e"mãigóñf_-
{a) fully equipped first-âid box;
(b). readily accessibre means of drenching with
water for frooding.
workers or parts of body of workers who have been contaminated
wÍth
hazardousoen'd co rros iv-e".substance ; and such rnãañ; .;ñàil
;T ä'ö;
the scale shown in the table below:_
TABLE
Number of persons

(ii) Between 51 to 200 workers

åt
r
] .lor every additionat S0 or part
nereaner
(iii).Between 201 to S00 workers
,5.t ] Igr every additional 100 or part
rnerealter
(iv) 501 workers and aboye
IIn *erealler
t J9l: every additional 200 or part
{c} a sufficient number of eye wasn ¡otile fiiled with oistißeo waterã
suitable liquÍd, keot in.boxes orbupboards eonvenientty situaìôä-and
indicatedbyadisiinctivesignwhíðrrsr'ariu.¿v¡s¡oléáíaliìin'ö. ctedrly
162 The lllahatashtra Faclories Rules,1963

73'2. Making available Health Records to workers,-(1) The occupier of

every lactory carrying out 'hazardous process' shall make accessible the
health records including the record of worker's exposure to hazardous
process or, as the câse may be, the medical records of any worker for his
perusal under the following conditions:-
(a) Once in every six months or immedìately after the medical examina-
' tion; whichever is earlier;
(b) lf the Factory Medical Olficer or the Certilying Surgeon as the case
may be; is of the opinion that the worker has manifested signs and
. slmptoms of any noticeable disease as specified in the Third
Schedule of the Act;
(c) lf the worlter leaves the employment;
(d) lf any one of the following authorities so dirèct;
The Chief lnspector of Factories;
The l-lealth Auihority of the Central or State Government;
Commissioner of Workmen's Compensation;
The Director General, Employees' State lnsurance Corporation;
The Director, Employees' State lnsurance Corporation (Medical
Benefits); and
The Director General, Factory Advice Service and"Labour lnstitutes.
' (2) A copy ol the up-lo-date health records including the recoid of
worker's exposure to hazardous process or, as the case may be, the
,medlcal records shall be supplied to the worker on receipl of an application
from him. X-Ray plates and other medical diagonistic reports may also be
made available for reference to his medical practitioner.l
, '¡ll-Zl, Safety preoautions for Thermlc Fluid Heaters.-(l) ln respect
of any factory where thermic lluid heater has been installed (hereinafter
called "heater") and following provisions shall be complied with-
{¡) Al¡ heaters shall be of such construction that, .the coils shall ,be
removable for periodic cleaning, visual inspections and hydraul¡c test.
{ii) Suitable arrangements shall be made for cooling the furnace effective-
ly in case of power fallure to the heater.
(iii) Before restarting the furnace of heater it shall be effectively purged.
(¡v) The thermic fluid used for heater shall be c¡rculated in a closed circuit
lormation with an expansion cum decorator tank. This tank shall be
located outside the shed where the heater.is installed.
{v) Every Oil or Gas fired heater shall be provided with a photo-resistor
actuated audio visual alarm to indicate flame failure and automatic
burner cut-off.
(vi) The stack temþerature monitor-cum-controller with audio-visual alarm
shall be provided to the heater so as to warn the operator in case the
outlet temperature exceeds the specilied minimum.
(vii) All healers shall be provided with following devices and the same
shall be maintained in efficient workíng order.

I Adeled by M.G.c. dt. 15.3.1997

 The Maharashu.a. Factories Rules,1963 163

(a) level indicator in the expans¡on tank;

(b) temperature indicator of thermic fluid;
{c) different pressure switches across the inlet and the ouilet line of the
heater tubes; and
{d) temperature control device for the fuel suppty to the burner.
(viii) All devices mentioned in clause (vii) above for oil or gas lired heater
shall have inter-locking arrangement with burner so that in case.of any
pre-determined limits being crossed the supply of fuel and air tó
burner shall automatically be cut-off.
{ix) All safety inter-locks when operated shall be indicated or on the
control panel ol the heâter by a suitable audio-visual alarm.
(x) Electrícal panel for the heater shall be located near the heater but not
so close as to be exposed to sp¡ll¡ng or leaking oil.
{xi} The heater shall be located in a place segregated from other
manufacturing activities.
(xii) Explosion vent for heater shall be so instailed that, the release takes
place at safe-location
(xiii) The heater coil including the coil connected to it in the users;
equipment subjected to pressure.shall be tested by competent person
. once atleast in every 12 months. The test pressure shall not 6e less
than twice the operating pressure.
(xiv) lf repairs are carried out to the heater, coil including coil connected
to it in users equipment shall be got examined from competent person
beTore tak¡ng it into use.
{xv) Maximum temperature of thermic fluid in the heating of heater coil
shall not exceed the figure specified by the manufacturer. The theimic
' fluid used in heater, shall conlirm to ihe specifications prescribed by
the manufacturers and shall be tested by competent person for
suitability atleast once in every three months period. Such test shall
include test for acidity, suspended matter, ash contents, viscosity and
flash point.
(xvi) Cleaning of the internal surface of the heater foi removing soot'and
check up the refactory surface on the inside shall be carried out every
month, or as often as required depending upon working conditions.
The coils ol heater shall be removed and surface of the-coil cleaned
thoroughly once at least in a period of six months. The burnsr,
nozzles, oilfilters and pumps shall be cleaned once a week during the
period of use.
'(xvii) A separate register containing the following information for the
heater shall be maintained.
(a) weekly checks carried oul confirming the effectiveness of the
inter-lock;
(b) weekly checks confirming that all assessories are in good state of
repairs; and
(c) information regarding fuei oil temperature, pressure, tlrermic fluid
inlet/outlet pressure and temperature, fuel gas temperature,
recorded at four hourly interval.
164 The Maharashta Facloríes Rules, 1963

(xviii) The heater when in operal¡on shall always be kept in charge of a

trained operator.
(2) lf the chief lnspector. is satisfied that all or any of the provisions of
thiè iule are not neceösary for the protection of the person employed ¡n the
piunt, f," t*y by a certilicáte in writing exempt such factories from all or any
llitn'e provi'êio'ns on such conditioni as he may sp.ecify therein. Such
certit¡iaie at any time be revoked by Clrief lnspector without assigning any
reason.l
t[23-zg. Driers and ovens'-
1. Application.-This rule shall lPPly to ovens and Driers, except lhose
,used in iaboratories or Kitchens of any establ¡bhment and those which have
a capacity below 325 litres.
' 2. Defin¡tions.-For the purposes of this rule, "oven and driel' means any
en- ctosed structufe, recedtable, compartment or box used lor baking, qfylog
or other- wise processini
'temperatùreany article or substance at a temperature higher
than ambient ánd in which explosive m¡¡Julq of aír and
ilammaOle substanöe is likely to be evolved on account ol baking, drying or
otherwise processing any article oI substance within it'
3. Location.-Every oven or drier shall be located,-
: (a) at a place so as to ensure that the exposure. of the emÞloYe*-q,T,tl9
' ' ¡njwi from fire, explosion, as phyxiation and toxic materials snall þe
minimum;
(b) ¡n such a way that it does not obstruet personnel travel or exit ways;
', (c) at a sa{e distance from dip-tanks, spray booths and storage rooms of

-. å:""Xiåi' :ä,1i::'' f#i::i'i n. - E ect rica r powei s uppried to every

r

oueñ ãi-Ct¡ðilnoutA Oe Oy meAns of a seþarate circuit provided with an

isolation switch.
.'--;:;tt Vent¡lat¡on.-(a) Positive and effective safety ventilation shall be
,oroî¡deO-tó éñsute that ioircentration of llammable substance in air does
'irot exceed 25 per cent ol its lower explosive limit (LEL);
:, , (b) Concentration of 50 per cent, LEL.may be allowed ¡f,-
: 1i¡ 'ftam*able substance in the drier dr ovsn
is continuously monitored;
. (ii) an alarm is sounded if concentration reaches.a.level of 50 per cent of
LEL; and
. (íii) heating system is shut off when the concentration reaches ô0 per cent
LEL;
(c) A portion of the throttling dampers shall be perm.a.nently cut to ensure
'miÀimum sâfety vent¡lat¡on wh-en sei in maximum throttling position.
6, Explosion Panels.-(i) Explosion Panels shall be provided on the Driers
'or Ovens to allow reieàsè' of þressure ol any possibie explos.ion. Areas of
ooeninq of such vents shall nOt be less than 2200 sq' cms. for every one
d,;ìl .i õi¡õioi Oven. Complete release of pressure shall be secured under
.an internal pressure of 0.25 kg.lsq.cm'
7. lnterlocking arrangements.- Electrical heating s.y^slgm shall not be
started unlesg véntitatin$ or circulating fans are put 'ON' and failure of

I Added by MGG. PI.I-L. Ext. dt. 6'12.2001 p. 659

 The Maharasl¡tra Factoties Rutes,1963 165
ventilating or circulat¡ng fan shall recent in
automatic cut-olf of the electr¡cal
suppty to the heaters.
8. Temperature_-co¡fror.-Every drier or oven
'erecriicãi shail be provided wíth an
.1t1T3Ji. arransement to cut-off ;,ipörv iä'iii" r.i".àt"r, when rhe
ffiü!fläti:iexceeds
the pre-set value in
'.ipããíor
l'ùäilË''ö;ãå;;;:
9' Periodicar examination, testing and.maintenance.-(i)
Driers and Ovens.:l.1lt Ail parts of
thiroré-niy"e"amined and property maintained,
,?,9
various contrors and working of tniàríer
or oven shail tie tàstect, at frequent
intervars to ensure its safe õp"r"tiãn nìj
a responsibre person or the factory.
{ii) A register showing various -àuÀry
to time shail be mairtaíned unotests examinations carried out, from rime
entry shail oe :sìgneo by the
responsible person.
10' Metar frames. of driers or ovens
grounded rhroughout for the safe removãr.shat in a* cases be erectricaty
oiireätrilâ,ä"äJr.
' 11. No worker sha[ be assigned any.work
connected with operation of
drier or oven unless_he is propeiry trainrío ¡n
explosion hazards, sources oi igriitioñ air mixtures,
- : ' aïd
-" "ornurróñärïúäi
ignition têmperature, functions of
control and safety.devices, etc."
12' Driers or containing or processing sufficient combustibre
o-uqng.
mâteriârs to sustâin a fire shail be" equipped
system. iire protection
"lÛ,"ud*quätä
. f3. ft is the user's responsibirity to check the type
entering rhe drier or overi to assure tnat sorveni and amount of sorvent
õVõtem. " --
ròä.iírö ;oä'iät
- exceeo tne
capacity of the oven or drier exhaust -

, CHAPTER V.
: Rute prescribed under sub:section (2) of section 42
74. lïashing facirities.-(1) There shail be provided
every facrorv for tl" ygE of e.lnprovòã persons and maintained in
lacilitíes for washing wnich shari inðíuãä so"p adequate and suitabre
suirabte means of cieaníng and thà-iaciiit¡es srräii and nair brushes or other
' síble and shail be kept in"ctean-ãñOìîe¡V conditions,
o. îäñuäñiunüy acces_
located in the vicinity bt tatrines anO ur¡näfs. and snalt not be
such facirities shail!g convenienily rocated near
the resr or runch rooms
in factories where such rest-rooms or rr'ñðn'-'r"oT;;"åi;'rå'quireo
províded except ín the case of factoriei to be
which have arready próvided these
racitities on or.berore.t¡l- 1qth oui,ãrËärl'ï'sï;.'il"ä.iTildiåc¡r¡ties
be so enclosed or screened as to enJliä pnvacy: srrarr
f[Provided
that where a pef.man€n,f ouitt wail of ruil height provided
separaring rhe washing faóirit¡es trom'tñe iatr¡n"i is
treated as satisfactory compriance with ihe-requirement #ä ñilil, it wiil be
regard to location of washinþ facitities.J of this sub_rule in
(2). without prejudice to the generarity
of the foregoing provisions the
washíng facitíties shail include_ "
a trough with taps or jets ât intervats o{ not ress
.(a) than 60 centimerres,

I Ins. by G.N., dated l?th April, l9?5

166 The Mal¡arcshtra Facloties Rules, 1963

(b) wash-basins with taps altached thereto, or

(c) taps on stand-pipes, or
(d) showers controlled by laps, or
(e) circular troughs of the foundation type:
Provided that the lnspector may, having regard to the needs and habits
of the workers, fix the proportion in which the aforementioned types ol
facilities shall be installed.
(3)(a) Every trough and basin shall have a smooth, impervious surface
and shall be fitted with a waste-pipe and plug.
(b) The floor or ground under and in the immediate vicinity of every trough
tap, jet, wash basins, stand-pipe and shower shall be so laid or finished as
to provide a smooth impervious surface and shall be adequately drained.
'[(4] For persons whose work involves contact with any iniurious or
obnoxious substance, or who are employed in a dusty process, there shall
be at least one shower controlled by tap ol every 10 persons employed at a
time, and each of these shatl be enclosed separately in case of their use by
women workers. For persons whose work does not involve such contact or
who are not employed in dusty processes, the number of washing facilities
shall be as follows:-
Number ol persons employed at a time Number ol working facilities

Exceeding 200 10'+ one for ev.ery 50 or part thereol,

(5) lf female workers are employed, separate washing facilities shall be

p;ovided and so enclosed of screened that the interiors are not visible from
any place where persons of the other sex work or pass. The entrance to
such facilities shall bear conspicuous notice in the language understood by
the majority of the workers "For Women Only" and shall also be indicated
pictorially. :

(6) The water supply to the washing facilities shall be capable of yielding
at least thirty litres a day for each person employed in the tactory and shall
be from â source approved in writing by the Health Oflicer:
Provided that where the Chief lnspector is satisfied thal such an yield is
not practicable he may by certificate in writing permit the supply of a smaller
quantity not being less than five litres per day for every person employed in
the factory.
. Rule prdscribed under sections 43 and 112
75. Facilities for stor'ing and drying clothing.-All classes ol faoiories
mentioned in the schedule annexed hereto shall provide facilities for
keeping clolhing not worn during workíng hours and for the drying of wet
clothing. Such facilities shall include the provisions of separate rooms, pegs,
lockers or other arrangement approved by the Chief lnspector.
Schedule
Engineering Workshop Chemical Factories
lron and Steel Works Motor Garages
I annefles.
OilMills

I Subs. by G.N. dt. lTth April, 1975 :

I
 The lvtaharashtra Factories Rules,1963 1ô7

t[Any other Jactory certified by the Chiel lnspector of Factories to be

.
carrying on processes likely to soil or damâge the clothes of the workers if
worn while carry¡nþ on such processes.l
Rules prescribed under sub-section (1) o{ section 45
2[76. F¡rst-aid appliance.-The f¡rst aid boxes or cupboards shall be
_.
distinctively marked with a red cross on a white background and shall
contain the following equipment:-
(A) For factories in which the number of persons employed does not
exceed ten, or {in the case of faclories in which mechanical power is
not used) does not exceed fifty persons:Each first-aid box or cupboard
shall contain the following equipmenti
(i) Six small size ster¡lised dressings
(ii) Three medium size sterilisèd dressings
(iii) Three large size sterílised dressings
. (iv) Three large size sterilised burn dressings
(v) One 100 ml.) bottle of cetrimide solution (1 per cent) or a,suitable
antiseptic solution
(vi) One (60 ml.) bottle of mercurochrome solution (2 per cent) in water
(vii) One (30 ml.) bottle containing salvotaiile having the doses and
mode of administration indicated on the label.
(viii) One paír ol scissors
(ix) One roll of adhesive plaster (2 cms. x 1 metre)
(x) Six pieces ol sterilised eye-pads in separate sealed packets
(xi) A bottle contain¡ng 100 tablets (each ol 5 grains) of aspirin or any
other analgesic
(xií) Ointment for burns :

Polythene wash bottle (1/2 litre i.e. 500 c.c.} for washing eyes
' .{xiii)
(xiv) A snake-bite lancet
, (xv) One (30 ml) bottle containing potassium permanganate crystals
{xvi) One copy of first-aíd leaflet issued by the Directorate-General of
: Factory Advice Se.rvice and Labour lnstitutes, Government ol lndia,
Bombay.
(B}. For factories in which mechanical power is used and in which the
ni.rmber of persons employed exceed ten but does not exceed fifty.
"Each first-aid box or cupboard shall contain the following equipment:-
(i) Twelve small size sterilised dressings
(ii) Six medium size sterilised dressings
(iii) Six large size slerilised dressings
{iv)'Six.large size sterilised burn dressings
(v) Six (15 gmJ packets of sterilised cotton wool

I Added by Mal¡. Factories (Third Amendment) Rules, 1982

a Added by Mah. Factories (Third Amendmer¡t) Rules, 1982,
 168 Thelfaharashtra Factories Rules, 1963

(vi) one (120 mt.) botile of cetrím¡de sotution (1 per cent)

or a suitable
antiseptic so[ution.
(vii) one (120 mr.) botile of mercurochrome sorution (2 ps cent) in
water
(viii) One (60 ml.) botile containing satvotatite having the dose and
mode ol administration indicatqd on the label.
firl one pair o*f scissors
(x) Two rolls of adhesive plasfer (2 cms. x 1 metre)
(xi) Eight pieces of steritised eye-pads in separate seated packets
(xií) One tourniquet
(xiii) One dozeh safety pins
(xivlA boifle containing l00tabtets (each of 5 grains) of aspirin orany
' other analgesic
(xv) Ointment for burns
(xvi) one polythene wash botile (1/2 titre i.e. 500 c.c.) for washing
eyes
(xvii) A snake-bite lancet
(xviii) one (30 ml) boüle containing potassium permanganate crystals
(xix) one copy of the fírst-aid teaflet issued by the Directorate-General
of Factory Advice service and Labour rñst¡tutei, dãvernment of i

lndia, Bombay.
(c) For factories employing more than fifty persons - Each first-aid box or ;

cupboard shall contain the followihg e-quipment:_

(i) Twenty-four smati steritised dressings
- (i¡) Twelve medium size sterilísed dressings. . i
(iii) iwelve large size sterilised dressíngs.
(iv) Twelve large size sterilised burn dressin$s. i

(v) Twelve (1S gm.) packets of sterilised coüon wool

. , (vi) one {200 ml.) botfle of cetrimide 'sotution (1 .per cent} or
antiseptic solution
suitabte i

(vi¡) one (200 mt.) botile of mercurochrome sqlution (2 per cent) in

' water
,. , (viii) one (120 ml.) botile of salvolatite having the dose and mode,of
administration indicated on label.'
(ix) One paír of scissors ì
(x) One rolt of adhesive plaster (ê cms. x 1 metre)
(xi) Two rolls of adhesive ptaster (2 cms. x 1 metre) i

(xii) Twelve pieces of sterilised eye-pads in separàte sealed packets

(xiii) A boitle containing too tablets (each s grains) of aspirin or âny
other analgesic
(xiv) One potythene wash botile (500 c.c.) for washing eyes.
. (xv) Twelve roller bandages 10 cms. wide. I

{xvi) Twelve roller bandages S cms. wide.

 Tl¡e Maharashtra Fac¡or¡es Rulès. 1963
169

(xvii) Six triangular bandages.

(xviii) One tourniquet
(xix) A suppty of suitable sptints
(xx) Two packets of safety pins
. (xxi) Kídney tray
(xxii) A snake-bite lancet
(xxiii) one (00 mr) botile containing porassium permanganate
crystars
(xxiv) Ointment for burns
(xxv) First-aid.J,?1ff-el js.sued by the Directorate Generar of .Factory
Advice Service and Labour institutes, Bombay:
Provided that.items (xiv) to {xxi) inclusive need not be included in
'standard first-aid oox.oicúpboàrc'1a¡ *¡ere there is a properry the
equipped
ambulance room, or (b) if aireast one'box conrain¡ng sucü itãm and praced
and maintained ín accordance with the requireménts of section 45 is
separately provided.
(D) ln lieu of the dressings required under items (i)and (ii),
there may be
substituted adhesive wound dressing.s approvea ir,É, ðrr¡ei lñilc:
tor of Factories Ç
other equipnient'br medic¡nes that may oe
-and and recoinñended
consídered essent¡at ov tñä-éñ¡ãf ìnspector ot
Factor¡es from time to time.l
77. Notice.regarding first-aid.-A notice containing the names of .the
pelsoll. working. within the precincts of the factory
rrrsr-aid treatment and who are in-charge of the lirst_aíd boxes
aie trained in ïno
or cupboards
shall be pasted in every factory at a cõnspicuous
þtaõõ ãñ¡-neär. each such
box or cupb.ga¡d. The notice shail atso ¡ridicate ti'ork+oim *rrire
person shall be available. The name of the nearesi rrosp¡tal the said
telephone number shail atso.be mentioned promine-niiy ìÀ inãõa¡o notice.
and its
Rules prescribed under sub_secl¡on (4) of section 45
t78. Ambutance
room.-(1) The ambulance room or dispensary shalr be
in-charge.of a quatified..medicat p-ractitioner ass¡sred nv artiåãïõìé quatifieo
nurse and such subordinate staif 'asthe chief tnspectôr mãy àirect.
(2) There shall be disprayed in the amburance room or dispensary
a
notice. giving the name, address and telephone numnór-ot irre
medical
practitioner.incharge. The name of the neaiest hospital ano tti
tetephone
number shall also be mentioned prominenily in the saio nðtiðe.--
{3) The ambulance. room or dispensary sñall be separate from the rest ol
the lactory and shail be used onty for thé purpose ot i¡rst-a¡d tróatment ano
rest. lt shall have a floor area of át least zzi square metres and smooth, hard
and impervious wails and floors and shall 'oe aoequãtèlv-uent¡tateo ano
lighted.by both naturat and artificiat means. nn aoequate'éuppjv oiïdià:
some drinking water shalf be laid on and the,room shall contain at teast_
(i) A glazed sink with hot and. cotd water alw¿!¿s available.
(ii) A table with a smoothtop at least 180 cm x 105 cms.
(iiÍ) Means for sterilizing inslruments.

I Subs. by C.N. di. 16.10.197t.

170 The l¡[aherashtra Faelories_ Rules, 1963

{v) Two strechers

(vi) Two buckets or containers with close fitting lids.
(vii) Two rubber hot water bags.
{viii} A ke-ttle and spirit stove or olher suitable means ol boil¡ng water
(ix) Twelve plain wooden splints 900 mrn. x 100 mm. x ô mm-
(x) Twelve plain wooden splints 350 mm. x 75 mm. x 6 mm.
(xi) Six.plain wooden spl¡nts 250 mm. x 50 mm. x 12 mm.
(xii) Six woollen blankets.
(xiii) Tliree pairs artery forceps.
(xiv) One bottle of spirits Ammoniae Aromaticus (120 ml.)
{xv) Smelling salts (60 gms.).
(xvi) Two medium size sPonges.
(xvii) Six hand towels
(xviii) Four "Kidney" trays.
(xix) Four cakes of toilet, prelerably ant¡septic soap-
(xx) Twd glass tumblers and two wine glasses.
(xxi) Two clinical Ìthermometers
I (xxii) Tea-spoons - Two
(xxiii) Graduated {120 ml.) measuring glass - Two
' (xxiv) Minimum measuring glass - Two ,

(xxv) One wash bottle (1,000 c.c.) for washing eyes i

.(xxvi) One bottle

(one litre) carbolic lot¡on 1 to 20.
(xxvii) Three chairs.
(xxviii) One screen.
(xxix) One etectric hand torch
(xxx) Four first-aid boxes or cupboards stocked to the standards
prescribed under (C) ol rule 76.
{xxxi) An adequatê supply of anti-tetanus toxoid. i

(xxxii) lnjection-morphide, pethidine, atropine, adrenaline, colamine,

novacam-ô each.
(xxxlli) Coramine liquid (60 ml.)
(xxxiv) Tablets-antihistaminic, antispasmodic (25 each).
(xxxv) Syrínges with needles-z cc. 5 cc: 10 cc', 50 cc.
(xxxvi) Surgical scissors three.
. (xxxvii) Needle holder.
{xxxviii) Suturing needles and materials.
(xxxix) Dissecting lorceps - three.
(xl) Dressing forcePs - Three.
{xli} Scalpels - three.
(xlii) Stethoscope - one.
(xliii) One sphygmomanometer {Blood Pressure lnstrument).
{xliv) Oxygen cylinder with necessary attachments'
 The Maharashtra Factoúes Rules, l96j 171

(4) The occupier of every tactory in which these Rules apply shail lor the
purpose of removing serious cases of accident or sickneds
frovide in the
premises and ma¡ntain in good condition a suitable conveyance unless he
has made arrangements for obtaining such a conveyance fiom a hospital.
(5) A record of all cases; accident and sickness treated at the room shâll
be kept and produced to the lnspector or certifying surgeon when required.
Explanation - For the purpose of this rule, "quali{ied medicalpr.actitioner"
meals. a person holding a qualification granted by an Authority specified in
the schedule to the lndian Medicat Degrees Act,'1916 or in tñe Schedules
to the lndian Medical CouncilAct, 1gS6.l
Rules 79 to BS prescrìbed under section 46
79' Ganteens'-(1) The occupier of every factory wherein more than 250
workers are ordinarity emptoyed and which is-specilied by the state
-or
Government by a notification in this behalf shall provide, in near the
fsctory,_an adequate canteen according to the stan'dards prescribed.in the
Rules. The canteen shall be available for the use of the w-orkerb, within six
months from the date of such notífication;
Provided that the state Government rray lor sufficient reasons, from time
to time by an order in writing, extend the said period in respect ol any
specified factory.
. (2) The manager of a factory shall submit for the approval of the chíef
lnspector plans and site plan, in duplicate, ol the buildiñg to oe constructed
or adapted for use as a cânteen.
(3) The canteen building shail be sítuated not iess than 15 metres from
the latrine, urinal, boiler house, coal stacks, ash dumps and any other
source of dust, smoke or obnoxious fumes:
Provided that the chief tnspector may in any particutarfactory relax the
provisions of this'sub-rule to such extþnt as may be reasonáble in tho
circumstances and may require measures to be adopted to secure the
essentlal purpose ol this sub-rule.
'{4)
The canteen building shail be constructed in accordance with the
plans approved by the chief lnspector and shall accommodate. at lsas! a
d¡ning hall, kitchen, store room, þantry and washing places separately for
workers and for utensils.
(5) ln a canteen the ltoor and inside wails up to a height of 120 cen-
timetres from the floor shatt be made of smooth añd impervioius material; the
remaining portion of the inside walls shall be made smooth by cement
plaster or in any other manner approved by the Chief lnspector.
' (6) The doors and windows .of canteen building shall be of lly- proof
construction and Shall âllow adequate ventjlation.
{7} The canleen shall be sulficienily lighted at ail times when any pgrson
has access to it.
(8) (a) ln every canteen:
(i) all inside walls or rooñè and allceilings and paçsages'and.staircases
shall be lime-washdd or colour-wasneO at leâst onóe in each year or
painted onde'in three years dating from the period when last lime-
washed or painted; as the case may be;
(ii) all wood work shall be varnished or painted once in three years dating
from lhe period when last varnished or painted;.
 172 The ?vfaharashtra IÌaetories Rules. 1963

(iii) all internal structural iron or steel work be varnished or painted once
. in three years dating from the period when last varnished or painted.
Provided thât inside walls of the kitchen shall be lime-washed once everv
four months
{b) Records of dates on which lime-washing, colour-washing, varnishing
or painting is carried out shall be mainta¡ned in the prescribed Begister iñ
Form 8.
(8) Precincts of the canteen shall be maintained in a clean and sanitary
condition. waste water shall be'carrìed away in suitable covered drains anä
shall not be allowed to accumulate so as to cause a nuisance. suitable
arrangemenls shall be made for the collection and disposal of garbage.
80. Dining hall.-(1) The dining halt shalt accommodate at a time at teast
30 per cent ol the workers working at a time:
Provided that, in any particular factory or in any particular class of
factories the state Government may, by a notification iñ this behatf, atter the
percentage of workers to be accommodated.
(2) The floor area of the dining hail, exctuding the areá occupied by the
service counter and any furniture except tables ahd chairs, shall'be noiless
than one square ffetre per diner to be accommodated as prescribed ín
sub-rule ('1):
Provided that in the case of factories in ex¡stence at the date of the
oommencement of the Act, where it is impracticable, owing to the lack of
space, to- províde one square metre of floor area for each person, such
reduced floor area per person shalt be .provided as may be approved in
writing by the Chief lnspector.
(3) A portion of the dining hatl and service counter shail be partitioned off
and reserved for women-workers, in proportion to their number. washing
place for women shall be separaie and screened to secure privacy.
. (4) Sufficíent tables, stools, chairs or benches shalt be available for the
number of diners to be accommodated as prescribed in sub-rule (1).
- 8f . Equipment.-(1) There shall be provided and maintained sulficient
utensils, crockery, cutlery, furniture and any other equipment necessary for
the etficient running of the canteen. suitable clean clothes for the-em-
ployees serving in the canteen shall also be provided and maintained.
, (2) The furniture, utensils and other equipment shalt be mainta¡ned in a
clean and hygienic condition. A service counter, if provided, shall have a top
of smooth and impervious material. suitable facitities ihctuding an adequatb
supply of hot water shall be provided for the cleaning of utensils and
equipment.
(3) Where ihe canteen is managed by a Co-operative Society registered
or deemed to be registered under the Maharastrtra Go-operative sòcieties
Act, 1960, the occupier shall providelhe initial equipment for such canteen
and shall undertake that any equipment required.thereafter for the main-
tenance of such canteen shall be provided by such Co-operative Socìety.
82. Prices to be displayed.-The charge per portion of foodstuff,
beverages and any other it-emierved in the cánteien shail be conspicuouJty
displayed ¡n the canteen.
83. Accounts.- (1) All books of accounts, registers and any other *
document used in connection with the running of the canteen shall be -
 Tlte Maharashtra. Factories Rules, 1963 173
produced on demand to an lnspector.
(2) The accounts pertaining to the canteen shail be âud¡ted,
once every
t-welve by registeredãccountants and auditors. The barance sheet
TqnthÌ,
prepared by the said auditors shail be submitted to the cántãen
¡r¡anag.mg
.9^ol1ji_." no't larer thân two monrhs after ilre-cloiñg ài rhe audited
accounts:
Provided that the accounts pertaining to the canteen in a Government
Igctory having its own Accouñts Depaîments, mat ue ãuo¡teo in such
Department
Provided further that whe¡e the canteen is managed by a
co- operal¡ve
society regislered or deemed to be registerec u"no-àiihe-Manarasrrrra
co-operative societies Act,. 1 960, the accõuntr-pe..tàìniÅg,ii sucn canteen
mav be audited in accordance with the provi'sions ot'thã -n¡äi.'àäiîtiä
Co-operative Societies Act, 1960.
', 84. Managing comm.ittee,-(1) The Manager shail appo¡nt a canteen
Managing committee which shdil'be consutteð trom time Tiiiime
as ro_
(a) the quality and quantity of foodstuffs to be served in
the canteen;
(b) the arrangement oT the Íìenus;
- (c) times of meals in the canteen; and
: (d) any other rnatter perta¡n¡ng to the canteen as mây be directed by the
Committee:
Provided that where the canteen is managed by a co-operat¡ve.society
registered or deemed to be registered undeñhe nia¡arasñirá:co_operative
societies Aet, 1960, it shall not be necessary to appoinr a canteen
.Managing Committee.
;.: (2) The canteen Managing committee shall consist of an equat
number
.oì persons nominated by thebccupier and elected, ìn
ihã casãivnere there
:is a Joint comminee coñst¡tuted uirder the Bombay inoîJtriäinefations
Aót,
1946 or any orher cornmittee consrituted unoer áñy tãwióiihò time
nein[
in lorce cons¡stino of representalives of an emptoyér, ano w-orkers in
factory, by the meËrbers öf sucn ¡o¡nf cómm¡ttee or of such other commit-a
tee representing the wo.rkers and in any other -oy
themselves. "âsã,
--'--'-l
ìrre workers
. The number of erected. workers shail be tfç. proportion of I for every
il
1,000 workers_emptoyed. in the faetory provided.tnãt
be more than S or less than 2 workeré ôn the Comm¡ttee.- ----
¡ïi.nó-caãà shail there

qlanagel shail in consuttation with the members of the Joint

^_Q)_P" if any, determine and supervise tne proóeãuîeiõiãlãction
committe-e,
ro the
:Canteen Managing Committee.
:,, {41 canteen-Managing^commíttee sha[ bereconstituted every two years,
the pre.vious Managing committee hotding officet¡ii àuãh tiàË'as the new
Comrnittee takes charge.
85. Foodstuffs to be ser,ved and prices to be charged._(1) The Chief
lnspector may, by qn. or{e¡ in writing,'direct the manäõ'ei to
òióvioe in tne
canteen a_ny item of loodstuff if he is satisfied ürat suãñ ¡täm'ii in generat
demand. such order shatt specify the size of each port¡on io ne serveo,
the
number of portions which shail bè available and the'frequenõy of
serving the
particu.tar ftem pe¡ week. such order shaft arso speciiy'inäìimË-rimit
wjthin
which the order shall be comptied with.
 174 The Maharashlra Factories Rules, 1963

(2) Food, drink and other items served in the canteen shall be sold on
non-prof¡t basis and in computing the charges to be made lor such lood,
drink or other items the fotlowing items shall not be taken into consideration,
namely:-
(a) the rent lor the land and building;
(b) the depreciation and maintenance charges of the building and equip-
ment provided lor the canteen;
, {c} the cost ol purchase, repairs and replacement of equipment including
lurniture, crockery, cutlery and utensils;
(d) the water charges and other charges incurred for lighting and
ventilat¡on; and
' (e) the ¡nterest on the amounts spent on lhe provision and maintenance
of furniture and equipmenl provided lor the canteen:
Provided that where the canteen is managed by a co-operative society
registered or deemed to be registered under the Maharashtra Co-operative
Societies Act, 1960, such sociely may include in the charges to be made for
any sucTr food, drink or other itèms served, a prolit up to 5 per cent ol ¡ts
working capital employed in running lhe canteen.
Rule prescribed under section 47
86. Shelter, rest-rooms and lunch-rooms.-The shelters, or rest- rooms
and lunch-rooms sha¡l conform to the following standards:-
(a) The buildings shall be soundly constructed and allthe walls and roofs
shall be of suitable heat-resisting materials and shall be water-proof-
The floor and walls to a heíght of one metre shall be so laid or linished
as to provide'a smooth, hard and impervious surface.
. (b) ,The helght of every room in the building shall be.not.less than 3.75
metres fiom lloor levelto the lowest part of the roof and there shalt be
at least 11,000 sguare cent¡metres of floor area for every person
employed:
.Provided that (i) workers who habitually go home for their meals during
the rest periods may be excluded in calculating the number of workers to be
accommbdated, anð (ii) in the case of factories in existence at the date of
ôommencement of the Act, where it is impracticable owing to lack of spacê
to pfov¡de 1.f square metre of floor area for each person, such reduced lloor
aréa per persori shall be provided as may be approved ¡n writ¡ng by the
Chief lnspector:
Provided lurther that, in the case ol rooms in buildings ¡n existence at the
date of the comíng into lorce ol this rule which have been or are intended
to be adapted for use aS shelters or rest-rooms or lunch-rooms, as the case
may be, if¡e Cniet lnspector may appfove the rooms having such reduced
he¡ght as may in his opinion be reasonable in the circumstances of the case
on such conditions as may be deemed expedient.l
, (c) Effective and suitable provision'shall be made in every roorn for
securing and mainta¡ning adequate vent¡lation by the circulation ol
fresh alr and there shall also be provided and maintained sufficlent
and suitable natural or artificial lighting.
(d) Every room shall be adequately furnished with chairs or benches with
back-rests.
 The Maharash¡ra Factorìes Rules, Ig63 175

(e) where in any factory washing facilities are not located near the rest
or lunch room, a sufficient number of wash-basins shall be provided in
the lunch-room.
(f) sweepers shall be employed whose primary duty is to keepthe rooms,
buildings and precincts thereof in a clean ânO tiOy conditíon.
Rutes prescribed under sub-section {S) of section 48
87. cre-ches,-(1) The creche shall be convenientty accessible to the
mothers of the chitdren accommodated therein and so iar as is reasonably
practicable it shall not be situated in ctose proximity to any part ol'thá)
factory where, obnoxious fumes, dust or odours are liven oli or in which
excessively noisy processes are carried on.
. (e}. r.ne buitding. in which the creche is situâted shalt be soundty con-
structed and alt the walls and roofs shall be of suitable heat-r*isting
mater¡als and shall be water-proof. The ftoor and internal wal]s of the crechã
shall be so laid or finished as to provide a smooth impervious surJace.
(3) The height_ol the rooms in the buildings shall be not tess than 8.75
metres from the floor to the lowest pârt of tñe roof and there shallbô not
less than 2 square metres of lloor area for each child to be accommodated
'[subject to the condition that the area of the creche shall not be less
than.
10 sguare metresl:
,' Provided that in the case of rooms in buildings in existence at the date ol
the coming into force of this rule which have-been or are intended to be
;adapted for use.as a creche, the chiel lnspector may approve the rooms
having such reduced height as may in his' opinion 6e ióasonable in the
circumstances of the case on such cónditíons a's may be deemed expedient.
(4) Effective and suitable provision strall be made in every part ol the
cr.eghe.lor securing and maintaining adequate ventilation by üie'circulatíon
of fresh air.
(5) The creche shail be adequately furnished and equÍpped and in
particular there shall be one suitable cot or cradle w¡th'ttiei necessary
bedding for each child:
Provided that for chitdren over two years of age it will be suflicient if
su¡table beddings made available and at least óne chair or equivalent
seatings accommodation for the use of each mother white she ¡s iéijáinó-Ji
attending to her child and a sulficient supply of suitabte toys for the oì-der
children.
. (6) A suitable fenced ancl shady open air play-ground shall be provided
for the older children:
Provided that the Chief.lnspector may by orde¡ in writing, eIe¡Itpt pny
faclory from compliance with the sub-rute if he is satisfied tñat iheié is nó
sulficient'space available for the provision of such a play-ground.
' 88. wash-room.-There shall be in or adjoining the creche a suitable
wash-room for the washing of the children ànd their clothing. The wash-
roomshallconformtothelollowingStandard:-
(a) The floor and internal walls ol the room to a height of 90 centimetres
shall be so laid or furnished as to provide a smooth impervious

I Added by G.N. dt. 8.10.1982 Published in MCG pr.I-L dl, 2.tZ.t9B2 p.Bt77
 176 The Maharashtra Fac¡ories Rules, I9ó3

surface. The room shall be adequately lighted and ventitated and the

(b) There shall be at least one basin ûr similar vessel for every four
children accommodated in lhe creche at any one tíme together with a
supply of water provided; if practicable, lhrough taps, from a source
approved by the Health Officer. Such source shail be capaþte of yiet-
ding for each child a supply ol at least twenty:five litres of water a ¡Iay.
-{c) made
An adequate supply of clean ctothes, soap and clean towels shall be
available for each child while it is in the
" 99. Supply of milk and refreshment.-At teast S00creche. millitres of clean pure
milk shall be available for each child on every day it is accommodated in the
creche and the mother of such a child shall be allowed ¡n the course of her
'daily'work two intervals of at least fifteen mlnutes each (other than those
: 'allowed under section 55) t'o feed the child. For children above two
vears of
'ag€ tfiere shall be p.rovided in addition an adequate supply of whótesome
refreshment
90. Greche Staff.-For each creche there shall be appointed a woman
' in-charge and adequate number ol female-attendants to hetp. the woman
'in-charge. The creche staff shall be provided with suitable ctean clothes for
use while on duty.
91. Qualifications of woman in-charge.-(1) Except as provided.in
sub-rule (2), no wbman shall be appointed under rule g0 as a woman
in-charge of a creche unless she possesses the qualifications prescribed lor
a mid-wife under the Bombay Nurses,, Midwives and Health Visitois' Act,
1954, or any laws corresponding to that Act in force in any part of the State
or produces a certif¡cate that she has undergone training foi a period of not
,¡ess than 18 months in a hospital, maternity home or nursing home approved
:,in'this behalf by lhe Chiel lnspector, or produces a certificate that she has
received training for a pre-primary teacher in an institution approved by the
, State Government.
', (2) The provisions of sub-rufe (1) shall not appty in the case oT a woman
who is in-charge of a creche ín a factory immedíately before the coming into
.:.force of these rules, and any rules regarding qualilications of such woman-
, in-charge of á creche prevailing prior to the coming ¡nto force of these rules
shall apply to her.
:: , Rule prescrìbed under clause (a) of section 5a
t[9e. Exemption from the provisions of seclion 49.-(1) The provisions
',of section 48 and rules 87 to 9I shall not apply to any factory which works
for less than 190 days in a calendar year or to a factory wherein the number
oÍ married women or widows employed does not exceed 1S or the total
, number oT children.below the age of ô years ol allthe women woikers in the
lactory does not exceed 4, sub¡ect to the condition that lhe alternative
arrangements as hereinafter mentioned in sub-rule (2), are provided ¡n the
factory.
(2) The alternative arrangements required to be provided under sub-rule
{1) shall be as follows, namely:-

I Subs. by G.N. dt. 8.10.1982 Published in Mcc PI.I-L, dt.2.12.1982p.8t'17

 The L{aharashtra Factor¡es Rutes,1963 177

(a) A creche-room which has an area of not less than 10 square melres
shall be constructed or adapted for use in accordance witn the plans
approved by the Chief lnspector.
(b) T!.e creche-room shail have suitable wash place for washing of the
children and th,eir.clothes and adequate supply ol clean water, soap
and towels shall always be provided and ma¡ntained.
(c) T-he creche-room shall be provided with suitable beddings for the use
of the children.
(d) At least one femate attendant shall be employed to look after the
çhildren in the creche-room. The famate attendant shall be provided
wÍth clean clothes for use while on duty.
(3) The mother of each child in thir creche-room shall be allowed two
intervals of not less Ìhan 15 minutes each (such inlervals.being other than
those allowed under section 5s) during her working hours to teeo tne cn¡td.
CHAPTER VI
. Working Hours of Adutts
Rute prescribed undèr sub-section (2) of sect¡on 53

. 93. Compensatory holldays.-(1) Except in the case of worker engaged

il any work which lor technicat reasons must be carried on continùoùsly
throughout the day, the compensatory holidays to be allowed under sub-sei-
tion (1) of section 53 shall be so spaced that not more than two holidays are
given in one week.
.¡ (2),The manager of the factory shall display, on or before the end of the
monlh in which holidays âre lost, a notice iñ respect of workers allowed
compensatory hotidays during the following month and ol the dates thereof,
,a! tle
place at which the Not¡ce of Periods of work prescribed under sdctiori
61 ig displayed. $ny subsequent change in the notice in respect of any
compensatory holiday s.hall be not less than three days in advãnce of thä
date of that hol¡day. 'lrhe notices in respect of workers ailowed the
compensatory holidays shall be preserved lora period of one year and shall
.be
produced before the lnspector on demand.l
:' (3) Any compênsatory holiday or hotidays to wh¡ch a worker is entiiled
shâfl be g¡ven to him before he is discharged or dismissed and shall not be
reckoned as part of any period of not'lbe required to be given before
discharge or dismissal.
?t(¿)l
tS) ffre register majnta¡ned under clause (a) shall be preserved for a
per¡od of three years after the last entry in it shall be prodirced before the
lnspec'tor on demand.
Rule prescribed under sub-section (2) of sectìan SB and seciion 112
94. Factories exempted under section Sg.,(f ) The printing presses
attãched to the newspaper offices shall be exempteü from ihe proîvi'sions ot
sub-section {1} of section 58, subject to the following conditions, namely:-
ln such printing press-
(¡) the workers of each relay shall bear a badge of distinct colour which.
will Ídentify the worker of one retay lrom that of the other;
I 4¿_¿4 Uf -C.N_. d!. 1.812000 published in MGG Pt. I-L, Ext. p.99
2 Del. by G.N. dt. 1.8.2000 Published in MGG pr.I-L, Exr. p.9Þ.
178 The Maharashtra Factor¡es Rltes, 1963

(ii) Ìhe colour or the badge to be worn by lhe workers of each relay shalL.
be specified in the notice of periods bf worn required to be disþtayed
and correctfy maintained under sub- section (1) of section ol ãnd in
the copies of the notice to be sent to the lnspector under sub-sections
{9) and {10) of the said section:
(iii).a flag or light having the same colour as thal of the badge to be worn
by the workers of any relay actually at work, shalf be'disþlayed during
the time ol actual working of one or more relays in thê departmenl
concerned;
(iv) each worker engaged in the work carried on by means of overlapping
shifts shall be in possession of an identity card. The identity card'itraä
be supplied to the worker by the factory management free bf cost and
shall bear the photograph of the worker, his Íull name, signature or
, thumb impression ano v¡sible identification mark and thâ siþnature of
the manager.
_ The Central Railway Locomotive Workshop,. parel, shall be exempted
(2)
from the provisions of sub-section (1) of section SB.

t[95.**l]
96-. Overtime slips.-Any work done by a worker beyond lhe ngrmal
specified period of work shatl be entered in the overtime blips in duplicatè
indicating therein the actuat period of overt¡me worked by ñim.'A c'opy of
,suc.h overtime. slip duly signed by the manager or bi a person'óuly
authorised.by him.in that behall, shall be given to the wórker'immediately
efter completion of the overtime work
, :' Provided that ¡f the chief lnspector is satisfied that bêcause of the nature
l
'of work earried out in the factory, it is. not possible to issue daily glips to the
workers, he may ner{t,issue ol weekly siips. l

, : Rule prescribed under section 60

97. Double employment of workers.-(a) The lnspector may sanction ths I

employment of adult workers in moie than one lactory on the same day if
he is satisfied thât such adull worker is allowed to work not more than fdrty
eight hours in a week and is allowed weekly hotidays as per section 52.
(b) A note under the initiats of the inspector shail be made in the remarks
column of a Register of such workers permitted to work in more than one
factory.
Notice prescribed under sub-sec'tion (8) ol section 6t
_ 98. Notice of periods of work for adutt.-Thq. notice of periods of work
for adult workers shall be in Form 1ô.
Register prescribed under sub-section (2) of section 62
' 99. Register of adult workeri.-tne register of adult workers shal be in
Form 17. This register shall be written up afresh each year and shall be
preser\¡ed for a period oJ twelve months.

I Del. by G.N. dt. 1.8.2000 published in MGG R.I-L, Exr. p.t00

 The Maharashtra. Fa.ctories Rules, l9õJ 179'

"Rules 100 to 102 prescribed under serit¡on 64,,

1[t00, Persons
defined to hold positions of supervision or employed
in a confidentiat p.osition.-(1) ln á factory the follbwing persons shalt be
deem.ed to hotd_positions of supervision or management w¡inintne méãÀiñõ
of suþ-.s.ection (1) of sec-tion 64, prov¡ded they a-re not requireo to perforñ
manual labour or clerical work as a regular part of their duiies, nameiy:-
(i) The Manager, Deputy Manager, Assistant Manager, production
Manager, Works Manager and the General Manager;
(ii) Departmental ead, ,Assistant Departmentat Head, Departmentat
. f
in-charge or Assistant Departmental in-charge;
(iii) chief Engineer, Deputy chief Engineer and Assistant Engineer;
(iv) Chief Chemist, Laboratory in-charge;
(v) Personnel Manager, Personnet Officer;
(vi) Labour Officer, Assistant Labour Officer;
(vii) Welfare Officer, Additional Welfare Officer or Assistant Wetfare
Officer;
(viii) Safety Officer; .

(ix) Security. Officer;

(x) Foreman, Chargeman, Overseer and bupervisor;
(x¡) Jobber in Text¡te Factories;
(xii)HeadStore-keeperandAssistantS-tore-keeper;
(xiii) Boiler sarang or such Boiler Attendants who.are in- charge of a
battery of boilers and are only required to do supervisory worli; and
(xiv) Any other^person who in the opinion of the chief lnspector, holds a
position of supervision or Manaþement and is so deciareo i'n wr¡tiñg
by him.
(z) j.n. a factory,,the following persons shail be deemed to be emptoyed
in
a confidential position within thd meaning of sub- $ection (t) of sejctión b¡,
namely:-
(i) Stenographers or Telex Operators;
(ii) Office Superintendent;
(iii) Head Clerks where there is no Office Superintendent;
(iv) Head Accountant and Head Cashier;
(v) Head Time Keeper; and
(vi) Any other person who in the opinion of the chief tnspector is
glployed in a confidential position.and is so deciared in rirriting by
him.
. alv
(3) Any.d¡spuF whether a person, by virtue of the nature.of his duties, fail
oJ thg definitions giveri in sub-rútes (1) or (2) aopve, it",âll-neiãcíoø
!n
by the chief tnspector by passing an ordei i'n wrìtiirg, wnión snar be finat.'
(41 On an apptication made by the occupief or Manager of the factory, the
^.
glf.t lns.pector may d.ectare in-writing any person other than the peiÅons
oetrnect in sub-rutes (t) and (2) above, as a person holcfing a póition of
180 The Maharashtra Factories Rules. 1963

supervísion or manâgement or employed in a conlideiltial position in a

factory, if in the opinion of the chief lnspector, such person holds such
pos¡tion or ¡s so employed.
(5) All declarations of the nature described in sub-rule (4) of this rule,
the chief lnspector under the provisions of any earùer rutes in thai
fbehalf shall
qdg-by
be deemed to have been made under sub-rule (4), and shall
continue to remain in force. :

101. List of persons defined in Rule 100 and overtime muster-rolland '.
slips.-(1) A list showing the names and designations of ail persons defined
in rule 100 shall be maintained in every iactory and it'shall be made
available lor inspection to ihe lnspector at all times whsn work is being
carried on in any factory.
{2} Where the ordinary rate of wages of any petson, whose name is
shown in the list maintained under sub-rule {1) oÍ th¡s rule does not exceed
Ilte *ag9 limit specified in sub-section (6) of section 1 of the payment of
wages Act, 1936 {4 of 1936) as amended lrom time to t¡me be e-ntiiled to
extra wages.in'respect of overtime work under section s9, the Manager of
the factory shall:-
{a} maintain a muster-roll in form 15 as prescribed under rule b5, in
respect of such persons, and
{b) issue overtime slips as prescribed under rule g6, to such persons.
- 10|' Exemp,tion of certain adult workers.-Adult workers.engaged in
factories specilied in column 2 of the schedule hereto annexed, onihä wort
specified in column 4 of the said schedule shall be exempt lrom the
provisions ol the section specified in column 5 thereof subject to the
conditions, if any, specified in column 6 of the said Schedulé; and also
sub¡ept to the following conditions, namely:-
(i) no woman worker shall be required or allowed to work for more than
nine hours in any day;
(i$ except in respect ol exemption under ctause (a) of sub-section {2) of
section 61 the followíng limits of work inclusive of overtime shall be
observed, namely:-
(a) the total number of hours of work in any day shall not exoeÊd t€n;
(b) the spreadover, inclusive of intervals lor rest, shall not exceed
twelve hours in any one day;
(c) the total number of hours in week, including overtime shall not
exceed sixty; and
(d) the total number of hours of overtime shall not exceed litty for any
one quarter:
', .Provided that, the limits imposed by sub-clauses (a) and (b) of thio clause
shall not apply in the case of a shift worker engageo in laòtôríes specilled
against category and No.X(1) to (39) in the Scñedute if the said wbrfor ¡s
allowed to work the whole or part of the subsequent shift in the absenee of
a worker who has faited to report for duty.
 S.CHEDULE
Category Class of Exemption Nature of exempted work
No. Factories under Section
All factories 64(2)(a) and Urgent. repairs.-Explanation - Urgent 51 ,52,54,
64(3) for urgent repairs for the p.urposes of this exemption 55,
repairs and for shall mean - (a) repair to any part of 56 and 61
conseq uential miachinèry, plant'or slructure of a factory,
exemptions from which are of such a nature that delay in
the provisions of theii execution would involve dangei to
section 61 human life or a safety or the stoppage of
the manufacturing process;
(b) repairs to deep-sea ships and repairs
to commercial aircarts which are essential
to enable such ships or airsrafts to leave
port at proper time or continue their normal
operations in sea- worthy or air-worthy
conditions as the case may be, and;
(c) repairs in connection with a change of
motive power e.g. from steam to electricity
or vice versa, when such work cannot
possibly e done without stoppage of the
normal manufacturing process. Provided
that urgent repairs shall not include peri-
odical cleaning and maintenance work.
Exêmption Conditions
from Sec-
tion
(i) The occupier or manager of the
factory shall send to the lnspector
a notice within 24 hours of the
commencement of the work, stat-
ing therein the precise nature of
urgent repairs, lhe exact time of
the commencement of such work Þ
anq the list of all persons
employed.on such work. A copy of {
such notice shalf be displayed in
the factory as provided under sec-
tion 108(2) of the Act, wlthin 24
hoursi, of thê completion of the
wsrk of urgent repairs, a notice to
that effect shall be sent to the
lnspector, along with the copy of
lhe entries made in Form no.15 in l\
I
respect,of every worker meniioned
in the earlÍer notice;
(ii) No worker,shâll be allowed or
reqruired to work on such repairs
for m,ore than 15 hours on any one
day, 39 hours during iany 3 con-
secutive days or,66 hours during
each period ol seven consecutive
days co¡mencing from his first
employment on such work;
J
(1) \¿) (3) (4) (5) (6) N)

(ii¡) lf the lnspector is of the

op¡n¡on that any work ca¡:ried on in
a factory as 'urgent Repairs' is not
'urgent Repairs', lhe lnspector
shall serve on the manager an
order to that effect and the
manager shall in respect of such
work, not.required any worker to
work in contravention of the
provisions of Sections 51 , 52, 54, Þ
55, 56 and shall comply with sec-
tion 61 of the Act;
(iv) No worker shall be required or
allowed to work for a pbriod of
more than six hours before he has
had an, interval of rest or food of at
least half an hour;
(v) Provisions of section 53 of the
Act and,rules g5 and g6 of the Þ
rules shall be complied with.
il. ex-
All factories 64(2)(b) for work (a) Maintenance work in connection with 51,54, 55 (i) No worker shall be required or
cept.thoseon in the nature. of the mill gearing, the electric driving of and 56. allowed to work on shifts of lonoer
s¡
:gli'l^r^ous preparatory or lighting apparatus, the mechanical or than I hours duration,
Process bomplemeñtary electrical :lifts or hoists and lhe steam or (íi) Intervals for food and rest shall
work, water pipes or pumps of the factory be given to all workers allowed to
(b) Departmental ciiers; and work on such work.
(c) Workers attending to-the starting, stop- (iii) Provisions of rules 95 and g6
p¡ng and maintaining electrical motors and shall be cor,npfied with.
connected switch gears.
ilt. All factories 6a(2Xc) for work (1)(a) Work performed by drivers on l¡qht- 51,54, 55 (i) No worker shall be required or
in which is ing, ventilating and humiiiifying apparaíus. allowed to work on shifts óf lonoer
n ecessarily in- (b) Work performed by fire pumpmen and and 56. than I hours duralion.
termittent in na- all personnel on the fire- fighting staff. (ii) lntervals for food and rest shall
furg, (2) Telephone Operators and Telex be given to all workers allowed to
Operators. work on such wo¡.k.
(iii) Provisions of rules 95 and 96
.

shall be complíed with.

lv. All factories 64(2Xh) tor work Workers engáged in engine rooms or 51, 52 Provisions of Section 53 and
in the engine- boiler house, attending to power plant ör Rules g5 and 96 shall be complied
roo m sr boiler' transm¡ssion machínery or the 'prime with-
house, power movêrs.
planls or trans-
m¡ssion machí-
nery.
All factories 64(2Xj) Work of Workers engaged in the loading or unload- 51, 52, (i) No worker shall be requiréd or
loading and un- ing of railway - wagons or Lorries, trucks 54, 55, 56 allowed to work on shifts of lonoer
loading and tankers or the loading and unloading than I hours' duration.
at ietties. (ii) Intervals for food and rest shall
be given to all workers allowed to
worl( on such work.
(iii) Provisions'of rules 59 and
Rulês 95 and 96 shall be complied
with.
 .lË
6 ' l-:,
lco
i@
vt. Carbonic Acid 64(2Xb) for work Work of fireman to light lye-boiler 51, 54, 55 (i) This exemption shall be availed I
Gas factories in the nature of of only on the day on which the '
pre-paratory or plant is restarted after a closure.
complementary (ii)No worker shall be required or
work. allowed to work on shifts of longer
than I hours'duration.
(iii) lntervals . for food and rest
shall be given to all workers al- :r
lowed to work on such work. F
(iv) Provisions of Rules 95 and 96 F
shallbe complied wíth. F
vil. (1) Gloth Print- 64(2Xb) work in Work in the nature of preparatory or com- 51, 54 Provisions of Rules 95 and 96^Ë
ing factories or the .nature of plementary to main operations of printing, and 56 shall be complied with.
deparlments preparatory or sanforizing, finishing and.mercerising õt F
complementary cloth, F
work.
F
(2) Cotton Spin-
nino & Weavino
Work involved,in clearing blow room flues Do. Do.
MiliË. ^i
li
(3) Film Studios Do. All work in the nature of preparatory or
complementary w9$ which is necessary
Do. Do'
F
for the shooting of films- :*
vllr. Dyeing or Do. Work performed by Kiermen. 51,54, 55 (i) No worker shall be required or
bleaching fac- and 56.
tories or depart- allowed to work on shifts of longer
ments. than 8' hours' duration.
(ii) lntervals for food and rest shall
be given to all wprkers allowed to
wol.k on such work.
(iii) Provisions of Rules 95 and g6
shall be complied with.
tx. (1) Brick fac- 64(2Xb) for work Work of Fireman on Kilns. 55
tories Do.
in the nature of
preparatory or
complemenlar'y
work.
(2) Cashew Nut Do. Oil Extraction üiork 55
Factories. Do.

(3) Cloth print- 64(2Xd) lor work Work of cloth printing, bleaching, finishing, 55 (i) No workers shall be required or
rng ano process- which for techní- mer.cerising; raising, dyeing, singeingand allowed to work on shitts of longer
ing factories cal reasons sanronztng. than I hours', duration.
rnust be oarried (ii) lntervals for food and rest shall
on eontinuou$ly, r..l be given to all workers allowed to
work on such work.
(4) Collapsible Þo. Wôrk in painting, coating, drying of Collap- Dol
tube manufactur- sible tubes if carrled on in a continuous .Ì
ing faclorles. process.
i
(5) Cycle manu- Wo¡k in painting and enambelling section Do-
facturing, and, sem¡-automat¡c plant¡ng plent.
Automobile ã
manufacturing
and manûac-
ture of'Steel fur-
niture. :
:1

(6) Ënarnelled Wg'rk.of enamglling of wiiös 55 Do.

wke manufactur-
ing tector¡€s

o
(o
 (o

(/) Fenous and Work on hot rolling

Non-ferrous Do.
rnetal factories
(8) Flour Mills Do. All work 55 Do.
(9) Gum lndustry Do. Work performed in connection with shift- 55 Do.
:Ì,. ing, dehusking, grinding and packing
(10) riidia Dô. Melting, DepaÉimént' i'ncluding dress wash- 55
Government Mint Do.
ing
(11) tealne¡: . Do Working Of c¡ntinuous coating of pVC 55
,,clorh",fq.gigries Do.
drying fusing in hot air oven and embos$-
lng t
(12) Lime Bhat-. Do Worltersemployed.on:Bhalties:.
ties ,r .. .. ' : .,'r'il.r " r ' .: l'::{ .. '
. 55 Do.
(:18) oil Miils Do. All continuous process work 55 Do
(I4) Oidnance 64(2Xd) for work Work in:'melting shop swarfanrieal in fur- 55 (i) No workers shall be required or
factories :
which. for techni- naêe gäsi'Þroducers; electrical sub-sta- allowed to work on shifts of longer
cal reasons tions and water and electrical distribution than I hot¡rs' duration.
must .be carried departments. (ii) lnlervals for food and rest shall
on continuously.. be given to all workers allowed to
(15).Phar-'
,,1;1. l ,,,:.. work on such work.
Do; All,,continu0us,,process work.
maceutical fac-
tories
'" :.. ,
Do.

gó¡ÞÉstic tac- Do. ¡

1¡yorl.fi on plastic injection moulding 55
tories Do.
macntne and extrusion mach¡ne
(17) Pottery Work of liremen on kilns. 55 Do,
worKs
(18) Shellac fac- Do. Workers employed on kilns. 55 Do.
tories
(19) Smelting Do. (1) Work on the reducing furnace. Do.
and Befinino fac- (2) All continuous process work in connec;
tories tion with electrolytic refining.
(20) Soap fac- Do. Work on Soap boiling pans and soap 55
tories oryrng pans.
(21)rsodium Do. All Works 55
; Do.
and ootassium
bichionate fac-
tories ::,
(22) Spinning Do. Work on hot air sizing machines. 55 Do.
ano:weavrnct
mills
(1) Acétyiene 64(2Xd) for work Genération of gas and filling of clyinders. 51, 5;i2, (i) No worker,shall be required or
laclones. which for techni- 54, 55 allowed to wotk on shífts of lonqer
cal reasons and 56. than I hours'.duration.
must be carried :(ii) lntervals for food and rest shall
on continuously. be given to all workers allowed to
work on such work.
(iii) Provisions of Rules g5 and g6
shall be complied with.
(iv) Compliance .with section 53
shall be made in such a,way as
such workers.shall be allowed not
less ,than .two ,holidays in each
period. ËOvered by four cohsecu-
tive statutory holida¡¡s,und€r, sec-
tion 52(1)-

4
(o
 (Õ
tu
(v) ln the absence of a worker wlto
.lï,|1ited to report fcr dury a shift
worker may be âlowed to úoixlüä
wnote:or, part- of the .subsêquent
sntî: fJrov¡ded lhat the next-shift
ot that worker.shall nol.commÊnce
Delore ..aìp-eriod-of 16. hours has
, êtaps€d: afier the specified stoo_
prng fime of thê sh¡tt lo which
(Ê) Carbonic Do.
' bþlongs..
lie.
at
of firemen, pumpmen, plant '5Í,
acid g4s works W.odr
oflers and the fill¡ng of cylindeis.
driver_ 52, Do. ."
54, 55 >
(3) Carbonic D0. and 56" j
Allworks qxÕept packing blocks.
acid gas solidif-
'cation works.
Do. oor. ,
s
{
(4) Oementfac- Dö,
toriÊs and asbes-
All ípntinuqub piocess work l
51, 5;r.,' Do.
tostpenrerû ' 54, 55
factories, :. ..J..:. and 56'
',i ' . F
(5)r0hemical fac- Do.
t9rieq .: " All conlinuous process work Do. Do.
(g¡ Chemicat ç
ar
D0. Prooess of ¡nanufacturing activated caÈon
Pioducts fac- Do- Do.
tpriþs .

..', ,, ;
(7) Oine- Do. Work on developing and washing process Do.
matographic Do.
ïilms process¡ng
IAüonss
(8) Goalgas lac- All work ¡n the resort house 'and on the
.lÖriès
Do.
ygter gls..planl.:Wirrk'.of the mate yard
D9. Do.
labour stafl,in unloading coal, feeding ñgp-
pers and removing coke, work on .the
syphons boilers, stationlmeters and gover-
i$
nors"'
(9) Computer in- D0. Allwo$.
stâllations; r Do. Do.
(10)-Confec-
tionery Manufac-
Do. Manufacturing ol malted chocolate Do. Do.
fþvoured food ancl chocolate mak¡ng
tur¡ng Depart-
ments of fac- :.
lories. )-., ,
(11) Crude 64(2Xd) for work
Mineral Oiland wtrich for techni-
(a) All continuouè piocess work performeù 51, 52, Do. *
Petrochemical cäl reasong
by .'the "plant oþerators, firè õpeiators. 54, 55
Hefining fac-
Lab-o-ratory testers and anaJysts, main- and 56
must be carried 'telincg and- ins!¡gme-¡t.peiÉonnel con-
tbries :
on continuously. nec-ted with contínùoús - process work,
dressers and sample cariers.
,,. ,.ì
þ) Work performed by safety operators.
(12) Dextiiiie Do. Alf gnlinuous pr,o¡ess work
manufastuiino Do. Dq.
factories -
 (o
(1S) D¡stiiler¡es å
Do. Work on the extraction ot sug;-l;;-õ;
ot slfarcaïJ --
Do.
ylqigus p".:"", fermenrarion
juice and d¡stiilation of fermented
wash.
(f 4)"EleCtricat Þo.
acöumulâtors 9t:l?1i1": in connection wilh chârg¡ng Do.
charglng dëfrart- e rectricat accy.mYlatgrs
ments of fac- ,..:.,t.,.-.:.
tories ,..
, :" : it ,,,;,:j,:.: ,:ri
(15): E¡ss1¡¡"u¡ Do. pÞe.¡a1ion .3nO'maiàteåance",of lrans-
receiving sta- Do. Do.
tlons'and sub, ¡grm.erp and- the-Ír â-uxilliaries includino
stations r.ecetvtng and distribution; switcngeàr]
r€ nlen ¡ng "synchronours-
.ar.f ggtols; and
,- :
orner conclensors 'and rotary and static
:_Li Çondensors.
(16) Electronic
lacguering and cotour coding of
Cqmponents
Facto.ry
I:l{lsa
cerþonregistances, . .
Do: Do.
.
1:" {
(17)iFenous Hof Rolling
and non.fenous Do .Do.
metal factories
(18) Glass fac- Do. All continuous .process work including: car=
tories
toning and .packing canied but
51, 52, Do. È
trnuous chain
¡¡:.;- 54, 55 õ
and 56
(19)'Glycerine
factoriels All'continuouSprocessWoit' : . Do, :

Qo.
 (2o) Hydraulic 64(2Xd) for work Allwork
pumping stations which for techni-
cal reasons
must be carried
on continuously.
(21) lce-,factories Ðo. ql the engine and comÞressors,
Yglb
onvers and
Do. DO,
''''i r'1 , '1.. assistants and oÍlers.
(22) Magnesium Do. The work on concenirating process
Chlorfde fac- Do. Do.
tories ' t ' ..' i r' : ' '
(29) MilK Da¡fies Do. n.!t
ry9r[ oî receiving, chiiling, processing Do. Do.
I1:1;Ir.'11¡r; or muK Dy pastur¡salion, storage, botiling
t.,' -.:l;,;,: qnd packing of milk
(24) Oit lank in- Oo. (a) Work performed by workers in connec- Do.
stalldtiòns"'' Do.
:"1 i j,
. -,;1,. tion with pumping operatÍons
.'! I ¿ :..,r:l,j., (b) Work performed by furnancemen and
,r.r,.i_,j
: .',. r:; ::r jir. firemen
i: .r: Jti (c) Work performed by safety operators
(2S¡.Ortn"n tu.- Do. Work Engine and plant drivers, oilers and Do,
lofles'','r::,: Do.
the filling of the cylínders
(29i Papér:,'' ' Do. Wo¡k, pe¡Jo¡qed on , choppêr, digestor, Do.
câidþsärd and Do.
Kf9e09l9;,Þralners and,wasþers, beaters,
stiawb'oàÏd fac. pFper i.naking n;¡qchines, pumpíng plants,
tq¡lþi':1 :'r' .':t r'
' ';'j i.i.'.
"
reglQ.f9,3r-1d cutters. | |

(27) iPhar'i.'l,,r.,,, A-ll côntinuous process operations in Do. Do.

macÞutioal.fac-
tgrigç,,
chçmical plantl; , .'
,,
',,; ; , r,:.,,)Ìrlirl:r!
,' tr:..)1.1,
i'lr
'l ;i
 (28) Phono. Do. Work performed ln matrix oepartmeni
graph D¡s- 51, 52, Do.
cmanulasturino 54, 55 &
,factories 56
(29) Polassium
chloratëfactories
Dp. room
.Work.¡n the cell
Do_ Do.
(90) Public
eleclricity supo-
Do. p¡.egtion and maintenance of Do. Do.
ly factoiiês i..' iEfJmernover: and auxiliar¡es, generators
generating. rrançtormels and swllchgears] also
eleclrlcity ¡n any gi¡gs a¡d boilers and thefi euxii¡ariõ -"
en_ I

manner änd
'lhose engine-:"r .r
Þ'
rooms and
boiler depart-
ments/ generat-
¡ng e¡ectrjcity ¡n
any mann6r.
(31) Public
Do.
pumping and 'Do. Do
c-ompressol sta-
IþNS
(32) Rubber í.
Do.
Tyre and Bub=
All work on curing process of rubber Do. s
ber factories
(33) Sllver Do. All'úvork
rèfineries Do. Do.
(34) Soap fac- Do. (a) All continuous process work in con- Do.
tories Do.
tinuous soap making plant.
(Þ) All continuous process work in syn-
thetic detergent plants including cartoníng
and packing carried out in a continuous
chain.
(35) Sodium Do. Work in furnace and crystaliser Do. Do.
and Potassium
bichromate fac-
tories
(36) Starch lac- Do. All work except the Engineering Depart- Do. Do,
tories ment and Workshops
(37) Sugar fac- Do. Operations beginning wiih receiving and Do.
IOnes Do.
weighment of sugarcane and ending with
barring of sugar
(38) Vegetable Do. Thè work, viz, refining, bleaching, filtering, Do. Do.
Oil hydrogenera- generation
tion factories .of hydrogen, hydrogenerating
and deodor¡sing processes; also compres-
sion of oxygen and the clyinder filling.
(39) Factories Do. All continuous process worK Do. Do.
having - Effluent
Treatment Plant

(o
\,1
 .3
xt. (1) All Cotton 64(2Xb) for work Work performed by Ginfitters. Mochies and 51 , SZ, Atl the five conditions in X(i) and
ginning factories in the nature of Oilers. 54, 55, 56 (vi) Register or Musler roll re-
preparàtory or &6i quired to be maintained under
complementary sect¡on ê2 shall show correctly full
work 64(2)(f) for particulars of periods within which
work carried each such worker may be required
d uring ixed f to work, entries in the register of
seasons and Muster roll shall able uo-to-date.
section 64(2),lor
consrquential
exemption from
sect¡on 61.
xil. (l) Potter Works 64(2Xd) for work Work on Tunnel kilns 52 and 55 All the condit¡ons as in Vll.
of continuous
nature
xilt. (1) Gur (Jag- 64(2Xb) for work All 'rvork 51, 54, 55 All the conditions as in Vlll.
gery) factories in the nature of and 56
prepa-ratory or
com- plementary
ÌYork and
6a(2)(c) for work
which is neces-
sarily intermit-
tent in nature.
XIV (1) Newspaper 62(zxi) for work (a) All work on daily/weekly News-papers, 5.1, SS, SS (a) No worker shall be allowed to
Printing Presses in Printing of and 56 work for more than 56 hours in
Newdpaper any week.
,

which is held up (b) No overtime ihall be carried on

due to break except for two days prior to the
down of date of the publication of the
machinery. weekly newspeper.
(c) The exemption under this entry
shall be availed of only in that
section qf the press where there is ì
breakdown of machinery; and
=
(d) lntervals for food anå rest shall S
be gíven to all workers allowed to i
work on such work. i
XV (1) All Factories 64(2)(k) for work Workers_engaged iñ any work is notilied 51, SZ, All the conditions as in X(1) ex- ì
_ notified by the b,y tne State Government in the Official 54, ss cept cond¡tion No.(V).
State Govern- Gazette, as work of National lmportance. anð SO.
ment as work of
Natíonal lmpor-
tance. .t

,¡

(ô
(o
 200 The l¡falvrashu.a Factot.ies Rqtes. 1963

- 'Ji02-4. Exemption to women work¡ng in fish cur¡ng and f¡sh ranning

factories.-All women working in fish curing and fish canning factories shaÍl
be exempted from the provisions of ctause (b) of sub-section (1) of section
66, subject to the following conditions;-
(1) All women whose duty terminates or starts after 7.0O p.m. and belore
6.00 a.m. should be provided with free conveyance from theír
res¡dence to factory and back.
(2) occupier shall provide creche and foodlsnacks/tea facilities for the
use of women workers employed between 7.00 p.m. and 6.00 a.m.
(3) Provisions of section 54 shall be comptied with.
{4) Change of shifts for such female workers shall be effected atter a
.weekly holiday or any other holiday.
(5). Restroom and separate lockers shall be provided in the factory
premises for women.
(6) Women should be placed in groups when employed between 7.00
p.m. and 6.00 a.m.
(7) No women shall be given night duty continuously for more than one
week.l
CHAPTER VII
Employment of Young Persons
Notice prescribed under sub-section {3} of section Z2
'103. Notice of periods of work for children.-The notice of periods ol
work for child workers shall be in Form 18.
Register prescribed under sub-sec{ìon (2) of sect¡on 73
104. Register of Child-Wcirkers.-The Register of child-workerÉ shall. be
in Form 19. This register shall be written up afresh each year and shall be
preserved for a period of twelve months.
CHAPTER VIII
Annual Leave with Wages
Rules 105-113 prescrÌbed under sect¡an 80(3) and 82
105. Leave with llVages Reg¡ster.-(1) The manager shall keep a Register
in Form 20 hereinafier called the Leave with Wages Register: .

Provided that if the Chiel lnspector is of the opinion that any muster roll
or register maintained as part of the routine of the factory, or return rnade
by the manager, gives în respect of gny or all of the workers in the faciory,
the particulars required for the enforcement ol Chapter Vlll ol the Act, he
may, by order in writing, direct that such Muster roll or register or return
shall, to the corresponding extent, be mainlained in place of and be treated
as the register or return required under this Rule ín respect of that factory.
(2) The Leave with Wages Register shall be preserved for a period ol
three years after the last entry in it and shall be produced before the
lnspector on demand.

I Ins. by Covt. Notification dt. 13.3.1996, MCG. Pt.I-L, Ext. dt. 13.3,1996 p.67
 The llaharashtt'a þ'actaries Rutes, I9ó3 201

106, Leave Book.-(1) The manager shall provÍde each worker who has
become entitfed to teave during a cãtendar yàar, wíth a book ln irräi* àil
{hereinafter called'the Leave B.ook) n-ot latei than the 28th February of the
1.]11*.119-,9¡le-[d91,year, '¡The Leave Book shail be made out ieparátely for
eacn worker on a thick bound sheel and shalt be the properiy of ihe worker¡;
and_the manager or his agent shalt not demand it eiceþ tó make relevar.ii
'entries oldaies of holidaysor interruptions in service,
aho snau not keep in
for more than a week at a time:
Provided that where a worker is discharged or dismissed from servÍce
during the course of the year, the manager Jhall issue an abstract from the
'Register of Leave with wages' (Form ão¡ witnin a week irom Ûre date of
discharge or dismissal, as lhe case may be.
. I?) lf a worker foses his Leave Eook, the manager shail provide him wirh
another copy on the payment of ten paise within fifteen'days, and shall
complete it from his record.
. lo7. Medical certificate.-ll any worker is absent from work anci if he
wants to avail himself the leave with wages due.to him to cover the period
.of
of illness as provided in sub-section (7) of éect¡on 79, he shail, if so reiuired
by lhe.manager produce a medical certificate signed'by a regístered medical
,practitioner or. by a registered or recognised-vaid or Hak¡n,
stating the
'cause of the absence and the-period foiwhich the worker is in
tne opinion
of such medical practitioner, vaid or Hakim, unable to attend to his work:'
Provided that if in any viilagg there is no reg¡slered medical practitioner
or registered or recognised vaid or Hakim, a certificate of the sarpancr¡ õt
village Panchayat or headman of the village shali be deemed as äufficient
fqr the purpose ol this rule.
108. Notice to lnspector of lay-off.-The manager shall give, as soon as
possible, a notice to the lnspector of every case-of lay- o=ff of workers by
agreement or contraci or as permissibte under the standíng orders, givin!
the number of such workers and the reasons for the lay-off. Entr¡es tó tniõ
effect shall be made in the Leave with wages Register ánd the Leave Book
in respect of each worker concerned.
109. Notice by worker.-Belore or at the end of every calendar year a
worker may give notice to the manager of his intent¡on n'ot to avail liimself
ol the annual leave with wages falling due to him during the following year.
The.manager shall make an entry to that effect in the Leave with úrâges
Register and in the Leave Book of the worker concerned.
110. Not¡ce by Manager.-The manager shall cause a notice to be
displayed giving the names ol all workers whose leave, which has been
carried lorward has reached the maximum limit allowed under the first
proviso to sub-section {5) of section 79, as soon âs possible in the first
quarter of each calendar year, the notice shall stale that ho further leave can
be carried forward and that application for leave shall be made with one
month from the date of the notice. A copy of the notice shall be given to
each worker concerned. A copy shall also be delivered at the office of the
lnspector.

I Subs. by G.N. dt. 1.8.2000 published in MGC Pt.I-L, E.\t. P,100

a Subs. by C,N. dt, ¡.8.2000 pLrblished in MGG Pr.I-L, Exr. P.t00
 202 The Maharashtra Factories Rules,1963

1ll. Mode of leave.-(1) As lar as circumstance permit,'bemembers of the

same family comprísíng husband, wife and children'shall allowed leave
on the same date.
(2) The manager may alter the dates fixed for leave only after giving a
notice of four weeks to the worker. qi

(3) A worker may exchange the period of his leave with another worker i'!
subject to the approval of the manager.
112, Payment of leave wages due, if worker dies.-lf a worker, who is
nol entitle to advance payment in accordance with the provisions of section
81, dies before he resumes work, the balance of his pay due for the period
o{ leave shall be paid to his nominee and fâiling sucñ nôminee, to hié legal
representative within one aonth ol the receipt of intimation of death of the
worker. The nomination shall be t[***j signed by the worker and attested by
two witnesses.
lf3. Register to be maintained in case of exemption under secüon
:84.-(1) where an exempt¡on is granted under section 6¿, tne manager shall
maintain a Register showing the position ol each worker as regaid leave
due, leave taken and wages granted.
- .JZ) .ltg shall display at the main entrance of the factory, a notice giving
full details of the system establ¡shed in the factory for leavê with wages anð
send a copy of it to the lnspector.
^ {3) No alteration shall be made in the scheme approved by the State
Governrnent at the time ol granting exemption under'section 94 without its
previous sanction.
CHAPTER ]X

n,i", plå?ïH"ffiti:L non 87

114, Dangerous operation.-(1) The following operat¡ons when carrieûon
in any factory are declared to be dangerous operations under section g7:-
1. Manufacture of aerated -water and processes incidental thereto.
2. Electrolytic plating or oxidation of metalarticles by use of an eledrolyte
conta¡n¡ng chromic acid or other chrornium compounds.
3. Manulaclure and repair of e¡ectric accumulators
4. Glass manufacture
5. Grinding or glazing of metals.
ô. Manufacture and treatment of lead and certain compounds of lead
7. Generation of gas from dangerous petroleum as defined in clause (b)
ol section 2 of the Petroleum Act, 1934.
B. Cleaning or smoothing of articles by a jet o{ sand, metal short or grit
,or other abrasive propelled by a blast ol compressed air or steam
9. Liming and tanning of ran hides and skins and processes incidental
thereto.
10. Manufacture of chromic acid or manufacture or recovery of the
bicromate of sodium, potassium or ammonium.
1't. Manufacture or manipulation of nitro or amino compounds.

I Del. by G.N. dt. 1.8.2000 published in MGG Pt.Il., Exr. p.l00

 The Maharashtra Faetories Rules, 1963 203
1[12. Handling
and manipulataon of corrosive substaîces.]
13. Manufacture of bangles and other articles from cinematograph film
and toxic and inflammable solvents.
14. Processes involving manufacturê, use or evotution of carbon disul-
phide and hydrogen sulphide.
15. Manufacture and manipulation of dangerous pesticides.
2¡t6. Compression of oxygen and hydrogen produced
by electrolytic
process.l
3112.
Manulacture and manipulation of asbestos.l
4¡ta. Manufacture
and manipulation ol manganese and its compounds.l
1 9. Carbon-di-sulphide Plants.

20. Benzene
u¡21-
Process of extracling oils wax and fats from vegetable and animal
' sources in Solvent Extraction Plants.l
. 22. Manufacluro and manipulation'ol Carcinogenic Dye lntermediates.
. 23. Highly flammable liquids and flammable compressed Gases!
, , 24. Operations lnvolving High Noise Levels.l
u[eS.
Handlingand processing ol cotton.]
(2) The provision specified in the Schedules annexed hereto shali apply
to an-y class or descríption of factories whsrein dangerous operationi
specified in each Schedule are carrÍed out.
_
(3) This rule shall come into ioic'e ¡n respÊct of any ctass or description
of láctories wherein the said operations are carried on, on such date as the
State Governmênt may, by notification inlha Official Gazette appoint in'this
behalf,
*'HEDULE r

Hanufacture of aerated waters and processes lncidental thereto

1. Fancing of machines.-All machines for filling botttes Or syphons shalt
'b€. so constructed, placed or fenced as to prevent, as far as may be
'prâclicable, a fragment of a bursting bottle or syphon from striking. a'ny
person employed Ìn the factory.
2. Face guardr and gauntlets.-(1) The occupier shall provide and
maintain in good condition lor the use of all person engaged in filling bottles
or syphon-
. (a) suitable face-guards to protect the face, neck and throât¡,and i
(b) suitable gauntlets lor both arms to protect the whole hand and arms:
Provided that-
{i) paragraph 2(1) shall not apply where bottles are lilled by means bl
an automatic machine so constructed that no fragment of a bursting
bott¡e can escape, and

I Subs. by G.N.. dt. 7.7.1968.

2 lns. by G.N., dr. 5.4.1965.
3 Ins. by G.N., dt.8.10.1970.
4 Ins. by G.N., dr. 1.12.i975.
5 Added by G.N., dl. 9.5.1985.
6 Added by C.N., dt. 10.?.1997.
 204 The \laharashtra Factories Rules. 1963

(ii) where a machine is so constructed that only one arm on the botfle
at work upon it is exposed to danger, a gaunilet need not be
provided for the arm which is not exposed to danger.
(2) The occupier.shallprovide and maintain in good cond¡tion forthe use
of all persons engaged in corking, crowning, screwíng, wiring, loiling,
capsuling, sighting or labelling bottles or syphon-
(a) suitable face-guards to protect the lace, neck and throat, and
(b) suitable gauntles for both ârms to prolect the arms and at least half
of the palm and the space between the thumb and forelinger.
.3. Wearing of face-guards and gauntlets.-All persons engaged in any
of the processes specilied in paragraph 2 shall, while at work in such
process, wear the face-guards and gauntlets provided under the provisions
of the said paragraph,

Etectrolytic ptating art¡c¡es by use of an

", ":1ltff"ul¡rlitar
electrolyte containing chromic acid or other chromium compounds,
L Definitions.-For the purpose of this Schedute-
(a) "Electrolytíc chromium process" means the electrolyt¡c plating or
oxidation of metal articles by the use of an electrol¡e contaiñíng
chromic acid or other chromium compound_
(b) "Balh" means any vessel used for an electrolyte chromium process or
for any subsequent process.
(c) "Employed" means in paragraphs 5, 7, 8 and 9 of this Schedule
employed in any process involving contact with liquid from a bath. .

.,, {d) "Suspension" means suspension from employment in any process

involving contact with liquid from any bath by written certificate in the
Health Register, signed by the Certifying Surgeon, who shafi have
power of suspension as regards all persons employed in any such
process.
'' 2. Exhaust draught.-An elficient exhaust draught shall be supplied to
every vessel in which an electrolytic chromium process is carried on. Such
'draught shall be provided by mechanical means and shall operatq on the
vapour or spray given off in the process as near as may be at the point of
,origin. The exhaust draught appliance shall be so constructed, arranged and
rma¡ntained as to prevent the vapour or spray enter¡ng into any room or place
in which work is carried on.
3. Prohibltion relating to women and young persons.-No worien,
adolescent or child shall be employed or permitted to work at a bath.
4. Floor of work-room,.The floor of every room containing a bath shall
be impervious to water. The floor shall be maintained in good and level
condition and shall be washed down at least once a day.
5. Protective clothing.-(1) The occupier ol the factory shall provide and
maintain in good and clean condition the following articles of protective
clothing for the use of alf persons employed on any process at which they
are liable to come in contact with liquid from a bath and such clothing shall
be worn by the persons concerned-
(a) water-proof aprons and bibs, and
 The Ìtlahanshtra Factories Rules, t963 205

(b) for persons actually working at balh, loose-fitting rubber gloves and
rubber boots or other water-proof fooTwear.
(2) The occupier shall provide and rnaintain for the use of all persons
employed suitable accommodation for the storage and adequate arrange-
ments lor the drying of the protective clothing.
6. Medical requisites.-The occupier shall provide and maintain a sulli-
cient supply of suitabfe ointment and impermåable water-proof plaster in a
separate box readily accessible to the workers and used soiely for the
purpose of keeping the ointment and plaster.
1¡2. Medical examination.-(i)
Every person employed in electrotytic
chrome process shall be examined by the Medical lnspeðtor ol Factorieõ or
certifying surgeon within 30 days oÍ his first em¡itoyment in the said
proces.s, and if found lit, shall be granted by the Medical lnspector of
Factories or certifying surgeon â certificate õf fitness in z¡Fordr No.23.l
Thereafter, such person shall be examined by Medical lnsþector of Fac-
tories or certifying surgeon at intervals of not more than six'months:
Provided that where the chief lnspector of Factories is o{ the opinion that
conditions of work in the said process are unsatisfactory, he may by order
in writing require the Manager of the factory to have the person-employed
in the said process medicalty examined by Medical lnspector of Factorieé or
Certifying Surgeon at more lrequent intervals.
(ii) lf at any time, the Medicat tnspector of Factories or certifying surgeon
is ol the opinion that any person is no tonger lit {or emptoyrneirt iñ the said
process on tle grounds that continuance therein would involve special
danger to the health ol such person, he shall cancel:lhe certificate of filness
issued to him.l
placard.-A cautionary placard in the form specified by the
^,8'.Gautionary
chief lnspector and printed in the language.of the majority
'ot
ttre woikers
employed shall be affixed in a prom¡nent place in the iactôry where it can
be easily and conveniently read by the workers.
. 9, lVeekly examination.-A responsible person appointed in writing by
occupier of the factory shall twice in every week iirèpect the hands-anil
forearms of all per- sons employed and shall keeþ a record of such
inspections in the Health Register.
SCHEDULE III
Manufacture and repair of electric accumulators
. 1. Savlngs.-This schedule shall not apply to thê manufacture or repair of
electric accumulators or parts thereof not containing lead or any compound
ol lead; or to the repair on the premises, of an1' accumulator forming part of
a stationary battery.
2. Definitions.-For the purposes of this schedule-
(a) "Lead process" means the melting of lead or any material containing
lead casting, pasting, lead burning, or any other work, including
trimming or any other abrading or cutting of pasted plates, invoiving
the use, movement or manipulation of, contact with, any oxide of lead.

I Subs. by G.N. dt. 25.3.1975

2 Subs, by C.N. dt. I.8.2000 published in MGG PI.I-L, Ext. p.100
206 The Malnrashtra Fûclor¡es Rules' 1963

(b) "Manipulation of raw oxide of lead" means any lead process involving
any manipulation or movement of raw oxides of lead other than its
coñveyance in a receptacle or by means of an implement from one
operation to another.
(c) "Suspension" means suspensio$ from employment in any lead
proceis by writing ce¡tificates in lhe Health Register, Form 7 signed
by the Certifying Sutgeon, who shall have power of suspension as'
regards all persons employed in any such proces$
3. Prohibition relating'to women and young persons.-No women or
Voung person Shall be employed or permitted to work in any lead process
ór ¡näny room in which thb manipulátion of raw oxide of lead or pasting is
carried on.
4. Separation of certa¡n processes.-Each of the following processes
shatl be barried on in such a mannor and under Such conditions as to secure
effectual separation from one anothef and other process:-
(a) Manipulation of raw ox¡de ofslêad; .

(b) Pasting;
(c) Drying ol pasted Plates;
: {d) Formation with lead burning ("lacking") necessarily carried on in
connection therewith;
(e) Melting down of Pastod Plates;
{f} The grid casting shoP.
5. Air Space::ln every room in which a lead process is calied on, thsrê
'shalt
be at least lS cubíc metres of air for each person employed therein,
and in computing this air space no height over 3.5 metres shall be taken into
account. l
jnlets and.outlsts
6. Ventilatlon.-Every workroom shall be provided with !

.ol. adequate size as to secure and maintain efficient ventilation in all parts .i
of the room j

7. Dlstance bêtween worker$ in pastlng room.-ln every pasting rooq

the distance between the centre of the working position ol any paster and
ifrat of the plaster working nearest to him shall not be less than 150
centimetres
g. Floor of work-rooms.-(1) The floor of every room in which a lead
process is carried on shall be-
(a) ol cement or similar material so as to be smooth and impervious to
water;
(b) maintained in sound condition;
(c)
' orkept lree from matefials, plant, of other obslruction not required lor,
produced in, the proces$ carried on in the room.
(2) ln all such rooms other than grid oasting shops the lloor shall b+
(d)' cleansed daily after being thoro.ughly gprayed with water at a time
when no other work is being carried on in the room-
'
'qs¡ ln grid casting shops the floor shall be cleansed daily.
(4) Without prejudice to the requirements of sub-paragraphs {1),,(2).and
pasting is carried on, the lloor
{S)'where manipuiation of raw oxide ol lead or
shall also be-
 The Maharashtra Factories Rules, 1963 2O7

. (a) kept constantly moist while work is being done;

þ) provided wíth suitable and adequate arrangements for drainage;
(c) thoroughly washed daily by means of a hose pipe.
9. 1'York-benches.-The work-benches at which any lead process is
carr¡ed on shall-
{a) have a smooth surface and be mâintained in sound condition:
(b)
.be kept free from all materials or plant not required for, or produced
in, the process carried on thereat;
and all such worker-benches other than those in grid casting shops shall-
(c) be cleansed daily. either after being thoroughty damped or by means
of a suction cleaning apparatus at ã time wñen no other work'is being
carried on thereat;
and, all such work, benches ín grid casting shops shall.
(d) be cleansed daity;
and every work-bench ïseO for pasting shail-
{e) be covered ihroughout with sheet lead or other impervious material;
(f) be pr'ovided with raised edges;
(g) be kept constanfly moist whlle pasting is being carrÍed on;
and every work-bench used for trimming, brushing, filing or sny stbsr
abrading or cutting of pasted plates shall-
(h) be fitted with a top
.having opening or griil which shall altow any
clippings, fillÍng, or dust produced to fail into a coilãcting trough
containing water.
10. Exhaust draught.-The following processes shall not be carried on
without the use of an-eflicient exhausttiauþnt:-
(a) Melting of lead or materials lead;
(b) Manipulat¡on of raw oxide of lead, unless done in an enclosed
apparatus so as to prevent the escape of dust ¡nto the work_room;
(c) Pasting;
(d) Tr:imming, bru.shirìg, fíling or any other abrading or cutilng of paqted
plates glving rise to dust;
(e) Lead burning other than-
(i) "tacking" in the lormation room,
(ii) chemical burning for the making of lead tinings lor cell cases
necessarily carried on in such a manner that the application of
etficient exhaust is impracticable.
such exhaust draught shall be effected by mechanical means and shall''
operate on the dusl or fu_me given ofl as nearly as mày be at its point of
grigin, so as to prevent it.from entering the air oíany rooñr in which
¡iersons
work.
1'1. Fumes and gases from melting pots.-The products ol combustion
I produced in the heating of any meltingpot shall not te allowed to,escape
J
into a room in which persons work.
12. container for dross.-A suitable receptacle with tighily fitting cover
shall be provided and used for dross as it ib removed frõm 'every -melting
 2OA The lulaharashtra Facîorìes Rules, 1963

pot. such receptacle shall be kept covered while in the work-room, except
when dross is being deposited therein.
f 3. container for lead waste.: A suitable receplacle shall be provided in
every work-room in which old plates and waste material which may give rise
to dust shall be deposited.
f 4. Hacks and shelves in drying room.-The racks or shelves provided
in any drying room shalf not be mcjre than 240 centimetres from the'ltoor not
more than 60 centirnetres in width; provided that as regards racks br shelves
set or drawn from both sides, the total width shall not exceed 120
centimetres.
such racks or shelves shall be cleansed only after being lhoroughly
damped unless an efficient suction cleaning apþaratus is used tor tnii
purpose.
15. Medical examination.-(a) Every person employed in a lead process
shall be ex.amined by. the certifying surgeon within seúen days precèding or
following the date of his first employment in such process-añd therea-fier
shall be examined by the certifying surgeon once in every calendar month,
or at such other intervals as may be specified in writing by the chiei
lnspector, on a day of which due notice shall be given to alfcoñcerned.
. "Fir$t employmenf' means first employment in a lead process ¡n the
lac-tory or workshop and also re-employment therein in á lead process
following any cessation of employment in such process for a' period
exceeding three calendar months.
(b) A Health Register in Form 7 coniaining the names of all persons
employed in a lead process shall be kept.
, {c) No
person after suspension shalt be employed in a lead process
without written sanction from the certifying surgeon-entered in or dttached
to the Health Register.
t[1s'n' Medical Facitities.-(1) The occupier
of the factory shalt appoint
at least a. part-time qualified medícal practitioner, possessing M.B.B.S.
degree and having a post=graduate D¡ploma in lndustriat Health or possess-
ing M-B.B.S. degree and having five years experienee in industry as
occupational health physician. The medical practitioner so appointed.shall
be required to put in minimum four hours' attendânce on eveiy working day
¡n the ambulance room for carrying out the duties specilied in the foilowinó
sub-paragraph (2):
Provided that, in cases of factories employing less than S00 workers per
day, the chief lnspector of Factories may allow attendance lor shoiter
duration after taking into consideration all the relevant facts of each case.
. LZ) The medical practitioner, so appointed, shall perform the lollowing
duties that is to say,-
(a) to maintain Health Reg¡ster in Form 7;
(b) to undertake medical supeivision of persons engaged on dangerous
operations specilied in rule I14 of these rutes;
(c) to look after heahh, education and rehabilitation of sick, injured or
alfected workers;

I lrrs. by C.N. dr. 13.3.1984 published ìll MGC pr.I-L dt. 9.8.t984 p.3443.
 The ùlaharcshtra Facrories Rules. 1963 209

(d) to carry out ¡nspection of work rooms where dangerous operalion are
carried out and to advise the managemenl in respect of tlre measures
to be adopted for protection of health o{ the workers involved therein.
(3) For the purpose of medical supervision by the medical practitioner so
appo;nÌed, the occupier shall provide for the former's exclusive use at the
!.actory premises a room which shall be properly cleaned, adequately
lighted, ventilated ând furnished with a scr€êrì; a table and office stationery,
chairs and other facilities and instruments including x-raying arrangemeñt
for Schedules lV, X, XVll for such examinations and such oth-er equiþments
as may be prescribed by the Chief lnspector of Factories from time to time.I
16. Protective clothing.-Protectíve clothing shall be provided and main-
tained in good repair for all persons empfoyed in-
(a) manipulation of raw oxide of lead;
(b) pasting;
(c) the lormat¡on room;
and such clothing shall be worn by the persons concerned. The protectiVe
cloth¡ng shall consist of a water-proof apron and water,proof footwear; and
also, âs regards persons employed in the manipulation of raw oxide of lead
or in pasting head covering. The head coverings shall be washed daily.
17. Mess-room.-- There-shall be'provided and maintained lor the.use of '
all persons employed in a lead process and remainíng on the premises
during the meal intervals, a suitable mess-room, which shall be furnished
with (a) sufficient tables and benches, and {b} adequate means for warming,
food.
The mess-room shall be placed under the charge of a responsible person
and shall be kept clean.
18. Cloak-room.- There shall be provided and maintained for the use oi
all persons employed in a lead process-
(a) a cloak-roorn for clothing put off during working hours with adequâte
arrangements, for drying the clothing if wet. such accommodation
shall be separate from any mess-room;
(b) separate and suitable arrangements for the storage of piotective
clothing provide under paragraph 16.
19. Washing facitities.-There shall be provided and maintained in a
cleanly state and in good repair for the use of all persons employed in a lead
process-
(a) a wash-place under cover, with either- .

(i) a trough with a smooth impervious surface fitted with a waste pipe
wíthout plug, and of sufficient length to allo-vv of at least 60
centimetres for every live such persons employed at any one time,
and having a constant supply of water from taps or jets above the
trough at intervals of not more than 60 centimetres; or
{ii) at least one wash basin for every five such persons employed at
' any one time, litted with a waste pipe and plug and having a
Öonslant supply ol water laid on;
, (¡ii) a sufTicient supply of clean towels made of suitable mater¡al
renewed daily, which supply, in the case of pasters and persons
21O The Maharashn'a Factories Rules, l9ó3

employed in the manipulation of raw oxide of lead, shall include a

{

se¡iaráte marked towel for each such wolker; and

(iv) a suflicient supply of soap or other suitable cleansing mgterial and
of nail brushes.
lb) There shall, in addition, be provided means of washing in close
'-' proii*¡ty to tne rooms in whicñ manipulation of .raw o.xide ol lead or
tâ*1i.g'"aryied on if required by nolice in writing from the Ch¡et
lnspector.
20. Time to be allowed for washing.-Before each meal and before ths
enã of the day's work, at least 10 minutes, in addition to the. regular meal
t¡mà otf shatí be allówed for washing to each person who has been
ämployeO in the manipulalion of raw oxide ol lead or in pasting:
Provided that if there be one basin or 60 centimetres of trough for each
such person this rule shall not apply.
21. Facilities for bathing.-Suff icient bath accommodation to the satisfac-
tioñ ót tná Chief lnspe6or õhatl be provided for all persons-.engaged in the
mãn¡puìât¡on of raw'oxide of lead ór in pasting, and a suflicient supply
of
soap and clean towels
22. Foods, drinks, etc., prohlbited in work-rooms..No food, drink, pan
and supari ortobaccó snalt be consumed or brought by any worker ¡nto any
went-r',ootn in which any lead process is carried on'
'lg. stor"ge of lead oxides.-All bags containing.or. having conta¡n€d '
ori&t ãileáã shall be kept in a closed ioom used only for this purpose.
24. Re-uce of paper or Cloth restricted.-(a) P.aper .once used for
Uaõ+<¡ng õr drying päst'eO plates shall not be used aga¡n in the factory.
(b) cloth once used for backing or drying Past9g plates shall not be stored
or üánOleO unless it is moist so ãs not to give off dust'
SCHEDULE IV
Glass ùlanufactures
1. Exemption.-lf ttre chief lnspector issatisfied in rospect oj any lactory
or any ctass or procóis inat, owing to the special methods. ol work ol ol'tqe
îoñã¡riotii ã iaðtðrv or oiherw¡se,.?.ly o.f the requirqlents this
ðböiål in
SãfràOule can be suspendeä or relaxed_ without danger to the pqrsons.
part thereol
ilipìðyåã tnärein ot [ñätinäãpplication ol this Schedule or anv authorise
¡s {br âny reason, impracticalilö, ne may. by certilicate in wrìting
ir.n rür'p"nsion or räiaiation as maymay be indicated in the certificate for such
think fit'
óãiioo àtio on such conditions as he
..2. Definitions.-For the purpose of this Schedule-
(a) "Efficient exhaust draught' means localised ventilat¡on ettected by
or fumes So
, '--',meChaniCal meanS, for tlre removal of gas,- vapgur, dust atmosph.eric
ãs: to preuent-ìhõ;i (as far as pract¡cable under the
conditions usuaìly prevailing) froni escaping.into.the air of any.-place
in *ñl"n work-¡i óárr¡eo oî. t'¡o draught shallpoint be. deerned efficient
wtt¡ctr lails to remove smoke generated at the where such gas'
vapour, lume or dust originate;
(b}..LeadCompound,'meansanycompoundofleadotherl yields than galena
'-'*h¡ch, wnen tiàated in the mannei described below, to an
äqùãöur roruiiõn-ãt hydrochloric acid a quantity of soluble lead
 Tl¡¿ llaharashtra Factories Rutes, l96J 211

compound exceeding when calculated as lead monoxide, live per c€rTt

of fhe dry weight of the port¡on taken for analysis
The method of treatment shall be as foltows:-
A weighed quant¡ty of4he material, which has been dried at 100'c and
. thoroughly mixed, shall be continuously shaken for one hour, at the
common temperature with 1000 times its weight of an aqueous solution
of hydrochloric ac¡d containing 0.2s per cent by weight of hydrogen
chloride. This solution shall thereafter be allowed to stãnd for one hour
' and then filtered. The lead salt contained in the clear filtrate shaH then
be precipitated as tead sulphide and weighed as tead sutphare;
(c) "suspension" means suspension lrom. employment in any procoss
specified in para.graph Slcy written certificató inthe Health fiei¡ister in
Form 7 signed by the certifying surgeon who shall have pówer of
' suspension as regards all persons employed in any such process.
3. Exhaust draught.-The following processes shali not be carried on
except under an efficient exhaust draught or under such other conditions as
may be approved by Chief lnspector:-
(a) The mixing .of raw materials to form a ',bath,';
(b) The dry grinding, glazing and polishing of gtass or any artbte of glass;
(c) All processes in which hydrofluoric acid fumes or ammoniacal vapours
are given off; Ê
(d) All processes Ín the making of furnace moulds or',pots,' includirp the
grinding or crushing of used 'pots',;
(e) All processes involving the use of a dry lead compound.
4. Prohibition relating to women and young persons.-No woman or
young. person shall.be employed or permitted to work in a¡y of the
operat¡ons specified in paragraph g or at any place where sucñ oþerations
are carried on. j
5' Floor and work-benches.-The floor and work-benches ol every roorn
in which a dry com-pound of lead is manipulated or in which any proóess is
carried on giving off silica dust shall be kept moist and shail com-pìy with the
lollowing requirements:-
The floors shall be-
{a) of cement or similar materials so as to be smooth and impervious to
water;
(b) maintalned in sound condition; and
(c) cleansed daily after being thoroughly sprayed with wåter at .a time
when no other work is being carried on in the room.
The work-benches shall-
(a) have a smooth surface and be maintained in sound condition; and
(b) b_e cleansed daily either after being thoroughty damped or by means
of a suction cleansing apparatus at a time wñen no oiher workis being
carried on thereat.
6. U¡e of -hydrofluoric acid.-The followíng provisions shall apply to
r.ooms in which glass is treated with hydrolluoric acid:-
 212 The Malnrashtra Factories Rules. 1963

(a) There shall be inlels and ouilets of adequate size so as to secure and
maintain efficient ventilation in all parts of the rooms;
(b) The ftoor shall be covered wilh guttaparcha and be tight and shall
slope gently down to a covered drain;
(c) The work-places shall be so enclosed in projecting hoods that opening
required for bringing in the objects to be tráatedinall ne as srirall aõ
practicable; and
(d) The etf icient exhaust draught shall be so contrived that the gases are
exhausted downwards.
7. storage and transport of hydrofluoric acid.-Hydrofluoric acid shall
not be stored or transported except in cylinders or receptacles made of lead
or guttaparcha.
8. Food, drinks, etc., prohibited in work-room.-No food, drink, pan and
supar¡or tobacco shall be brought into or consumed by any worker in any
room or work-place wherein any process specified in paragraph 3 is carried
on.
9. Protective clothing.-t¡The occupier shall provide, maintain in good
repair and keep in a clean condition for the use of all the persons emplõyed
in the processes specifíed in par:agraph B above and wherever hot malten
glass is handled or processed, suitable protective clothing, footwear, and
safety goggles according to the nature of work, including safety headgear
and such clothings, safety, lootwear and helmets etc., and no person shall
be required or allowed to work in such processes without adequate protec-
tive wearl.
10. Washing facilities.- There shail be provided and maintained in a
cleanly state and in good repair for the use of all persons employed in the
pròcesses specified in paragraph 3-
(a) a wash-place with either-
(i) a trough with a smooth impervious surface fitted with a waste p¡pe
without ¡ilug and ol suflicient length to ailow of at leasi iì0
centimetres for every five such persons employed at any one time,
and having a constant supply oi water troni taþs or jets above the
trough at interval of not more than 60 centimetres; or - .

{ii} at least one wash bas¡ri for every five such persons employ€d at
. any one .time litted with a waste pipe and plug and having an
adequate supply of water laid on or aiways readily available; -
and
a sufficient supply of clean towels made of suitable material renewed
duly with a sufficient suppty of soap or other suitable cleansing material
and of nail brushes;
and
(b) a suflicient number ol stand pipes with taps-the number and location
of such stand pipes shall be to the satisfaction of the Ch¡ef lnspector.
ll.
Medical examination.-(a) Every person employed in any process
specified in paragraph 3 shall Qe examined by the Certifying Surgeon, within
seven days precedi!-g_ or following the dqtg of his first employment in such

I Subs. by G.N. dt. 28.9.1998

 The lylaharashn.a I actor¡es Rules, 1963 Z1A
process and thereafter shall be examined by the
certilying
every carendar month or at such other iniervats as ma"ysurgeon once in
bã'specified in
writing by the chief rnspector on a day or which due notiäJs¡ail
to all be given
concerned.
{b) A Hearth Register in Form 7 conta¡ning the names of
empfoyed in any process specífied tn paragrapñ s irlää nã f."pt. ail
persons

{cl. Ng person after_suspension shail be emptoyed in any process

specified in paragraph 3 without written sanction irorí tne cãrtifying
geon entered in or attached to the Health Register. sur_

'f12. Med¡cat facilities.(1) The occupier of the factory shalt appoint at

part-time quarified.medicar practiiioner, possessing M.B.B.d.'d;g;e;
Leagt,q
3:t9 jqils Posr-graduate D_iproma in rndustriar Hààrih * possessing
ly-B-P.p Qegree and having five years experience in inàustry as occupa-
tionat heatth physician. The medicar praótition;-*ä àðõùieo shail
required to put in minimum four hours' ättenoance on eüãfu-*ärrr¡ng be
dãy lñ
the ambutance room for carrying out the duties specit¡eï'¡n'irre tõrróríing
sub-paragraph (2):
' . Provided that; in cas.gs of,flcto.rie¡ empfoying ress than s00 workers per
'day,.the. chief .lnspector of Factories may alTow attóñáanãé for shorter
duration taking into consideration ail the retêvant tacis ãi äãcn case.
' . f3l Lr,q medicar practitioner, so appoinred, shail perform the foilowing
duties that is to say:-
' '{a} lo maintain Health Register in Form 7;
(b) to undertake
!ggi".a.r supervision of persons engaged on dangerous
operations specified in rule 114 of thd rules;
(c) to. look after health, educarion ano rehabil¡tation of sick,
injured or
affected workers;
(d) to carry out ins.pection of work-rooms where dangerous
operations are
carried out and.to advise the management in reipectotìñà *easures
to be adopted for protection of health of the workers ¡ñvoiveo therein.
(3). For.the purpose of medical supervision by the medical practitioner
so
appointed, the occupier shail provid'e for the fórmer's eiClusiue use at the
racrory a room which shail be properry creaned, adequatery
premises
lighted, ventilated and furnished with a screen, a'table w¡th offióe stationery,
chairs and other facilities and instruments including i-rây ;rrangements
also for schedules X and XVll for suJh examinations and such other
equipments as may be prescribed by rhe cniet rnipàäoioi'Èãoories from
tíme to time.l
SCHEDULÉ \¡
Grinding or grazing of metars and processes incidentat thereto
L Definitions.- For the purposes of this Schedule-
(a) "Grindstone" means a gr¡ndstone composed of natural or manufac-
tured sandstone but does not include á metat wheel or cylínder into
which blocks of natural or manufactured sandstone are f¡ttäo;
(b) "Abrasive wheer" means a wheel manufactured of blended emery
or
similar abrasive:

I Ins. by c.N., dr. t3.3.1994 published in MGG p..I_L, dt. 9.8.I984 p.3444
214 The Maharashta Factorìes Rules, 1963

(c) "Grinding'' means the abrasion, by aid of mechanical power, of metal

by means of a grindslone or abrasive wheel;
{d) "Glazing" means the abrading, polishing or linishing, by aid ol
mechanical power of metal, by means ol any wheel, bulf, mop or
similar appliance to which any abrading or polishing substance is
attached or applied;
{e} "Racing" means the lurning up, cutting or dressing of a revolving
grindstone before it is brought into use for the lirst time;
(l) "Hacking" means the chipping of the surface of a grindstone by a hack
'or
sirnilar tool;
{g} "Rodding" means the dressing of the surface of a revolving grindstone
by the application of rod, bar of metallo such surface.
2. Exception.-(1) Nothing in this Schedule shatl apply to any lactory in
,which only repairs are carried on except any part thereof in which one or
.more persons are wholly or mainly employed in the grindíng or glazing ol
metals.
. (2) Nothing ín this Schedule except paragraph 4 shall apply to any
grinding or glazing of meta¡s carried on intermittently and at which no person
is employed for more than 12 hours in any week.
(3) The Chief lnspector may by certilicate in wr¡ting subject to such
conditions as he may specily therein, relax or suspend any of the provisions
of this Schedule in respect of any factory, if owing to the special methods of
work or otherwise such relaxation or suspension is practicalrle without
danger to the heafth or safety of the persons employed
3, Equipment lor removal of dust.-No racing, dry grinding or glazing
shalf be performed without-
(a) a hood or other appliance so constructed, arranged, placed and
maintained as substantially to intercept the dust thrown ofl;
(b) a duct of adequate size, air-tight and so arranged as to be capable of
carrying away the dust, which duct shall be kept free from obstruction
'and shall be provided with proper means of access for ínspection and
cleaning, and where practicable with a connection at the end remote
, from the fan to enable the lnspector to attach thereto any instrument
': necessary for ascertaining the pressure of air in the said duc-t; and '
(c). a fan or other eflicient means ol producing a draught sufficient to
extract the dust:
Provided lhat the Chief lnspector may accept any olher appliance that.¡s,
in his opinion, as effectual for the interception, removal and disposal of dust
thrown ofl as a hood, duct and fan would be.
4. Bestrlction on employment on grinding operations.-Not more than
one person shall at a time perform the actual process of grinding or glazing
upon a grindstone, abrasive wheel or glazing appliance:
Provided that this paragraph shall not prohibit the employment of persons
to assist ¡n the manipulation of heavy or bulky articles at any such
grindstone, abrasive wheel'or glazing appliance:
5. Glazing.-Glazing or other processes, except processes incidental to
wet grinding upon a grindstone, shall not be carried on in any room in which
wet grinding upon a grinds'tone is done.
 The Maharashtra Factot-ies Rules, 1963 215

. 6. Hacking and rodding.:Hacking or rodding $hafl not be done unless

during the process either (a) an adeluate suppiy of watei ii-laio on at the
upper surface of the grindstone, or (b) adequaie áppliances for the intercàp-
tion of dust are provided in accordance w¡tir the rbi¡uiremenæ ot paragffi
3.
7. Examination of dust equipment.-(a) All equipment for the extraction
or suppression of dust shall at least once in every éix monlhs be examined
and tested by a competent person, and any áefect o¡sòlãseo by such
examination and test shall be rectified as soon as practicable.
.keptQ).inn aregister containing particulars of such examination and test shall be
form approved by the Chief tnspector.
SCHEDULE VI
Manufacture and treatment of lead and certain'compounds of lead s
1. Exemptions.-where the chief lnspector is satisfied that all or any of
the provisions of this schedute are not necessary for the protection oi-the
ryr:gls_ gTplove,o, ne rnav by cerriricate in writinfi exemft äny tactory rröm
all or.any of such provisions, subject to such condit¡ons'as hó may sþecify
therein.
. .2. Definitions.-Forthe purposes of this Schedule-
(a) "!gqd Compound"
Tqans. any compound of lead other than galena,
which, when treated in the manner described berow, yielos- to an
, aqueous sotution. of hydrochloric acid, a quantity of ðoluble lead
compound exceeding, when calculated as lead monoxide, five per cent

and similar products and other mixtures coniaining oil or Iat thb "dry
weight" means the dry weight of the material rémaining after the
substance has been thoroughly mixed and treated wilh suitable
solvents to remove oil, fat, varnish or the media. The method of
treatment shall be as follows:-

thoroughly mixed shall be contínuously shaken for one hour, at the

. cofnmon temperature wíth 1000 times its weight of an aqueous solut¡on
of hydrochloric acid containing 0.2s per cent by weight of hydrogen
chloride. This solution shall thereafter be allowed to stánd for one hour
' ,âßd then filtered. The lead salt contained ín the clear filtrate shail then
: be precipitated as lead sulphÍde and weighed as lead sutphate.
' {b) "Efficient Exhaust.Draught" means localised ventilation eflected. by
heat or mechanical means, lor the removal of gas, vapour, dust oi

atmospheric conditions usually prevailing) from escaping into the air

oI-.afy place in which work is carried on. No draught irral ne deemed
efficient which fails Ìo remove smoke generated at the po¡nt where
, such gas, vapour, fumes or dust oríginate.
. 3. Application.-This shall appty to all factories or parts of
lactories in which any of-schedufe
the following opeiati-ons are carried on:-
(a) work at a furnace where the reduction or treatment of zinc or lead
ores is carried on.
(b) The manipulation treatment or reduction of ashes conlain¡ng lead, the
desilversing ol lead or the melting of scrap lead or zínc_
 216 The lttaharashtra FacrorÌes Rutes,.l96J

(c) The manufacture of solder or ailoys containing

more than ten per cent
o{ lead.
(d) The manufacturg of aly oxide, carbonate, surphate,
acetate, nitrate, chromâte,
silicate of lead.
(e) Handting or mixing of tead tetra_ethyt.
(f) Any other operation invotving the use of a lead
compound.
' (g) The. cleaníng of work-rooms where any of
the operarions aforesaid are
carried on.
4' Prohibition reratng to women and young persons.-No woman
person r!11 or
,' operations,
I9ynq. or perñritted to worl, in any of rhe
specified ,?1
in "-T!fgvg{
paragraþh 3.
5. Rgquirements to be observed.-No person shafi be emproyed or
permitted to work in any process invorving ilrä
uiã
process is such that dust or fume from- a teaoorléää JJ*pounds if the
compìunä'¡s proouiäo
therein; or rhe persons emproyed tnerein are r¡aïìã to üäãõiär'rred
fead comnound in the couise'of their emptoyrneni ú"rãõ, wirh any
paragraphs 6 to 14 are complied with. iÉäprovisions.of
6. Exhaust draught.-where dust, lume, gas or vapour is produced
process, provision shail be made for removiñg them riy in the
meã"i ólãiäö¡äÅi
exhaust draught so contrived as.to operate oñ the d, .i, i;;;;õas
as closely as possible to the point oi origrn. or vapour
7. certificate of fitness.-A person
I and found rit for emproymeni shail bemedicaily examined under paragraph
grantéo nv a cei¡rviig srrgeon a
certificate of fitness in Form 23 and sucticertificarê srrãtr nd iiir,e
ol the manager of the factory. The certiticate srrari oã'r<Ëpiøää¡rv cîiioov
for inspection.by any lns.peótor and the person granted such aÌailabte
shan. carry with him, wñ¡re at work a token
a certificate
-r"r"iänðe-i;
certificate. õ¡ving ;dñ
8. Medicar Examinatio!.-(1) The person so emproyed shail be mecticaily
examined by a certirying- sùrgeon wirn¡n r¿ oavs äriii riiéümprovmeni
such process and thereâfter shail be examined'nv irre õe,tiviäö'suîg"äñ iñ
intervals of not more than three m^onths, and a record of such äi
examinations
9nalt.
nq enrered by the certitying surgeón ¡n tne ipãcial
or ritness
granted under paragraph 7. - "ãir¡ii.ä"
, {2) rf at.any time the-certifying,surgeon.is. of'opinion that any person is
no longer fit for employr.ne|t on. the giound tnat cöntinuance
itrere¡n would
Ínvolve special danqer to heatth, ne-stratt cancel tne Jpec-iãl'äertificate
fitness of' that perso"n. of

. (?.). No person.whose spec_ial certificate of litness has been canceiled

shall be grployed unress the.certifying surgeon, after re-exãmination
certities him to be lit for employmeirt. - again

'[g-R. tvted¡cat Facitíties.-{1) The occupier of thê fac-tory shail appoint at

least,a partt¡me quatified medicat practitiôner, possessing'n¿.e.e.d.'hêg;eË
3l'1 lry¡n.g a
post-graduate. Diproma in rndu'striar
Håàitn- or'possessing
[,f ..8'8,9. d.egrgg ano years experience in ¡nousirv ãs occupation-
lfvrng,Jive
al health physician. The medicalþractitioner, so appointed, shallbe
required
to put in minimum four hours' attendance on èvery working day iir the

I Ins, by c.N., dr. 13.3.1984 published in M.G,G. p..I_L, dt. 9.8.I983 p.3445.
 I'he hlaharashtra Factories Rules. 1963 217

ambulance-room for carrying out the duties specified in the fo[owing

sub-paragraph (2):
Provided that, in cases ol factories employ¡ng less than 500 workers per
day, the Chief lnspeclor of Factories may allow attendance lor shorter
duration after taking into considerat¡on all the relevant facts of each case.
(2) The medical practitioner, so appointed, shalt perform the following
duties, that is to say,-
(a) to maintain Health Register in Form 7;
{b} to undertake medical supervision of persons engaged on dangerous
operations specified in rule '114 of these rules;
{c) to look after health, education and rehabilitation o{ sick, -injured or
affected workers;
{d) to carry out inspection of work-rooms where dangerous operations are
carried out and lo advise the management.of the measures to be
adopted for protection of health of the workers involved therein.
{3) For the purpose of medical supervision by the medical practitioner so
appointed, the occupier shall provide for the former's exclusive use at the
faclory premises a room which shall be properly cleansd, adequately
lighted, vent¡lated and furnished with a screen, a table w¡th office stationery,
chairs and olher lacilities and instruments including X-ray arrangement for
Schedules lV, X, XVll for such examinations and such other equþments as
may be prescribed by the Chief lnspector of Factories from time to time,l
g. Food, drinks, etc. prohibited in work'i'oom.-No food, drink, pan and
suparior tobacco shall be brought into or consumed by any worker in any
work-room in which the process is carried on and no petson shall remain in
any such room during intervals for meals or rest-
' 1O. Protective clothing.-suitable protective overalls and lìead coverings
shall be provided, maintained and kept'clean by the factory occupier and
such overalls and head coverings shall be worn by the persons employed.
' ll. Gleanl¡ness of work-room, toolS, etc.-The rooms in which the
persons are employed and all tools and apparatus used by them shall be
kept ¡n a clean state.
: 12. Washing facilities,-{1} The occupier shall provide and maintain for
the use of all persons employed suitable washing facilities consisting of-
(a) a trough with a smooth impervious surface litted wiih a waste pipe
without plug and ol suflicient length to allow at least 60 centimetres
, for eve¡y ten persons employed at any one time and having a constant
supply ol water from taps or jets above the trough at intervals.of not
more ihan 60
(b) at least one wash basin for every ten persons employed at any one
time, {itted with a waste pipe and plug and having a constant supply
of clean water;
together with, in either case, a sufficient supply of nail brushes, soap or
other suitable cleansing material and clean towels.
(2) The facilities so provided shall be placed under the charge or a
responsible person and shall be kept clean.
13. Mess-room or canteen.-The occupier shall provide and mainiain lor
the use ol the persons employed suitable and adequate ârrangements for
 214 The l.Iaharashtra Facrories Rules, l96i
taking the¡r mears. 'The arrangements shail consist
of
separate from anv work-room wnicn snatl oe rurn¡snäo the use of a room
*ìiri*"urr¡.¡*nt tables
and benches, anci unress u cántJen r"iüing hot meatiìs
piov-iäed, adeguâte
means of warminq food. The room shail"be ageqiãtðri'Jenì¡rateo
circutarion of tresñ_air, irraii o. pìäcää"unoer rhe by the
person and shall be kept cfean. charge or a responsibre
14. croak-room.-The occupier sharf provide
persons emproved, suitabre âccommodat¡on and maintain for the use of
foi croii.'¡;d-nåi worn during
working hours and for the drying of wéf ctothing.
SGHEDULE VII
Generation of gas from dargerous petroreum as defined
in ctause (b|
of section 2 of the petroleum Act, ig34
r' Prohibition rerating to women and young persons.-No woman or
young person shail.be emproyed or permitteá
to ñolr< iñãiãnail be ailowed
to enter rhe buirding ¡n 'wli¡cn thä séneration-'
petroleum as defined in crause (b) of säction .oi gàJ riä,n dangerous
z ot ür" Þãtroiãüm
¡ vrrv¡eu Act, rgg4,
is carried on.
?,.Flame traps.-The.plantfor generation.of gas from dangerous
petroteum as defined in ctáuse (b) of Ëection 2 0l üre"petröléüm
and associated piping and littinþé snãli ne fitted with at Act, 1934,
teast two efficient
flame traps so desiqnêd and maintaináo ås prevent airaãh-back from any
burner to the prant. one 19
as .possibre, Thg pra.nt _of -these
vaps Jrrail oe titteo ä;Ër;
to the prant
ail pipés and varvel srrãi oe instailed and
.and
mâ¡nta¡ned free lrom leaks.
'. 3. Generating building .gt room.-Ail ptants_for generation of gas from
dangerous petroreum as dèfined in crauid {b) of Jeciio, perroreum t;iiir"
Act, 1e34, erected t!-u ggl.ing into force or irrã piórirL;Ë specified in
flfl
this schedure, shail be erected o-utside the factory nuiiäinäproper
separate weil-ventirated buirding {hereinafter rererreá tãìð in a
iñ*'"gënãratinö
building"). rn rhe case of such p-rant erecæo oeloË tñeäö,iiäõ¡nto
the provisions specifíed in this scheduteihere shall be no force of
direct communíca_
tion between the room whq.1e sucn praniJ are erected (hereinafter
to as "the senerating referred
far as.practicable, Loom"Ì and rh'e remaìnáei ói jh; ìä.iãiv"nuird¡ng. so
-all sucii generating rooms shall be constructed of
f ire-resisting m ateriars I
Provided that where,the srate Government is satisfied
in respect of any
l3c.tory.thât.the plant for generation of gas lrom Aä-ng*";r'-päroleum as
dgfined in crause (b) of seõtion 2 of rhe Éetroreum Ã;i:iæ4,
¡T on ,..ornt
ol the.speciar precautions adopted or contiavances uréo iõ,,
iù-cn prant, not
lrkely tq expose. anv persors emproved ín such fáóro;y i; .üyläio* risk or
bodily-, injury, the state Governmént may, by notit'icãiðn'¡n-ïne
Gazette' exempt such factory whoily or p'áítiãíry r**-th" ofliciat
clause for such period and on sucn óono¡tions ás ¡t,av sõeãùv-. ör;i¡r¡on, of this
4-. Fire-extinguishers.- An efficient me_ans of extinguìshing
, petror
shall be maintained in an easily accessible position "near tñe plant fire
generation for
-oi o1s fro,T dapproús petroreum äs defíned ìn ðtause (o) of
section 2 of the petroleum eõt, leS4.
5. Prant to. be approved by the chief rnspector.-petror gas shail not
be
111yta9!yred .except a. prãnt ror generating p-etroria* iñ', äesign and
,in
construction of which has been approved by ilie'cn¡er r"nsóecrór.
 The ìlaharashtra Factories Rules, 1963 219

6, Escape of petrol.'Effective steps shall be taken to prevent petrol from

escaping into any drain or sewer.
7. ProhÍbition relating to smoking etc.-No person shall smoke or carry
matches, fire or naked light or other means of producing a naked light or
spark in the generating room or building or in the vicinity thereof and a
warning notice in the language understood by the majority of the workers
shall be pasted in the factory prohibit¡ng smoking and the carrying of
matches, fire ot naked light or other means of producing a naked light or
spark in such room or building.
L Access to petrol or container.-No unauthorised person shall have
access to any petrol or to a vessel containing or having actually contained
petrol.
9. Electric fittings.-All electric fittings shall be of flame- proof construc-
tion and all electric conductors shall either be enclosed in metat conduits or
be lead-sheathed.
10. Construction of doors.-All doors in the generating room or bui¡ding
shall be constructed to open outwards or to slide and no door shall be
locked or obstructed or fastened in such a manner that it cannol be easily
and immediately opened from the inside while gas is being generated and
any person is working in the generating room or building.
11. Repair of containers.-No vessel that has contained petrol shalt be
repaired in a generating room or building and no repairs to any such vessel
shall be undertaken unless live steam has been blown into the vessel and
until lhe interior is thoroughly steamed out or other equall;- elfective steps
have been taken to ensure thât il has been rendered free from from petrol
or inflammable vapour.
'[ScHEDULE Vilt]
Cleaning or smoothening, roughening, etc, of artieles by a jet of
sand, metal shot or grit or other abrasive propelled by a blast of
compressed air or stearn
Blasting Regulations
1. Defin¡tions.-(l) "Blasting" means cleaning, smoothening, roughening,
or removing oÍ any part of the surlace of any anicle by the use of an
abrasive as a jet of sand, metal shot, or grit or other material, propelled by
a blasl of compressed air or steam.
(2) "Blasting enclosure" means a chamber, barrel, cabinet or any other
enclosure designed for the performance of blasting therein.
{3) "Blast¡ng chamber" means a blasting enclosure in which any person
may enter at any time in connection with âny work or otherwise.
(4) "Cleaning of castings" where done as an incidental or supplemental
process in connection wíth ihe makings o{ metal castings, means the lreeing
of the câst¡Êg from adherenl sand or other substance and includes the
removal of cores and the general smoothen¡ng of a casting where freeing is
done, but does not include the lreeing of castings from scale formed during
annealing or heat treatment.

I Subs. by C.N. dt. 23.10.1969

 224 The lIaharash¡ra Faclories Rules,1963

- 2. Prohibition
frees
of sand blasting.-sand or any other substance containing
silica shall not be introdúced as an abrasive into any btasting
âpparatus and shall not be used for btasting:
Provided that this clause shall be brougìt into operation after
two years
fromthedateofcommèncementoftheSe-Regulations
3. Precautions in connection with blasting operations.-(t) Btasting
be done in blasting- enclosure.-Blasting srrali nbt be aone except in toa
blasting enctòsure ánd no work other thän btasting tù ãny wor* immedi_
ately íncidental thereto and clearing and repairing ät tne e,íclosure includ-
llg lfe plants and_apptiances sftuated tiereini slraä óJ pärformed in a
blasling enctosure.,Every door, apperture and jbint of nLaåtlng enctosure
shall be kept ctosed and a¡rtight white btas.ting is neing oóneìrrere¡n.
{2) Maintenance of. blasting enclosure.-.Blasting enclosu¡e shall always
be mainrained in good conditión and effective meãsures ãña[ ne taken to
prevent dust escaping from such enclosures, ând from any apparatus
connected therewith, into the air of any room.
(3) Provision of .separating apparatus.-There shall be provided and
maintained for and in connection'ri,,itn every blastiñg enãiojure, efficieni
apparatus .for.separa'ting, so far as practicatíte, ániàð¡vã, -wñcn nas been
used for.bla$t¡ng and which is to be used again as an atjraéivL, from dust
or particles of other materials arising from blasting, and nò such abrasive
shall be introduced into any blasting ãpparatus and used for blastíng until it
has been to separated.
separating apparatus shall be provided
ment to extract and remove the dust by special.w.íth exhaust draught arrange-
'any methods and in õuch manñer
so that it shall not escape into air of rooms in whicll þersons are
employed:
Provided that this clause shall not apply, except ¡n the case blasting
.chambers, or btasting enctosure construitðd or instäiled nárcre Ú,e ôôniin[
into lorce of the schedule, if the chief lnspector ¡s of Üröìpinion that it is
not reasonably practicable to provide such separating apparätus.
(4) Provisions of ventitating plant.-There shail be provided and main-
tained in connection yit! every.btasting enctosure efficiänt venùhting ptant
to extract, by exhaust draught effected by mechanical means, oust pro-oirCeo
in the enclosure. The dust extracted and removed shall be'dispoöed of by
such method and in such manner that it shall not escape into ilìe air of any
room, and every o-ther filtering or setiling device situatdd in a room in which
persons are employed. other than person attending to such bag or other
lilterlng or settling device, shail be ggmpte-tety sepãrated fiom ìnt generat
air of that room in an enclosure ventilatdd to the <ipen air.
, (5) operation of ventilating ptant.-The ventitating plant provided for the
purpose of
.paragraph (4) of clause 3 shall be kept in'continuous operation
whenever the blasting enclosure is in use whethei or not blasting is'actually
taking place there¡n and in the case of a blasting chamber, it-shall be in
opera'tion even when any person is inside the chãmber for ine purpose of
cleaning.
. 4. lnspection and examination.-(1) Every blasting enclosure and/or
chamber.shall be specially inspected fordetecting teaka"ges by ã competent
person at least once in every week in which it is usedlor biasting.'rvery
blasting enclosure, the apparatus connecled therewith and the ve-ntit*in!
 I'he ù[aharashua Factories Rules, ]96J
plant shar be thoroughry examined
and in the case of ventirat¡ng prant,
tested by a competenf pérson at reãsiJnce in
every tnráe rñåntns.
(2) Particurars 0f the resurt of every
such inspection, examination and test
shail Jorrhwirh be"ï]tpj^"!-11 a,é5íi-siei, which
srráìl-ne
répr in a form
approved by the Ch.iel lnspector andshall'Oe,avä¡lãOläiõìn.p"rt¡on
workman emproved in oi in conneciion witn nräir:ng by any
defect found on-any such inrp".i¡oñ, ñ
i;ä ra*ory. Any
ately reported by the person cãrrying'out or test sha' be immedÍ-
"*amination
the inspection,
to the occupier, rTl,g_:l^ol orne'r aËprã-priate pärson examination 0r test
áhã'*itf.,out prejudice
tg ll''g.foregoíng requirements of üiiå säneaule, iñälinð iämoveo
avoidable detav. without
btãsting. chamber, separating apparatus, and ventiration
be rhoroughtv inspected at án ¡niérval'ót o m;;rñ;ld;oetectirigpranr
-,11),-Eugrv
shail
defect in their efficient operations, anâ tne defects any
rectified forthwith. *õ noti."o shall be
5. Provision of protective herrnets, gaunflets and
shatt be provided and mainrained foi îne usä-oJ""il-öãiJå.s overails,-{1) There
employed in a brasting chamber, whether in. orastìäg-ãfìn who are
connected therewith-or.rn creaning sqch q cnamner,-pióiËct¡-ve'rrermets any wort<
type approved bv a certificate of tñe chief tnspectör;ã"ï of a
shall wear the h-elmet provided tor n¡s uie whirst he *;ry such person
ís in the'chamber and
shall not remove it untit he is outsidàì¡ãcnam¡er.
{2) Each protective. h€lmet shall carry a distinguishing mark indicating
person bv whom ír is intencred ro ne úséo the
ano nõ pãrióñ ;iì;iiöe aflowed or
rgquired to wear a h.grmet not carry¡ng ñls marr or
a hermet which has been
worn by another person unress it ¡as"ttrorougnrv oisinr-eótéà."'.
(3) Each protective ìelmet when in use shall
. be supplied with air at a rate
of not less than six cubic feer per m¡nutãl -- rne airìuóiliäãìüäiin" coor and
free from fumes or mist oT mirieral oii.
{4).suitabre gaunflets,. overails, dust-proof goggres and boots shafl be
provided forthe use of al persons wnire'perforñiñõ
ntði¡'riäi ass¡sring at
?Sllqt qld every such pèrson shall, wnile so engaged, wear the gaun'es
and overalls províded.
6. Precautions in connection with creanÍng and
other work._(I) where
enoao,_9¡t_ry:I-gLgllins of any oiaitins- àppaiäìu* o,
lll,l:.1:on is
encrosure or separatin-g apparatus oi of any apparaius br btast¡ns
ventitating-pianÌ
connected therewith gl!,.9 surrounding tne?eoi'ài üi*ä.v
connection wÍth anv brastin-g apparatu-s or with anv-niasiin'g öìr,er work in
with any apparatus- o.r venti"tat¡nö plani c-onnected therewith äncrosure or
-düst so that he is
exposed to the risk in which nal ãrisen ïiöm ùasting. At
practicable rneasures shall .inh.aring
taken to prevent such inhalation. Alf the
workers.exposed to dust shail.be be provided ivitn protective nälmËïs with fresh
air supply and overalls to preveni inhalation of dust.
(2) ln connection with eny cleaning operation referred
to in regulârion 5,
and with the removar.of dusi.from rinðririg or setfling devices
ail practicabre
rneasures shail be taken to dispose of the-dust in suðh
a mánr,äi tnat it does
n't enterthe air of any rooin. Vacuum creaners shail bå pióuiaåo."nd used
for such cleaníng operations.
. 7. storage accommodation for.protective wear.-Adequate and suitabre
storage accommodation for the her;neÍs, gauntrets and overails
required to
222 The Maharashu.a Fectories Rules. i963

be provided under regulatiûn 5 shall be provided outside and convenienily

nea|to every blast¡ng enclosure and such accommodation shall be kepl
clean- Helmets, gauntlets and overalls, when not in actual use, shall be kept
in this accommodat¡on.
8. Maintenance and clean¡ng or protectiye wear.-All helmets,
gauntlets, overalls and other protective devices or clothings provided and
worn for the purposes of lhis Schedule shall be kept in good condition and
shall be cleaned on every week-day in which they are used. Where dust
arising lrom the cleaning of such protective clothing or devices is likely to
be inhaled, all measures shall be taken to preveni such inhalation. Vacuum
cleaners shall be úsed for removing dust from such clothing and com-
pressed air shall not be used for removing dust from any clothing.
9. Maintenance of vacuum cleaning plant,-Vacuum clean¡ng plant used
for the purpose of this Schedule shall be prope.rly mainTained.
'10. Prohibition relating to employment .of women and young per-
sons.-(1) No woman or young person undéi 18 years ol age shall be
employed in blasting or assísting ât blasting or in any blasting chamber or
in the cleaning of any blasting apparatus or any blasting enclosure or any
apparatus or ventilating plant connected therewith or be employed on
maintenance or repair work at such apparatus, enclosure or plant.
{2} No woman or young person under 18 years o{ age shall be employed
to work regularly within 20 feet of any blasting enclosure unless the
enclosure is in a room and he or she is outside the room where he or she
is effectively separated from any dust coming from the enclosure.
ll. Medical examination.-(1) Every person employed in blasting or
assisting at blasting or in any blasting chamber or in the cleaning of any
blasting apparatus or any blasting enclosure or any apparatus or: ventilating
plant connected therewith or be employed on mainïenance or repair work at
such apparatus, enclosure or plant shall be medically examined by the
Medical lnspector of Factories/Certifyíng Surgeon within thirty days of his
first employment, the record of which shall be entered in Form No.7, and if
found fit for employment in the said process; he shall be granted by the
Medical lnspector of Factories/Certifying Surgeon, a certificate of fitness in
Form No.23
(2) After the first examination, the person so examined shall be examined
by the Certilying Surgeon at intervals of twelve months and a record of such
examinations shall be entered by the Certifying Surgeon in Form No.7. I

(3) lt at any time the Medical lnspector ol Factories/Certilying Surgeon is

of lhe opinion that ihe person employed in the said process shall be I

!
examined radiologically by a qualified radiologist, he may direct the occupier
to arrange tor such examination at his cosl and then to submit the slandard
size chest X-Ray plate of the worker to the Medical lnspector of Fac-
tor¡es/Certifying S u rgeon.
(4) ll at any time the Certifying Surgeon/Medical lnspector of Factories is
of the opin¡on that any person is no longer fit tor employment on the grounds
that continuance therein would involve special danger to health, he shall
cancel the special certilicate of fitness in Form No.23 of that person and
record in Form No.7.
(5) No person whose special certificale of fitness in Form No.23 has been
cancelled, shall be employed or permitted to work unless the Certifying
 Tlv Mal¡arashtra Factor¡es Rutes, 1963 2Zg

surgeon after re-examination, aga¡n certifies him to be fit for emptoyment

in
the operat¡ons.
^ (6j lle regíster of and
the special certificates in Form No.2B granted by the
üie record made in rorm ño.i ny n'im snau be in
9gnl: lyilg ly¡geon
rne cusrooy or tne manager of the factory and shall be kept-readily available
for inspection by an lnspector.
12. Power to exempt or retax.-(1) lf the chief tnspector is satisfied
that
in a¡y factory or any class of factoiiôs the use of sand or other-substance
containing free sitÍca as an abrasive in btasting is neceisãry iòr particular
a
manufacture or process (other than the proceés incidental'orlupptemental
to making of metal cast¡ngs) a¡d that the manulactureãlprõcess cannot
be
carried on without the use of such abrasive oi tnai ;*Ihõ to Ûre
spã-cia¡
condítions or special method of work or otherwise ànv iéq"uiiement
schedute can be suspended either temporariry or pàíma-,üìirv, of this
relaxed withour endangering the heatrh of
or can be
application ol any of such. réquirements is for -tné ó",ããrä-ä*öioveo or that
any reason impracticabre or
inappropriate, he may, wíth th'e previous sanction ol the state
Government
by an order in writing, exempt thè said iactory or ciaïr-óirãòtòiies from such
provisíons of this schedute, to such extent ãnd subject
tl.ì.i,:óbîäitiãri
and for such períod as rnay be specified in the said 'orãèi. ---
(2) where an exem.ption has been granred under paragraph (1),
of the order shail be displayed on a notiàe-board at a prominent ptace
a copy
at the
main entrance or entrance's to the factory ano also di *,ã piåòe
where the
blasting ís carried on.
SCHEDULE IX
Liming and tanning of raw hides and skins and processes incidental
,

thereto
cautíonary notices as to anthrax in the form
--!:.9.ïl¡onary^notices.-(1)
specified by the chief tnspecior shail ne futixeo ìn pror-¡*ii,ì pîsitions
'be -üv in tne
lagtgrv where they may easiry and ðonvenieñtty reaã ine persons
employed.
.A copy of a warning notice as to anthrax in.the form specified by the
^, {2) lnspector
chief shail to each person emproyed wneñ'ne is engaged
þ.e- oiven
and subsequenily if stiil èmptoyed, on'the t¡rst oäv älããór, ä"iãno"r year.
,.(3) cautionary notices as to'the effects of chrome on the skin shall be
in. prominent positions in every factory in which
lllgd cnromã iolutions are
used and such notices shail be so píaceo aé to oe eaiil]/ãnáãonvenientty
read by the persons employed.
(4) Notices shafi be aflixed in prominen! places in the
factory stating the
position of the 'First-Aid' box o.r'cupboard ând the name
ói1tíe person in
charge of such box or cupboard.
. (5).lf any person emplo-yed in the lactory is itliterate, effective steps
be.taken to .expJain carefirlly to such ilrftérare person ttre cànìents shall
of the
¡o!1ceq specified in paragrafhs 1,2 and 4 and iicrriome sãluliäns are useo
in the factorv, the cònrents bt tne noricàs specifieo iñ-pã*,örjbï
1¡2. Protective o.
ctothils.- The occupier shafi provide and maintain
good condítion the foilowing articles of
frotective irofhing,--
-' ¡n

I Subs. by G.N. dared 3.1.t969

 224 The Maharashta Factories Rules, 1963

{a) water-proof footwear leg cover¡ngs, aprons and gloves for persons
employed in processes, ¡nvolving contact with chiome solutions in-
cluding the preparation of such solutions;
(b)
.gloves, boots and chemical safety goggles for persons employed in
lime yard; and
(c) protective footwear, aprons groves for persons emproyed in
.?_nd
processes invotving the handling of hides oi skins othei than
, processes specified in clauses (a) and (b):
in

Provided that
,(i) t¡e. gloves, aprons, leg coverings or boots may be of rubber or teather,
but the gloves and boots to be þrovided undef clauses (a) and (b) strâti

, t ï"":J'iiTT''r., nor be providec to persons leshins by hand or

employed in_ processes in which there i's no risk ol conlacíwith lime,
, sodium sulphide or other caustic liquor:.1
,. S..washing facilities, mêss-room and cloak-room.-t¡The occupier shall
provide and maintairl in â clean state and in good repaù for the úse of all
persons employed-
(a) a. trough with a. smooth. impervíous surface fitted with a waste pipe
without plug and of sulficient tength to allow at least 60 centirndtr'es
'Jor every ten persons er¡ployed a! any one time, anO naving à
constant supply of water from.taps or iets above the trough at interüab
of not more than 60 centimetres; or
(b) at least one wash.basin for every ten such persons employed at any
one t¡me, fltted with a waste pipe and plug and havirig a
, supply of water; together with in either ca'se,ã sufficient ãupplyconstarä
of nail
. brushes, soap or other suitable cleansing materials
anc clåän'towels;
(c) a suitable. mess-room qdequate for the number remaining on the
prg¡.nises during the meat intervats, which shati be furnished-with (1)
sufficient tabtes..and benches and (2) adequate means for warmiir!
food and for boiling water.
: Tne rness-room shall (1) be'separate from any room or shed in which
hides or skins are stored, treated or manipulated,-(2) be separate from the
cloak-room and (3) be placed under the charge of a iosponöible person;
'?l(d) su¡table accommodation for ctothing put olf during working hours and
separate accommodation for protective clothing and adequate arran-
gements for drying up the ctothing ¡n both the cases, if wet. The
accommodatíon so provided shall be kept clean at allt¡mes and placed
under the charge of a responsible person.l
4. Food, drinks, etc., prohibited in work-rooms,-No food, drink, pan
and suparior tobacco shall be brought into or consurned by any worker in
any work-roorn or shed in which ñides or skíns are sto?ed, treated or
manipulated.
5, First-aid arrangements.-The occupier shall-

I Subs. by G.N. dated 3.1.1968

a Subs. by c.N. dâred 3.1.t968
 . The Malnrashtra FactorÍes Rutes, t963 2Zs
(a) arrange for an inspection of rhe hands of all persons
' coming into
contact with chrome solutions to be made twice a week by respoñsible
. persons;
(b) provide and maintain a sulficient suppry of suitabte o¡ntment
and
impermeabre water-proof ptaster in a'Éoir reaoiiy--ãccess¡bre
to
worker and used sotety for the purpose of keepirig tnã-ãintment
the
ano
plaster.
SCHEDULE X
,Manufacture of chromic acid or manufacture or recovery of the
bichromate of sodium, potassium or ammoniurn
1. Definitions.-For the purposes of this Schedule_
{a) 'chrome Process' means the manufacture ol chromic acid or
bichromate of sodium or poiassium or ammonium ortne ,äñipiìaitoi,
movernent or other treatment or these substances in conneciion wiÜi
their manufacture;
'(b) 'Eflicient exhaust draught' means localised ventilation effected bv
mechanical or other means for the removal of gas, vapciur, dust;?
fumes, so as to prevent them rrom escaping intoînË añ? anv pràJå
, in which work is carried on. No oraugirt õnat¡.þe oôámeo étficient
which fails to remove. smoke generated to the point wnére such gas,
vapour, fumes or dust originatä;
(c) 'suspension' means suspension from employment in any of the
ghrqme proces$es specified by written c'ertit¡cate in tné Health
' . Register in Form 7 signed by the certifying
',, power surgoon who shall have
- of suspension as regards all peisons erñptoyed, in any such
process.
2. Prohibition relating to rryomen and young persons.-No wciman or
young person shail be employed or permitted td work on any cniomé
process.
' "9. Effic¡ent exhaust.draught -The lollowing chrome processes shall not
be carried on, without the use ot an efficient e;xhaust crãuór¡i;iãm;ìr: ' -'
:'(a) grinding;
(b) sievíng;
{c) batch mixing;
'1il¡ concentration.
,namêly:-
41 feparation of certain processes.-The lollowing ch¡ome processes,

(a) grinding of raw materials and

(b) sieving oI raw materials,
shall be carried on in such manner and under such conditions as to secure
effectual separation from any other processes.

- .5, w.as.!ingcrystallisation,
concentration
facitÍties.-where acidification, sulphate setiling or washing
centrilugation or paótcing is carriäd out, therã
shall be provided close to each workãr's statioil,-
(a) wash places installed for washing hands and feet frequenlty in running
water, and

a
226 The Malørashtra Foctories Rules. 1963

(b) a container holding at least 500 millilitres ol 10 per cent solution ol

.
sqdium bisulphite or any other suitäble reducing agent.
(2) There shall also be provided and maintained in a cleanly state and
good repair washing accommodation under cover w¡th a sufficient supp¡y of
soap and towels on the scale indicated below:-
At least one tap or stand pipe for every 10 employees and the tap or pipe
shall be spaced nol less than 120 centimetres apart.
Note; ln computing the total number of taps required for the purposes of
this rule, the taps or stand pipes as required under clause 5(1)(a) shall
be included.
6. Time to be allowed for washing.-Before each meal and before the
end of the day'slrork at least ten minutes, in addition to the regular meals
time, shall be allowed for washing, to each person employed in a chromic
process.
7. Flooring.-The lloor of every work-room shall be-
(a) of cement or similar other material so as to be smooth and impervious
to water and provided with suitable gradient and drainage;
, (b) maintained in sound cond¡tion and cleaned daily.
t[8. Medical Facilities.-(1) The occupier of the factory shall appoint at
least a part-t¡me qualilied medical practitioner, possessing M.B.B.S. degree
and having Post-graduate Diploma in lndustrial Health or'possessing
M-B.B.S. degree and having five years' experience in industry as occupa-
tional health physician. The medical practitioner, so appointed, shall ex-
amine and lreat all workers, for chrome ulcerations and occupational
,diseases, on the premises at least thrice a week. The medical practitioner
so appointed, shall be required to put in minimum four hours' attendance. on
every working day ¡n the ambulance.room for carrying oil the duties
specilied in the following sub-paragraph (2):
Provided that, ¡n the case ol factories employing less than 500 workers
per day, the Chief lnspeótor ol Factories may allow attendance lor shorter
duration, after taking into consideration all the relevant facts of each case.
(2) The medical practilioner, so appointed shall perform in addltion to the
duties specified in sub-paragraph (1), the following duties, lhat ¡s to say,-
{a) to maintain Health Register in Form 7;
(b) to undertake medical supervision of persons engaged on dangerous
operationsspeciliedinrule114oltheserules;
{c) to look atter health, education and rehabilitation of sick, iniured Qr
affected workers;
(d) lo carry out ¡nspection of work-rooms where dangerous operations are
carried out and to advise the management of the measures to be
adopted for protection of health of the workers involved therein.
(3) The occupier shall in addítion appoint â person trained in First Aid who
sháll inspect daily the hands and feet ol all persons employed and shall
keep a rácord of such inspection in a register maintained for the purpose in
a Fôrm approved by the Chief lnspector of Factories.

I subs. by G.N. dt. 13.3.1984 published in M.G.G. P[.I-L 9.8.1984 p' 3445.

-ì::
*'1
 The Maharashta Factor¡es Rules, I9ó3 227

(4) The occupier shall also provide and maintain a sufficient suppty ol
suitable antidotes, ointment and impermeable water-proof plaster' i'n a
separate box readily accessible to the workers and used sofely for the
purpose of keeping the antidotes, ointment and plaster.l
9' Protective equipment.-(1) The occupier shallprovide and maintain for
the use of the persons employed-
(a) in grinding, sieving, or mixing raw materials, sufficient and suitable
resp¡rators (issued separately for each individual) the filtering
materials of which shall be renewed daily;
(b) in roasting process, suitable footwear;
(c) in acidif ication, settl¡ng, concentration, crystallisation, centrilugation or
packing, suitabfe aprons and protective coúerings for hands ánd feet.
, (2) Arrangements shall be made by the occupier lor the examination and
cleaning of allthe protective equipment at the close of each day's work and
for the repairs or renewal thereof when necessary.
f 0. Use of protective equipment.-Every person employed in a chrome
process shall make use of the protective equipment providêd under rule g.
I'1. Gloak-room,-There shall be provided and ma¡ntained in a clean and
ín good repair for the use of all persons employed in any chrome process-
(a) a cloak-room for street clothing put olf during working hours, including
adequate arrangements for drying such clothing, when wet; such
accommodation shall be separate from any mess- room;
(b) separate and suîtable arrangements for the stofage of protective
clolhing provided under paragraph 9.
: : 12. Mess-room.-(1) There shall be provided and maintained lor the use
of all persons remaining within the premises during the meal intervals a
suitable mess-room provlding accommodation of at least one squâre metre
per head and furnished with-
' (¡) a sufficient number of tables and chairs or benches;
(ii) arrangements for washing utensils;
(iii) adequate means for washing food.
(2) The mess-room shall be placed under the charge of a responsible
person and shall be kept cleañ.
13. Food, drinks, eto., prohibited in work-rooms.-No lood, drink, pan
and supari or tobacco shall be brought or consumed by any worker in any
work-room in which chrome process is carried on and no person shall
remain in any such room duríng intervals for meals or rest.
' 14, Med¡cal examination.-{1) Every person employed in a chrome
process, shall be examined by the Certifying Surgeon once in every
calendar month or aÌ such other intervals as may be specified in writing by
the Chiel lnspector on a day of which due notice shall be given to all
concerned and such examination shall take place on the lactory premises.
{2) A Health. Register in Form 7 containing the names of all persons
employed in a chrome process shall be kept.
(3) No pêrson after suspension shall be employed in chrorne process
without a written sanction from the Certilying Surgeon entered in the Health
Begister.
 228 The Malnrashtra Factories Rutes. 1963

15. Fencing of vessels.-Every fixed vessel, whether pot, pan, vat or

other structure, containing any dangerous material, and not so covered as
to el¡minate all reasonable risk of accidental immersion of any portion of the
body of a person employed shall be lenced as follows:-
(a) Each such vessel shall, unless its edge is at least one metre above
the adjoining ground or platform, be securely fenced to a height of at
least 90 cênt¡rnetres above such adjoining ground or platform;
(b) No plank or gang-way shall be placed across or inside any such
vessel unless such plant or gang-way is-
(i) at least 45 centimetres wide, and
(ii) securely fenced on both sides, either by upper and lower rails, to a
. height ol 90 centirnetres or by other equâlly elficient means;
(c) lf any two such vessels are near each other and the space between
, them clear of any surrounding brick-work or other work, is either-
(i) less thân 45 centimetres in width, or
(ii) is 45 or more centimetres in width but is not securêly fenced on both
sides to a height ol at least 90 centimetres secure barriers shalt be
: placed so as to prevent any passage between them.
16. Gautionary notice.-A cautionary notice in the form specified by the
Chief lnspector and printed in the language of the majority of the workers
employed shall be affixed in a prominent place in the factory where it can
be easily and conveniently read by the workers.
17. Exempt¡on* ll in respect of any factory the Chief lnspectoi is
satisfied that owing to the exceptional circumstances or the infrequency of
lhe process, or for any other reason, all or any of the provisions of this
Schedule are not necessary lor.the protection of the persons employed in
such factory, he may by certificate in writing exempt such factory from all or
any ol the provisions indicaled in such certificate on such conditions as he
may specify therein. Such certificate may at any time be revoked by the
Chiel lnspector, w¡thout assigning any reasons
SCHEDULE XI
Manufacture or manipulation of Nitro or Amino compounds
1, Application.-This Schedule shall apply in respect of all lactories or any
part thereof in which process of manulacturing or manípulation of a nilro or
amino compound (hereinafter referred to as the said manufacturing process)
is carried on:
Provided that clauses paragraphs 25 and 26 shallonly apply to a process
involving manufacture or manipulation of compounds mentioned in Appendlx
B {hereinafter relerred to as the said manufacturing process B).
Part I
2, Definitions,-(a) For the purpose of this Schedule a nitro or amino
compound means a nitrated or aminâted compound of aromatic hydrocar-
bons mentioned in Appendix 'A' or 'B' attached thereto.
{b) "Approved" means approved by the Chief lnspector.
(c) "First Employment" means first employment in the said manufactur¡ng
process and also re-employment in such manufacturing process followíng
any cessation of employment for continuous period exceeding three calen-
dar months.
 The Maharashtra Factories Rules, 1963 229

(d) "Elficient Exhaust Draughl" means localised ventilation elÍected by

mechanical means for the removal of gas, vapour, dust or fume so as to
prevent them from escap¡ng into the air or any place in which work is carried
on. No draught shall be deemed to be efficient which fails to remove smoke
generated at the point where such gas, vapour, fumes or dust originate.
(e) Manipulatíon shall include mixing, blending, lilling, emptying, grinding,
s¡eving, drying, packing, sweeping, handling, using or chemical processinþ
of a nitro or arnino compound.
,
(f) "Air Line Respirator" means a helmet or face piece with necêssâry
connections by means of which a person using it in a poisonous or irritant
atmosphere breathes ordinary air or any other suitable apparatus approved
in writing by the Chief lnspector.
3. Gautionary Placard.-Cautionary placard in the form specified in
Appendix 'C' attached to th¡s Schedule and printed in the language of the
majoríty of the workers employed shall be affixed in prominent places.lre-
quented by them in lhe {aclory where the placards can be easily and conve=
niently read by the workers; and arrangement shall be made by the occupier
to instruct periodically all workers employed in the said manufacturing
'process regarding the precautions contained in tfrê cautionary placard.
1[34, lnstructions as regards risk.- Every worker
on his first employ-
'ment shall be fully instructed about the properties of the chemicals he has
to handle and the dangers involved in his work. He shall also be instructed
about the measures required to be taken to deal with any emergency arisíng
in the said manufacturing process.l
4. Prohibition relating to employment of women and young persons.-
No woman or young person shall be employed or permitted to work in any
room in which the said manufacturing process is carried on or in which a
nitro or amino compound is stored.
5. Air Spaoe.-ln every room in rryhicn the said manufacturing process is
earried on there shall be ât leâst 1S'[cubic metre] of air space excluding any
space occupied by machinery, equipment or any other article, for each
person employed therein and in computíng this air space no height over 4.25
metres shall be taken into account.
6. Efficìent exhaust draught.'Unless the said manufacturing p.rocess is
completely.enclosed so as not to give ríse to dust or {ume it shall not be
cafr¡ed on without the use of an efficient exhausì draught when a nitro or
amino compound-
(a) is introduced into a tank, hopper, machine or container or filled into
cartridge; or
(b) is ground, örushed, mixed, seived or blended.
7. Floor of workrooms,-The floor of every work-room in which the said
manufacturing process is caried on shall be {a) smooth and impervious to
water provided that asphalt or tar shall not be used in the composition of the
floor, {b) maintained in sound condilion, (c) sloping and provided with
gutters, and (d) thoroughly washed daily by means of hose-pipe and drain
water shall be led inlo a sewer through a ctosed channel.

t Ins. by G.N., ðt. 14.9.1973.

2 Subs. by G.N. dt. 1.t2.1965.
 23O The l.laharashn'a Factories Rules. ]963

8. Work-benches.-Work-benches on which a nitro or amino co{rloound is

manipulaled shatl (a) have a smooth impervious surface t¡ol stainteis steel,l
and (b) shall be washed daily with hose-pipe or cleaned by means of a suc-
tion cleaning appâratus at a time when no other work is being carried on
thereat.
9. Waste.-(1) A suitable receptacle made of non-absorbable materialwith
a tíghtly fitting cover, shall be provided and used for deposiling waste, tike
cloth, paper or other material soiled with a n¡tro or amino compound.
{2) All such contaminated waste material shall be destroyed by burning at
least once a week.
10. Empty cþntainers.-Empty containers used for holding compound
included under Appendix 'A' shall be thoroughly cleaned of their contents
and trealed with an inactivating agent before being discarded.
2¡fmpty non-metallic contaínçr used for holding cornpounds included
under Appendix 'B' shall be burnt. Residual content of the metallic container
shall be burnt out.l
11. Decontamination of pit tank, etc.-(a) Before a worker enters a tank,
pit, kettle or any qthef confined space which contained a nilro or amino
compound it shall be thoroughly washed and decontaminated.
(b) No part of the plant which has contained a nitro or amino compound
shall be repaired or opened for repairs unless it has been emptied of such
. compound, thoroughly washed and decontam¡nated.

(c) Records of such treatment shall be maintained in a register approved

by the Chief Inspector and the register shall be made available for inspec-
tion when required by an lnspector.
. 12. Manual handling.- A nitro'or amino compound shall not be required
or allowed to be mixed, filled, emptied or handled except by means of a
scoop with a handle which shall be thoroughly cleaned daíly.
. '13. Protective wear.- The occupier shall provide, maintaln clean and in
good repair protective clothing and-other equþment as specified in the.table
,below:-

Process Protective clothing and olher equipmenl

For manipulation of compounds men- (a) Long panls and shirts or overalls wilh
tioned in Appendices :A'and 'B'. long-sleeves and head covering. The
shirl or overalls shall cover the neck
completely.
(b) Rubber gloves, rubber gum boots, rub-
ber aprons and air line respirator.
For manípulation of compounds men- (c) White clean clothing mentioned in (a)
tioned in Appendix'B'. above in addition to white clean shirts
singlel and protective equipment as in
(b) above.
(d) White long-sleeved apron.
314.
Med¡cal Faoilities.-{1) The occuBier of the factor¡¡ shall appoint at
least a part-time qualified medical practitioner, possessing M.B.B.S. degree

The rvord "perferably" deleted by c.N. dr. 1.12.1965.

2 Added by c.N., dr. 1.t2.t965.
subs. by c.N. dt. 13.7.1984
 The ùlaharashtra Factoües Rules. 1963 231
._
and having Post-graduate Diploma in lndustrial Health or possessing
M.B.B.S. degree and hav¡ng five years' experience in índustry as occupa-
tional health physician. The medical practitioner, so appointed, shall be
required to pul in minimum.four hours'âttendance on every working day in
thð ambulance room for carrying out the duties speci{ied in the following
sub-paragraph (2):
Provided that, in cases of factories employing less than 500 workers per
day, the Chief lnspector ol Factories may allow attendance for shorter
duration after taking into consideratlon all the relevant lacts of each case.
, (2) The medical practitioner, so appointed, shall perlorm the following
duties that ¡s to say,-
(a) to maintain Health Register in Form 7;
(b) to undertake medical supervision of persons engaged on dangerous
' operalions specífied in rule 114 ol the rules;
(c) to look after health, education and rehabilitation of sick, injured or
affected workers;
(d) to carry out inspection of work rooms where dangerous operatíons are
carried out and to advise the management in respect of the measures
: to be adopted for protection of heatth of the workers involved therein.
(3) For the purpose of medical supervision by the medical practitioner so
. appointed, the occupier shall provide for his exclusive use a room in the
factory premises which shall be properly cleaned, adequately lighted,
ventilated and furnished with a screen, a table with office stationery, chairs
and olher facilities,and instruments íncluding X-ray arrangement lor
,Schedules lV, X and XVll, forsuch examination and such other equipments
'as may be prescribed by the Chief lnspector of Faclories from time to time."
: 15. Medical Examination,-{1)(a) No person shall be employed in the said
manufacturing process unless he has been examined by using appropriate
,tests, and found fit for the saíd process by the appointed doctor. Results of
isueh examination shall be entered in a register approved by the Chief
lnspector.. The register shall contain the names of workers employed in the
said mänulacturing process 'A'and 'B' separately.
' (b) The person sxamined in compliance with sub-paragraph (1)(a) shall
be re-examined by the appointed doctor at intervals ol not more than there
months o.r at such intervals as may be directed in writing by the Chief
.lnspector, and records of such examination shall be entered ¡nthe register
provided under the said sub- paragraph.
(c) lf at any time, the appointed doctor is of opinion that any person is no
longer fit for employment in the said manufacturing process on the ground
that continuance thereat would involve special danger to heatth he shall
make a record of his findings in the said register and intimate the manager
in writing lhat the said person is unlit to work in the said manulacturing
process.
{d) A person,so found unTit by the appointed doctor shall be sent by the
manager to the Certifying Surgeon with â report from the appointed doctor.
The Certilying Surgeon after examination may suspend the said person
from work in the said manu{acturing process-
2(a) A person empioyed in the said manufacturing process shall be
medically examined by a Certifying Surgeon within thirty days of his first
employment in such process and if found fit for employment in the said
 232 The Maharashu.a Factories Rules, 1963

process he shall be granted by the Certi{ying Surgeon a certificate ol fitness

in Form No.23. The person granted such â cert¡ficate shall carry with hirn,
while at work, a token giving reference to such certificate.
(b) After the first examinat¡on the person so examined shall be examined
by the Certifying Surgeon at ¡ntervals ol not more than twelve months and
a record of such examination shall be entered by the Certifying Surgeon in
the special certificate of fitness in Form No.23.
(c) lf al any time the Certifying Surgeon is of the opinion that any person
is no longer fit for employment on the ground that continuance therein woufd
involve special danger to health he shall cancel the special certificate ol
fitness in Form No.23 of that person.
(d) No person whose special certificate of litness in Form No.23 has been
cancelled shall be employed or permitted to work unless the Oertifying
Surgeon after re-examination, again certifies him to be fil lor employment in
the said process.
(3) The register of results of examination maintained by appointed doctor
referred to in sub-paragraph (1)(a) and the special certificates in Form
No.23 granted by the Certifying Surgeon shall be in the custody of the
manager of the factory and shall be kepl readily available for inspection by
an lnspector.
' (4) No person other than the person granted â certificate of fítness in
Form No.23 by the Certifying Surgeon and carrying a token referred to in
sub-paragraph (2)(a) above shall be âllowed to work in any work-room in
which the said manufacturing process is carríed on.
'16. Washing and bathing facilities.-(1) The following washing and
bathing lacilities shatl be provided and mainta¡ned in cleanly state and in
good repair for the use of all persons employed in the said manufacturing
process:-
(a) A wash place under cover witlr clean towels, soap And nail brushes
and with ât leâst one s-tand pipe for every live guch persons hav¡ng
constant supply of water.
(b) 50 per cent of the stand pipes provided under item (1) above shall be
located in bathroom where both hot and cold water shali be made
available during the working hours of the fac,tory and for one hour
thereafter.
, (c) ïhe washing and bathing facilities shallbe within a radius of 15 metres
(d) Clean towels shall be provided individually to each worker if so
ordered by an ln-cpector.
' (e) fn addition to taps rnentioned under item {a}, one stand plpe in which
warm water is rnade available shall be provided on each floor. '
(2) Arrangements shall be made to wash factory unilorms/clothing com-
pulsorily every day.
17. Washing and bathing.-(a) All workers employed in the said manutac-
turing process shall carefully wash their hands and face before partaking ol
food or leaving the factory.
{b} Bath register.-Workers employed in the said rnanufacturing process
'shall
take bath daily ât the factory premises and enter their names in the
bath register ín token of having done so.
 The lllaharashtra Faclories Rules, 1963 Z3g

18. Food, drinks, etc., prohibited in workrooms.-No worker shall

consume food, drink, pan
work*room in which the said .a*d supari or tobacco or shail smoke in any
manúfactur¡ng process is cãiriáo on and nó
worker shatl remain in any such room durin-g intervals øimäãls or rest.
19. cloak-room.-There shall be provided and maintained in ctean state
A{ l1 qooo repair for.the use of the persons emptoyed in the said ftânu-
ïacrunng process (a) cloak room with lockers having two compartments one
for street cf othes and t!9 other for factory crothes,
rcl á órãõä,i"parate from
locker room and lrom the mess-room, ior the siorãgé-of p]'oteótíve equip-
mênt províded under paragrapti 13, The accommodãt¡on éo piovided shall
be under the care of a respohsible person and shaf be r<áótirean^
20. Mess-room.-(1) There shall be provided and maintained for the.use
pJ:Lq:n::l-.emptoyed ín the lacrory and remaining on rhe premises during
rne'meat tntervats a mess-room which shall be furnished with (a)tables anã
benches and {b) means for warming food.
The mess-room shall be placed under the charge of a responsible person
and shall be kept ctean.
21. Time allowed for washing.-Before each meal and before the end of
the day's work at least ten minutés in addítion to ilrã iéguiar'intervats shall
' be allowed for washing
to each person who has oeen ãírproyéo ¡n the said
manufactu ring process.
. 22- Drying stoves.-(1) Every drying stove shail be efficientty ventilated
to the oulside air in such manñer inai not air from ttre stòvà shail not be
drawn into any work-room.
.. (2) No person shall enter stove to remove the contents until a free current
-'
of air has been passed through it by mechanical meani. -
23. Notl-s.Rarking toots.-(1) Non-sparking tools shall be provided forthe
purpose of cleaning or repairing macliinery ór operating any process where
vapours or þetanapththylamine are evolved.
24. Testing of atmosphere, etc,-Amines in the. atmosphere of the
qork-room where the manufacturing process is carried on snaiibe est¡mated
once every week and records of resufts of such estimations shall be made
when required by dn
lvailable
'r-Täil;
.bs25. separation of processes.-The said manufacturing process ,B, shall
carried on in roonis which shall not commun¡cáte wiin-any other room
except through a passage open entirety to outside atmosþtrðreí.
. 26.. Limltation of exposure.-(1) No worker under the age of 40 years
shall be engaged in the factory for the said manufacturing "process ,B' for
the first time after the date on which these rules come into"törce.
_ (2) Before the end of the day's work at least one hour shall be allowed
lor bathing to each pers.on, who is employed' in the saidlmanufacturìñg
process 'B' including the time allowed undei paragraph 19.
f7.r lxemption.- tf Ìn respect of any factory the chief lnspector is
satisfied tha't (owing to the exceptional ciicumstarices or inrrequericy of the
process, or for any other reason) all or any of the provisions of tir¡s sóneoule
are not nece.ssary for the.,protection of persons dmployed in the factory, ñe
may by certÍficate in wr¡ting exempt súch factory iroin ail or any ot Ëucñ
 234 Th¿ Maharashtra Factor¡es Rutes, tg63

provisions subject to such cond¡tions as he may specily therein. Such

cert¡ficales may at any time be revoked by the Ctriáf tnspeótor.
APPENDIX 'A' (See paragraphs Z, 10, lg and lgl
The benzenes, toluenes, xylenes, having undergone nitrat¡on once or
several times (nitrodinitro and trinitro benzene and its homologues) and thpir
chlorinated compounds, naphthâlenes, having undergone niiration oncê or
several times, aniline and its homologues (toludine, xylidine, cumidine),
anisidine, phenetídine, and lheir chlorinated, nitraied and alkylated com-
pounds (dimelhylanilin, toluylendiamine, phynythydrazine, totuythydrazine|
APPENDIX'B' {See paragraphs 2, 19, 15, 25 and 26}
Alphanaphthylamine.
Betanaphthylamine.
Benezidine and ils salts.
Dianisidine
Tolidine
Dichlorobenzidine
APPENDIX'C'
(See paragraph 3l
. Cautionary Placard
Advice to workers-
(1) Nitro and amino compounds or aromitic hydrocarbons are dangerous.
ln this factory you have to handle them frequently.
(2) All items of protective wear provided should be made use of to
safeguard your health.
(3) Maintain scrupulous cleanliness at âlltimes. Belore meal wash hands
and leet. A bath before leaving the factory is essential, takfng care io wash
the head well.
(a) lf any^chemical falls on your body, was-h it.off immediately w¡th soap
and water. Change clothing at once, if '[soiled] with a cyanõtic nitro or amino
compound. Contact the appointed doctof immediately
(5) Do not handle any nitro or amino compound with bare hands. Use a
longhandled scoop.
(6) Avoid alcoholic drinks as these increase risk of poisoning. ,' .'
(7) ln case of illness contact the Factory Manager and the appointed
doctor. 1..., .,,
(B) Do not chew, eat, drink or smoke in the work-roorn orwith.soiled
hands. Keep food and drink away from the work-place.
(9) lf you work with betanaphthylamíne or benzidine or its salts, al-
phanaphthylamine of '[dianisdine],
(a) remember that serious effects will follow after a number of years ii
great care is not taken to observe absolute cleanliness ol body,
clothes, machinery and tools,

l Subs. by C.N. dl.I.l2. 1965.

I Subs. by G.N. dr.L12.1965
 The ìlaharashtra l;actor¡es Rules, 1963 2gs

(b) at meal t¡me, wash face and hands twice with soap and water to
remove all chemicals; wear a long-sleeved cleân apron while eating;
{c) b.efore leaving the factory take a bath using soap and water twice,
after this put on your home clothes.
'[ScHEDULE Xill
Handling and manipulation of corrosive substances
1. Definition.-For the purposes of this Schedule,-
(a) "corrosive substance" includes sulphuric acid, nitric acid, hydrochloric
acid,.hydroffuoric acíd, carbolic acid, phosphoric acid, liquid chlorine,
liquid bromine,.ammonia or anhydrous liquid ammonia, sðdium hydrs-
xide or potassium hydroxide or mixtures thereof or any other sub-
stance which the siate Government may, by notification inrhe official
Gazette, specily to be corrosive substance;
(b)-"corrosive operation" means an operation of manufacturing, sloring,
handling, processing, packing or using any corrosive substance inã
factory.
2. Flooring.-The floor of every work-room of a factory to which this
schedule applies, shall be made of impervious, corrosion a'nd fire resistant
mâterial and shall be so constructed as to prevent collection of any
corrosive substances. The surface of such flooring shall be smooth anð
cleaned as often as necessary and maintained in a sound conditíon.
3. Protective equipment,-(a) The occupier shall provide, maintain in
good order and keep in a clean condition forthe use of allpersons employed
in any corrosive operation, suitable protective wear loi hands anð fóet,
suitable aprons, face shíelds, chemical salety goggles and suitable
respirators.
(b) Tirg protective equipment provided shall be used by every person
engaged in doing any corrosive operation.
4. 'water facillties.-where any corrosive operation is carried on, there
shall be provided as close to the place ol such operation as possible, a
source of water at a height of 2 metres secured lrom a pipe óf 25 mms.
d¡ameter and litted with a quick acting valve, or safety tank having dimen-
sions not less than 200 cms. in length 129 cms. in bréadth and OO cms. in
depth full of clean water placed at the floor level or
such dimensions as are approved by the Chiel lnspector of Factories, so
that in case of injury to the worker by any corrosive substances, the injured
part can be thoroughly flooded wíth water.
'5. Cautionary'notice.- A cautíonary notice in the lollowing form printed
in the language which-1he majorlty of the workers emptoyed in the factory
understand shall be affixed prominently close to the place where any ol thir
corrosive operations .is carried. out and where it can be easilv and con-
veniently read by the workers. ll any worker is illiterate, effective steps shall
be taken to explain careTully to him the contents of the notice so affixed:-

I Subs. by No. d t. '7.7.1978

 236 The Malnrasfura Facrories Rules, 1963

Cautionary notice

cause
*,?r";íå,ii.;iLiii:"' 'J:lfi:,rs and vapours thereor may be
Use protective wears.
flood the parr arreded with prenry
,"r'lrt,Xt-r¡iSïTîÏLïmediatery or water
Get medical attention quickly.

6. TranspoO.- ,ut_"
except ¡n cóntainer-, ãrúïr.,äiñ"i',11"",i fli ll,i:i:
¡ra*a^ ^, ^^.,leJ are.to be transported, the
9111í9.d
containers sliallàojñnr,,¡on
sharr in c'åä;;i'"ijri"Ëi,itlï"it5"üã-8i$,î,i,;,*?
be incruded iå
3,0,.ËHln"."
(b) containers having.a capacity
subsrance shar be praq+ ã-,õ;äpirãir of-10 or more litres of a çorrosive
r" or.crate anc tren cãrried by more
than one person ai a treight
wheeted rruck is used for ite prióösä.'
bJñiffi
wais¡ine untess a suitabte rubber
(c) containers for.corros¡ve'substances
z. Dev¡ces for liandring cotro"¡"" shail be crearry rabe[ed as such.
TüËirance.s.-1ar su¡táoräiirting
or rifting
3å.,",Ïs,i"'ti,åi,:,.,î'":1
tó' emptving i;;;'.
carooy'J'a-nã'äin'äi.ont.¡ners or

shail nor be handted by bare hands

,"flr.o1,åo:tïårìär3åånces but by
8. opening of varves-varves fitted to coniainers
substance which do not work rreerv hording a corrosive
s'nãr nolli-Ët äöfil'Tn"v
opened by a worker suitably traiñeäJäiihe sha, be
1¡B-A, prevrntao: purpose.
flange joínts on rines carryi'ng
of corros¡ve substance teaking._Ail
^gl_.:¡laghinS .
corro-sive ùbst.nc"s under pressure
provided w*h guards_ shail be
!o þreyrni-rnr.Jning of corrosive süosiance reaking
. rnrough the jo¡nts due fo gasret fa-iiuiãi"àn
workers working nearby.l
-rrom9' cleaning tanks,-stits, etc.-(a) rn creaning..out
sti ils or orher arse. chám bãrËi*øioi or reÃoving residues.
wooden imprements sÉalr
r
r,ôËi nöìîr;öi;ä substå nces,
hYdrogen (Arsine).
- be -vYs lõî"vent
-- uruã rv Prr production of arsen¡uretted
(b) whenever it is necessary for
any worker
chambers or tanks. whích wãíeî.äo'tö"rtock to enter confined spaces, rike
corrosive substances, whire
for the purpose of creaning oi ott'eïñ.àint"n.n"".*ork,
ail possibre precau_
secr-¡on c6 ói ii';'äct sr.,àil oe"ï"i$
*ä;.1åosi,""lrunder ensure rhe ä
Before repairs..ale,undgfa¡en to any.part of
--(c)
corrosive substance was handreo, iucñ äqr¡pment equipment in which a
f reed of any ad hering corrosiue;îoriãürä or part thereof sha, be
by adopting'suitabre methods.
10. storage.-(a) corro.sive. substances
room with other chemicars which ãrË shalr
ilärv.to
Ë l;i ;*#; ;;"r*,
gíve rise ro poisonous rumòô ói viorenfly react with them or
iãråïatu, an uðóioã,îtä 'ri"ing,
"g.,
I Ins. by c.N. dt. Í7.12.t986
 Tle Maharash¡ra Factories Rules, i963

tur.pent¡ne, carbides, metallic powders, combustible materials and cynide

salts.
(b) Pumping or filring overhead tanks, receptabres, vats and other
containers shall be so arranged that there is no pässibility of ány corrosive
substance overflowing and cãusing injury to ân! pÊtson:
. (c).Every container.having a storage capacity of twenty litres or more and
pipe lines, vatves and. fitting used foi storing or carrying-corros¡ue súoitan_
ces shall be examined thoroughly every yeaifor findiirg óut any defectsl ànd
the defects shall be removed tórttrw¡in. A register sñalt ue ínaintainéd of
every such examination made and it shall be pioduced before the lnspector,
whenever required.
t1. Fire-extinguishers.-An _adequáte number of suitable types of fire
ext¡nguishers or other.fire{ighting equipments, depending oñ tñe nature of
the chemicals stored.in any-place iri a factory, snalt ne"pÈòed near each
such place and such fire-extinguÍsh_ers or otheiiire-figrrtin(j equipments shail
be. regularly tested and refilted. ctear instruct¡ons- as io lióñ tne extin-
guls.!_e{s g.r orfql equipments shourd be used, printed in tñã Ëñguage which
lne majority oI the workers employed in such factory understa-nd,lnall ne
affixêd near each extinguishei oi other equipment. sutr¡ôiánt number of
workersshallbetrainedinfire.fightingpracticès.
l2- Exemptign,-l! in respect of any lactory-that
on an application made by the
manager, the chief lnspector owiir! to the exceptíonal
.is. satisfied
circumstances or infrequency of the process, or for árïv ôÛrãi reason to be.
reco¡ded in writing all or any of the provisions of this schedule are not
necéssary for protection of the persons employed in such factory, hê
-lhe
may qy a cert¡ficate in writing g.Iernpt sucn faciory from all or any ot'tne
provisions indicated in such certificaté on such cond¡tions âs he maispecify
the.rein. such certificate may at any time be revoked by the chlet lñspãòioL
SCHEDULE XIII
Manufacturing of bangles and other art¡ctes from cinematograph film
_ and toxic and inflammable solvents.
1. Definition.-Forthe purposes of this Schedule-
. (a) toxic and inflammable solvents mean-

. (i) solvents like. acetone, tetrachlorethane, alcohol, denatured spirit,

other substa.nces which in the opinion of the Õnief tnspector are

' '(ii) "b.angle polish" and "bangle mixture" and such other solvents by
whatever tratie name they are known, uqed in the manufácture of
bangles and other articles lrom cellulose films:
(b) "suspension" means suspension from empfoyment in any process in
' , which toxic and inflammable solvents are ûsed, by-surgeon,
writteñ óertificates
in the Heatth Register signed by the certifying who shall
' have the power oisuspenãion as regards arr þerioni Ëmpiäyeo ¡n any
such process;
(c) "approval" means approved Oy ihe Chief lnspector;
(d) "first employment". mgqns- first employment in any manufacturing
process referred to ín this schedute and atso re-emfloyment in sucñ
 238 The l¡.taharcshtra Factories Rules, 1963

I manufacturing foltowing any cessation of emptoyment for a

.qlg.gl:
continuous period of lhree caleñdar months.
2. Apprication.-This schedure shail aopry in respect
part of ail factories or any
thereof in which rhe.process ot inañufaciriã-òinä.gi"s and other
artic[es from cinematograph film or from toxic and inflammable
from (hereinaftei suÞstance or
both referred to alline said manulacturing process)
carried on. ¡s

3. Prohibition rerating to emproyment of women

and young persons.-
No women or young,persons sha, de emproyed
or peimméãio worr in any
room in which any ot the said manufacturing
room in which toxic or inflammable substances þro"ãsã is ä;;¡.à oü or in any
or borh are stored or treated.
4. Medicar examination.-(1) person shail be emproyed in any of the
ryo
said manufacturino processes unres's he has been examinåãiy the certify_
ing. surgeon withiñ óeven oays pieõãoiãg hi" first
emproyment and certified
fit for such employment. '
{2) No person th,lrl-bgem.proyed
in of the said manufacturing
qny
processes unless he is re-examined by
the cdrtitying brrgeìn at reast once
during each carendar month or at súcn ¡ntervaíc ãs-riv;;
writing by the Chief lnspector. specified in
The certifying surgeon shail examíne pers.ons emproyed
- -.(3)
said in any ol the
manulacturing processes by giving due'notice to ail cóñðerneo.
'{4) A H.earth Regjster j1 Form z containing the names
employed in any of the said manufacturing processes shau
be r<ðpt.
-
of ail workers
--
(5). No person after suspension shail be emproyed
.. without wr¡tten sanc_
tion from the certifying surgeon entereo in or attached to the
Register. Heafth.
5. Protective crothing.-protective crothing shail be provided
t?il.eg ¡n gqgq repair fo1 ail workers emprõyed ¡n-firå raåtJiy and main_
clothing shail be worn. by rhe workers cãnceineo..rng p{ó!àc1iveand such
shall consist of a suitabre apron andif so required by the crorhing
head covering províded in iliar beharf. rne neãá ðõ"d',inó-,
chiel rnspector a
ãä'öiovioeo snau
be washed daily.
6. Ventilat¡on.-Every workroom in which cinematograph film
inflammabre sorvents or both are hanoreã or manípur"atrio or toxic and
provided w¡th intets g.nd. outlets of adequate sizã iõ-ãj oi'useo shail be
to-'secure and
maintain elficienr ventíratÍon ¡r¡ arr pañã oi tne rãoï ãüriñg wärk¡ng
hours:
Provided that the preparation of ,'cylínders,' from cinematograph
film and
toxic and inflammable, sorvents,.cutting of such cyrinderJlniõ nangres
and
heat trearment of the_ bangres shar{ bicar¡ied oui
cover, unless specially exempted by the Chief lnipec
t;ã;Ë;
ãpace unoer
7: Drylng of cinematograph firm.-(1) Drying of cinematograph
firm sha[
not be d<Íne except under suih conditiòrís aó wir prevent
tneîiñËmatograph
film. from coming ¡nro contact or proximity with ariy;or;;;;f -n"ät
or. heared
surlace in such a manner as wolrd rend'er tre ðiáe*ãiãõrãp'r.,îr*
riabre to
be ignited or decomposed.
(2) Loose unwound cinematograph firm shafi be enclosed
during drying in
such a manner that a person in ã room will be pÍotected as lar
as practicable
from an outbursl of flame.
 The Ãlaharashtra Facrories Rules, 1963 2Sg

{3) The Ìemperature .in any part ol drying enclosure for loose unwound
cinematogragn Jill other than a salety accetate fitm shail not at any time
exceed '110'F. A thermometer shall be kept available in every room in'which
such drying is done.
(4) Boiling of raw film either alone or in conjunction with other chernicals
.or heating oT bangles and other articles made of film shall be carried out in
an open space.
. (5) A sufficient number of buckets lilled with water shall be Þrovided near
the places where bangles are subjected to heat treatment.
Storage of raw materials,-(i) Each roll or package of cinematograph
-. 8.used
film in any of the said manufacturing processes, shall except ivhän
required to be exposed for the purposes of the work carried on, bd kept in
a separate box, propefly closed and constructed of metal or other approved
metal.
.{ii) Without prejudice to the Cinematograph Film Rutes, 1948, municipal
rules and other rules in force, all cinematograph films not being actuàfly
used or manipulated shall be kept in a room or chamber or similar enclosurà
approved by lhe Chief lnspector. Toxic and inflammable solvents stock shall
be stored in approved place or containers.
9.. Disposal of waste films.-{i) All waste end scrap of cinematograph fitm
shall be collected at frequent intervals during each day and be þlaceo in
strong melal receptacles fitted with self-closing lids and clearly marked with
words "Film Waste".
. (¡¡) No material liable to ignite spontaneously nor anything tikety to igntte
ordecomposedcinêmatographlilmshallbeplacedinthereceptacle
. (i¡il At the end ol each day's work waste and scrap fitms shalt be either
t¡ansferred to a store-room or removed from the premises.
(iv) Waste films and shavings shatl be destroyed by burning in an open
'
. place ùnder controlled conditions. They shall not be all'owed to be throwñ or
scatteied in or about the premises of the factory.'
. 10. Prohibition of smoking,-(i) No person shall be allowed to smoke in
qny room in which cinematograph film is manipulated, stored or used.
, (ii) No open fire or light or any smoking materials or matches nor änything
. ' likely to ignite o.r decompose cinematograph film shall be allowed in any
- . store-room or in aíìy room in which cinematograph film or toxic inflammable
solvents or both are stored, manipulated or used:
: Provided that the Chief lnspector may permit the use of coal sigree in the
heat treatment of bangles subject to such conditions as he may specily in
wr¡ting.
11. Caution with regard to electrical installation.-All electrical installa-
tions and fittings shall be of flame-prool type.
12. Floor of work-rooms.-The floor of every work-room in which any of
the said manufacturing processes are carried on shall be-
(a) of cement or similar material so as to be smooth and impervious to
water;
(b) maintaíned in sound condition;
(c) kept free from materials, plant or other obstruction not required lor, or
produced in, the process carried on in the room;
 24O The Maharashtra Facrorìes Rutes, 1963

(d) cleaned daily after. being thoroughly sprayed

with wâter. at a time when
no other work is being carried on ¡h the íoom.
13. Time to be ailowed for washing.-Befoie each mear and
before the
gnd of the. dav's work at reast ten minütes ¡n aoáltion tãìi;'ö;;i;äï
times shail be ailowed for washing to each person *nô nãJ o'een
emptoyed
' ¡n any ol the said manufacturing frocesses.
, 14-. washing facilities.-There shail be provided and maintained in a
cleanly state and in,good repair forthe uså of ari
under cover, with either- ' þersðns, a wastr prace
-

(i) a trough with a. smooth impervious surface fitted with

a waste pipe
without plgg and of sulficierit fengith to altow of ài Gàri o0
centimeters
for every five,s^rLc,l emfltoyoc at one t¡rnãanO tràvinô ã
.qg1sgns
constant suppry of water 1ny
from taps ót ¡ets aoove the trough at intervärð
of not more than 60 centimetres; or
: (ii) at least one wash basin for everv live such persong employed at any
. one time fine.d ,ryllt . wasre pi[e and prröãno'ñ"îirig a constant
.supply of water laid on; and :'
(iii) a suffícient supply of clean towels made of suitable material
which
sla!! be renewed dairy, whic.h quppry.ir so requìreu-uv tnà.iÀipä.iãi,
' shall incrude a separaie marked tbwêl tor eacn sucr,ïoirer;
and
tiy) a sufficieirt suppty of soap or other suítable cleansing material
'
. nail brushes. and of
15. Facirities for ba-thing.-The chief rnspector may require any
factory
occupier to provide sufficient bath accommcioãiion rói'al¡:p-ääons
engaged
in all or. in any of the said manufacturing processes and arso sufficient
supply of soap and.ctean towels.
16. cloak-róom.-lf the chiel lnspector so requires, there shall be
provided and maintained for use of persons emproião-i¡i
ânv or the said
. inanulactur¡ng processes-
(a) a cloak-room for ctothing pu! qff during working hours
, arrangement for drying the clothing, if wetj
w¡th adequate
(b) gqp?rate and suítabte rrr.ngmánts for-the storage of protective
l clothing provided under paragiaph 5.
17. Food, drinks, etc..,prohibited in work-rooms-No food, drln*, pan
and.supartor tobacco shail be consumed or brought nv añy wi-ri<er intä
work-room in which any of the said manufacturinfi proäeJs'ei is carried ãñl
on.
18. Mess-room.-lf the chief fnspector so requires, there shall be
provided and maintained for the use óf an p.ersons émpiõieä
inir,ã'iäorí
and remaining on the. premises during ihe mear ¡ütóíua¡r, a suitabre
mess-room which shalf be lurnished with_
'(aJ sufficient tables and benches; and
(b) adequate means for warming food.
The mess shalt be placed under the charge of a responsible person
and
shall be kept clean.
aopriances.'(1 ) Adequate mean of exringuishing fires
ngvllg
"^ll.^lTî^l,s$llg
regard ro the of ceilutoid present ín the room atãny oné time
-llount
shall be kept constanily provided for eaóh work-room ano itãie-room.
 The trlaharashtraF.actories Rules,1963 241

The fire-fighting appliances shall be ma¡ntained in good condition and

,1 !f).
Kept tn a posÍtion which is easily accessible.
20. Means of escape in case of fire.-Adequate means of escape in case
of fire.shatt be provid.ed in every room in'which c¡nematãõiaþrr titm is
m3lipulated,. used or stored and the means of escape shall nõt be deemed
adequate unless-
(a) at least two separate exits are provided lrom every such room and two
sale ways of escape from the building are available for al! persons
employed in the factory, and
{b) all doors and windows provided in connection with the means ol
escape are constructed to open outwards readily.
.21.. cautionary notices- (i) cautionary notices explaining the dangers to
which workers are exposgg ouq to any oíthe said mánutactir¡ng processes
being carried shall be aflixed in prominent positions in the tåðtbrv where
they ma.y be easity and convenienily read tiy lhe persons emptoy'eo. tne
said notices shail be p.rinled in tne languages-undeistood by the mþority of
workers employed in the factory.
. (ii).lf any person employed in the factory is illiterate, effective steps shall
be.taken to èxptain carefully to such iftiteiatê personå ttrã iontentå of the
notjces.
. 22. Exemption,-tf in respect of any factory the chiéf lnspector is satislied.
tha] owing to the exceptional circumstanced or infrequenc'y of tne piocïss,
or for any other reason, ail or any of the prov¡sions oi this Scneourä allñãi
l:.:r11J,j,9r_l!e,prote.glion of Üie persoñs emptoyed in rhe factory, he may
oy a cert¡ticate in writing exempt such factory from alt or añy of thä
provisions on such conditions as he may specify therein. such c-ertificate
may at any time be revoked by the chief lnspecior, without assigning any
reasons.
SCHEDUI.E XIV
Processes involving manufacture, use or evolut¡on of carbon
disutphide and hydrogen sutphide
.1. Definitions.-For the purposes of this Schedule-
(")
1,1_'!19?l¡jng,^apparatus" peq¡s a hetmer or face pieoe with necessary
connections by.means ol which the person using it in a poisonous,
asphyxiating or irritant atmosphere breatheð ordinãry air; oi
(i¡) any other suitable apparatus approved in writing by the chief tnspec-
. tor;
(b) "churn" means the vessel in which the prepared cellulose pulp.is
treated with carbon disulphide;
(c) "dumping" means the drawing off of molren sulphur lrom the sulphur
posts in the process of manufacture of carbon disulphide;
(d) "efficient exhaust draught" means locatised vêntilation effected by
mechanical rneans for the removal of gas or vapour, so as to prevent

room. No draughl shall be deemed to be efficient íl it fails to renìove

smoke generated at the point where such gas or vapour originates;
(e)."fu.me process".means any process in which carbon disulphide or
hydrogen sulphide is produced, used or gíven off;
 242 The Maharashtra Factories Rules, 1963

(f) "life belt'' means a belt made of leather or other suitable material wh¡ch
can be securely fastened round the body with a suitable length of rope
attached to it each of which is sufliciently strong to sustain the weight
ol a man;
' (g) "suspension" means suspension lrom employment in any fume
process by written certificate in the health register in Form 7 signed
by the Certifying Surgeon, who shall have power ol suspensiçn as
' regards all persons employed in any such process.
2. Prohibition relating to employment of women and young persons.-
No women or young person shall be employed or permitted to work in any
fume process or in any room in which any such process is carried on.
.3. Efficient exhaust draught and supply of fresh aír.-(1) No churn shall
be opened unless it has been previously subjected to an eflicient exhaust
draught so that when the churn is opened the concentration of carbon
disulphide in the working room does not exceed 20 parts per million and no
worker shall be allowed to introduce his head inside the churn or enter it
unless the concentration of carbon disulphide fumes inside the churn is 20
parts per rnillíon or less, and unless the exhaust draught arrangement is
continued so as to reduce the concentration of carbon disulphide to 20 parts
per million or less so long as the worker or his head is inside the churn.
(2) Hydrogen sulphide or carbon disulphide evolved in any room where
any fume process is carried on shall be removed by an efficient exhaust
draught.
, (3) When the ventilation apparatus normally required in connection with
the process referred to in clause (2) is ineffective or is stopped for any
purpose whatever work in the said room which is not carried on mechanical-
ly without the presence of any person, shall not be carried on and the worker
shall be made to leave the room as soon as possible but in any case not
later than 15 minules after such an occurrence:
Provided that any person wearing a breathing apparatus may be allowed
to remain ¡n the said work-'room.
Explanation -The Chief lnspector may determine what constitutes normal
ventilation apparatus in any given case on'the representation duly made by
the managet.
(4) ln a room wherê any process is carried on so that irr¡tant or otfensive
fumes are emitted there shall be provided suitably placed inlets ol.sulficient
area lor the supply of fresh air to the room-
4. Air analys¡s.-(1) Air analysis for the measurement of concentrat¡on of
and hydrogen sulphide shall be carr¡ed out every eight
'hours disulphide intervals
carbon
or at such as may be directed by the Chief lnspector at
places where fume process is carried on and the result ol such analysis
shall be recorded in a register specially mainta¡ned for this purpose.
(2) lf the concentrat¡on ol either carbon disulphide or hydrogen sulphide
exceeds 20 parts per million, the manager shall report the concentration
,reached and the duration of such concentration to the Chief lnspector. The
report shall state the reasons for such increase.
(3) On receipt of such inlormalion, the Chiel lnspector may direct the
manager to take such measures as he may specily in that behalf and it shall
be the duty of the manager to comply with such directions.
 The l,laharashtra Factories Rules, 1963 243

5. Eleclric fittings in carbon disulphide tume process-room except

the spÍnning room.-All electricfittings in a room in which a fume.process
evolving carbon disulphide is carried on, other than a spinning-room, shall
be of flame-proof construction and all electric conductors shall either be
enclosed in metal conduits or be lead-sheathed.
6. Washing facilities.-The occupier shall provide and maintain in a clean
slate and in good repaîr, for the use of all persons employed in a fume
process, wash place under cover with at least one tap or stand-pipe, having
a constant supply of clean water for every five such persons, the taps, or
stand-pipe being spaced not less than 120 cent¡metres apârt with a
sufficient supply of soap and clean towels.
7. Protective equipment.-{1) The occupier shatl provide, maintain ¡n
good repa¡r and keep ín clean condition protective clothing and other
equipment as specified in the table below:-
Table
Process Protective clothing and other
equiprnent
(i).Dumping Overafls, face-shields, gloveg and
footwear all made of suitable material
(ii) Spinning Suitable aprons and gloves
(iii) Process involving or likely to in- Suitable gloves and lootwear
volve contact with viscose solution
(lv) Any other process Protective clothino and eouioment as
may be directed O;y tne Ch¡dt lnspec-
tor by an order in writing.
(2) The occupier shall make arrangements for the examination and
clean¡ng of all the protective equipment at the close of each day's work and
'for the repair or replacement thereof when necessary.
8. Use of protective equ¡pment.-Every person *shall use the protective
.equipmênt provided to him under paragraph 7.
. 9, Storage of protective equipment.-A suitable room, rooms or lockers
shall be provided exclusively for the storage of all the protective equipment
supplied to employees and no such equipment shall be stored at any place
other than the room, rooms or fockers so provided.
10. Mess-room.-(1) There shall be provided and maintained for the use
of all lhe persons remaining within the premises during the meal interuals,
a suitable mess-room providing accommodaiion of at least 10,000 square
'centimetres per head furnished with-
(a) a sulficient number of tables and chairs or benchós with back rests,
(b) an arrangement for washing hands and utensils, and
(c) adequate means for warming lood.
(2) The mess-room shall be kept under the charge of a responsible
person a.nd shall be kept clean.
11. Prohibition relating to smok¡ng etc. in carbon disuþhide fume
process room.-No person shall smoke or carry malches, fire or naked light
or other means of producing a naked light or spark in a rooni in which fume
process producing carbon disulphide is caused and notice in the language
understood by the majority of the workers shall be posted in the factory
 244 The Maharashtra Fectories Rules, I9ó3

prohib¡ting smoking and carrying of matches, lire or naked light or other

means of producing light or spark into room:
Provided that fire, naked light or other means of producing a naked tight
or'spark may be carried in such room only when required for thè purposes
of the process itselT under direction of a qualified supervisor.
12, Prohibition to remain in fume process room,-No person during his
intervals fo.r meâl, or rest shall remain in any room wherein lume proceSs.is
carried on.
13. Medicalexamination.-(1) Every person employed in a fume process
shall be examined by the Factory Medical Officer'onóe in every six'months
and by the Certifying Surgeon once in every 12 months or at such other
intervals as may be spêcified ¡n wr¡ting by the Chief lnspector on a date or
dates of whiçh due notice shall be given to all such persons and such
examination shall take place on the factory premises.
{2). Every person employed in a furire process shal.l present himsell at the
appointed time for such examination.
i3l A Health Hegister containíng the names oJ all.the'persons employed -\.
.
in a fume process shall be kept in Form 7-
(4) No person, after suspension, shall be ernployed in a fume process
without the written sanction of the Certilying Surgeon entered in the Health
Register.
t¡tel.
Medical facilities.-(1) The occupier of the factory shall appoint at
least a part-time qualified medical Þractitioner, possessing M.B.B.S- degree
.and having post graduate diploma in lndustriaf.Heatth or possessing
M.B.B.S. degree and having five years experience in industry as occupation-
al health physician. The medical practitioner so appointed shall be required
to put in minimum four hours' attendance on .every working day in the
iambúlance-room lor carrying out the duties specified in the f-ollowing
sub-paragraph (2):
Provided that, in cag.es of factories employing less than 500 workers per
day, the Chief lnspeclor of Factories may allow attendance for shorter
'duratiqn after taking into consideration all the relevant facts of each case.
12) The medical practitioner so appointed shall perform the following
duties, that is to. say¡
(a) to maintain Health flegister, in Form 7;
(b) to undertake medical supervision of persons engaged on danger0us
operations specified in rule 114 of these rules;
(c) to look atter heatth, education and rehabilitation of sick, injured or
affected workers;
- (d) to.carry out inspection cf work-rooms where $angerous operations are
carried out and to sdvise the management of the measures to be
adopted for protection of health of tha workers involved therein.
(3) For the purpose of medical supervision by the medical pract¡tioner so
appointed, the occupier shall províde for his exclusive use a room in the
factory premises which shall be properly cleaned, adequately lighted,
ventilated and furnished with a screen, a table with office stationery, chairs

I Ins. by G.N., dated 13.3.1984 published in M.G,6. PI.I-L. dt. 9.8.1984, p, 144?.
 The lllaharashu'a Í-actoties Rules,1963 245

and other facirities and instruments incruding x-Ray arrangements

schedures rV, X and XVil, for such examinationJand for
suân òtnãr equipments
as may be prescribed by the chief rnspector of FactorÍes
frorn time to time.
_ !4. .Brgathing apparatus and measures.-There shail be prov¡ded in
every facrorv where fume process is carr¡ed ã", ;;ifi.í;;i'r,ipi¡v
ot-
(a) a breathing apparâtus,
(b) oxygen and suitable rneans ol its administration.
and
(c) life betts.
, (2)(í) The breathing apparatus and other apptiances
shalt_
(a) be maintained in good condition and kept in
-'
an ambulance room or in
some other place so as to be readify åvãitante, an¿
' (b)
-be
thoroughry inspected once every'month by a competent person,
appointed in writing by the occupier.
(i.rJ A record of the condition of the breathing
apparatus
apptia¡ces shalr be entered in a book proviãeo.iõiridii;ö;à and other
which shal
b'e produced when required by an lns¡Jector.
(3) suffic¡ent number of workers shall be trained and given
refresher course in the.ysg or a periodic
Þ*ath¡"'g apparatus and respirators and
-suiri
aftificial respiration so rhat at teasi z traíneo-óerróñb *orro oe
avaitabte in. each fume process room during arl inJwcil[iñõ"nou*
factory. of the
(4) Respirators shail,p"
lgpt plgperty tabeiled..in ctean, dry, tight_proof
cabinets and if tiabteto be affecttiq dv¡dmes, shail oe piotð.ièä by suitabre
containers- Respirators shafl be dried after use and'sháti oJperiodicaily
disinfected.
,^-15.-_C:ïlr.o.¡r?lv,F1u"^qr.d.qnd tnstructions.-Cautíonary ptacards in rhe
fli-:le-c.lrjgg ?y llu Chief tnspecror and prinred ¡n tne ränguase of the
majorlty ot the workers employed shall be alfixed in prominent-plaões ¡n the
lTlq1 ylqre they.can ue'eaéily ano convãniéñt/;äåã ï;y'iÀäiorrers ano
arrangements shall be made by the occupier ío ¡nstruót pãi¡"iiðãlrliält
rgllg-fs glqloÏeo. in a fume piocess regárding tne-rr;ãrÚr-rräzards con- .
nec¡ed with their duríes and th'e best preùentivð measuie* ano meìñoã-iä
protect themselves
.. loa.F*."Tption.-rf ìn respect.ot.any factory, department or departments,
fq c.h'."l tnspector ís sarisfied rhai an or äny 'ot tne prõuËiiñ; ;i-iiìis
schedule are not necessa.ry fof protection ót tnopãrãonrärproyqd, in
such department or departments;-ne lh.e
may, by certificat¿ ¡n *i¡tìng, exempt
such department or departments for all or qny of such provisioñÀ éun¡ect io
such conditions as h".qqy specify therein. súch certifiiate mã/at any time
be revoked by the chief rhs¡iectoi without assigníng any reasons.
SGHEDULE XV
Manufacture and manipulation of dangerous pesticides
L Definition.-For the purpose of this Schedule- . l
{a) "pesticides" means agents used for the purpose ol destroying or
arres?ing the growth or increase of harmful ôrgânisms;
246 The ifaharashtra Factories Ruies, 1963

t[(b) "dangerous pesticides" means insecticides as defined in section 3(e)

of the lnsecticides Act, 1968 (46 of 1968), or any other substance
declared as dangerous pesti-cides by the Chief lnspector of Factories
ín writing;l
(c) "suspension" means suspension from employment in any process in
which dangerous pesticides is used by written certificate in the Heatth
Register in Form 7 signed by the Certifying Surgeon, who shall be
competent to suspend all persons employed in such process;
(d) "first employment" meâns lirst employment in any manulacturing
process referred to in this Schedule and also re-employment in, such
manufacturing process following any cessation of employmeht .for a
conlinuous period exceeding three calendar monThs;
(e) "efficient exhaust draught" means localised ventilation effected by
mechanical means, for the removal of gas, vapour, dust or fumes so
as to prevent them from escaping into the air of any place in wh¡ch
work is carried on. No draughl shall be deemed elfícient which lails to
remove'smoke generated at the point where such gas,. vapour, lume
or dust originales;
(f) "manipulation" includes mixing, blending, filting, emptying, pactiíng,
handling or using ol a dangerous pesticide.
r2. Application.- This schedule shall apply in respect of all factories or
åny part thereof in which the process of manufacture or manipulation of a
dangerous pesticide {hereinafter .referred to as the said manufacturing
process) is carried on.
-' 3. Caut¡onary placard.-A cautionary placard in the form specified in
'zlAppend¡x] attached to this Schedule and printed in lhe language of the
majority of the workers employed, shall be affixed in prominent place
frequentêd by them in the factory where the placards can be easily and
eonveniently read by the workers and arrangements shall be made by the
occupier to instruct periodically all workers èmployed in the said manufac-
turing process regarding the health hazards connected with it and methods
to proteot themselves.
4. Prohibition relating to emptoyment of women and young persons.-
No woman or young person shall be employed or permitted to work in any
I

room in which the said manufacturing process is carried on or in any room

in which a dangerous pesticide is stored- i
'5.'Air i
space.-ln every toom in which the said manulacturing process is
carried on, there shal! be at least 15 cubic metrês of.air space, e,xÇluding
áñl'Cpace occupieti by machinery êquipment'or any other article, lor any
pelson employed therein, and in computing this air space, no height over
3.5 metres shall be taken into account.
6. Prohibition of the said manufac-turing process without efficient
exhaust draught.-The saíd manufacturing process' shall not be.carried on
without the use of efficient exhaust draught when-
(a) a container holding a dangerous pesticide is emptied, or

l Subs. by G.N. dt. 5.8.198?

2 Subs. by G.N. dt, 5.8.1987.
 The lvlaharashtra Factories Rules, 1963 247

(b) a dangerou.s..pesticide is introduced into container; tank, hopper or

machine of lilted in small-sized packings, or
(c) a powdè'r or a liquid is prepared lrom a dangerous pesticide, or
, (d) a dangerous pesticide is btended,
unless the process is completely enclosed.
7. Floor of work-room.-The floor of every work-room in which the said
manufacturing process is carried on shafi be¡
{a) ol _cement or similar material so as to be smooth and impervious to
water,
{b} maintained in sound condition,
{c) sloping and provided with gutters for adequate drainage, and
(d) thoroughly. washed daily by means of hose-pipe.
8. work-benches.-The work-benches at which a dangerous pêsticides
manipulated shall-
(a) have smooth surface and be of non-absorbent material, preferably of
stainless steel, and
(b) be cleaned daily.
9.. waste-(a) A.suitable receptacte with tighfly-litting cover shail be
provided and used for depos¡ting waste tike clolh, Èaper or other materials
soiled with a dangerous pesticide.
(b) Áll such contaminated waste shall be destroyed by burning at least
once a week.
lo. Empty containers used for dangerous pest¡c¡des.-such containers
shall be deslroyed or thoroughly cteaned of théir contents and treated with
an inactivating agent before being discarded.
11. Manual handling.-A dangerous pesticide shalt not be required or
allot¡sed to be manipulated by hand except by means of long-handled scoop.
12; Protective clothing.-(li Protective clothing shall be provided'and
mainta¡ned in good repalr for all workers and such ctothing shall be worn by
the workers concerned. The protective clothing shall consist of-
. (a) long pants and shirts or overalls with long sleeves and head cover-
ings,
,, (bJ rubb:Þr gloves, gum bggls, rubber aprons, chemiçat safety g-ogg[eç and
respirators.
Where the pesticide contains oil, the rubber gloves, boots and apron shall
be of synthetíc rubber.
(2) Where the worker has to handle a dangerous pèsticide-
(a) containÍng phosphorus or nicotine, the protective clothing shalt be
washed daily both inside and outside, and if the protective clothing
mentioned in clause (a) of sub-paragraph (1) is soiled with such
pest¡cides ít shall be changed immediately; and
'(b) not containing phosphorus or nicotine, the'protêctive clothing men-
tioned in clause (a) of sub-paragraph (1) shall be washed lrequently.
13. Medical examination-{1}(a} No person shalf be employed in the said
manufacturing process unless he has been examined by the Certifying
Surgeon within seven days preceding his first employment and certilied fit
for such employment.
 24A The llaharashtt.a Facþties Rules.1963

(b) No person shatl be employed In the said manulacÌuring process

unless he is re-examined by the certilying surgeon at least oncé in every.
three calendar months.
(c) -rhe certi{ying surgeon shall examíne persons emptoyed in the said
manufacTuring process by giving due notice to all concerned.
(d) A Health Register in Form 7 containing the names ol ail workers
employed in the said manufacturing process shall be kept.
, (e) No person after suspension shall be employed without written sanc-
tion from the certi{ying surgeon entered in or âttached to the Health
Register.
(2) The chief lnspector may order any suitabte clinical test or tests to be
carr¡ed out in respect of the workers employed in any factory where the said
manu{acturing process is carried on at-such intervals as he deems fit.
r¡t4. lrledical facilities.-(j) The occupier of the factory shall appoint
atleast a part-time qualified medicat pract¡tionsr, posseésing ¡¡.b:e.s.
degree and .having -a diploma in lndustrial Health or possessing tut.s.s.s.
degree andÌaving five years experience in industry as occupatiõnal health
physician. The medicat practitioner so appointed shalt eiamine and, iT
necessary, treat on 'lhe premises of the factory all worke¡s who handle
dangerous pesticides for effects of excessive absorption at least once a
weqf .. The occupier shall make necessary arrangenients to ensure quick
availability of the medical practitioner, so appointed or any other quaiified
medical practitioner in emergency cases. The medical practitioher, so
appointed, shall be required to pul in minimum Jour hourst afiendance on
gvery- working day in the ambulance foofn for carrying out the duties
qpecified in the following sub-paragraph,(2): ..-
Provided that, in cases of_factories employihg less than s00 workers þer
day,.the chiel lnspector of Factories may allow âttendance,for shorter
duration after taking.into consideration all the retevant facts of each êase.
, (2) The medical practitioner, so appointed, shall perform, in addition to
the duties specified in suþparagraph (1), the lollowing duties, that ís to say,-
(a) to maintain Health Register in,Form 7;
, {b} to undertake medical supervision ol persons engaged on dangerous
operations specified in rule 114 of these rules;
, (c) tq look after health; educalion and rehabilitation of sick, injured or
affected workers;
(d) to carry out inspection of work rooms where dangerous operations are
carr¡ed out and to advise the management of -the meàsures to bé
adopted for protection of health of the workers involved therein.
15. Time allowed for washing.-Before each meal and before the end ol
the day's work at least ten minutes in addition to the regular rest ¡nterval
shall be allowed lor washing to each person who has beeñ employed in the
said manufacturing process. :
16. Washing and bathing facitities.-(1) There shail be provided.and
maintained in cleanly state and in good repair lor the use df all persons

1 Subs. by 6.N. dt. 13.?.1984 published in M.C,C. Pr..I-L, dr. 9.&.t9B4p;3447

 The itlaharashtra Factories Rules, !9óJ 249

employed, adeguate washing and bathing places having a constant supply

ol water uncler cover at the rate ol ond ðuch place lõr evãry s persons
employed.
.less(2).The washing places shail have stand-pipes placed at intervats
than one metre.
of not
(3) Not less than one hall of the total number of washing place shall be
provided with bath-rooms.
(4) sufficíent supply of ctean towels made of suitabte materiat shail be
provided:
Provided that süch towets shall be supplied individually for each worker
if so ordered by the lnspector.
{5) sufficient suppry ol soap and nair'brushes shail be provided.
17. Food, drinks, etc., prohibited in work-room.-No food, drinks, pan,
supari or tobacco shail be consumed or brought by any woiker intôiany
.,work-room in which the said manulacturing proõess is cairieo on.
18. cloak-room.-There shall be provided and maintained for'the use-of
persons employed ín the said manufacturing process_
(a) a cloak-room for clothing.put off during working hours with adequate
arrangements for dryÍng clothing, if wet;
{b) separate and s.uitable arrangements for the storage of protective
clothing provided undpr paragraph 12. :
19. Mess-room.-There shall be provided and maintâined for the use of all
per.sgls, employed_ in the factory and remaining on the premises during the
rest intervals, a suitable mess-room which shai.be lurnished with_,- " -.
(a) sufficient tabtes and benches; and
(b) adequate means for warming food.
The mess-room shall be placed. under the charge ol a responsible person
and shall be kept clean.
!0.Ì lxgmption-- H.in respec-t ol any factory the 'chief tnspector is
satisfied that owing to the exceptional cir-cumstanbes or infrequen'cy ol the
process or for any other rea$ons all or any of the provisions of tn¡s SóneOule
afe not necessaf.y to the protection of the persons ernployed in the faclory,
he qa.y by certificate in writing exempt such tactory fioni ail or any of tñé
provisions, on such conditions as he may specify therein. such certif¡cate
may at any time be revoked by the chief lnspector,. afler recording his
reasons.thergfor. ., ..1 , ,

..'121:.Manipulation not to be undertat<en.- Maniputation of a pesticide

other than those mentioned in ctause (b) of this schedule shail not be
unde.rtaken in any lactory-unless a certilicate regarding its dangerous nature
or otherwise is obtained from the Chief tnspectór.]

I Subs. by G.N. dt. 5.8.1987

25Ð The Maharashtra Factories Rules. 1963

APPËNDIX ¡

List of dangerous Pesticides

Parathion.
Diazinon
Hexaethyl tetraphosphate
Tetraet hyl pyrop hosphate
Tetraethyl ditriophyrophosphate
Demeton (systex)
Schradan (OMPR)
Para-Oxon (E. 600)
Methyl Parathion
Dimefox
Sulphotepp
EPN .

. Nicotine or ils compounds :

. Mercury compounds
Methyl bromide
.. -Cyanides
Chlordane
Endrin
Aldrin
Dieldrin

Dinilro-o-cresol
Arsenical compounds
' Cyrolite
Pentachlorophenol
Carbojuran
APPEÑDIX II ' .

Cautionary Placard ; :

1. Pesticides are generally po¡sonous substances. . :

2. Therefore in rooms where these are handled-
(a) do not chew, eat, drink or smoke; keep food or drink away from
pesticides;
. (b) use the prolectivè wear supplied e.g. gloves, aprons, clothes,. boots,
-etc.
3. Before meals or when any part of the body has come in eontact.with
the pesticides, wash with soap and water.
4. Before leaving the factory, take a bath and change your clothing.
5. Do not use any container that has conta¡ned a pesticide as a pot lor
food or drink.
6. Do not handle any pesticide with bare hands; use a handled scoop.
7. Avoid spilling of any pesticide on body, floor or table.
8. Maíntain scrupulous cleanliness of body and clothing and of your
surroundings.
9. ln case of sickness like nausea, vomiting or giddiness, infonn'the
manager who will make necessary arrangements for treatment.
 The )laharashtra þactories Rules,1963 251

'lscuEoute xvl
Compression of oxygen and hydrogen produced by electrolytic
'process 2[or by steam iron process]
1. Definition.-For the purpose of lhis Schedule "compression of oxygen
and hydrogen" means any process by which oxygen or hydrogen is
manulactured or evolved by electrolytic process'[or by steam iron process.]
2. Application.- This Schedule applies in respect of factories or any part
thereof [n which the process ol compression oJ oxygen and hydrogen is
cárr¡ed on.
3. Situation of electrolyser plant room etc.-The room in which
eleotrolyser plant is installed shall be separate from the plant for stor¡ng and
compressing oxygen and hydrogen. The room in which electric generator
ald The distribution panel are installed shall not communicate with any other
room in which any process is carried on.
4[4. Test¡ng the purity of oxygen and hydrogen.- (1] The purity of
oxygen and hydrogen shall be tested by a competent person al least once
in every shift, at the following points:
(i) in the electrolyser room,
(ii) At the gas holder inlet, and
(iii) At the suction end of thê compressor:
Provided that where the electrolyser plant is fitted with automatic recorder
bf purity of oxygen and hydrogen with alârm lights, the purity of the gases
may be tested likewise at the suction end of the compressor only.l
, (2) The purity figures obtained as a result of the test shall be entered and
signed by the person carrying out such test in a register,. !o be kept for the'
purpose.
: '5. Compression ol oxygen and hydrogen prohibited in certain cir-
ôúmstances,- Where the purity ol oxygen or hydrogen as tested under
paragraph 4 is found to be'less ihan 98 per cent, the oxygen or hydrogen
shall not be subjected to the process of compression.
ç[6. Provision of negative pressure switch.- ln addition to the limit
switch, to switch ofl the compressor motor, to make it ímpossible to empty
the gas holder lo the po¡nt causing vacuum inside the gas holder, a sensitive
negat¡ve pressure switch shall be Brovided in or adjacent to the suct¡on main
for hydrogen, close to the gas-holder and between the gas holder and the
hydrogen compressor, to switch off the compressor motor in the event of the
gas holder being emptîed to the extent as to cause vaeuuml.
7. Warning signal.- The bell of any holder shall not be permitted to go
within 30 centimetres of its lowest posilion when empty and a visual and an
audible warning signal shall be fitted to the gas-holder to indicate that this
limit is reached.

t Ins. vide G.N. I&L.D. No.FAC-l163-Lab III, dt, 5.4.1965

1 The rvords "or by steam iron process" added by C,N. dt. i7.10,1966
The rvords "or by stearn iron process" added by G.N. dt. l?.10.1966
4 Paragrapls 4(l) and 6 rvere substituted by G.N., dt. 15.9.19?3.
) Paragraphs 6, l0 and I I substituted by G.N., dt. 15.9.1973.
 252 The flaharoshu.a Faîlor¡es Rutes. 1963

. 8..Purity of raw mater¡at.- The water and caustic soda used for making
lye shall be chemicaily pure within the pnarmaceuticaf im¡t..
9. Gonstruction of electrical connections.- Electrical connections
at the
electrolyser cells and at the electr¡c generator terminals shall be
so
constructed as to preclude the possibility of wrong connections leading
to
the reversat of potarity. An auiomatic device srra'ír ne piãüiceo to cut off
power in the event.of reversal ol polarity owing to wrong'Connections
either
at the switch board or at the eleciric geheratoi terminalî.
10. Maintenance of gas-pipes, gas horders and compressed gas
qlolage vessels.- (i) oxygen ano nyqr.osgn gas-pipes shail be painted üüh
distinguishing corours. rñ the evenr bt teãt<afe ar'lne
pipe, holder or a storâge vesset or in the evént of any ioints oi hi;dtog; éâ;
oràat<oo*n, tie pjpã
and storage sy-sIg.m after repairs and reconnect¡ons out as'per
paragraph 1o of this schedule and in accordance with the "ãü¡"0
reguirements of
Rule 73-c olthe Maharashtra Factories Rutes, rsos, shãil àä purgeo
ot
gases using a suitabre inert gas, before drawing ìñ ñyorogén gas.all
air
lnd
(ii) Before drawing in hydrogen gas in âny new or existing
system not in
use every qipe, gas-holder, comprósses gaó vessel ín the - J
purged of all air and gases using a suitab'ie inert gas. - -r
stem shall be
11. Electricat wÍring and other sources of ignition.- wherever hydro_
gen gas is generated, compressed, transferred or-stored all
electrical wíring,
apparatus and other installations shall be o{ llame-proof construction. All
sources^ of ignition.shalt.be.prevented from being'preseni in
the above
3r93s. A warning notice shall be exhibited to rhat etieöt ai þràminent plããei
in the above areas.l
12. Femoval of explosive substances.- No part ol the electrolyser plant
and.the gas-horders and compressor shar ne sriniecied.ió ilðioing, brazang,
soldering or cutting until sleps have been taken to remove- any exptosive
substance from that part and it is rendered safe tor suðrr operation. After
the comptetion ol suc.h operation no exprosive sunstãñõô õña[ be ailowed
to enter that part until the metal has cöoled sutticienily tci
explosion. firevent r¡sk oi
13. Restriction of repair, etc.- No work of operation, repair
or maintenance shall be ,9¡e.ra!io11,.
undertakeñ except under the oireõi-iupervision of
.- a person who, by lil,]f,r'I,ng, experience.and knowredge of ilråàecãJiaiv
p,rec?utr.o,ns,against risk of exptoéion is compelent to süpervise such work.
No etectr¡cal generator after erection or repâirs shafl be'switched on to
tne
etectrotyser unless it is certified by any competent person under whose
direct supervision, ereclion or repairs are cârried öut to be in a safe
condition and the terminats have b'een checked foi the'Þolaritv aJ requìËã
by these rules.
14. Examination of the plant.- Every part of the etectrolyser ptant and
the gas-holders and compressor shall -b'e inspected, cneôÉeo and over_
hauled in accordance w¡th a. regular schedute maintained ov Û,e uanagár ì

complying with the instructions of the competent person rnentioned in

paragraph 13. Every defect noticed shail be réctified iorthwith. I

I
 Thc,llaharaslira Fa.ctotíes Rules, 1963 Z5g

'scueoute xvll
Handling and, processing ol Asbestos, Manufacture of anv Article ol
Asbestos and any other process of manufacture or otherwide in whích
Asbestos is used in any form.
- 1. lpp¡¡.atíon.- This schedute shail appty to ail factor¡es or parts of
factories in which any ol the following proc'e'sées is carried on:-
{a} breaking, crushing, dis¡ntegrating, opening, grinding, mixing or sieving
of asbestos and any other processes invofviñg hanoting anð manipula"'
tion of asbestos incidental thereto;
(b) all process in the manuÍacture of asbestos textiles including
preparatory and finishing processes;
(c) making of insulation slabs or sections, composed wholly or parfly of
asbestos, and processes incidental thereto;
(d) making or. repairing of insulating mattresses, composed whoily or
,part¡y of asbestos, and processes
incidentalthereto;
(e) manufacture of asbestos cardboard and paper;
(f) manufacture of asbestos cement goods;
(g) application oi asbestos by spray method;
{h) sawing, grinding, turnìng, abrading and polishing in dry state of
art¡cles composed wholly or parily ol asbestos;
(i) cleaning of.any roorn, vessel, chamber, figure of appliance for the
collection of asbestos dusu and
û)' aly other processes in which asbestos dust is given off into the work
of environment.
2. Definition.- For the purpose ol this schedule.
(a) "asbestos" means any fibrous silícate mineral and any admixture
containing actionolite, amosite, ânlhophyllite, !hrysotile,- crocidolite,
-
tremolite or any mixture thereof, whether crude, cri¡shed or opened;
(b) "asbestos textiles" means yarn'or cloth composed of asbeslos or
asbestos mixed with any other materiai;
(c) "approved" means approved for the time being in writing by the chief
lnspector;
(d) "breathing apparatus" means a helmet or lace piece with necessary
connection by means of which a person using it breathes air free from
dust, or any other approved apparatus;
(e) "efficient exhaust draught" means localised ventilation by mechanical
means for the rernoval éf oust so as to prevent dust from óscaping into
air of any place in which work is cairied on. No draught 'snall ne
deemed to be efficient which fails to controt dust produced at the poínt
where such dust orginates.
(f) "preparing" means crushing, disintegrating and any other processes in
or incidental to the opening of asbestos;

I Sub.s. by G.N. dt. 8.2.1988.

 254 The |laharashtra Factories Rules. lg63

(g) "protective clothing" means overalls and head cover¡ng which (in
eilher case) will when worn exclude asbestos dust.
3. Tools and Equipment.- Any tools or equipment used in processes to
which this schedule app¡¡ed shall be such that they do not create asbestos
dust above the permissible limit or are equipped w¡th eflicient exhaust
draught.
4. Exhaust draught.- {1) An elficient exhaust draught shail be provided
and maintained to control dust from the following processes and machines;
. (a) manufacture and conveying machinøy namely:
- (i) preparing, grinding or dry mixing machines;
{ii) carding, card waste and ring spinnÍng machines and looms;
(iii) machines or other plant led wiüa asbestos; and
(iv) machines used lor the sawing, grinding, turning, drilling, abrading
or polishing; in the dry state of ar.ticles composed wholly or parfly
ol asbestos
(b) cleaning and grinding of 'the cylinders or other parts of a carding
machine;
(c) chambers, hoppers or other structures into which loose asbestos is
: delivered or passes;
(d) work-benches lor asbestos waste sorting or for other manipulation of
1 asbestos by hand;
(e) work places at which the filling or emptying of sacks, skips or other
: . portable containers, weighing or other process incidental thereto
which is effected by hand, ís carried on;
(f) sack cleaninþ machines;
,. {g} mixing and blending of asbestos by hanct; and
(h) any other process in which dust is given off inio the work environment.
(2) Eihqust ventilation equipment provided in accordance with sub-pqra-
graph (1) shall, whíle any w.ork qf maintenance or repair to the machine'ry,
apparatus or other plant or equipment in connection with whích it is providdd
is.being carried on, be kept in use so as to produce ah exhaust draught
which prevents_ the entry of asbestos dust into ihe air ol any work place-
, (3) Arrançjements shall be made to prevent asbestos dust discharged
lrom exhaust apparatus being drawn into the air of any workroom..
(4) The asbestos bearing dust removed from any workroom by the
exhaust system shall be collected in suitable receptacles or filterb-ägs which
shall be isolated fronr al! work areas.
5. Testing and examination of ventilating systems.-(1) All ventilation
systems used for the purpose ol extracting or suppressing dust as required
by this schedule shall be examined and inspected once every week by a
responsible person. lt shall be thoroughly examined and tested by a
competent person once in every period of 12 months. Any delects found by
such examinâtions or test shall be rectífiêd forthwith.
(2) A register containing particulars of such examinalion and tests and the
state of the ptant and the repairs or alteration (if any) found to be necessary
shall be kept and shall be available {or inspection by an lnspector.
 'l'he llfaharashlra Faelories Rutes, 1963 255

6. Segregation in case of certain process.- Mixing or blend¡ng by the

hand of asbestos, or making or repairing of insulating mattresses composed
wholly or partly of asbestos shall not be carried on in any room in which any
other work is done.
7. Storage and distribution of loose asbestos.- All loose asbestos shall
whíle nol in use, be kept in suitable closed receptacles which prevent the
escape of asbestos dust there from such asbestos shall not be distributed
within a factory except in such receptacles or in a totally enclosed system
of conveyance.
8. Asbestos sacks.- (1) All sacks used as receptacles lor the purpose ol .

ttansport of asbestos within the faclory shall be constructed of impermeable

mater¡als and shall be kept in good repair.
{2) A sack which contained asbestos shall not be cleaned by hand beating
but by a machine, complying with paragraph 3.
¡ 9. Maintenance of floors and workplaces.- (1) ln every room in which
any of the requirements of this scheme apply-
{a} the lloors, work-benches, machinery and plant shall be kept in à
clean state and free from asbestos debris and suitable arrangements
shall be made for the storage of asbestos not immediately required for
use; and
(b) the floors shall be kept free from any materials, plant or other articles
- not immediately requited for the work carried on in the:Íoorlì, which
I would obstruct the proper cleanlng ol the floor.
(2) The cleaning as mentioned in sub-rule (1) shall so far as is prac-
ticable, be carried oul by means of vacuum cleaning equipment so desi$ned
and constructed and so used that asbestos dust neither escapes nor is
discharged into the air of any work place.
(3) When the cleaning is done by any method other than that mentioned
in sub-paragraph (2), the persons doing cleaning work and any olher person
ernployed in that room shall be provided with respiratory protective equip-
ment and protective clothing.
. (4) The vacuum cleaning equipment used in accordance with provisions
of sub-paragraph {2), shall be properly maintained and after each clean¡ng
operation, its surfaces kept in a clean state and free from asbestos waste
- and dust.
"(5) Asbestos. waste shall not be permitted to remain on the floors or other
s'¡ùdces at the work pláce at thé end ol the working shift and snâl be
translerred without delay to suitable receptacles. Any spillage of asbestos
waste occurring during the course of the work at any time shálT be removed
and transferred to the receptacles maintained for the purpose without delay.
10. Breathing apparatus and protective clothing.- {1) An approved
breathing apparatus and protective clothing shall be provided and rnain-
tained in good conditions for use ol every persons employed:-
(a) in chambers conta¡ning loose asbestos;
(b) in cleaning, dust settling or liltering chambers ol apparatus;
(c) in cleaning the cylinders, including the doffer cylinders, or other parts
ol a carding machine by means of hand- strickles;
(d) in lilling, beating, or levelling in the manufacture or repair of insulating
mattresses, and
 256 The lrlaharashtt.a Faclor¡es Rules, 1963

(e) in any other operation or circumstance in which ¡t is impracticable

to
adopt technicaf means to control asbestos dust in the wort< environ-
ment within the permissible limit.
(2) suitable accommodation in convenienily accessible position
shail be
provided for the use..ot persons when puttiÁg on or takihg off
nreaìniñg
apparatus and protective ctothing provided in aìcordance w¡in tnis rute anð
for the storage of such apparatué änd crothing wnen noi-in uJe.
. (3) All .breathing apparatus and protective clothing when not in use sha[
be stored in the accoïrmodation provided in accorãance witñ ,rn-iùrc
above. ø
(4) All protective clothing in use shall be de-dusted under an efficient
exhaust $ught or by vacuurn cteairing and shail ne wâshéo at iu¡täniä
intervals. The cleaning schedure and proóedure should be such as to ensure
the effiçiency in protecting the wearei.
: .(5) All breathing apparatus shail be cteaned and disinfected at suitabte
intervals and thoroughly inspected once every month by a responsibte
person.
{6) A recÓrd of tlie cleaning and maintenance and of the condition o{ ilre
breathing apparatus,shall be maintained in a registe, próuioeo for that
purpose which shallbe readity available for inspeciíon by'an lnspector.
{7} No persons slrall be employed to perform any work specified in
sub-paragraph .(1) for which breãtning ápparatus ii necessary to be,
provided under that sub-paragraph unless he has been lully instr:ucted
in the
proper use of that equipment.
, , {a) Io breathing apparatus provided in pursuañce of sub-paragraph (1}
which has been worn.by a person shall be worn by another pärsons untess
it has been. thoroughly creaned and disinfecteo sínce lãsi deing worn and
the person has been fully instructed in the proper use of tnât-eq-uipment.
:: l1- sep.arate accommodation for personal clothing.- A separate ac-
commodation shalt be provided in corivenienily accessiËte pos¡i¡on for all
persons.employed in_operations to wh¡ch this sihedule applie's for storing
of
personal clothing. This should be separated from thé accommodat-ion
provtoed unoer sub-paragraph {2) to prevent contamination of personal
qlothing.
12, washing and bathing facitities.- (1) Therê shall be provided and
maintained in a ctean state and in good ieþair for the use di ail workers
pryployeq in rhe processes covered by the sihedute, aoequáte washing and
balning places heving a constant supþty of water under cbver at the rate ol
one such place for every 1S persond employed.
(2).The washing places.shall have standpipes placed at intervals ol not
less than one metre.
(3) Not less than one half of the totat number of washing ptaces shalt
be
provided with bathrooms.
(4).sufficient supply of clean towels made of suitabte materiat shail be
provided.
Provided that such towels shall be supplied individualty for each worker
if so ordered by the lnspector.
(!) Suff¡cient supply.of soap and nail brushes shall be provided.
 The ìlaharashrra Factories Rules, 1.963 257

13. Messroom.- (1) There shall be provided and ma¡ntained lorthe use
of all workers employed in the factory covered by this schedule, rema¡n¡ng
on the premíses during the resl inlervals, a suitable messroom which shall
be furnished with:-
(a) sufficient tables and benches with back rest, and
(b) adequate means for warming food.
(2) The messroom shall be placed under the charge of a responsible
þerson. and slfall be kept clean.
14. Prohibition of employment of young persons.- No young pérson
shall be employed in any ol the processes covered by this schedule.
15. Prohibition relating to smoking.- No person shalt smoke in any area
where processes covered by this schedule are carried on. A notice in the
language understood by majority of the workers shall be posted in the plant
prohibiting smoking at such areas.
f 6. Cautionary Notices,- (1) Cautionâry notices shall be displayect at the
'approaches and along the peri metre of every asbestos processing
area to
warn all persons regarding:-
(a) hazards to health lrom asbestos dust.
{b}'need to use appropriate protective equipment.
prohJbition ol entry to unauthorised persons or authorised persons but
I {c) without protective equipment. -

(2) Such notice shall be in the language understood by the majority ol the
workers.
''17. Air monitoring.- To ensure the effectiveness ol the conüol measures,
monitoring of asbestos fibre in air shall be carried out once atleast in every
shift and the record of.the resulls so obtained'shall be êntered in a /egister
'speoially
maintained for the purpose.
18. Medicat exarnination,- (a) No worker shall be emptoyed in any
factory on any of the processes specified in clause 1, unless hê has been
medically examined by lhe Medical lnspector of Factories/Certifying Sur-
1[Form
çjeon and has been declared fit and granted a Certilicate of fitness in
No. 291.
' (b) Évery worker employed on any of the aforesaid processes on the date
on which the Schedule comes into force shall be radiologically examinecl by
the qualified radiologist at the cost ol the occupier and the standard
'size-X-r:ay
plate shatl be submitted to the Medical Inçpector of Factories
Certifying Surgeon for medical examination within three months of the said
date.
(c) Every worker employed on any of the aforesaid probesses shall be
medically examined by the Medical lnspector ol Factories/Certifying Sur-
geon at intervals of twelve months after the first .medical examination
conducted under sub-clauses (a) and (b). lf at any time the Medical
lnspector o{ Factories/Certifying Surgeon, is of the opinlon that the person
employed in the said process shall be examined radiologically by a qualil¡ed
radiologist, he may direct the occupier lo arrange lor such exam¡nation at

I Subs. by G.N. dt. 1.8.2000 published irr MGC Pt.l-L, EKt.p.l0O

268 The lllaltarashtt'a Factor¡es Rules, 1963

his cost and then to subm¡t lhe standard size chest X-ray plate of the worker
!o the Medical lnspector of Factories/Certifying Surgeon.
. (d) A worker already in employment and declared unfit by the Medical
lnspector ol Factories/Certilying Surgeon shall not be allowed to work on
any of the processes spec¡fied in clause {1), unless he has been examined
again along with standard size chest X-ray plate lrom a qualified radiologist
at the cost of the occup¡er and has been certified to be lit to work on the
said processes again.
{e} A worker declared to be unlit to work on any ol the afòresaid
processes, may be employed on such other work or process as may be
considered safe and as may be advised.by the .Medical lnspector ol
Factories/Certif yin g Surgeon.
'Factories/Certilying
(f) The:Medical lnspector of Surgeon may'direct that
a worker may be X-rayed or he may be subiected to further examination by
a specialist or to any other examination clinical, pathological or otherwise or
that:he shoutd undergo a specified treatment, and it shall be the respon-
sibility ol the employer (occupier and manager) to arrange for the specilied
examination and/or trealment and to bear all expenses thereof or in
connection therewith.
(g) The Certifying Surgeon shall after each examination grant a cert¡f¡cate
in '[Form No. 23].
(h) The manager shall maintain allthe certificates in a proper register or
lile and shall produce all the certi{icates before an lnspector whenever
demanded.
(i) The manager shall mainlain the detail ol every Medical Examination in
Form No. 7 and the register shall þe produced belore an lnspector whenever
demanded.
19. Medical facilities.-(1) The occupier of the lactory shall appoint at
least a parl-time qualified medical practitioner, possessing M.B.B.S. degree
and having post-graduale diploma in lndustrial Health or possessing
'M.B.B.S. degree and having five years' experience iñ lndustry as occupa-
tional health physician. The medical practitioner so appointed shall be
required to put in minimum four hours, attendance on every working day in
the ambulance room for carrying out the duties specified in the following
'sub-paragraph (2):
Provided that, in case of factories employing less than 500 workers por
dáy, the Chiel lnspector of Factories. may allow attendance for shorter'
duration after taking into consideration allthe relevant facts of each case.
(2) The medical practitioner so appointed shall perform the following
duties that is to say:-
, (a) to maintain Health Register, in Form 7.
(b) to undertake medical supervision ol persons employed in the lactory.
(c) to look after health, education and rehabilitation of sick, injured or
: alfected workers;

I Subs. by G.N. tlt. I.8.2000 published in MGG P[.I-L, Ext.p.l0o

 The àlaharashtra Faclories Rules, 1963 259

(d) to carry out inspection of work-rooms where dangerous operat¡ons are

carried out and to advise the management ol lhe measures to be
adopted for protection of health of thê workers involved therein.
(3) For the purpose of medicat supervision by the medical pract¡lioner so
appointed lhe occupier shall be provided for his exclusive use a room in the
factory. premises which shall be properly cleaned, adequately lÍghted;
ventilated and furnished with a screen, a table w¡th office stationery, cha¡rs
and olher facilities and instruments including X-ray arrangement for such
examinations and such othef equipments as may be prescribed by the chief
lnspector lrom time to t¡me.
t[{+) Occupier of the factory shall maintain
,health records and keep maintaining, the
of every worker upto a minimum period of 40 years from the
beginning of the employment or'ts years after retirement or cessation of
employment, whichever is later.l
, ,2O Exemptions.- tf in respect ol any factory, the Chief lnspector is
salisfied that owing to lhe exceptional circumstances or infrequenby of the
processes or for any other reasons all or any of the provisígns ol this
s^gledule is.not necessary lor protection of the workers, in the factory; the
chiel lnspector may by a certificate in writting which he may at his discietion
rëygke at any time exempt such factory from ail or any of such provisions
eubjsct to such donations' therein'
'tåi;ååli,Jifil*'tr
Manufacture or Manipulation of Manganese and its Compounds
1. Definition.- For the purpose of this Schedule-
, (A) "Manganese Process" means processing, manufacture or manipula-
mixture containing manganese.
{b) lFirst Employment" means f¡rst employment in âny ,ms¡g¿m.
process and includes also re-employment in any manganese process
, . following âny cessation of employment for a continuous period ex-
, ceeding 3 calendar months.
(c) "Manipulation" rheans mixing, blending, filling, emptying, grinding,
, sieving, drying, packing, sweeping, or otherwise handling of man-
ganese, or a compound ol manganese, or an ore mixture conta¡ning
manganese.
(d) "Elficient Exhaust Draught" means localized ventilation effected by
, mechan¡cal means for the removal of dust or fume or misl at its source
of origin so as to prevent it from escaping into the atmosphere of any
place where.any work is carried on. No draught shall be deemed to be
efficient which fails to remove the dust or fume or mist at the point
where it is generated and fa¡ls to prevent it lrom escaping into and
spreading into the atmosphere of a work place.
2. Applicat¡ori.- The schedule shall apply to every factory in which or in
any part of which any manganese process is carried on.

t Added by c.N. dr. 23:1.1998

Schedule XVIII, XIX inserred by C.N., dt. L12.1975
260 The. ltaharashtra Facrories Rutes, 1963

3. Exemption.- lf in respect of any factory, the Chief lnspeclor is satisfied

that owing to any exceptional círcumstances, or infrequency of the process,
or for any other reason, application of all or any of the provisions of this
schedule is not necessary {or the protection of the persons employed in
such factory he may by an order in writing which he may at his disóretion
revoke, exempt such factory from all or any ol the provisions on such
conditions and for such period as he rfiay speci{y in the said order.
4. lsolation of process,- Every manganese process which may give rise
to dust, Vapour or mist containing manganese, shall be carried on in a totally
enclosed system or olherwise effectively isolated from othér processes so
that other plants and processes and other parts ol the factory and persons
employed on other work or process may not be affected by the same.
5, Exhaust draught.- No process in whiçh any dusl, vapour or mist
contaíning manganese is generated shall be carried out except under an
efficient exhaust draught which shall be applied as near to the point of
genefation as practicable.
6. Medical facilities.- {1} The occupier of the factory shall appoint a
qualified Medical Practitioner whose appointment shail be subject to confir-
mat¡on by lhe Chiel lnrpector. The qualilied Medical practitioner so ap-
pointecl shall be called Appo¡nted Doctor [Appointed Doctor shail be re-
quired to pul in minímum fourhours'attendance on very working day in the
ambulance room for carrying out the duties specilied in the followíng sub-
paragraphs (3), (4) and (5):
Provided that, in the case of factories employing less than S00'workers
per day, the Chief lnspector ol Factories may allow attendance for shorter
duration after taking into consideration qll the relevant facts of each case.l
, (2) The.occupier shall provide for the purpose of Medical Examination a
room at the factory premises for exclusive use by appointed'Doctor. The
room so provided shall be properly cleaned, adequately lighted; ventilated
and. furnished with a screen, a table (with writing materials), chairs-and
facilities, equipments and instruments for examination and investigation.
Such facilities shall be subject to approval by the Medical lnspector of
Factories.
(3) The appointed Doctor shall carry out pre-employment examination of
every person intended to be employed in manganese process. All workers
employed in manganese process shall be examined by the appointed Doctor
at an interval not exceeding three months and records of such examinations
shall be ma¡nta¡ned in a form approved by the Chief lnspector of Factories
and shall be made available to any lnspector on demand.
.' (4) The occupier and tfie appointed Doclor of the factory shall notify
forthwith any case or suspected case of poisoning.by manganese to the
Chief lnspector of Factories and Medical lnspector of Factories.
'[(S) tn addition to the duties specified in sub- paragraphs {3) and (4), the
appointed doctor shall perform the following duties, that is to sayl,-
(a) to maintain Health Register in Form 7;

I Ins, by G.N., dt, 13.3.1984 in M.G.C. Pr,l-L dr, 9.8.1984 p.3448.

 The llaharashtra Factot'ies Rules. 1963 261

to undertake medical supervision o{ persons engâged in dangerous

(b)
qperations spec¡fied in rule 114 of these rules;
.
(c) to look after health, educâtion and rehâbilitation of sick, injured and
,
affected workers;
(d) to cary out inspect¡on of work-rooms where dangerous operations are
carried out and to adv¡se the managemient of the measures to be
: adopted for protection of health of the workers involved thereinl.
'
7. Medical examination.- (1) Every person employed in a manganese
process shall be medically examined by Medical lnspector of FactorieslCer-
tifying Surgeon within 14 days of his first employment and thereafter at
intervals of not more than six months.
(2) lf a person medically examined is found fit for employment on
manganese process, the Medical lnspector of Factor¡es/certifying surgeon
shall grant a certilicate of fitness in '[Form No. 32] which shall be kept in
the custody ol the Manager ol the factory. The cert¡l¡cate shall be readily
produced by the Manager whenever re- quired by an lnspector and the
person granted such a cert¡ficate shall be provided w¡lh a token made a
metal with the number of the certificate inscribed thereon and said person
shall always carry said token on the person while at work.
(3) lf a person is found unlit for work in any manganese process the
Medical Inspector of Faclories/CertÌfying Surgeon shall grant a certificate to
that effect and such person shall not be allowed to work in any manganese
process.
(4) lf the Medical lnspector ol Factories/Certifying Surgeon linds that any
worker who had been granted a cert¡f¡cate of fitness at a previous medical
examination is no longer f¡t to be employed on any manganese process, he
may revoke the previous certificate and no person whose certilicate of
fitness has been revoked shall be allowed to work on any manganese
process. The Medical lnspector of Factories/Certilyíng Surgeon may require
such person to be produced before him for fresh medical examination after
such period as he may specífy in writing on the revoked certificate and in
the Health Register in Form No. 7.
(5) lf the Medical lnspector ol Factories/Certifyìng Surgeon is of the
opinion that person had become permanently unfit for employment on any
manganese process he shall make an entry to that elfect in the cert¡ficate
and In the Health Register and no such person shall be allowed to work in
any manganese process.
(6) if the Medical lnspector of Factories/Certifying Surgeon is of the
oBinion that any special expert examination or test is necessary for a proper
diagnosis in a-do.ubtfulcase,-he may direct the manager and/orthe Occupier
to get the worker examined by such expert,. or to get such tests carried out
as may be specified by hím and the Manager or the Occupier as the case
may be shall comply with the direction given within a specified time and
produce the report of examination or test as the case may be þgfore the
Medical lnspector of Factories/Certifying Surgeon.

I Subs. by G.N. dt. 1.8.200, published in MGG h,I-L, Ext. P.l0O

 262 The Maharashtra Factories Rutes, 1963

(7) lf the Medicat tnspector of Factories/certilying surgeon is of the

op¡nion that any person is not lit for employment in ány mangãnese process
but is fit to be emptoyed on any other work he may advise ine Mariager or
the.occullier-to employ the said person on such otner ¡oo as måy bð safe
for him. The Medicat lnspector of Factories/certi{ying surgeon máy advise
the worker to undergo such treatment as he may ôonlioer-necessary.
(8) lf any person lrqs ány doubt regarding the diagnosis or decision of the
-.
Medical lnspector of Factories/certífying surg_eon, ñe may make an
appeal
to the. chief t-nspector of Factories and the crriet tnspeitor may retËi tnà
case to the Medical lnspector of Factories or to a'Medical ôommittee
constituled by him for this plrpose of which the Medicat inspector of
Factories shall be a member. The decision of the Medical lnspector or the
Committee as the case may be shall be final in the matter.
8. Personal Protective Equipment.- (1) The occupier of ths factory shall
provide and maintaín in good and clean condition su¡tãOle overalls anrl head
coverings for all Dersons employed in any rnanganese process and such
overalls and head coverings shall be wornby the personó while working on
a manganese process.
(2) The ocðupier of the factory sha[ provÍde suitable respiratory protec-
tive. equipment for use^ b_y workers in emergency to prevent inhalat¡on of
dusts, fumes or mists. sufficient number of compléte sdts of such equipment
shall aiways be.kep-t near the work p_lace and the sarne-shall be'pr'operly
maintained and kept always in a condition to be used readily.
(3) The occupier shall provide and maintain for the use ol ail persons
employed, suitable accommodatíon for the storage and make aäeguate
a.rrangements for cleaning and maintenance of personal protective ei¡uip-
ments.
9. Prohibition relating to women and young persons.- No women or
young persons shall be employed or permitted to work in any manganese
process.
10. Food' drinks prohrbited in work-room.- No food, drinks, pan and
supari or tobacco shall be allowed to be brought into or òonsumi¡ri ny any
worker in any work-room in which any rnanganbse process is carried ôn. -
', 11. Mess roorn.- There shall be provided and maintaíned forthe use of
persons employed in a manganese process a suitable mess room which
shall be furnished with sufficient tables and benches and adequate rneans
for warming of food. The mess room shall be placed under the:charge of a
responsible person and shall be kept clean.
. !.1waghing and qa.thlng facititíes.- The toilowing washing and bathing
lacilities shall be provided and maintained in ctean stãte and iã gooc repair
for the use of all persons employed in manganese processi
(a) A wash place under cover with clean towels, soap and nail brushes
and with at least.one. stand pipe for every ten su'ch persons having
conitant supply ol water.
(b) 50 per cent ol the stand pipes provided under item (a) above may be
located in bathroom where water shall be made avaiiable duríng Üre.
working hours of the lactory and for one hour thereafter.
(c) clean towels to be provided índividually to each worker and supply hot
water if so ordered by an lnspector.
 The Maharashtra Factories Rules, 1963 269
' {d) ln addítion to taps ment¡oned under item (a) one stand pìpe in
warÍn water is made avairabre to be providèá which
on eã"r,-rroor.
13. Croak-room.,-. rf th.e chief rnspector so requires,
provided and maintained for the use öf there shail be
' process a croak room ror,crothing put .persons emproyed in manganese
off dirring *ork¡ng ñ¿,uir'*¡Ú, adequate
arrangement for dryíng the ctothìrig
l4. Gautionarv pracard and instructions.- cautionary
notices in the
folfowing form and þ.rinteo ¡n tne lanöuãg. or
the majority of the workers
employed shail be arfixed. in promineni prãcqs in
ilre iaôtorf nin"r* they can
be eas.ily and conveni-e$v. r'e3d by thJwo*ers and
arrangement shail be
T:g:_!y-t¡e occupierregarding
to' ¡nsrruct'péi¡"oiãäùv ää';o;i in a
lnanganese.'process the heâtth hâzards cónnãciäo
"iJ";mproyed
with their
duties and trest preventive melasures ãno met¡rooJt"
The notices shari arways be maintain-eo ìn a regibre ôiôt"dithemserves.
condition:-
Cautionary Notice
Manganese and Manganese Gompounds
1- Dust, fumes and,mists of manganese and compounds
inhaled or when ingested. -"- vv¡"Ì've¡¡ve qr<
are toxic when
2. Do not consume food or drink near the work place.
3. Take a good wash before taking meals.
4. Keep the working area clean.
5. Use the protective ctothing and equipments provided.
6- When required to work in situations where dusts,
fumes or mists are
likely to be intiared, use respiratoiv piôtectiue equipment provided
purpose. for rhe
7. lÍ.you get severe headaches, proronged sreepressness or
sensations on the body, report to th'e Manâger whô abnormar
wourd ma*e arrange_
ment for your examinaiion ánO treatmenl.
SCHEDULE XIX
Carbon di-sulphide plants
l' App.lication.- Th¡s schedule shall appty to aü electric furnaces in which
qPon di-surphide is generated and ari iitÍrer ptanti-ù¡ir"'Jarnon di:sur_
phide after generation,-is condenseo, iàtiñeo
ano storeo--'-
--l
These rure$ are in addition to and not in derogation
provisions ol the Act and Rules made thereunder. of any of the
2.. construction, rnstailation and operation.-
. (a) The buirdings in which
electric furnaces are instailed ano cãioon-oi-surp-nloê'ãñð,,
condensed and refined shail be legogãtäa from. other parts län"rution is
and shatt be of open tv¡e to ensure ðpiimù-m ventiration
òf rhe factory
anä iÉe prant ray_out
shatt be such rhat oniv a minimum numoJi ¿,r
risk of any fire or explôsion at one t¡mè. - - ü;t;;;
sr v v^},! ro the
'' (b) Every
"*'äiËor"o
erectric flrjT_". and every prant in which carbon
disurphide is
condensed, and refined and srored *itü ãll t¡,eii rìüinéi'ãnääï".nmenrs
shall be of good construction, sound materiar and of
adequate strength to
susta¡n the internar oressure to which rhe.furnácé ilihË
subiected and shail 6e so designeo inåt'äa'.¡on oilurpniciã r;rnt may ne
riqüio and gas
are in closed system dur.ing Iheir normal worKtng-
 264 The l\.laharashtra FacØries Rutes. 1963

(c) The eÍectric lurnace supports shall be firmly and adequately grouted
in concrete or by other elfective means.
(d) Every electric furnace shall be installed and. operated according to
inanufacturers' instruct¡ons and these instrurtions shait be clearty impaited
to the personnel in-charge of construction and operatíon.
{e) The instructions regarding observance of correct furnace temperature,
sulphur doze, admissible currenvpower consumption and periodical check-
ing ol charcoal level shall be strictly complied with.
3. Electrodes.- (a) Where upper ring electrode(s), made of steel are used
in the electric furnace, they shall be of seamless tube construction and shall
have arrangements for beìng connected to coofing water System through a
siphon built in the electrodes or through a positive pressuré water-pump.
(b) The arrangement for cooling water referred to in clause (a) shall be
connected with automatic alarm system which will actuate in the event of
interruption of cooling water in the electrodes and $ive visible and audible
alarm signals in the control room and simultaneously stop power supply lor
the furnace operâtion and to stop the further supply of water, Thá aiarm
system and the actuating device shall be checked every day.
4. Maintenance of charcoal level.- lt shall be ensured'that the elec-
trodes âre kept covered with charcoal bed when the lurnabe ¡s in operation.
5. Charcoal separator.- An effeclive'arrangement shall be provided to
prevent entry of pieces o{ charcoal ¡nto the condensers and piping.
6. Rupture discs and safety seal.- {a) At least two rupture discs ol
adequate size which shall blow sff at a pressure twice the maximum
operat¡ng pressure shall be provided on each furnace and shall either be
mounted directly on the top of the furnace or each through an independent
pipe as close as possible to the furnace.
(b) A safety water seal shall be provided and topped from a po¡nt between
the off take pipe from the electric furnace and sulphur separaior.
7. Pyrometer and manometer,- (a) Each electric furnace shall be fitted
with adequate number of pyrometers to ¡ndicate temperalures as near to the
correct ligures as practícable, at various points in the furnace. The díals lor
reading the temperâtures shall be located in the control room.
. {b) Manometers or any other suitable devices shall be provided for
indicating pressure-
. (i) ln the off take pipe before and after the sutphur separator; and
: (ii) ln primary and secondary condensers.
8, Prevention of back flow of gas.- (i) All piping carrying carbon
.di-sulplíide shall be fitted with checkvalveò, water-ieais or îome other
effective devices at suitable positions so as to prevent gas from ftowing back
into any electric furnaces in the event of its shutdown.
(ii) Overhead storage tank or tanks of adequate capacity shall be
provided 1o ensure supply ol cooling water by direct gravity leed to the
condensers in case of emergency such as powef shut-down etc. at least for
the duration during which it would be possibte to initiate and complete the
procedures for the shut- down of the furnace.
9. Inspection and maintenance of electric furnaces.- (a) Every electrir
furnace shall be inspected internally by a competent person:-
 The l{aharashtt'a Factories Rules. l96J 265

{i) before,being placed in service after installation;

(ii) before being placed in service after reconstruction or repairs; and
{iii) periodically every time the furnaces are opened for cleaning or
dashing or for replac¡ng electrodes.
(b) When an electric furnace is shut down for cteaning or deashing-
{i) thq brick lining shall be checked for continuity and any part found
defective removed:
(ii) after removal of any part oT the tining, referred to in (a) the condition
of the shell shall be closely inspected; and
{iii) any places forming shall found corroded to the extent that safety of
the furnace is endangered shall be replaced.
. lO. Maintenance of record.- The following hourly records shall be
maintained in a log book-
{i) manometer readings at the points spócified in 7(b)(i) and (ii)
(ii) gas temperature indicated by pyrometers and all other vital points near
' the.sulphur separator and primary and secondary condensors;
(iii) water .lemperature and flow of water through the syphon in the
electrodes, provided that where there is a -system ior posltively
ensuring more than the minimum requirement of water-flow through
syphon system and where an arrangement is also available for an
, instantaneous cut off ol power wherever there is low flow of water, the
provisions of the sub-clause may not apply;
(iv) primary and secondary voltages current and energy consumed.
11. Electrical apparatus, wiring and fittings.- Alt buitdings in which
carbon di-sulphide is refined or stored shall be provided with electr¡cal
àpparatus, wiring and fittings which shall afford adequate protect¡on from
the lire and explos¡on.
12. Prohibition relating to smoking.- No person shall smoke or carry
matclres, fire or naked light or other means of producing a naked light ol
dpark in buildings in whiõh carbon di-sutphidè ís refined- or stored, änd a
not¡ce in the language understood by a majority of the workers shall bs
pasted in thè plant prohibiting smoking and carrying of matches, fire or
naked light or other means of producing naked light or spark inlo such
rooms.
' 13. Means of escape,- Adequate means of escape shall be provided and
maintained to enable persons to move to safe place.as quickly as possible
it1 case of an emergency. At least two independent staircases of adequate
width shalf be provided in every building housing the furnaces at reasonable
intervals at opposite ends. These shall always be kepi clear of all obstruc-
tions and so designed as to afford easy passage.
14. Warning in case of fire.- There shall be adequate arrangement for
giving warnings Ín case of lire or explosion whích shall operate on electricity
and in case of failure of electric¡ty by some mechanical means.
'15. Fire-fighting equipment.- (a) Adequate number of suítabte fire
extinguishers or other lire{ightíng equipment shall be kept ín constant
readiness for dealing with risks, involving And depending on the amount and
nature of materials store.
 266 The Maharashtra Facto¡ies Rules, 1963

{b) clear ¡nstruct¡ons as to how the extinguishers or other equipment

thoqrd be used prinred in the ransuâsá *,icñirré mäðiitv'äì Û,. workers
employed understan.d, shail be aflixeo"to each extinguisr,ã?
ment and the personneltrained ín their use. ãi other equip_

- J9' B'F-sulphur.-
sulphur
(a) open or semi-encrosed spaces for
shail be sited with due regard to dangei *ñth *ay slorage of burk
given.off by nearby rocomotiv:es etc., and-precaùìôns arise from
:llrks
to see that flames, smoking and matches and other source" snail be taken
not come in contact with thé crouds ol úust ar¡sing or ignítion do
ouriÃg'ñänor¡ng of burk
sulphur.
. (b) All enclosures f.or.burk sufphur shail be of non-combustibre construc-
tion, adeguatery ventirated and'ro oeiisn.d as to provide
ledges on which dust may lodge. a minimum of
{c) The buÌk sulphur in the encrosures shail be handred in such
^-
âs. to minímise rhe formation a manner
of dusr clouOs-ãno
matches or other sources of ignition shalr be emptoyeo
iliä;; smoking or
ourini'its handlrng.
(d) Norepairs invofving frames, heat or.use
. of hand
be made in the enctosure where butk suiphur ¡s stoiôã. o,
poñ*rtoors shail

. 1.7. Liquid
.surphur.-. open.frames, ereclríc sparks and other sources of
ign¡t¡on, íncruding smoking and match'es, ihail
Y'lv'vvvs rrvrr tne viciniiy
oä äxõruoä-t'r'óä
ol mo¡ten sulphur.
f 8. Training and supervision.-
{a) Ail erectfic furnaces and art prants in
which carbon di-surphide is. concein'ed, refined or
adequate supervisidn at an timei wrr¡ie 1rrJ ru."ðäî stored shail be under
"änã"ir"m
operation. are in
(b) workers in-charge of oper.arion and ma¡ntenance
and the prants shail poÈsess cluarificationJ at teast
of erectric furnaces
Leavins certificate Examinatibn ano
eô"ivaeñiiõ Hign scnoot
inâi aiso oË ãõilã;iyìrained.
wqsning facirities.- The.occupier shalr provide and maintain in a
-,_r-s. state
crean and in good repair, for thä use pil;Ë';*;royed wash
place under cover with at ieast one tap'or oi aä
standjp¡ú, h;;i;ð a constant
suppty of crean water for every five suih persons,.the
taps o,*irñãrb"iiilË
being spaced not ress than 12d centimetreb apart witn
a Jliiðient suppry of
soap and crean towers provided that towers strãir nãiupp-rìää-inîiviouaily
each worker íf so orderêd by lnspector. to
Ail the workers emproyed ¡n
.the surphur storage, hand[ng and merting
operations shall beprovided with a nail brusn.
.
2o Personarprotective equip.ment- (a) suitabre goggres
clothing. consisting of overailé wilnout pdòrers, groves and protective
and foot_wear sha'
be provided for the use of operatives_
(i) when operation varves or cocks contfoiling fruids
etc.,
(ii) drawing off of molten sulphur from sulphur pots,
and
(Íii) handling charcoat or sulphur.
. {b) suitabte respiratory protective equipment shall be provided and
appropriate praie for use ddring annormaf ,ãnoiiio"ni stored
il.lh"
emergency. or in an
(c) Arrangement shall be made for the proper
and efficient cleaning of all
such protective equipment.
 The Maharaslttra Foctoríes Rules, 1963

2f . Cloak-roorn.- There shall be provided and maintained for the use ol

all persons employed in the processes a suitable cloak room f or clothing put
off during work hours and a suitable place separate from the cloak room for
the storage of overalls or working clothes. The accommodation so provided
shall be placed in the charge of a responsible person and shall be kept
clean.
' 22. Unauthorised persons.- Only maintenance and repair personnel,
persons directly connecled with the plant operation and those accompanied
þy authorised persons shall be admitted into the plant.
SCHEDULE XX
Benzene
1.. This schedule is made to provide protecl¡on against hazards of
poisoning lrom beqzene and shall appty in respect of factories ór parts
thçreol ín which. benzene or substances containing benzene are rnânufac-
tured, handled or used.
2. Definitions.- For the purpose of this schedule,-
(a) "Substances containing benzene" means substances wherein ben-
zene content exceeds 1 per cent by volume.
(b) "Substitute" means a chemical which is harmless or less harmfulthan
benzene and can be used in place of benzene.
. (c) "Enclosed system" means a syst€m which will not âllow escape of
benzene vapours to the working atmosphere.
(d) "Efficient exhaust draught" means localised ventilation effected by
mechanical means for the removal of gases, vapours and dusts or
:i fumes so as to prevenl them from escaping into the air of any work
room. No draught shall be.deemed to be eflicient if it fails to remove
'smoke generated al the po¡nt where such gases, vapour, fumes or
dusts originate.
: 3. Prohibition and substitution.- (a) Benzene or substances containing
benzene shall not be used as a solvént or diluent unless the proce$s in
which it is used ís carried on in an enclosed system or unless the process
is carrÌed on in a manner which is considered equally sale as if it were
carried out in an enclosed system.
1f(a-l) Use of benzene and substances conta¡nlng benzene is prohibited
in,the following processes, namely:-
(i) manufacture of varnishes, paints and lhinners:
(ii) cleaning and degreasing operations.l
(blWhere suitable substitutes are available, they shall be used instead of
benzene or subsÌances containing benzene. This provisions, however, shall
not apply to the processes specified in Appendix A:
' (c) The Chíel lnspector may, subject to confírmation by the State
Government, permit exemptions from the percentage laid down in clause
2{a} and also from the provisions of sub'clause (b) temporarily under

I lns. by C,N., dt. 17.12.1986

 TIte lllaharashtra Factories Rules, Ig63

conditions and w¡th¡n limits of t¡me to be determined after

consuttation wÍth
the employers and workers concerned-
4' Protection aqa¡nst inhaìarion.- (a) The process invorving
benzene or substa-nces containing oerìãbne shalt as far the use of
as practicable be
carried out in an enclosed systeml
{b) where, however, it.ís not.practicabre to carry out the process in an
enclosed system, the workroom ih which benzene o-r
substandes
benzene are used glra]r ne. eq.uipped wnr-än-ðrJi;i*"ñ;Tä;it contain¡ng
other means for the removar ot'udrizene vapours to prevent oraugnt or
the¡r escape into
the air ol the work rooms so that the crncentration of benzene
does not exceed 2s parts per mirion ur"oirmäiiäoï{,irl."' in the a¡r
. (c) A¡r analysis for the measurement of concentration of benzene vapours
in air shalr be carried.out every g hours or at such intervals
directed by the chier rnspector at. pracãé *neijöiòLäåË'¡niir"¡ng as may be
benzene is carried on and the resuti of such anrivði, use of
õñãi oä iecoroeo ¡n.a
ry. maintained for this purpose. rf rhe concenrration
l1g]:9r^ vapours in air as meas-ured by âir'anarysis, exceeáó-es parts ot
oenzene :.qggiuf
million by.vorume ol.q0. mg/mo, ttre futãnager-sharr rorürùirr pãi
conrentration to the chief rnspector stating tñe reásãnslôì'J"ïn
report the
increase.
(e) workers who for speciar reasons are rikery
to be exposed to con_
centration of benzene in the air of the workroom-exceeding'tñe
max¡mum
referred to in crause (b) shau be provided with the suitaniË i

iesprrators or i
face masks. The duraiion of suitr expôsure shail be r¡mited as far
possible. as
j
i

,- 9: Y"q"u.1gq.as.a.i1¡!_skin conracf.- (a) worr<ers who are rikery to come

¡n contact with riquid benzene or riquid sùbstances
I

Ëänzene shar¡
be provided with'suitable gloves,.aþions-, 6oot' and "ont"inùé
where neîãssary vapour
tight chemicat goggles, maoe óf inateríals not affecteá-nv uã-nzene
vapoufs. or its
. (b) The protective wear referred to in sub-clause (a)
shaH be maintained
in good condition and inspected regularly.
: 6. Prohibition relating to employment of .women and young persons.-
.!9 ygmen or yo.ung p-ersons snäil 6e emproyed or peir¡ttóãiö *orr. in any
workroom invorving exposure to benzene òr substan'ces òòh1ãiiring
oenzeñd.
' 7. Labeiling.- Every-container¡ording benzene or substances contain¡ng
benzene shatt have the word "Benzeñe'i
.ano appròüõð,iànlä, symbors
clearly visible on it shall also display informati'oh
-warning about inftamabitity of the chemicat. on benze-ne content, !

8; lmproper use of Benzene.- l

i
(a) The use of benzene or substance containing benzene
by workers for
'"'
creaning their hands or their work crorhing sñaiibã
ólóni6¡t"ä."-'-
{b} workers shall be instructed on the possible dangers arising from such
misuse.
, I' Prohibition of consuming food, etc., in work room.- No workers
shall be allowed to store or consume food or drink in tlie wói[ room in
which
benzene or substances containing benzene are manulactured, handled
or
used. smoking and chewing tobacìo or pan shall be pronioiteo in such
work
room.
 Tlte l,[aharashn'a Facto¡ies Rules. j963 269

10. lnstructions as regards risk.- Every worker on h¡s first employment

shall .be fully instructed on the properties of benzene or substânces
containing benzene which he has to handle and of the dangers invotved.
workers shall also be instructed on lhe measures to oe tale"ri'to deâl with
in an emergency.
: ll. cautionary notices.- cautionary notices in the form specilied in
åqpTj'¡:F a1{,glesenfed in.the lansyâge easily read anà unobrstood by
rne.major[y ot the workers shall be displayed in prominent places in thó
workrooms where benzene are manufacti¡reh, handted or useå.
1.4' washing.lld barhing facitities.- {i) The foilowing washing iacilities
and bathing facitities. shalt bé provided an'ó maintaineo iñ cläãnlv"staæ áno
in good repair for the. use oi art persons employed in opãiátions which
involves manufacture, handling or u'se of Benzehe ôr sunstdnces contain¡ng
Benzene:-
(a) A yaplr-place under cover with clean towets, soap and naif brushes
. and with at least one stand pipe lor every ten persons having constant
supply of water.
.50 per cent of the stand pipes provided
, (b) under item (a) above to be.
'ne
located in barhroom. watei stratt made avaitaore ouiiñg iñã'wo*iñõ
hours ol the factory and for one hour thereafter.
, (c) clean towels to be provided individuaily to each wor.ker and supply ol
hot water if so ordered by an lnspector. .-: .
(d) ln addition to taps.mentioned under item (a), one stand pipe in which
: warm water is made available to bo provideO on eaCfr flrjãr.
(ii) Gloak room.- A cloak room with lockers for each worker, having two
compartments one for street-clothÍng and one for.work- clothing, srrãtt ¡e
provided.
(iiÍ) Mess room.- A mess room furnished with tables and benches wilh
means lor warminþ food shall be provided and where a canteen or other
pfoper a-rrângements exist for the workers to take their meals, the require-
ments of mess room rûay be dispensed with.
13. Medical examination.- (a) Every worker who is to be employed in
processes involving use of benzene or substances containing beñzene,
shall undergo,-
(¡) a thorough pre-employment medical examination including a
btood test
for fitness for employment by a Medical fnspector of Faciorieslcertiry-
ing Surgeon
(ii) pe,riodical m.gdical examination inctuding. btood test and other biotogi-
cal tests at intervals of every 6 monthsby lhe factory medicat ofiicär
with the assistance of a labriratory.
' (b) certificates of
.pre-employment medical examination and periodical
medical examination including tests, shall be entered in a health iegister in
Form No. 7 anS Medicat tnspector of Factories/certifying Surgãón mãy grant
certificare in '¡Form lro. eb¡, wlr¡ch sr¡ãir ue prooúceð õn äeùano-b! an
lnspector.

I Subs. by G.N. dr. 1,8.2000, published in MGG pr,I-L, Exr, p,100

_27O The Maharashta Factorìes Rules, 1963

(c) lf the factory medical oflicer on examination at any time is of the

op¡nion that any worker has developed signs or symptoms of benzene
exposure, he shall make a record ol his lindings in the said register and
inform the Manager in writing-,
On receipl ol the information from the lactory medicat officer, the
lVlanager of the lactory shaÍl send the worker so Íound exposed, to the
Medical lnspeclor oJ Factorieslcertifying surgeon who shall, âfter satisfying
himself with the findings of the factory medicat officer ano conduitin[
necessary examinations, issue orders of temporary shifting of the worker or
suspension of the worker in the process.
(d) The medical exam¡nation shall be arranged by the occupier or
manager of the factory and the worker so examined shall not bear any
expenses for it.
t¡te-4. Medical facilities.- (1) The occupier
of the factory shall appoint
at least- a,part-t¡me qualified medical practilioner, possessing M-B.B.S-
degree ând having a diploma in lndustr¡al Health or'possessinþ rut.a.A.S.
degree and having live years' experience ¡n industry að occupatiõnal health
physicían- The medical practitioner so appointed shalt be required to put in
minimum four hours' attendance on every working day in tlie ambulance-
room for carrying out the duties specified in the foltowing sub.paragraph (2):
Provided that, in the cases factories employing less than 500 workers per
day, the Chief lnspector ol Factories may allow attendance for shorter
duration after taking into consideration all the relevant facts of each case.
(2) ln addition to the dut¡es specilied in sub-paragraph (1) the medicat
practitioner so appointed shall perform the following duties, that is to say,-
(a) to maintain Health Register:in Form 7;
(b) to undertake medieal supervision'of persons engaged in dangerous
.,(c) operations specified in rule 114 ol these rules;
to- look after health, education and rehabilitat¡on of ,sick, ínjured or
affected workers;
(d) to carry out inspection of work-rooms where dangerous operations are
, : Gârried out and to advise the management ol the measures to be
adopted for protection of heatth of the workers involved thereinl.
14. Exemption.- lf in respect of any factory, the Chief lnspector is
satislied that owing to exceptional circumstances or infrequency of 'the
process or for any other reason all or any of the provisions of this schedule
are not necessary for the protection of employees, the State Government or
subjgc! to control of State Government the Chief tnspector may by a
certiticate in writing exempt such factory, from all or any of the prdvisiôns
on such conditions as he may specify therein. Such certificate may at any
time be revoked by Chief lnspector atter recording his reason therefor.

I lns. by c.N. dr, 13.3.1984, Published in M.G.G. Pr.¡-L, dr.9.ù.1984p,3448

 T!¡e Maltareshtra Facloríes Rules, 271 -
.1963

APPENDIX- A (Cla-use 3{b)}

1. Production of benzene.
2. Process where benzene is used for chemical synthes¡s
3. Motor Spirits (used as luel).
APPENDIX B (Glause tt)
. (a)-
harmful.
The hazards.- (i) Benzene and substances conta¡n¡ng benzene are
,. (ii) Prolonged or repeated breathing of benzene vapours may result in act
of chronic poisoning.
(iii) Benzene can also be absorbed lhrough skin which may:cause skin
And other diseases.
(b) The preventive measures to be taken.- (i) Avoid breathÍng of
.benzene vapours.
(ii) Avoid prolonged or repeated contact of benzene w¡th the sk¡n.
(iii) Remove benzene soaked or wet clothing prompily.

,'(iv)andlf qny tiTe- you are exposed to high concentration of benzene vapours
exhibit the sign and symptoms such as dizziness, Oifficrilty in
breathing, excessive excitation and losing of consciousness, imm-edi-
ately inform your Factory Manager.
(v) Keep allthe contaíners of benzene closed.
(vi) Handle, use and process benzene and substances conta¡ning ben-
. , zene carefully in order to prevent their spillage on floor.
(vii) Maintain good house-keeping.
(c) The protective equipment to be used.- (i) use respiratory protective
equipment in places where benzene vapours are presenl in high concentra-
lion. :

(ii) ln emergency use self-generating oxygen mask or oxygen or air

cylinder masks.
(iii) Wear hand gloves, aprons, goggles and gum-boots to avoid contact
,. of benzene.with your skin and tiody parts.-
(d) The first aid measutes to be taken in case of acute benzene
poisoning-
(i) Remove the clothing immediatety ¡f it is wetted with benzene. :

(ii) lf liquid benzene enters eyes, flush thoroughty lor at least 15 minutes,
': wÍtf¡ clean running water and immediately seóure medical attention.
(iii) ln case of unusual exposure to benzene vapour cafl'a physician
,immediately'Untilhearrives,dothefollowing:-
tt the expos.ed person is conscious
{a) Move him to fresh'air in open.
(b) Lay down without a pillow and keep him quite and warm.
lf the exposed person is unconscious-
(a) Lay him down preferably on the left side with the head low.
(b) Remove any false teeth, chewing gum, tobacco or othèr foreign
objects whích may be in his mouth.
 272 The Maharashtra Faclories Rules, 1963

(c) Provide h¡m artificial respiration in case difficulty is being experienced

in breathing.
(d) ln case ol shalÌow. breathing or cyanosis (btueness skin, [ips, ear,
finger, nail, beds),.he shoutd be þrovided with medicat 'oxygôn oi
. oxygen carbon dioxide mixture. ll needed he should be given ârtiticial
respiration.
Oxygen should be administered by trained person only.

process gr extractin, vegetabre and animar

",;::ä""i:=ri'1rom
sources in Solvent Extraction Plants
l. Application.- This schedule shall appty to factories in whích the
process of extraction of oil, wax and fats from oil-cakes, oil-seeds or any
ofher material from vegetable and animal sciurce is carried out in solveni
Extraction Plants.
2. Definition.- ln this schedule, unless the context otherwise requires,-
(a) rOompetêñt Person' means a person who-
ti) is atleast a member or associate member of the Mechanical or
chemical Engineering Branch of the lnstitute of Engineers ltnoial,
or
(ii) is a member or associate member oi the lndian tnstitute of
Chemical Engineers, or
(lii) is a graduate of a statutory university in chemicat Engineering, and
(iv) possess a minimum ten yeârs' experience of design or construction
of llamrnable process ptants speciafly .the sótvent Extractiôn
Plants
Provided that;the state Government or chief lnspector of Factories,
subject to control of the state Government, may accept any other person as
a competent Person, if it or he is satisfied regârding su¡tability of'quatilÍca-
tions and experience of that person.
(b) 'Plant' means the Solvent Extraction plants;
(c)'Preparatory Process' means the operations involving the equ¡pment
used for the preparation of the material for solvent eitractioni
(d) 'Solvent' means an inllammable liquid such as pentane, hexane,
heptabe, mineral turpentine and the like.
{e) 'Solvgnt ExtrAction Plant' means any plant in which the process of
extraction of oil, wax or fats from oil-cakes, oil'seeds or-any other
rnaleria! from vegetable and animal sources, by the use of solvents is
. carried on and includes the plant lor recovery. of the solvent.
3. Looatlon and Lay-out. (1) No ptant shail be permÍtted within à
distance ol30 melres from any residentíal locality or sÍte for public utitÍty.
_ {2) The plant shall not be put into commission unless it is certlfied by a
Competent_Person that the plant, machinery and its other equipment âre
deS¡gned, labricated and erected according to. the best know practices

L4,dded by G.N. of 2Ò.7.1981

 The |tlaharashlra Factories Rules, 1963 273

pertaining to the process and the said certi{icate ¡s subm¡tted to the chief
lnspector, atleast one month before the commissioning of the plant.
{3) A 1.5 metres high continuous wire fencing shall be provided âround
the plant, upto a minimum distance ol'lS metres from the plants.
, (4) Boiler Houses and other buildings where open flame processes are
carried on shall be located at leastS0 metres away liom the'plant.
(5) tf godowns and buítdings where preparatory processes are carried on
are located at a dislance of less than 30 metres from the plant, these shall
be located at least 15 metres away from the plant, and 1.S metres high
continuous barr¡er wall ol non-combustible materials shall be erected aia
distance of nol less than 15 metres lrom the plant so that it extends to at
least 30 metre$ of vapour travel around its ends .frorir the plant to the
possible sources of ignition:
Provided that, the existing units may be exempted fiom any ol.the
provisions of this paragraph on such conditions as the state'Goúernment
may deem fit.
.. 4. Electrical lnstallations.- (1) At¡ electr¡cal meters, wirings and other
electrical equipments installed or housed in the plant shall be cif the
f lame-prool constructions.
(2) All metal parts of the ptant and building inctuding various tanks and
containers where solvents are stored or ar€ present ,and all parts of
electrical equipments not required to be energised shall be þroperly
bounded together and connected to earth so as to avoid accidentât rile iñ
the electr¡cal potential of such parts above the earth potential.
. 5. Prohibitlon relating lo smoking.- Smoking or carrying any source of
ign¡tion shall be $trictly prohibÍted within a distance of s-0 metrós from the
.plant. . .For this purpose 'NO SMOKING' signs shail be permanently dis-
playqd. in the area ol the plant.
6.. Precautions against lriction.- (1) All the hànd-tools required to be
used in the planl shall be of non-sparking type.
(2) No machinery or equipment of the ptant shalt be bett driven:
Provided that, the plants existing prior to the date of commencement of
'thege. rules may. conl.inue with bett drives if the belts are of anti-static type
and, in the opinion of a Competent Person, a proper earthing arrangemênt
,is made.
(3) No person shall be allowed to enter and work in the ptant if 'he is
wearing clo-thes made of nylon or such other fibres which can þènerate static
'electrica¡ charge, or if he is wearing footwear which is likely to çause sparks
by friction.
' 7. Fire-fight¡ng apparatus.- (1) Adequate number of portabte fire extin-
guishers suitable for use against llammabte tiquid shall be provided in the
plant.
(2) An automat¡c water spray sprinkler system on a wet-pipe or openhead
defuge system with sufficient supply of storage water shallbe proviiled over
the plant area throughout the building in which the plant is housed.
(3) This requirement shall be in addition to the requirements under any
other provisions of the Maharashtra Factories Rules, 1963, regarding fire
fighting apparatus and water supply.
 274 The Ìflaharæhtra Factories Rules. 1963

' 8. Precaut¡ons aga¡nst power failure.- provisions shafl be made for

automat¡c cutting off of steam in the event of power failure and also for
emergency over-head water suppty for feeding water by gravity to conden-
sors for atleast half an hour which shail comê into thá þtay áutomaticafiy
with the power failure.
9. Magnetic Separators.- Oil cake shall be {ed to the extractor by
conveyor through a hopper, and magnetic separator shall be provided to
refnove any pieces of iron during Íts transfer.
:: 10. Venting.- (1) Tanks containing solvents shalt be projected with
emefgency venting to relieve excessive internal pressure in the event of fíre.
(2) All emergency relief vents shall terminate aüeast 6 metres above the
ground and be so located that vapours will be directed away from the plant.
11. waste water.- Process waste water shall be passed through llash
evaporator to remove any solvent before it is discharged into a sump which
shall be located w¡thin the fenced area but shall not be ctoser thdn eight
metres to such fence.
12. ventilation.- The shed for the ptant shall have,adeqtiate natural
ventilation and if it is housed in building having vent¡lation wnich in the
opinion of the lnspector, ís inadequate, aileast six air changes per hour shall
be ensured by mechariical means.
13. House Keeping,- (1) solvent shall not be stored in an area covered
by the plant except in quantities not exceediñg s litres, which shall be stored
in suitable safety cans.
(2) waste materials such as oily rag, other waste and absorþents used to
rripe ofl solvents, oil and greâse in the plant shall be deposited in suitable
containers and removed from the premises afleast once a day.
: (3) Premises where the Solvent Extraction Process is carried on and the
outer areâ within 15 metres from it shall be kepl lree from any combuslible
,materials and any spills ol oils or solvent shall be cleared up immeidiately.
14. Examination and repairs.- (1) (a)The plant shall be examined by the
Competent Person to determine any weakness or corrosion and wear, once
i1 every twelve months. The Compelent Person shall then furnísh a report
.of such examination to the lnspector; with his recommendations aé to
wþgthqr 1!e plgnt is in sále condition to work and the measures, if any,
which in hís opinion are necessary to be taken and lhe time by which suih
measures shall be taken, so as to ensure that the plant and equipment can
be used without any danger to the workers, in the iactory.
, , (b) lf any defects which are causing or likely to cause imminent danger to
tlte liÍe or safet! of the workers working on such plant are lound by the
Competent Person, the Competent Person shall immed¡ately submit a r-eport
to that effect to the lnspector and Chief lnspector of Factories, stating
therein the measures which, in his opinion, are necessary to ensure safetÍ
to the workers. When the necessary repairs are carried out, a copy of
cert¡licate by Competent Person that the plant has been repaired to his
sat¡sfact¡on shafl be forwarded Ìo the lnspector.
{2} The plant shall be pured with inert gas or steam before opening for
cleaning or repairs and before introducing solvent after repairs.
15. Operating Personnel.- {1) The plant shall be under an overall
supervision of a qualified person who shall atleast be a graduate of a
statutory university of chemical Ëngineering or Technology with specialised
 The Malnrashtra Factories Rules. ,,963

knowledge ol oils and fats with m¡nimum s years experience in solvent or

Flammable process plants.
.
(2) The plant, machinery or equþment shalt be ¡n the charge ol operators
who have been trained.and made thoroughly conversant to opìerate the plant
so certified by the qualified person referierj to Clause (1).
16. Emplgyment of young persons.- No women or young persons shall
be employed in the plant.
-17. vapour Detection.- A flame-proof and portable combustible gas
indicator or any other type of.. gas indicator a's tt¡e chief JnspectorY of
Factories, may, subject to the control of the state Government, aþprove as
safe and suilable for the.purpose, shalt be provided and maintaindd in gooo
working order. A schedule of routine sampling of atmosphere at vañoüs
location as approved by the competent persõn shall bd drawn out and
entered in a reg¡ster maintained for the purpose.
f 8. Additional Provisions for batch-extractors.- The following further
provisions shall apply to cater type extractÖr, namely-
(a) when the solvent is remoùed from batch extractor by vacuum, .
vacuum gauges shall be provided and tests shall be cariied out tó
ensure that a minimum vacuum of 650 mm. (26") mercury is obtained
ând maintained steadily lor a minimum per;od of óo m¡nutás netore tnà
extractor is allowed to be opened lor discharged of câke or for persons
to enter.
1n)'vùhen, on opening the doors of a batch extractor, the extracted mãal.,-,.
cannot be dislodged from the extractor lreely, the doors shall be
closed and the material reheated t¡il the meal diéiodges freely trom tne
extractor.
. (c)
^where solvent is removed by steam heating, the presence of the
' before opening the vessel.
(d) A log-book of operarions with the following part¡cutars shal be
maintained and made available on demand to the lnspeôtor:-
(i) Vacuum gauge reading for each charge;
(ii) testing of continuity ol electrical bonding and earthing system.
(iii) loss of solvent every 24 hours or loss per tonne of raw materials
used.
19. Exemption.- tl, in respect of any plant, the Ghief lnspector js satisfied
that owing to exceptional circumstances or for any other réasons, all or any
of the provisions of this schedule are not necessaly for the protect¡cn of thá
persons emplo-yed ín. the plant, he may by a ceriificate in writing exempt
such factories lrorn all or any of the provisions on such conditions d-s tre måy
specify lherein. such certilicates may at any fime be revoked by the chief
lnspector wÍthout assigning any reason.
276 The llaharashtra Factorles Rules,1963

Manuractureor*,,,r,:::,:':i:":,i:i,nicDyetnterrnediates.
1. Application. - Th¡s Schedule shall apply in respect of all factories or
any part thereof where processes in which the prohibited substances and
controlled substances mentioned in paragraphs 3 and 4 respectively, are
used, handled, manufactured, formed or died, and the processes incidental
thereto in the course of which these substances are formed, are carried on.
The processes indicated in this paragraph shall hereinatter be referred to as
I'the said processes", and such a reference shall mean any or all the
processes described in this paragraph.
,' 2. Definitions.- For the purposes of this Schedule unless the comert.
otherwise requires,-
{a) "Controlled Substances" means chemical substances mentioned ¡n.
paragraph 4 of this Schedule;
tlb¡ "Efficient Exhaust Draught" means'localised
ventilation effected by
mechanical means for the removal of gas, vapour, dust or fume So ai
' to prevent them from escaping into the air of any place in which work
'¡s carried on. No draught shall be deemed to be efficient which fa¡ls to
remove smoke generated at the'pô¡nt where such gas, vapour, fume
or dust origlnate;
' (ci "First Employment" means lirst employment in the said processes and.
also re-employment in such processes lollowing any cessation of
,, employment for a continuous period exceeding three calendar months;
{d)'"Prohib¡ted Substances" means chemical substances. mentioned in
paragraph 3 of this Schedule.
3. Ptoh¡bited suþstances.- For the purpose ol this Schedule, the following
chemical substances shall be classified as "prohibited substances" e*cept 'a
when these substances are present or are'formed as a by-product of
chemical reaction in a total concentration not exceeding one per cent:-
(a) Beta-naphlhylamine and its salts;
(b) Benzidine and its salts;
(c) 4-amine diphenyl and its salts;
(d) 4-nitro diphenyl and its salts; and
{e) any substance containing any of these compounds.
4. Controlled substances.- For the purpose of this Schedule the follow¡ng
chemical substances shall be classilied as "controlled'substances", nam€-
ly¡-
' (a) Alpha-naphthylamine.or alphanaphthylamine conta¡nin$ not more than
one per cent of betanaphthylamine either aS a by- productof chernical
reaction or otherwise and its salts;
(b) Ortho-tolidine and its salts;
(c) Dianlsidine and its salts;
(d) Dichlorobenzidine and its salts;

I Added by G.N., dt. 9.5.1985.

 The Maharqshtra Factorìes Rules, 1963 277

(e) Auramine;
(f) Magenta,
5. Prohibition of employrnenf-- No person shall be employed in the said
process.es in any factofy in which any prohibíted substânce is used,
handled, manufactured, processed or formed unless the process is duly
certified and exempted by the Chief lnspector under paragrâph 26.
....6- Requiremenls for processing or handling controtted suÖsfances.- (1)
wherever. qny gf the controlled substances- are formed, manutaciurdo,
processed, handled or used, all necessary steps shall be iaken to prevent
inhalation,.ingestion or:.a.bsorption of the said'controlled substançe by the
workers while engaged in processing that substance, and its storade or
transport within the planl, orin cleaning or maintenance of the concõrned
equipment, plant, machinery and storage area.
--..(2) A¡l operations shall be carried out_in a totally enclosed system.
wherever such enclosure is not possible, etficient exhaust draught shall be
applied at the point where the controlled substances are likely to escape into
the atmosphere during the process
(3) The controlled substances shall be received in the factory in tighily
closed containers and shall be so kept except when these substances are
used, handled or manipulated. The conlrolled substances shall leave the
factory only in tightly closed conta¡ners approved by the inspector to be safe
for canying the controlled substances. Ru tne cdnta¡ners shall be clearly
labelled to ind¡cate the contents.
7. Elficient exhaust draught.- unless the manufacturing process is com-
pletely enclosed so as not to dust or fume it shall be carr¡eä on without the
use of an elficient exhaust draught when any controlled substance,-
(a) is introduced into a tank hopper machine or container or filled lnto
cartridge; or
(b) is ground, crushed, mixed, seived or blended.
8- Personat proteci¡ve equipment.- (1) The following items of personal
protective- equipment shall be provided and issued to every worker
employed ín the gaid processes, namely:-
, (a) Long trousers and shirts or overalls with lull sleeves and heâd
coverings. The shirt or coverall shall over the neck completely.
{b) Rubber gum-boots.
.in (2),Jqe following items of personalprotective equipment shall be provÍded
sufficient numbers for use by workers employèd'in the said processes,
narnely:-
'{a} Hubber hand-gloves,
(b) Rubber-aprons,
(c) Airline respirators or other equivalent respiratory protective equip-
ment.
, (3) ltshall be the responsibility of the manager to ma¡ntain all items of
personal protective equipment in a clean'à-iïd hygieñic condition and in good
state of repair.
9. Prohibition relating to employment of women and young persons.- No
woman or young persons shall be employed or permitted to work in any
room in which the said processes are carried on.
 27ø The L[aharashna Factories Rules, ]g6j

10. Floors of work room-- The floor ol every work room in which the said
processes are carried on shall be:
(a) smoolh and impervious to water without using asphalt or tar in the
composition of the floor,
{b) maintalned in a good state of repair,
(c) with a suitable slope for easy draining and provided with gutters, and
(d) thoroughly washed daily with the drain water bêing led ¡nto a sewer
through a closed channel-
11. Dþosat of empty container.- (1) Empty conlainers used for holding
or storing controlled subslances shall þe thoroughly. cleaned of their con:
tents and treated with an inaclivating agent before being discarded. -
(2) Empty non-metallic containers used for holdinþ:controlled substances
shall be burnt.
. 12. Manual handling.-Controlled substances shall not be allowed to be
mixed, filled, emptied or handled excepl by means ol a scoop with a handle.
Such scoop shall be thoroughly cleaned daily.
13, lnstructions regarding rlsk - Every worker on his first employment in
the said processes shall be fully instructed on the properties bf ine toxic
chemicals to which he is likety to be exposed and of the dangers involved
and the precautions to be taken. workers shall also be ¡nstructed on the
measures to be taken to deal with an emergency.
14. cautionary ptacards.- cautionary placards ¡n the form specified in the
Appendix to this Schedule and printed in the language of the majority of the
workers em.ployed in the said processes shafi be affixed in prominent places
frequen-ted by them in the factory, where the placards cãn be easiiy and
convenienily read. Arrangemenis shall be made by the manager to ¡nstruct
periodically all such workers regarding the precautions contained in the
cautionary placards.
15. Medical examinations.- (1) Every worker emptoyed in the said
processes shall be examined by a Medical lnspector of Factories or a
Certifying Surgeon within 14 days of his first employment. Such examina-
tion shall include tests which the Medical lnspector of Factories or certifying
$urgeon may consider appropriate and shail inctude exfoliative cytology oJ
the urine. No worker shall be allowed to work after 14 days of his Tirst
employment in the factory unless certified fit for such employment by the
Medical tnspector of Factories or Certifying Surgeon.
. (2) Every worker,employed in the said processes shall be re- examined
by a Medical lnspector of Factories or Certifying Surgeon at least once in
every six calendar monlhs. such examination shall include tests which the
Medical [nspector of Factories or Certifyíng Surgeon may consider ap-
propriate but shall include exfoliative cytology of the urine.
{3) A person medicatly examined under Sub-paragraph (1) shall be
gfanled by the Medical lnspector ol Factories or Certifying Surgeon a
certificate of {itness in Form No. 23. Record of each re-examinationbarried
out under sub-paragraph {2) shall be entered ín the certificate. The certifi-
cates shall be kept in the custody of the manager of the factory.
{4) The record of each examination carried out as referred to in sub-para-
graphs (1) and (2) including the nature and the results of the tests shall be
 The |laharaslura 'r-aclories Rules, 1963 279

entered by the Medical lnspector.of Factories or Certifying Surgeon in a

health register in Form No. 7.
(5) The cert¡ficates of fitness and the health register shall be kept readily
ava¡lable for inspection by any lnspector.
(6) ¡f at any time the Medical lnspector of Factories or Certilying Surgeon
is of the opin¡on that a person is no longer fit for employment in the said
pfocesses or in any other work on the ground thal continuance therein would
involve damage to his heatth, he shall make a record of his findings in the
said cert¡ficate and the health register. The entry ol his findings in these
documents shall also include the period for which he considers that the said
person is unfit lot work in the saìd processes or in any other work, as the
case may be.
(7) No person who has been found unfit to work as said in sub- paragraph
(6) shall be re-employed or permitted to work unless the Medical lnspector
oJ Factories or Certilying Surgeon, after further examination, again certifies
him to be fit for employment
{8} No worker shall be required to pay the charges or fees for the medical
examination, re-examination or tests required to be done under this para-
graph. Such charges or fees shall be paid by the occupier of the factory.
. 16. Medical facilities.- (1) The occupier of the factory shall appoint a
qualified medical practitioner whose appo¡ntment shall be subiect to confir-
mation by the Chief lnspector. The qualified medical practitioner so ap-
pointed shall.be known as the appointed doctor.
(2) The occupier shall provide,-
(a) for the purpose of medical examination which the appointed doctor
wishes to conduct atthe factory premises lor hÍs exclusive use, a room
which shall be properly cleaned, adequately ventilated, lighted and
furnished with a screen, a table (with writing material), chairs and
. facílities and ¡nstruments for such examination, and '
{b) Oxygen gas cylinder with qualified personnel lor its administration.
(3) A record of medical examinations and appropriate tests carr¡ed out by
appointed doctor shall be maintained in a form approved by the Chief
lnspector.
, (4) No person shall be employed in the said process unless he has been
examined by using appropriate tests and found fit tor the saíd process by
the appointed doctor.
(5) Persons examined in compliance with sub-paragraph (4) shall be
re-examined by the appointod doctor at intervals ol not more than 3 months
or at such other. intervals as may be directed in writing by the Chief
Inspector and records of such examination shall be entered in the register
provided under sub-paragraph (3).
(6) lf at any time, the appointed doclor is ol opinion that any person is no
longer fit for employment in the said p.rocess on the ground that continuance
thereat would involve special danger to health, he shall make a record of his
findings in the said register and inlimate the manager in writing thât the said
person is unfit to work in the said process.
(7) A person so lound unfit by the appointed doctor shall be sent by the
manager to the Medical lnspector of Factories or the Certifying Surgeon with
a report from the appointed doctor. The Medical lnspector of Factories or
 280 The ì[qharasht¡.a Factories Rules, ]96j

certifying surgeon after examination may suspend the sâid person from
work in the said process.
(8) No worker shall be required to pay the charges or fees for the medical
examination, re-exarninatjon or tests required to be done under this para-
graph. such charges or lees shall be paid by the occupier of the factôry.
17. obligations of the workers.- lt shail be the duty of the persons
employed in the said processes to submit theinselves for the medical
examination including exfoliative cytology of urine by the Medical lnspector
of Factories or certifying surgeon'or tñá appointed-doctor as provid'ed for
under these rules.
. 1.9: was.hing.and bathing facitities.- (1) The following washing and bathing
facilítie.s shall be provided and maintained in a cteãn state-and in gòoð
repair for the use of all workers employed in the said processes, namãy:-
(a) A wash place under cover having constant supply of water and
provided with clean towels, soap and nail brush arid w¡tn at least one
stand pipe for every five such workers-
, (b).50 per cent of the stand pipes provided under clause (a) shalt be
located in bathrooms where both hot and cold water shdl¡'be made
available during the working hours of the factory and for one hour
thereafter.
{c) The washing and bathing facilities shafi be in close proximity of the
area housíng the said processes but the same shãll not úe at a
distance fonger than 1s meters. Before the end of each shift one hour
shall be allowed for bathing for each worker who is employed in the
said processes and at least'10 minutes shall be allowed forwashing
before each meal in addition to the regular time allowed for meals. -
(d) Clean towels shatl be provided individually to each wbrker.
(e) ln addition to the taps mentioned under clause (a), one stand pipe, in
which warm water is made available, shall be piovided on eaih'lloor.
. (2) Arrangement shall be made to wash factory uniforms and other work
clothes every day.
19. Foad, drinks, etc. prohibited in work-raom.- No worker shall consume
food, drink, pan, supari or tobacco or shall smoke on any premises in which
the said processes are carried on and no worker shall idmain in any such
room during intervals ol meals or rest.
20. Gtoak room.-There shall be provided and maintained in a clean state
and ¡n good repair for the use of the workers emptoyed in the said
proc9sses:-
{a) a cloak room with lockers having two compartments - one for street
clothes and tlle other for work clothes, and
(b) a placo separate lrom the locker room and the mess room for the
storage of protective equipments providod under paragraph 7. The
accommodat¡on.so provided shall be under the carè ol á rðsponsible
person and shall be kept clean_
21. Mess room.- There shall be provided and maintaíned for the use of
workers ,employed in the said processes who remain on the premises during
the meal intervals, a mess room which shall be furnished'with tables anð
benches and provided with suitable means lor warrning food. Mess shall be
placed under the charge ol a responsible person and snalt be kepl clean.
 The L{aharoslttra -I"actories Rales, 1963 2A1

22. Drying oven or stoves.-(1) Every drying stove shall be e{ficienily

ventilated to the oulside air in such manner that hot air lrom the stove shail
not be drawn ¡nto any work-room.
(2) No person shall enter stove to remove the conlents until a free current
o{ air has been passed through it by mechanical means.
23. Restrictions on age ol peßons employed.- No worker under the age
of 40 years shall be engaged in the factory in the said processes for the f¡rst
time after the date on which the Schedule comes into force,
24. Separation of processes.- The saíd process shall be carried on in a
room or rooms which shall not directly communicate with any other room or
rooms not having the said process except through a passage open entirefy
to outside atmosphere.
25. Testing o{ atmosphere etc.- The prohibited substances in the âtmos-
phere of the work-room where the manufacturing process is carried on shall
be estimated once in every week and records ol results of such estimation
shall be made available when required by the lnspector.
26. Exemptions.- (1) The Chief lnspector may by a certilicate in wriÌing
(which he may at his discretion revoke at any time) and subject to such
conditions, if any as may be specified therein, exempt any prócess in the
course of which any ol the prohibited substances is formed, processed,
manufactured, handled or used, from the provisions of paragraph 5 if he is
satisfied that the process is carried out in a totatly enclosed and hermetically
sealed system in such a manner that the prohibited subslance is not
removed from the $ystem.excepl in quaniities no greaterthan that required
lor the purposes of control of the process or such purposes as is necessary
to ensure that the product is lree from any of the prohibited sub'stances.
(2) The Chief tnspector may allow the manufacture, handling or use ol
benzidine hydrochloride, if he is satisfied that all the processes in connec-
tion with it are carried out in a totally enclosed system in such a manner that
no prohibited subslance other thán benzidine hydrochloride is removed
therefrom except in quant¡ties no greater than that required for the purposes
of control of the processes or such purposes as is necessary to ensure that
the product is free lrom prohibited substances and that adequate steps are
tâken to ensure that benzidine hydrochloride is, except while not ¡n a totally
enclosed system kept wet with not less than one part of water to two parts
of benzidine hydrochloride at alltimes.
27. Exemptions-General- lf in respect of :any factory, ihe Chief lnspector
is satisfied that owing to the exceptional circumstances or infrequency of the
processes or for any other reason, all or any of the provisions of this
Schedule are nol necessary for the protection of the workers in the factory,
the Chief lnspector may, by a certificate in writing (which he may at his
discretion revoke at any time), exempt srlbh factory of all or any of such
provisions subþct to such conditions, if .any, as he may specify therein.
APPENDIX
Cautionary Placard/N oti ce
1. Dye intermediates which are nitro or arn'ino derivatives or aromatic
hydrodarbons are toxic. You have to handle these chemicals frequently in
this lactory.
2. Use.the various items ol protective wear to safeguard your health.
 282 The Maharashtra Faetories Rules, 1963

3.-Maintain scrupulous cleanliness at all times, thoroughly wash hands

and ieet before taking meals. lt is essenliat to take a bath uétóre leaving the
faclory.
.4..wa.sh.olf any chemical falling on your body wíth soap and water. ll
splashed with a solution of the chemical'remove ine contaniinated clothing
immediately. These chemicals are absorbed through skin and are known tó
produce cyanosis. contact the medicat officer or appointed doctor immedi-
ately and gel his advice.
.5. Handle the dye intermediates only wilh long handted scoops, never
with bare hands.
6. Alcoholic drinks should be avoided as they enhance the risk of
poisoning by the chemicals.
- 7' {e.ep your food and drinks away {rom the place of work. consuming
Tood, drinks or tobacco in any lorm af the ptace òf work is prohibited.
8. serious effects lrom work with toxic chemícals may follow after many
years. Great care musl be taken t0 maintain absolute cieanliness of bod¡
clothes, machinery and equþment.
'[ScHEDULE XXilt
Highly Flammable Liquids and Ftammable Compressed Gases.
..'!..4ppli.ation.-These rules shall be applicable to all factories where
highly.flammable liquids or llammable comprðssed gases are manufactured,
stored, handled or used.
2. Definitions.- For the purpose of this schedule-
(a) "hig.hly flammabte liquid" meane any tiquid including its solution,
emulsion or suspension which when testeð in a mannelr specilied by
sections 14 and 15 0f the petroleumAct, 1934 {30 0f tse¿) gives off
llammable vapours at a temperature less than 32 degree céniigrade;
(b) "flammable compressed_gas" means flarnmable compressed gas as
defined in section 2 of the static and Mobite prässure véssels
(Unfired) Fìules, 1981 framed under thà Exptoiivãs Aci, lãa+.
' 3.. storage.-- (1) Every
.flammable liquid or flammable compressed gas
used. in every.factory shall be stored in suitable lixed storagä tank, oi in
suitable closed vessel located in a safe posit¡on under the fround, ¡n the
open or in a store room of adequale fire resistant constructioñ-
(2) Excepl as necessary for use, operation or maintenance, every vessel
or tank which contains or had contained a highly ftammable li{uids or
flammable compressed gas shall be always kept clósed and all rea'sonably
practicable steps shall be taken to conta¡n or immerJiately drain.olf to á
suitable container any spill or leak ihat may occur.
. . tsl El/ery container vessel, tank, cylinder, or store room used for stor¡ng
hig.hly Tlammable liquid.or {lammable compressed gas shall be clearty anã
in bold letters marked 'Danger-Highly Flammable Liquid' or'Danger--Flam-
mable Compressed Gas'.
_._.4. Enclosed System for Conveying Highly Ftammable Liquids.-
wherever it is reasonably practicable, highly flammable liquids stiall be

-lns.
I by c.N. dl. 8.2.1988
 The Mal¡arashtra Faclori€s Rulcs, 1963 283

conveyed within a {actory in totally enclosed system consisting of pipe

lines, pumps and similar appliances from the storage tank or vessel to the
point of use. Such enclosed systems shall be so designed, installed,
operated and maintained âs to avoid leakage or the risk of spiiling_
5. Preventing formation of flammable mixture with air.- Wherever
there is possibility for leakage or spilt of highty ftammabte tiquid or ltam-
mable compressed gas from an equipment, pipe line, valve, joint or other
part of a system all praclicable measures shall be taken to coniain, drain off
or dilute such spills or leakage as to prevent formation ol flammable mixture
with air.
6. Prevention of lgnition.- (1) ln every room, work place or olher location
where highty flammable liquid or flammabte combustible gas in stored,
conveyed, handled or used or whet:e there is danger of fire or explosion from
accumulation of highly llammable liquid or flammable compressed gas in air,
all:practicable measures shall be taken to exclude the sources of ¡gnition.
Such precautions shall include the following:-
(a) All electrical apparatus shall either be exctuded from the area of risk
or they shall be of such construction and so installed and maintained
. as to prevent the danger of their being a source of ignition;
(b) Effective rneasures shall be adopted for prevention of accumulation of
static charges to a dangerous extent;
, (c) No person shall wear or be allowed to wear any foot wear having iron
or steel nails or any other exposed ferrous materials which is likely to
- cause sparks by friction;
, (d) Smoking, lighting ol matches, lighters or smoking materials shall be
prohibited;
, (e) transmission bslts with iron fasteners shall not be used; and
(f) all other precautions, as are reasonably practicable, shall be taken to
prevent iniliation ol ignition from all other possible sources such as
open flames, frictional sparks, overheated surface of machinery or
. .plant, chemical or physical-chemical reaction and radiant heat.
' 7. Prohibition of smoking.- No person shall smoke in any place where
highly flammable liquid or ttammaÙte compressed gas is frésent in cir-
cumstances that smoking would give rise to a risk of fire. The occupier shall
take all praclicable measures to ensure compliance w¡th th¡s requirement
including display ot a bold notice indicating prohibition of smoking at every
place where this requÍrement applies.
8. Fire Fighting.- ln every factory where highly fammable liquid or
flammable compressed gas is manufaclured, stored, handled or used,
appropriate and adequate means of fighting a fire shall be provided. The
adequacy and suitability of such means which expression includes the {ixed
and poftable fire extinguishing systems, extinguishing materials, procedures
and the process of fire fighling, shall be to the standards and levels
prescribed by the fndian Standards applicable, and in any case not ¡nfer¡or
to the stipulations under Rule 71-8.
9. Exemptions.- lf in respect of any factory, the Chief lirspector is
satisfied that owing to the exceptional circumstances or infrequency ol the
pfocesses or for any other reasons all or any of the provisions of this
schedule is not necessary for protection of the workers in the factory, the
Chief lnspector may by a certificate in wr¡t- ing, which he may at his
 284 7-he Ì'ilaharashtra Factor¡es Rules,1963

discretion revoke at any,time glgmpt such

provisions subject to su-cn conditioÀã, factory from at or any of such
ii any, as he may specify therein.
SCHEDULE XXIV
Operations lnvolving High Noise
f' Apprication.- This schedure shail.appry toLevels
ail operations
ma¡ufacturing process having trigh nóìsì in any
tevet.
2. Definitionõ.- For the purpõsJîiitr¡s àc¡reoule_
(a) ,'Noise" means any unwanted
sound.
: þ);:iYå any noise rever measured on rhe A_weishred
ilL'r'å.r':i åîî::
(c) "Deciber" means one-tenrh of
"Ber,, which.is
of a rogarithmic scare used to eipress the ilTé rundamental division
impried quanr¡ties, the numbei or-,;rí91t; ratioìi-two specilied or
rogarithmic to the base of ro ótînis raiioi.
ã*;ó'ild ;u;i., ä'åt¡o being the
sound such a
iîð-ñäiie'r"uer (o¡ the
Ilio,b^gilg the rogâriihm¡c to ihe ba:" áiîo of this rario.
ïhe notice rever (or t¡re souño þr.ssure rever) corresponds
reference pressure of 2g x ro ñeñtons per square meter 00002 0r
to a
dynes per square centimeter wnicñ'¡s rhe
the rowest sound pressure rever-necessary ihresüä'ãr'hãår¡ng, rhat is,
to produce
in aveiage hearthv-¡isiéners. Íhe áec¡nel-in'the sensation
,Tr*",3.Jå. anoreviaiéd
1d¡ "Frequency" is the rare of pressure variations
expressed in cycres per
second or hertz.
(ei "DBA' refers to sound rever ín decibers
as measured on a sound rever
meter operating on the A-weighting hetwork
*i*r iro*ïter response.
(f) "A-we.ig!ino" m.e^a1111gkir.ru
o,raded adjustments ín the intensities of
-,neasurement,
sound of various tne purpo.se of noise
so that the sound.frequenciõs-ior
préssure tever mèasureo ny an insirurunt
refrects
3. Protection .slill,T
lg¡^rj:: (-1) ln.gy",ï
conrror or administrative measureð'shail
factory, suitabte åiJin.rr¡ng
be taken t'o'
reasonabry practicabre, that no wort<ei lã exposed so far as is ilñ¿,
the maximum permissibre noise ãipîsùrãrevers to sornã revärà exceeding
2'
specified rr'
-" vuvv¡r¡eu in Tabres
rc 1 and
t;",
perm issibre e*po"u =':
r*Tiît ::* or contin uo us N oi se
Total time of exÞosure (continuous or a
number.of short term eiposurés¡-[ei' -. uvurru
Sound pressure
Pressure leve¡
Ie in dB¡
day, in hours.
I
6
4 92
g5
I 97
2
11t2 100
1
102
3t4 105
1t2 107
1t4 1I0
115
 The Meharashtra Fq.ctories Rules, 1963 285

Notes:- (1) No exposure in excess of 115 dBA is to be permitted.

(2) For any per¡od of exposure falling in between any Tigure and
the next higher or lower figure as indícated in column 1, the permis-
sible sound pressure level is to be determined by extrapolation on a
proportionate basís.
TABLE 2
Permissible Exposure Levels of lmpulsive or lnspect Noise
Peak sound pressure level in dB Permltted number of impulses or
rmpact per day
140 100
135 315
130 1,000
125 3,160
120 10,000

. Notes:- (1) No exposure in excess of f40 dB peak sound pressure level

is permitted
(2) For any peak sound pressure level falling in between any figure and
tl'¡e next higher or lowerfigure indicated in column 1, the permiited number
of impulses or impacts per day is to be determined by extrapolation on a
proportionate basis.
{2) For the purposes of this schedule, if the variations in the noise level
involve maxima at intervals of one second or less, the noibe is to be
considered as a continuous one and the criteria given in Table 1 would
apply. ln other cases, thâ no¡se is to be considered as impulsive or impact
noise and the criteria gíven in Table 2 would apply.
(3) When the daily noise exposure is composed of two or more periods of
noise exposure at diflerent levels their combined effect should be con-
gide¡eO, rather than tlre individual effect of each. The mixed exposure
bhould be considered to exceed ths limit value if the
C1 C2 Cn
gum.of the lractions :: + exceeds unity,--
T1 T2 Tn
, 'Where the CI, C2,'etc. indicate the- total time of actual exposure at a
specilied noise level and T1, T2, etc. denote the time of exposure permis-
sible at that leve¡. Noise exposure of less than 90 dBA may be ignored in
the above calculation.
(4) Where it is not possible to reduce the noise êxposure to the levels
specified in sub-rule (1) by reasonably pracÌicable engineering conlrol or
administrative rneasures, lhe noise exposure shall be reduced to the greater
extent feasible.by such control measures, and each worker so exposed shall
be provided with suitable protectors so as to reduce the exposure tg noise
to lhe levels specified in sub-clause {1).
(5) Where the ear protectors provided in accordance with sub-ciause (2)
and worn by a worker cannot still attenuate the noise reaching near his ear,
as determined by substracting the attenuation value in dBA of the ear
protectors concerned trom the measured sound pressure level, to a level
permissible under Table 1 or Table 2 as the case may be, the noÍse
exposure period shall be suitably reduced to correspond to the permissible
 286 The ll{aharashtra Factotíes Ruies, 1963

no¡se exposure specified in sub_clause (1).

{6)(a} ln all cases the prevaiting sound levets exceeds for permis_
sible levels specified}vlere
in sub-ctãusu.(i) tn*r" shaH be adm¡nistered and
effec-tíve hearing conservalion programáe which shall incluoâ
among other
hearíng conservation measures, þre-empròym".i äño päir"ärcar
surveys conducted.on workers,exposed tð nôise exceeoiñg àîa¡ìöiv
the permissible
levets, and rehabiritation of such workers eithei bt;edù;ñõ
t'hL exposure to
the noise revets or by transferring them to piaie wneìe"näise revels are
relât¡vely less or by any other suitãble means.
(b) Every worker employed
maximurn permissibte exposure levels-in areas where the noise exceeds the
specitieoln-suo_cìa-rie {1) shall be
s.ubjected to an auditory examination by a
certrylñé êririèon within r4
days or his fírst emproyinent and thereaher, shail óe ie-eiaï¡ned
at reast
gnce in every 12 months. such inÍtial ancí perioolðar-eià*ìnat¡ãnî'snarì
include tests which
.the. certìlying surgeon. m'ay consider äppropriate, and
shall inctude determination of áuoìtory tireshord's to, puie ìoïJs of r 2s, 2s0,
500, 1,000, 2,000, 4,000 and 8,00ffi|:ï_ïseco,i'0.

Handling and processing of Cotton

1. ApprÌcafibn.-This schedure shail appry to a[ factories
or part of
factories in which any of the forowing proöäs'ses are cairiäá
ói.
(a) Opening of cotton bate.
(b) Carding.
(c) Combing of cotton.
(d) Spinning of cotton yarn.
(e) Cleaning of waste cotto.n.
2. Defìnition.- Fo¡, the purpose of this schedule, ',Etficient exhaust
draught" means rocarised ventiiation by mecrrãnióãi mãäni'iäi t e remoyar
of cotton dusr so to prevent dusr from'escaping into tne aii ol #i
which work is carried on. bË;:¡;
Explanafion.-rrlo draught shail be deemed to be etficient which
fails to
control dust produced at the source.
.. 3. Exhaust Ðraught Examination and Test.-(1) An efficient exhaust
glî:gllsllr.be provided and mainrained by rnq idcupìer:r* ir.,e roilówini
processes and-machines to trap cotton dusi or ltuff at the source
of origiñ
and those in air;
(a) bale breaking and mixing ol cotton;
(b) blow room machinery, cards, combing, spinning, winding
machines;
(ci machines used for piocessing waste cotton;
(d) any other process in which cotton dust is given off into the work
environment.
, (2) All equipment for extraction of cotton dust or fluff shall be examined
and tested by competent person afleast once in every six months and
any defects disctosed by such examination and te$ts, slrálr uá rectified. A

¡ Àdded by G.N., ü. rc,l.ßn

 The Møharashtra Factories Rules. 1963 287

register about such examination and test shall be maintained by the

Occupier.
4. Protective appliances.-The occupier shall make arrangement for,-
{a} supply of a suitable personal protective appf iances to altworkers likely
to exposed to cotton fluff or dust;
{b) supply of these appliances on individual basis;
(c) maintaining these appliances in working condit¡on by cleaning and
replenishment;
(d) storage of lhese appliances in hygienic condition;
(e) education of workers to use these appliances; and
(f) proper supervision to ensure thê workers are using these appliances
¡n working process.
õ. Medical Examinat¡on -{1) The occupier shall arrange for medical
examination of workers by a qualilied medical practitioner having adequate
experience in treatment of person affected by lung ailments aileast once in
a peraod of 6 months. Such medical examination shall include lung function
test, immunoglobulin test and any other test or tests which may be found
neqessary to detect the cases of above referred disease.
(2) The occupier shall keep a continuous medical surveillance so that
suscept¡ble workers may be detected and transferred out of the exposure
before irreversible damage cause to the health of the workers.
6. Environment Monitoring.-The occupiei of the factory shail ensure that,
(a) cotton diJst in the ambient air of the workroom or any other place
where cotton is processed or handled shall not exceed concentration
O.2 mg/m3,
(b) environment in those areas shall be regularly monitored and results
shall be made available to the Chief lnspector of Factory on demand.
7. Control Measures.-Without prejudice to the other methods as stated
above for prevention of above referred disease, the Occupier shall adopt
such other control measures like adoption of vacuum stripping of cards
instead of brush stripping, cleaning ol the workroom by vabuum cleaners
instead of brooms, etr. or any other measures as the Chief lnspector of
Factories may suggest at any time.
8. Êlouse Keeping.-A high standard of house keeping shall be provided
and maintained by the occupiet.
g. Exemption.lf in respeet of any factory, the Chief lnspector of Factories
is satisfied that owing to exceptional circumstances all or any of the
provisions of this schedule are not necessary for the protectiûn of the
workers sf the factory; the Chief lnspector of Factories may certify in writing
(which at his discretion revoke at any time) exempt such factory from all or
any of such provisions of this schedule subject to such conditions, if any, as
he may specify therqin.l
ll5. Notification of accidents or dangerous occurrences.J[(t) Where
any accident specified in sub-clause (a) of clause 1 of the SbneOule hereto
appended or'[any dangerous occurrence] specified in clause 2 of the said

I Added by G.N., dt. 13.10.1981.

2 subs. by G.N. dr. r3.10.1981
288 The ùlaharashtra FactorÍes Rules, 1963

schedule takes place in a lactory the manager of the factory shail, within 4
hours ofthe happening of such áccident or occurrence, senit nolíce thereof
by. telephone,
-speciaf m-ejsenger or telegram to the lnspector and the
Administrative Medical officer, E'mptoyees'-state lnsurance' scheme, Bom-
bay, appoin'ted as Additional lnspeótor under the Act; and where the
accident is fatal or of such a serious nature that it is likely to prove fatal,
notice as aforesaid shall also be sent to-
(a) the District Magistrate or Sub-Divisional Magistrate, 1¡XX¡
(b) the Olficer-in-charge of the nearest 2[potice station, and
(c) the nearest relatives of the injured or deceased person.l
3¡1e¡
rne notice so given shall be confÍrmed by the Manager'of the Tactory
to the authorities mentioned in sub-rule (1) by sending tõ tnem a written
report in the case of an accident in Form 24 or in Foim 16 appended to
fmployees' state lnsurance (General) Rêgulations; 19s0, ano ìn the case
gf a dangerous occurrence, in Form 24-A within 12 hours of the tak¡ng plàce
o! aly such accidenl or occurrence. referred to in that sub-rule.l
(3) wh.e.re.any accident ol a minor character, specilied in sub-clause (b)
,
of the said clause {1), takes place in factory, the'manager shall, within äá
hours afterthe expiry olthe period specifiedin the said su'b-clause
{b), send
notice thereof to the lnspecto_r in Form 244 or Form No. 1o appènãed to
Employees' State lnsurance (General) Regulations, IgS0.
{4) lf ]n the case of an q.ccide.n!1the injured person subsequenily dies due
To such accident, information of his death whérever known érrall tíe sent by
!þë.manager by telephone, special messenger or telegrani within 24 houré
ol lhe occurrence to-
i.
(a) the lnspoctor; I

.
(b)
^the
Adrninistrative Medicat officer, Employees' state lnsurance
Scheme, Bombay;
; (c) the District Magistrate or Sub-Divisional Magistrate; and
: , (d) the Oflicer-in-charge of the nearest police Station.
': Explanation.- For the purpose of this rule, "accident of â serious nature,,
means an accident rþhich results in-
(i) immed¡ate loss of any part of the body or any timb or part thereof; -
, (ii) crushed or serious injury to any part ol the body due to which toss of
the same is obvious or any injury which ¡s tikelyto prove fatal;
(iii) unconsciousness; or
'
(iv) severe burns or scalds due to chemicals, steam or any other cause.
SCHEDULE
' 1. (a) Accidents which cause death to any person or are of a serious
nature.
(b) Accidents which cause such bodity iniury as will prevenT oT will
probably prevent the person injured from workinçj for a period of 48 hours
¡mmediately following the accident.

I Del. by G.N., dt. 1.3.10.I981.

2 Subs. by c.N. dt. l3.lO.l98l
Subs. by G.N., dr. t3.to.t98l
4 Added 6y C.¡'1., ¿r. tl.tZ.tst't.
 The lt[aharashtra Facroiles Rutes, l96J 2gg
3' The fotowing of lrdang.erous occurrences), whether or not they
are attended by personat
-"Ils-sgs.injury or ãisablement:_
(a) Bursting of a vesser used for containíng
steam under pressure greater
than atmospheric pressure, other than prant which
comes within the
scope of the lndian Boilers Act.
{b} collapse or failure of .a crane, derrick, winch, ,¡lift¡, hoist or other
appliances used in.raising or lowerrng persons
or goods, or any pan
thereof, or the overturninã of a crane.
3¡1c¡
rxprosion, fire, bursting out, reakage.or escape
of any morten mstar,
hot
tíquor, or gas c.ay¡inq oodity in¡üiy.to.any pärson
parr or porrion gf ôr,oãmage ro any
lhe tacrory ¡rí wn¡crr Ée'ñói; ;;e ämproyeo or
:4[(d).Exprosíon
damage to any plant, machineiy or materiál};
of a receiver or container used in any process,
storage at a p.ressure greater than atmospneric,p,?esõú;e; or used for
or any gasos (inctuding air) or any tiquid ör any - ;i ;y ü;
'(e) Collapse or $tidi-
subside¡-c.e of. any floor,.galjery,-roof,
bridge, tunnel,
chimney,*u'- 9i,,luildins form'ins párt"ói-ã'r;tdy;;
compound or curtilage of factory. - -' '----'J wfthin rhe
Rule prescribed under section 89
116. Notice of ooisoning or disease.- 5[A notíce in
sent foñhwith (but ñot rater tËan four irãri.l, to
Form 25 shail be.
the chief rnspector, Medicar
lnspector of Factories,l ano rné nãïi'nisìiar¡u" Mgd.icar
state tnsurance sch-eme, eombay, àpöõinteo as Additionar offiier, Emproyees,
rnspector und€r
the Act, bv rhe Manaser or a racíóri íñ-*hi.hlhái;-öä;'äär*
phosphorus, rnercury, manganese, arsenic, or read,
-nitroui'rJr"s, carbon, ¡¡sulpnùã or benzene
poisoning or poisoníng nv
or by halogen der¡vatives of the
hydrocarbons of rhe, -arphatic ser¡es, -ói of éhró;Ë-uröäiiän,
silicosis, toxic anaemia, ioxic ¡aunoice, piimary opheriomâtous anthrax,
cancer of ths
gkjn.or pathorggicar manifesiations åüJ-to radium or other radio_active
substances or X-rays.
CHAPTER X
Supplementat
Rute prescribed under Section 107
r17. Procedure in.appears.- (1) An appear presented
'shân be rie to under section 107
rhe chíäf rnapecìol-oi ìriãase! where tnà ãi¿er appeared
?qlls'l is an.order pasled uy ttrat ofricer to the state Government or to such
authority as the state_Goveinment may appoint in this
beharf and shail be
in the rorm or a memorandum settiñg'ì'ò,.rf,';.,i;ñ;ry'iîä grounos or
objection to the order and. bearing court-iees stamps in aócoioãrìce
Añicle '!3 w¡th the
or scheduie il ro the Btmbáy õòurt+ee5 nói,-íöé'slä;ro
accompanied by a copy of the order a¡ipeated againsi.- ---' *' shafi be

{2) Appointment of assessors.- on receipt of the memorandum of

appeal, the. appelate authority shall,
if it thinks tiioi íitrïäbäel¡ant nas
te-a¡ä öiäi'åIgglgGll
I subs. by c.N., dr. I3.t0.1981.
Ins. by C.N., dr. l3.l0.l98t.
Subs. by c.N., dr. t3.l0.t98t.
4 subs. by c.N., dr. l3.lo,t98l.
5 Subs. by C.N., dr. 30.12.1969.
29O The Maharashta Factories Rates, 1963

upon the body declared under sub-rule {3) to be representative of the

industry concerned, to appoint an assessor within a period of 14 days. lf an
assessor is nominated by such body, the appe¡late authorÌty shail aþpoint a
second assessor itself. lt shall then fix a date for the hearing of the appeal
and shall give due notice of such date to the appeliant ano tó the tns¡irictor
whose order is appealed against, and shall call upon the two assessors to
appear upon such date to assist in the arising of the appeal.
(3) The appellant shall state in the memorandum presented under
sub-rùle (1) whether he is a member of one or more of the following bodies.
The body empowered to appoiht the assessor, shall-
(al if the appellant is a member of one of such bodies, be that body;
(b) if he is a member of two such bodies, be the body which the appeilarlt
desires shc.uld appoint such assessor; and
(c¡ if tne appellant is not a member of any of the aforesaÌd bodies or if he
does not state ¡n the memorandum which oi such bodies he desìres,
should appo¡nt the assessor, be the body which the appellate authority
consíders as the best fitted to represent the industry òoncerned,-
(1) The Millowners' Assoc¡at¡on, Bombay;
(2) The Chamber of Gommerce, Bombay;
(3) Ths lndian Merchants'Chamber, Bombay;
(4) The Silk and Art Silk Mills' Association, Bombay;
(5) The Deccan Sugar Factories Association, Bombay;
(6) The Engineering Association of tndia, Bombay; or
(7) Other association of employers in the industry concerned, if any.
(4) Remuneration of assessors.- An assessor appointed in accordance
witfi the provisions of sub-rules {2) and (G) shafl receive, lor the hearlng of
the appeal, a fee to be fixed by the appellate authority subject to a maximium
g! fifty rupees per diem. He shalt atso receive the actirattrávelling expenses.
The fees and travelling expenses shall be paid to the assessor-by ôovern-
ment but where assessors have been appointed at the request of the
appellant and the appeal has been decided wholly and parily against him,
the appellate authority may direct that the fees and traveiling eipenses of
the assessor shall be paid in whole or in part by the appellant.
Rule prescribed under Section l0B
118. Display of notices.- The abstract of the Act and of the Rules
required to be displayed in every factory shall be in Form 2ô.
Rule prescribed under Sectian 110
1f 9. Returns.- The manager of every lactory shall furnish to the lnspector
or other otficer appointed by the State Government in this behátf the
following returns, namely:-
(l) Annual returns.- On or before the 1st February ol each year, an
annual return in duplicate in Form 27 relating to the fo¡lowing matters,-
:¡a¡ average number ól workers employed daily and normal hours worked
per week;
(b) leave with wages;
(c) number of discharged or dismissed workers;
 Tl¿e Maharashtra Faclo,'¡es Rules, 1963 291

(d) wages in lieu of leâve;

(e) compensatory holidays;
(f) canteens in the case of lactories wherein more than zsO workers
ordinarily employed;
(g) creches in the case ol hctories wherein more than s0 women-workers
are ordinarily employed;
(h) shelters, rest-rooms, and lunch-rooms in the case of lactories wherein
more than 150 workers are ordinarily employed;
1(i)
accidents and statist¡cs.
2ü)
Sucn other matters or items as may be prescribed in Form 22.
t112¡ ******,

. (3) Annual return of holidays.- Before the end of each year, a return
giving nolice of all the days on which it is intended to cloée the factory
during the next ensuing year. lf in any year a factory is newly started or
re-started aftèr+ a closure + during the pr'evious year, such return shall
be submitted before the date as such starting or re-$árt¡ng for the remaining
period of the year:
Provided that the state Government may dispense with this return in the
case of any specif ied factory or ol any claðs of lactories or ol the factories
in any particular areâ: :

Provided further that the annual return of holidays shall be dispensed with
in case of all factories,-
.(a) which regularly observe Sundays as hotidays; or
(b) which regularfy observe a fixed day in a week as a holiday; or
:(c) which observe hotidays aicording to a list
approved by the chief
Inspector.
. W.here tfe nlqnqggr of any factory makes any departure from such a
lgfogy or list of holidays as aforesaid, prior intimátion.shatibe given to tho
Chief lnspector.

120. service of notice.- The despatch by post under registered cover of

aqy notice or order shall be deemed sulficient service on the occupier,
owner or manager of a factory of such notice or order.
; . Rules tzt to 124 prescribed under Sect¡on ltz
121. lnformation required by the Inspector.- The occupier, owner or
rnanagff of a factory shall lurnish any information that an inspector may
requ.ire for the purpÐse of satisfying himself whether any provisioh of tne Ait
hasåe.en complied with or.whether any order or an lnsp-eðtion has been duly
carried out. Any demand by an tnspector for any such information if madä
during. the course of inspection, shall be comptied with forthwith if the
information is available in the factory, or, íf made in writing, shall be
complied with within seven days on receipt thereof.

I Ins. by G.N., dr, 13.t0.1981.

2 Ins. by G.N., dt. 29.7.1985.
Del. by C,N. dt, 1.8.2000 published in MGG PI.I-L, Exr.p.lo0
292 The ltlaharashtra Factor¡es Rutes, !963

122. Muster-roll.- (1) The manager ol every lactory shall mâintain a

muster-roll ol all the workers employed in the factory in Form 29 showing
(a) the name of each worker, (b) the nature of his work, and {c) the daily
Attendance of the worker.
(2) The muster-roll shall be written up afresh each month and shall be
preserved for a period of 3 years from the date ol last entry in it:
Provided that if the daily attendance is noted Ìn respect of adults and
child-workers inthe Registérs of workers in Forms tz arid 19, respectively,
or the particulars required under sub-rule (1) are noted in any othei register,
and such registers are preserved for a period of 3 years from the dáte ol
last entry in them a separate muster-roll required under sub-rule (1) need
not be maintained.
123. Register of accidents and dangerous oocuru€ñGê$.: (1) The
manager ol every factory shall maintain a register of all accidentô and
dangerous occurrences which occur in the factory in Form B0 show¡ng the-
(a) name ol injured person (if any);
(b) date ol accident or dangerous occurrence;
-(c) date of report on Form 24 to lnspector;
(d) nature of accident or dangerous occurrence;
' (e) date of return ol injured person to work;
.(f) number of days ol absence lrom work of iniured person.
(2) Th9 manager ol every factory shatl furnish to the lnspector annually
on or befofe the 15th February a copy of the entries in Forrn 30 relating tõ
lhe year immediately preceding the 1st January.
. 124. Maintenance of lnspection book.- (t) The Manager of every
factory shall maintain a bound tnspection Book in Form 31 of thã size 35cmó
x 20 cms. and shafl produce if when so required by the lnspector or
Certifying Surgeon.
(2) The lnspection Book shall cg.ntain at least 180 pages. Every third
page thereof shall be consecutively numbered and the öttrér two nunibered
pages between each two consecutively numbered pages shall have a
vert¡cal perforated straight line on the margin side at a margin of 2.54 cm.
(3) ln case_ of the lnspect¡on Book conta¡ning remarks passed by the
lnspector or Cedify¡ng Surgeon is ¡osl, th€i..manager of the factory shal¡
forthwith report in writing the loss of the lnspection Book to the lnspector in
charge of the area and immediately maintqin a new lnspect¡on Book.
The Manager shall obtain as early as possible copies of all available
rgmarks from the Factory lnspection Office concerned, on. payment ol
necessary typíng charges.
125. lnformation regarding closure of factories.- {1) The occupier and'
the manager shall be jointly or severally responsible lor sending information
in duplicate to the lnspector, of any intended closure of the factory or any
shift, section or department thereof, ímmediately after it is decided to do so,
and before the closure takes place, slâting-
(a) the date of intended closure;
(b) the reasons for closure;
(c) the number of workers on the muster-roll ol the factory on the day the
inlormation is sent:
 The Maharasfura Facloríes Rules, 1963 293

{d} the number of workers likely to be aflected by the closure;

{e} the probable per¡od ol closure:'
Provided that in the case of any factory in respect of which Standing
orders settled or cert¡fied under the Bombay tndustrial Relations Act,
1948, or'any law çorrespondihg to that Act ¡n fori'ê in any part of the
' iState or the lndustrial Employment (Standing Orders) Act, 194ô,
âs the
case ma¡¿ be, provided lor the display on the notice:boards of the tactory
or nûtlce'of the propoged closure of the Tactory or any shitt, section, or
department thereof,'such informatioil to the lnspector shall be'given on
the date on which such notice is displayed:
Provided:lurther that it shall not be necessary for the occupier or
msnager to' send information of .intended closure if the ctosure is
.r€ndered inevitable on account of {ire, break-down of machinerv; stoF
. pagê of powef .or water supply or any other cause beyond has control.,
, (2) The occupier and the Mqnager.qhail be joinily or severally responsible
lor:sending also information in dupllcate to the lnspector as soqt:t as lhe
la$ory or.any:shift; qectíon or department thereof, iÈ-actua[y,ctosé0. in'¡tre
followlng forrn, namely:
Narne ol Name of Date ol . Reasons Nature ol Number of Number ol
lgctory lndustry closure :for closure worke¡s on workers af-
and full . closure whelher the muster fected by
address entire or roll of lactory lhe closure
partial; if at the lime of
partial, the closufe
shift, section
or depart-
ment closed
5

Clgss of lndustry whether (1) Cotton Textile, or (2) Silk Textile, or (O)
Woollen Textile, or (4) l-losiery, or (5) Engineering, or {6) Miscellaneous,
should bs stated.
(3) The occupier and the manager shall be jointty or severally responsibte
-
lor sending also information in duplicate to the I'nspector as'sooñ as the
lactory or any shift, section or department thereof is re-opened in the
following form, namely:-
Name of Name of Date of Number of Faclory or Number of Number of
factory lndustry closure workers af- any shlft, workers on workers (i)
and full lected al seclion or muster-roll re-employed
address lhe tlme of depârtment at tlle lime (ii) newly
closure thereof re- of reopening employed
open€d
5 7
294 Th¿ Mahàrash¡ra Factorîes Rules,1963

.-.Cl?ss of lndustry, whether (1) Cotton Textite, o; (2) Sitk Textile, or (g)
Woollen Textile, or (4) Hosiery, or (5) Engineering, or (6) M¡scellaneoús,
should be btated. i

. Explanatio,n l- For the purposes of this rule, lclo¡ure,! msâns the closing
of a lactory, qr any qhift, sedion or departmentlhereof or,the total or partiai
suspension o! (other than work of a temporary. natqre) by the ocbupier
or mariager of-wgrk
the. factory, or total or partiàl relqsat þv-thê occuoiei or
manager gf tfr,e factory to continue to employ persons -e¡nployed by him
where such refusal does not amount to thg discharge; dismissai or su-spen-
sion of a worker or workels by way of 'punishment.- ' :

Explanation 2.- This rule shail not apply in the case of .a closure ol any
section or departmefit ot'a factory íl such closure dobs not afiect the iotál
number of workers employed in the factory.
.,. . ' t:., , ,

tltaS-A.
fower of exemption.- The State Government may, by'notifica-
tion,in'the, otficial Gazette, exgmpt subject to such conctitions ãs it'may
qonside¡, necesgary, any ,works.hop or workplace.:where .a,, manUfac,þr{ná
proc.ess is carried on and which is attached to a public jnetitútion mair¡taineð
Igl tfq pufpgsgq of education, training or reformatipn; from aH qr any of the
provisions of these rulesl. :

_ f?6. [epeal and saving.-On the commencement of these rules, the

Bornbay.Factor¡es Rules, 1950, the central provinces'and Berar Factories
Rules, 1949 and the Flyderabad Factories Rules, lgS2,,shallstanct rep€aled;
exospt âs:respêcts things done or omitted to be done.

I Ine. by C.N., dt: 30.9.1965.

 Thc Maharashtra Factorles Rules. 1963 295

FORM I
-' Appticarionfor perm*síonJ-:;#?:; exknd or tqke'ìnto the irse
any buítding as a factory
I. Applicant's name
Applicant's calling
Applicant's address
2, Full name and postal address of factory.
3. Situation of'the Factory-
Statc
District
Town or villase \
Nearesi-polì-äst"tior, :. r
Nearest Railway Station or Steamer Ghat.
4. Particulars of the plant to,þe installed. ';;"
Date :- r'j'ìr.;:''
Signature of appticant

¡Vofe.-This app.lication shall be adæbmpanied by the following documçntsl-

(a) A flow phart of the manufqcturing process supplemented by a brief description of the
. pÍDcess in its various stagos; .:
(b) Phns, in dtiplioate, drawn. to sáIp, showing- .

.
(i) the site of the fgcto..ry and iúmediate surrounding including adjdcent.buildings and:
other s.Eqcture5ltoåds, drains, etc.; and,
, JiU:tlt?- plan,rclating
-rylevant.details,
ctovation and.nticêssary crossìections.of various buildings including alt
to natuinl ligliting, Ventilation and means of escapeli¡ case of'fire,
'l'he plan shall aìse clearly indicate the position
'
of the plant and machineiy, salés and passsge
ways; añd ,,-,
.. (Ð,s¡ch othe(.pârticulgrs as the Chief Inspector may.require.

'li#åi,isÍi
certificare or stubiliiy
r. Name of the facrory.
2.Village,towntndiisuictinwhibhthefactoryissitugted.
3. Full Postâl address of factory,
4. Nams of thc Occupier of the faotory.
.5.Natu¡çofmanufacturing.processtobeccrriedoninthefactory.
'6. Numbcr of lloors on which wo¡kers will. be employed.
l-::4ly that I havo inspected tlie premises, the plans of which hsve been approved by the
chief rnspector in his.letær No....,.....,...... dated ..,............ and examined thävaäous güts
þclud-in¡ the foundations with spepial referpnce to the machinery, plant, eûc., that have been
instollcd. I am of the opinion that atl the works of engi4eering constnictión in the premises
is/arc ¡tructurally sound and that its/thäir stability will not be endarigered by its/theüuse as a
factory/part of a factory for the riranufacture of ....... for whioh the macirinery,'plant, ctc,
installe.d are intended.
Signature. - '
Qualification
, Áddress.
Date
ì
If employed by a Com.pany or Association, name and address of the Company or Association,

Ins. by G.N., dtl 13.3.r984.

 2.9-6 The Maharasltra Factoties Rules, M3

F'ORM 2
(See rules 5 and 14)
Application þr RegístaÍion and Notice oÍ Occupalion speciÍied
ln sect¡ons 6 and 7
(Io be submitted in TRIPLICATE)
1. Full name of factory with factory licence number, if
already registered.
2. Full postal address and situation of the factory.
3. Full address to which communications relating to the
factory should be sent.
14.
A flor" chart of the manufacturirig process-
(a) Carried on the fâctory during the last twelve months
(in the case of factories in existence on the date.of
corrrm€ncement of the Act)
AND
' .'(b) to be carried on in the factory during th€ next trrelve
months {in tha case of the all factories).
AND
'' (c) Supplemented by a brief doscription of.the process
in its various stages, list of the ¡aw materials used, '
. intermediate products including emission of-toxic :

quantitiès, rhethods of storages and handling, loading

and transport and details of the an-angements for the.
" ' 'hazards
disposal of trade waste and efflueiris thc likely
and the methods to contiol or éliminate
them,l
5. Name¡ of-Manufactured. To be manufactured..
(û) the principal product
(b) other products
ó. Nrlure and total amount of (H.P.) power installed.
7. Maximum number of worksrs proposed to be cmployed
on any one day during the tear.
8. Maximum numbsr of workers employed on any oire day
during the last twelve nionths (in the case of a factory'
in existence on the date of commencement of the Act).
9.FullnameandresidentialaddressofthepersonwhoshalI
be manager of the factory for the putposes of the Act.
210.
Foll name and residential address of rhe occupier-
.... (Ð The. proprieior pl fu factory.in case of .private.
' (ii) Di¡ectors in case of public li"lited liability com-
Pany/firm. ,

(iiÐ \Vþere a managing.agent has been appointed, thE.

naee of the managing agent and directot thereof.
(iv) Shareholders in case of a private company,
(v) The Chief Adminishative Head in cage of a Govern-
'm€nt
factory or a factory run by a local authority or
by any statutory corporation or body.
ll. In the case of a faotory constructed or extended aftcr
the date of the commenccmÊnt of these Rulcs-

I Entry 4 sub. by G.N., dl. 8.2.198E.

t Full name and address may be written at the back of fotm'
 The Maharashta Fectories Rules, 1963 xgt
' (a) Refere¡rce numbsr and date of appncval of the plaits
where for old or new building oi for const¡uction or
. extension of fsctory. by'the S-tate GovernmenVChief
Inspector.
(b) Rcference number and date of approval of the
'arrangement, if any, rnade for the disposal of trade
wasto aitd effluents ånd the name of thè authoritv.
tz."Ful¡ name and address of thþ owner of the premises'of '
building (includíng the piecincts thereof reîerred to in
seætion 93).
t3. Amount of fee,(Rupoos.........,....) paid in tr€asury on
.,;.,......,,........ vide challan No.......,,,,. (enclosed).
14. Amount of feo (\¡pe.es..............) Cheque vide enclosed
c!os8,,,,,.,.... postal order......,,,,..... ;..
No,.............. datêd............ on
Banl/
Postal Offic¿
drawn in favour of the Chief Inspector of Factories.
l3;'ñent
Adount of fee (Rupees.r,.....,.j paid by bank adjust-
wide order Nò.,..,,.,. dated .,....... (Copy enctoised)
Signature of Occupier..,.
Dâic................,.
Signaturo of Managcr.....
Date.;............

Narr, .-(l| Thi¡ fonn should. be completed in ink'.in block letten 9¡ typed.
(2)
lfl--tgbj:rylflr.tg! it,ll{ "f the parriculars given in cotumns l
snoutq De.rÊpofac{ utrmeotatety. :
to t5 above
(3) In caie of faciory whç¡é under the pro'¡isq to sub-seclions (l ) ând (2).of section l'00
'â
fierson has beeli nominated as the occup¡er, inforrhation.reqitired in'iúerh Ño.10
¡hould be supplied only ìn respect of- that pers'oh, aitd' lhe'form ihóüld bè
accompanied- by thc nómination.dúly signed tii thë'Dihrctors.or the shareholde¡í,
as case may be. . ' .',.1"' '1: :'. . r:'
(4) Onty o¡e of the ite¡n No.'13. oi 14 or. l5-of the foro ¡hould.bè:filled as.may. tie
applicable to the ca$e, ircm No.t4 should be filled in case of factorics in Grèater
Bombay and such othor faciories outside Cfeaier Bombay as may'irefer to pãy the
amounf by crossed postål ordcr except Government faciorios. Iieiií No:15'sÌíould
be filled in lhe case of Govomment faètorios'only and item No,l3.in all other.ease¡.
(5) Itcm 12 is to bc filled only whcn more than one factory is.siluated h¡ the'ssge
Ptpmiso¡ or buiuing.
I ,, (For schedu*
"t
t:ärj;ä;üJn5 or see beloì\')

FOR SCHEDULE $ee page No.ó8

2[r'onu ¡
(See rulcs 5, I and I I )-
Application for liccrcolrenewal of lipence 'of a factory "[xxxJ
I. FuH lqqre of the factory
2. Full pottal address and si{uation of the factory .,....,,,...,....,.....

I Subr. by G,N., dt,22.5.t986.

2 Sub¡. by G.N.III-B, d¡.26.rc.1972.
3 Strike out whichever is not applicable.
4 Þel. by c.N., dt. 13.10,198t.
 298 The Maharashtra Factories Rules, 1963

3. Full address to which communication shall be carried (whère'the factory address sorves ths
purposes of coûìmunication also this information need not be given).

ttS(e), a flow chart of the manufacluring procgss supplernented by a brief äescription of the
process in its various stages, list of the raw materials used, intermediate products, including
e¡nission of toxic gases etc., finished products, by-products, their quantities, methods of
slorage and handling, loading and transport and details of the arrangements for the disposal
of trads waste and effluents, control or eliminate them.]
4..Maximum nuûber of workers to be omployed on any day during the year ¡.,.;;,,.,.;,,.,...i.,....,.
5. Installe.d H.P. .........,....
215-4.
Th" period (not exceeding 3[ten years]) for which licenco or renewal of liconc¡ is
applied for.l
6. Name and residential dår"r* of occupier...,.
?. Name and rosidental address of ,¡anager ..:..................,......'.,.,..,...,,.,,.,,.,...
8. Amount of fee (Rupees.,.................) paid vide treasury challan/crossed cheque/postal
<irderlon....'.'................orbybookadjustmontvideorderNo.....'.,*.''.'
dated.........,..............
g. Signature of occupibr.....
10. Signature of manager.,.,.
Datc:.,,.,,.,,..,,....,...,,.,.,,.,1
F'ORM 4
' ]tS.r rules 6 and 8l
Registration for licence to work a factory
Registrâtion No....;,-...,.,....,...,........,.....,...;.,.,..;.... Licence No.
.Licence is heroby granted to.,.,,..,,.,,,....,., , valid only for the premiseg degcribed
balow for use as faotory employing more than/not üûore than,....,.;..,.,....,.,.,,.,..:,,,.,., per¡¡ons
'on
rany,onq.d.ay duri¡g th9 y€or gn4,installiog motiie.powe¡.exceedi.ng/¡ot excesd-
sirbject to the provisions of ihe Factorics Act, 1948 cnd thc Rules
þg........:..,...........,...,...,H.P,
mado thereunder.
'Thielicenc¿,shollrcmaininforce.till.3lstdayof December2O . :':.. r

Fee naid Rs........,..,;.,...,

. Fee due Rs............
. Excess Rs. ,..;...:.,.,..... ..,¡.,...,...,........ ,.r,;...t,.,,.t..,............,,,
The 20
Cñief 'Inspector of Facto¡ics.
Maha¡ashua State, Bombay

I Ins, by G.N:, dt. 8.2.1988.

2 tns, by G.N., di. 13.10.1981'
3 Subs. by C,N. dt.30.11.2000, M.G.G. Pt.IL.Ext., dt' 30'11.2000p' 243.
4 Ins. by G.N. dt, 23.8.1969
 The Møharashtra Factories Rules. I96i 29f)

Date For For Fees. Excess Date of ex- Signature of

of number of H.P. due paid piry 3lst . '[the Inspec-
renewal workers
Ðecember'"tbr,.¡enewing
,. , the. licence]:

Not exceeding Not exceeding zo

Not exceeding Not exceeding z0

Not exceÊding Not exceeding 20

x91ercg.{ins Not oxceeding 20

Not excerdiag Not exreeding 20

Not exceeding Not exceeding 20

Not exceeding Not exoeeding 20

Not excoeding Not exceediog 20

['oRM 5
(See rule, l 5)
Notice of chaoge of manager
t. Name of Ifaotory wilh current licence numbe¡
;2,'Postål:address
:3. Noine bf outgoing managcr
:4. Namc of nèw manager with the postal address of his
residénoe and telephõne number if installed....
5. Dete of appointmant of the now managçr
Signature of ocoupirir
Dato: .........,,.,.,.1....j....,
- $ignatwe of ræw mnag W
Date:

Ins. by G.N., dt. 23.8.¡9ó9.

'
 300 The Maharashtra Factories Rules, 1963

FORM 6
rule 18)
(See
Cerliticate of Fitness

3. Father's name

5. Residence

6, Date of birth, if available and,/or residing ar...................

certified age.
7. Physical fitness ....,..,.., . who is desirous of being employed in factory, and
. that his/her age as nearly as can be Àscertained
L Descriptìve marks ........,........;........... ' from my examination is .,.;...,.. yeirs, and that
helshe is fit for employment in factory aE an.
adull cbild hiVher desc¡iptivo me¡k¡ are:
9. Reason. for-
(l) refusal of certificato

or
(2) certificate being revoked

I_;ffil
I trhumh ,l
ItÏr.e¡slqn I

Initials of CertifyinS Surgeon. Certifying Surgeon.

Nate.-Exact detai-ls of cause of physical disability should be clearly stâtcd.

v,
É
cr
!â Sedal No.
tt
o .ã lVorksNo.
? =:
l) o
o o. Na¡ne of wo¡ker
3 .æ
l¿¡
'I a

êã ?
þ v, F
Sex
\o g.
o d?'Ê
à
oat É
Ê
8
6
ê.
v)
É
Age.(tsst.Shtl*dey)
E?
df¡e
g
g áIt
Daæof gmployment g,cc
'o .å
õ
ofprernt work .jg.e
EÞó
I
CL
o
Date of leaving or å'9ø¡
i<'ßg
õ
Ë
EN Ë
q. ;¡
transfer to olher
work
F'.-E
u)EË-
É a
l|
Ê
3
ã
þ
Reason for leaving
Transfer or "ãgg
fl E.F
râ
Þ o
discharge

ã=
CL
ô
F IÈr*
t)
Nature ofjob or
occupation Es
d¡ Raw material or
o
g Ë üþ
o
g
bye"product handled
Í Fx gH=
E
r Date of medical $'l ir
Examination by õäx-¡
äE F
Ë
Certifring Suryeon
rx
o.

6ä
Þ

Results of Medícal
Examination
Ê,ã
9g€, €F
Ifsuspended from rTf ,1
\1 3 Êä
õ'=
work, state period of ã ã i ã
suspcnsion with s B
3 rÞ
=H

dotr¡iled reasons õ.À

EX
c;, X
Ceñif¡ed fit to
re.sume duty on
signatureof '
rvith sã
s3
vó-
CeÍi$ing Surgeon
IfcertifÌcate.of A
d: v
unfitness or
suspension issued to
worke¡
Sígnature with date
of Certi$ing
Surgeon

r0t ¿:96i'r.i¡fi¡ r,ir.i,,l.ir'.j t,.itt¡*ti.t,rr¡'¡i .t4.¡

 go2 Thc M aharøshtra- Factot lûs Rules, I g6j

FORM 8
_ '
(See rules 2O and Sj)
Rccord of líne-washíng, painling, etc.

D¡to on which lime-

w.a9l¡ing painting, var-
a' n¡snrng or otllng wás
carried out {¡¡cco¡dine
to the English calendarj
Parts of factorlr. c,g, P¡r¡s : lime; Troatmenl,
namo of rÕoú' rryashed,, .,p9in!e..{,'
.glr?rher
lime -
vornished'or oilail, 'i+¡sbed, pìinæ.d, Month Year Remarks
og. :walls, eÈ¡lin¡¡i v¿rni*hed or
woodwprt,gtg.,,. e4ç4.
,l :2 5:
'' :.5

t:r I

Signalure of Manager
 Thc Mahareshta Factarier. Rcleç, 1963 3Gl

FORM 9
(Seerule l7)
ÍIumtdlE Regìslcr:
Dep4itment ..-.-.,..,¡.........;..¡..r.,,!ì,.¡..¡;!..!1!i
Hygtonoter
lÐï¡$Èotivc mafk or nuniber.,:.,....,,..,.....
fP"osition. in departiuent.;.,,

Reading of Hygrometer

Date, yeü, Detweon Betu¡ean:lìl .sr¡r Bctwecn If no Rcmarkr

month and 7 a,m. and 'pm, 4pm'.
-ffi- humidity
day '0 p.6.: -
and'2 pm iqsert
--alu-- and none
(but not in the 530 pm
rest period) Tñ_;

D¡y 'ur¡î Dry Wet uty ,F.:t

buib Þulb bulö. bulb' üutb bulb,

lst
2nd
3rd
4rh
5rh
6th
7rh
8th
9th
torh
.1l.rh
l2th
t3th
t4rh
t5th
l6rh
1?rh:
lSrh
l9rh
20rh
21*t
22nd
z3d:d
24th
25rh
26üt
21th
28rh
29rh.
30rh
3lst

Certifi*d that the above entries sse coûec¡ (Signed)...,..,..

(Signed)......
30r1 The Maharash¡ra Factorles Rutès, 1963

FOR IO
(Sie'rute 58)
Register of workers alten¡líng.lo machinery
No. Nama and Desienation Department Datç when Signature
father's name or na-turê of tight clothes or.thúmb'
of worker work providcd lmPrEES¡On

3 5

. FORM, 1l , : ::
(Scc rulc 62)
Prcs*iþcdfor Report of Exantìnolion of Hoist or Llfi
Occupier (or owner) of premises .rr
.Addres¡
t iilî;; of hoitt or lift and identification npmber or dercip-
tion.
(b) Date of constrüction ór rc-constn¡ciion'(if gsc€rtsinable)' i

2. Design and conslruction- .

Are all parts of tho hoist or lift of good mechanical

cònitruåtion, sound meteriel and aãequdte otrength
(*o far as asccrtainab.ls)?
3; Maintenance-
Are the following partr of the hoist or,lift properly i',
. maintained and iñ good wo¡*ing.drdor? If not, state
¡r¡hat defects have been found:-
(a) Enclosure of hoistway or tiftway ,

(b) Landing gates and cage gatç(s)..

(o) Interlocks on the landing gates and cåge gatç(s).
(d) Ottlcr gates fastenings
(o) Cege and platform and fittings, coge guidés, buffer¡,
inteiior of the hoistrvay or liftway' j:

(f) Overrunning devices.

(g) Suspension rrcpct or chains and thcir attachnionts'
(h) Safety gear, i.e: srfan8em€ntt for preventing fall of
' platform or cage brakes.
(i) Brakel
::
$) Wonn of spur gcaring
:

(k) Olher clectrícal equiPment.

(l) Other Partr
4. ìflhat parts (if any) werc inaoce¡eiblÊ?
5. Rcpairr. rcnewals or ¡lterations (if any) rcquircd and the period
wiihin which they should be executed,
6..}faximum safe working load subþt 3o re'pain, rencwals or
altemations (if any) ,pãcinø in t5l.
7. Othen
U\Ve cortifY that on .....'.....
abovo is a'corrcct r€Port or the tesult'
Signatuæ Countesignaturie""""""""""
If emPloYed bY a comPanY or
- association, give name and. add¡e¡s
Qualification..
Adùes¡ '.,.....-..'.'.......'.
ffôte:,...........,..,, Dale:..,.,...,,

rv.
 Thc Maharø¿htra Factories Rules, 1963 305

' . FORM 12
rale 64)
(See
Prescribed for report of examination' of thc lìfi.ìng machines, ropes and lifing tøckles
PARTICULÂR$ .

l, Name of occupier of faclory .:. , .. .. .

2. Address of factory ;
3. Distinguishing number of matks (if any) and description '
, ¡ufficient to identify the lifting machine, chains, rope or the
lifting tackle.
w¡is :

4. Date when the lifting machine, chain, rope or lifting tackle

fir¡t used in the factory.
5. Daæ of each examinaÉán made' under iection 29 (l )(a) (iii) and
by whom it ua¡ carried out.
6. Date and number of the certificûte rclating to ûny tesr and :

oxamination made unde¡ sub-rule (l) of ¡ule 64 together with

tho name of the person who issued the certificate.
?. Date of anneeling or other heat troatment of the chain and
lifting tackle canied.out under ¡ub-rule (5) of rule ó4 and by . , j ,

whom it was carried out,

8. Particulors of any defeæl found at sny such exsmination or after
anneeling and a-ffecting the safe woiking load.and of the stepr
takentoreme.dysuchdofect, ,.'. .i , .., . . :.
UWe certify thet on ........, I/We thoroughly examined.the abqve ment¡oned,tifting
m¡chine/chairy'rope/lifting tackle and that the above is a corrÊct reporl. of the regult.
.Countçrsignature .,:...,,........,..,.
If empþed by aCompanyor
Association give namc and addp¡¡ ,

Date¡...
]'
t[ronu r¡
(iccntc65)
:
. :.'
'

Rcporl of cxaùinølion of Pressura Pl¿ntlVcsæl ,

l. Nsme and add¡t¡¡ factory
of :

z.:NàmÊ, deacription and distinctive number of lhe P¡pcsurc-. ' '' ,: :'

. Pl¡nUYessel, : .

3. Namg and address of maker

4. N¡ture of process iri which it Ís us€d. l

5. Porticula¡s of Plant/Vessel-
' I

(a) Date of constir¡ction

' (b) Thicknçss'of wllti
(c) Date on which it was fir€t.tsken into use.
(d) Safe working pressùre rccomainde.d Ùy maker.
6. Dlute of-
(i) Lsst exteinel cx¡mination j
(i¡) Last i¡te¡nal exominqtion
(iíi) Lart hydraulic examination
(ív) Låst u¡trasonic tost
7. ltthether lagging was removed for purposes of examination;
. E. Doscription of exsminalioi¡s carried òut ¡nd findings-
(i) Extemal examination (give rtxsonr if it i¡ not carried
. out six monthly).

Subc. by c.N., dr.28.5.1982 publiahed in M.G.C. Pl'I-L,.dt'26.8.t982p.5943

 306 Th¿ Maharashtra Factortes Rutes, 1963

(ii¡ Intemat examination (give reasons if it'is nol carried

'out-annually).
' (iii) Hydraulie test (give reasons ifthis is not carried out at
' interval of 2 years qr 4 years). l
(iv) Ultrasónic test (pleese quote nu¡nber and.date of the
certificate issued by Chief Inspector, p€rmitting
' ultrasonic test in lieu of internal examiñation and

9. Sqf" working pressure calculated as per methods given in

sub-rule S(c)(ii) for sizing oyli4deni : ,
(1)
(2t
(3)
10. Condition of Prcssure Plant-
(a) Vessel
(b) Pipine :

I l. Conditions of fittings and appliances-

(i) Pressure guagcs
(ii) Safety valve
(iiÐ Stop valve
, (iv) Reducing valve (give reasons if not necessary).
(v) Additional saf€ty valye (required in ca¡e rcduci¡ig valve
is necesCary).
(vi) Other devices (please specify particularly in case of
jacketed vessels).
12. Safe working pressúre.rccommcndéd after examiriation
(apecify the allowanccs'made for conditions of working such
as heati corrosion etc.)
13. Speoify repairs if any and period within which they should be
exbcuted.
14. Spccify reduced working pnessure pending repairs
15. Other observation/conditions subje€t to which the glant is to
be.opergted.
I certify that on ......,...,.,
the.pr€slure planvvessol,dcscrihd abovc was thoroughly cleaned
and (ro far as its consFuction permits) made accs¡sible for thorough examinstion:and for iuch
te¡ts ai. lvere necçss?ry for thorough ex¡mination.and that on.the;.¡aid dateJ,thomughly
e¡amined. tþis ptles$ure vesseUplant including its fittings snd thåt thp above is a huc report of

ä::ïT:ïå,, Signqtqre:
Qollifbglig1: .

IfemployedbyaCompany'.o''""'",lËo'.åi1ä9andåddrc''..,''-
(Seo rule ?34)
Register giving detøils ol
gashold*
L Neme of the occupier of {he factory
2. Situation and address of the fastory
3. Description; type and distinguishing numbers or letters of the '
gas-holders.
4. Name'and addresc of the manufacturer of the gas-holders:
5. Design data-
(a) Maximum capacity in cubic metres
(b) Pressure thiown by the holder when full.

lns. by G.N., dt.3l.l;1964,

 The Maherashtra Faêtoiles Rulàs, 1963_ 307

(c)Numberofliftsandtheirdistinguishingnumberofletters.-']
6. Constructional details of tho gas-holder including ihe main
dimension, such as, the diameîer and heieht of eích lift and
tank, the thickness of the side plates and-the crown, descrip
tion of the type of Baterial used to form the side plates and the , .
crown, etc.
7.AllowableminimumúicknessofthesideDlatessndcrownof
. the gas-holder for safe working.
8.Thenumberetc'ofthedrawingsshowingtheconstructional
details of the gas-holders prepared.by the mairufacturers,
' : Signatureofoccupierorruanager.
Signature of competent person or.lhè manufalbrenl
IFoRM t3B ¡

, l.S¿e rale,TJA) :

l.Distinguishingnumberofthegas-holderanditslifisexerÏing¿.
2. Whether thc examination was internal or external,
3. Parts of the gas-holders oxamined by electronics or other
.accr¡ratedcvicegorbycu!tingsampledisesandre.sultsthercof'...
4. Pa¡ticulars as to the çondition of-
(a) Crown
(b)Sidesheotingincludinggripsandcups'.
etc.) l
(c) Guiding ncchsnism (roller cardages, roller, pins; guide, ropes,
(d) Tank J ,' :. .. :

(e)OtherstructurÊ,ifany,columne(framingandbraõkíng),,' . .i,': .'

5. Particulars as to the position of the lift at t$e time of -
exarünation. I .1 :
:

6, Partiçulars as to whother the tank and lifts were fou¡d suffi- - :: .' .'
safe working.
ciently level for . - :
,.,.
7. Date of examination and by whom carried out,
L Are all fittings and appliances properly maintairied and in good
condition, re¡airs if any, required and period within which
they should be executed. :

9. Any other conditions which should be complied with and arc

' necessary according to the opinion of the cõmpetent pcrsoni .i

{ ce¡tify that the 8as-holdcr deæribed above *'a* thoroughly examined io ¡ucti of ahG tcstr ¡i'
wsre ¡eçe$saff' were csrried out and that the above is a hue rcport of the ex¡mination crarri€.d'
out by me. Name and signatuæ,,,..r.,,...¡.¡,¡,.,.,.¡1,...,,.,.,.,...,,.:.
Qualifications ..;...,.,....,...........,.,,.,.i..,,.....,.,....,.-.
Addresg....,.......,.....,.;.,....,..,,.-.,,,.,
Date..,.,.,....,......,..:.....,.,.,,.......,,,....
If employed by the association or a coñpany undertaking such examinationi give the name
and addrpss thereof.l :

FORM T4
(S'ee Rule 93)
21Ðctetcdl

FORM 15
(See Rule 95)
saoetiu¿t

I Ins. by G,N., dt, t1.7,7964..

2 Þel. by G.N. dt. 1.8.2000 published in MGC P|.I-L. Exr, p,100
 .'. . FORM 16

Notice of periods ofworksfor adult worlrers

Total number of mcr¡ qmployed

't
B,C ?, E F. G H I Gro¡p NaturË
+
Lctt€r of wort
Relays I 2 3 3l 23121 i

Onwo*ing {,
Days '
From
A
B
To
From
c
D I
To
E
From .õ
F
To

On partial
working days
G
From
To
H
From
I
J
To
 FOR}IT7
(See Rule 99)
adult workprs
certificate of an

Fðrm *ortiogln
shiffs certificate number
and date glving
. referenceto
'' th.e
certificate

(.t
a
(9
 FORM I8 ì
iO
l¡J

(See Rule 103) I

. 'NoÍice ofperíods ofworkfor childworlrers

Dgscription of grou¡i

Total nurnber of children employed...;.......

r5

,+
Group Nan¡¡e of
letter . ;work s
Relays 2I 2

'æ
A
I
B
.c' Ë
6

Manager
 FORIVI 19
(See Rule 104)
Child Worlærs,

Nafurg
enploymetrt . certificate number Oro¡rþsas relay, if '
and iæ date giving in Form lS working in

(¡t
 ronpt zo 6)
t¡lsee lN
Rules 105 and 106)l
Register of leave wíthwages
Factory...... Part ï -Adult
Part II - Children
Date of Leave with wages to
the enûry in to year of
Register . Service service
of adultV Balance Leave Total of
child of
days ofdays days of ofdays of leave with cols. l0
workers worked lay-off maternity leave with with wages & ll
perfo¡med leave with wages wages earned
wages enjoyed from during the
preceding year
year mentioned
in col.4
t0 lt t2

Whether leave with \ryhcther Leave with Balance to Normal Cash equivalent or Rate of Dischargcd worker Rema¡ks
wages tefused in leave wáges credit rate of advantagc äccruing wages for
accordancc with with enjoyed wages through concêssional sale tã-, Date of Date of
scheme under wages not offoodgrains or other últh dischargc amount of
Sec.79(8) desired -¡-rom --1b-- afícles wages payment
during the period, made in
ne)$ (total of
' ìieu,of
rleave with
calendar cols. l7l
year '. _,. :. r &,18) rvagesdue

' Subs. by c.N. dt. 1.8.2000 published in MGG ft.I-L, Ext p. 100
 'llllë M ¡tti
niti xh t ra l u r tt t¡.i t s R tt I ¿ t. ! g ó,i

'FORM 21
(See, Rule 106)
t¡Deteted¡

FORM 22
(See Rule I 12)
2¡Ðeletedl

23
3¡Fonu
(See Rute I l4)
Prescrlbed under Schedule II, ilL, IV, VIil, XI, XVil, XVIil, XX
Special Certlficate of Fitness
(In respect of persons emptoyed in occupatíon involving use of *compounds)
Serial No. dated the
Shri .....,......... ...,.....,,;...........
Residing at.;.........,............,...,....,;,..,........;......,.....,.....
whoisdesiroùsofbeingemployedas.'.....'..',.....
in the ..,.,.,..,.. ¡.,,.,.i,.r!.!.,.....,. ,,..,..,... and that his
age, as nearly as can be ascertained frorn my examination is .,......,......... yerrs and thtlh; ¡;
. in my opinion tìt for employrnent in operation of,
+ Chromiurn Compounds,
. 'f Glass manufacturing,
Nitro Amino Conrpound,

. * Manganese and its Comporinds,

* Benzene - . - : .. .: :

His descriptivc mark are,,..;......,.......,....r..!.,.,¡,...:....,,r!..,....,.....:...,,,...........,..,.,,.,,.,.,............

Lefthandthumbimpression ! , ,,; :

of pcrson examined. : l
! , Deputy Director,
Indusuial Safety and Heallh.(M)
a¡d Cprtifying,Surgeon, Munbai

3 Ðel. by c.N. dt. t.8.20O0 published in MCC pr.t-L. Ext. p.t00

r De!. by G.N. dt. 1,8.2000 pubtished in Mcc PI.I-L, Exr. p.100
2 Del. by t.N. dt. 1.8.2000 published h MG6 pr.I-L. Exr. p. t00
3 .Subs. by G.N,, dt. r.&.200O published in MGG prI-L, Ex¡, p, l0O
 Th¿ Maharashva Factorles Rule¡, 1963
31¡l
I ccrtify that I
ex- , I oxtend this Signature of Symptoms/SignV FiVUnfit
amined the person cprtificatc thef,ærtify- Investigation
mentioned abovc on until ing Surgeon

lr
:

Ì.

tlronu z¡l
!
(See rule I 15)
accidcnt bv the Manaser
r. Name and address
"y::{:"r
", No./Licence No,
2, Occupier's Registration
3. Addrcss ofprcmises where accident happened
4. Nature of l4dustry. i , , .:
5. Deparment shift hours (if sny) and exact place where the accident happened
. . 6. Nsmg of injured þÊrson.
'.. 7. fnsurancc Number.
i .. 8.'Aädrcss of injured. person
. 9. (a) Sex
(b) Aee (last birthday)
(c) Occupation of injured person
(d) Local office to which atteched.
10. Date and hour ofaccident
! l, (a) Hour st which'he started work on the day of acciden!
(b) Whether wages in full or part are payable to him for the day of hi#accident
12. Cause of accident,-
(a) If causd by maohinery-
(i) give name of the machine and part causing the accident, and
(ii) Ststc whcthcr it waç moved by mechanical power ût that üme;
(b) state exactly rvhat the injured person was doing at that timc

I Subs. by G.N,, dt, t3.I0.1981

 The Maharashtrø Factot'ies Rulet, 1963
315

(c) in your opinion, was the i4juçed perqo¡ at the time of accident-
(i) acting in contravention of th9 provisions of any law applicable to him; or
{ii) acting in contravention of any oiders given by or on behalf of occupier; or
(iii) acting without instructions from his occupier
(d) Ifreply to clauses (Ð, (iÐ, or (iii) ofclause (c) is in affirn¡ative, state whether the act
. was done for the purpose of and in connection with the.occupier's trade or business.
13. If the acicdent ha-ppened while travelling by availing of the transport facility provided
by the occupier, stato whether
{i) the injured person was trnvelling as a passenger to or from his place of work:
(ii) the injured plrson was rravelling with the expres or implied persmission of tho
occupier;
(iii) the transport is being operated by or on behalf of the occupier or some other person
by.whom it is provided in pursu,ance of arrangemehts made with the occupier; and
(iv) the vehicle wasbeing/npt being operatçd in the ordinary course bf public transport
S€fV¡Ce. :.

14. If the accident happened while mceting emergency stâte-

(i) its naturel
(ii) whether the injured person at the time of accident was employed for the purpose of
his occupier's irade or business in or about the premises at which the acoidont took
Place.
15. Describe briefly how tho accident occuned.
': 16. Name and address of witnesses-
(1).,..,.....,.,.,...............:....,.........,..1...,,,-,.,.........
' (2)....,......... :-
17. {a) Naturs and extont of injury (e,g., fatal, ioss of fingers, fracture of.leg, scald, etc):
. (b) Location ofinjury (right leg, left hand oi left eye, eto.).
(c) (i) If the aoicdent is not fatat state whether the injured porson has returened to work
(iÐ If so, date and hour gf return to ùork
18. (a) Physician, dispensary or hopsital from whom or whero the injured porson rocoived
"'li;"'i""';'J:Jl1iililj"*.neldoctor.electedbythcinsuredperson,
19. (i) Has injured person died?
(ii) If so, date of death.
, .I certify that to the.bestof rny knowledge and bclief the abovo particula¡s are correct ii¡
ev€ry respect.
Place..,,,.,..,,.,,,..
Date of déspatch report
Note.-To be completed in legible handwriting or preferably typewritten,fhis space. to be
cornpleted by Inspector of Factories,

District ' 'Causation-number

Date of receipt of report Dste of investigation;
Accident number. Result of inúostigation.
Industry nurnber
 316 The l¡{ aharashtra Facrorles Rules, Ig63

NOTIFTCATION OT ACCIDENTS
EXTRÄST FROM THE FACTORIES ACT, I94S

where in any fadory an accidenr .r"{::fü:tt:}ur"s o""t¡ or which causes any bodily
i^njury
þy reãson of 'which the i".i"*äï prevented from working for a period of
ferson
forty-ei8ht hours or more.immed-iately fol"lowing ttiõ a""iáintl'ã;i;i.lii;""i such
narure as
n1y b? prescribed in this behalf, the manager of-tno raototy ïüati rin¿ noìi* ü,eroof ro such
authorities, and in such form and within sõch dme, as ma!,UC --
¡reJcrib;ã.
EXTRACT FROM THE MAHARASHTRA FACTORIES RULES, 1963

!l-l w.lrr any accident specified t -[iii"iJ"tì{ of ctause I of the schedute horoto
specifìed in àÍause 2 of the saià ."iøur. rar",liucj
ifpji9:,*T lU
rne *$:plt ?c:J.lû:nc.e
manaBer or rhe tacrory shall, within 24 hours. .such
of rhe happening of
11-î,t-1o.p1y:
acotdent or occl¡ffence' send notîce thereof bv telephone, special messeng"i or ti"gram iõ
the lnspector and rhe .Administrative løe¿ical'Oificãr, Ë;it'")Ä,säiJ'i?äon."
Scheme,
Bombay, appointcd as Additional Inspecror una"r tt¡J ecqãiá;h"r, rù;;;;;dent is fatal or
of such serious nature that it is likely to prove fatat, noticõ ãs ¿lá*Jii¿-Jiiiu. also te ìini
toi-
: il) q¡e Dist¡ict Magistrate or Sub-Divisional Magishato,
(b) thr Offïcer-in-chargo of the nearest police station,.and.
(c) the noarest relatives of the injured or dcad person,
(2) The notice so given shall be confirmod.by the Manager of the factory.to
the authorities
mentioned in sub-iule (l)-by sendìng r" th.; ;;rliþ" ;"p"rr i; th;ä;É äf an accident
Form 24 or in Form t't<itíg gqg94eít" no[ioy""1's_tut"ïqr-uran""-rõ""r*rl Regularions,
in
1950, and in rhe case of a dangerous occurienôe, in F;tm t¡ã-;ìrhì;i;t";
taking place of any such accideìrt or occu¡?ÊncG refcrred t" in irrat iüü-*Ï*-..'
noürs oi ii,ï
{J)Wl9re any accident of.a minor charaoter specified in sub- olause(b) of the said clause I
rhe manaser shail, wirhin 24-hours afrer thc'expiry of the perìod
::"^:"p^,îi
spec¡tied in 1l_.-li:riy.,
the said sub-clause (b), send notice thereof to the Inspector i¡i Rärm 2¿. '
(4) If in.the case of an accident, the injured person subsequently dies due to
such accidcnt
information of his death wherever known shait lo sent U¡.thlmilg; ùtì.Ëph";;;sp;.üi
messen8erortelegramwithin24hourscifthooccurencetoi-
(a) the Inspector;
(b) the ^Administrative Medicat officcr, Employees, state Iirsurance soheme, Bombay¡
. (c) the Distriot Magistrate or Sub-Divisional. Magistrate: and .

(d) the Officer-in-charge of tha nearest police Station.

Erplanation"Fot the Ðurpose ofthis rule, 'taccident of a serious nøturett on accid¿nt
wÃich resul¡s ìn- ^.ron"
(i) innrediate loss of any part of the body or any limb or part thereof;
(ii) øu-shed or serious injury
-whichto any pari of the body due to which íoss of the sa-Þ is
obvious or any injury is Ékêty to prove fatäl;
(iii) unconsciousnesst or
(iv) severe burns or scalds due to chemicals, steam or any other cause,
SCHEDULE
I. (a) Accidents which cause death to any person or are of serious nature.
(b) Accidents which cause such. bodily injury as prevents or will probabty prevent the person
injured from working for a period of 48'hoúrs immediarely follo'wing rtL'"."¡Jini.-- "----'-
2, The following classe_s of dangcrous occuÍencos, whether or nol, they are attended by
personal injury or disablement-
(a) Bursting of a vessel used for containing steam under pressure greater than atmosoheríc
Pressure other than plant which comeiwithin the scöpe of rhõ Indian Boilers eit.
(b) Collapse or failure of a crane, derrick, winch, tift, hoist or other appliances used in
raising or lowering percons or goods or âny part the¡eof, or the overti¡ining of a crane.
(c) Explosion, fire bursting out, Ieakage or escape of any molten metâI, hot liquor, or gas
causing bodily injury io any persõns who are employed or darnage to'any pIant,
machinery or material.
(d) Explos.ion of a receiver or container used for-lhe storage at a pressure greater than .
atmosPhcric pressure ofany gas or gases (including air) oi any liq'uid or soiid resulting
Irom Ine comprossron ol gas.
 Thc Maharashtra Factorìes Rules, 1963 ll7
(e) Explosion of rec€iver ot container us_ed in any process or used for storage
at a pressgre
g::l!ï,tl"n atmospheric pre$sure! of any gai ôr gases (including oiuny liquid or
ânv solld. "i.j
¡[ronprz¿¿] . .,
(See rule I 15)
' Notice of Dangerous Occurrence

t. Namc and address of the factory

,.2. Name and address of the ocoupior
3. Name and addrcss of the Manager ...,,,..,......

i. illi:îi,:iiil?;;;;;;; exact prace where the a"ng",ou, occurïence rook prace

,:'.'......'.'...'......",,,,
6. Date and hour of occurrence
?. Nature of dangerous occurroncc (Stato exactly what happened) ...,...:.,,,...
- cellify that.to the best of my knowledge and belief, thc above particulars are cò¡reot in
!€very fespect.
.

Placer Sigûature of the Occupier/Manager.

Date of despatch of Report
Notel-To be written in legible handwriting or preferably ro be typewätten.

This space to be cornf'leted by Inspector.of Factories

District Date of Recoipt

Dangerous Occurrence Number .
Date of investigation
Causation Number.
Result of Invcstigation..

FORM 25
(See rule I l6)

To be filled in by the Chief Inspcctor ,

No. of Case ...,

Rema¡ks

. lt-¡-.-- !- !
Nolice oJpoìsoning
-lñ
olDßease :
a l:

(Sce instructions on reverse)'

FSctory.Particulars...,. . l, Name of factory ......,,,,.,,..,,.j..;.1..,...¿,r¡.!,,r¡,,,,.

2. Address of factory:....,.

. 3. Àddress of office or private resideñôe of occupier

..,......,.,....,,....,.....;..
4, Name of Industry
5. Narne and address of the undertaking in which
tho patient presumes that he was exposed to the risk
to which the Poisoning or Disease is attributed.
6, Harmful agent or proc€ss to which Poisoning or
Disease is attributed. !

I lus. by c.N., dl.20.7.1981 :

318 The Maharashtra Factot¡es Rules, 1963

7. Name and TVork Number of patiert

8.'Address of patient .......,...

9: Sei and ale of patient

Person. affected 10. Precisc occupation of the patient-

(a) at the place or last place of enployment

(b) at the undertaking in which the patient pre$umes

that hc was exposed to the risk to which Poisoning
or Disease is attributed

11. Nature of poisoning or Disease frorn which the

patient is suffering
12. Approxirnato date of beginning and cessation of
exposure of thg patient to the hannful agent or
procoss to which Poisoning or Disease is attributêd
according to item 6 above ...,.........

Generalparticulars ,, ... 13.'[Has the case.beon'reported to the Medical

Inspector of Factories?l
Signature of Factory Manager .,...;..j...,,.,...;,......,.,....,.,....,....,.........
Date

'' '. : NoÍice of Poisoning or Diseasc

Extract from Factories Act, 1948
(Section 89).
Where any worker in a factory contacts any d¡sease specified in the Schedule, the manage¡
of thc faciory shall send notice thereof to such âuthórifics, and in such form and'within such
time, as nay be prescribed.
Extract from the Maharashtra Factories Rulcs, l9ó3
: .' :-: :" .::' ':(Rule116)
À notice in Form No.25 should be sent forthwith to the Chief inspector or Certifying
Surgeon and ,Administrative Medical Officet, Employces' State Insurance Scheme, Bombay,
appóinted as Additional Inspector under the Act, by the Manager of a factory in whioh there
oècurs a case.of lead, phosphorus., mercury, rìranganese, arsenic. carbon, bisulphide or
benzene poisoning, or poisoning by nitrouq fuures, or by halogens or halogens-clerivativos of
thç hydrõcarbons of the aliphatic series: oÌ of chrdme ulce¡ation, anthrax, silicosis, toxic
'iùanifes-'
an""tii", toxic jaundice , priinary optheliomatous cdncer of the skin or pathological
tations due to radium or other'radio-active substailces or X-rays.

Abstract of the Faclories Act, 1948 and the Mcharøshtra Factories Rules, 1963
(Io be fixed in a conspicuous and convenient place at or near the main entrance to the
factory)

Subs. by G.N. dt. 30th Decernber,.l969

 The Ilaharashtra Faclories Rules, 19ó3 3f9

Interpretation
"Factory" means any prenises including the precincts thereof-
(i) whereon ten or üore workers are working, or were working on any day on the
preceding twelve months, and in any part of rvhich a manufacturing process is being
carried on with the aid of power, or is ordinariiy so carried on, or
(ii) whereon twe¡ty or ¡nore workers are working, or were working on any day of the
preceding twolve months, and in any part of which a manufacturing process is being
canied on without the aid of porrer or is ordinarily so carried on,
but does not including a mine subject to the operation of the Mines Act, 1952 (XXXV of
1952), or a railway running shed.
"Worker" means a person employed, directly or through any agency, whether for wages or
not, in any manufacturing process, or in cleaning any part of the machinery or premises used
for ¿ manufacturing process. or on any other kind of work incidental to, or connected with,
the manufacturing process, or the subject of the rnanufacluring process.
rrManufacturing process" means any process of making, altering, repairing, ornamenting,
finishing, packing, oiling, rvashing, cleaning, breaking-up, dcmolishing or otherwise t¡eat-
ing, or adapting any article or substance with a view to its use, sale, transport, delivery, or
disposal, or pumping oil, water or sewage.or generating, transforming or transmitting power,
or courposing types for printing, printing by letter-press, lithography, photogravure or other
similar process o¡ book-binding or constructing, reconslructing, repairing, refitting, finishing
or breaking up ships or vessels.
Working hours, holidays, intervals for rest, etc.
l. Hours of work {Àdults) Sections 5l and 54,- No adult rvorker shall be required, or'
allowed to wo¡k in a factory for r¡to¡e than 48 hours in any week and for'more than t hours
on àny day. The minimum daily limit may bs excecded iñ order to facilitate the change of
shifts subject to the previous approval of the Chief Inspector.
2. Relaxation of hours of work (Adult) - Section 64.-The ordinary limits on working of
'adults may be relaxed in certain special casos, e.g., workers engaged on urgent repairs in
preparritory or complementary work which must necessaÌily be carried on outside the linits
laid down for the general working of the factory; in work which is necessarily so intcrmittent
that the intervals during which they do not v/ork while on duty ordinarily amount to more
than intervals for rest: in work which for technical reasons must be carried on continuously;
in making or supplying articles of prime necessity which must be made or supplied every
day; in a manufacturing process which cannot be parried on except during fixed seasons, or
at time dependent on the irregular action of natural forc€s; in engine rooms or boiler houses
or in attending to power plant or transmission machinery in the printing of newspapers,
which may be held up on account of breêk-down of machinery, in the loading a$d unloading
of railway wagons.
Except in the case of urgent repairs, the relaxation shall not exceed the following limits-
(i) the total number of hours of work in any day shall not exceed ten;
(ii) the total number of hours of ove¡time work shall not exceed 50 for any ons'quarte¡;
(iii) The spreadover inclusive of intervals foi rest shatl not exceed l2 hours in one day.
'The restrictions irnposed by clauses (i) and (ii) of sub-section (4) of section ó4 shall not
apply ro cases where a shift worker has lailed to report for duty and another shift worker has
to work the whole or part of a subsequent shift subject to the conditions proscribed by
Govemment,
In the case of any or all adult workers in any factory, the ordinary limits on working hours
of adults may be relaxed for a period or periods not exceeding in the aggregate 3 months in
a¡ry ye4r, to enable the factory to deal with in exceptional press of work.
3. Payment for overtime - Section 59 - Where a worker works in a factory for more than 9
hours in a day or for more than 48 hours in any week he shall, in respect of overtime work,
be entitled to wages at the rate of twice his ordinary rate of wages.
4, Exemption of supervisory staff - Section 64.-Chapter YI of the å.ct - Working hours
of adults - does not apply to persons holding positions of supervision or fianagement.or
employed.in a confidential position in a factory.
5. lVeekly holiday (Adults) - Section 52..No adult worker shall be required or allowed to
work in a factory on tho first day of the week, unless he has or will have, a holiday for a
whole day on one of the three days immediately befo¡e or after the said day and the manager
of the factory has, before the said day or the substituted day, whichever is ea¡lier, delivered
a notice at the office of the Inspector of his intention to require the worker to work on the
 320 The Maharashtra Factot.les Rutes, Ig63

d^y and of the day which is to be substituted and displayed a norice ro rhar
:111 effect in the
Iactofv:
p.¡oviãed that no substitution shall be
made which will result in any worker working for more
than ten days consecutively withour a holiday fo, itrJ *f,"iå J.J:' "^"-^ ""'
Where 'a worker in a factory' as a-result of exemption_from the ordinary provision
relating
to rveekly holidays, is deprived of any of the weôkty holidays.tì.ï"ll'U'" ãUowed,.within
the month in which such holidays weie due to himbr rvithií ihe t*"-^årrlt
following that uronrh, compensaiory holidays or"quainu.ü"rìîth" r,"ii*ij, ,o
i*^åaiáiËiy
torr.
6' Intervals of rest (Adults) - Secfions 55 and 56 -The periods of work of adult
-s workers in
I fqclory each day shalt b.e so fixed that no periods .t¡aü !ic"ã¿ il;ìr"b"iot. he has had
an lnterval ror rest ol at least half an hour and that inclusive of his intervals
shall not spread. over moro rhan l0 l/2 hours uny ãuy
for rest they
Inspector in writing,.l2 hours. subject to the cóntról "i,
øilr-rr,i'î"r*l;;il;îË'chË'f
of tn" statlt"î"in*"nt, the chief
Inspector may' bv written or<ler and-for the reasons specifieã tttrriin, .*"-Ëiiny
however rhar rhe rotar number of hours worked by .' *;;t;;i;ú;iäiîìäå*.¡
tultoi/ïo
does not
exceed six.
7. Prohibifion of double eqployment - ections ú0, fl and 99.- No child or
except in
csrtain ci¡cumstanc€s an,adulf wõrker, shall be required o, ulto*ãã t";;;Ëì"
on any day on which he has atready been workingin uny ãtñ"iiuãi";t. -'-'
any ruðtoiy
If a child works in a factory on du,y..o.n wh.ich he has. already been working in
or.guardian ofll/tñe c6ild or the person t""irsiñåäv'oïìi cont ot over
4nother
[l:lo_tl, l!9,n3rentanv
hlm or obtainins direct benefit from his wagesìhall te puniihabte ditñ fin", i"hdh .qi
sxtend to Rs.Sdunläss it appears to.ttre Couii't"tratihe child so worked without
the consent
or connivance of such parent, guardian or person.
8. Prohib-ltion of emptoyment.of children under 14 - section 67.- No child who
has nol
compreted h¡s fourteenth year shall be required or allowed to rvork in any
factory.
9' Hqurs of work (Children) Section 71.-No child shall be employed or pennitted to work
in any facrory for more t!?n 4 t!? hours in
-tnd guq;g. rhe "ùf,iì"¡el,t _""n, ä
1,1y.
d1y
period of at-least twelvo consecutive hours whióh sËall inclu¿iitre-ini'"ñ,aìietween to.oo
q'q. a.nd0.00 a.q.). Thq peri.ods of work of all children e-ptoy"ã il å-i*-tory shali bã
Iisited to two shifts which ihalt not overlap or spread-over *oti ttian s ¡*rJeach and each
child shall be employed ín only one of the'rolayi.
weekly holidays shall also âpp.lt- tg child workers and no cxcmprion
I9pf,:tt:1.*,t:Ig^ç
fiom thts provision may bo granted in respect of any õhìld.
10. Prohibition of employment
-of rvomen
. scction 66.- No woù1en shall in anv
crcumstances be emploved in any factory for more than 9 hours ¡¡r in s¡¡t
any uqJ oib;fuiã"ì-h¿
day v¡
hours of 7.00 p.m. añd õ.00 a.m.'
Leave with wages
11. Leave'!o¡lh^TgJ* - sections.79, B0 and g3 and Rules.-Every worker who has worked
lor a penod ot 24o daJs or more in a factory during a calenda¡ yeär shall be aliowed durins
tne suDsequent calendar year leave with wages for a number of days calculated at the
ratã

' (i) if an adult, one day for every twenty days of work perfonned by him during previous
calendar year;
(ii)_if for every fifteen days of work perfomred by him during tho
.archild^,,o_1"_931
prevrous calendar year.
of,computation of rhe period of Z4O.days or.more, (a) any days of lay_off
Lîr^r*-tjT-gre
Þy âgreement or contract or as-permissible under rhe standing orders; (li) in the caíe of
leave for any number of days nor e*"i"ding t*"iuå *ueeLr;
l:ll:
tne leave::"-tr,1at9¡ri1r
eamed ¡n th,e yeaÌ prior. to.that in which the leave is enjoyeã shall be deerned
"n¿
t"j
'bó
to
days on which a worker has rvorked in a factory.
The leave admissible shall be cxclusive ofall hotidays whether occurring during or at either
end of the period of leave. ' o ---"'<
For the leave allowed to him a,worker-shall be paid at a rate equal to the daily average of
his total fu.ll-time earninsj, exclusive of any ovei-tirne eamings ä"¿ nà"äi, U"iinclusive of
deamcss allowanc€ and the.cash equivalent of any adrrantagã acc-ruin-g by the sale, by the
emp.loyer, of foodgrains and other ãrticles at conõessional iates for tfi'e áavi on whiöh he
rvorl(ed during the month immediately preceding his leave.
 The Maharashtra Factor¡es Rules, 1963 321

\ilhere the employ¡nent of a person coÍtmences otherwise than on the fi¡st day of Janualy he
shall be entitled to leave with wages at the rates laid down in sub-paragraph 1t¡, if he:has
worked for two-Îhi¡ds of the total iumber of days in the ¡emainder ôf thë cãleridâr year.
If a wo¡ker is discharged or dismissed.from service during the course of the year he shall be
entitled to^ Ieave.rvith. wage-s a-t thc rates laid down in sub-paragraph (l) irrãspective of the
nuúber of days he has worked
If the employment of a worker entitled to leave with wages is terminated by the occupier
before he has taken the entire leave to which he is entitled or if having applied ior and having
not been granted such leave, the worker quits his employrnents befo¡ã hï has taken the leavË
the_occupier of the factory shall pay him the amount payable in respect of the ieave not tâken
and such pay-ment_shall b-e ma{e, where the employment of the rvorker is terrninated by the
occupier, before the expiry of the second working day after such termination and whe¡e
worker who quits his employment, on o¡ before the next pay day.
If a worker wants to avail himself of the leave with wages due to him to cover a period of
illness hp shall be granted such leave evbn though an application for the same is ñot made
within 15 days in advance and in such cases he lhall be-¡iaid wa¡jes ofleave.
The-manager shall painlain a lea¡¡e with wages register in Form 2O and shall provide each
worker with a book called the "Leave Book" in Form 21. The Leavc Book-shall be the
pr_operty of the wo¡kor a¡d the rnanager or his agent shall not demand it except.to take
rêlevant entries therein whenever necessary, and shall not keep it for more than a-week at a
time, If a worker loses Leave Book, the manager shall proviãe him with anothet copy on
payment of ten Naye Paise and shall complete Í from hii record.
Health
12' Cleanliness - Section 11.- Except in cases specially exempted. all inside walls and
partitions, all ceilings or tops.ofrooms- and all walls, sides'and top of passages and staircases
in a- -factory shall be kept white-washed or colour-washed, Thó white-wáshing or colour-
washing shall be carried out at least once in every period of fourteen months, T-he floors of
every work-room shall be cleaned at least once in every week by washing using disinfectant
\ryhere necessary, or some other ¡nethod.
13. Dis_posal of wastes and effluents - Section 12.- Effective arrangemeúts shall be made in
every.factory for the disposal of wastes and effluents due to thè manufacturing process
carried on therein.
14. Ventilation and temperature - Section 13.- Effective and suitable provisions shall be
made in every factory for securing and maintaining in every work-room ãdcquate ventilation
by the circulation of fresh ai¡ and such a temperature as will secure to -workers therein
reasonable conditions of comfort and prevent injury to health,
15. Overcrowdlng - Section 16.. Unless exemption has becn grànted there shall bb in every
work-room of a faõtory in existence on lst Aprii, 1949 aa least ã50 cubic fcet anil of a factor!
built after this date at ¡east 500 cubic feet of space for every worker employed therein and
forthis purpose no account shall be taken ofany space whicñ is more ttrañ t4 feetabove the
level of the floor of the room.
ló. Lighttng - Sectlon 17.- In every part of a factory where workors are working or passing
there shall be provided and maintained sufficient and suitable lighting, natural or artificiat
or both,
17. Drinking uater - Section 18.. In every factory effective arrangements shall be made to
provide and uraintain at suitable points, conveniently situated for all workers employed
therein a sufficient supply of wholesome drinking water.
In every factory whercin more than 250 workers are ordinarily employed the drinking water
shall, during the hot weather, be cooled by ice or other effective methods. The cooled
drinking water shall be supplied in every canteen, lunch room and rest room and also at
conveniently accessible points throughout the factory.
lE. Latri:res and urinals - Secfion 19 and Rules.-In every fâctory sufficient latrine and
urinal accommodation of. the prescribed type (separate enclosed accomrnodation for male a¡d
female workers) shall be provided in conveniently situatgd and accessible to workers at all
times while they aÌe at thè factory. Every latrine shall be urdei cover and so partitioned off
as to secure privacy and shall have a proper door and fastenings. Sweepers shall be employed
whose primary duty it would be to keep clean lat¡ines, urinals and washing places,
19. Spittoons . Section 20,-In every factory there shall be provided a sufficient number of
spittoôns of the type prescribed in convenient places and they shall be maintained in a clean
and hygienic condition. No person shall spit within the premises of a factory except in the
322 The Maharashtra Factoríes Rules, 1963

BPittoons proYid€d for the purpose. Whoever spits in contravention of this provision shail be
punisbable with fine not exceeding five rupees.
Safety
20. Feneing of rnach-inery . Section 21.- In every factory dangeroùs parts of machines, e,g.,
òvery moving part of a prime mover and every fly-wheei connected lo a prime mover, etó.,
etc._shall be_securely fenced by safeguards ofsubstantial construction which shall be kcpt in
position whilc the parts of machinery they are fencing are in motion or in use.
21. l{ork rxl or near machlnery in motion - Section 22.. No r¡/oman or youn! person shall
te allowed to closn, lubricstc oì adiust
-ot àny
part of a prime mover or oi anitiansmission
machinery whilc the prime mover trangrirission màchinery is in motiori, or to cleàn,
fubricate, or adjust any part of any machine,'if the cloaning, lubrication or adjustment thereof
would expose the woman or young person to risk of injury from any moving part either of
that maohine or of any other adjacent machinery.
22. Employrnent of young person on dangerous machinery - Section 23.- No young
person shall work at any machine declared to be dangerous unless she has been fully
instructed as to dårìgers arising in connection with the machine and the pr€cautions to bs
observed, and has received sufficient training in work at the machine or is under adequate
supervisioû by a person who has a thorough knowledgc and exgerience of the machine.
23. Casing of new machinery - Séction 2ó.- In all machinery driven by powe r and installed
in any factory after Ist Äpril 1949, every set screw, belt or key on any revolving shaft,
spindle, wheel or pinion shall be so sunk, encased or otherwise effectively guarded as tó
prevent danger; all spur, worm and other toothed friction gearing which does not require
frequent adþstment while in motion shall be completely encased, unless it so situated as to
þ as safe as it would bc if it were completely encasçd.
'Whocvor sells or lets on hiæ or as agent of a seller or hircr, causes or procures to be sold or
Ist on hirc, for use in a factory any machinery driven by power which does not comply with
'thess
provisions, shall be punishable with imprisonment for a term which may extend to
th¡çc months or with fìnc which may cxtend to five hundred rupees or with both,
24. Prohibitton of employment of women and ehildren near cottoq openers - Section 27..
No woman or.child shall bc employed in any part of a factory for pressing cotton in which
cotùon opener is at work.
25. Lifting machines, chains, ropes and lifting tackles - Sectlon 29.- parts including
the working gear, whelher fixed or movable of every lifting machine and^ll every chain, irope
or lifting tackle shall bc of good construction, sound material and adequate strength and frce
from defects; properly meintained and thoroughly examincd by a competent person at lsast
once in every period of twelve months and a register shall bc maintained in prescribed for:n
of overy such examination. Effective measure shall also be.takcn to ensure that the crane
does not approach within tw€nty feet of the place where a person is employed or working
on or near the wheel track of a travelling crane,
26. Excessive weight - Section 34 .- No woman or )¡oung per$on shall unaided by another
person lift, carry or move by hand or on head, any materials, article, tools or appliance
exceeding the lollowing limíts:-

Kgms.
Adult female 30
Adolescent male 30
Adolescent female 20
Male child l6
Female child t3
2?, Protection ofeyes - Section 3S.-Effective screefis or suitable goggles shall be provided
for the protection óf persons employed in or in vicinity of process which involve risk of
injury to the eyes from particles or fragment thrown off in tho eourse of the process or which
iniolve'risk of injury to the eyes by reason of exposure to excessive light,
28. Precaution in case of fïre ' Section 38.-Every faotory shall be provided with adequate
means of escape in ca$e of fire for the person employed therein. The doors affording exit
from any room shall, unless they are of the sliding type, be constructed to open outwards.
Every window, door of other exit affording a means of escape in case of fire, other than the
meañs of exit in ordinary use, shall be distinctively marked. Effective and clearly audible
'means
of giving warning in case of fire to every person cmploycd in the factory shall bc
 The llaharashtra Faclorles Rules. 1963
323

provided. Effective measures shall be taken to ensure that wherein lnore than twenty workers
ggora!1gitf eTpþJed in any place ab.ove ground floor, or wherein ,*plosiu"'o. friÀñiy
¡nl¡anìaable materials are used lo store, all the workers are familiar with thê means of esðapê
in case of fire and have been adequately tnined in thc routine to U* foito*ø in such casê.,
lilelfare
29. lilashÌng faeilities- -
-Section .42,-lt euery factory adequate and suitable facilities for
Yaqþin8 shall be provided and maintained forihc use ãf theïorken theriin. Such facilities
shall include soap and nail brushes or other suitable means of cleaning and ihe facilities shall
be conveniently accessible and shall be kept in a clean and orderly cãndition.
If female workers are employed, separate facilities shall bc provided and so enciosed or
screened that the interior are not visible from any place where þersons:of the ott¡ei sãi wìi[
or pass.
30. Facilities for storing and drying clothing - Section 43 and Rules.-In the case of certain
dangerous operations,
99. lead. processes, Iiming and tanning of raw hides and skins etc.,
surlable plac.e$.Ïor keePlnç clothing nol wom duiing working hours and for the drying ofwet
clothing shall be provided and maintained.
31. Faclllties for sitting - Sectioq i4.- In factory suitable arrânsemant for sittine shall
be provided and,maintained for all workers "uery
obligcd tó work in a stañdine position irio¡der
that they may take advantage of any opportunitiel for rest which m"y o""ii in the course of
their work.
32. First'Àid ¡nd Ambulance Room - Section 45,-There shall in every factory be providcd
and maintained so as to be readily acc¿ssible during all workins hoúrs firstlaid 'boies or
cupboards equipped with the presðribed conteÉt. Eãch first-aid-box or cupboard shall bc
kept ín the charge_ of a separat¿ respon¡ible person who is trained in fi¡st-ai'd trcstment ¡nd
who shall always be available during the working hours of the factory.
fn every factory wherein more than 500 workers arnc. eTfloyed the¡t shell bc prcvided and
maintained an ambulance room of the prescribed siic a¡r¿ containins thä we¡oribcd
equipment' The ambulance room shall bé in charge of a gualificd mcãic*l piuctition¡t
assisted by at least one qualified nurse and.such othðr staffs ai may be prcraibå.
33. Canteens - SeclÍon 46 and Rules -In specified factories tiherein mo¡e than 250 r¡o*c¡
arc ordinarily. employcd., a canteen or canteens shall be providcd and mcintained by thc
occupier for the use of thc workers, Food, drink and otherìtems sôrved in the cantccn'¡årll
be sold on a non-profit basis and. the prices chargcd qh-all
þ subþct to the appæval o{ a'
Canteen.Managing Committee which shall be appointed by the Maiager and shåli co¡eirt of
an equat number ot peruons nominat€d by the occupicr and elected by thc woikci¡. Thc
nilmber of elected workers shall be in thc proportion of I for cvcry l.Otli wotkers emolovod
in.the factory, provided that in no case shãll ihere be more than 5 or lcss than 2 worlio¡íon
the Committec. The Committee shall be consulted &om time to time on the quality and
quantity of food- stuff to be served in the canteen, the arrangomant of .the means, ctc, çtc.
34. Sheltersr Rest Rooms and Lunch Rooms - Section 47.- In overy facûorv wlrcrein morp
than 150 workers arc ordinrrily employcd, adequate and suitable shélters ofrest room¡ and
a suitable lunch room, with provision for drinking.watei, where workers can eat meal¡
brought by thom shall be provided and maintained fór use of the workers.
35. Creche's - Section 4E and Rules - In every factory whereiû'more than 50 worien workers
are ordinarily employed the¡e shall be providèd and ñaintained a suitable room or rooms for
the use of children under the age of six years of such women. The creches shall be
adequately furnished and equippedand in pãríicular there shall b-;" *uitabËcot or a cradle
with, the .ne.cess¡rry.bedding^ for each chi.ld, at least one chair or equivalent seating
accoinmodation for the use of the rnother while she is feeding or attending her child and ã
¡ufficient supply of suitable toys for older children..
The¡e shall be in or adjoining the creche a suitable wash-room for the washine of the children
and their clothing, an adequate supply of clean clothes, soap and clean towels shall be made
available for each child while it is in the creche. At least half a pint of clean pure milk shall
be available for each child on every day it is accommodated in tile creche anti the mother of
such a child shall be allowed in the course of her daily work suitable intervals to feed the
child. For children above two yoars_ of a-ge, shall be provided in addition an adequate supply' -
of wholesome refreshment.. A suitably fenced and shady open air play-ground shail alsð-bã .
provided for the older children.
36. \{elfare Officer - Section 49.-In every factory wherein 500 or more workers are
ordinarily employed, fhe occupier shall employ in factory such number of 'lilelfare Officers
as may be prescribed.
 The Maharasfura Factories Rules' t963
eat
Special Provisions
37. Dangerous operations . section 87 and Rules..Employment
of women. adolescents and
õftifã*""i- piofiUit.¿ or restricted in certain operatións declared to be dangerous,.e'g',
oiä"uf.èt"ì"'.f of electric.accumulator'
aerated wuter, àiectroplatíng, manufacture and repair
;1ilffi;;;ifi,i*, .ïf olmetals, manufacture and rrearmenr of lead and
ä¡"ài,ìl'";;l;rfi; petrol,
Ëåitã¡;i",1åtiî"""¿J lead,-geneiating gas from petrol, sand blasting and liming and
tanning of raw hides and skins'
lg. Notice of accidents - Section 88 and Rules.-Where, in any. factqry, accidenl occurs
person injurod is
i,"¡i"ùïi-rr"*-¿i"ìi,ìi*ni"É-"ãrË. b"ãiit injury by ¡easón of.which-thè
#;;i;ü;;ïJrti"s f* ä pr¡"¿ of 48 iouis ót ¡iore immediately following the accident
ãl-*i'riti:drî,îih';ï;ti.*irdii pðr.onut injury or disablement, is of one of the following
types:-
(i) bursting of a vessel used for.contajning steam under pressurc greater than atmospheric
' '-' pr"rruË, orher than flani *trt"t come"s within the sôope of the Indian Boilers Actl
(ii) collapse or failure derrick, winch, ho'ft or other applianccs used in raising
oi. .on",
'-'orlorircring petsons or goods, or âny pâ'1 thereof, or the overturnrng oI a cranei
in..which .pïl-"lT...
(iii) exptosioi 9I fire fi.'jiå -1gi8:-^t-1,1ivr room or.placea cotton opener ls ¡n use;
employeo or rrre ln rooms oî cotton pressing factories where
(iv¡ eiplosion of a receiver or container used for the storage at a. Pressufe greater than
'-''arnãsph"ri" pt"r*ut"-oiãny gas or gases (including air) oi any liquid or solid resulting
ftom òompression of gas;
lvl collaose ãr subsidenie of any floor-gal1ery, roof, bridge, tunnel, chimne-y,
wall or
t"UuìiJi""f
fã;i"g trìi of a facíory or õithin th" compouñd or curtilage of factorv'
the manaser of the factory shall forthwith send notice thereof to ihe
Chief Inspector' If the
ä#;ï í, i.:-;t;;;Ñ;t ;ffiJ,-nui;Ë tr,ãïit ii rii.'il rãp'on"iurul, notice'sha¡l also be
of thc
äi ü't¡,.; niJii"l M.súäü;;trt"iol-oi"i.ional officeränd the officer in-charge
nesrest Police Station.
any-.worker in a factory
39. Notice of certain diseases - sectÍon 89 and Rules,-where shãll send notice thçreof
çontacts any of the folfo*itA dlteases, thE.maxaggl of the factory
i*i¡,*iit ¡óttr to the chief l-nspector and the Ceflifying surgeon:- or benzene-poisoning
-.-L"*¿,
phosphorus, ,o"r.ury, *unganese,, arsenic, carbon bisulphide
or poisoning Uy nitrous-iuf;9;,Ëbt ht¡"¡en* oi hulogen de.ri-vatives
oflhe hvdrocarbons
oflhe alphatic seriesi or of chrome ulceration,änlh"tai, titi"osis, toxic anáemia, toxic
ä;åË5;iä;.yï;¡ñib;,""Jã*ir'ãi trt" rkin, or pathologicar .lanifestations due
"tã-ã¿iutit'or othér radio-active substance or X-rays'
or charge shall be
No charge for fa-cilities and convçniéirces - Sectíon 114'No fee provided or any
to.be
realised from any o,orr.".ìi r"*pect of any arÎangements or facilities
'40.
;îîï;";;ñ. ^ipiiuñärr iã Èã'*upplrc¿ b'y the oicupier under the provisions of the Act' at
41. Powers oflnspectors - sections 9 and S2..Inspectors have power to inspect factoriçs
'r"A-r"äv-t"qrir.
ãii,if-"t" Uï pt"-å""ti." ãf registórs, cortificates, etc', prescribed undcr the
;Aót anä the Rules.
Anylnspectormayinitituteproceedings.onbehalfofanyworkertorecovefanysum
to leave with wages' which
Ëä"räliiã ril^p;ä'bi';ì'.e,;õËy"'-,iJËiitti ptoui*ion' relaíing
the'employer hãs not Paid.
9? and 111'- No,worker in a factory-
t- Obligations of workers 'sections
42.
(il ,nãtl wilfully interfere with or misuse-any appliance, convenience or other th¡ng
provided in u ru.tái/iã, iú;'p;pÑ; of r"óuririg the healrh, safery or welfare of the
'workers therein:
(ii)';;ii-;lrurry
' himself or others;una without any reasonable car¡se do anything likely ro endanger
and
(iii;';;;i-*rlr"ily neglect ro make. use.of.any.appliance or-other thing provided in the
'^^'i";i;;y ï;¡# di,ö|' òi JË"üri"s tr,theaith'or safery of the workers therein.
or any rule or order
Ifany worker employed in a factory contraYenes any of these provisions
ä"iä tüJtJü'i¿rtïi'rr'"li'li î'i'ìiii.úi" ;tth impriõonment for a tenn which mav extend to
ffi;ö;¡dË *it¡ nn",wtiiit, may exrend roÎs-100 or with both.
'If any worker employed in a factory contlavenes any provision of the Act or any rules or
orders made rhe¡eunder i;;;ri;;;;yl,;itìr liability bn workers shall be punishable with
fine which maY extend to Rs'20'
 The Maharashtrq, Factories Rules, 1963
325

43. Certificates of fitness - Sections 68, 70 and 98,-No chitd who has complered his
fourte.e¡lth yea-r^9r an adolescent.s.hall_be required or allowed to work in any factåry unlèss
a certificate of fitness. granted with referencé to him is in the custody of the managËr oi the
factory and !-rlch child or adolescent carries, while he is at work, a tóken giving a-¡eference
to s.uch certificate. A¡.y lee payable fo¡ such a certificare shall be paid b/the öccupier and
shall not be ¡ecoverable from the young person, his parents or guaidian. '
An adolcscent who has been granted a certific-ate of fitnoss to work in â factory as an adult
and who while at work in a factory carries a token giving reference to the certifícate shall be
deemed to be an adult for all the purposes of the prolisiois of the Act relating to the working
hours of adults and the ernploymeñt of young-persons. No such adolesce"nt who has no-t
atlained the age of seventeen years shall'be emdloyed or permitted to rvork in anv factorv
during night a¡d for this purpose "nightl shall mean a period of at lèast twelve coñsecutivé
hours which shall include an interval of at least seven Consecutive hours falling between l0
p.m' and ? a.ln. An adolescent who has not beèn granted a certificate of'fitnsss-to work in a
fa¡1ory as an adult shall, notwithstanding the age, be deemed to be a child for all the purpúses
of the Act.
\{h99¡er knowingly uses or attempts to use, as a certificate of fitness granted to himself a
certificate granted to_another adolescsnt to work in a factory as a¡ aäult or who having
procured such a certificate knowingly allows it fo be used or ân attempt to use it be madei
by another person, be punishable with imprisonment for a tenn ùhich may extend to
-shall
one.month or with fine which may extend to Ri.50 or with both.
44. Registers, Notices and Returns - Sections 611 63r12r74r7gr BO and 110.-A register of
adult worker.s in the.prescribed Form 17 and a regisierôf chil¿-workers ín theprãscribed
Form l9 shall be maintained by the tnanager of evely factory.
A notice llperiods of work for adults ahd a notice of poriods of work for children in the
prescribed Fonns ló and l8 shall be correctly maintained^ and displayed in evorv factorv. No
adult worker or child shall be required or ailowed to work in any fáctory otheiwise ttían in
accordance with their respecfive notices of period of work displayed in the factory. :

The owners, occupiers or manageÌs of factories- shall submit the prescribed periodical retur'ni
to the Inspector regularly.

'IFORM 27] .

. ri:le ll9(l)
[See
ANNUATRETURN
For.the year ênding 3lst December 20.,,¡.,.
l. Registration number of Factory
2. Name of Factory
3. Name of Occupier
4. Name of the Manager ,....,.........,,...
5. District
6. Full Postal Address of Factory .....,,............,...
7'NatureofIndustry.''.....''....'.'.:..'j
Number of workers and particutars of emploiment
'E. No. of days worked in the year
9. No. of mandays worked'during thè year-
(a) Men ..........,........:..
(b) Women .........................,................'....
(c) Children
I0. Average number of workers employed daily (See expianatory note)-
(a) Adults
(i) Men ..........;...........:.............................,..................
(ii) Women ;...............,.....
(b) Adolescent

I Subs. by C.N. dt. 29;1.1985, McC Pt. t+BxlP.256- Z6t

 ít2ß The Maharashtro Factorles Rule¡, l9ó3

(i) Male ...:..,.............'..

(ii) Female
(c) Children
(i) Boys ...'..........'...":..'
(íi) Girls
I L Total No. of man-hours worked including over-time-
(a) Men
(b) Women ........:...,......,.,. ...r...'.¡...'..r';.
(c) Children .........:.............
'

l2r Average nr¡mbcr of hourß workod per w.eek (Sas ex'

planatory note)-
(a) Men
(b) ïr'omen ........!¡..!¡........
(c) Children
t3. (a) Does the factory cary out any Process or oporetion
declaredasdangerousundersection8??(SeçRulc1l4)'
(b) If so, give the following information:-

Name of the dangerous processes or Average No. of persons cmployed daily in

operationl carricd on. each of the proccrrcr or oporttioiÍ¡ g¡vèn
(S.trte the Schedule number under Rule in Col. I
I l4).
I '2
(Ð
(iÐ
(iii) etc.

Leave with wagec

14. Total number of worker¡ employed during the year-
(a) Mon .............:....,,......1r.....,...........
(b) \\lomen
(c) Children .....;.................
15, Numbçr of workers who werç entitlcd to annual leave
with rrages during the year -
(a) Men......
(b) ltr/onen """"""""""
(c) Children
16. Number of wo¡kors who rrere granted leave during the
yeff- .

(*) llc¡t ¡.!,...r,;.,.¡.,.r.¡., r¡¡.¡¡¡.'..¿.¡¡r.r¡ri. ..:;-

.(b)Wonen.,''........:,.............,.'...'......,.'.,.
' (c) Children .......,;.-....... ..'......".....,'.
17. (a) Number of workcrs who were disoharged, or di¡-
. missed hom the service, or quit employment, Qr w€tt
eupcrannuated, or .who died white in-service during tlic
yeor.
(b)
' inNumber of such workers in respect of whom wages
lieu of leavo were paid.
$afety Ofñcers
18. (a) Numbor of Safety Officen rcguircd to bc appoi*tod
as per Notificatio¡ under section 40-B;
(b) Number of Safety Offïce¡g appointed.
 The Maharash¡ra Factorles Rules, 1963
327

Aøbulance Room
19. Is there an ambulanc€ ¡oom Drcvided in the facûorv as
required under section 45?
Canteen
20, (a) Is there a canteen provided in the factory as required
under section 4õ?
(b) Is the cant€en provided mânaged-
(Ð departmentally, or
(ü) through a cont¡actor? l

Shelter or Rest Room¡ and Lunch Rooms .

21. (a) Are thene adequat¿ ¿nd ¡uitable shelters.ór ¡est rooms
. provided in the factory as rcquired under section 4??
(b) Are there adequate and suitable lunch roômr provided
in the factort a¡ required unöer section 47?
. Creche¡
22. Is ther€. a Creche provided in the factory as rcquirrd .
undrr ¡ection 48?

23. (a) Nümber of \Yelfa¡e Ofüelrr n be appointpd as

' required undcr section 40,
(b) Nunber of Welfare Offäccr¡ appointcd.
'Accidert¡
24. (a) Total ñumber of acciilent¡ (Ser explanatóry notc)-
(i) Fat¿l
(ü) Non-fatal .
(b) Aceident¡ in which worken r€h¡rncd to wort during
tlro yoar to which thi¡ rçtum ¡rlatc¡.
(i).Accidenk (wor:kerr injured) occurring durhs tho yeû
irwhich injurcd worter¡ retsmÊd ûo wort during tlrs
ycrr
ùo *hidr thi¡ retrur rcl¡tc¡
(a¡) Nunbcr of ¡ccfolentr
(Db) Man-dayr lort dr¡c b acoidrnt¡.
(ii)'Accidentr (worton injured) occurring in the pæviout
year in which injured workerr retu¡ncil to qolt during
the year to which thi¡ return relate¡.
(aa) Number of accidents
(bb) Man-days lost due to aceidents.
(iii) Accidentr (workers injured) occurring during thc
year in which injured workers did not return to work
during the year to which this return relqtos.
(aa) Number of àccidents
(bb) M¡n-dal¡ lst dsc te asd&of&
Suggestion Scheme
25. (a) Is a sùggestion Soheme in Operation in the factory?
(b) If so, the numbe¡ of suggertionr-
(i) received during the year ....
(ii) acc+pted druing ihe yær..,.
(c) Anount awarded in caA prizer during the year-
(i) total amount awarded
(ü) Value of tåe naxiaun carh prize awarded. I

(iii) Ydue of the mininuna carh prizc awarded.

Certified that thc infornatio¡ ñ¡¡ni¡hed above is !o the best of ny knowledge and belief
correot,
Signaturo of the.Manager.
Dato
 328 The Maharashtra Faclories Rules, 1963

Explanalory Notes:
1. The average number of workers employed daily should be calculated by dividing the
aggrÕgâte number. of attendances on.working days (that is, man-days worke d) iy the nr¡"mber
of working days in the.year. In reckoning ãttendance, aitendancd uy teÀpóraiy as well as
permanent employees should be counted, and all employees shoulã be iirclud-ed, whether
mey are emptoyed drrectly or by or through ani agency including contractors. Attendance
gn s.Eparate shifts (e.g.. night and day shifs) shóuld be counted sãparately, Days on which
the tactory was.closed for. whalever cause,-and d-ays on which manufacturing process were
not carried on should not be-treated as working days. Partial attendance for Éis than halfa
shift on working days should be ignored, whit-e attendance for half a shiit or more on such
day should be treated as fúll attendance,
2. For seasonal factories, the average nunber of workers employed durins the workins
season and the off-season should be given separately, similarlyihe numbero-f days t;;k"ã
il! lìr?*81 number of.manhours worked ler weêk during'the working and óff-season
snoulo De glven separately,
3._The_average_ number of hours worked per week means the total actual. hour3 worked bv
'allworkers-during the_year excluding the rest intervals but including over-time work divideá
by the prodcut of total number .of ygrke.n employed in the factory during the year and 52.
h,as not r,vorked for the wh-ole ycar, the numbãr of wãeks diri;g ;hich
iltnc"p.-"^Jh" !act9r4 should
lactory wort(ed be used in place of the figure 52.
4. Every person killed or injured should be treated as one sepa¡ate accident, If in one
occurr€nce, six persons were injured or killed, it should be counied as six accidents.
5. In item^24(a), the number of accidcnts which took place during the year should be given.
In case of non-fatal accidenls.only'thoss.accidcnts which preven-ted ríorkers from *ã*ing
for 48 hours or more, should be iridicated.,,

FORM
[Sgæ
'8
rule ll9(2)
'1¡Detetedl

Ðel. by G.N. dr. 1.8.2000 published in MC6 pr.I-L, Exr. p. 100

 TORM 2e
(See Rule 122)
Muster RoIl

Name ofFactory

9)
t\'
(D
: sao . The Møha¡athtra Facto¡tes R*lcs,,Ig63

FORM gI
, .
{Seo rule 123)
Regì ster of Acc idents ønd D angero us i)ecurr¿neea

Name of D¡[e of acci- Date of Nature of D¡ta of Nurbber of

iqiured dent or Beport (or accident or return ûf
.

day.s injured
pGrson da¡lgerous Form 24) to dan-gerour injureil
(ifany) OC¡tutllËnce Inrpector occu¡lenc€ pÊruort to
Ilerron ÌYas
absent froa,
wort wort.
I -2 34 5 6

FORM 3I
' (Sae rule 124)
' - *¡ , Inrpection Book coibi¡ing hedingr a¡ unde*-
Pbge
c.overins pago 11.¡p:grþn u""lïJ,'"flrpectoi of Facrorie¡ on.t

Daak or rhd covorras pa¡s ffi?31:ili:irany' *rtt*¿,n, ûcrion tak€ni

Evori nunbcfud page ltrpsclor's or ccrtifying Suigeon,r ¡eürarkr.
BacL of every n'otmod page . lranagEr'r r€når*,s ngsrair¡fartbn
. token, if any.

FOnM 3¿
(Rulo l14)
'lDclctcdl

I Del. b.y O.N. dt, Lf.2000 publbhÊd in McO prJ-L, Err. p, too
 TIte Maharaslø'a Factories Rules, 1963
81

The Maharashtra F actories Rules, 1963

CHAPTER 1
Preliminary ,, ,:
l. short titleand extent.- (1) These rutes may be cailed the Maharashtra
Factories Rules, 1963.
.(2) They extend to the whole of the State of Maharashtra.
2' Ðefinitions.- ln these rules, unless the context otherwise requires,-
'{a) "Act" means the Factories Act, 1948;
(b) "Appendix" means an Appendix appended to these rules;
(c) "Artilicial Humidification" means. the introduction of moisture into the
,,, âir of a room. by any artificial means whatsoever excepl the un-
avoidable escape oT steam or water vapour into the ãtmosphere
directly due to a manufacturing process:
tha't the introduction of air direcily from outside through mois-
,^_11ouiq99
fened
'of
mats or screens placed in openings at times when the temþerature
the.room is B0 degrees or more, shall not be oeemáo tõ.òe artific¡al.
humidification;
, (4)."Beltl' includes any driving strap or rope;
(9)"tDegrees" (oi temperature) means degrees on the Eahrenheit sca!e;.
(f) "Distriqt Magistrateu includes such other ofiicial as may be appointed
by the State Governrìlent in that behalf;
u
(g) "Form" means a Form appended to these rules;
{h)."Fume'f includes gas or vapour; ,

(i) lHealth officer" means the Municipat Heatth officer or District Heatth
oflicer or such official as may be ãppointed by the state Government
in that behalf;
,(j) "Hygrometer" means an accurate wet
and dry bulk hygrometer con,-
. forming to the prescribed conditions as regards constructions and
maintenance
' (k) "lnspectof" means any lnspector appointed under the Act and includes
the Chief lnspector of Factories and a District Mag¡strate;
' (l) "Mqi¡tained" mearls maintained in aÀ efficiênt stale, in eflicient
working order and in good repair;
(m) "Manager" means the person responsible to the occupier, for the
working of the factory for the purposes of the Act.
(n) "Section " means a section of the Act.
Rules 3 to 11 prescribed under sub-section (l) ol section 6 .

. 3. Approvalof plans- (1) An application for obtaining previous permis:

sion for the s¡te on which the factory is to be situãied and ior the
construction or extension o{ a factory shall be made to the Ghief lnspector
of Factories.
Application for such perinission shall be made in Form I which shall be
'accompanied
by the following documents:-
 The Maharashtra Factories Rules, j96j g3

been sent by.the occupier of the factory to the chief tnspector of Factories,
and approved by him:
P.rovided that, for the factories, which are in existence on
the date of the
notification of these rutes, the certificate, of staoirity iÃ10i, l_n,
may uð
'sent. to. the rnspector of Factor¡es witn¡n C mòñilré'träm ü," date of
notif ication:
Provided furrher tL?t.l?^Tllrlacrr¡ring qlocess shail be carried
out in any
premises of a factory unress a fresh cðri¡ticate oi üåñ¡itv-iÅ'rorm
obta¡ned from a competent person once in each period oí s 'o;1.A is
gxtension, afteration, repairs or addition of any i¡¡ork ol vears åfté;
engineering Coñ_
struction.or replacement or addition ol machinért,
þtant, eiôl,'ano sent to
lhe Chiel lnspector:
Provided also that_the fore.g_oing provisions are without
provision of sections 99 and +-O of ttie Factories Act. - -: -'-'
Þreiudice to the
Explanation (t) - For the purpose of this rule competent
þerson rneans-
(¡) A Member or Associate Member of rnstitute of civil Engi¡eers;
(ii) A Member ol,lnstitute ol Structural Engineers;l
or
. -
::,
' (i¡i).4
_Full.
Membgr,oJ.{gs_ociate Member of tnstitute.of Engineers (f ndia),
'in the branch of civir Engineering or structurar ÈngiñeËiing;
, {iv) A civil Engineer of public works; not below the rank of Executive
Engineer.
.Explanation (z) -
lw_91{,ot Engineering construction" means ',any buird-
ing., tank silo, seaford,.pratform, ch¡mney,-brioge, suþportingitru"rurar work
retaining wall or any similar structure.
t[4. use of premises
as a factory.- No occupier shall use any premises
as a factory unless
. (1) The plans are got approved from the chief tnspector of Factories or
the Deputy lnspector ol Factories as the case may'be, in iespect oi ilré
following Ítems namely:-
{a) site on which the factory is to be situated;
(b) buildings and extension used for the purposes of manufacturing
process;
1(c) rne.layor,Ìt
o-f plant.and
.machinery, including the storages for raw
materials and f inished products, intermediate b-y_prod uctsi
(d) any changes total or partial in manufacturing processes.
(2) The factory building, extensions, processes, and machinery layout
.
in conformity wÍth the approved plans;
are.

(3) The cond¡tions subject to which plans are approved are complied with; :

A licence is obtained under rule 6 from the chief lnspector of

(4)
Factories or renewed..under
.rule
g by the Deputy clrief lnsþector of
Factories and the said licence is valid aithe releväntiime;
. fxptala.tion--For the purposes of thís sub-rule a licence shall be deemed
to be valid only if,

I Subs. by G.N., dt: l,t?.tgg2 published jn'M.G.G. pr. I-L dt. j,Z.g3 p.69g,:-
t Ins. by G.N. dt. 8.2.1988 M.c.c. pr.I-L Ext. p.5?.
 .ì

All Factories (exciept power sèneiating stations and Electrical aroIrTlil$D"**E"ir{uro", of person to be empåyed on the day durins the year

Quantity of H.P. Up to 9 From flom ;fïom From From From From From From 4fi)1
Installedi 10 to 2lto 51 to 151to zSL ao 501to 1001 to 25Ol and ebove
(Maximum H.R) 20 s0 150 ?s0 500 1,000 2,500 to d000

I 67 10 1l

Rs. Rs. Rs. Rs.,,, Rs. R.s" Rs., H

Ì.
Þ,

Nil a
Ê
Niti:'. 100 . .125 2s0 1000 1500
..r.:'
3000. 6000 12000 18000 24.000 È.

-F-- l0
Uoto -- ¡ I
2AO 400 7s0 2000 300'0' . a500 ¡'. 9000 18000 24000 30,000 s'
' Above l0 but uot above 50 300 700 1250 3000 4500 6000 .12000 22s00 27500 33,000 a
j

Abov.e 50 but not above 100 800 1250 t750 4500 6000 9000 15000 27000 30000 36,000
Above 100 but not above 500 1800 2500 3500 9000 12000 15000 22500 30000 36000 42.000 P

,Above 500 but not above 1000 3s00 4000 7500 12000 16500 19500 30000 36000 42000 48,000 9\

Above 1000 but.not above 2000 5000 7000 9s00 16500 19500 24000 33000 42000 48000 54,000
Above 2000' 7000 9500 16s00 19500 24000 33000 42000 48000 54000 60,0001

I Schedule 'A'Subs. by G.N. dt;20.10:1998

c0
(,r
 The Malnrashtra Fsctories R*les. 1963 87

(e) Groundnut Decofticating Factories,

{f) Rice Mills;
{ii) in the case of other factories workíng for a part of the year, and
commencing work on or after 1st day of July, the fees to be charged
' for the first time shall, subject to a rninimum of rupees five, be haú of
those specified in the Schedule aloresaid.
rProvided further that, if
the period for which the licence is appfied for is
one year or more but does not exceed '[ten years] the fees payable therelor
per year, shall be at the rates specified in this sub:rule.
t[(s) where the lees for the grant or renewal
."[1998] are of a licence for the year
paid beiore the "[1st January 1998] and the fees so paid are less
than the fees payable in accordance with rates prescribed in the Schedule
in sub-rule (2), then the licensee shall pay the d¡lference on or before the
"[31st day of October, 1998.] lf the licensee faits to pay the difference on or
befo-re the.'[31st day of October, 1998], he shall be deemed to have paid
the Tees after the expiry of the due date and an additional fee of 25 per cent,
of the difference shall be payable by him.l
6. Granl of licence.- (ì) f¡re Cnief tnspector may, on apptication Oeing
made to him under sub-rule (1) of rule 5 ând on payment of the fees
prescribed in sub-rule (2) of that rule and on being satlisfied that there is no
objection to the grant of licence applied for, register the factor¡¡ and grant a
licence in Form 4, to the applicant to use âs factory such premises as are
specified ín the application and subject to compliance with such conditions
as are specifiecl in the licence: -
Provided that, subject to the provision of sub-section (3) of section 6, the
Chief lnspector'may refuse to register the factory and grant a licence if he
is satisfied-
(i) that an application is not accompanied by plans-
(a) of the site on which the factory is to be situated, and
. (b) for the construction or extension of the factory;
(ii) that the plans so submitted have not been approved by the Chief
lnspector;
(iii) that the factory has not been constructed in accordance with the plans
approved by the Chief lnspector or in compliance with the conditions
subject to which the plans are provided;
(iv) that material requirement of the relevant provisíons specified in
Schedules to rule'114 in relation to the factorv concerned have not
been complied with; or
(v) that there is imminent danger to fífe in the lactory due to explosive or
inllammable dust, gas or fumes, and effective rneasures in his opinion
have not been taken to remove the danger.

I Added by G.N. of 13.1O.1981

2 Subs. by G.N. of 30. I 1.2000
3 Added by G.N. 3l.l.l98l
4 Subs. by C.N. of 20.I0.1998
5 Subs. by G.N. of2û.10.1998
6 Subs. by G.N. of 20.10.i998
7 Subs. by G.N. of 20.10.1998
 The Maharaslura Factories Rules, lg63

may, if he is satisfied that there is no objection to the renewat ot the

l¡cence, renew the same for a period ndt exceeding 16ive1 years or
may, after recordi.Lg
!i.s reasons, reluse the.renewalinereof on any of
the grounds specified in the proviso to sub_rute (1i oi rulé-0.
{b) The chief lnspector may also ref ube the renewal of the licence on the
ground that the appticant has been guilty of repeated contraventions
of the provisions of the Act or these rutes or noth, or tne ãþplicant has
obtained the ticence by fraud or by misrepresentãiloñ: -
Provided that, in any case lalling under clause (a) or (b) before refusing
any licence, applicant shall be given an opportunity io snow càuse why thã
licence should not be refused:
zProvided
fuûher that if the per¡od for which the renewal of ticence is
appl¡êd is one .y.ear or more but does not exceed three veais. the fees
payable under.this sub-rute therefor pef year, sha[ be at the'iãted dþãcirìeã
in.the Schedule attached to rule 5:
3Provided
also that where the application for the renewal of the licence is
made after the . expiry of the due date specified in this iub-rule, the
additional graded fees at the percentage of ttie iees payab¡Jtoiihe renewat
ol the l¡cence sp,ecified in cotirmn z oflhe Schedute hãíeto ãfiàU be payabte
for such renewàl of the fcence for the period of detay speciiieä in còtumn t
of that Schedule.
SCHEDULE
Period of delay 7o of lees Period of delay o/o ol
fees
Upto one month 5o/o Upto two months 1Qa/o
Upto three months i5o/o Upto four months 2ïo/o
Upto five months and above Z5o/o"

'[8-4. ln calculating the amount of fee payable under these irutes, the
fraction
rrärir,ruil or a rupee tess
of-a-.rupee less tnan
than ftfty paise snall
fifty pa¡se snait be
ole ignored and the fraction of
a rupee ol fifty paise and exceeding fifty naye pãise shafl be rounded off
upto the next complete rúpee.l
.9' when licence deemed to be granted or renewed-5lwhere an applica-
tión for gl?nt oI renewat of licencõ is duly made in accordance w¡th these
-rules and if no ficence has beeh issued oi renewed within a period of foui
months,.the.factory in respect of which the licence is to tje granted or
renewed shall be deemed to be duly licenced.l
' .[Provided that in respect
of application for grant or renewal of licence
qhic.h.has already been refused, if it is rnade aþain, the factory in.respect
ol which it is ¡xade, shall not be deemed to be licen-sed until the licenie is
'Actually granted
or renewed.l

-l Subs. by M.G.G. PI.I-L, 'dt.2.8-1997

2 -Ins.,by G,N. of 13th Oct, t98l
Subs, by G.N. of I3.3.1985 McG pr.I-LExr. p.98.
4 Ins. by G.N. of 3.9.1988 Mcc Pr.I-LExr. p.341. .
) Subs. by c.N. dt. 4h Augusr, 1998
6 Ins, by G.N. dt. 26.7.1991 p. 3O0
 The Maharashtra Factories Rules. 19ó3 91

(3) Where such application is granted, any amount pâid by the applicant
in excess of the prescribed fee shall be refundable only after the expiry of
one year from the date of such grant or the same may be adjusted against
pâyment of any lees due for the next succeeding year.
13. 1[suspension of licence on request of licenseel.-(1] lf before the
31st October of any year an occupier notifies his intention in writing to the
Chief lnspector or the Deputy Chief lnspector authorised by the Slate
Government in this behall that during the lollowing year the prem¡ses in'
respect of which licence is issued will not be used lor the working of the
2[or
faciory, the Chief lnspector the Deputy Chiel lnspector so authorisedl
may suspend the licence granted in respect of such faclory.
(2) A licence suspended under sub-rule (1) may be on receipt of an
applicalion for renewal in Form 3, accompanied by the licence, for the
remaining part of the year, on paymeni of surcharge of 10 per cent in
addition to the fees specified in these rules.

: ,14.Notice of occupation.- The notice of occupation shall be in Form 2.

15. Notice of change of Manager.-Notice of change of Manager shall be
in Form 5'
.HAPTER
The lnspecting ' staff
Rule preseribed under sub-section (1) of section I
16. Appointment of lnspectors.- No person shall be appointed as
lnspector for the purposes of the Act, unless he possesses the qualification
prescribed lor such lnspectors in the Bombay Civil Services Classification
and Recruitment Rules at the time of his appointment.
Rutes prescribed under section I
17. Powers of lnspectors.- An lnspector shall, for the purpose of the
-eXecution of the Aci, have power to do all or any of the following things that
is to say:-
(a) to photograph any worker, to inspect, examine, measure, copy,
photograph, sketch or test, as the case may be, any building or room,
any plant, machinery, appliance or apparatus; any register or docu-
ment or anyth¡ng provided for the purpose of securing the health,
safety or welfare of the workers employed in the lactory;
(b) in the case of a lnspector who is duly qualified medical practitioner to
carry out such medical examinations as may be necessary lor the
purposes of his duties under the Acl;
, {c} 1o prosecute, conduct or defend before a Court any complaint, or other
. proceeding arising under the Act or in discharge of his duties as an
lnspector:
Provided that the powers of the District Magisirates and such other public
olficers as are appointed to be Additional lnspectors shall, unless otherwise

I Subs. by G,N. of 30th Sept. 1965

¿ Ins. by C.N. of 23rd Aug., 1969
 The Maharashtra Factories Rules, 1963 93

(5) The Certifying Surgeon shall, upon request by the Chief lnspector,
carry out such examinat¡on and furnish him with such report as he may
indicate {or any factory or class or description of factories where-
{a} cases of illness have occurred which it is reasonable to believe are
due'to the nature of the manufacturing process carried on, oi other
cqnditiens of work prevailing therein, or
(b) by reason of any change in the manufacturing process carried or in
' the substances used therein, or by reason of the adoption of any new
, manufacturing.process or of any new substance for uðe in a manulac-
: turing process, there is a likelihood of injury to the health of workers
. employed in that manufacturirg process, or
{c) young persons are, or are about to be employed in any work which is
likely to cause injury to their health.
(O¡ Forihe purpose of the examinalion of persons employed in processes
covered by the Rules relating to dangerous operations, the Certifying
Surgeon shall visit the factories within the local limits assigned to him at
such intervals as are prescribed by the Flules relating to such dangerous
operations. : .

(71 At such visils the Certifying Surgeon shall examine the persons
employed in such processes and shall record the result of his examination
in a register known as the Health Reg¡stèr in Form 7 which shall be [<ept by
the factory manager and produced to the Certifying Surgeon at each visit.
{8) lf the Gertifying Surgeon finds as a result of his examination that any
person employed in such process in rio longer lit for medical reasons tô
work in that process, he shall suspend such person from working in that
process lor such time as he may think fit and no person after suspension
shall be employed in that process without the written sanction of the
Certif¡ring Surgeon in the Health Fegister.
{9} The. manager of a factory shall afford to'the Certifying Surgeon
facilitfes to ¡nspect any process in which any person is employed or'is likely
to be employed.
(10) The manager of a faetory shall provide for the purpose of any
medical examination which the Certilying Surgeon wishes to conduct atthe
factory {for his:exclus¡ve use on the occasion of an examination) a room
which shall be properly cleaned and-adequately ventilated and lighted and
furnished wîth a screen, a table (with writing materials) and chairs.
CHAPTER III
' Health
Exemptions under sub-section (2) ol sectian ll
' 19, Öleartlinêss of watls and ceilings.-(1)Clause (d) of sub- sect¡on (1)
of section '11 of the Act shall not apply Ìo the class ór description' ol the
iactories or parts of factories specifièd in the Schedule hereto:
Provided that they are kept in a clean state by washing, sweeping,
'biushing,
dus-ting, vacuum-cleaning ol other effective means:
Prcjvided further that the said clause (d) shall continue-to apply-
. (i) as respect {actories or parts of factories specified in Part A ol the said
'Schedule, to work.rooms in which amount.of cubic space allowed lor
: every person employed in the room is less than 15 cu. metres;
 The M aharashtrø Factorìes Rules. I 963
95

Part B
Coach and motor body works. Foundries other than foundries in
Electric generat¡ng or transforrning sta- which brass casting is carried on.
tions.
Engineering works, Gur Factories.
Factories ln which sugar ls refined or Ship-building works.
man ufaclured
Thgse parts ol factoríes where unpainted or unvarnished wood is
manufactured.
Register prescribed under sub_section (1)
ol section I I
20. Record of white-washing, etc.- The record of dates on which
wh.ite-washing, colour-washing,valnishíng, etc., are carried out shall
be
entered in a Register maintainêd in Formì8.
Rule prescribed under sub-section (l) of sect¡on tt and sectÌon tz
. 21, Compolnd tg .bg kept ctean.-The com.pound surrounding every
fa_ofqry shail b.e maintained-in a sanitary and clean -Conã¡tion free of
rubbish,filth or debris.

22. D¡sposal of trade waste and effluents.-(1) ln the case of a factory

where the'drainage system is proposed to ori 'connäãtão=io ilre
sgyvgrag.e-'systgmr prior. approvat of the afrangements made Èuol¡ó
obtained from the Locat Authbrity.
snäll ne
'_ :t(2') Fûr the areas notífied under water (prevention and control of
Pollution) Act, (6 of 1974) necessary approuaì to ariãnéemäñts made
for
the treatment and disposar of.a1r typés oi irade-was6 ñõãfftuËnts shail
be
obtained from Maharashrra {prevention,ano óontro¡-ói'Þ;ii;iil";
Board, constituted under that {atgi
Acl.l . ,

. t¡s¡ tn the case of faclories other than those mentioned Ín sub-rule (1)
prior approval of the arrangements made for the oispðsa¡-oi
and, efïtuents shail be obtained from the Health Otticãr.:l' -' "
tiade_wastes

. Rure 22-A prescribed under sub:section (2) of section 13 '

.t[Ze-¡..Ventilation and temperature.-(1) Limits of temperature and air

movement.- fn any factory the maximum w-et-bulb temperãtuie of
airt¡n ã
ar. a height of 1.5 metres above the ftoor teuãi irräif not.exceed
lglS:roonl
Iruo-.q and adequate alr movement of at least 30 meters per minute
shall be
provided; and in retatio-n_t_o dy-pytp temperature, the wdt-bulb
temperature
in the work-room at the said tieight shari not excãef moi-e ilrãn tnat
shown
in the schedute hereto, or as-regàroi a ory+ùrn iãåã¡il'intermediate
belween the two.dry-bulb,readings, that specílied ¡n relãtion"to
_. - -- the hightei
of these two dry bulb readings:

Ins: and renumbered by G.N. dt. 8.2.1989

, Renumbered by c.N. dl. 8.2.1988
J Added by G.N. of 15.10.I984
 The Maharashtra Factoties Rules, Ig63 97

Provided that out of this lotal ventilalion area, ventilat¡on opening

equ¡vâlent to at least 10 per cent of the floor area shalt, be located at not
more than one meter sill level height frorn the floor level:
Provided further that the chief lnspector may relax the requirements
regarding the amount of ventilation op'enings if ne is iat¡stieo that having
regard to the location of the fac-tory, orientation of the work-room, prevailin!
windq, roof height and nature of manulacturing process carried on,'suffícien-t
qupply of {resh air into the work-room is afforded during mosl of the working
time:
: Provided also that this requirement shall not apply in respect of work-
rooms of factories which are covered by section 1s oï the Rit, or in which
,temperature and humidity are controlled by refrigeration or air-conditioning
or both.
(b) where in any factory due to special circumstances such as situation
with-respect to adjacent building or internal obstructions like part¡lions etc.
the height of the building or floor space, the requirements'of ventilation
openings under clause(a) cannot be complied wifh for any work-room oi
whele the span of work-room, having necessary venlitatioh openings ex-
ceeds 18 metres or where any work place is dt a d¡stance éxceeðing s
metres from a ventilation opening at working level or in the opinion of ihe
,lnspector The temperature of air ln a work-róom is sufficienily high and is
,likely to exceed the limits prescribed in sub-rule (1), additionat ïen[ilation by
mechanical means shall be provided.
" 1c¡ The amount of fresh air supplied by 'sixmechanical means of ventilation
'in an hour shall be equivalent to at Ieast times the cubic capacitv ol the
work-room and shall be distributed evenly throughout the work-ioom w¡tnout
dead air-pookets or undue draughts cauéed ny trign inlet velocities.
., {d) lrl regions whqre in summer (15th March-15th July} dry butb tempera-
tures of outside air ¡n the shade during most part of ilie dáy exceed'gs'c
and simultaneous wet bulb lemperature are 2s0c or below anð in the opinion
,of the'lnspector the manufacturing process carried on in the work-robm of
factory.permits thermal environments with relative humidity of 5 per cent ,br
'more, the lnspector may serve on lhe factory manaqer an order to have
'sufficient supply of outside air for ventilation booted 6y passing it through
water sprays either by means of unít type ol evaporative air coolers (desert
eoolers) or. where supply of outside air is provided by mechanical ineans
through ducts in a plenum system, by means ol centrai air washing plantsJ
Rules 23 to 33 prescribed under sub-section (1) of section tS
23. when artificial humidification not aliowed.-There shail be no
artificial humídification in any room of a cotton spinning or weaving factory-
(a) by the use of steam during any period when the dry butb temperature
of that room exceeds 85 degree3:
. ?t any time when the ryet bulb reading of the hygrometer is higher than
(b)
that speciiied in the followihg schedute in ietation to the dry bulb
reading of the hygrometer at that time; or as regards a Orú Outn
reading ¡ntermedíate between any two dry bulb readings inciicated
consecutively in the Schedule when the'dry bulb readiñg does not
exceed the wet bulb reading to the extent indicated in relãtion to the
lower or of these two dry bu-lb readings:-
 I'he Maharashtra Factori€s Rules, 1963 gg

26. Copy of Schedule to rule 23 to be affixed near every hygro-

meter.-A legible copy of the schedule to rute 2g shall be affixed n-ear-eãch
hygrometer.
27. Temperature to be recorded at each hygrometer.-At
,hygrometer each
maintained in accordance with rule 24; corrãct wet and dry bufb
temperatures shall be recorded daily during working hours, except intârvals
for rest, by competent persons nominated b.y the Mànager and aþproved by
the lnspector. The temperature shail be taken betweeñ z a.m./þ.m. ano é
a.m./p.m. between 1'l a.m./p,m. and 2 p.m./a.m. and between 4 p.m./a.m.
and 5.30 p.m./a.m. if the factory is working during these hours. ln exception-
al circumstances such addltional readings and between such hours, ás the
lnspector may specify, shall be taken. The temperatures shall be entered in
a Humidity Regisler in Form 9 maintained in the factory. At the end of each
month, the persons who have taken the readings, shall sign the Reg¡ster
and. ceftify the correctness of the entríes. The Register shall always be
available for inspection by the lnspector.
'28. specific.?tions of hygrometer.-(T) Each hygrometer shall comprise
two mercurialthermometers of wet bulb and dry núln of similar constru'ction
'and equal in dimensions, scale and divisionàls of scale. They shall be
mounted on a frame with a suitable reservoir containing water.
(2) The wet bulb shall be closely covered with a singfe layer of muslin
,kept wet,by means ol a wick attached to it and droppinþ.intothe water ¡n
the reservoir. The muslin covering and the w¡ct sñdll be suitable for the
purpose clean and free from size or grease.
' (3),No qqrt of the wet butb shafi be within zs mms. from the dry butb or
less than 25 mms. from the surface of the water in the reservoiiand the
,water reservoir shall be below it, on the side of it away from ths dry bulb.
(4) The bulb shall be sphericat and of suitable dimensions and shall be
freely exposed on all sides to the aid of the room.
' :(5) The bores of the stems shall be such that the position of
the top of
the mercury column shall be really distinguishable at a distance of o0 ims.
(6) Each thermometer shall be graduated so that accurate readíngs may
be taken between 50 and 120 degrees
(7) Every degree from 50 degrees up to lz0 degrees shall be clearly
marked by horizontal lines onthe stem, each fifth andtenth degree shallbð
marked by longer mârks than the intefmediate degrees and the temperature
marked opposite each tenth degree, i.e. 50, 60,-70,90, 90, 100, i10 and
na.
- {8} The markings as above shall be accurate, that is to say, at no
temperature between 50 and 120 degrees shaltthe indicated readirigs be in
error by more than two tenths of a degree.
(9) A distinctive number shall be índelibly marked upon the thermometer.
_. {19) The accuracy of each thermometer shall be certified by the National
lfysjcgt Laboratory, London, or some Competent Authority apþointed by the
chiel lnspector and such certificate shall be attached tó'ttre Huniicity
Register.
29. Thermometers to be maintained in efficient order.-Each ther-
mometef shall be ma¡ntained at all times during the period of employment
in eflicient working order, so as to give accurate indicationd aho ¡n
part¡cular-
 The Maharashtra Facloties Rules. 1963 101

'[3õ. standards of lighting of factor¡es.-(i) ln every factory, where

natural lighting is.not such that day tight conditìôns are fãirty unifbrm over
tng..yvorkir¡g.9f othqr. âreas and/or dãytighr iilumination is'not sufficient,
add¡tional lighting, which shall be of unifórm level, widely distributed to avoid
hard shadows or strong contrast and free from diiect or ieftectãd glare, snáll
be provided: The minimum intensity of iilumination for the oiffe"¡ent äieäJ
and worþrooms of tfg type. give.n under column No.2 sha[ be as given
under column No.3 of the Schedule ,A' appended hereto;
(¡i) Notwithstanding the above, in every factory, where intense tocal
ligh'ting is further necessary on account of the naturä of work as'mentioned
in the column No.2 of the schedute'B' appended hereto, tne same=jrrari nã
obtained by a combinariol gf generat fighiing and supptemenrâry lighi¡ngãi
the point of work. The minimum intensity oiitlumination for diffêrent tasks
shall be as given under column No.4 of the said schedule.
{iii) ln case of any doubt or dispute ¡n regard to the classification of areas
or tasks specifícally mentioned in Schedule ,A'.or rorresponding to üre
examples mentioned in schedule 'B' respectively, the decision to the chief
lnspector ol Factories shall be final.
(iv) ln regard to cotto.n-.gnning factories, where the efectric power is not
availaþle and when additionat tighting for the interior ol th'e factory is
necessary, the same shall be provided by the candles placed in gíass
lanterns of a pattern approved by the lnspdctor and at the rate of not"less
than one such lantern for every two gins.'
SCHEDULE'A'
Sl. No, Area and Work-room. Mlnimum intensity of
illuminalion in Lux
1. Stock,yards, main entrance and exit 20
roads, cat-walks of outdoor plants, coal
unloading and storage areas
2. Passage-ways, and corridors and stair- 50
ways, warehouses, stock-rooms for large
. and bulky materlals, platforms of outdoor
plants, basements .

3, , Engine and boiler rooms, passengers and 1 00:

lreight elevators, conveyers crating and
boxing departmenls, store-rooms and
stock-rooms .for med¡um and fine
materials, lockers rooms, toilet and wash
rooms.

I Rule 35 subs. by ibid 29.5.1976.

 102 The Maharasltta Faclories Rules, 19ó3

SCHEDULE'B' ¿
J
st. Nature of work Examples Minimum intensity i

No. of illumination in Lux Ì

i
't. Where dlscrimination of Handling ol material of
detail is not essential coarse nature, rough sort- å
ing, grinding of
clay I
products, handtíng coal or !

ashes.
I
2. Where slighi discrimina- Production of semi-linished 100
llon ol detall is essen- iron and steel products, I

tlal. :
rough assembling, milling
of grains, opening, carding,
drawing, slubbing, roving,
spinning (ordinary) counts
of cotton.
3, Where moderate dis- Medium assembling, rough 200
criminalion of detail is bench work and machine
essenlial. work, inspection and test-
ing of products, canning,
sawing, venering planning
ol lumber, sewing of light
coloured textile.s and
leather products, weaving
light thread, warping,
slashing doubling (fancy)
spinning line counts.
4. Where close discrimina- Medium bench and 300
tion of detail is essen- machine work fine tesling,
tial. flour grading, leather finish-
ing, weaving cotton goods,
or light coloured woollen
goods, welding sub-as-
sembly, drilling, rivetting,
book- binding and lolding.
5. Where discrlmination ol Fine assembling, fine 500
fine detail is involved bench and machine work,
under a fair degree of fine inspection, llne polish-
contract for long periods ing and bevelling of glass,
of lime. line wood working, weav-.
ing dark coloured woollen
goods.
o. Where discrimination of Extra fine assembling, 1000
extremely fine detail is extra fine inspection, test-
involved under condi- ing ol exlra line instru-
tions of extremely poor ments, jewellery and watch
contrast for long periods manutacturing, grading and
of time. working of tobacco pro-
ducts, dark cloth hand
tailoring, final perching in
dye works, make-up and
proof reading in printing
plants.
 The Maharashtra Factories Rules. 19ó3 103

36' Prevention of glare.-(l) where any source of artificial light in the

factory is less than five metres above floor-level, no part of the liglht source
or of the lighting fitting having a brightness greater than 5 lamberts shalt be
visible to persons whilst normally employed within g0 meters of the source
except where the angle of elevaÏion from the eye to the source or part of the
fitting, as the case may be, exceeds 20.
{?) Any local light, that is to say, an artificiat tight designed to iiluminate
pantcularly the area or part of the area of work of a single operative or small
grgup ol operatives working near each other, shall-be þrovided with a
suitable shade of opaque material to prevent glare or witñ other eifective
means by which the light source is completely screened from the eyes of
every person employed at a normal working place, or shall be so placed that
no such person is exposed to glare therefrom.
37. Power of chlef tnspector to exempt.- where the chief tnspector is
satisfìed in respecl of any particular factoiy or part thereof or in rdspect of
any description of workroom or process that any requirement of 1[rúles 95
an.d.36l is ínappropriate or is not reasonably praética6le, he may by order in
writing exempt the faclory or part thereof, 'or description of worÍ<room or
pfocess from such requirement to such extent and subject to such condi-
tions as he may specily.
. '¡38. Exemptio.n from rute 35.- Nothing in rute 35 shail appty to the parts
of factories specified in the schedule annèxed hereto.
SCHEDULE
Parts of facÌories in which light sensitíve photographic materials are made
or used in an exposed condition or where sucñ exposing operalioils are
carried onl
Rules 39 to 44 prescribed under sub-section (1) of section 1J
39. Quantity of drinking water.-The quantity of drinking water to be
provided for the workers in every factory shall bã at least fiüe litres a day
per worker employed ¡n the factory and such drinking water shall be readily
available at alllimes duríng working hours.
40- source of supply.- The water provided lor drinking shall be supplied:
(a) from the taps connected with a public water supply system, or
(b) from any other source approved in wr¡ting by the Heafth Officer-
4'1. storage of water.- lf
drinking water is not supplied from.taps
connected with a 'public water supply system which is 'cbntinuous, 'subh
water.shall .be .kept in suitable vessels with taps ând dust-proof cover,
placed on raised platforms in the shade wilh drains to carry awäy the waste
water. such vessels slrall always be kept scrupulously cleân anâ the water
renewed at least once every day. where the watér is drawn lrom the
tube-wells, such water may be drawn in vessels direct lrom supply taps,
42. cfeanliness of wells or reservoir,-{t) Drinking water shall not be
suppfied from any open well or reservoír unless it is so c-onstructed, situated,
protected and maintained as to be lree from the possibitity of pollution by
chemical or bacterial and extraneous impurities.

I Subs. by c.N, dt. 29thl|rl^y, t976.

Subs. by C.N. dr. 29thMay, 1976.
 1 04 The Maharasl¡tra Factories Rules, i963

(2) where drinking water is suppl¡ed from such well or reservoirthe water
in it shall be sterifised once a week or more frequenily if the Inspector by
wÍ¡tten order so requires, and the date on which sterllising is càrried oui
shall be recorded:
Provided that this requirement shall not apply to any such well or
reservoir if the water therein is f iltered and lreated io the sãtisfaction of the
Health Officer before it ís supptied for consumption.
.. 43. Report frcm Health officer.- The f nspector may by order in writing
direci the manager to obtain, at such time or at such intdrvals as he ma!
direct.a.report from the Health officer as to the fitness for human consump'-
tion of the water supplied to the workers and in every case to submit to the
lnspector copy of such report as soon as it is received from the Health
Officer.
44. water centres.- ln every factory wherein more than 2s0 workers are
ordinarily employed- ï
I

(a)the drinking water supplied to the workers shail from the tst of March I
lo 30th of November ín every year be cooled by ice or other effective i
method:
Províded that if ice is ptaced in the drinking water, the ice shall be cleaned i
i
and wholesome and shall be obtained only from a source approved in writing )
by the Health Officer;
(b)(i) the cooled drinking water shall be supplied in every canteen, lunch
room and rest-foom and also at conveniently accessible points
throughcut the faclory which for the purpose of these rules shall be
called "Water Centres,';
(ii) at least one such cenlre shalt be provided on each floor if the tactory
has more than one lloor;
the "water centres" shall be sheltered from the weaiher and ade-
' {c) quately drained;
(d)(i) the number of "water centres" to be provided shall be one "water
Centre" for every 150 workers or part thereof employed at any one
time in the factory:
Provided that in the case of a factory where the number of workers
employed exceeds 450, it shall be sutficient ¡f there is one',water centre"
as aforesaid for every 50 workers up to the first 450 and one f or every 4s0
-1
workers of part thereof thereafter, and in count¡ng the number, account shall
be taken of the maxímum number of workeis woiking at any time during the
d"y;
(ii) where. drinking water is provided through taps or through drinking
lountains each "water centre" shall have at ldast three sùch taps o-r
fountains. The taps or fountains shall be at least 60 cms. apart, and
shall have a trough to drain away the spilt water. The trough and the
walls and platform near the tap shail be taid in gtazed tiles:
Provided that where mechanical refrigerating units wíth drinking water
fountains distríbuted throughout the factory, are provided, the number of '
"water centres" may not be according to the standard prescribed under
sub-clause (i) above, as long as the totál number of fountains provided is in
accordance wíth the prescribed standard íf the number of "wâter centres,,.
as prescribed in sub.clause (i) were provided:
 The Maharashtra Factories Rules, 1963
f05
(e) (i) every "water centre" shall be maintained in clean and orderly
condit¡on;
{ii) every "water centre" shall be in charge of a suitable person who shall
distribute the water and who shallbe þrovided with clean clôyt"* *r,il"
on duty:
Provided that in respect of factories where mechanÍcal refrigerating units
and taps are provÍded to the satisfaction of the chier tnéþeËior, né may
exempt such a factory on an application made by the manacer f¡om thá
provisions of sub-ctause (ii) on sdch conditions as îe may oeË"m tit.
Rules 44 to 5s prescriþed under sub-section (3] of section t9
45. Latrine accommod.ation. - La-trine accommodation shall be provided
in every factory on thê following scale:-
, :1a¡ where temalés àre emplãyed, there shall be at least one.tatrine for
every 25 females;
(b) where males are employed, there shall be at least one latrine for every
r 25^males: p_rovided that where the number of males employed exceedó
't00, it shail be sufficient if there is one latrine
' ,,first 100, and one for every lor 25 maíes up to the
S0 thereafter.
ln. cálculating
the number of latrines required under this rule, any odd
numþer of workers _less. than 25 ot 50, a's tne case may be,'shál be,
reckoned as 2s or 50 and the number of workers to be conéidered shall bé
the maximum number employed at any t¡me during the day.
46- Privacy of latrines--Every latrine shall be under cover and so
Þgrtitioned ofl as to secure privácy, and shall have a proper door and
fastening.
47. sign-boards to be displayed;- where workers of both sexes are
employed, there shall be displayed outside each latrine block alnotice in the
language_understood by the'májority_of the workers ,'ror Mln-dnly', or
"Èoi
women only", as the case.maybe,-the notice shall also bearindtigure ór
ai.rnan or of a woman, as the case may be_
','r[48; urinalaccommodation.-There shallbe at least one urinalfor every
50 male workers or pa.rt thereof employed at a time; provided that where the
nqmqq of males employed exceeds 5b0 it shail be ðufficient if there is one
urinal for every 50 males up to the first 500 and one for every roo oi pàñ
thereof thereafter.
t[ls. Drainage systqm for lalrines and urinals.-
. Latrines and urinals
shall either be of flush type or aqua-privy type and connected with an
undeçround sewerage syéiem as piesci'ibe-o ririoer rule s0 or connected to
an effieient system of septic tanksj
Provided that, in respect of existing factories having âny other type of
latrines and urÍnats, the state Government, or the cnieit tnspecibr of
Factories, subject to lhe control of lhe state Government, may permit their
continued use for a limited period which may be extended tjy'nirn at nii
discretion on such conditions as the Governmént or the chief ln'spector may
think fit!.

t Subs. by C.N. of l7th April, t975

1 Sub. by G.N. dt. lTrh April, 1975
 106 The Maharashtta Factories Rutes, ]963
t150. c,e-rtain lalrines
and ur¡nals to be connected to sewerage
system.-where any. general system 'of underground sewerage with ãn
assured water. supply lor any locality is provided by a local ãuthority all
Iatrines and urinals of a factory sítuated in such locality shall be connected
with that sewerage system.l
.51. white-washing, colour-washing of latrines and urinats.- The walls,
ceiling and partition of every latrine and urinal shall be white-washed or
colour washed and the white-washing or colour-washing shall be repeated
at least once in every períod of four months. The dãtes on wh¡'ch the
white-washing or colour-washÍnrg is carried out shall be entered in the
prescribed Register in Form 8:
Provided that this rufe shall not apply to latrines and urinals, the walls,
ceifings or partítions of which are laid in glazed tiles or otherwise f inished to
provide a smooth; polished impervious surface and that thev are washed
with suitable detergents and disinfectants at least once in eúery period of
four months.
52. construction and maintenance of drains.- All drains carrying waste
or sullage water shall be constructed in masonry or other irnþermeable
material and shalJ be regularly ftushed and the effluent .disposed of by
connect¡ng such drains with a suitable drainage line:
Provided that, where there is no such drainage line, the effluent shall be
deodorized .and rendered innocuous and then disposed of in a suitable
manner to the satisfaction ol the Health Olficer.
' 53. water taps in latrines.- water taps, conveníenily accessible, shall be
provided in or near such latrine accommodation. There shall be at least one
tap lor every ten latrines or part lhereol. The waler taps shall be connected
to the Municipal water supply or to an overhead storage tank of suflicient
capacity, so that water is available lrom the taps during all hours when the
workers are in the factory.
, 2¡53.-4. Number of Sweepers,- ln every factory employing number of
workers in any shift as shown in column No. 2 of the Schedule appended
hereto, there shall be employed at least a number of lull tirne/Èart time
sw€epers as shown in column No.3 of the said schedule in lhe respeclíve:
shift to clean the latrines, urinals and wash places provided in the factory
for the use of the workers employed in that shift, in order to maintain thó
same in clean and sanitary condition at alltimes.

I Sub. by G.N. dl. l?lh April, 1975

Ins. by G.N. dt. 29th May, 1976
 The Malnrasln'a Factories Rules, 1963 107

SCHEDULE
Sl.No. No. of workers in the shitt No. gf sweepers to be
ernployed in the shift
.100
I upto 1 part time
z Above 1 00 but not above 250 1 full time
3 Above 250 but not above 500 2 lull time
Above 500 but not above 1000 3 full time
5 Above 1000 3 full time plus .one Tull time for
every additional 500 or pad there-
ofl

:
Rules 54 to 56 prescribed under sub-sect¡on (Z) of section 20
54. Number and locat¡on of sp¡ttoons.- The nurnber and location of the
spittoons to be provided shall be to the sat¡sfact¡on of the lnspector. Such
spittoons shall be placed on a stand or a bracket g0 centimetres high.
55. Type of Spittoons.-The'spittoons shall be of e¡ther of the foilowing
types:-
' (a) a galvanized iron containdi with a con¡cal funnel- shaped cover. A
layer of su¡table diòinfectant liquid shatf always be mairitained ¡n the
container; or
'{b) q contAiner lilled with dry
clean sand, an'd covered with a layer of
bleaching powder; or
(c) any other type approved by the Chie{ lnspector.
56. Gleqning of Spittoons.- The spittoons mentioned in clause (a) of rule
55, shall be emptied, cleaned and dis¡nfected at least once every day; a
spittoon mentioned in clause (b) of rule 55 shall be cleaned by scrapping
outlhe top layer of sand as otten as necessary or at least once every day.
CHAPTER IV

Further precautions prescribed under sub-section {2) ol section 2t

t¡52. Further safety precautions.-Without prejudice
to the provisions of
sub-section (1) of section 21 in regard to the fencing of mach¡nes, the further
precautions specif¡ed in the schedules annexed hereto, shall appty to the
machines noted in each schedule.
SCHEDULE I
Textile including Cotton, Silk, Asbestos, Staple Fibre or any Artificial
Fibre and Jute
1. All openers, scutôhers, combined openers and scutchers, lap
machines, hard waste breakers, cleaners, blenders, hopper feeders and
similar machines.- (a) All Openers, Scutchers, Combined Openers and
Scutchers, Scutcher Lap Machines, Hard Waste Breakers, Cleaners,
Blenders, Hopper Feeders and similiar machines shall be driven by separate

I Rule 57 and the Schedules I to lX subs. by G.N. dt. 28th Seple¡nber, 197ó
1Û8 The Maharathta Foctories Rules' 1963

motors of lrom separate countef shafts provided with the fast and loose
pulleys and efficient belt shifting dev¡ces'
(b) ln all openets, sculchefs, combined openers. and scutchers, scutcher
tadTraánines', Hard Wasle Breakers, Cleaners, Blenders, Hopper Feeders
sim¡lar Machines, the beater covers and doors which g¡ve access to any
"ïO
ääñg-.;i;ui pãrt ot the machine shall be fitted with effective interlocking
;"å""ö"r;.ii, whictr shatl prevent.the coverstoand doors being opened.till
tfrJ-Oängerous parts of thå machine come rest and also prevent the
macnine-Oeing restarted till the covers and doors are closed'
(c) ln all openers, scutchers, combined openefs and Scutchefs, Scutchêr
fap ,iräcfr¡nes, Hard'waste breakers, cleanérs, blenders, hoppers, feeders
shall
ãrìã sim¡lar machines, the opening giving accêss to the dust chamber
Ëä"próïibio *itn peimaneritty tiiec tencing, which shall, while admitting
llghi, Vet prevent contact beiween any'part of a person's body and the
beater grid bars.
, (d) ln all openers, scutchers, comb¡ned openers ag s.!ut9,19rs' sculcher
anài'tap maihines, si¡uàr lap'machines,. d'erby.!ouple.19, ribbon lap and
guard or cover
J¡milar'machines, the lap forrñing rollers shall be fitted with a
i;iiöñ rü¡ öieGnt accäss to thé intake of the lap roller and fluted roller as
iääõ ind weþhted rock is down or the guard. or.cov€r shall be,so
"Ë that iÌ cañnoi be raised uhtil the machine is stopped and the
inteîrtocteO
macfrine cannot be restarted unt¡l the guard or cover is closed:
Provided that in case of similar machines run at higher speed and
prduiäääï¡tì än áutómãiic lap starter.mechanism, the machines shall for be
immediately put out of uie, no'tooner this mechanism goes--out of order
ilt rs;ótí änd the simã shall not be recommissioned till the automatic
niricnãñism ii repaired and placed back in efficient working order'
, , 2. Garding Machines.- All cylinder doors shall'be. secured
by an automat-
ic îäJr.ìng d"evice tñLÏ sñaìí prevent. the door being 'opened untíl the
to restart
cvlinder/ðVlinders ceased to revdlve and shall render ii impossible
ttie machihe, until the door is closed-
lfProvided that lhe latter requirement in respect of the automatic locking
Oeuìtüdnäii";i;p¡ly wnite strìpping or grinding operations are carried out;
out
Provided further that stripping or grinding operationg ¡hall be carried
oniy nV iþecially traíñeO ailltt ìvort<ãrs weãring Ìight.litting clothing.whose
ñätí'ei nåve Oden iäJorOeO in the register presiribed in this behalf as
required in sub-section (1) of Section 22'l
' (b) Access to the licker-in cyl!¡de.1 f¡om the back and the s¡des shall be
Ooàîtlveiy piãvenieO ió rông ad ttre
licker-in cytinder is rotating, bv suitably
designed and Placed guards.
drawing
3. Drawing Frame,-The gearing.fór driving the _draft.rollers on interlocked
trameã Jfra¡l Ëe effeciively güarOed'by a coveiwhich shall be so
cannot
that ñ cãnnot be raised untlittle machine is stopped and the machine
be restarted until the cover is closed'
4. Speed Frames.- Headstocks shall be fitted with automat¡c locking
u"ànlfieñtr wni"n-rr,all prevent the doors giving access to the iack box

I Ins. þy G.N. dt. 20.7.1981

 The ìl[ah,arashtra Faclories Rules, 1963 10g

wheels.being opened while the machinery is in rnotion and shall render it

impossible 10 restart the machine unt¡l the doors àre closed.
5' combers and similar machines.-(a) The gearing shall be effectively
guq¡dgd by a cover which shafl be so interlocteo tnal it cannot be raiseá
. until the machine is stopped and the machine cannot be restarted
unlil the
cover is closed.
{b} A fixed guard o! a suitabte design shalt be provided which would
prevent access to the draw box rollers in motion.
. 6. self-acting Mules.- The drive shall be from countershaft which shall
be provided with fast and toose puileys and efficient bett shifting devices-
7. Process House. Machinery etc.- (a) ln respect of calendering mangles
'Roller Printing- M.achine merciriñg, soaping, stehtering, singeing, -snrint<îng,
washing and simitar machines, all sucl'i máchines snali ne
þrouìoeo with an
efficient ¡ip gu.ard atong the whole tengrh on the intake sidb of eaJn
,bowls.and similar.parts, as would prevãnt access to the point of contacl ôäirii
of
the rollers or bowls:
:Provided that, ¡n the cass of those machines
in respect of which ¡t ís:not
possible to provide eflicient "níp" guards on account of the corros¡ve actioï
,of chemical used in the proceis ór on account 0f the size of,tne mäterlai
passing through the bowls, efficient fixed guards shall be provided on e¡ther
'side of the machines as.woutd positively frevent any accäss to the poini ót
contact of the rollers or bowls:
, Provìded further that in respeci of rollers or bowls of such machines'with
ends of lesser diameter, the "nip" guards shall have flattened enài ón áúnei
side to prevent access between'-the guard and the roller or bowl ends
moving in.
fÐ rl respect of felt calendering maclrines or any type, dangerous intake
points between moving felt or beltãnd ihs central oi oinei guid"e drums shail
be. securely fenced from the front and also from the side"s, of such intake
pointsaSareaccessiblefromworkingfloorsorplatforms
- . 8. shearlng and. cropplng M?ghines.-The dangerous moving outer
blades shall be provided with an efficient interlock a-rrangement aõ woutd
,prevent the complete cover or guard to be opened untit thðcuüer blade has
,gome to rest and would also make it impossible to restart the machine until
the cover or guard is closed.
9..sing-eing Machines.- Elfective arrangement such as solenoid valve
or other effective device shati be provided tõ cut ofl ¡nstantaneouslv suoplv
9f lny type. of gas or'of etectricity io the'machine, in case irf failure ót p'dri,-e?
to the machine.
: t:.tt:u:: ll
. ^-¡¡_
Cotton Ginning Machinery
L Line shaft.- The line shaft or second motion in cotton ginning factories
when below floor level, shaH be completely enclosed by aiontinuous wall
or unclimbable fencing with only so many openings ad are necessary for
access to the shaft for
¡gm.ovi[g cotton seed, clean]ng and oiling, and óuch
openings shall be provided with gates or doors, whicñ shall ne -k'ept closed
and locked.
110 'I'he lulaharasltra Factories Rules. 1963

2, The bare poñions of the line shaft between the bear¡ngs and also of
the projection at the ends of the line shaft shall be provided with adequate
inverted "U" or sleeve type of guards of substant¡al construclion.
SCHEDULE III
Wood Working Machinery
1. Definitions,- For the purposes of this Schedule-
(a) "Wood working machine" means a circular saw, band saw, planning
, machine, chair mortising machine or vertical spindle moulding
mâchine operating on wood or cork.
(b) "Circular saw" means a circular saw working in a bench (including a
rack bench) but does not include a pendulum or similar saw which is
' moved towards the wood for the purpose of cutting operations.
(c) "Band saw" means a band saw, the cutting portion of which runs in
.vert¡cal direction but does not include a log saw or band re-sawing
mach¡ne;
(d) "Planning machine" means a machine for overhead planning or for
thickening or for both operations.
2. Stopping and start¡ng device.- An elficient stopping and starting
device shall be provided on every wood-working machine. The control of this
.device shall be in such a position as to be readily and conveniently operated
by the person in charge of the machine.
3. Space around machine.- The space surrounding every wood-working
machine in motion shall be kept free from obstruction.
4. Flobr.- The llooi surrounding every wood-working machine shall be
maintained in good and level cond¡tion and shall not be allowed to become
slippery and as far as practicable shall be kept free from chips or other loose
'mater¡al.
' 5. Training and suþervision.- (1) No person shall be employed at a
wood-working machine unless he has been sufficiently trained to work that
'class of machine or unless he works under the adequate supervision of a
'person who has a thorough knowledge of the working of the machine.
(2) A person who is being trained to work a wood-working machine shall
be lully and carefully instructed to the danger of the machine and the
precautions to be observed to secure safe working of the machine.
: 6. Circular saìrv.- Every circular saw shall be fenced as follows:-
.' (a) Behind and in direct line with the saw there shall,be an arriving knile,
which shall have a smooth surface, shall be strong, rigid and easily
adjustable, and shall also conform in the following conditions:-
(i) The edge of the knife nearer the saw shall form an area of a circle
having a radius not exceeding the radius of the largest saw used
on the bench.
(ii) The knífe shall be maintained as.close as practicable to the saw
having regard to lhe nature of the work being done at the time, and
at the level of the bench table. The dislance between the front edge
of the knife and the testh ol the saw shall not exceed 10 mms.
(iii) For a saw having diameter of less than 60 cms., the knife shall
extend upwards from the bench table to within 25 mms. of the ton
of the saw, and for a saw having a díameter of 60 cms. or over shall
 The Maharashtra Factot-ies Rules, I9ó3 111

extend upwards from lhe bench table to a he¡ght of aileast 22.5

cms.
(b) The top of the saw shall be covered by a strong and easily adjustable
guard, with a flange at the side of the saw farthest from thé fence. The
guard shail be kept so adjusted that the said ftange shalt extend below
, the roots of the teeth of the saw. The guard shail extend lrom the top
of the arriving knife to a point as low as practicable at the cutting edgã
of the saw.
, (c) The part of the saw betow the bench tabte shail be protected by two
plates of metal or other suitable materials one on each side of the saw.
such plate shall not be more than fifteen centimeters apart and shall
extend from the axís of the saw outwards to a distance oi not less than
five.cms. beyond the teeth of the saw. Metal plates, if not beaded,
shall be of a thickness of at least 2.5 mms. br if beaded be of a
thickness of at least 1.25 mms.
7. Push sticks.- A push stick or other suitable appliance shâfl be
provided lor use at every circular saw and at every vertical'spindle mouroing
machine to enable the work to be done without uhnecessary r¡sk.
8. Band saws.- Every band saw shall be guarded as follows:-
(a) Both s¡des of the bottom pulley s.h.alt be completety encased by sheet
or expanded metal or other suitable material.
. :(b) The iront of the top.puiley shall be covered with sheet or expânded
metal or other suitable mater¡al.
(c) All portions of the blade shall be enclosed or otherwise securely.
the top guide.
.9..Planing machines.-{1) A planíng machine {other than planing machine
y!'.S js mechani,cally fed) shail not be used loroverheao þtaning untess it
¡s T¡ttecl with a cylindrical cutter block
..{2) çyqry
p.laning,machine used for overhead ptaning shail be providecl
,wi!h. a "b.ridge" guard capabte of covering the lulliengüiand breadih of the
cuttt{ìg slot in,the bench.and so construcled as to be éasily adjusted both in
a vertícal and horizontal direction.
,the(3)combined
The feed roller.of every planing machine used for thickening except
machjne for overheãd planing and thickening õnatt tie
provided with efl¡cient gúard.
, .!0.r vertical spindle Moutding Machine.- {1} The cutter of every vertical
spindle moulding mach.ine shall be guarded óy the most efficielìt guard
having regard to the nature of the work being pdrformed.
, (2) The.wood being moutded, ât a verticat spindle moulding machine shall
¡f practícable be held in a jig or holder of such construction ás to reduce as
far as possible the rísk ol adcident to the workers.
11. Ghain Mortising Machine.- The chain of every chain mortisíng
machine shall be provided with a guard which shall enclose the cutter as lai
as practicable.
,l2. Adjustment and maintenance of guards.- The guards
and other
appliances required under this Schedule snãll Oe-
(a) maintained in an elfieient state,
(b) constantly kept in posit¡on while the machínery is in motion, and
 112 The Maharashtra Factoî¡es Rules, 1963

- :-1c¡ so adjusted as to enable the work to be done without risk.

SCHEDULE IV
Rubber and Plastic Mills
' Definition.-(i) A "Rubber and Plastic Mills,' shall mean machine with
follers used in breaking down, cracking, washing, grating,'mixing, refining
. and warming of rubber o¡ rubber goods and plastic or plastic goods.

(iÐ A "Calender" shall mean machine with rolls used for frictioning,
sheeting, coat¡ng. and spreading of rubber compounds and plastic or plastic
compounds.
lnstallation of machines.- Rubber ând ptast¡c mifls shail be so installed
.that top of the f ront roll is not less than one metre above the floor or working
,level provided that in existing insta[atíons where the top of the front roll ¡s
below this height a strong rigid distance bar guard shalt be'litted across the
front of the machine in such position that ttìe operator cannot reach the nip
of the rolter from the normal working position of the operator.
' 2. Safety Devices.- (i) Bubber and Plastic Miils shail be equipped with-
(a) Hoppers so constructed or guarded that it is impossible for the
operators to come into contact in arty manner with the nip of the rolls,
,o{
Horizontal Safety.- trip rods or tight wire cable âcross both front and
,,. , tear, which yvill when pushed or pulled operate instanily to djsconnect
the power and apply the brakes or to reverse the rolls. Safety-trip rods
. . " or tight wire cable on rubber mills shall extend across the entire length
of the face of the rolls and shall be located not more thAn 170
cenlimeters above the floor or working level.
::: .(ii) Oalender machines shall be equipped with-
(a) Horizontal safety-trip rods or t¡ght wire across both front and rear,
which will when pushed or pulled operate instanily, to disconnect the
power and apply the brakes or to reverse the roll;
(b) Salety{rip rods or tight wire cables on calender machines shalt extend
across the entire length'of the face ol the roll and shall be located not
. more than 170 centimetres above the floor or working level;
, (c) rolls
on each side of all calenders and near both ends of the face of the
there shall be a verticaltight wire cable connecting with the bar
tripping mechanism at the top and fastened to the frame within 30
: centimetres of the floor. These cables should be positioned at a
distance of not more than 30 cent¡metres from the face of the roll ând
a distance of not less than 25 m;llimetres from the calender frame.
. 3. Maintenance and safety devices,- Safety trip rods and tight wire
cables on all rubber mills and calenders shall be examined-and tested daily
in the presenae of the Manager or other responsible person and if any defect
is disclosed by such examination and test the mill shall not be used until
such defect has been remedied.
4. Injunction Moulding Machine.-(a) An electricat interlock arrangement
shall be provided so thatthe moulds cannot be closed unless the front safety
gate is fully closed and on opening the front safety gate, the moulds will stop
automatically.
 The Maharashtra Factories Rules. 1963 '113

(b) ln addition to the above arrangement.an hydraulic safety shall also be

incorporated with the front safety gate. This shall prevent the tail stock
mould plate from moving Torward on opening of the front safety gate.
(c) At the rear of the machine, there shall be provided either an etficient
lixed guard or a sliding gate which shall be electrically inter-locked w¡th the
movement of the mould plates in the manner of the front safety gate as
required under (a) above so as to prevent access to the danger zone of lhe
moulds in motion from the rear.
SCHEDULE.V
Centrifugal Machines
1. Definiti.on.-"Centrifugal Machine" includes centrifugal q(tractors, or
droextraclors, separators and driers.
2. Centrifugal machines shall be provided with efficient inter tocking
devices that will physically prevent the lids from being opened whilst the
rotating drums or brackets are in motion under power or due to power
derived earlier and by then switched off and would also prevent the starting
ol the drums or baskets under power while the lids aÍe open.
' 3. Centrifugal rnachines shall not be operated at a speed in excess ol the
manufacturefs rating which shatl be legibly stamped by the manufacturer
both on the inside ol the bracket and on the outside of the machine casing
iat eas¡ly-visible places.
4. All centrifugal machines shall be provided with elfective braking
arrangements; tö br¡ng cage, drum or basket to rest within a reasonable
short period of time, after lhe power to drive the rnotor is cut off.
' ' '5. The cages, drums or baskets shall be thoroughly examined by a
competent person regularly to check their balance and effective steps shall
'be taken in case unbalance at high speed is observed to restore their
balance before re-commissioning the machines:
, . Provided that clauses 2, 3 and 4 shall not apply in case of top lung similar
machines used in the sugar manufacturing industry.
SCHEDULE VI
t[Shears, Slitters and Guillotine Machines]
1. Definition.- The term "shears, slitters and guÍllotine" means a machine,
whether driven by power or otherwise, equipped with a straight beveledged
blade operating vertically against a resistlng edge and used for shearing
metals or non-metallic substances.
2. A barrier metal guard ol adequate strength shall be provided at the
front of the knile, fastened to the machine frame and shall be so fixed as
would prevent any part of the operator's body to reach the descending blade
from above, below or through the barrier guard or from the sides:
Provided that in case of machines used in lhe paper printing and allied
¡ndustries, where a fixed barrier metal guard is not suitable on account of
the height añd volume of the malerial being fed, there shalt be provided
suitable starting devices which require simultaneous action ol þoth the

I Subs. by MGû PI.I-L Ext, dt. 10.8.1989 p. 302

 't 14 The Maltarash¡ra Factories Rules, i9ó3

hands of the operator or an aulomatic device which will remove both the
hands of the operator lrom the danger z,gne at qvery descent of the blade.
3' At the back end of such machines, an inclirled guard shall be provided
over which the slit pieces would slide and be cólleoted at a safe didtanee in
a mannef as would pfevent a person at the back from reaching the
descending blade.
'¡+. Slitting Machines:-'slitter' or ,slitting Machine, means a ,machine
ordinarily equipped with circular d¡sc-type knives, and used for trimming or
cutt¡ng jnto metal or non-metallic substancês or for slitting them into nariow
strips; lor the purpose of this schedule, this term ínclucÍes bread or other
food slicers equipped with rotary knives or cutting d¡scs.
1. slitting Machines:- circular iiísc-type knivês on machines for cutting
llet?lr ìeather, paper, rubber, textiles or other non-metallic substances shalil
if within reach of operators standing on the floor or working level, bé
provided w¡th guards enclosing the knife edges at all times as'.noar as
practicable to the surface of the material and which may either-
(a) automatically adjust themselves to the thickness of the mater¡al; or
(b) be Jixed or manuatty adjusted so that the space beiween the bottom
oJ the guard and the material wiil not exceed 6 mm (:!/4 inch) at any
time.
(2) Portions of blades underneath the tables or benches of slitting
machines shall be covered by guards. ::
5. lndex cutlers and vertical Paper slotters:- lndex cutters and other
machines for cutting strips from the ends of books, and lor similar opera-
tions, shall be provided with fixed guards.,. so arranged that the fingers óf the
operators cannot come between the blades and thè tables.
6, Gorner Gutters:- Corner cutters, used in the manufacture of paper
boxes, shafl be equipped with-
(a) suitable guard, fastened to the machines in front of the knivers and
provided with slots or perlorations 1o alford visibility of the oþerations;
or
(b) other guards equally elficient for the protection of thé lingers of the
workers,
', 7' Band Knives:- Band wheels on band knives, and all portions of the
blades excep-t the working side between the st¡ding guide a¡id ttre table on
vertical machines, or between the'wheel guards on horizontal guards
machines, shall be completely enclosed with hinged guards of sheeimetal
not less than'lmm. f0.04") in thicknegs or of other material of equal
strength'l
v'
Agitators'.HEDULE
and Mixing Machines
l.
Definition.- "AgÍtators and Mixing Machines" means a tank or other
.container equipped with power-driven mixing arms, blades or paddle wheels
fixed to revolvable shafts or other simple mechanical devices for blencling,

I Added. by MGG Pr.I-L Ext. dr. 10.8.1989 p. 302

 The Maharashtra Factories Rules, 1963 lis
stirring liquids w¡th other liquids or with solid substances
or combinations of
these.
the top.of an open agitator tank, beater tank, tank or paddre
^- 1'^l!.gn
or a similar vesser is ress ihan 1 M above.the aojacent ríoo, tank
o, *orxing lever,
adequate standard rairings shan be ¡nstãr¡eo oíãr-opäñî¡oä..
. 3. . egi*tors and mixing machines shail be provided with
inter-lock arrângement for the top rid, io prevent an efficient
access to the agitating
$tirring or similar devices, whilst iil mot¡on äno wouro
power with the lids in open position. órãien't restart unoer
4. When other inspection or examination.openings are provided
or sides of the containers vessers of the agitdtor año miiiñg at the rop
mäcn¡nes, such
openings shart be provrded wÍth standarä grirr giârds a"s"rüoutd
prevent
access of any part of the op.erator's body cémiñg ñ cortäci'iitn
stirring or simitar devices wtiitst in motióñ. agitator

,, 5'.WîT the
provided'ãt
discharge hores,.openings,-chutes or simitar arrangements
bottom or at thd sioes ot the container uesseti:oímãäö[aìäî are
and mixing machines, they shalt be ;; designed, shaped, guarded or
a.s wourd.preve.nt,áccess ol anv parr oiop-eraiär;5i,iov
:Iy3lgg
contact wÍth agitating, stirring or simitar'däv¡ces, wnilsi-in ,ãtion coming in
vessel. inside the
] SCHEÐULE VIII
Leather, plastic and Rubber Stripper Machines
.in strippers for trimming or punching tanned hides, prastic or rubber
leather p.akingr footüreai manutaitwing .or in simirar industries sheets
provided with suitabre starting devices wnicn requii; shafl be
;¡,"úìiä;;;uJ
both the hands of the operalor or an auiomatic device which
wirr"óiion;oi
remove
both the hands of the opårator: from ir'eãänger zone-al every
descent of the
blade, punch or stripper cutter.
SCHEDULE IX
General
1. ln all machinery driven power and instailed in any fadory atter
commencement of this..rure, ail!y couplings
with projecting bän heaós and
similar projections shail be compret'ery -encaseci oi ãirrãrw¡õä, etéctivãiy
guarded as to prevent danger.
Rules prescribed under sub-seation (l) of section 22 and section
rl2
'58,,.Register of specialry trained adurt workers.- Begister of
workers
attending ro machinery as piovided in sub-secrion (1) ot slitioï zz
shail be
in Form 10.
: 59. Tight fitting clothing.-. A worker requíred to wear tight fitting ctothing '.'
under sub-sectton (1) of section 22 shail de provided nvtiJòòäu-p¡er
w¡tñ
such clothing ryhich shafi consisr of at teast'a pairôtiroJ"lv i¡ttii,g snorts
gll^1 gl:lgly fitring. harf sreeves shirt or vest.'Sucn be ,e-
rurneo to Ìne occupier on termination of service or when "roinin'g'önail
new cloihing is
provided.
Rule prescribed under section 41
60. Beìts, etc., to,be,regularly examined,- All belts shall be regularly
examined to ensure that ioints are safe and the belts are ãt
þioper tension.
116 The M aharashlre Factories Rules, 1963

Rute prescr¡bed under sub-sect¡on (2) of section 23 :

6t. Employment of young persons o,n-dangerous mach¡nes'--rlThe

m"ci'¡nel ipã"ifieO in séction's 2A, zS and 30 and the following machinesl
inàtl ne dedmed to be of such dangerous character that young persons shall
ñói *oif at them unless the provisions of section 23(1) are complied with:-
Power presses other than hydraulic presses;
Milling machines used in the metal trades;
Guillotine machines;
Circular saws;
Platen Printing machines'
,f6i -R.' Fu rthãr provisions regarding safeguards.- Without, prejudice to
tneirovis¡ons of sün-section {1} õf sect¡ón 21 and sub-section {1} of section
ää; ñ-*öã;d ú ih; teniing bí macnines and.provision.oJ safeguards the
tolio*¡ngiurther safeguards- shall be provided in al! machinery specified in
iñË;uiãinitalteO ¡n ãny factory after'the cornmencement of application ol
this rule:-
' (1) Safeguards and safety dqvlq9.s E9lcr¡bed in clauses
'l (b), 1{c}' 1{d)'
''ã(af,1(b),3,4,5(a) ând 5(b),'7{a) and 7Lb-), I and g'in respect o{
mäôn¡nes referred to in Schedule 1 to rule 57'
(2) safeguards and safety devices prescribed in clauses 6,8,9,10 and 11
'-'i;-;ãËpãòt ot machinós relerreð to in Schedule lll (Wood Working
MachinerY) to rule 57.
(3) safeguards and safety devices, prescribed in clauses 2 and 4 in
'-'rãJbeði Ot macnines reierred to iri Schedule lV {Rubber and Plastic
' Mills) to rule 57. ,
(4) safeguards and safety devices prescribed in clauses 2,3, 4 in respect
' of machines reieiieO io'¡n ScnéOu¡e V (Centrifugal Machines) to rule
57.
{5) Safeguards and safety dev¡ces prescribed in clauses 2 and 3 in
'-' rãJpáõf ot macfr¡nes ref'erred to in Schedule Vl (Shears and Guillotine
naôhines) to rule 57.
f6l safequards and safety'devices prescribed in clauses 3;4 and 5 in
'-' ,ã.pãËi oimaCnines reierred to iri Schedule Vll (Ag¡tators and Mixing
Machines) to rule 57.
(7) safeguards and safety device.s.prescribed in clause 1 in respect ol
'-' mácfrines referred io iir ScneOulä V¡ll (Leather, Plastic and Rubber'
Stripper Machines) to rule 57.1
i :

Rules prescribed under sub'sectìon (8) ol section 28

: ,62. Hoist examination-particulars of .- A Register.s-hall be maintained
to record particulars of åxaminations of hoists or lifts and shall give
particulars as shown ¡n Form 11.

I subs. by G.N. dt. 26.4.1917

2 Ins. by G,N. of 28th sept., 1976
 The Maharashtra Factories Rules, 1963 117

Examination undu sub-sectÌon (4) ol section 28

.63. Exemption of certain ho¡st and l¡fts.- ln pursuance of the provisíon
of .sub-section (4)_.of
.seçtign 2_9, in respect of dny class or Oescliption ot
hoist or lift specified in the first coturirn of the iollowing schedüte, the
requírements of sect¡on 28 specified ¡n the second column of the said
schedule and set oppos¡te to that ctass or description or hoist or Iift shãil
not aPPIY:-
.'HEDULE

Glass or description of hoist or lift Requirements which shall not apply

Hoist or lifts mainly used lor risíng
materials for.changing blast furnaces or
lime kilns.
Hoisls not connected with mechanical
power and which are not used for carry-
ing persons.
Sub-Seclion (f X'b) ¡n so far as it
requ¡res a gate at the bottom land¡nq;
sub-section (1)(d) sub-section (1)(e).
Sub-section (lXb) in so far as it re-
quires the hoistways or liltways
enclosure to be so constructed as to
prevent any persons or thing from
belng trapped between any ñart ol
the hoist or lift and anv- fixêd struc-
ture or movinq part: sub-section
(1Xe)

Rqle prescribed und$ sub-section (2) of sqctian 29

64- Lifting machines, chains, ropes and tifting tac.kles.-(1) No lifting
machine and no chain, rope of lífting tackle except ãt¡nre rope bi fibr.e ropä
sling shall be taken in use in any factory, for the first time therein untess it
has bee.n tested and all parts have been thoroughly examined by a
competent person and a certificate of such test examination specifyingine
safe .working load or loads and signed by the person making'the iest-and
examination has been obtained and is kept available for inspéction.
. (2).4 Reg¡ster in Form 12 containing the particular$, therein specified
çhall be kept of eveÍy examination made undàr sub-rule (1). The Register
shall be readily available for inspection.
{3)(a} Every jib-crane so constructed.that the safe working load may be
varied by the raising or lowering ol the jib, shall have attãched thereto
etther an automalic indicato¡: of safe working loads or an automatic jib angle
i¡dicator and a table indicating the safe working loads at correéponding
inclination of the job or corresponding radii of theload.
(b) A tqble showing the safe working load of every kind and size of chain,
rope.or lifting tackle.jn use, and in the case of a-multiple sling, the safe
working loads at different angles of the legs shall be posied ín the
store-room or place, where or in which the chains, ropes-or lifting tackles,
gre.l(ept, in prominent position on the premises and nd rope, chaiñ or lifting
tackle not shown in the table shall be used in a factory unless in the casã
of lifting tackle, the safe working load thereof, or in th-e case of a multiple
sling, the safe working load aT different angles of the legs, is ptainly marked
upto it.
{4) All ra¡ls on which a travelling crane moves and every track on which
the carriage of a transporter or runway moves, shall be þroper size and
adequate strength and have an even running surface. Every such rail or
 r18 The Maharashta Factorier Rules, Ig6i
track shall be properly raid and maintained and shail
porled. be adequatery sup_
(5) Ail chains ang ji_ftLng 'tackre, gxcep.t a.rope,
sring, shail, unress they
have been subjected to such otnei treai'treatmänt
as ñi"l nä'"pproved by
the State Government be effectivety ãnneated undéi iflã sîóerv¡sion of a
competent person ar the fottowing lríeiuàls,
{i) All chains, slings, ring.s, hooks, shackles"å:mãiv.
and swivels used in connec_
tion with morten metãr.srag orwtreÀ they are made of
harf inch bar or
smaller, at least once in every six months.
(ii) All other chains, rings, hooks, shackres
and swivers in generar use at
least once in every t-welve montns:
Provided that chaíns and rifting tackre not in frequent
the approvar of the chief tnspe-ctor of Èacro.ries,'oe use shafr, subject to
annããie? onry when
and parricurars of súch annearing shail-be eni"reo
Êffirìå:t ìn-a reiister in

,..,{6) Nothing in sub-rure {5) shail appry to the foilowing chains of craim and
lifting tackle, namely:-
(i) Chains made of malleable cast iron.
(ii) Plate fink chains
(iii) chains, rings, hooks, shackres and swivers made
non-ferrous metal
of steer or of any
(¡v) Pitched chains, working on sprocket or pocketed
wheers.
(v) Bings, hooks, shackres and swivers permanenily
attached to pitched
.chains, pulleys, blocks or weighing machines.
(vi) hooks and swivers. having screw threaded parts
other case hardened partsl
or bail bearing or
(vii) socket shackres screwed to wire ropes by
white metalcapping.
(viii) Bordeau connections.
(ix) Any chain or tifting tackle which has been
subjected to the heat
treatment know-n as,,"normarising,' insteao ál a-ññåáiinä'sucn
and rifting tackre-shail cnain
-
be thorougiry examined bt
at least once in every twervê moïttís and particurars
person ;;ili"ient
tionshallbeenteredintheregisterinFoim1à._ of such examina_
(7) All lifting machines,. chains, ropes and.ritting
tackre
except a fibre rope
or fibre rope sring, which have neen réÁgthànË0, ärièr;ä;;'repaireo
wetding or otherwise, by
be useo agai;, u"ì;å* it i;äöuät"rv tested
1!?l 1otperson
and examined by competent anoiòrtitieJl, *;¡ti"ïbii'i, to o" ¡n
order.
(8) No person under 18,years of age and no person
who is not sufficienily
trained in the workinq of rltting macñines ano äcquáiniuo
*iül irr" hazards
of the machine shari be.e*ürovãã äs-ãñvei óf rifting machine,
whéther
driven by mechanicat power dr otherwise, o, to give i¡g"näiJiö'ä'oriu"r.
 The ùlaharashtra Factories Rutes, 1963 1 ig
Rules prescribed under sub,section (2) ol sectionst and sectian tl2
'¡6s. safety m€asures for pressure plant and vessels operated under
pressure over atmospheric pressure,-(1) ln this rule,-
(a)'competent personl means person who is, in the opinion of the chief
lnspector capable by virtue of his qualifications, training and ex-
perience of conducting a thorough examination and pressure tests, as
. required.,.on a pressure vessel or plant and of making a full reporl on
its condition;
{b)'maker'means.any peÍson in whose name the pressure plant or
pressure vessel is either manufactured under a patent or solcj;
{c) 'pressure pfants' means the pressure ve'ssel along with its pipings and
other fíttings operated at a pressure greater thin the dtriiosipneric
pressure;
{d) 'pressure vessel' means any vessel subjected to or operated at a
pressure greater than the atmospheric pressure.
, {2) Every pressure plant or pressure vessel used in any factory shall be-
.(a) properly designed on sound engineering practice;
' {b} of sound construction and material and of adequate strength and shafl
be free from any defect; and
,.(c) properly maintained fn a safe working condition:
Provided that where there is an lndian stanclard or a standard of the
country of manulacture in respect of any pressure plant or pressure vessel
or where the design or construction of any such pressure plant or pressure
vessel has been regulated by any other law or regulation in force, it shall be
designed and constructed in accordance with the said standard, law or
regulation, as the case may be, and a cerl¡ficate thereof shall be obtained
from the maker or from competent.person.
(3)(i) Every pressure plant or pressure vesset shail be fitted with-
(a) a suitable safety valve or other elfective device, conveniently located
to ensure that the maximum safe working pressure ol the vessel shall
noi be exceeded at any time;
- (b) .a suitable pressure gauge with a dial range not less than 1.5 times
. 'and not exceeding twice the maxímum safe working pressure, easily
: visible and designed to show, at alltimes, the correct internal pressure
in kilograms per square centimetre and marked wíth prominent red
mark at the maximum safe working pressure of the pressure plant or
- pressure vessel;
{c) a suitable stop valve or valves by which the pressure vessel or the
system of pressure vessels may be isolated from other vessels or
source of supply of pressure;
(d) a suitable nipple and globe valve connected for the exclusive purpose
of attaching a test pressure gauge for checking the accuracy of the
pressure gâuge referred to in clause (b) of the sub-rule;
{e) a suitable drain cock or valve or a plug at the lowest part of a pressure
vessel so as to ensure effective draining ol liquid that may be collected
in the pressure vessel.

I Sulrs. by C.N. dt. 28.5.1982 published iri M.G.G. Pt.l-L p.5939

 12O The Maharashtra Factor¡es Rules. l9ó3

(ii) Every pressure gauge, stop valve, nipple and globe valve, shall be
mounted at a height not more than 't.5 metres from the working level.
(iii) Every pressure plant or pressure vessel not constructed to wjthstand
the maximum possible working pressure at the source ol supply or the
maximum pressure which can be obtained in the pipe connéciing tne
pressure vessel with any other source of supply shall be fitted with a
suitable reducing valve or other suitable auiomatic device to prevent
the safe working pressure of the vessel being exceeded, Suitable
pressure guages shall be provided close to ihe reducing valve to show
the high pressure and reduced pressure.
(iv) ln case of a jacketted vessel in which heat is transmitted by means
of steam or other media. in the jacket causing pressure in the
' vessel, the heat input in the jacket shall be so cbntrolled byris'e
a suitable
device as not to allow the safe working pressure of the vôssel being
exceeded.
(v) To further protect the pressure vessel ín the event of failure of
reducing valve or the control device rnentioned in clauses (íií) and {iv)
an additional safety valve having a capacity to release aü steam,
vapour or gas without under pressure rise shall be provided in addition
to the one referred to in clause (1)(a).
Provided that it shall be sufficient for the purposes of this sub- rule if the
safety valve, pressure guage and stop valve or other suitable effective
device are mounted on -a pipeline immediately adjacent to the pressure
vessel and where there is a range of two or sim¡lai pressure vesbels in a
plant served by the same pressure load, only one set of such mountin.qs
need be fitted provided that those cannot be isolated from any of tñe'
pressure plant or pressure vessels.
(4) Ever pressure plant in service shall be thoroughly examined by a
competent person,-
(a) exlernally once in every period of six months;
(b) ¡nternally, once in every period ol twelve months, and
(c) hydraulic test once in a period of four years.
Explanation -ll however by reason of construction-of the pressure vessel
or pressure plant a thorough internal examination is not possible, it may be
replaced by a hydraulic test, which shall be carried out once in every period
of two years:
Provided lhat in the case of pressure vessel or pressure planl with thin
walls such as sizing cylinders made of copper or any other non-terrous
metal, periodic hydraulic test may be dispensed with if the requirements laid
down in clause (5) are complied with:
Provided further lhat if the Chief lnspector or any lnspector authorised by
him certifies that it is impracticable to carry out a thorough external or
internal examipation of any pressure vessel or pressure plant as required by
clauses (a) and (b) and il owing to its constructions and use a hydraulic test
as required by ihis sub-rule cannot be carried out, â thorough exlernal
examination shall be carried out atleast once in every two years and a
thorough systematic non-destructive tesi like ultrasonic test, fbr metal
thickness or other defects of all parts shall be carried out atleast once ín
every period of four years.
 -4..

The Maharashtra Factories Rules, I96J 121

.(5)(a)(j) As far-as, poss¡ble, in respect of every sizing cyrinder the sheil

whereof is made oJ copper sheet or any other noñ- teiroüs
metal and which
is put to use before.ine srst octotier, 1968 trre H,r-Jñailhåii ääË
availabte to the. rnspector and the competent person
cvtinder, information about the date on wrr¡õñ é";h-;ii;li"r
i-*a*ining ffiñ
was pur ro use
for the first time with Jull particutars as to the thickness
of the shell when so
taken into use in the factory forthe first time. lnformation
shall also be made
available about the workinj pressure recommended by the
cylinder was put to use toi ine first rime in tnè rããioîi. -"- makers when the

. (ii) lf no such information is available, any othei ev¡dence relevant to

show the age or the shar oe suorñitteá ov iñe rvñãä t; inåïniåi
lnspector. The chief.cyrinder
inspector srrari àeieimlá; r'd ;dîr rhe cyrínder on
such documentarv evidence or other oral eviden"e Û,äi may
to hirn bythe Manãger.or..any other eu¡äencäiËãi'"ñ,ry'ü produced, be presented
age so determined shail be considered as ttre ãéJ;i cytindel and the
purpose of this rute. for ih;
(b)(¡) The minimum thickness of the shell of
actually measured once in a period of rwo years.
a sizíng cylinder shail be
(ii). lf during its working tife, the shell.of a
sizing cytinder is at any time
punctured requiring repairs to the cylinder to
closé iÉð punctured portion,
the thickness of the sheet of the snéll néãr trðh
be measured by a competent person. ðrn;i;rË'or opening shal
., (c)li) No sizing cytinder shall be subjected to work at a pressure greater
than the maximum safe working pressure recommended riy
such cylinder at the time when suóh cyrinoer was fir;t put t;
ine mãËerã ói
irse in a taõtóry.
, (ii) .No sízing cylinder which has been in use for more than five years
be subjected to work at a pressure greater than thð rowðä ot tndmãst snãtt
Ëaîä
working pressure calculated in accoidance with the foltowíng three
i metnoOs,
namely:-
(a) same proportìon.to the originaf safe_working pressure
to use as the minimum thickness of the snieit rnatärials as first
when put
actuålv
measured at any time bears to the originat thicknesi ol ¡rã-*ñijíl

lïË f$,I".,iìi; m inim u m th ickness actua,y,

' i:Ïü,i'#::
so that the tensile stress in the sheil shall not exieed sát" ,orNñg
stress for the material of the shelf;
"J;
. Explanafion.-lf the shell is made of copper, safe working tens¡te stress
shall þe tãken to be not more rhan 3so kit'ograinlpãr!îuäie centimetre.
(c) Beduced at th.e rate of per c-ent of the original working pressure
.4 for
every year of Íts use atter the iirst five yearð;
(d). No
.sizing cylinder shall be continued to be used for more than:
twenty*iive years after it was first put to use:
Provided that the chief lnspector may authorise the use of sizing
cylinders beyond the period of twenty{ive.years for a peiioo not exceädinfi
fiye yegr-s, if tests are carried out an'd further details dié màue ava¡tabte tõ
 122 Tlte Maharashrta Factories Rules. 1963

(ii) No pressure plant or pressure vesset which has been previously used
or has remained ¡solated or idle for a period exceedíng 6 months or which
has undergone repairs or alternations shall be used inã factory unless it is
examined and tested by a competent person.
(iii) No pressure vessel or pressure plant shall be taken ¡nto use for the
Jirst time in any factory unless-
{a) a certificate specilying the maximum safe working pressure
.: tests to which it was subjected to, is obtained from the maker;and and
the
(b) it is thoroughly exarnined by a competent person ¡n the prernises
r,: where it is used;
(c) if during any examination, any doubt arises as to lhe ability of the
, pressure vessel or plant to work safely until the next prõscribed
: examination, the competent person shall enter in the prescribed Form,
- -+irís observations, findíngs and conclüsions with reas'ons therefor and
other relevant remarks and may aulhorise the pressure vessel or
pressure plant to be used and kept in operation, sLb;ect to a lowering.
of maximum safe working pressure, oi to more frdquent or speciaì
examination or test or subject to both ol these conditibns.
(d) where the report of any examination under this rule specifies any
.' conditions and. suggestions for the working of a pressilre plant oi
pressure vesselthe same shall not be used except in accordaàce with
those conditions and suggestions
7{a} The manager shall maintain a register of pressure planr or pressure
vessels showing-
.' (i) Name and make of the pressure plant or pressure vessel,
(ii) ldentification mark,
(iii) The date of taking into use for the first tirne, and
(iv) The reference number and date 'of the report of examination by
competent person.
')

.in lb) The report of the result of every examination made shall be completed
Form 13.
(c) Thg competent person making a report of any examination under this
rule shall, within seven days of the-comfletion ol the examination, send to
thd lnspector, a copy of the report in every case where the maximum safe
workíng pressure Ís reduced or the examination shbws that the part:cannot
continue to be used with safety unless certain repairs are barried out
¡mmediately or within a specified time or where he hað specified frequent or
special examination or test.
(d) An lnspector may by an order in writing direct the production within
ths time specified in such order, ol a report of examinàtion made by a
competent person who shall not be an employee of.the factory in which the
pléssure plant or pressure vessel is iñ use.
' {e) All certificales, reportg and regislers required to be obtained or
maintained under this rule shall be complete in all respects and duly signeil
by the maker or competent person, and these shall be produced for the
perusal of the lnspector.
- . (8) The Chief lnspector may. exempt, subject to such conditions as he
may impose any pressure planUvessel from any of the provisions of this rule
if he has reasons to believe that the construction or use ol that plant/vessel
 The Maharashtra Factories Rules, 1963 1Zg

Ll,_ryff .lh.ut .the. inspection provisìons are not pracricabte prov¡ded tndian
ijranoard tnst¡tute or any reputed international code on exaiï¡nation proce-
dure of pressure vessels or plants are being followed.
The'provisions ol this rule shall apply to pressure plants and pressure
vessels as defined in sub-rute (2) and stràil be in'addltion to without
prejudice to and not in derogation of any other law in force, eiceþi
lollowing:-
üü
(a) v.essels having an internal operating pressure not exceed¡ng atmos-
pheric pressure be 1 Kg./cm.2 or 1SìO's. sq. inches absolute;-
(b) steam boilers, ste_am reed pipes and theii f¡ttíngs coming.under the
purview of Indian Boilers Act, 1923 (V of 1O2B); -
{c) metâl bottles or cylinders used for storage or transport of compressed
qâses^o.r liquids or dissolved gases under pressúre covered by the
9-as cylinder Rures, 1081, framed under the rndian exptosive Act,
1884 {lV of 1884);
, vgssels in which internal pressure is due solety to the static head of
(d)
r f iquids;
(e) working cylinders/casings of the machineries such as pumping sets,
compressors and prime moves;
(f) vessels for nuclear energy applications.l
Rule prescribed under sub-section (2) of section.34
: 1J66. Excessive weights.-{1) rn any_factory, no person
shail, unaidec uy
another person or mechanical device, iitt oy nâno oi-carry overhead, or over
the back or shoulders,. any material, article, tool or appliánce excee'ding
the'
maximum lirnit in weight set out the{oilowing Schèäute:- :

!n
SCHEDULE
Persons Maximum weight of material,
article, tool or appliance

Kgs.

(a) Adult male 55

(b) Adult female 30
(c) Adolescent male 30
(d) Adolescent female 20
{e) Male Child 16
(f) Female Child 13

mechanícal devicé, shall lift by hand-orcarry overheao är oveithe back o'f

shoulders, âny material, articte, toof or aþpliance if thê weight thèri;of
exceeds the sum of weight permissible for eaôh person separate-íy, as fixed
.by the Schedule to suO-iuíe 1t¡.¡

Subs. by C.N. dt, 17.4.1975.

 124 Tl¡e Maharashtrø Factorles Rules, i96i

Rule prescribed under sect¡on Ss

67. Protection of eyes.-Effective screens or suitable goggles shall be
provided for the protection of persons emptoyed in or iñ tJrê immediate
vicinity of the following processes:-
(a) The process specified in schedule I annexed hereto, being processes
which invotve risk of injury to the eyes from particulars oÌ ïragments
thrown off in the course of the process.
(b) Tfg proces.s specified in Schedute il annexed hereto, being processes
which involve risk of injury to the eyes by reason ol òiposure to
excessive light, '[or infra-red or ultra-violet radiations].
'[ScHEDULE t]
. (1) Jhg breaking, cutting, dressing or carving of brÍcks, stone, concrete,
slag of similar materials by means of a hammer, a chidel, pick or similai
hand tool, or by means of a portable tool driven by mechanicäl powers, and
they d.ry grinding of surfaces of any such materials by mêans oi a wheel or
disc= driven
-by mechanical powers, where'in any oi the foregoing cases
particles or fragments are liable to be thrown off towards the opératõr in the
course of the process.
.
(2).T!.e dry grinding.of surfaces of metat by apptying them by händ to a
wheel, disc or band driven by mechanical power, año õt surfacäs of metal
by means of a portable tooldriven by mechanical power.
(3) The dividing into separate parts of metal, bricks, stone, concrete or
similar materials by means of a high speed saw dríven by mechanicalpower
o¡ by megns of an ab¡asive cutt¡ng off wheel or disc diiven by mechanical
power, where particles or fragments are liable to be thrown ofÍ towards the,
face of the operator in the course of the process.
- (4) The turning of metals, or articles ol metal, where particles or
flagments are liable to be thrown off towards the lace of the opérator in the
course of the process.
(5) Drilling by means of portable tools, where particles or fragments are
liable to be ihrown off towards the face of the operator in the course of the
pf0cess.
(6) The welding and cutting of metats by means of an electric,
oxyacetylene or similar process.
(7) The hot fettling of steel casting by means of a flux injected burner or
air torch and the de-seaming of metal.
(8) The felting.of metal castings, involving the removal of metal, including
runners, _gates and risers and the removal of any other material during the
course of such fettfíng.
(9) The chipping of metal, and the chipping, knocking out, cutting out or
cuttÍng off of cold rivets, bolts, nuts, lungs, pins, collars, or similar articles
from any struc- ture or plant, or from part of any structure or plant, by means
of a hammer, chisel, punch or similar hand tool, or by means ol a portable
tool driven by mechanical power.

I Subs. by G.N. dt.19.3.1977

2 Subs. l¡y G.N, dt. ?4.11.1975,
 The Maharøshtra Factories Rules, 1963 125

(101 rhe chipping or scurfing or pa¡nt, scale, slag, rust or other corrosion
-
from the surface of metal and other hard materiatsby means of a hand tool. l'
or by a portable tool driven by mechanical power.
(11)
-The breaking of scrap metal by means of a hammer or by means of
a tool driven by mechanical power.
(12) The routing of metal, where partictes or fragments are liable to be
thrown off towards the face oT the operator in the cõurse of the process.
{13) work with drop harnmers and power hammers used in either case for
the manufacture o{ forgìngs and work by any person not working with such
hammers whose work is carrÍed on in-sucli òircumstances and'in such a
position that particles or lragments are liable to be thrown ofJ towards his
face during work with drop hammers or power hammers.
(14) work at a furnace where there is risk to the eyes f rom molten metal.
(15) Pouring or skimming ol motten metal
(16) Work involving risk to the eyes from hot sand being thrown off.
(17) Turning or dressing of an abrasive wheel.
(1s) The hand.ling.-in open vessels or manipulation of strong acid or
dangerous corrosive liquids or materials, and the operat¡on, mainlãnance or
piqmantling of ptant or any pârt of ptant being ptant or part ol ptant whlch
contains or has contained such acids, liquids, or materialò, unlesb the plants
pr part of the plant has been so prepared by isolation, reductión, of
pressure, or otherw¡se, treated or designed and conStructed as to prevent
risk of injury.
(lv/
(1e) Any other pfocess where¡n
Any- oTner wnere¡n tnere is a risk
there is of injury to eyes from
r¡sk of
pârticles or fragments thrown off duríng the course of the-prôcess.j '
'
l,ì 'lscneoutE ll
, lf !) WelOing or cutting of metals by means of an electrical, oxy- acetylene
or similar process-
(2) All work on furnaces where there is risk of exposure to excessive light
of infra-red radiations.
(3) Process such as rolling, casting or forging of metals where there is
.flsk of exposure to excessive light or infra-red radiations.
, (4) Any.other process wher:ein there is risk of injury to eyes from exposure
to excessive laght or ultra-v¡olet or infra-red radiations.l
Rule prescrìbed under sub-section (6) of secttan 36
t[99. Minimum dimensions of
'¡' man- holes.-ln any factory no person
shall be allowed or required,to enter in any chamber, tànk, vat, pipe'flue or
other confined space, which persons may have to enter unless the'said
cham.ber, tank, vat, pipe flue or other conlined space, is provided with a
man-hole _which may be rectangular, oval or circu[ar in shaþé unless there
is other effective means of egress and-
(a) in the case of rectangular or oval shape, be not less than shoulder
width of the person concerned plus 8'c.m. in length and g0 c.m. wide;
(b) in the case of a circular shape be not less than shoutder width'of the
person concerned plus I c-m. in diameter.l

Subs. by G.N. dt. 79.3.1977.

Subs. by G.N. dt.17.4.1975.
126 .' The Maharashtra Factorìes Rules. l9ó3

' Exempt¡on under sub-sect¡on (5) of section 37

69. Exempt¡on.-The requirements of sub-section (4) of section 37 shall
not apply to the following processes carried on in any factory:-
(a) The operation of rêpairing a water-sealed gas-holder by the electric
welding process, subject to the following condttions:-
{i} The gas:holder shall contain only the {ollowing gases, separately or
mixed at a pressure greater than atmospheric pressure, namely,
' : town gas, coke-oven gas, producer gas, blast furnace gas, of

Provided that, this exempl¡on shall not apply to any gasholder containing
acetylene or mixture of gases, to which acetylene has been added
inte¡tipnallyi
(i¡),Welding shall only be done by the electr¡c welding processes and
shall be carried out by experienced operatives under the constant
supervision of a competent person.
(b) ïhe operations of cutting or welding steel or wrought iron gas mains
: ; :¿¡61 services by the application of heat, subject to the- following
' conditions:-
: (i) ttre main or service shall be situated in the open air, and.it shalt
cõntain only the following gases, separately or mixed at a pressure
, 'greater than atmospheric pressure, namely, town gas, coke-oven
'gas, producer gas, blast furnace gas, or gases othei ihan air, used
in their manufacture;
(ii) The main or service shall not contain acetylene or any gas or
mixture of gases to which acetylene has been added intentionaliy;
(iii) The operation shall be carried out by an experienced person or

operations) experienced in work on gas mains and over 18 years

. ì-i , of age shall.be present during the operation;
(iv) The site of the operation shall þe free from any inflammable or
expfosive gas or vapour;
(V) Where acetylene gas is used as a source of heat in connectlon with
an operation, it shall be compressed and contained in .a porous
substance in a cylinder; and
' (vi) Prior to the application of any flame to the gas main or service, this
shall be pierced or drilled and the escaping gas ignited.
r (c) The operation of repairing an oil tank on any ship by the electric
, welding process, subject to the following cohditions::
(i) The only oil, contained in the tank shall have a flash point of not less
than 150"F.(close test) and a certificate to this eflect shall be
obtained from 2 competent analysts;
(ii) The analyst's certificate shall be kept available for inspection by an
lnspector, or by any per$on employed or working on the ship;
(iiÐ The welding operation shall be carried out only on the exterior
. surfaee of the tank at a place (a) which is free lrom oil or oil
' leakage in inflammable quanlities and (b) which is not less than 30
 The Maharushtra FactorÍss Rules, 1963 127

centimetres below the nearest part of the surface of the oil w¡th¡n
the tank; and
(iv) welding shalt be done oniy by the electric welding and shalt be
cafr¡ed out by experienced opefatives under the cónstant supef-
vision of a competent person.
Rules prescribed under sub-section (t ) of section 38
70. 1[Fire Protect¡on.-Every factory shall be provided with adequate
':means of protectÍon a¡d escaþe in cäse of fire wittrout preiuoice td tne
generality of the following:-
(1.) Process, equipment, plant etc, ínvolving serious explosing and serious
,.
fire hazards:-
' 'explosing
{a) all processes, storages, equípments, plants etc. involving serious
and flash fire hazard shall be located in segregated buildings
where the equipment shall be so arranged that only a miñimum number
of employees are exposed to such hazards at any one time;
,: . (b) all industrial processes involving serious lire hazard should be
located in buildings or work places separated from one another by walls
, of lire res¡stant construction;
: (c) ventilation ducts, pneumatic conveyors and similar equipment iilvolv-
ing a serious fire risk should be provided with flame-arresting or
automatic fire extinguishing appliances, or fire resisting dampLrs,
electricaily inter-tockãd with'neai sensitive/smqke detractõrs änd the
air-conditioning ptant system;
, (d) in all work places having serious tire or flash fire hazards, passages
between rnachines, installations or piles of material should be at leâst
90 c.m- wide. For storage piles, the clearance between lhe ceiling and
the tûp of the pile should not be less than 2 metres. ,
' 2. Access for fire fighting:-(a) Building and ptants shail be so laid out
and roads,-.passageways etc. so maintained as lo permit unobstructed
âccess for fire fighting.
(b) Doors and window opening shall be located in suitabte positions on all
external walls of the build¡ng to provide easy access to the eniire area within
the building for fire {ighting.
3.. .Pr.olection against lightning.- protection from lightning shail be
provided for-
(a) buildlng in which explosives or highly flammable substances are
manufactured, used, handled or stored;
(b) storage tanks containing oils, paints or other llammable liquids;
(c) grain elevators;
, {d) buildings; tall chimneys or stacks where flammable gases, fumes, dust
or lint are likely to be present; and
{e) sub-station buildings and outdoor transformers and switch yards.
4. Precautions against ignition:-wherever there is danger'ol lire or
explosion from accumulation of flammable or explosive substances in air,-

I Subs. by MGC ft.I-L. Exr. dr. 10.8.1989 p. 352

 128 T'he llaharashtra Factories Rules, l9ó3

(a) all electrical apparatus shall either be excluded from the area of risk
or they shall be of such construct¡on and so installed and maintained
as to prevent the danger of their being a source of ignition;
(b) effective measures shall be adopted for prevention of accumulation of
static charges to a dangeious extent;
(c) workers shall wear shoes w¡thout iron or steel nails or any other
exposed ferrous materials which is likely to cause sparks by friction;
' (d) smoking, lighting, or carrying of matches, lighters or smoking
materials shall be prohibited;
(e) transmission belts with iron fasteners shall not be used; and
(f) all other precautions, as are reasonably practicable,.shall be taken to
prevent initiation of ignition lrom all other possible sources such as
open Tlames, frictional sparks, overheated surfaces of machinery or
' plant, chemical or physical, chemical reaction and radiant heat.
5. Spontaneous lgnition:-Where materials are tikely to induce spon-
taneous ignition, care shall be taken to avoid formation of air pocket and to
,ensure adequate ventilation. The material susceptible to spontaneous igni-
tion should be stored in dry condition and should be in heaps of such
capacity and separated by such passage which will prevent fire. The
materials susceptible to ¡gnit¡on and stored in the open shall be at a distance
not less than 10 metres away from process or storage buildings.
6. Gylinders containing compressed gas:-Cylinders containing com-
pressed gas may only be stored in open if they are protected against
'variation of temperature, direct rays of sun, or continuous dampness. Such
cylinders shall never be stored near highly llammable substances, furnaces
.of hot processes- The room where such cyl¡nders are stored shall have
adequate ventilation.
: :7. Storage of flammable liquids:-{a) The quant¡ty of flammable liquids
in any work room shall be the minimum required for the process or
processes carried on in such room, and flammable liquids shall be stored in
,suitable containérs with close fitting covers:
Provided, that not more than 20 litres of flammable liquids having a flash
.point ol 20oC or less shall be kept or stored in any work room.
,. {b} Flammable liquids shall be stored in closed containers and in limited
quantit¡es in well ventilated rooms of fire resisting construction which are
isolated from the remainder of the buitding by fire walls and self closing fire
doors.
(c) Large quantities of,such liquids shall be stored ¡n lsolated adequately
ventilated bùilding of fire resisting construction or in storage tanks, preferab-
ly underground and a dislance from any buildíng as required in the
Petroleum Rules, 1976.
(d) Effective steps shall be taken to prevent leakage of such liquids into
basement sumps drains and to confirm any escaping liquid within safe limits.
8, Accumulation of flammable dust, gas, fume.or vapour in air or
flammable waste material on the floors:-(a) Effective steps shall be taken
for removal or prevention of the accumulation in the air of flammabfe dust,
gas, fume or vapour to an extent which is likely to be dangerous.
(b) No waste material of a flammable nature shall be permitted to
accumulale on the floors and shall be removed al least once in a day or
 . The Maharash¡ra Factoùes Rules,.l963 129

shift, and more often, when poss¡ble. such materials shalt be ptaced ¡n
suitàble metal containers with covers, wherever possible.
9. Fire exits:-{a} ln this rule-.

(i) "horizontal exit" means an arran!ement which allows alternative

egress from a floðr area to another f.lbor at 0r near the same level in an
adjoining building or on adjoining p.art Ör the same buitding with
adequate separation; and
(ii) "travel distance" means the distance an occupant Åas to traver to
reach an exít: . o

(b) An ex¡t may be a doorway, corridor, passageway to an external

sta¡rway.or to verandah or to internal stairway segreþated from the rest of
building by fire resisting wails'which shaltproúide õonianuous and protected
means ol egress to the exterior ol a building or to an exterior ûpen space.
An exit may also include a horizontat exit leáding to an adjoining'buildíng at
the same level..
(c) Lifts, escalators and revolving doors shall not be considered as exits
for the purpose of this sub-rule. .

(d) ln every room oJ a factory exits sulficient to permit safe escape of the
occupants in case of fire or other emergency shall be provided with shall be
free oT any obstruction. There shall be at least two ways of escape lrom
,eve.ry room and the exits shall be as remote from each other as þossible
and shall be arranged to provide direct access in separate directidns from
.âny point in the area served. -d

(e) The exit shall be clearly vi'sible and suitably llluminated with suilable
_arrangement, whatev,e.r.artificial lighling is to be adopted for th¡s purpose, to
'r,naintain the requ¡red illumínation in case ol failure
óf the normai soi,¡rcei ot
electric supply.
(f) The exii shall be marked in a language understood by the majority ol
the workers
(g) lron rung ladders or splral staircases shall not be used as dxit
sta¡rcases.
'. (h) Fire resist¡ng doors or roller shutters shall be provided at aþpropriate
places. along the escape routes to prevent sprêåd of fire and smoke,
Þflrticularly .at the entrance of lifts or sta¡rs where tunnel or flue effect may
be created íncluding an'upward ðpread of fire.
{¡) All exits shall prov¡de continuous meahs of egress to the exterior of a
þuilding or to an exterior open space leading to a street.
fi) Exit shall be so located that the travel distance to reach at least one
of them on the floor shall not exceed g0 metres.
(k) ln case of those lactories where high hazard materials are stored or
used, the travel distance to the exit shall not exceed 22.5 metles and there
rshall be at least lwo ways of escape from every room, however, small,
: except tqilet rooms
so located that the points of accèss thereto are out of or
suitably shielded from areas of high hazard.
' (l) The unit exit width used to measure capacity 0r any exit shail be S0
cm. A clear width of 25 cm. shall be counted as additionât hatf unit. clear
width of less than 25 cm. shall not be counted for exit width.
(m) Occupants per unit width shalt be Sû for stairs and 7S for ddors.
130 The Maharashtt'a Factories Rules. 1963

(n) For determíning the exil requ¡red, the occupant toad shall be reckoned
on the basis o{ actual number of occupants within any floor area or 10
square metres per person, whichever is more.
(o) There shall not be less than lwo exits serving every floor area above
and below the ground floors, and at least one of them shall be an internal
enclosed stairway. The two exit shall be as remote from each other as
possible, and both exits shall be accessible through separate ways from any
point on the floor.
(p) For'every building or structure used for storage only and every seition
thereol considered separately, shall.have access to at least one exit so
,arranged and located as to provide a suitable means of escape for any
:pêrson employed therein, and in any such room'wherein more lhan 10
persons may be normally present at least two separate means of exit shall
be.available, a$ remote from eâch other as practicable.
,(q) Every storage area shall have access to al least one means of exit
which can be readily opened.
(r) Every exit doorway shali open ¡nto an enclosed stairway,a horizontal
exit or a corridor or passageway providing continuous and protected means
of egress.
(s) No exit doorway shall be less than 100 c.m. in width. Doorways shall
not be less than 200 c.m. in height.
(t) Exit doorways shall open outwards, that is away from the room but
shall not obstruct the travel along any exit. No door when opened, shall
reduce the required width of stairway or landing to less than 90 c.m.
Overhead or sliding door shall not be installed for this purpöse.
(u) An exit door shall not open immediately upon a flight ol stairs. A
landing at least 1.5 m. x 1.5 m. in size shallbe provided in the staifway at
each doorway. The level of landing shalt be the same as that of the floor
way it serves.
(v) The exit doorways shall be openable lrom the side which they serve
without the use of a key.
(w) Exit corridors and passageways shall be of a width no-t less than the
dggregate required width of exit doorways leading lrom there in the direction
of travel to the exterioi. :

(x) Where stairways discharge tl-rrough.corridors and passageways, the

height of the corridors and passageûays shall not be less than 2.4 metres.
(y) A staircase shall not.be arránged round a lift shaft unless the latter is
totafly enclosed by mater¡al having a fire- resistance rat¡ng not lower than
that of the type of construct¡on ol the former.
(aa) Hollow combustible construction shall not be permitte.d.
(bb) The minimum width of an internal staircase shall be 100 ém.
(cc) :Fhe minimum width of treads without nosing shall be 25 c.m. for.an
internal staircase. The treads shall be constructed and maintained in a
manner to prevent slipping. .

' (dd) The maximum height of a riser shall be 19 c.m. and the number of
risers shall be limited to 12 per flight.
(ee) Hand rails shall be provided with a minimum height of fOO c.m. and
shall be firmly supported.
 The Malnrashtra Factories Rules, 19ó3 ig1
(ff) The width of a horizontâl exít shail be same as fcr the exit doorways.
[gg) rne horizontal exit shatt be equipped with at teast one fire door of
sell ctosing type.
(hh).The floor area on the oppos¡te or refuge side of a horizontal exit shall
be sufficient to accommodate occupants of ine floor area served, ailowing
not less than 0.3 square.meter per person. The refuge shall be pr,ovided witñ
exits adequate to meet the requirements of this sub-rule. At leást one of the
exits shall lead directly to the exter¡or or street
(ii) where there is difference in level between connected areas for
horizontal exit, ramps not more than 1 in g slope shall be provided. For this
purpose steps shall not be used.
fij) Doors in horizontal exits shall be openable at all times.
. {kk) Hamps with a slope of not more than 1 iri 1û may be substituted for
the requirements ol staircase. wherever the use is éuch as to involve
danger of slipping, the ramp shalt be surfaçed with non-slipping material.
{10) lf the chief lnspector is satislied in respect of any factory or any part
'circumstañces
of the faclory that owing to the exceptional súch as'irifre-
quency oJ the manulacturing process br for any other reason, all or any of
the requirements of the rulês are impracticabie or not necessary for'the
protection of workers, he ma.y by order in'writing {which ne máy at his
discretion revoke) ,eTempl such. factory or part ol thie iactory from aú or any
of the provisíons ol the tules subject tri conbit¡ons as he may, by such ordei
prescribe.l
: 71, Means of escape Jor cotton ginn¡ng factories.-Notwithstandíng
anything contained in rule 70 cotton ginning faõtories shall be provided witñ
at least two suitable earthenlamps.or two flignts of stairs made'o{ brick-work
of other fire:resisting materÍal.
112'l'4. t * *

:.'71-4. Fire-fíghtin.g ?pparatus and water suppty.-(l) ln.every factory

there sha¡l bo provided and maintained the toltbwiirg'tíre-fightinþ eQuip'-
ments:-
(a) Two fire buckets of not less than 9 lltres capacity for every 100 square
metres of floor area subject to a minimuó of iour bucliets on 'each
floor.
{b) Evgry bucket provided under th¡s sub-rute.shall-
(i) conform to appropriate lndian Standard Specification,
(il) be kept in a position approved by the tnspector and shall be used
for no other purpose than fire extinguishing, and
(iii) at all times be kept full ol water but if the principal fire risk arises
from inflammable liquid or other substances wheie water cannot be

inert mater¡al:
.provided that where the Chief lnspector is of the opinion ilmt other
adeguate fire{ighting appâratus is provided 1n the factory'building or room
he mqy issue a certificate in writing (which.he may at Fiis discretion revoke)

I Del. by G.N. dr. 20.7.1981

t Ins. by C.N. of 5th Sept., 1972
 132 The Lfaharcshtra FactorÌes Rules. 1963

specifying the extent lo which the above requirements are relaxed in respect
of thal buifding or.room.
(2) ln every factory adequate provision of water-supply for lire fighting
shall be made and where the amount of water required in litres per minute
is 550 litres or more as calculated from ths formula mentioned below.
po.wer-driven tra¡ler pumps of adequate capac¡ty shall be provided and
maintained:
A+B+ c +,D.
Water required in litres per minute
20
ln the above formuja-. .
A = the total area in square metres ol all floors including galleries in all
buildings of the factory;
B = the total area in square metres ol all floors and galleries including
open spacqs in which combustjble materials are handled or.stored;
C = the total area in'sduare metres of all floors over 15 metre above
ground level and
D = the total area in square metres of all floors of building.S other than
those of lire-resisting construction provided {ire-resisting cbnstructions
lnsurance Company:
Provided that, in areas where lhe fire risk involved does not require use
of water such areas under B, C or D may, for the purpos.e of calculation, be
halved:
., Provided furhter thät, where the areas. under B, C or D are protected by
pgrmanent autornatic fire-flghting installations approved by åny Fire As-
sociation or Fire lnsu.rance Company, such areas may, for the purpose €f
calculation, be halved: :

.Frovided also that, where the factory is situated at not more than'3
kilometres from an''estaUlished city of town fire service, the pumping
capacity based on the amount of water arrived at by the lormula above,may
be reduped by 25 per cent but no account shall be taken of this reduction
calculafion water supply required under tli.e sub-rule (6)t: .
(3) Each trailer pump shall be provided w¡th equipmênt as per Schedule
A. Such equipment shall conform to lndian Standard specificatiorts .when-
ever they exist.
{4) Trailer pumps shall be housed in a separate shed which shqll be sited
close to a princípat source of water supplies in the vicinity of ihe main risks
of the lactory. ., : . . '.i , '
, (5) ln factories wherethe'"âr,ea is such as cannot be réached by.
manhauling of trailer pumps withih reasonable t¡me, vehicles with towin$.
attachment shall be provided at the scale ol one for every four trailer pumps..
w¡1haminimumofonesuchvehiclekeptavailableatalltimes.
(6) Water-supply shall be piovided to give llow of water as required undèr'
sub-rule (2) for at least 100 minrrtes. At least 50 per cent of this water-supply
or 4,50,000 litres which ever is less shall be in the form of static tanks of

I Subs. by G.N. dated 5th Sept., i9?4.

 .. The lllaharashtra Factories..Rules, 1963 lg3
adeguate câpacities (noi less than 4s,000 litres eâch) distributed round
the
factory with due regard ro the potent¡aí f¡re r¡sr<s ¡ñ iñätäciäiv.
twnere p¡pàã
lupply is provided, the size of the main shail not be tess than 15 cm.
diamete¡'and it shall be capable of sçplying minimum oi-+,soo titres per
minute at a pressure of not lessthan tglsq,cr. i
(i) ln factories having more than 100 square rnetres ftoor area
,!71 and
,ynqr.e ilre may occur due to cornbustible materials other than inflammablã
. liquids, etectricat eguipment and
type of portabte extinguishers at tñe þnitabte metati; sódã aäio or equivarent
rate öf oné rbi áuerv sõo squ. metres
of area spaced at not more than 30 rnetres apart subjecí to a minimum of
ong extinguisher shail be provided in additién one iire nuckçts required
under sub-rule (1).
(ii) ln factories where fires may occur due to ínflammable liquiás grease
or
9r.pqi4r the extinguishers to bé provided-at the scate iaio do*n ín ctause
, {a) shalt consisr of foam c.arbon ietrachtoride, ory pãwoãrl ðarnon dioxide,
ch[ofob¡ome methane.or.other equivalent type, áslappropriate. ln case of
inflammaote tiquids sotubte ¡nwãËl tîõ extingúishe;íãlräide
arcohot rype
föam.)
fii¡) ln.factories where. fires may occur due to electrical equipment, the
extinguis'rier to be provided at tñd scare räid ¡n cláuéli til slälil'cols¡ii or
carbon dioiide, dry powder, carbon tetrachtoride óiðqùi,ìäreniìyo*:"-' "'
. (¡v) ln.factôriçs. where lires may occur due to magnesium, alum¡num or
zinc dust or shavings or..other.¡gñ¡table metâls, the:use of lþuids, carbon
dioxide and lciam type extinguishérs shattoe
þioiriÈiteoãn,iän ampte suootv
crean, Ρne dry sand, stone dust or other.inter material shall be liept rejâoí,
or
. for segregating such fires. !

tyl Every fype.of portable fire extinguisher shalr be kept mounted.ín a

.
position approved by the lnspector:
Provided that where the
.chief lnspec-tor is of the opinion that other
appâratus or perinanenr âutomatic fire{ightins initar-
11P^1i.t:j11:lisjrtfrg
approved b.y. any recognised Fire Association or Fire tnõurance
Plrcns
uompany are provid.ed.in the factory buirding or room, he may issue ã
certilicate in. writing (which he may ai nis o¡scietion ièvoteispeditying ine
'-extent to which the abo.ve,.-iequiiements are relaxed in Lespect'of"thai
building or ròom. .,
.'
(8)(a) Every portabte fire.extihguisherro be provided under suþ- rure (z)
,
shall- - .

'
(i) conform to rhe appropriate rndian standards specificaÌions;
' (ii)
^9g-Iepl .chqped
ready lor .use properry moun'red in a position
approved by- the tnspector ano.accom$aniéo .oy th; mâke;;s'On"ì;;
ínstructíons for its use; and
r (iii) be.examined, tested or dischaiged periodically in accordance
with the
maker's recom mendation.
(b) The. manager of every faciory shalr keep and maintain, sufficient
oj, sqafq charges. ror each-tvpe or exiinguisnei piðvided in the
lllP-gr
racrory wftn a m¡n¡mum of 12 spare charges always in stbck and readily
availâble.

.,J?-5:^{llqtory shail detair a trained officer who shail be responsibre for

rne pfoper maintenance and unkeep of all fire- fighting equipments.
 134 The Maharashte Faclor¡es Rutes, 1963

(10) lf the Chief lnspector is satisfied in rèspect of any lactory or any part
of the factory that ow¡ng to the exceptional circumstances suóh as ¡hàde-
quacy of water supply or for infrequency of the manufacturing process or for
any other reason, to be recorded in writing all or any of the requirements of
the ru¡es are impracticable or not necessary-for the protection df workers he
Tay by order in writing-(which he may at his discret¡on revoke) exempt such
factory or part of that factory from all or any of 'the provísions oi the rules
subject to conditions as he may by such order prescribe-
SCHEDULE
Equipment for Trailer Pumps
A. For light traiter pump þ8A ftreis/min)-
Nine metres length of armoured suction hose, with wreriches.
1 Metal suction strainer
1 Basket strainer
1 Two-way suction collecting-head
1 Suction adaptor.
10 Twenty{ive metres tengths of unlined 75 mm. delivery hose complete
with quick-release couplings.
1 Dividing breeching-piece
. 2 Branch-piece with 15 mm. nozzles
1 Diffuser nozzle
1 Standpipe w¡th blank cap
1 Hydrant key
4 Collapsible canvas buckets
't Fire hook (preventor) with crltting edge
1 C.T.C. ext¡ngu¡sher one litre capacity :

1 Thirty métres iength of 25 mm. manila ropê

1 Nine metres extension ladder (where necessary)
1 Heavy axe
1 Spade
1 Pick-axe
1 Crowbar
1 Saw
1 Hurricane lamp
1 Electric torch
1 Paír rubber gloves
B- For targe trailer pump (l,B0A fires/minþ
Nine metres length of armoured suction hose, with wrenches.
1 Metal strainer
 The Maharaslira Factories Rules, 1963 135

'l Basket stra¡ner

1 Three-way'suction collecting head
1 Suction adaptor
14 Twenty-{ive metres length of unlined canvas 75 mm. delivery hoses
.complete with quick-release couplings
' 1 Dividing breeching-piece
1 Collecting breeching-piece
4 Branch pipes with one 25 mm. two .20 mm. and one diffuser nozzles
2 Standpipe with blank caps
2 Hydrant keys
. 6 Collapsible canvas buckets
1 Ceiling hook (preventor) with cuüing edge
1 C.T.C. extinguisher one litre capacity.
1 Thirty metres length of 50 mm. manila rope
1 ,Nine metres extension ladder (where necessary)
1 Pair rubber gloves
1 Heavy axe.
1 Spade
1 Pick-axe
1 Crowbar
l Saw
1 Hurr¡cane lamp
1 Electric iorch
. Note:¡|it appears to the Chief lnspector ol Factories that ¡n any factory
the provisions of breathing apparatus is necessary he may by order iñ
wriling require the occupief to provide suitable breathing apparatus ín
addition to the equipment for light trailer pump or large trailer Fump,
as the case may be-
Hules prescribed under section 4l
r 72. Ladders.-All ladders used in replacing belts shall be specially macle
and reserved for that work and'prqvid'ed with hooks or an efiective'nonkid
dovice, Ladders provided with hooks must have hooks fitted in such suitable
posit¡on that they rest on the shaft when the bottom end of the ladder is
resting on the floor.
73. Protection of workers attending to pr¡me rnovers*(1) ln every
factory the work of oiling or attending to prime movers shall be done only by
a specially trained adult male worker authorised to do such work whose
name has been recorded in the register maintained in Form 10.
(2) Every such worker while oiling or attending to a prime mover shall
wear tig hl-{itting clothing.
 136 The Maharashtra Factories Rules,1963

(3) A.worker iequired to.wear tight-fitting ctothing under sub- rute (2)
shail
be.provided by the occupier with ctothing which slhail constsr oi ãt'léaiiì
pair. of
.closety fitting shorts and a close'iy{itting haH-steevá ,r.,ir[ oiuéìi
such clothing shalt be returned to the occirpier õn termination-ot seivice ãi
when new clothing is provided.
'73-4. Safety of water-sealed gas-holder.-(1) ln thís rufe, a gas-hotder
means any vessel having storage capacity ol ¡ot less than l¿o cubic
metres and used for storage of combuòtiblegas, wherein the gas ¡s storãã
at pressure controlled by a water seal between the fixed anc ine moving
t3t gl,tlp.^stg-?qg vesset, and inctudes vessets of smailer size, in respecî
ot which the chíef lnspector declares that in the interest of the safeiy of
workers working near such a vessel, provisions of this rule should apply,
(2) Every gas-holder,-
(a) shall be of good construction, sound material, adequate strength
and
free from any patent defects and
(b) shall be properly maintained in a safe condition.
(3) No gas-holder shall be taken into use in any factory for the first time
unless-
(a)-lnformation giving details of gas-holder is recorded in a reg¡ster in
Form 13A;
(b) certificate of its internal and external examination in Forrn 138 is
obtained either from the manufacturer or f¡om any person competeni
to conduct such examination; and
{c) such certificate is in possession of the occupier;
ì

(4) wherg iL gny factor.y two or more gas-horders are instailed, each i
gas-holder shall be marked,in a conspicuous manner with a distinguishing
number or letter. tf any gas-hotder haò two or more fifts, each tift sñãtiáiiõ i

bs marked with.'a distinguishing number or tetter.

f5) lf any lift of the.gas-hofder has been in use for more than ten years
.before the date of final notilication, then evdry gas- hoider shall be I

examined externaily and internalty (a) within twô lears, . ¡t it trai oeãñ
examined within the last two years, (b),within,one year if it has not been i
examined within the last two years before the aloresãid date.
(6) Every gas-holder shail be thoroughly examined ¡nternalty by a person
competent to conduct such examination once in every períod of iwelve
months.
(7) Every gas-holder shallbe examined internally by a person competent :
to conduct such examination at least once in every périod of four yeárs.
. Explanation -(a) For the purpose
. of this sub-rule, the internâf examination
of a gas-holder íncludes an examination of the thickness of thé plates of the
gas-holder including the sídes and the crown by means of an älectronic or
sther accurate device. .

(b) lf the chief lnspector is satisfied that the electronic devices are not
ava,ilable, he may permit taking samples by cutting the plates from the sides
and the crown ol the gas- holder:

I Ins. by G.N, of 3lst July 1964

 ' The Maharashtra Factories Rules, 1963 197

Provided that if the chief lnspector is not satis{ied thatthe samptes are
a representative sample, he may direct further samples to be cut to his
satisfaction.
.identification
(c)-Each sampte disc cut under clâuse (b), sha[ be suitabtv marked lor
showing date of .cutting part and of the gas-hotder trom wniCtr
it is cut. Such samples shall be keþt reabity availadie for inspection until
such time as similar discs are again cut atilie next inspection.
{8) ryq gas-holder shail be repaired or demolished except under the direct
supervision of a person who by his training, experience, ãnd knowledge ot
the necessary precaution again-st risk of cottapsä of struciure, explosioñand
of person being overcome by gas is compettint to supervise'süilr wori.- -
' (9) A permanent register in Form 13A duty signed by the occupier or
manager shall be maintained, along with a -drawing to show oet'ails ol
construction of the gas-holder.
. (1.0.) A copy of the. report of pe_rsb¡s, competent to exarnine gas- holders,
shall be ma¡ntained in Forrn 10.8:l
ttlp'q' Polymeriz.ing.or curing mach'ine.-(1¡ rn'b tottow¡ng precautions
,
shall be taken when lab¡ics are prõcessed in pdiymerizing or criring macnine
lor fixing prints by the Emulsion Technique riamety:-
' {i) Printed fabrics,shaft be thoroughly dried by passing them over drying
'cans or through a hot fuel or other equally efiective means, before thð
' same are allowed to pass through the polymerizing machiñe.
(¡i)
]fg, e¡ngqst llap or damper shail be provided with a hore or opening
so that at least two-three ol it is always open.
(iii).,lnfra-.red ray heaters of the machines shall be cut off while running
the prints.
(iv).The etectricat heater shall be connected to a separate circuÍt and shall
, be provided with an isolation switch so a's'to ensure that it is
. completely cut
ol in an emergency.
(v) The drive of the exhaust''fan shall be intertocked with the main drive
of the machine in such â_:wâ! that ¡f the exhaust
: ftâchinê including all heating devices, shall also stop.motor stops, the
(v¡) The electrica¡ heaters shall have thermostat to regutate the tempera-
ture, so that the heaters shalt be âutgrnaticaily cui off if the temþera-
ture rises above the pre-set value. '!':

(v¡r)^llegl$9 s.hail be p¡ovided bn top of the.machine,.which can

, open and letliag olf the fumes in the case of an explosio¡r.
(viii) Fifter guaze shall be cleaned at least once a week.
(ix) Exhaust duct shall be cleaned at ldast once a week.
{x) Tension of thq v belt drive of the fans shall be checked every week,
(2) Tlq machine shail be examined, under the direct supervision of a
responsible person, designqlqd by tho occupier or manager, who by his
experience and knowledge of necessary prècautions agãnst risk oi ex-
plosion, is fit to supervise such work.

I Ins. by G.N. of llrh May, 1965

 138 I,he l{aharastttra Fat:tories Rutes, tg63

- {3) A register shail be maintained in which the detairs

of the various
checks carr¡ed under sub-ryre
tei, Jrrair n" ént"i"d
therein shan be sígned by rhe p'eíåoi mar<¡ng entry made;;d;;";y
thä;hr.Ë.i""
Safe.ty measures in factories whgre- equipmenr
^^ltl_q:9.. inframmabre mater¡ars
containing or pipetine
are..operãtea.-wneire wòrk of opening
anv equipnrent or qr¡grlne conrainins ¡ntrãlnmãnre'riäIiã1""iäases
in arrv fácrorv, tne rorró'Jing is ro be
;år#:fl,:,t þrovisions srrar ne òompried wnh,
, {l) The system.of..work perm¡ts shail.be ¡ntroduced and unress the
equipment or rhe piperine is dertiried to ne irãã
no person shall be allowed to enter or open oiìñrr"*i.,äoîä
--.- gu, or riquid,
ttre same.-"'
{t} The work of . opening. such equipmerlt or piperine shat not be
commenced unress.th-e foilowing_opgratio¡s are
the supe rv is or in-charge of tr e Þ ioò-òði'n epâ.tmcàrriåd out áno checked by
(i) Btpnkins
üï óî it ä Ëä.tory, _
gqripTenr.or pipetine
to be opened for
. repairs or"Iîi-1!glg:--rfg
nraintenance shail'be effectiver; õr";;ä-r;
that no inflammabte gas or tiquio ãã;;ñú-iilñäñreas ro ensure
circumsrances d.uring-the operäiibn ot ,.epäú; unoer any
supervisor of the Þrocesó óepartmenl in"¡i är"rä¡r"nunce.
'äñäåx The
these operations and shall certify accorOingìy. personary
(ii) Frushing operation.-The supervisor cf
the process Departmenr
sha| carrv out.the steaminj or trusrrin$;"ì ;iä,ïater
of the
_e_q!¡pme.nl or
pipetine to enõure ihai ãl"infta;ääfrà
marer¡at is
å"rl:oved
from the equipment or pipeiiñà ;l;äiärtify to that
of tJre equipment.-The.supervisor of the Engineering
ueparrment of the _facrory..in-ðharge of te ïoik-ir-äpËi¡ng
^^!l)-!)--gpening
equ¡pment or piperine, or gi;tting creãranieiià*.ïnä"sö;J,Ëoi of such
or the process oenarrpepl, snã¡i s¿tistv-n¡mser in arharge
are comprete and shail.sign the work
irrät-Üie'ãñ; operations
the Process t'ermits ¡ssuðà ov tîäöuperviso; of
Department.
(ii) rt shail be rhe jo¡nt responsibirity of the
supervisor of the process
Department and the süpervisoi ot i¡ä Èigìne;¡"gö.pil;;it"
ensure that hot rines,'if any, in inãi¡ðinitv check and
properry
n1eΡ., rnq work.permit shamave as ii¡eä¡rrc
"i*;ñìäft'äre
screened, in accordange.wilfí irre sáiãtv instri¡ctionJãi
tüã'iàätårv manage_
shall be signed by both the Supervísoiä.--
ã;trñ; in¡i öåìation which
(lv) No pan or the running equ¡pment or piperine
a gas test ís conducted .by. à iesponsrþre shail be opened unress
equipment or pipeline is safe-for opening. - - person
rYrvvr' to
rv v¡rùv'
ensure that the
(v) No workers whose crothes have been contaminated
materiat shafi be ailowed to work wnere wíth inframmabre
pipeline is being opened. '- -"'
any sJôr, runñing""quip*ent
s¡¡r¡'¡rrv çe or
: {vr) The safetv officer.or any officer authorísed.by
h!ry, shail have system
g1 f?"99ll..checking on, tne. w_ä*-Èã;r¡i; issued ãno nïïñäir'
serious deficíencies to the Works Ríanager Oiredtly. ,.porr uny

i Ins. by G.N., of 3ûrh June, 1969.

 The l'laharash¡ra Faclories Rales, 1963 139

(vll) Atl drains of such equipments or pipeline shalt be taid intothe drains
to prevent any splashing ol the draining inflammable liquids or gases.
(\üll) Before commencing the opening operation, it shall be ensured that
a. specifÍc persÐns trained in fire-fighting operations, is kept available and
hjs presence shail be ensured throughout ihe operation oi tne opening oj
the equipment.l
.r¡23'E.*.safety.measrrre in gas works.-ln respecr of any factory where
.inflammable. gas is. prod.uced by carbonization oi a coal, óil or añy other
similar substance, the following provisions shalt be complied with, nåmety:-
(i) No pipe, valve .or qny cover of any equipment into which gas is
normally allowed to flow shall be opened unless ¡t is ensured tñat the
equipment is no more supplied wiih any in{tammable or explosive gas
at a pressure greatef than atmospheric pressure.
(ii) Before undertaking repairs of every sort to any pipe, valve or any other
equiprnent connected with any part in the plant'or machinery or any
gaq works (not being a gas-hotdeg it shati be ensured that'ttre gaé
under pressure does not reach the point where such pipe, valvi or
equipment is being opened by the reñqovat of any bofts årio nuts or by
cutting either by mechanical means or by appticâtion of heat and thdt

any other equipment generating gas that no gas underihe pressure

reaches the point of repair.
{iii) Before loosening the bolts ancl nuts or before undertaking the cutting
' 9f any pipe, valve or equipment in âny gas works, a definite test shai.
be carried out by a competent persoñ ihat no gas under pressure is
fed to the point ol repair. Details of the tesicarried oilt srralt ne
mentioned in a certilicate which shail be signed by the competent
perso.n. A copy of such certificate slrail be disþlayed
þrominenilir near
the.place ol repair and shall be made available-on demand to'every
worker employed in connection with such repairs for his perusal.
(iv) Every worker em.ployed in connection with such repairs and working
near any_ pipe, valve or other equipment while it is being opened shai
be supplied.with 1 ma.sk and a respirator fed by air lresh fi'om a point
away from the point of'repair. lt shall be ensured that the worker'shall
wear the respirator while working near the point of repair.
(v) Electrical wiring oÍ any electrical equipment (not being electr¡cal or
'
yeld]¡g equipment).used ne.ar th.e point of repâir shalt bé so arranged
that there are no traiting cabtes aloñg the ftooi. Rll electrical equipmänt
shall be of ffame-prool type:
Provided that the provisions of this rule 'shall not apply to mains and
services, plant or machinery installed in the open air subfebito the following
conditionc:- i
(a) The mâin or service shail be situated in the open air, ancl it shall
contain only the following gases, separately or mixed at a pressure
greater than âtmospheric pressure, namely, town gas, coke-oven gas,
producer gns, þlast furnace gas or gases oiher thãn air, used in t-Íreir
manufacture:

I Ins._ by C.N. of Stlr Oct. 1969 and numtrered '738' by *Corrigendurn, I.&L.D.,
No.FAC/1168/142003, Lab-III, dared 3rd December, I9?0,
 f 40 The Malørashtra Factories Rules, 1963

(b) The main or service shail not contain

acetyrene or any gas or mixture
of gases to which acetvrene rràJ nãeirlñt,lí,äån"rìív;-"t
(c) The operation shail be carried o,i!
b.y an experienced person or
persons and ar ¡east rwe persons
operations) lincrioing iiìãõäîärrvíng oút the
experienced in'work on gas mains and over
ta years of
. : age shall be present during the operãtion;
(d) The site
of the operation sha', be free from any inframmabre
explosive gas or vaþour; or
(e)
,i -{here
an
acetylene gas is used as a source of heat
operation, it shat be compressed and cõntãìneä in connection w¡irr
substance in a cylinder; and in ,a porous
(f) Prior to the appricatiql 0j an¡r
lrame to the gas main or service, this
shail be pierced or driiled and,tnô escaping õuJ ¡gnitäd.
Explanat¡on--(11 lt shall not be considere.d
gas under,pressure-froni reaching tnJ pointeffective *e".rre to stop the
btaddeis is the obstruction betwein ih; sourceor rðpãii iì-õñry un infrated
of gas under pressure and
the point cflrepair:. i: .

Provided that wherergars.varves cannot be provided,

an effective it shail be considered
measure tó"stqp tne.õãJ óressirr"
repairs ít inftared Iror'i"ilñilg the point of
þ.g.r glnhu aielin;5nu¡ãg.i;,.ï'ü;ï;;lrrres
excess of thosb lndicãtedjbelow:_-
- -- not ¡n

Diameter (in) of gas main Pressure in inches o1*¿1s¡gauge

Upto and inctuding 4
10
5 to
10
11 tci 17
I
6
18 to 24
5
Over 24
3
and a competent person is kept constanty
controt the pressures within the rimits spåcífieoäs
ourffi
aoriuããnî t'trat-
on s¡te ror soundness and at reast two sBare
o"SrYtJJå9å,,iüiå'j""rtîIed
{zi''rne comperenr.p:r-r^ollojtn.
- p,¡¡pog"iof this ruro shat be the
Engineer of the faclory or a person certir'ied chief
- ---'"*: by the chief Engineer in writing
to b-e the competent p-erson.j
'[23-r. Fragire Roofs- provision of crawring Boards e!c.-rn any fac_
tory, no person shalr be requiied to stano or pass
over or wörk on or neai
âny roof or ceirÍng covered'r,,rith tragirô-raieriaì ritãã.c.'*'riä'iiìs
materiar through which he is riabre tó tail,ln or simirar
case it breaks or gives way, a
distance of more than three metres untes's_
(a) suitable and sufficient radders, duck radders
or crawring boards, which.
shatt be securely supported, ar"þóuîJ*o and
used; and
(b) a permit to work o,n the frågire roof is issued
to
required ro work thereon õv a responsiniã him-each time he id
concerned. . üäî'inä r"rtory ,

I lns. by G.N. dared ITrh AÞrit i9?5

 . The líaharashlra Facloñes Rules, 1963 141

Explanation -Fragile material means sheets made ol asbestos cement or

made from similar materials such as perspex, polyester or other types of
plaslic fibres.l
t[73.-H. precautions for certain highly hazardous
. _speciat safety
chemical Process.-ln respecì of any factory eng-aged in-cariying out any
hazardous che.mical processes or iuch parts õt ãny processes as are
spgcified in the Scnedule annexed hereto ihe follow-¡n$ ¡üoiiiions shatf be
complied with viz.-
{1) Process Hazards.-Belore cornmencing any large scale experimental
- worts or any new manufacture, all possible steps shall bb taken to
ascertain definÍtely ail the hazards. involved nbth lrom the actual
operations and also from the po¡nt of view ol the chemical reactions.
The propert¡es of the raw materials used, the final products to be made
'studied and adequate and suitable provisions
shált be made in
''' . advance for dealing with any hazards including effects on worl(ers
' which may be inherent in the process or which:'may arise during the

' ttie plant, machinery or equipment concerned with the hazardous

1b¡
process shall be in-charge of such operators onlv who have been
'trained and made thoroughly converèant to be i¡t persons to be
'incharge thereof and no other persons shalf be allowed' to operate the
, plant, machinery or equípment. The operators shall b'e regular
employees of the occupier and shall in no case be persons whõ are
employed as contract workers.
(c) The work of the operators shall be supervisdd on an overall basis by
at least one competent pèrson, who for the purpose of this sub-rulá
shall at least bé gradúate in chemicat Engineering or chémiãat
Technology with speciatised knowtedge in respect otlhe processes
given in the schedule:
Provided that the chief tnspeçtoÍ of Factories may accept a graduate in
chemistry having adequate knowledge of the prõcesses gíven in the
' schedule and also adequate experience and trainÍng or any other qualilica:
tions, if in his opinion they are êquivalent to the quãlificatións aforésaid.
,. (2) Er.nergency lnstructions.-simple and specíal instructions shail be
framed to ensure that effective measures will be carried out in cases, of
emèrgency, to dealwith possible escapes of inflammable explosive, toxic or
deleterious Qas'es, vapours, liquid or dusts. These instructions shall be in
lhe fanguage understood by the maiority of the workers and shall be
displayed in bold letters at prom¡nent places in the different sections
concerned. All concerned workers shall be suitably tra¡ned and fully in-
.s-tructed ¡n the prompt action to be taken in such emergencies and alio in
the general hazards encountered in this proce$s.
J3) Fire and-Explosion Risks.=ln any part of the factory where there is a
dahger duq,tp fire or explosion fronr inflammable gas, vapour or dust-
(i) No intelnal combustion engine and no electric motor or other electrical
: equipment or instrument capable of generating sparks or otherwise
, causing combustion shall be installed or used in a building engaged in

I Ins. by G.N. datéd 2nd July, 197ó

 142 The Føctories Rutes, 1963
.à.laharasht¡.a

the processes. All electrical fitting shall be of suitable flame-proof

construction.
(ii) All pipes carry¡ng hot exhaust or chemicaîù shâll be ínstalled outside
the plant building and where this is not poss¡ble, these pipes including
the flanged portion shall be effectively lagged.
, (iii) Where an inflammable atmospherê is likely to occur the soles of
footwear worn by workers shall have no metal on them and the wheels
of trucks or conveyors shall be conslructed oT non-sparking maler¡als.
, Adequate precautions shall be taken to prevent the ignition of ex-
plosive or inflammable atmosphere by sparks emitted from locomo-
: tives or other vehicles operating in the vicinity.
. {iv} Portable electric hand lamps shall not be used unless of an intrinsi-
'
'cally safe type and all portable electr¡c toois and appliances connected
by flexible qvires shall not be used, unless thô3e aro of suitable
f lam e-proof ionstruction.

(v) No electr¡c arc lamp no naked light lixed or porlable, shall be used and
'no person shall have in his possession any match or
any apparatus ol
any type for producing a naked light or spark and all incandescent
electric lights shall be in double airtight covers.
, (v¡) Pl'ominent notices in the language understood by {þe majority of the

of naked lights and tho carrying of matches or any apparatus for

producing a.naked light or spark shalt be affixed at the èntrance ol
every room or place where there is the risR of fire or explosion from
inflammable liquid gas, vapour or dust. ln the case ol illiterate workers,
' the contents ol the notices shall.be fully and carefully explained to
. ' them when thoy commence work in lhe factory for tha lirsi tirne and

(vii) A suflicient supply of spades, scrapers and pails made frorn suÍtabte
. non-sparking mater¡al shall be provided for the use of persons
employed in cleaning out and/or removing residence from any cham-
,
ber, still, tank or other vesdels where any inflammable or explosive
danger may occur.
(viíD All machinery and plant, particularly pipe lines, belt-drives, stirer on
. which static electricity is likely to accumulate shall be effectively
' : earthed. to
: Receptacles fOr inflammable liquids shatl have metallic con-
earthened supply tanks to pievent sparking due to stat¡c
nections
charge build up,
(4) Add¡tional Special Precautlons.-(i) The heating of the process, if
required, shall not be carried out by immersion or other types of heaters.
deriving energy lrom electricity.
(ii) The steam heating coils placed ¡n the lower part of the vessel shall
never be kept uncovered or allowed to be heated dry. A substant¡al amount
of the liquid shall be ensured in the vessel after each operat¡on to ¡nsure
lhis:
Provided that in case employing out of vessels filled with high metting
. productb, the steam shall be stopped/disconnected to the heaiing coils,
before draining piocess is started to ensure that lhe heating coils are free
gf steam before they are uncovered.
 The Ilaharashtra Factories Rules. 1963 143

{iii) steam shall be supplied through a pressure reducing valve ând a

safety valve correclly set to ensure that the critical temperature of the
process is not exceeded.
(iv) A suitable rupture disc shatl be provided on the vessel in addition to
the -usual spring-loaded safety valve. The pipe duct leading away from the
ruptÏrre disc shall be taken out of the work-rôóm shall be strãght ano witrout
any bends in order to minimise'resisiance at the time ol blowíñg and to avoid
'any chance of a secondary vapour/air explosion.
(v) The vent line of the vessel shall carry a flame-arrestor.
(v¡) Breaking of vacuum, if the process ís done under vacuum,.on account
of consideration of special hazards inherent in the process, shall be done
only with nitrogen, other suitabte in'ert gas.or steam. Compressed air
_
connection to the manífolds of the vdssel equipment shall be avoided.
' (vii) There shall be-an automatic cut-off device of steam suppty or other
heating devices as well as of further feed to the vessel set td oþerate, no
sooner the crítical temperature is reached, beyond which the reaction, if any,
Ìn the vessels is likely to get out of cûntrôt oi reach run-away stage.
(viii) There shall be arrangement such that it would be. possible to
introduce quickly, preferably chilled water or atleast ordinarv cool water
circulation in the steam or other hearing coils, no sooner the hearing
element is cut-ofl or separate coils or jackets for this purpose shall be.
provided for the vessel.-,

(ix) An alarm system shall be provided tinked to the pressure indicator of

the vessel, so lhat automatically an audibte warning will be given as soon
as the pressure exçeeds the present safe limit.
(x) Thgre shall be provided an automatic arrangement such lhaf if the
mechanical agitation, where so provided, fails on account of failure ol motive
power or due to broken shaft; broken blades, failing of blades or such other
contingencies, the supply of stêam or other heating devices as well as
further feed of material would stop automatícally.
(5) Exemptions.-ll the chiet tnspector of Factories is satisfied ¡n respect
-
ol a¡v lacrgry of any process that owing to the special conditions or special
methods of work adopted or by reason of the infrequency of the process or
lor olher reasons, all or any of the requirement of this ruld are not'necessary
for the protection of persons. employed in any lactory or any process, hä
may by order-in wr¡ting (which h-e may in his discretio'n revokê ât.any time)
exempt such factory or such proöess from all or any of the provisions-of thió
rule, subject to such c'ondition as he may by such order prescribe and he
may,.in his.discretion add, substract or modjfy such conditions as deemed
fit by him at any time.
SCHEDULE
(1) Nitro orAmino processes meaning the manufacture of niiro or amíno
derivative .of P.henol Toluene and of Benzene or its Comologus and the
making of explosir,'e with the aid ol any of lhese substances.
, (2) Halogenation Brocess meaning the addition or substitution reaction
with a'wide variety of:
{a) Chlor¡ndtion agenls and systems such as Chlorine.gas, Hydrochloric
.. Acid, Sodiumlhypochlorite, Phosgene, Thionyl Chtoride (SOCte) Sut-
phonyl Chloride, (SOziCld Phosphoruç and such others.
 144 .. The M.rhorashtra Factoríes Rules, 1963

(b) Fluorination agents such as Fluorine.

(c) Bromination agents such as a Brom¡ne.
(d) lodination agents suih as iodine, in liquid gas phases.
' (3) Aromatizãtion and lsomerization processl or
t¡73.t; Planting of trees.-ln every factory'wherein.more
than one hundred
,workers are ordinarily employed, the occupier of a factory shall plant and
ma¡ntaln trees within the precincts of the factory after the approúal of the
rtumber, type and layout of trees by the District Forest officei ðoncerned or
any qualified horticulturist.l
' Rule prescribed under sections 4t and 4lG
?¡ZS-J. Safety Committee...(1) ln every factory- '
(a) wherein 250 or more workers are ordinarily employed; or
(b) which carries on any pr0cess or operation declarèd to be dangerous .

under section 87 of the Act; and employs more than S0 workerè; or , -

(c) which carries on 'hazardous p.roceis' ás'defined undèrsection z(cb)
, of the Act and employs more than 50 workers,
there shall be a Safety Committee.
. (2).The represe¡tatives of the Management on Safety Committee shall
include- :
(a) A seníor ofÍicial, who by his position in the organisation can contribute
:, effectively to the lunclio¡ing of the Committee, shall be the Chairman;
(b).4 Salety Oflicer and Factory Medical Otficer, wherever available and
the Salety Officer in such .e case shail be the Secretary of the
: Committee;
1c) À ,"pr"r"ni"tive each from the production, maintenance and purchase
departments. I
(3) The workers' representatives on this Coinmittee shall be elected by
the workers
.' (4) The tenure of the Committe'e shall be t,iuo yeais-
(5) Safety Committee'shall meet as often as necessary but at least once
in every quarter. The minutes of th'e meeting shall. be reçorded and
produced to the lnspector on demand.
{6) Safety Committee shall have the right to-
, {a} ask for necessary information.concerning health and safety of the
workers;
(b) seek any relevant information concerning health and safety of the
workers.
. (7) Functíons and duties of the Salety Committee shall include-
(aj assisting and co-oþeratirig with the management in achieving the aims
ând objectives outlined in the 'Health and Safety Poticy' of the
. occupier;
, .(b) deating with all matters concerning health, salety and environment
' and ls arrive at practicable solutions to problems encountered;

Ins. by C.N., dared 22.5.1984 published in MGc Part I-L (Exlra) 206
2 Rule 73-J to73-Z ins. by G.Noti. dated 10.1.199û M.c.c. Pr. I-L Extra.P.4O.
 The Maharashtra Factories Rules,1963 145

(c) creating safety a]¡varsness amongsl all workers;

, (d) undertaking educational, training and promotional activities;
(e) deliberating on reports of safety, environmental and occupational
health survóys, emòrgency plans safety audits, risk assessment and
implementali-on of the recommendations made in the reports;
(l) carrying out health and safety surveys and identily causes o{ acci-
dents;
*' tooking into any complaint
, (g) made on the tikelihood of an imminent I

dangeito the salety and health of the wofkers and suggest corlective
measures; and I

(h) reviewing the iffiplementation oT the recommendations made by it. !

I
ì
(8) Where owing to the size of the factory,--or any othel reason, the
fuùi¡ons relerred tó in sub-rule (7) cannot be effectively carried out by the I

Safety Commlttee, it may establish Sub-committee as may be required' to I

assist it. i
I
l
CHAPTER IV.A I

,, , Rules prescribed under sectian 41-A read with section 112

, 73-K. Site Appraisal committee.-(1) The following provisions shall
govern the functibhing of the Site Appraisal Committee, hereinafter relerred
tb as the "Commfüee" in this ruls-
(a) The State Government may const¡tute a Site Appraisal Committee and
reconstitute the Committee as and when necessary.
(b) The State Government may appoint. a senior officiat of the Factor¡es
' I i lnspectorate to be the Secretaiy ol the Committee-
(c) The state Government may appoint the following as members of the
'Committee,-
(¡) a represenlative of the Fire service organisation of the state
Government;
: (ii) a representative of the Department ol lndustries;
(iii)' a representative of the Director General ol Factory Advice Service
' and'Labour lnstitutes, BombaY-
(2) NO member,- unl"gs requirèd to do so by a Court of Law, shall disclose
'of
otnei¡r,ise than in connection with the purposes the Act, at any time any
intoimát¡on rãtating to manufacturing oi commercial business or any-workìng'
ôr.oeãsã *n¡cfr mai cofne to his. knówtedge.during
his tenure as a Member
on th¡s Committee.
(3) Application for appraisal of s¡tes- -
'r
(a) Applications {or appraisal of sites in respect.gl tlì9 factoleþ covered
under section Ztãtii oì ine Rpt shall be dubmitted to the Châirman of
the Site Appraisal Committee.
(b)' The âpplication for site'apprafsal alongwith 15 coþies thereof shall be
' sunm¡ttbO in the Form âñnexed ttj this rufe. The.Committee may
dispense with furnishing the information on any particulaf item in the
Apþtication Form if it õonsider the same to be not relevant to the
application under consideration.
(41 Functians of the Committee-
 146 The Maharashtra Factor¡es Rules. 19ó3

(a) The Secretary shall arrange to register the application received for
appraisal of site in a separate reg¡ster and acknowledge the same
within a period of 7 days.
{b) The Secretary shall fix up meeting in such a manner ünt all the appti-
cations received and registered are referred to the committee within
a period of one month from the date of their receipt
(c) The Committee may adopt a procedure for its working keeping in view
, the need for expeditious disposal of applications.
(d) The Committee shall examine the application for appraisat of a site
wilh reference to the proh¡b¡t¡ons and restrictions on the location of
industry and carrying on processes and operations in different ar,eas
' q! pe{ the provisions of rule 5 of the Environment (protection) Ruleq;
1986 framed under the Environment Protection Act, 1986.
(e) The Committee may call for documents, examine experts, inspect the.
site if necessary and take other steps for formulating its úiews in
regard to the suitability of the site.
(f) Wherever the proposed site requires clearance by the Ministry of
lndustries or the Ministry of Environment and Forests, the applicâtion
for Site Appraisal will be considered by the Site Appraisal Committee
. , only after such clearance has been received.
FORMAT OF APPLICATION TO THE SITE APPRAISAL COMMITTEE
1. Name and address of the applicant
2. Site Ownership Data-
(1). Revenue details of site such as
No..,.................... etc.
{2.} Whether the site is classified as forest and if so, whether approval of
the Central Government under section 5 of tlre lndian Forest Act, ig27 has
been taken.
(31 Whether the proposed s¡te attrâcts the provisions of section A(2){v) of
the Environment Protection Act, 1986. lf so, the nature of the restrictions.
(4) Local authority under whose iurlsdlction the site is located-
3. Site Plan-
(t) Site Plan with clear identification of boundaries and totat area
proposed to be occupied and showing the following details near the
{a) Historícal Monument, if any, in the vicinity.
(b) Names of neighbouring manufacturing units and human habitãts,
educational and training institutions, petrol instaltat¡ons, storages
of LPG and other hazardous substances in the vicinity and their
distances from the proposed Unit.
{c) Water sources (rivers, streams, canals, dams, water filtration
plants, etc,) in the vicinity.
(d) Nearest hospilals, fire-stations, civil defence stations and police
' stations and their'distances.
(e) High tension electr¡cal transmission lines, pipe lines for water, o¡t,
gas or sewerage, railway lines, roads, stations, jetties and other
similar installations.
 The MaharashtraFactotles Rules,1963 142

{2) Detairs of soir conditions and depth at wh¡ch hard stratâ obta¡ned.
. (3) contour map of the arba showing nearby
hilrocks and difference in
levels.
(4) Plot plan of the factory showing the entry
and exit points, roads within,
water drains, etc.
4. Project Report-
(1) A summary of the salient features of the project.
(2) status of the organisailon (Government,
semi-Government, pubric or
Private etc.) _

{3)Maximumnumþerofpersonslikelytobeworking'inthefactory.
(4) Mâximum amount of power and water requirements
the¡r supply and source ol.
(5) Block diagram of the buildings and ¡nstailations
project. in the.proposed
(6)- Detairs of housing coronies, hospitars,
schoors and othe¡ infrastruc-
tural facitities proposed-
5. Organisatìon structurre of the proposed manufacturing
unit or faaory_
{1) Organisation diaþrams of_
Proposed enterprise in general.
Hearth, safety
.and Environment protection depaüments and their
linkage to operation and technical dåpartments.
{2) Proposed Heatth and Safety pgticy
(9) Area allocated for treatment of wastes
and effluefis
*^fl..lj-r.entase ou'ay on sarery, h;rrtñt;;J ;;;;;*""t protecrion
measures.
6. Meteorctogical data retating to the site:-
(1) Average, minimum and maximum oÊ ;

Temperature :

Humidity
.' Wind vetocities during the pre¡rious ten years.
(2) Seasonal variations ol wind direction.
(3) Highest water tevet reached cluring the floods in
the area recorded.so
'tar. r

(4) Llghting and seismic data of the area.

.7. tommunication Links-
- (1.). Availaoi[ty ot terephone/telex, wireress and other communications
r:ulrl'6¡¡u'rù

;ihihïx;;jn*n**"0
. (1) Process flow.diagram.
(2) Brief wrile-up on process and tephnotogy. ,

(3)
. C.ritical process parameters such - -" as
-- pressure build-up, temperature
rise and run-way reactions.
 148 The Maharaslttra Factori€s Rules. 1963

(4) Other external effects critical to thê process having safety implica-
tions, such as ingress of moisture or water, contact with incompatible
substances, sudden power failure.
(5) Highlights of the built-in salety/pollution control devices or meas¡res/
incorporated in the manufaqturing technology.
9. lnformation on Hazardous Materials.-
(1) Raw rnater¡als, intermediates, products and by-products and their
quant¡ties (Enclose materials safety data sheet in respecl of each hazardous
substance).
{2) Main and intermediate storage proposed for raw materials/inter-
mediates productsiby-products (maximum quantities to be stored at any
time).
(3) Transportation methods to be used lor materials inflow and outflow,
lheir quant¡ties and likely routes to be followed.
{4) Safety measures proposed for-
handling of materials,
internal and external transportation; and
disposal (packing and forwardíng of finished produc!). :.
10. lnformation on Dispersal/Disposal of Waste and Pollutants.-
(1) Major pollutants {gas, liquid, solid), their characterist¡cs and quantitíes
(average and at peak loads).
(2) Quality and quantity of solid wastes generated, method of their
treatment and disposal.
(3) Air, water and soil pollution problems anticipated and !þe proposed
measures to control lhe same, including treatment and disposal ol effluents.
11. Process Hazards Information.
(1) Enclose a copy of the report on environmental impact assessment.
{2) Enclose a copy of the report on Bisk Assessment Sludy.
(3) Published (open or classified) reports, if any, on accident situa-
tions/occupational health hazards in similar plants elsewhere (within or
outside the country)
12. lnformation on proposed Salety and Occupational Heafth MeasureE-
(1) Datails of fire-lighting facifities and minimum quanti$ of !t¡âter,. Gqe
and/or other f ire-f ighting m easures needêd' to meet lfië effêrgenciës.
(2) Details of in-house medical faoilities proposed.
13. tnfarmation on Emergency Preparedness.-
(1) On site emergency plan.
(2) Proposed arrangemenls, il any, for mutual aid scheme with the group
of neighbouring factories.
14. Any other relevant information.-
I certify that the information lurnished above is correctio the best of my
knowledge and nothing of importance has been concealed while furnishing
it.
 The lvÍaharashtr{r Factories Rules, 1963 14g

Name and s¡gnature of the applicant.

Rutes made under Sec.7A(S),418(2) and tI2
73-L. Health and Safety policy-
(1) occupier of every {actory, excepr as provided for in sub-rule
shall
prepare a_wriüen statement of his polÍcy in respect of health ano {2),
òaïety ot
workers at work.
(2) All factories-
' (a) covered under seciion 2(m){i) but employing less than 50 workers;
cdvered under section 2(m) are exempted from requirements of
{b).'sub-rule
(1):
Provided that, they aie not covered in the first schedule under section
2(cb) or cgrryilg gul processes or operations declared to be dangerous
under section 87 of the Act.
(3) Notwithstanding anything contained in sub-rute
{2}, the chief tnspec-
tor-may require the occupÍers of any of the factories, or ôlass or descriftion
with the requirements of sub-rute {1), if, in his opi¡-ion
Í,lrllgtiq:,o.gom,pty
rt ts expedient to do so.
{4) The Health and Salety poticy shoutd contain or deal with:-
{a) declared ínlention and commitment of the top management to health,
salety and environment and compliance, w¡ür allthe ielevant statutory
requirements;
(b) organisational s.e1.-up lo cany out the declared policy, clearly assign-
ing the responsibility at different levels; and
(c) arrangements for making the policy eflective.
(5) ln particular, the Poticy shoutd specify the following:-
(a) arrangements for involving the workers;
(b) intention of taking into account the health and safety performance of
' indivíduals ât different levels while considering their-câreer advance-
ment;
' (c) fixing the responsibilÍty ol the contractor, sub-contractors, transporters
and other agencies entering the premises;
(d) providing a resume of health and safety performance of the factory in
' its Annual Report;
(e) relevant techniques and methods, such as safety audits and risk
assessment for periodical assessment of the status on health, safety
and envircnnrerd and takíng all the remedial measures;
(f) statlng. its intention to integrate health and safety in ail decisions
includlng those dealing with purchase of plant, equ¡pment, machinery
an{material as.well as sqlection and p{acement of personnel;
'(g) arrangements lor informing, educating and
training and retraining its
own employees at different levels and the public, wherever required.
(6) A copy of the declared Health and Safety PolÍcy signed by the
Occupier shall be made available to the inspector having jurisdiction over
the faetory and to the Chiei lnspector.
(7) The Policy shall be made widely known by-
 150 The Maharashtra Factories Rules.1963

(a) making. cop¡es ava¡lable to all workers including contract workers,

apprent¡ces, transport workers, suppliers, etc.
(b) displaying copies of the poticy at conspicuous piaces; and
(c) an-y oJher means of communication in a language understood by
majority of workers.
(8) T¡g occupier shail revise the Safety. policy as often as may be
appropriate, but it shall necessarity be revised under the followingi iir-
cumstances, namely-
(a) whenever any expansion or modification having implications on'safety
and health of persons at work is rnade; or
(b) whenever new substance(s) or articles are introduced in the manufac-
turing process .having imptícations on health and safety of persons
exposed to such substances.
Rules made-under section 4lB and ll2
73-M. Gotlection and devetopment and dissenîination of information.-
{1) The occupier of every factory carrying on a 'hazardors proãeis'snà1r
arrange to obtain or develop informalion in the form of Materiäl safety Data
sheet_ in respect ol every hazardous substance or material handled-ln thà
manufacture, transportätion and storage ín the factory. lt shall be accessible
upon request to a worker for reference.
(a) Every such Material safety Datta sheet shall include the foilowing
information, namely:-
(i) the identity used on the tabel;
{ii) hazardous ingredient of the substance;
'
{iii) physical and chemical clraracleristics of the hazardous substance;
(iv) physica_l hazards of the hazardous substance, including the poten-
tial for fire, explosion and reactivity;
(v) health hazards of the hazardous substance, including signs and
symptoms of exposure, and any medical conditions .wh¡ch are
generally recognised as being aggravated by the exposure to the
substance;
- (v¡) the primary route(s) of entry;
(vii) the permissibte timits of exposure prescribed in the Second
Schedule under section 41-F of the Act, and in respect of any
Chemical not coveied by the said schedule, any exposure limit
' used or recommended by the manufacturer, impcirter or occupier;
{viii) any gene¡ally applicable precautions for safe handling and use of
. the hazardous substances, which are known, including appropriate
hygienic practices, proteclive measures during repairs and main-
tenance of contaminated equipment; procedures for clean-up of
spills and ldaks;
(ix) any generally applicable control measures, such as appropriate
engineering, contfols, work praclices, or use of personal protective
equÍpment;
(x) emergency and fírst-aid procedures;
(xi) the date of preparation of the Material Safety Data Sheet, .of the
last change to it; and
 Th¿ Maharasht¡a Factories Rules, 1963. 151

(xii).the name, ad'dress and telephone number of the manufacturer,

!mporter, occupi€r^or other responsíble party preparing or distribut-
ing the Materiar safety Data sheet, who bän þroviãe additionar
information on the hazardous substance and appropriate emergen-
cy procedures, if necessary
(b). The occupier while obtaining or developing a Material safety Data
.
Sheet in respect of a hazardous substance shail eñsure that ifre ¡ntorinat¡on
recorded accurately rellects the scientific evidence used in making the
hazard determination. lf he becomes newly aware of any significant infõrma-
t¡on regarding the hazards, of a substanie, or ways tó prótect against the
hazards; this new information shall be added to the Mäteriat sa"tety oáta
Sheet as soon as practicabte.
^ (c) The Material safety Data sheet shail be in the form given in the
Schedule to thÍs Rule.
(2| Labelling-
Ever.y. container of a hazardous substance shall be clearly labelled or
marked to identify:-
(a) the contenls of the container;
-(b) - the name and address of the manufacturer or: importer of the
hazardous substance;
(c) lhe physical and heatth hazards; and
(d) th,e recommended personal protective,equipment needed,to work
safely with the hazardous substance.
SCHEDULE

: (Material Safety Data Sheet)

SEcTloN 1:MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION AND USE
Material
Namelldentilier

Manufacturer's Name Supplier's Name

Street Address Street Address

City State City

Postal Code Emergency' Postal Emergency

Telephone No. Code Telephone No.
Chemical Chemical ldentity
Name

Trade Name and Synonyms Product use

SEGTION ll; HAZARDOUS INGREDIENTS OF MATERIAL

Hazardous Approximate C:A.S, or L.D. 50 L.C. 50

lngredients Concenlration UN Number (Specify (Specify
o/o
Species and Species and
Route) Floute)
 152 The l*laharashtt-a Factories Rules, 1963

SECTION lll: PHYSICAL DATA FOR MATERTAL

Physical State Odour and Odour Specific

-Gas-Liquid-Solid Appearance Threshold Gravity
(pp.m.)

lapour Vapour Evaporation Boiling Freezing,

Pressure (mm) density Rale point Point
(Air-1) (oc) (oc)

Solubility in PH Density Go-efficient of

Water (g/ml) Water/Oil
. (o2oc) Distribution
' SECï|ON lV: FIRË AND EXPLOS|ON HAZARD OF MATEHTAL

Flammability-
-Yes-No. lf yes, under what conditions

Means of Extínction

Special Procedüres

Flash polnt (oC) Upper Exploslve Lower Explosive

and Method Limit (% by Volume) Limit (o/o by Volume)
Auto-ignition
^ TDG Flammability .. Hazardous combustion products
Temperalure (oC)

Explosion Data-sensitivity to chemical : :. seniitivity to stailc Discharge

lmpact

SECTION V ; REACTIVITY DATA

Chemical Stability
-Yes-No. lf no, under what conditlons.

lncompatibilíty with olher substances

-Yes-No. lf yes, whlch ones

Reactivity and under what conditions

Hazardous Decomposition Prod ucts

Material
Name/ldentifier

SEcTtoN Vl: TOXICOLOGICAL PH'OPERTIES OF MATERTAL

Route of Entry o ,.
-Skin Contact -S(in Absorption -Eye Contact-
- lnhalation Acute -lnhalation Chronic -lngestion
 The Maharashtra Factories Rules, t9ó3 153

Effects ol Acute Exposure to Material

Eflect of Chronic Exposure to Material

Exposure lrrilancy of
Limil(s) Material
Sensitization to Material Carcinogenicity, Reproductive Elfects,
Teratogen icity, Mutagenicity

Synergistic Materials

SECTION VII: PFEVENTIVE MEASURES

PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT

Gloves(Specify) Respiratory (Specify) Eyes (Specify)

.
Footwear (Specily) Ctorhing (Speci{y) Other (Specify)
Engineering conlrols (e.9. ventilation, enclosed process, etc.) please specify

Leak and Spill Procedures

Waste Disposal

Handling Procedures and Equipment

Storage Requirernents

Special Shipplng lnlormation

SEOTION Vlll: FIRST AID MEASUHES

First Aid Measures

Sources used

Additional lnform ation

SECTION IX; DATE OF PREPARATION oF MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET

Prepared by (Group, Department, etc.) phone No. ' Date

Notes.-
.1.CASorUNNumber-chemicalAbstractServicecrUnitedNationS(UN).
number. .
.. -..,,
2. I_D 50-Letha¡ Doze-S0% (LD 5O-specify species and route.)
3. LD S0-Lethal concentrat¡on-sO% (LC s0-specify species and route).
4. TDG Flammability-Transport of Dangerous Goods Flammability clas-
sifications by United Nations.

73-N. Disclosure of lnformation to workers.-{1) The occupier of a

on a'Hazardous'process' shall suþ¡ily to all workers the
factory. carrying
Jollowing information in retation to handlings of tìazárdous mater¡als or
substances in the manufacture, transportation, storage and other process:-
154. The Facaories Rules, ]963
^[aharashtra
(a) requirements of sections 41F, 41C and 41H of the Act;
(b) a list of.házardous processes carried on in the factory;
(c) location and avaílability ol all Material Safety Data Sheets as per rule
73-M;
(d) physical and heallh hazards arising out of the exposure to or handling
of substances;
(e) measures taken by the occupier to ensure safety and control ot
physical and health hazards;
(f) measures to be taken by the workers to ensure safe handling, storage
and transportation of hazardous substances;
(g) Personal Protectíve Equiprnen't required tO be used by workers
employed in 'hazardous process' or dangerous operation;
(h) meaning of various labels and markings used on the containers of
hazardous substances as provided under Rule 73-M;
: (i) sign and Symptoms likely to be manifested on exposure to hazardóus
substances and to whom to report;
(j) measuies to be taken by the workers in case of any spillage or leakage
of a hazardous subslance;
(k) role of workers vis-a-vis the emergency plan of the factory, in
particular the evacuation procedures;
(l) any other infoimation considered necessary by the occupier to ensure
salely and health of workers.
(2) The informaÌion required by sub-rule (1) shall be complied and made
known to workers individually through supply of booklets or leallets And
display ol cautionary noticos at the work places.
(3) The booklets, leaflets and the cautionary notices displayed :in the
factory shall be in the language understood by the major¡ty of the workers,
and also explained to them.
(4) The Chief lnspector may dlrect the occupier to supp¡y lurther inlorma-
tion to lhe wofkers as deemed necessary.
73-O, Disclosure of information to general public.-(l) The occupier ol
every factory carrying on a 'hazardous process' shall in consultation with the
District Emergency AuthorÍty designated by the State Government, take
appropriate steps to inform the general public who are likely to be in the
area which might be affected by an accident. Such information shall include-
(a) name of the factory and address where situated;
. (b) identification, by names and position, of the person g¡v¡ng the
information;
(c) confirmation that the factory has approvalfrom the Factories lnspec-
torate and Pollution Control Board:-
{d) an exptanation in simple terms of the hazardous process(s) carried on
in the premises;
(e) the common names of the hazardous substances used which could
give rise to an accident likely to affect them, with an indication of the¡r
principal harmf ul characteristics;
 The Maharashtra Factories Rules, Ig63 155

(f) brief description of the measures to be taken to minimise the risk of

such an alcident in compliance with íts legat obligations under
relevant safety statutes;
(g) salient features of the approved disaster control mêasures adopted in
the factory;
(h) details of the factory's emergency warning system, for the General
Public;
{i} general advice on the artion members ol the public should take on
hearing the warning;
ü) brief description of arrangements in the factory, inctuding liaison with
the emergency services, to deal with foreseeable accidènts of such
nature and to minimise their effects; and
'(k) tletails of where further inlormation can be obtained.
(2) The occupier shall also suppty any further inlormation,-
, (a) to general public as directed by the Emergency planning Officer from
time to time;
, (b) to the elected representatives ol the general public on request.
_ (3) The occupier shall endeavour to enter into an agreement with the'
',lmergency Planníng Officer for the area, within whose jqrisdict¡on.ths
factory is. situated for the Emergency Ptanning officer to táke appropriate
s19ps to inform the Generat Pubtic outside the lactory who are tikbty to be
, affected by an accident as required in sub-rule {1).
''(1) The information preçcribed in sub-rule (1) shail be in the Regionat
Language and in English or Hindi.
73-P. Disclosure of information to the local authority.-The occupier of
,. pv-erf fagtory carrying on a'hazatdous process, shall furnish the foliowing
¡nformation in writing to the local authority having jurisdiction over the areá
in'which the factory is situated; namely:-
(a) The information lurnished to gsneral public as prescribed in rule 7O-O,
', " (b)-A statement of the names and quantities generally stored or in
prescribed under clauses (vi) and (vii) of sub- section (2) ol section 3
of ihe Environment (Protection) Act, 1986.
73-Q. Disclosure of information to District Emergency Authority.-
The occupier of a factory carrying on a hazardous process, ênall intimáte.
the DistrÍct Emergency Authority designatëd by.the State Government, all
information having a bear¡ng on preparation of an on-sitê emergency plan
, :âttd â disaster control and management pfan in respect of the factory.

- WÍtno¡:t prejudice to the general¡ty of this clause, the occupier shall

furnish the District Emergency AuthoriÌy the follow¡ng:-
(a) a report on status relating to r¡sk assessment and environmental
impact assessment and the measures taken for prevention of acci-
dents,
(b) by compilation of Material Data Sheets ¡n respect of hazardous
substances used, produced or stored in the factory,
(c) a staternent on all possible sources of accidents involving fire,
explosion, release or leakage of toxic substances and the plan of the
premises where such an accident may occur,
 15ô The ifaharash¡ra Factories Rutes, ]963

(d) a Statement on resources and facil¡ties available for deating with an

emergency including any agreement entered into with a neighbouring
factory for aid and assistance in the event of an emergency,
(e) a map of the area showing the approaches to the factory, localion of
ernergency facilities such as hospitals, police, fire services,
(f) the organisâtion of the management and the responsibítity for safety,
indicating therein the persons responsible for, on-site emergency
action.
(g) details relating to alert systems,
(h) information on availability of antidotes lor poisoning resulting from an
acc¡dent,
'(i) any other information as may be considered relevant by the occup¡er
-or asked for by the District Emergency Author¡ty:
73-R, Disclosure of informatÍon to the Ghief lnspector.-(1) The oc-
:cupier of every factory carrying on 'hazardous process' shall furnish, in
writing, to the chie{ lnspector a copy of all the information furnished to the
workers, local authority, general public and the District Emergerlc.y
Authority.
(2) A copy of compilation of Materiat Safety Data Sheets in respect of
hazardous substances used, produced or stored in the factory shall be-
furnished to th'e Chief lnspector, and the local lnspector.
(3) The occupier shall also furnish any other inlormation asked for by the
Chief lnspector from time lo time for the purpose of this Act,and Rules made
thereunder.
:, ,,73-S. lnformation on industrial wastes.-(1) The information lurnished
,.under rules 73-N, 73-O, 73-Q and 73-R shall include the quantitv of the solid
and liquid wastes generated per day, their characteristjcs'and.ilie method ol
treatment such as incineration of solid wastes; chemical and biological
treatment of liquid waste, and arrangements for their final disposal.
(2) lt shall also include ¡nlormation on the quality and quantity of gaseous
wastes discharged through the stacks or othér opônings'and airangements
such as provision of scrubbers, cylone separators, electrostatic precipitators
"or similar such arrangements made for controlling poltuiion of the environ-
ment.
(3) The occupier shall also furnish the information prescribed in the
. sub-rules (1) and (2) to the State Pollution Control Board.
'
öccupier shall review once.in every calendar year and modily, if necessary,
the information furnished under Rule 73-N to 73-R to the workers, general
public, local authority, Chiêf Inspector and the District Emergency Authority.
(2) ln the event ol any.change in the process of operations or methods or
' work or when any'ne*u.substance is introduced in the process or in the event
of a serious accidênt'Ating place, the information so furnished shall be
reviewed and modified to the extent necessary.
' .73-U. Confidentiatity of information.-The occupier of a factory carrying
on 'hazardous process' shall disclose all informaiion needed for protecting
safety and health of workers and the general public in the neighbourhood'
to,-
(a) His workers;
 Tlte ltlaharashtt.a Factories Rutes, 1963 157

(b) District Emergency Authority,

as required under rutes z3-N and 7B-e. lf the occupier is oT the opinion that
the disclosure of details regard¡ng the process and formulations will adver-
sely alfect his business interests, he may make a representation to the chief
lnspector statlng the reasons for withholding such information. The chief
lnspec-tor shall give an opportunity to the occupier of being heard and pass
an order on the representation.
An.occupier.aggrieved by an order of Ghief lnspector may preler an
lppeal before the state Government within a period bt so oays. Íhe state
Government shall give. an opportunity to the bccupier of nèlng nearo âno
pass an order- The order of.the state Government'shall be linal.
Rules made under sectionç 4l-8, 4t-c ana t iz specific responsibility of
the occupier in relation ta hazardous process '
73-v. Medical Examination.-(1) workers employed in a ,hazardous
process' shaU be medícaily examined by a quatiiieó medicat pràctit¡ónãi
hereinafter referred to as Factory Medicai offiðer, in the following manner,
namely:-
{a) once before employment'to ascerlaùl physical fitness of the person to
do lhe particular job, .

{b} once in a period'sl'6 months, to ascêrtain the health status ol allthe

wor'kers in respecl of occupational health hazards to..which they àre
exposed, and in cases where in the opinion, of ine ractoii Meoical
' ^ olficer ¡t ¡s necessary to do so at a shórter interval in respéct of any
worker,
' (c) the details of pre-employment and periodical medical examinations
carried out as aforesaid shall be redorded in the Health Register iÁ
Form 7.
(2) No person shall be employed for the first time without
' _Fitness in Form 6 granted by the Fqctory Medical officer. att certilicate of
tne raCtory
Medical officer declares a person unfit foi being employed in any process
covered under sub-rule (1), such a person shalj havd th'e right toãþpeatto
the certifying surgeon whose opinion shall be final in this régard. ' '
(3) Any findings of the Factory Medical offieer revealing any abnormality
or unsuitability of_qny-person emptoyed in the process snãl¡ inímeoiately bå
reported to the certifying surgeon who shall in lurn, examined the óon-
-.esrned worker and eommunicate his lindings to the
--ll'the Ceitifliing occupier within 30 days.
Surgeon is of the opinioñ that the riùo'fker so examíne is
required to be taken away from the process for health protert¡on, he will
direct the occupìer accordingly, who shall not employ the said worker in the
same process. However the workef so taken away shall be provided with
alternate placement unless he is fuily incapacitatéd, in the dpinion of the
c9rtity.i10. s.urgeon, in which case fhe worker affected shati oe suitably
rehabilitated:
Provided that, the cerlifying surgeon on his own may examine any
worker when he considers it necessary to do so for a-scertaining thá
suitability of his employment in the 'hazardous process' or for âscertã¡ning
the health status of any worker.
(4) The workeltaken away from employment in any process under
sub-rule (2) may be employed again in the same prócäss onty after
 158 The Mah¿rashtre Facrories Rales. 1963

obta¡ning the Fitness certificate from the certilying surgeon and after
making entr¡es to that effect in Ìhe Heatth Register.
(5) An lnspector may, if he deems ¡t necessary to do so, refer a worker
to.the ce4ifying surgeon for Medicat Examination as required under
sub-¡qle (1). The opinion of the certifying surgeon in such a iase shail be Tr
final. The fee required for this medical examlnation shall be paid by the !

occupíer.
l
. (6) The.worker required to undergo medical examination under these
rules and'for any medical survey conducted by or on behalf of the central
or the state Government shall not refuse to undergo such medical examina-
tion.
73:W. Oc_cupationat Health Centres.-(I) ln respect of any factory
.carrying
on 'Ha-zardous Process' there shall be providðd and maiñtained iñ
Sood order an Occupationàl Heatth Centre with the services and lacilities as
, per scale laid down hereunder:-
,- ,'(a) For factories employing upto 50 workers,-
(¡) the services of Factory Medical officer on retainership basis, in his
. clinic to be notified by the ôccupier. He will carry out the pre-employ-
' ment and periodical medicat eiamination as stipulateO ¡ir rule ?S-V.
and render medical assistance duríng any emergency;
(iÐ a minimum of 5 persons trained in first-aid procedures amongst whom
atleast onê shall always be available during the working period;
(í¡i) a fully equipped first-aid box,
(b) For factories employing 51 to 200 workers,--
(i) an Occupational Health Centre having a room with a minimum floor
area of 15 sq.m. with.floors and walls made of smooth and impervious
.surface and with adequate illumination and ventilation as'well as
equipments as per the schedule annexed to this rule; :

{¡¡} a part-time Factory Medical Officer shail be in over-all charge of the

. Centre who shall visit the factory at least twice in a week an:d whose
services shall be readily available during medical emergencies;
(iii) one qualified and trained dresser-cum-compounder on duty
throughout the working period;
(iv) a fully equipped First-aid box in allthe departinents;
(c) For factories employing above 200 workers,-
' (i) one full-time Factory Medical Otficer for factories emproyrng uplo
.. 500 workers and one-more medical officer for every additional
1,000 workers or part thereof;
{ii} an Occupational Heafth Centre having at teast Z rooms each with a
.' : minimum floor area of 15 sq. m. with floqrs and walls made of
smooth and Ímpervious surface and adequate illuminat¡on and
ventilat¡on as well as equipments as per the schedule annexed To
this rule;
(iii) there shall be one nurse, one dresser-cum-compounder and one
sweeper-cun-ward boy throughout the working period;
(iv) the Occupational Heafth Centre shall be suitably equipped to
manage medical emergencies
 The Maharashtra Factories Rutes, 1963 1Sg

._.(2).
The. Factory Medical otficer, requ¡red to be appoínted under sub-ru¡e
!) shall have quatifications included in schedute io ttle lno¡an Medical
uegrees Act'of 1916 0r in the schedules to the lndian Medical councilAct,
1.956 and poss.essa Gertificate of Training ¡n inousli¡ai H;ãth of minimum
three months duration recognised by the State Governmeni
Provided that,-
ti) a person possessing a Diploma in lndustrial Heatth or equivatent shall
not be required to pCIssess the certificate of training as ãforesaio;
' (ii) the chief lnspector may, su.bject to such conditions as he may specify,
grlnl exemption from requirenient of this sub-rule, if in his ôpiniqnã
suitable person possessing the necessary quatificaiion is not available
for appointment;
(iii)
case of a person who has been working as a Factory Medical
-in
officerfor a period of not less than s years oñthe.date olcommence-
ment of this rule, the chief lnspector may, subject to the cond¡t¡òñ itrãt
ihe said. person shall obtain ttie aforesaÍá ceri¡t¡catà àafiainñé-wiihiri
a period of threo years, re¡ax.the qualification.
(3)
.The syllabus of.the.course leading to the above certificate, and the
organisations condusting the course shail be apprôved by the oe rÀslior
the state Government in accordance with the guldeliríeJ lss-ued by DG
FASLI.
(4) within one month of theapp.oitment of a Factory Medicat officer,
the
occupier of the factory shail fuiñish to rhe ctriet inipeúãiüre rollowing
particulars, namely:-
,
(a) Name and address of the Factory Me.dical Officer,
(b) Qualifications, :

(c) Experience, if any, and

(d) the sub-rule under which appointed.
SCHEDULE
Equipment îor aceupational Héalth Genfre ìn Factaries
1. A glazed sink with hot and cold water always available.
2:,A table w¡th a smooth top ¿g teast iB0 cm. X 105 cm.
3. Means for sterilizing instruments.
4. A couch
5. Two buckets or containers with close fittings lids.
6. A ketile and spirit stove or other suitable ,i".n, of boiling water
7. One bottle o1 spiritus ammeniac aromaticus (120 mt).
L Two medium size sponges
9. Two'Kidney'trays
10. Four cakes o{ toilet, preferabfy antiseptic soap:
11. Two glass tumblers and two wine glasses.
. 12. Two clinicalthermometers
13- Two tea spoons
14. Two graduated (129 ml) measuring glasses
15. One wash boüte'(1000 cc) for washing eyes
160 The ltlaharashtra Factories Rules' 1963

16. One bottle (one litre) carbolic lotion 1 in 20

17. Three chairs
18. One screen
19. One electric hand torch
20. An âdequate supply of tetanus toxied
21. Coramine liquid (60 ml)
22. Tablets - antihistaminic, antispasmodic (25 each)
23. Syringes with needles - 2 cc, 5 cc and 10 cc'
, Z+. two needle holders, blg and small'
'25. Suturing needles and mâterials
26. One dissecting forcePs
'27. One dressing forcePs
28. One scaPel
29. One stethoscoPe
30. Rubber bandage-pressure bandage
31. Oxygen cylinder with necessary attachments
sz. On" glood Pressure apparatus
33. One Patellar Hammer
.34. One Peak-flow meter for lung function measurement'
35. One Stomach wash-set
36. Anv other equipment recommended by th9 Factory Medical Otlicer
process.
a"ðõiO¡ng to specifiô need relating to manufactur¡ng
37. ln addition-
(1) For factories employing 51 to 200 workers-
1. Four plain wooden splints 900'mm X 100 mm X 6 mm'
2. Four ptain woode-n splints 350 mm X 75 mm X 6 mm'
3. Two plain woode'n splints 250 mm X 50 mm X 12 mm'
4. One Pair arterY torcePg-
5. lniections-morpþia, þethidine, atropine' adrenalinÞ'* coramine'
novocaine (2 each). ì

6. One surgical scissors-

worke.rs-'
{2) For Faetories employing abovê-':200 .. ^
1. Eight plain wooden splints 900 mm X 100 m.m¡^6 mm:
e. Eignt'plain wooden splints 350 mm X 75 mm X 6 mm'
3. Four.plain wooden splints 250 mm X 50 mm X 12 mm'
- l.Two Pairs arterY ÍorcePs'
S.lniections-morphia,Pethidine,atropine'adrenaline'coramine'
novocaine (4 each)-
6. Two surgieal scissors-
73-X. Ambulance Vans.- (1) In any factory c.arrying on 'hazardous
proóåi"'iü"rã *náit åã þiwìo'eq and.-maintained in good condition, a
(2)
with items ãs per sub-rule
suitably con$tructed ambulance van equlpped
 The Maharashtre Factories Rules, 1963 16i
and manned bv rhe fuil-time Driver-cum-Mechanic
first-a¡d, for the purpose of tra;spdrt;tlán ol ,"r¡ou, and Herper trained in
cases of âccidents or
sickness. The amburance van shàil not be used ror
purpose stiputated herein and will noimatty anv puipäse other thân
llre be stationed at or near to the
Occupational Health Centre:
Provided that, a
.!9ct9ry employin.g tess.than 200 workers, may make
arrangements for oro^curing such fácifity at short notice from nãåruv rrosp¡ial
or other places, to meet añV emergãnc'y.
(2) The Ambutance should have the foltowing
equipments,
,(a) Gene¡al.-A wheeted stretcher with folding and adjusting
the head of the stretcher capable of being titted upward; devices with,
Fixed suction unit
with equipment; Fix-ed oxyjen suppty rlitrr equip'meit,'piübï
Sheets-Btankets;- Towets;'Èmesis'nâé,. eeo pan,l Urinär, witn case;_
'so Giã;;.
- J!) la.retv dry
.equipment.-Fraros w¡trr l¡re or m¡nut";; ;;J righrs, Fire
extinguisher powder type; lnsulated gaunilets.
(c), Emergency cap equipments.-(i) Resuscitation,
portâble suction unit,
poÍable oxygen units, B{g-varve-màôk, ñano operaieo-".tiiãiar
unit, airways-mouth gags.- Tracheestomv aoopierq ;h"rt ventilation
;õil"
fluids with administraúoñ unit, e. p. mo;òfu eter.-cugg-stethoscope.board_tV,
' (ii) lmnobilìzation.Long a.nd.short padded boards,-wire ladder sptints;
Triangutar bandage-Long ãnd snort spiñleoärdi-
,
(iii) fressings.Gauze pads.-4', X 4', - Universal; dressing.10,,X
of aluminium foirs-softroirer-bandage.^0.'t x 5 yáros- Ãän%irue 36,, ; Roll
roll-Safety pins; Bandage sheets; Brirn Sheet. rape in 3,,

_j!:ì Poisoning.-Syrup of tpecae; Activated Charcoat prepacketed in

.doses:-
Snake bite kit, Drinking water.
..(u.! FrygIgency Medicines.-As per requirement (under
rYrrvvr the advice of
Medical Officer).
73-Y. Decontamination facilities.-rn every factory, carrying
ous process' the foilowing provisíons shail bé maoe out ,hazard_
iô meét eääigé;;y,_-
{a} fully equipped first-aid box;
(b),.1eadily accessibre means of drenching with
water for frooding.
' workers or parts of body of workers-wrro näve tieen ððîta,i¡nated
hazardousoand corrosiv-er^.substance; and suèh meanCrsñàii wÍth
oe as per
: the scale shown in the table below:_
TABLE
¡lur¡ur ot p"r"on" g
(ii) Between 51 to 200 worKers
åt ] .lor every additíonat S0 or part
I nerealter
(iii). Between 201 to 500 workers
It I l9r every additional 100 or part
rnereaner
(iv) 501 workers and aboye
Irn *erealter
t 191: evèry additional 200 or part
{c} a sufficient number of eye wash botile filred with o¡stiueoiater. or
suitable liquid, keot in.boxes orbupboards eonvenientrv'Jitüatäo
indicated by a disiincrive sign whícrr õñalf n'è v¡siore and cred¡ly
âíariìir;;.
162 The À:laharashtra Faclories Rules, 1963

73-2. Making available Health Records to workers.-(1) The occupief of

every Tactory carrying out 'hazardous process' shall make accessible the
health records including the record of worker's exposure to hazardous
process or, as the case may be, the medical fecords of any worker for his
perusal under the following conditions:-
'{a) Once in every six months or immedìately after the medical examina-
tlon; whichever is earlier;
(b) lf the Factory Medical Officer or the Certifying Surgeon as the case
may be; is of the opinion that the worker has manifested signs and
. symptoms of any noticeable disease as specified in the Third
Schedule of the Act;
{c) lf the worl(er leaves the employment;
{d} lf any one of the following authorities so dirèct;
The Chief lnspector of Factories;
The Health Authority of the Centrâl or Stâte Government;
Commissioner of Workmen's Compensation;
The Director General, Employees' State lnsurance Corporation;
The Director, Employees' State lnsurance Gorporation (Medical
Benefits); and
The D¡rector General, Factory Advicè Service and'Labour lnstitutes.
' (2) A copy ol the up-to-date health records including the record of
worker's exposure to hazardous process or, as the case may be, the
medical records shalt be supplied to the worker on receipl of an application
lrom him. X-Ray plates and other medical diagonistic reports may also be
made available for reference to his medical practitioner.]
, 'ÍZg-Zn. Safety precautions for Thermic Fluid Heaters.-(1) ln respect
of any factory where thermic lluid heater has been installed (hereinafter
qalled "heater") and following provisions shall be complied with-
(¡) Al¡ heaters shall be of such construction that, .the coils shall be
removable for periodic cleaning, visual inspections and hydraulic test.
{ii) Suitable arrangements shall be made for cooling the lurnace efleclive-
ly in case of power failure to the heater.
(iii) Before restarting the furnace of heater it shall be effectively purged.
(iv) The thermic fluid used lor heater shall be circulated in a closed círcuit
formation with an expansion cum decorator tank. This tank shall be
locsted outside the shed where the heater is installed.
(v) Every Oil or Gas fired heater shall be provided with a photo-resistor
actuated audio visual alarm to indicate llame failure and automat¡c
burner cut-off.
(vi) The stack temþerature monitor-cum-controller with audio-visual alarm
shall be provided'to the heater so as to warn the operator in case the
outlet temperature exceeds the specified minirnum.
(vii) All heaters shall be provided with following devices and the same
shall be mâinta¡ned in efficient working order.

I Added by M.G,G. dt, 15,3.1997

 The Maharashna Factol¡es Rules.1963 i63
(a) level indicator in the expansion tank;
(b) temperature indicator of thermic fluid;
'(c) different pressure switches across the inlet and the ouilet line ol the
heater tubes; and
(d) temperature control device for the fuel supply to the burner.
(viii) All devices mentioned in ctause (vii) above for oit or gas fired heater
shall have inter-locking arrangemenl with burner so that in case.of any
pre-determined limils being crossed the supply of fuet and air ti¡
burner shall automatically be cut-olf.
(ix) All safety inter-locks when operated shall be ¡ndicated or on the
control panel ol the heater by a suitable audio-visual atarm.
(x) Electrical panel for the heater shalt be located near the heater but not
so close as to be exposed to spilling or leaking oil.
(xi) The heater shall be located in a place segregated from other
manufacturing activities.
(xii) Explosion vent for heater shall be so installed that, the release takes
place at safe location.
(xiii) The heater coil including the coil connected to it in the users;
equipment subjected to pressure,shail be tested by competent person
once atleast in every 12 months. The test pressure shall not be less
than twice the operating pressure.
(xiv) lf repairs are carried out to the heater, coil including coil connected
to it in users equipment shall be got examined from competent per$on
þefore tak¡ng it into use.
{xv) Maximum temperature of thermic fluid in the heating ol heater coil
shall not exceed the figure specified by the manufacturer. The theÍmic
' fluid used in heater, shall conlirm to ihe specifications prescribed by
the manufacturers and shall be tested 'by competent person for
suitabílity atleast once in every three months period. Such test shall
include lest for acidity, suspended matter, ash contents, viscosity and
flash point.
(xvi) Cleaning of the internal surface of the heater for removing soot and
check up the relfactory surface on the inside shall be carried out every
month, or as often as required depending upon working conditions.
The coils of heater shali be removèd and surface of theioil cleaned
thoroughly once at least in a period of six months. The burner,
nozzles, oilfilters and pumps shall be cleaned once a week during the
period of use.
(xvii) A Separate register containing the following information for the
heater shall be maintained.
(a) weekly checks carried oul confirmíng the effectiveness of the
inter-lock;
(b) weekly checks confirming that all assessories are in good stats of
repairs; and
(c) infoimation regardíng fuei oil temperâture, pre$sure, thermic fluid
inlet/oullet pressure and temperature, luel gas temperature,
recorded at four hourly interval.
164 The Maharashffa Factories Rules,1963

(xviii) The heater when in operation shall always be kept in charge of a

trained operator.
provisions of
{2) lf the Chiel lnspector is satisfied that all of any of the
thið iule are not neceösary for the protection of the person employed in the
from all 0r any
þtant, he may by a certilicáte in wr.iting exempt such factories
bf tfr'e proviêio'ns on such conditions as he may specify therein. Such
certi{icaie at any time be revoked by Clrief lnspector without assigning any
feaSOn:l
t1Z3-ZA. Driers and ovens.-
1. Application.-This rule shall gPPly to ovens and Driers, except those
used in iaboralories or Kitchens of any establ¡shment and those which have
a capacity below 325 litres.
' 2. Defin¡tions.-For the purposes qf this rule, "oven and drier" means any
en- closed structufe, receptable, compârtment or box used for baking, 9rylng
or othef- wise processini
'temperatùreany article or substance at a temperature higher
than ambient änd in which explosive mixlulq of air and
flammable substanöe is likely to be evolved on account of baking, dryíng or
otherwise processing any artìcle oI substance within it.
3. Location.-Every oven or drier shall be located,-
: (a) at a place so as to ensufe that the exposure. of the employ-ees to.the
l-'iñjury fiom f¡re, explosion, as phyxiatibn and toxic materials shall be
minimum;
(b) in such a way that it does not obstruet personnel travel or exit ways;
', (c) at a safe distance from dip-tanks, spray booths and storage rooms or
areas of flarnmable substances.
' 4. Seoarate Electrical Connection,-Electrical powei supplied to every
oven õi'Or¡er should be by meAns of a seþaiate circuit provided with an
isolation switch.
5. Safety Ventilatlon.-(a) Positive and effective salety ventilation shall be
,orovideO ló ensure that io'ncentration of flammable substance in air does
'irot exceed 25 per cent of its lower explosive limit (LEL);
, (b) Concentration of 50 per cent, LEL may. be altowed if,-
I (¡) 'fla*table substance in the drier cir ovsn is continuously monitored;
j(ii}analarrnisSounded!fconcentrationreaches.a.]evelofSÛ-percentof
: LEL; and
fleãing system is shut oll when the concentration reaches 6b per cent
' t¡iil LEL;
(c) A portion of the throttling dampers shall be perma.nently c.ut to ensure
minimum sâfety ventilation when set in maximum throttling pos¡tion.
6. Explosion Panels.-(i) Explosion Panels shall be provided on the Driers
'or ôven's to allow releasà' of þressure ol any possibie explosion- Areas of
ooeninq of such vents shall not be less than 2200 sq. cms. for every one
drm.'oi órier or Oven. Complete re[ease of pressure shall be secured under
.an internal pressure of Q.25 kg-/sq.cm.
7. lnterlooking afrangements.- Electrical heating system shall not be
starteO ùnless véntiiat¡nõ or circulating fans are put 'ON' and faiture of !

I Added by MCG. PI.I-L' Ext' dt' ó.12.2001 p. 659 !

!

i
I
 The ltlaharashtt.a Facrories Rules, I9ó3 165
ventilating or circulating fan shall recent
in automatic cut-olf of the electrical
supply to the heaters.
8. Temperature_contror.-Every drier or oven
automatic arranoement to cut-off erectiicar shail be provided with an
suppry to rhe heaters when the
temperature excéeds *re piã-seï *rr;'i; respect
ing conditions. ol the particurar process_
9' Periodicar examination, testing and maintenance.-(i¡
parts of
Driers and ovens
:f1,?" *rórouã-riiv"riäriñ.ä'å,iå'î;ö;lií Àrt
maintained,
various contrors and working ot tndàríeior
oven shail de täJte,,ä, at frequent
intervars to ensure its safe ôþeratiãn, nv
a responsibre óársonìr the factory.
{ii) A register showing various
to time shat be mainiained tests examínations entry
carríed out, from time
shail be .signed by the
responsible person. "nã-àueìv
10. Metar frames. of driers or ovens
grounded throughout ror the safe removar.shail in a[ cases be erectr¡caily
àiìrcäirËä,
11. No worker .hÍ|,?13^r_rjg,n".O "h"äJJ.
drier or oven unless he is propeity trainédSnV.york connecteO w¡tn operation of
in comnuitióñärïräi a¡r mixtures,
explosion hazards, sources oi igñ¡tioi.anì ignition
-
control'and safety.devices, etc. -" -"- Têmperature, functions of
12. Driers or ove-ns. conta.ining or processirig sufficient
materiars to sustain a fire shail be" equi$ped combustibre
syste¡n. '-'¡- with adequate fire protection
. r3. It is the user's. responsibirity to check the.type
entering thê dr¡er or oveñ to assuiä irrãt and amount ol sorvent
sirvent
capacity of the oven or drier exrrauit ãvãtem. roading does not exceed the

_. J+- lva¡tring racirities.-(1) There shail be br"r"áo ärã ri'ainta¡neo in

every factory for th-"
l?", of
facilities for washinq which
e.pproyËd'persons adequate and suitabre
shail inóírãã .soap and nair brushes or other
suitabre means or c-reanins anl inä-ràðiiit¡ei
ånäiii;;;;;;;;r*y
sible and shau be kept in-ctean áñoìroärrv óäiäitiã..]'äïi"inulr acces_
located in the vicínity bt ratrinei añoi,inäìr. not be
such facirities shail be convenientry rocated near
in factories where such rest-roori'oi*iunch:rooms the resr or runch rooms
provided except in the.case of tactoñei'*,i¡"h are required to be
huu" arready prövided these
racirities on or'berore.tL" 1qtñ nËóãri6äi'i'es;.'ä;î;rîTådïäc¡r¡ties
be so enclosed or screened snal
r[Provided
tó-.nsuiä pnuu.y,
",
that where I permanenfly buirt wail of ruil height
separating the washing laóir¡ties is provided
trom'tñe ratrines and uriñars, it wi, be
treated as satisfactory ãompriance wíth ïtrà-requirement
regard to location of washinþ facitit¡es.I. -." of this sub_rure in
(2). withou't. prejudice to the generarity
" of the roregoing provisions the
washing facilit¡es shail include_
a trough with taps or jets at intervafs of not ress
.(a) than 60 centimetres,

I Ins. by G.N., dated tTrh April, 1975

166 The ùlaharcslrtra Facto,'ies Rales, 1963

{b) wash-basins w¡th taps altached thereto, or

(c) taps on stand-pipes, or
(d) showers conlrolled by taps, or
(e) circular troughs of the foundation type:
Provided that the lnspector rnay, having regard to the needs and habits
of the workers, fix the proportion in which the aforementioned types of
facilities shall be installed.
(3)(a) Every trough and basin shall have a smooth, impervious surface
and shall be fitted with a wasle-pipe and plug.
(b) The floor or ground under and in the immediate vicinity of every trough
tap, ¡et, wash basins, stand-pipe and shower shall be so laid or finished as
to provide a smooth impervious surface and shall be adequately drained.
'[(4) For persons whose work involves contact with any injurious or
obnoxious substance, or who are employed in a dusty process, there shall
be at least one shower controlled by tap of every 10 persons employed al a
time, and each of these shall be enclosed separately in case of lheir use by
women workers. For persons whose work does not ¡nvolve such contact or
who are not employed in dusty processes, the number of washing facilities
shall be as follows:-
Number of persons employed at a time Nurnber of working facllltles

Exceeding 200 1 0 + one for every 50 or part thereof.

(5) lf female workers are employed, separate washing facilities shall be

provided and so enclosed of screened that the interiors are not visible from
äny place where persons of the other sex work or pass. The entrance to
such lacilities shall bear conspicuous notice in the language understood by
the majority of the workers "For Women Only" and shall also be indicated
pictorially.
(6) The water supply to the washing facilities shall be capable of yielding
at least thirty l¡tres a day for each person employed in the factory and shall
be from a source approved in writing by the Health Officer:
Provided that where the Chief lnspector is satisfied that such an yield is
not practicable he may by certificate in wr¡t¡ng permit the supply of a smaller
quantity not being less than five litres per day for every person employed in
the factory.
. Bule prèscribed under sections 43 and 112
75. Facilities for stoiing and drying clothing.-All classes ol faoiories
mentioned in the schedule annexed hereto shall provide facilities for
keeping clolhing not worn during working hours and for the drying of wet
clothing. Such facilities shall include the provisions of separate rooms, pegs,
lockers or other arrangement approved by the Chief lnspector.
Schedule
Engineering Workshop Chemical Factories
lron and Sleel Works Motor Garages
Tanneries.
Oil Mills

I Subs. by G.N. dt. l?th April, 1975

 'the Maharashta Factories Rules,1963 167

tlAny other Jactory certified by the Chiel lnspector of Factories to be

-
carrying on processes likely to so¡t or damage the clothes of the workers if
worn while carrying on such processes.l
Rules prescribed under sub-section (l) of section 45
, '126. First-aid appliance,-The first aid boxes or cupboards shall be
. distinctively marked with a red cross on a white background and shall
' contain the following equipment:-
(A) For factories in which the number of persons employed does not
exceed ten, or {¡n the case of factories in which mechanical power is
not used) does not exceed fifty persons-Each first-aid box or cupboard
shall contain the following equipment:-
(i) Six small size sterilised dressings
(ii) Three medium size sterilisèd dressings ,

(iii) Three large size sterilised dressings

. (iv) Three large size ster¡lised burn dressings
(v) One loo ml.) bottle of cetrimide solution (1 per cent) or a' suitable
ant¡septic solution
{vi) One (60 ml.) bottle of mercurochrome solution (2 p$ cent} in water
(vii) One (30 ml.) bottle containing salvolaiile having the doses and
mode of administralion indicated on the label.
(viii) One pair of scissors
'l
{ix} One roll ol adhesive plaster (2 cms. x metre)
(x) Six pieces ol sterilised eye-pads in separale sealed packets
(xi) A bottle containing 100 tablets (each of 5 grains) of aspirin or any
other analgesic
(xii) Ointment for burns
.(xiii) Polythene wash bottle (1i2 litre i.e. 500 c.c.) for washing eyes
(xiv) A snake-bite lancet
, (xv) One (30 ml) bottle containing potassium permanganate crystals
One copy of first-aid leaflet issued by the Directorate-General of
-: ' {xvi}Factory Advice Se.rvice and Labour lnstit^utes, Government of lndia,
Bombêy.
(B) For factories in which mechanical power is used and in which the
nûmber ol persons employed exceed ten but does not exceed lifty.
"Each first-aid box or cupboard shall contain the following equipment:-
(i) Twelve small size sterilised dressings
(îi) Six mediurn size sterilised dressings
(iii) Six large size sterilised dressings
. (iv) Six large size sterifised burn dressings
(v) Six (15 gmJ packets of sterilised cotton wool

I Added by Mah. Factories (Third Amendment) Rules, 1982

Added by Mah. Facto¡ies (Third Amendment) Rules, 1982.
I 68 The j,taharashtra Factories Rules. 1963

(vi) one (120 ml.) bottle ol cetrimide solution

{1 per cent) or a su¡tabte
antiseptic solution.
(vii) one (120 mr.) botile of mercurochrome sorution (2 per
cent) ¡n
water
{viii) one (60 mr.). botile containing sarvoratire having the dose and
mode of administration indicatqd on the label. "
.

íir) one pair ol scissors

, (x) Two rolls of adhesive p¡aster (2 cms. x 1 metre)
(xi) Ëight pieces of sterirised eye-pads in separate.seared packets
{xií) One tourniquet
(xiii) One dozeh safety pins
(xÍv) A botile cont.aining 100tabtetô (each ol5 grains) of
' other analgesic
aspirin orany
(xv) Ointment for burns
(xvi) one porythene wash botile (1/2 ritre i.e. 500 c.c.) for washíng
eyes
(xvii) A snake-bite tancet
(xviii) one (30 ml) botfle containing potassium permanganate
crystats
(xix) one qopy gf the fÍrst-aid teaftet issued by the Directorate-General
of .Factory Advíce service and Labour lñst¡tutes, ôãuernment ot
. lndia, Bombay.
(c) For factories employing more than fifty persons - Each first-aid
b.ox or
cupboard shail contain the followiirg ei¡ùipment:_
(i) Twenty-four smatj steritised dressings
_ (ii) Twelve medium size sterilised dressings.
(iii) iwelve targe size steritised dressings.
(iv) Twelve targe size sterilised burn dressinjs.
(v) Twelve (1S gm.) packets of ster¡lísed cotton wool
(vi) o1.e {200 mr.) botfle of cetrimide sorut¡on (1 .per cent) ór suitabre
antiseptic solution
(vii) one (200 mt.) botfle of mercurochrome sglution (2 per cent) in
' water
, (viii) one (120 ml.) botile of salvolatile having the dose and mode,of
. administration indicated on fabel.'
(ix) One paír of scissors
(x) One rotl of adhesive plaster (6 cms. x 1 metre)
(xi) Two rolls of adhesive plâster (2 cms. x 1 metre)
(xii) Twelve pieces of sterilised eye-pads in separate sealed packets
{xiií) A bottle containing 100 tablets (each s grains) of aspirin or any
other analgesic
(xiv) One potythene wash botile (S00 c.c.) lor washing eyes.
. (xv) Twetve roller bandages 10 cms. wide.
{xvi) Twelve roller bandages 5 cms. wide.
 TIte Maharashta Factor¡es Ru!ès, 1963
169
(xvii) Six triangutar bandages.
(xviii) One tourniquet
{xix} A suppty of suitabte sptints
(xx) Two packets ol safety pins
. (xxi) Kidney tray
(xxií) A snake-b¡te lancet
(xxiii) one (30 mr) botfle containing potassium permanganate
crystars
(xxiv) Ointment for burns
(xxv) First-aid leaflet issued by the Directorate General
Advice Servíce and Labour Ínstitutês, Aomnây:- -"-'-
of Factory
Provided that ¡tems (xiv) to (xxi) inclusive need not be included
:standard lirst-aid nox.oi.cúpboàro'1¿¡ in lhe
ffiere there is a properry
ambulance room, or (b) if aileast on'e'box conta¡ning such itãm equipped
ancr praced
and maintained in accordance with the requiremênts of iéct¡on 45 is
separately provided.
(D) ln lieu of the dressings required under items (i)and (ii),
there may be
subst¡tuted adhesive wounir dressings approvä
Ç tnä ðr,¡"r Ìñpec_
tor of Factories and other equipmènt'õr meoicinèJ ttat may be
considered essentiat ano recoindnended oy t¡ã-eri¡ät'inspector
of
Factor¡es from time to time.l
T: Notice.regarding
-perloJìg Jirst-aid--A notice containing the names of the
working wirhin.the precincts of the taciory"*äo áiã trained in
lirst-aid treatment and wh.o arò in-charge of the tirst-aío Ëor1,
b, cupboards
shar be pasted in every factory aiäîðnsËicuõufór"ä;A;;r
each such
box or cupb.ga¡d. The lotice s'hail atso ¡riOicate ri,ó*+"ó* ù-frär"
person shail be availabte. The name of the nôareãi rroió¡tar the said
tetephone number shan arso.be menrioneo prominenìiv ìÀ tnäõäio and ¡ts
notrce.--
Rules prescribed under sub_seclion (4) of section 45
178.
Amburance room.-(1) The'amburance ,oo* o,. dispensary shail
in-charge.of a qualified..mediiat practitionôr ass¡sted by aileast be
one quarified
nurse and such subordinate staif 'asthe chief tnspectäi-mãîàIrect.
(2) There shail be disprayed in the amburance room or dispensary
notice. giving the name,
'adðress a
and terephone numner-orin" medical
pract¡t¡oner
.incharge. The name of the nearest nospitatãnã:its terephone
number shatt arso be menrisned prominenily in the ;ãid ñiñe.:"
. {3} The ambulance. room or dispensary shall be separate trom tne rest
the.factory.a.nd shail be used onry for thé purpose ot tirsi-aio trätment ol
rest. lt shall have a floor area ol at least zzi square metres and smooth, and
and impervious wans and froors and shail 'ne ãoéõüãtãÇ'iãntitrteo hard
ano
lighted by both naturar and artificiar.means, an aá.,iuatãËrppjv
some drinking water shall be laid on and the room shall contain "iïdË:
at teast_
{i} A glazed sink with hot and cold water atways availabte.
(ii) A tabfe with a smoothtop at least1BO cm x 105
cms.
(iii) Means for sterilizing instruments.

1 Subs. by G.N. dî. 16.lo.l97l.

 170 The l¡leharashtra Faetories Rules, 1963

(v) Two strechers

(vi) Two buckets or containers w¡th close fitting lids.
(vii) Two rubber hot water bags.
. (viii) A kettle and spiril stove or olher suitable means of boiling water
(ix) Twelve plain wooden splints 900 mm. x 100 mm. x ô mm.
(x) Twelve plain wooden splints 350 mm. x 75 mm. x 6 mm'
(xi) Six.plain wooden spllnts 250 mm. x 50 mm' x 12 mm.
(xii) Six woollen blankets.
(xiii) Tfiree pairs artery forceps.
i*iui On" bottle of spirits Ammoniae Aromaticus (120 ml,)
{xv} Smelling salts (60 gms.}.
(xvi) Two medium size sPonges; ,

. {xvii) Six hand towels.

(xviii) Four "Kidney" trays.
(xix) .Four cakes of toilet, preferably antiseplic soap. ;

(xx) Twd glass tumblers and two wine glasses.

(xxi) Two clinical Ìthermometers
' (xxii) Tea-spoons - Two' i

(xxìii) Graduated (120 ml.) measuring glass - Two

- (xxiv) Minimum measuring glass - Two
(xxv) One wash bottle (1,000 c.c.) for washing eyes
r
I

(xxvi) One bottle (one litre) carbolic lQtion 1 to 20.

(xxvii) Three chairs.
'(xxviii) One screen.
(xxix) One electric hand torch
.
¡

(xxx) Four first-aid boxes or cupboards stocked to the standards

p'rescribed under (C) ol rule 76.'
(xxxi) An adequate supply of ant¡-tetanus toxoid. . i

(xxxli) lnjection-morphide, pethidine, atropine, adrenaline, coramine,

novacam-6 each.
(xxxiii) Coramine liquid (60 ml.) i

(xxxiv) Tablets-antihistaminic, ántispasmodic (25 each)-

(xxxv) Syringes with needles-2 cc. 5 cc; 10 cc-, 50 cc.
(xxxvi) Surgical scissors three.
(xxxvii) Needle holder.
(xxxviii) Suturing needles and materials.
(xxxix) Dissecting forceps - three.
(xl) Dressing forceps - Three. 1

' (xli) Scalpels - three.

(xlii) Stethoscope - one.
(xliii) One sphygmomanometer {Blood Pressure lnstrument).
{xliv) Oxygen cylinder w¡th necessâry attachments.
 The lvÍaharasht¡a Factories Rules, I9ó3 '17'l

(4) The occupier of every factory in whích these Rules appty sha¡t lor the
purpose of removing serious cases of acc¡dent or sickneds órovide in the
premises and maintain in good condition a suitable conveyance unless he
has made arrangements for oblaining such â conveyance fiom a hospital.
{5) A record of all cases; accident and sickness treated at the room shall
be kept and produced to the lnspector or certifying surgeon when required.
Explanation - For the purpose of this rule, "qualilied medical practitioner"
means. a person holding a qualification granted by an Authority sþecified in
the schedule to the lndian Medical Degrees Act, 1916 or in tfie Schedules
to the lndian Medical Counciì Act, 1956.1
Rules 79 to BS prescribed under section 46
79. canteens,-(1) The occupier ol every factory wherein more than 250
workers are ordinarily emptoyed and which is specified by the state
Government by a notification in this behalf shall provide, ¡n or near the
lactory, an adequate canteen according to the stanbards prescribed in the
Rules. The canteen shall be available for the use ol the wbrkers, within six
months from the date of such notífication:
Provided that the state Government rhay for sufficient reasons, from time
!o time Þy an order in writing, extend the said period in respect of any
specified factory.
. (2) The manager of a lactory shall submit for the approval of the chief
lnspector plans and site plan, in duplicate, of the buitdini¡ to oe constructed
or adapted for use as a canteen.
{3} The canteen building shall be situated not tess than 1s metres from
the latrine, urinal, boiler house, coal stacks, ash dumps and any other
source of dust, smoke or obnoxious fumes:
' Provided that the chief tnspector may in any particularJactory relax the
provisions of this'sub-rule to such extênt âs may be reasonable in the
circumstances and may require measures to be adopted to secure the
essential purpose of this sub-rule.
(4) The canteen building shall be constructed in accordance with the
plans approyed by the chief lnspector and shall accommodate. at least a
dining hail, kitchen, store room, pantry and washing places se¡iarately for
workers and for utensils.
(5) ln a canteen the ftoor and inside walls up to a height of lÞ0 cen-
timetres from the floor shall be made of smooth and impervious material; the
remaining portion of the inside walls shail be made smooth by cement
plaster or in any other manner approved by the Chief lnspector.
(6) The doors 'and windows of canteen building shalt be of lly- proof
construction and çhall allow adequate ventilation.
{7) The canleen shall be sulficienily lighted at alttimes when any pqrson
has access to it.
(8) (a) ln every canteen:
(i) all inside walls or rooñrè and all ceifings and paqsages ând staircases
shall be lime-washeid or colour-washed at leâst onõe in each year or
painted onde'in three years dating from the period when ladt lime-
washed or painted, as the case rnay be;
(ii) allwood work shall be varnished or painted once in three years dating
from the period when last varnished or painted;.
 172 -. The Ìvfaharashlra Factories Rules. 1963

(iii) all ínternal structural iron or steel work be varnished or painted once
. ín three years dating from the period when last varn¡shed or painted.
Provided thât inside walls of the kitchen shall be lime-washed once every
lour months.
(b) Records of dates on which lime-washing, colour-washing, varnishing
or painting is carried out shall be maintained in the prescribed Register íñ
Form 8.
(8) Precincts of the canteen shall be maintained in a clean and sanitary
condition- waste water shall be.carried away in suitabte covered drains anä
shall not be allowed to accumulate so as to cause a nuisance. suitable
arrangements shall be made for ihe collection and disposal of garbage.
: 80. Ðining hall.-(1) The dining hall shall accommodate at a time at teast
30 per cent ol the workers working at a time:
Provided that, in any particutar factóry or in any particular class of
lactoriesthe state Government may, by a notification in this behalf, alterthe
percentage of workers to be accommodâted.
{2) The floor area of the diniírg hall, exctuding the areá occupied by the
service counter and any furniture except tables ahd cha¡rs, shall'be not less
than one square metre.per diner to be accommodated as þrescribed in
sub-rule {1):
Provided that in the case of factories in ex¡stence at the date of the
commencement of the Act, where it is impracticable, owing to the lack of
space, to- provide one square metre of floor area for each person, such
r.educed floor area per person shall be .provided as may be'approved in
writing by the Chief Inspector.
(3) A portion of the dining hall and service counler shallbe partitioned off
and reserved for women-workers, in proportion to their number. washing
place for women shall be separate and screened to secure privacy.
(4) sufficient tables, stools, chairs or benches shall be available for the
number of diners to be accommodated as prescribed in sub-rule (1).
. 81' Equipment.-(1) There shail be provided and maintained su{ficient
utensils,.crockery,_ cutlery, furniture and any other equipment necessary for
the etficient running of the canteen. suitable cleah blothes for the -em-
ployees serving in the canteen shall also be provided and maintained.
{2) The furniture, utensifs and other equipment shall be maintained in a
clean and hygienic condition. A service counter, if provided, shall have a top
of smooth and impervious mater¡al. suitable facilities ihctuding an adequatb
supply of hot water shall be provided for the cleaníng of utensils.and
equipment.
{3) where the canteen is managed by a co-operative society registered
or deemed to be registered under the Maharashtra co-operative societies
Acl, 1960, the occupier shall provide the initial equipment for such canteen
and shalÍ undertake thât any equipment required Jhereafter for the main-
tenance of such canteen shall be provided by such co-operative socìety.
82. Prices to be displayed.-The charge per portion of foodstulf,
beverages and any other it-em served in the cãntden shall be conspicuously
displayed in the canteen.
8Í1. Accounts.- (1) All books of accounts, registers and any other
document used ín connection with the running of the canteen inau be -"
 The MaharashtraFactories Rules, Ì963 1Zg
produced on demand to an lnspector.
{2) The accounts pertaining to the canteen shall be audited, once every
twelve Tqnthl, by registeredãccountanÌs and auditors. lñe-natance
prepared by the said auditors shail be submitted to sneet
the câñtãen Managing
.!9¡m11tee nor rater than rwo months after the- cìoiiñg oi tne audited
accounts:
Provided that the accounts pertaining to the canteen in a
Government
factory having its own Accounts Depa"rtments, r"y ne'åù¡teo
Department:
in such
Provided fÙrther that where the canteen.is managed by a
co- operalive
society regislered or deemed to be registered u"no'ài'thì-Maharashtra
co-operative societies Act, 1960, the accóunts pertàining.idsucr¡
canteen
mav be audited in accordance wirh the provi'sioni òt"tnã -H¡äirãä-Ttiä
Co-operative Societies AGt" 1960.
i , 84. Man-aging
comm.ittee,-(1) The Manager shail appoint a canteen
Managing committee which shdil'be consutteð from time'tä iime
as ro_
, (a) the quality and quantity of foodstulfs to be served ¡n
the canteen;
(b) the arrangement of the menus;
- (c) times of meals in the canteen; and
: (d) any other matter
pertaining to the canteen as mây be directed by
the
Committee:
Provided that where the canteen is manag.ed by a co-operat¡ve
soc¡ety
registered or deeme_d to be registered underihe trñaharasrrirã:õo_opeiãiiué
,9-ocieties Act, 1960, it shall-not be necessary to
appointl a canteen
Managing Committee.
;. . (2) The canteen Managing committee shall
consist of an equal number
-9f persons nominated by the occupier
and etecteo, in inã casã'wnere there
:is a Joint committee coñs'tituted uirder the Bombat inoîstriãiñerations
Rót,
1946 or any other committee consrituted underáhy iãw 6;ir,à
t¡*e
in lorce cons¡st¡no of representatives of an employãr ano- workers in ueiñö
a
factory, by the meinbers óf suctr ¡ó¡nt cãmmittee or of such other
commit-
tee representing the workers and in any other .*;;-tjy
themselves. ----' -l
ìhe workers
, The nurnu", of erected workers shail be tfç. pro.portion of 1 for every
il
1;000 workers_emptoyed. ín the faetory provided-tnãt
be more than 5 or less than 2 workeré ön the Comm¡ttee.- ----
¡ü-nó-caãà shail.there

(3) Tle manager shan in consultation with the members of

^
committe-e_, if any, determine and supervise the
the Joint
procedureìãiËlòction to the
:Canteen Managing Committee.
'. 1+¡ Canteen_Managing_committee shall be
-reconstituted every two years,
the previous Managiñg -committee hotding õttrcãt¡lii"ãt ñmî'as the new
Committee takes charge.
85. Foodstuffs to beserved and prices to be charged._(1) The Chief
lnspector may, bv qn. or{e¡ in wríring,'dirèci treïa;;õ;i t"
¡ìióv¡oe ¡n tne
canteen a_ny item of foodstuff if he ié satisfied that suõh ¡teni-ii in generai
demand. such order sha[ specify the size ot eactr ìäË.iserved, the
ôóñión
number of portíons which shaH bó availabte and the'fieque;ðy
of serving the
particu.tar item pe¡ week. such order shafi atso ipeciiiiñö
ti*ä-r¡mit within
which the order shall be comptied with.
 174 The lvlaharashtre Factories Rules, 1963

(2) Food, drink and other ¡tems served in the canteen shall be sold on
non-profit basis and in computing the charges to be made lor such food,
drink or other items the following items shall not be taken into consideration,
namely:-
(a) the rent for the land and building;
(b) the depreciation and maintenance charges of the building and equip-
ment provîded lor the canteeni
, (c) the cost ol purchase, repairs and replacement of equipment including
furnilure, crockery, cutlery and utensils;
(d) the water charges and other charges incurred for lighting and
ventilat¡on; and
(e) the interest on the amounts spent on the provision and maintenanco
ol furniture and equipment provided for the canteen:
Provided that where the canteen is managed by a co-operative soc¡ety
regislered or deemed to be registered under the Maharashtra Co-operative
Societies Act, 1960, such soc¡ety may include in the charges to be made for
any suctr food, drink or other items served, a profit up to 5 per cent ol its
working capital employed in running lhe canteen.
Rule prescribed under section 47
86. Shelter, rest-rooms and lunch-rooms.-The shelters, or rest- rooms
and lunch-rooms sha¡l conform t0 the following standards:-
(a) The buildings shall be soundly constructed and allthe walls and roofs
shall be of suitable heal-resisling materials and shall be water-proof.
The ftoor and walls to a height of one metre shall be so laid or linished
as to provide a smoolh, hard and impervious surface.
. (b) ,The height of every room in the building shall be not less than 3.75
metres from floor level to the lowest part of the roof and there shall be
at least 11,000 square centimetres of floor area for every person
employed:
Provided that (i) workers who habitually go home for their meals during
the rest periods may be excluded in calculating the number of workers to be
accomm'odated, and (ii) in the case of lactories in existence at the date of
, commencement of the Act, where it is ¡mpracticable owing to lack of space
to provide 1.1 square metre ol lloor area for each person, such reduced floor
arèa per person shall be provided as may be approved in wr¡t¡ng by the
Chief lnspector:
Provided further that, in the case ol rooms in buildings in existence at the
date of the coming into force ol this rule which have been or are intended
to be adapted for use as shelters or rest-rooms or lunch-rooms, as the case
may be, the Chief lnspector may approve the rooms having such reduced
he¡a¡ht as may in his opinion be reasonable in the circumstances of ths case
on éuch condit¡ons âs may be deemed expedient.l
, (c) Effective and suitable provision'shall be made in every roorn for
securing and maintaining adequate venÍilation by the circulation ol
fresh air and there shall also be provided and maintained sufÍicient
and suitable natural or artificial lighting.
(d) Every room shall be adequately lurnished with chairs or benches with
back-rests.
 The i{alrcrashtra Factor¡es Rules, 1963 175

(e) where in any factory washing facilities are not located near the resl
or lunch room, a sufficient number of wash-basins shall be provided in
the lunch-roorn.
(f) sweepers shafi be employed whose primary duty is to keep the rooms,
buildings and precincts thereof in a crean ãno tioy conditíon.
Rutes prescribed under sub-section (S) o.Í section 48
87. cre_ches.-(1) The creche shall be convenienily accessible to the
mothers of the children accommodated thereln and so iar as is reasonably
praclicable it shalt not be situated in ctose proximity to any part of-lhá
factory.where,.obnoxíous fumes, dust or odoúrs are !iven òf'f or in which
excessively noisy processes are earried on.
' . (2). Tåe building in which the creche is situated shafl be soundly con-
structed and alt the walls and rools shall be ol suitable heat-reiisting
mater¡als and shall be water-proof. The floor and internat walls of the creinã
shall be so laid or finished as to provide a smooth impervious surJace.
(3) The height-ol the rooms ín the buildings shalt be not tess than 3.75
metres from the floor to the lowest part ol tñe roof and there snau'oe noi
less. than 2 s_quare metres of floor aiea for each child to bo accommodated
'lsuÞject to the condition that the area ol the creche shall not
be less than.
10 square metresl:
,' Provided that in the case of rooms in buildings in existence at the date of
the coming into force of this rure which have-been or are iniôndeo to be
.adapted for use as a creche, the chiel lnspector may approve the rooms
'having such reduced height as may in his opinion ríe iriãJoñable in the
circumstances ol the case on such cõnditíons a's may be oeemàá expeoient.
(4) Effective and suitable provision shall be made in every part of the
c1e.che.lor securing and maintaining adequate vent¡lation by gie'circulation
ol fresh air.
(5) The creche shall be adequately furnished and equipped and in
part¡cular there shalt be one suitabte cot or cradle with'tdd necessary
bedding for each child:
Provided that for children over two years of age it will be sufficient if
suitable beddings made availabte anó at teast õne chair or equtvãteni
seatings accommodation lor the use of each mother wh¡le ;he-is re'eo¡nô-oi
attending to her chitd and a sufficient supply of suitabte toys for the oider
children.
-' (6) A suitable fenced and shady open air play-ground shail be provicled
lor the older children:
Provided that the chief
factory from compliance with.lnspector may by order in writing, exempt any
-he
the sub:rutâ if is satisfied tñát tneiti ¡s nó
sulficient'space available for the provision of such a play-ground.
88. wash-room.-There shall be in or adjoíning the creche a suitabte
wash-room for the was.hinçi of tlre chÍldren ánd tñeir clothing. The wash-
room.shallconformtothetollowingstandard:-
(a) The floor and internat walls of the room to a height of 90 cent¡metres
shall be so laid or furnished as to provide a smooth impervious

I Added by G.N. dt. L10.1982 published in MCG pt.I-L dr. 2.12.1982 p.8117
 176 The Maharasfura Facto̡es Rutes,1963

surface. The room shall be adequately lighted and ventilated and the
floor shall be effectively drained and in a clean and tidy condition.
(b) There shall be at least one basin or similar vessel for every four
children accommodated in the creche at any one time together ir¡¡Úr a
supply of water provided; if practicable, through taps, from a source
qpproved by the Health Officer. Such source shalt be capabte of yiet-
díng for each child a supply ol at east twenty:five litres of water a day.
f

.(c) An adequate supply of clean ctothes, soap and clean towets shall be
made available lor each child white it is in the creche.
'
, .,!9. Supply of milk and refreshment.-At teast 300 miflitres of clean pure
milk shalt be available for each child on every day it is accommodated ¡n the
creche and the mother of such a child shall be allowed in the course ol her
daily'work two intervals of at least lifteen minutes each (other than lhose
' 'allowed under section 55) t'o feed the child. For children atiove two vears of
'age tlìere shall be provided in addition an adequate supply of whótesome
relreshment
' g0. Qreche Staff.-For each creche there shall be âppoínted a woman
' in-charge and adequate number of female-attendants to help. the woman
'in-charge. The creche staff shall be provided with suitable clean ctothes for
use while on duty.
91. Qualificat¡ons of woman in-charge.-(1Ì Except as provided in
-
sub-rule (2), no woman shall be aBpoínted under rule g0 as a woman
in-charge of a creche unless she possesses thequalifications prescribed for
a mid-wífe under the Bombay Nurses,. Midwives and Health Visitois' Act,
't954, or any laws corresponding to that Act in force in any part of the state
'0r produces a certif¡ôate that she has undergone
training ioï a period of not
less than 18 months in a hospital, maternity home or nursing home approved
,'in this behalf by the chief lnspector, or produces a certificate that she has
received training lor a pre-primary teacher in an institution approved by the
, .State Government.
', (2) The provisions of sub-rufe (1) shatl not apply in the case of a woman
who is in-charge of a creche in a factory immediately before lhe coming into
.,.lorce of these rules, and any rules regarding qualifications of such woman-
: in-charge of a creche prevailing prior to the coming into force of these rules
shall apply to her.
:.: Rule prescribed under elause (a) o1 section S0
t[92: Exemption from the provisions of section
4S.-(1) The provisions
',of section 48 and rules 87 to 9I shall not apply to any factory wñich works
for less than '190 days in a calendar year or to a factory wherein the number
,of married women or widows employed does not exceed 15 or the total
:number of children below the
age ót ô years of allthe women workers in the
factory does not exceed 4, subject to the condition that lhe alternative
ârrangements as heleínafter mentioned in sub-rule (2J, are provided in the
lac-tory.
(2) The alternative arrangements required to be provided under sub-rule
, (1) shall be as follows, namely:-

I Subs. by G.N. dt. 8.10. 1982 Published i¡¡ MGC Pt.l-L, dt. 2,12,1982 p.8t77
 The Maharashtra Factor¡es Rules, l96J 177

(a) 4 creche-room which has an areâ of not less than'i0 square melres
shall be construcpq gr. adapted for use in accordance wiür the plans
approved by the Chief lnspector.
(b) T!.e creche-room shall have suitable wash place for washing ol the
children and th.eir.clothes and adequate supþty of clean water, soap
and towels shatl always be provided and maintãined.
(c) The creche-room shall be provided with suitable beddings lor the use
of the children.
(d) At least one female attendant shall be employed to look afier the
children in the creche-room. The femate atténdânt shall be provided
with clean clothes for uss while on duty.
{3) The mother of each child in the creche-room shali be ailowed two
intervals of not'less than Is minuies each (such intervals.being other than
those.allowed under section s5) during her working hours to feõd tne chitd.
CHAPTER VI
Working Hours of Adults
Rule prescrìbed under sub-section (2) of section SS
. rny work which for hotidays.-(1)
93. Compensatory Except in the case of worker engaged
!l technical reasons must be canied on continrioüsly
throughout the day, the compensatory holidays to be allowed under sub-sec-
tion (1) of section 53 shall be so spaced that-not more than two holidays are
given in one week.
¡' {2)'The mqnager oT the factory shall display, on or before the end of the
month in which holidays are lost, a noticê in respect of workers allowed
compensåtory hotidays during the following month and of the dates thereof,
4tlte place at which the Notice of Periodsbf Work prescribed under seictiori
61 ig disptayed. flny subsequent change in the notice in respect of any
Gompensatory holiday s.hall be not less than three days in adv'ance of thä
date of that holiday. '[The notices in respect ol workers allowed the
compensatory holidays shall be preserved for a period of one year and shall
be produced before the lnspector on demand.l '
, . (9J.Any compensatory holiday or hotidays to which a worker is entitled
shâll be g¡ven to him before he is discharged or dismissed and shall not be
reckoned as part of any period of notice required to be given before
discharge or dismissal..
?l(+)l

.The_ register majntained under clause (a) shail be preserved for a

(Þ)
period of three years after the last entry in it shall be prodirced before the
lnspector on demand.
Rule prescribed under sub-section {2) of section 58 and section 112
94. Factories exempted..under section 59.-fl) The printing presses
attached to the newspaþer offices shalt be exempt'êä trom ihe proîvi'stons ot
sub-section {1} of section 58, subject to the following conditions, namely:-
ln such printing press-
(¡) the workers of each relay shall bear a badge of distinct colour which.
will identify the worker of one relay from that of the other;
I 4¿9"_d ¡y C.N. dt. 1.8.2000 pyblished in MGG R. r-L, Ext. p.99
2 Del. by C.N. dr. 1.8.2000 pubtished in MCG n.l:L, Eit. p.S-9.
178 The Maharasl¡tra Factor¡es Rvles. 1963

(ii) the cofo.ur of the badge to be worn by the workers of each relay shalL.
be specífied in the notice of periods-of work required to be disþlayed
and correctly maintained under sub- section {1} of section 61 'anú in
the copies of the notice to be senl to the lnspector under sub-sections
(9) and {10) of the said section:
{iii)_a flag or light having the same colour as that of the badge to be worn
by the workers. of any relay actualfy at work, shall be'disþlayed during
the time of actual working of one or more relays in thê d-epartmeni
concerned;
(iv) each worker engaged inthe work canied on by means of overlapping
shifts shall be in possession of an identity card. The identity caro'inai
: be supplied to the worker by the factory management free-of cost and
shall bear the photograph of lhe worker, his iull name, sigftature or
, thumb impression and visibfe identification.mark and the siþnature of
the manager.
{2) The Centrâl Railway Locomotive Workshop,. parel, shall be exempted
from the provisions of sub-section (1) of section 5g.
Muster-roll prescribed under sub-section (5) of Section 59
t
[95.***]
96... Overtime slips.-Any work dono by a worker beyond the ngrmal
specified period of work shall be entered in the overtime-slips in duplicate
indicating therein the.actual period of overtime worked by nim. A c'opy of
,suc.h overtime slip duly signed by the manager or by a personr úuly
authorised.by him-in that behall, shall be given to the wórker'immediately
after completion of the overtime work:
, :. Provided that if the chaef tnspector is satisfied that because of the nature
'of work carried out in the factory, it is not possible to issue daity
slips to the
workers, he may permit issue of weekly slips.
:
Rule prescribed under section g0
:
97. Double employment of workers.-(a) The lnspector may sanction the
employment of adult workers in moie than one lactory on thó same day if
he is satislied that such adull worker is ailowed to work not more than fdrty
eight hours in a week and is allowed weekty holidays as per. slction sz.
(b) A note under the initiats of the ¡nspector shail be rnade in the remarks
column of a Register of such workers permitted to work in more lhan one
factory.
Notice prescribed under sub-sec.tion (g) ol section 6l
. 98. Notice of periods of work for adult.-The notice of periods of work
for adult workers shall be in Form 1ô.
Register prescribed under sub-section (2) of section 62
' 99. Register of adult workers.-The register of adult workers shall be in
Form'17- This register shall be written up afresh each year and shall be
preserued for a period oJ twelve months.

I Del. by G.N. dt. 1.8.2000 published in MGG pr.I-L, Exr, p.100

 The Møharashtra Factories Rutes, l9õJ 179

"Bules 100 ta t0P prescribed under sed¡on 64,,

rfl00, Persons defined to hold positions
of supervision or employed
in a confidentiat p.osition.-(1) ln a factory the follbwing persons shall be
deem.ed to hold positions of supervision or management i,v¡ihintne méãn¡ñõ
of sub-.s.ection (1) of seclion 64, provided they a-le not requireo to pertoriñ
manual labour or clerical work as a regular part of their duiies, namèty:-
(í) -The fiilan.qger, Deputy Manager, Assistant Manager, production
Manager, Works Manajer and the General Manager;
tii) . Departmental Head, Assistänt Departmentat Head, Departmentat
in-charge or Assistant Departmental in-charge;
(iii) chief Engineer, Deputy chÍef Engineer and Assistant Engineer;
(iv) Ch¡ef Chemist, Laboratory in-charge;
(v) Personnel Manager, personnel Officer;
(vi) Labour Officer, Assistant Labour Officer;
(vii)_ Welfare Officer, Additional Welfare Officer or Ass¡stant Welfare
Officer;
(viii) Safety Officer;
(ix) Security. Officer;
(x) Foreman, Chargeman, Overseer and Supervisor;
(xi) Jobber in Textite Factories;
(xii)HeadStore-keeperandAssiStarîtSlore-keeper;
(xiii) Boiler sarang or such Boiler Attendants who'are in- charge of a
battery of boilers and are only required to do supervisory worli; and
(xiv) Any other^person who in the opinion of the chief lnspector, holds a
position of supervision or Manaþement and is so deciareo i'n writing
by him.
(2) factory,.tfie foilowing persons shalt be deemed to be emptoyed in
Ln. a
a confidential position within tñd meaning of sub- section 1t¡ of selctión 64,
namely:- .

(¡) Stenographers or Telex Operators;

(ii) Otfice Superintendent;
(iii) Head Clerks where there is no Office Superintendent;
(iv) Head Accountant and Head Gashier;
(v) Head Time Keeper; and
(vi) Any othe_r person who in the opinion of the chief tnspector is
gJnployed in a confidential position'and is so dectared in ririting by
him.
(3)
. alyAny.d¡spu!.ewhether a person, by vírtue of the natuie.of his duties, fail
!n oJ thq definitions giveri ín sub-rútes (1) or (2) abgve, snâll ne oeãíoø
by the chief tnspector by passing an ordei i'n writi'ng, wnión snarr nãtinâ.-
(¿l 9n an apptication made.by the occupier or Manager of the factory, the
^.
Ç!.19t !¡s.nector m.ay decrare in-wriring any person otñer tnan tnãpäíéõni
oeflned ¡n sub-rutes (1) and (2) above, as a person holcling a position of
 180 The Malwrashtro Factories Rules. 1963

supervision or management or employed in a conlidehtial position in a

factory, if in the op¡nion ol the chief lnspector, such person holds such
position or is so employed.
{5) All declarations of the nature described in sub-rule (4} of this rule,
I?dq_ov. the chief Inspector under the provisions ol any earùer rules in thai
behalf shall be deemed to have been made under su-b-n*le (4), and shalt
continue to remain in force. l

101. List of persons defined in Êule 100 and overtime muster-rofi and
slips.-(1) A Ìist showing the names and designat¡ons of all persons defined
in rule 100 shall be maintained in every lactory and it'shall be made
available for inspection to the lnspector ât ail t¡úres when work is being
carried on in any faclory.
{2) Where the ordinary rate of wages of any person, whose name is
shown ín the list maintained under sub-rule (j) oith¡s rule does not exceed
ll." *ugg limit specified in sub-section (6) of'section 1 of the payment of
wages Act; 1936 {4 of 19g6) as amended lrom time to time ¡e e-ntitted to
extra wages in'respect of 'overtime work under section s9, the Manager of
the factory shall:-
{a) maintain a muster-roll in form 15 as prescribed under rute b5, in
. respect of such persons, and
(b) issue overt¡me slips as prescribed under rule g6, to such persons.
. 1.04. Exemp.tion of certain adult workers,-Adult workers.engaged in
factories specílÍed in column 2 of the schedule hereto annêxed, onihé work
specified In column 4 of the said schedule shall be exenipt from the
provisions of the section specified in column 5 thereof suó¡ect to the
conditions, if any, specified in column 6 of the said Schedulé; and also
sub¡ect to the following conditions, namely:-
(i) no woman worker shall be required or allowed to work for more lhân
nine hours in any day;
(i$ except in respect of exemption under clause (a) of sub-section (2) of
section 61 the following limits of work inclusive of overtime stráil'be
observed, namely:-
(a) the total number of hours of work in any day shall not exceed t€n;
(b) the spreadover, inclusive of inlervals for rest, shall not exceed
twelve hours in any one day;
(c) lhe total number of hours in week, including overtime shall not
. 6 exceed sixty; and
(d) the total number of hours of overtíme shall not exceed fifty for any
one quarter:
.
,. P.rovided that, the limits imposed by sub-ctauses (a) and (b) of this ctause
,shall not apply in the case oT a shift worker engaged in laòtôries specilted
. against category and No.X(1) to (09) ín the scñedute if the said dorker ¡s
allowed to work the whole or pârt of the subseduent shift ín the absence of
a worker who has failed to report for duty.
 .S.CHEDULE
Gategory Class of Exemption Nature of exempted work Exemption
No. Factories under Section from Sec-
tion
All factories 64(2)(a) and Urgent. repairs.-Explanation - Urgent 51 ,52,54,
64(3) for urgent repairs for the purposes of this exemption 55,
repairs and for shall mean - (a) repair to any part of 56 and 61
con seq u e nt ial machinery, plant'or structure of a factory,
exemptions from which are of such a nature that delay in
the provisions'of their 'execution would involve dangei to
section 61 human life or a safety or the stoppage of
the manulacturing process;
(b) repairs to deep-sea ships and repairs
to commercial aircarts which are essential
to enable such sh¡ps or aircrafts to leave
port at proper time or continue their normal
operations in ôea- worthy or air-worthy
conditions as the case may be, and;
(c) repairs in connection with a change of
motive power e.9.. from steam to electricity
or vice versa, when such work cannot
possibly e done without stoppage of the
normal manufacturing process. Provided
that urgent repairs shall not include peri-
odical cleaning and maintenance wôrk.
Conditions
(i) The occupier or manager of the
factory shall send to the lnspector
a notice within 24 hours of the
commencement of the work, stat-
ing therein the precise nature of
urgent repairs, the exact time ol
the commencement of such work Þ
and the list of all persons
employed:on such work. A copy of
such notice shalf be displayed in
the factory as provided under sec-
tion I'108(2) of the Act, w¡thin 24
hoursr, of the comþletion of the
wsrk of urgent repairs, a notice to
that effect shall be sent to the I
lnspector, along with the copy of
the entr¡es made in Form no.15 in
respect.of every worker mentioned -\
in the earlier notice;
(ii) No worker shâll be allowed or
required to work on such repairs
for more than 15 hours on any one
day, 39 hours during ,any I con-
secut¡ve days or,66.hours during
each period of seven consecutive
days co¡menoing from his first
employment on such work;
(1) (2) (e), (4) (5) (6) N)

(ii¡) lf the lnspector is of the

opinion that any work carried on in
a factory as 'urgent Repairs' is not
'urgent Repairs', the lnspector
shall serve on the manager an
order to that. effect and the
manager shall in respect of such
work, not required any worker to
work in contravenl¡on of the
provisions of Sections 51 , Sp, 54,
55, 56 and.shall comply with sec-
tion 61 of the Act;
(iV) No worker shall be required or
allowed to work for a pbriod of {
more than six hours before he has
had an interval of rest or food of at
least half an hour;
(v) Provisions of section 53 of the
Act and, rules 95 and g6 of the
rules shall be.complied with.
il. ex-
All factories 64(Z)(b).for work (a) Maintenance work in connection with 51,54,55 (i) No worker shall be required or
cept.lnose on in the nature. of the _míll gearing, the electric driving of and 56. s
allowed to work on shifts óf lonqer
:9li'l^r^out preparatory or rrgnrrng apparatus, the mechanical or than I hours duration.
Process ôomplemeñtary electrical lifts or hoists and the steam or (ii) lntervals for food and rest shail
work. water pipes or pumps of the factory be given to all workers allowed to
(b) Departmental ciiers; and worl( on such work.
(c) Workers attending to the starting, stop- (iii) Provisions of rules 95 and g6
ping and maintaining electrical motors and shall be comptied with.
connected switch gears.
ilt. All factories 64(2Xc) for work (1Xa) Work pedormed by drivers on l¡oht- 51,54,55 (i) No worker shall be required or
in which is ing, ventilating and humiðifying apparaíus. allowed to work on shifts òf lonoer
n ecessarily in- (b) Work performed by fire pumpriren and and 56. than I hours duration.
termittent in na- al personnel on the fire- fighting staff. (ii) lntervals for food and rest shail
IUf0r (2) Telephone Operators anO Telex be given to all workers allowed to
Operators. work on such wo¡"k.
(iii) Provisions of rules g5 and 96
shall be complied with.
tv. All factories 64(2Xh) for work Workers engáged in engine rooms or 51, 52
in the eng¡ne- boiler house, attending to power plant or Provisions of Section 53 and
Rules 95 and g6 shall be complied
rooms, boiler- . transm¡ssion machinery or the prime with.
house, power movers.
plants or trans-
mission machi-
nery.
All factories 64(2Xj) Work of Workers.gngaged in the loading or unload- 51, 52, (i) No worker shall be requiréd or
loading and un- rng 01 ra¡tway - wagons or Lorries, trucks 54, 55, 56 allowed to work on shifts of longer
loading and tankers or the loading and unloading than I hours' duration.
at jetties. (ii) lntervals for food and rest shall
be given to all Workers allowed to
work on such work:
(iíi) Provisions'of rules SB and
Flules 95 and 9ô shall be complied
with.
 læ
iÌlo
tæ
VI, Carbonic Acid 64(2Xb) for work Work of fireman to light lye-boiler 51,54, 55 (i) This exemption shall be availed I
Gas factories in the, nature of of only on the day on which the '
pre-paratory or plant is restarled after a closure.
complementary (ii)No worker shall be required or
work. allowed to work on shifts of longer
than 6 hours'duration.
(iii) lntervals for food and rest
shall be given to all workers al- F-:
lowed to work on such work. F
(iv) Provisions of Rules 95 and 96 Ãi
shafl be complied with.
vil. (1) CIÖth Print- 64(2Xb) work in Work in the nature of preparatory or com- 51, 54 Provisions of Bules 95 and 96",b
. E-
ing factories or the nature of plementary to main operations of printing, and 56 shall be complied with. F
departments preparatory or sanforizing, linishing and mercerising óf
complementary cloth. tr
work. Ë
(2) Cotton Spin-
weavins
Work involved,in clearing blow room flues Do. Do. Þ

tiiìfl..u R
t'
(3) Film Studios Do. All work in the nature of preparatory br Do. Do- Ë
complementary w9ry which is necessary Ð
for the shooting of films.
or
:

vlll. Dyeing Do. Work performed by Kiermen. 51,54,55 (i) No worker shall be required or
bleaching fac- and 56.
tories or depart- allowed to work on shifts óf longer
ments. thän 8' hours' duration.
(ii) lntervals for food and rest shall
bê given to ail workers allowed to
work on such work.
(iii) Provisions of Rules 95 and g6
shall be complied with.
tx. (1) Brick fac- 64(2Xb) for work Work of,Fireman on Kilns.
tories 55 Do.
in the nature of
preparatory or
complernenlar"y
work.
(2) Cashew Nut Do. Oil Exkaction work
Factories. Do.
(3) Cloth print- 64(2Xd) lör work Work of cloth printing, bleaching, finishing,
rng anö process- (i) No workers shall be required or
wfiioh for techni- mer.cerising; raising, dyeing, singeingarid allowed to work on shitts of longer
ing factories cal rgasons sanronztng. than I hours'duration.
mt¡st be earried (ii) lntervals for food and rest shall
on continuou$l¡ l:. be givgn to all workers allowed to
work on such work.
(4) Collaps¡ble Do. Work in painting, coating, drying of Collap-
tube manufaotur- Do. {
ing factories.
s¡ble tubes if carrled on in a continuous
process.. :
.Ì
(5) Cycle manu- Wo¡k in painting and enambelling section
factur¡ng, Do-
ancl, sem¡-automatic p¡ânt¡ng plant.
Automob¡lË È
manufacturino
and manufacl
ture of'Steel lur-
niture. r
õ
(ô) Enarnelled Do Wgrk.of enamglling of wiies 55 Do.
wire manufaclur-
ing täctories ;.-

æ
{Þ
 aô

(7) Fenous and Ðo Work on hot rollÍng

Non-ferrous Do.
metal factories
(8) Flour Mills Do. Allwork 55 Do.
(9) Gum lndustry Do. Work performed ín connection with shift- 55 Do.
ing, Çehusking, grinding and pack¡ng
('to) thdia l
Dô. Melt¡ng Departménl ihcluding dress wash- 55 Dq.
Gbvernment Mint ing
(11) teåihér. Do Working gf ci ntinuous coating of pVC 55 Do.
clóth'fâctôries drying fusing in hot air oven and embosÉ-
tng
(12) Lime Bhat- Do Workers employed: on, Bhatties. 'tÊ {
ties i. .... .'': 't Do.
(13) oil Mllls Do. All continuous process work 55 Do
(14) Ordnance 64(2Xd) for work Work in:'mþlting' shóp .swarfändeal 'in fur- 55
factories (i) No workers shall be required or
which. for techni- nace gås'producers; electrical s,ub-sta- allowed to work on shifts of lortger
cal reasons tions and water and electrical d¡stribut¡on than E ho¡¡rs' duration.
must ,.be carried departments. (ii) lntervals for food and rest shall
on continuously.. be given to all workers ;allowed.to
' ., r .,1. r
work on such work.
(15).Phar- .
Dor All,,contin uous,process work, Do.
rnaceutical fac-
tories
çró¡ ÞÉsric tac-
tories
Do. Worl<- on plastic injection moulding 55 Do.
machine and eitïusion machine
(17) Pottery
works
Work of firemen on kilns. 55 Do.
(18) Shellac fac- Do. Workers employed on kilns.
tories Do.
(19) Smeltíng Do. (1) Work on the reducing furnace.
and Refining fac- Do.
(2) All continuous process work in connec-
tones tion with electrolytic refining.
(20) Soap fac- Do. Work on Soap boiling pans and soap 55
¡ones qryrng pans.
(21) Sodium Do, All Works 55 Do.
and potassium ;

bichronate fac-
'tiiries ' :

(22) Spinning Do. Work on hot air sizing machines. Do.

and.,weavinq
mills
(1) Acètyiene
factories.
64(2Xd) for work Genérat¡on of gas and fitling of clyinders. 5I, 5;2, (i) No worker,shall be requíred or
which for techni-
cal 54, 55 allowecl to wotk on shifts of longer
reasons and 56. than I hours'iduration.
must be carried .(ii) lntervals for food and rest shall
on continuously. be given to all workers allowed to
work on such work.
(i¡i) Prov¡sions of Flules 95 and g6
shall be compl¡ed w¡th.
(iv) Compliance ,with section 33
shall be made in such a wav as
such workers.shall be¡llowiO' not
less .than two ,holidays in each
period. covered'by. fpur cohsecu-
tive statutofy holidays,under,sec-
tion 52(1).

4
(o
 to
ìt
(v) ln the absence of a worker who
nas.failed to rêport ûcr duty a shift
worker may be âtbwed to úoifìr¡ä
vyrtote. or, part. of the .eubssquent
shift: Provided that the next shift
of that worker.shall not commencê
Delore ,aìp-eriod of 16, hours has
: :131"^fl, after the. specified .stop_
prng rime of the shift lo which tie,
(?) Carbonic ' belongs. .
, acto gas works
Do. W.odr of firemen, pumpmen, plant
orlers and the l¡ll¡ng of cylindeis.
driver_ 51, 52, Do. ."'
54, 55 Þ
(0)_ Oarbonic Dô.,
:,,\ and 56.
. '(Et¡on
acid gas solidif_ - -- All works qxcêpt packing blocks.
Do. Do. s.
works.
(4) Cefient,fac- Do.
toriÊs and asbes-
,
All continuou's piocess work ;
51, 52, Do.
tosloement .
54, 55
facto͡es, r.
and 56
tr !i I 1 t -' È
' ,È(.i'

f).
chemical fac- Do. .

All continuous prucess work

Do. Do.
(Þ) Ghemical c
Do. S
Pioducts hc- Prooess ol rnanufacturing activated carbon
Do. Do.
toriþs
 .5
(7) cine- Do. Work on developing and washing process Þo.
matographic Do.
rlrms process¡n
factories
rac- Do' All work in the resort house and on the Do.
,tÌ,fn9t'sal Do.
]y?ter g?s-_plant. Work of the mate yard
labour statl in unloading coal, leeding ñop-
pers and removing coke, work oh .ttie
syphons boilers, stat¡on meters and gover_ :
!S
nors.'
(9) Gomputer in- Do. All work. Do. Do.
stallat¡ons.
(10) Confec- Do. Manufacturing of malted chocolate Do. Do.
lionery Manufac- flavoured food. and chocolate making
turing Depart-
ments of fac-
lories.
('!.t) cr.ulq 64(axd) for work (a) All continuoui piocess work perforrneà 51, 52,
Yilera.t Oil.and wnich-tôrtechni- by'the plant operators, fire õpúators. 54, 55
Do. h
HelrOCnemtêal Cal reasgns
¡rellilng lac- , mUst be canied labgratory testeri.and anaJystb, main- and 56
tgpance and instrument peisonnef con-
on continuously., nected'with -contin:ùoa¡s process .work,
dressers and sample carriers.
(b) Work performed by safety opêrator$.
(12) Dexriiiie Do.
f fl 99n!inuou,g pr,çess work Do. Do.
manufac,turlno
factories -
."tì :

"ill :'

ao
gt
 4
.D
(19) Disriiler¡es â
Work ori the extraction ot sular-iãñ Do Do.
ygr-igus fermenration ot sigarcaïä
juice and!age.s..
disriitar¡on ot termeñieã-ñãsll
(14):Eteôtricat
acêumuletors Qp.eratio.ns in connection with charging Do. Do.
charging depart- eleclrical accumulators
ments of lac-
tories
(15)' E¡g61¡¡.r¡ Do. Opgrat¡on .and'maintrinance-,of trans- Do.
inciuã;;; -"'
r.ecqiving. sta- Do.
ilons:end sub, fcirmer-s and- their a-uxílt¡ari"s,
stat¡ols r.eceNtng ?!.!d.diptfjb-ution, switchoeàrl :

,
rrg nten¡ng
-arlççlols, -sy¡chronours- aná
orner conderisors and rotary and static
condensors.
(16) Elec{ronic Do.
Components l:l{!S, lacquering and cotour coding of Do..
cerbon reg¡stances .. Do.
Facto.ry
(17),Fenous Do. Hot Rolling
and non-ferrous. Do.
metal factories
(18) Glass fac- Do. All continuqus iproce$s work.including.car-_ 51
¡ut in-cãì_ ãil,
lories 52,
f9_nins
and.packins caried 5s
(19)'Glycerine
ttnuous Chqin - .: , and 56
Do. All continuous process work
factories Do. Qo.
 (20) Hydrautic 64(2Xd) for work A[ work
pumping stations which for techni-
cal reasons
musl be carried
on continuously.
(21). tce-,factories
?e' lgr[ ,of the engine and comÞressors, Do. Do,
drivers and assistants and oilers.
(22) Magnàsìum Do. The work on concentrating process
Chloride fac- Do. Do.
tories :

(23) fylilk Da¡ries Do. nft ry9r! of receiving, chiiling, processing Do. Do.
ot mitK Oy pasturisalion, storage, botiling
qnQ packing of mitk
Do. (a) Work performed by workers in connec_ Do.
Do.
tion with pumplng opdrations
,r.:..ili.i,ì; i.,rt; (b) Work performed by furnancemen and
r ",. :. r r j:,;ii- firemen
i: .:i -li (c) Work performed by safety operators
(zql oxygen fac- Do. Work Engine and plant drivers, oilers and Do.
Iones',' :::;: the filling of the cylinders
Do.
(2Ê) Paper:, '' Do.
q?rCþsârd and
' Work. pe¡fo¡¡n,ed on chopper, digestor, Do. Do.
qtiawUoàïd fac. K,.rlgegÊIsi srahgrs and,waEhers, beaters.
tCi¡fþ$':'','' .'tt '' P,?Pgri.naking qr.qchjngs, :pumping plants,
,Ii-,.r i..i¡',. i., replelqiang cutters. ,
r
Phar':.'r .,'i.iri
(27).r A-ll côntinuous process operailons in
qraceptisal fac- Do.
t9rig9,,,
chçmical plantl' ?:
,,
'.': j'.' r:-;;lì,;ir1i;!
. ' .',..i j ..
, )1. 1,

".!':" .
..:.-.:
ì,
 (28) phono-: . Work performed ln matrix
graph Dis. o"partmãñ 51, 52, Oo.
cmanulacturino 5455&
,faclorles 56
(2e)'Pgûassium
chloralëifactories
Do. ;Work'in the
.''''''' oellroom Þo. Do.
(90) Publlc
elebtricity suoo- P¡,eryg." aod maintenance of Do.
.Ërrlmemgver' q¡d.] au¡iliaries, generators
Do.
ly factqiiês "..'
geneiafing tff nsformers änd sw¡iclrsãáislä;-';;-_
steclr¡city ¡n any g[nes a4d boiterp and tne¡i -"
aui¡iaaõ'
I

manner and
,lhose engine- -:
rooms end
boiler depart-
'ments/ {
girnerat-
rng e¡ectrjc¡ty ¡n
qny 4anne.I.. ' .Ì i-
1i-

(s1)'Publt¿ Do ,i

Pump¡ng and i{,

compreseol sta-
IK'NS F
(32) Rubber 3
Do. All work on curlng process of rubber
Tyre and Rub- s
ã
ber factories
(33) Sllver
rèfineries All'úvork
Do.
(34) Soep fac- Do. (a) Atl continuous procêss work in con- Do. Do.
lories t¡nuous soap making plant.
(b) All continuous piocess work in svn-
thetic detergent plants including cartonínO
and packing carried out in a iontinuouõ
chain.
(95) Sodium Do. Work in furnace and crystqliser
and PotasEium uo. Do-
bichromate fec,
tories
(8Q) Starch fac- oo: All work,êxcept the Engineering Depart-
loflÊs Do. Þo.
ment and Workshops
(37) Sugar fac- Do. Operationg beginning with receiving and Do.
IOrres Do.
weighment of sugarcane and ending with
oarrtng 01 sugar
Do. Thé work, viz, refining, bleaching, filtering,
generatton
-ot hydrogen, hydrogenerating
ano oeodor¡sing processes; also compres_
.sion of oxygen and
the clyinder filting.
(39) Factories Do. All eonlinuous process work Do. Do.
having - Effluent
Tfeatmênt Plant

(0
\¡
 ,g (o

xt. (1) All Ootton 64(2Xb) for work Work performed by Ginfilters. Mochies and 51, 52, All the five conditions in X(i) and
ginning factories in the nature of Oilers- 54, 55, 56 (vi) Register or Muster roll re-
preparàtory or &61 quired to be maintained under
complementary section 62 shall show correctlv full
wÖrk 64(2Xf) for particulars of periods within which
work carried each such worker may be required
during fixed to work, entries in the register of
seasons and Muster roll shall able up-to-date.
section 64(2), for
c0nsrquential
exemption from
section 61.
xil. (1) Potter Works 64(2Xd) for work Work on'Tunnel kilns 52 and 55 All the conditions ås ¡n Vll.
of contínuous
naturê
xilt. (1) Gur (JaS- 64(2Xb) for work All 'rvork 5'l , 54, 55 All the condit¡ons as in Vlll.
gery) factories in the nature of and 56
prepa-råtory or
com- plementary
work and
6a(2Xc) for work
which is neces-
sarily interm¡t-
tent in nature.
XIV (1) NewspaÞer 62(2Xi) lor work (a) All work on dailylweekly News-papers. 51,55, 55 (a) No worker shall be allowed to
Printing Prejsses in Printing of and 56 work for more than 56 hours
Newdpaper any week.
, in
which is held up (b) No overtime ihall be carried on
due to break except for two days prior to lhe
down of date of the publication ol the
machinery.
weekly newspaper.
(c) The exemption under this entry
shall be availed of only in that
section of the press where there is
breakdown of machinery; and
ì
ì
(d) lntervals for food and rest shall
be given to all workers allowed to i
work on such work. i
XV (1) All Factories 64(2)(k) for work
_ notified by the
Workers_engaged irt any.work is notlied 51,
SZ, All the conditions as in X(1) ex- ì
State !V tne State Government in the Officiat 54,
55 cepl cond¡tion No.(V).
:i
Gove.rn- Gazette, as work of National lmportance. aná so.
ment as work of
National lmpor- tt
tance. :-
¡ i

(o
(o
 200 The lvlaharasht¡.a ÍÌactor¡es Rules. 1963

'[102-4. Exernption to women work¡ng in fish cur¡ng and f¡sh cann¡ng

factories.-All women working in fish curing and fish canning factories shail
be exempTed from the provisions of clause (b) of sub-section (1) of section
66, subject to the following conditions:-
(1) Allwomen whose duty terminates or starts after 7.00 p.m. and before
6.00 a.m. should be provided with free conveyance from their
residence to factory and back.
(2) occupier shall provide creche and food/snacks/tea facitities for the
use of women workers employed between 7.00 p.m. and 6.00 a.m.
{3) Provísions of section 54 shall be comptied with.
{4) Change of shifts for such femate workers shalt be elfected after a
.weekly holiday or any other holiday.
(5). Flestroom and separate lockers shall be provided in the factory
premises for women.
(6) Women should be placed in groups when employed between 7.00
p.m. and 6.00 a.m.
(7) No women shall be given night duty continuously fo.r more than'one
week.l
CHAPTER VII
Employment of Yosng Persons
Not¡ce prescribed under sub-section {3} of section Z2
f 03. Notice of periods of work for children.-The notice of periods of
work for child workers shall be in Form 18.
Register prescribed under sub-sect¡on (2) of section 73
104. Register of Child-W0rkers.-The Register of child-workers shalt be
in Form 19. This register shall be written up afresh each year and shall be
preserved for a period ol twelve months.
CHAPTER VIII
Annual Leave with Wages
Rules 105-113 prescribed under sect¡on 80(3) and 82
105. Leave with Wages Register.-(1) The manager shall keep a Reg¡ster
in Form 20 hereinafter called the Leave with Wages Register:
Provided that if the Chiel lnspector is of the opinion that any muster roll
or register maintained as part of the routine of the factory, or return rnade
by lhe manager, gives in respect of any or all of the workers in the factory,
the particulars required for the enforcement ol Chapter Vlll of thè Act, he
may, by order in writing, direct that such Muster roll or register or return
shall, to the corresponding extent, be maintained in place ol and be treated
as the register or return required under this Rule ín respect of that factory.
(2) The Leave with Wages Register shall be preserved for a period ol
three years after the last entry in it and shall be produced before the
lnspector on demand.

I Ins, by Govr. Notificatiorr dt. 13.3.1996, MCG. Pt.I-L, Ex.. dt. 13.3.1996 p.67
 The llaharushtra [.'acrories Rules, ]9ó3 201

106. Leave Book.-(1) The manager shall provide each worker who has
become entitted to teave durìng a cãtendar yòar, wíth a book i.]rÊäi*'åîl
(hereinafter called the Le.ave B.ook) lateithan the 28th Februàry of thé
,¡rhe Leave1ot
Book
l"]lyilg",9gg1d3r.J.ur, shail be made out separarety for
eacn worker on a thick bound sheet and shalt be the property ot t¡re woríierii
and.the manager or hìs agent shall not demand it eircept tó mate relevanl
enlries of dates of hotidays or interruptions in service, aho sr.láil noil<eàp- ìn
for more than a week at â time:
Provided lhat where a worker is discharged or d¡smissed from servíce
during ihe course of the year, the manager lhall issue an abstract from Ìhe
'Register of Leave with wages' (Form ão¡ witnin a *eák irom tne date of
discharge or dísmissal, as ilìe case may be
' t2) ll a worker foses his Leave Book, the manager shall provide him
with
another copy on the payment of ten paise withi"n fiftã;n iãys, and sha[
complete it from his record.
' 1o7, Medical certificate.-lf any worker is absent from work
anci il he
wants to avail himself
.of the leave wit! wages due to h¡m to cover the perioo
of illness as provided in sub-section (7)of éectîon 79, he shati, ii so reitruired
by the.manager produce a medical ceñificate signed by a regiétered medicat
practitioner or- by a registered or recognised-vaìd ôr Hak¡m, stating the
cause of the absence.and the-period foiwhich the worker iç in tne opinlon
of such medical practitioner, vâ¡d or Hakim, unableto attend to his work:'
' .Provided that if in any village there is no registered medical pract¡t¡oner
oI registered or recognised vaid or Hakim, a cãrtif¡cate of the sârparicl õi
village Panchayat or headman of the village shall l¡e deemed as ðufficient
for the purpose ol this rule.
108. Notice to lnspector of lay-off.-The manager shall give, as soon as
possible, a notice to the lnspector of every case-of lay- o-fi oi workers by
agreement or contract or as permissible under the stairding orders, givin!
the number of such workers and the reasons for the lay-offl Entries tó tnið
effect shall be made in the Leave with wages Register ánd the Leave Book
in respect of each worker concerned.
199. Notice by worker.-Before or at the end of every calendar year a
wgrker may give notice to the manager of his intention n-ot to avail ñimself
of the annual leave with wages falling due to him during the following year.
ïhe_manager shall make an e.ntry to that effect in the Leave with fuâges
Flegister and ín the Leave Book of the worker concerned.
ll0. Notice by Manager.-The manager shall cause a notice to be
displayed giving the names oT all workers whose leave, which has been
carried lorward has reached the maximum limit allowed under the first
proviso to sub-section {5} of section 79, as soon as possible in the first
quarter of each calendar year, the notice shall state that no further leave can
be carried forward and that application lor leave shall be made w¡ih one
month from the date of the notice. A copy of the notice shall be given to
each worker concerned. A copy shall also be delivered at the officé of the
lnspector.

I Subs. by G.N. d.. 1.8.2000 published in MGG Pr.l-L, E.\r. P,t00

2 Subs. by G.N. dt. ¡.8.2000 published in MGG PI.I-L, Exr. P.t00
 202 ùIaharashta Fa,ctories Rutes, Ig63

111, Mode of leave.-(1) As far âs c¡rcumstance permit, members of the

'be
same family compris¡ng húsband, wife and childien'shall aüowed leave
on the same date. a

e) Tlq manager may alter the dates tixed for teave onty after giving a
notice of four weeks to the worker.
{!
(3) A worker may exchange the period of his leave with another worker ii
subject to the approval of the manager.
112. Payment of leave wages due, if worker dies.-lf a worker, who is
not entitle to advance payment in accordance with the provisions of section
81, dies before he resumes work, the balance of his pay due for the period
ol leave shall be paid to his nominee and fâiling sucli nbminee, to hié legal
representative within one month of the receipt of intimation oÌ death of the
worker. The nomínation shall be t["**] sígned by the worker and attested by
two witnesses.
_ -1'!3. Fegister to be maintained in case of exemption under secilon
84.-(1) where an exempt¡on is granted under section ti4, the manager shall
maintain a Register showing the position ol each worker as regaid leave
due, leave taken and wages granted.
.(Z) Hq shall display at the main entrance of the factory, a notice givirç
-
full details of the system established in the factory for leavê with wages anð
send a copy of it to the lnspector.
^ (3) No alteration shall be made in the scheme approved by the State
Government at the time ol granting exemption under'section 84 without its
previous sanction.
CHAPTER IX

ll4. Dangerous
Æuies råiï#ffi'"i n
o,L,,o
*
operation.-(1) The following operat¡ons when carrieclon
in any factory are declared to be dangerous operations under section g7:-
1. Manufacture of aerated -water and processes incidental thereto.
2. Electrolytic plating or oxidation of metalarticles by use of an electrol¡e
containing chromic acid or other chrornium compounds.
3. ManufacJure and repair of e¡ectr¡c accumulators
4. Glass manufacture
5. Grinding or glazing of metals.
6. Manufacture and lreatment of lead and certain compounds of lead
7. Generation of gas from dangerous petroleum as delined in clause (b)
of section 2 of the Petroleum Act, 1934.
8. Cleaning or smoothing of articles by a jet of sand, metal short or grit
.
or other abrasive propelled by a blast oT compressed air or steam
L Liming and tanning of raw hides and skins and processes incidental
thereto.
10. Manufacture of chromic acid or manufacture or recovery of the
bicromate of sodium, potassium or ammonium.
11. Manufacture or manipulation of nitro or amino cornpounds,

I Del. by G.N. dt. 1.8.2000 published in MGG Pt.l-L, Ext. p.l0o

 The Maharashtra Faetories Rules,1963 203
r[12. Handling
and manipulailon of corrosive substances,]
'13- Manufaclure of_bangles and other articles frorn
cinematograph fílm
and toxic and inflammable solvents.
14. Processes involving manufacture, use or evolution of carbon disul-
phide and hydrogen sutphide.
15. Manufacture and manipulation of dangerous pesticides.
2¡tO. Compression
of oxygen and hydrogen produced by electrolytic
process.l
3117.
Manufacture and manipulation of asbestos.l
4¡ta. ManufacÌure and manipulation
of rnanganese and its compounds.l
1 9. Carbon-di-sulphide Ptants.

20. Benzene
u¡21-
Process of extracting oils wax and fats lrom vegetable and animal
- sources in Solvent Extraction Plants.l
. 22. Manulacture and manipulation'ol Car0inogenic Dye lntermediates.
. 23. Highly flammable liquids and flammable,compressed Gasesl
, 24. Aperations lnvolving High Noise Levets.l
o[ZS.
Handlingand processing of cotton.]
(2) The provision specified in-the Schedules annexed hereto shail apply
to a!_y class or description of factor¡ês wherein dangerous operatidní
specified in each Schedule are carried out.
.'(3) This rule shall come intoioõe in respect of any class or description
of láctoríes wherein the sa¡d operations are carried on, on such date al tne
state Government may, by notifícation inthe officiatGazette appoint in'this
beharf'
Â^¡¡FÃr,,
SCHEDULE F
I J

' Manufacture of aerated waters and.processes incidental thereto

f . Fencing of machines.-All machines for filling botiles or syBhons shalt
bq s9 construcled, placed or fenced as to prevent, as far-às may be
'präcticable,.a fragment.of a bursting bottle ór syphon'from strlking'ahy
pelson employed in the factory.
. ?. laqe guards a_nd gauntlets,-(1) The occupier shail provide and
maintain in good condition for the use of all.person engaged in lilling botiles
or syphon-
. (a) suitable face-guards to protect the lace, neck and throat, and j
(b) suitable gauntlets for both arrns to proteci the whole hand and arms:
, Provided that-
{i) paragraph 2(1) shall not apply where bottles are filled by means bf
an automatic machine so constructed that no fragment of a bursting
bottle can escape, and

I Subs. by G.N., dt. ?.7.1968.

2 lns. by G.N,, dt. 5.4.1965,
3 Ins. by G.N., df. 8.10.1970.
4 Ins. by G.N., dr. 1.12.1975.
5 Added by G.N., dt. 9.5.1985.
6 Added by G.N., dt. I0.7.1997.
 244 The tr[aharashtra Factories Rules, ]96J

(ii) where a machine is so conslructed that only one arm on the botfle
at work upon it is exposed to danger, a gauntlet need not be
provided for the arm which is not exposed to danger.
(2) The occupier shall provide and maintain in good cond¡tion for the use
of all persons engaged in corking, crowning, screwing, wiring, foíling,
capsuling, sighting or labelling bottles or syphon-
(a) suitable face-guards to protect the face, neck and throat, and
{b} suitable gauntles for both arms to protect the arms and at least half
of the palm and the space between the thumb and forefinger.
.3. Wearing of face-guards and gauntlets.-All persons engaged in any
of the processes specified in paragraph 2 shall, while at work in such
process, wear the face-guards and gauntlets provided under the provisions
of the said paragr.aph.

Electrotytic ptatins art¡cres by use of an

", ":$lïJ"'"ttllitar
electrolyte containing chromic acid or other chromium compounds.
1, Definitions.-For the purpose of this Schedule-
{a) "Electrolytíc chromium pfocess" means the electrolyt¡c plat¡ng or
oxidation of metal articles by the use of an electrolyte containing
chromic acid or other chromium comoound.
' (b) "Bath" means any vessel used for an electrolyte chromium process or
ior any subsequent process.
, {c) "Employed" means in paragraphs 5, 7, I and 9 of this Schedule
employed in any process involving contact with liquid from a bath. .

, , (d) "Suspension" means suspension from employrnent in any process

involving contact with liquid from any bath by written certiticate in the
Health Register, signed by the Certifying Surgeon, who shafl have
power of suspension as regards afl persons employed Ín any such
process.
" 2. Exhaust draught.-An efficient exhaust draught shall be supplied to
every vessel in which an electrolytic chromium process is carried on. Such
draught shall be provided by mechanical means and shall operate on the
vapour or spray given ofl in the process as near as may be at the point ol
'origin. The exhaust draught appliance shall be so constructed, arranged and
'ma¡ntained as to prevent the vapour or sprây enter¡ng into any room or place
in which work is carried on.
3. Prohibition relating to women and young persons.-No worien,
adolescent or child shall be employed or permitted to work at a bath.
4. Floor of work-room.;The floor of every room containing a bath shall
be impervious to water. The floor shall be maintained in good and level
cond¡tion and shalt be washed down at ¡east once a day.
5. Protective clothing.-(1) The occupíer of the factory shall provide and
maintain in good and clean condltion the lollowing articles of protective
clothing for the use of all persons employed on any process at which they
are liable to come in contact with liquid from a bath and such clothing shall
be worn by the persons concerned-
{a) water-prool aprons and bibs, and
 The ilaharashtra Factorîes Rules, 1963 205

(b) for persûns actually working at bath, loose-fitting rubber gloves and
rubber'boots or other water-proof {ootwear.
(2) The occupier shall provide and mainta¡n lor the use of all persons
employed suitable accommodation lor the storage and adequate árrange-
ments for the drying ol the protective clothing.
6. Medical requisites.-The occupier shall provide and maintain a suffi-
cient supply of suitable ointment and impermáable water-proof plaster in a
separate box readily accessible to the workers and used sol'ely for the
purpose of keeping the ointment and plaster.
1¡2. Medical
examination,-(i) Every person employed in electrolytic
qhro.rlg process shail be examined by tñe Medicat tndpeótor of Factorieõ or
certifying surg-eon within 30 days-of his first em$loyment in the said
process, and if found fit, shall be granted bv the'Méoicql lnspector of
Factor¡es or certifying surgeon a certificate rjf fitness in a¡Form No.23.!
tnereaftef, such person shall be examined by Medical lnspector of Fac-
tories or certifying surgeon at intervals of not more than six'months:
Provided that where.the chief lnspector of Factories is ol the opinion that
conditions of work in the said procdss are unsatisfactory, ne may by order
in writing require the Manager of the factory to have thã person'employed
in the said _process medically examined by Medical lnspect'or of Factorieé or
Certifying Surgeon at more lrequent intervals.
(ii) lf at any time, the Medicat tnspector ol Factories or certifying surgeon
is ol the opinion that any person is'no longer fit {or emptoyrneit ¡-n tne-sa¡o
p!'ocess. o¡ tfe g. rounds that continuance therein would invotve speciaf
danger to the health of such person, he shalf cancelthe certif¡cate of fitness
issued to him.l
8..Gautionary placa.rd.-A cautionary placard in the form specified by the
^.
chiel lnspegtgy .and printed in the tanluage of the majority 'ot tne woikers
gmploy.eo shall be affixed in a prominéntþtace in theiactôry where it can
be easily and conveniently read by the woikers.
. 9' weekly examinatio.n.:ô responsible person appointed in writing by
occupier of.the fâctory shall twice in every week iñèpect the hands-aná
forearrns of. all pe.r- sons employed and-shall keef a record of such
inspections in the Health Register.
SCHEÐULE ¡II
Manufacture and repair of electric accumulators
. 1. savings.-This schedule shall nol apply to thê manufacture or repair of
electric accumulators or pârts thereof not containing lead or any comþound
ol lead; or to. the repair on the premises, of anyr accumulator foñning öart ot
a stationary battery.
2. Ðefinitions.-For the purposes of this schedule-
(a)."Lead process" meâns the mefting of lead ûr any material contain¡ng
lqaO casting, pastìng, lead burning, or any oiher work, includinf
trimming or any other abrading or cutting of pasted ptates, invoivin!
the use, movement or manipulation of, contact with, any oxide of lead-.

I Subs. by G.N. dt. 25.3.1975

2 Subs, by G.N. dt. I.8.2000 published in MGC Pt.I-L, Ex¿. p.100
206 The Maharashtra Facaor¡es Ruies' l9ó3

,,Manipulation of raw oxide of lead" fneans any lead process involving

{b)
any manipulation or movement of raw oxides of lead other than its
coñveyan'ce in a receptacle or by means of an implement from one
operation to another.
(c) "suspension" means suspensio¡ from employment in any.lead
proceòs by writing ce¡tificates in the Heatth Register, Form 7 signed
by the Certlfying-Surgeon, who shall have power of suspens¡on as'
régards all persons employed in any such proces$
3. Prohibition relating to women and young persons'-No womsn or
vounq person shall be employed or permitted to work in any lead process
äi ¡n-anv roofn ín which thb manipulation of raw oxide of lead or pasting is
carried ón.
4. Separation of certain processes.-Each of the following processes
shall be barried on ¡n Such a mannor and under such conditions'as to secure
effectual separation from one another and other process:- '
(a) Manipulation of raw oxide of'lèad;
(b) Pasting;
(c) Drying of Pasted Plates;
, (O) formation with lead burning ("tacking") necessarily carried on in
connection therewith;
(e) Melting down of Pasted Plates;
(f) The grid casting shoP.
5, Air space::ln every room in which ,a lead process is calied on, th€re
shall be af least 15 cubíc metres of airfor each person employedtherein,
ãnO ¡n computing this air space no height over 3.5 metres shall be taken ¡nto
account.
6. Ventilation.-Every workroom shall be provided with inlets and outlets
.ol. adequate sizs as to secure and maintain efficient ventilation in all parts
olthe room
. 7, Ðlstance between workers in pastlng room.-ln every pasting rooq
the distance between the centre of the working position ol any paster and
inat of the plaster working nearest to him shall not be less than 150
centimetres
g. Floor of work-rooms.-(1) The lloor ol every room in which a lead
process is carried on shall be-
(a) ol cement or similar material so âs to be smooth and impervious to

(b) maintained in sound condition;

materiats, plant, ot.other obstruction not required lor,
' - kept lree from
(c)
or broduced in, the process carried on in the room'
(2) ln all such rooms other than grid casting shops the floor shall b+'
(d) cleansed daily atter being thoroughly sprayed with water at â time
' ' when no other work is being carried on in the room.
(3) ln grid casting shops the floor shall be cleansed daily'
{4) Without prejudice to the requirements ol sub-paragraphs {1), .(2}-and
(S)'vúherã manípuiation of raw oxide of lead or pasting is carried on, the floor
sha{l also be-
 Th¿ Maharashtra Factories Rules, 1963 ZO7

. (a) kept constanily moist while work is being done;

þ) provided with suitabre and adequate arrangements for drainage;
(c) thoroughly washed daity by means of a hose pipe.
9. work-benches.-The work-benches at which any lead process is
carr¡ed on shall-
{a) have a smooth surface and be màintaíned in sound condition;
(b).be kept free from all materials or plant not required for, or produced
in, the process carried on thereat;
and all such worker-benches other than those ¡n gr¡d casting shops shall-
(c) be cleansed daily. either after being thoroughly damped or by means
ol a suction cleaning apparatus at ã time wñen no otirer work'is being
carried on thereat;
and, all such work, benches in grid casting shops shall.
(d) be cleansed daity;
and every work-bench used for pasting shall-
(e) be covered ihroughout with sheet lead or other impervious material;
(f) be pr.ovided with raised edges;
(g) be kêpt constanfly moist while pasting ís being carried on;
and every work-bench used for trimming, brushing, filing or any otber
:
abrading or cutting of pasted ptates shall- ::
(h) be fitted with a top opening or grifi which shall allow any
.having
ctippings, filting, or dust pioduced to fail into a cottécting trough
containing water.
10. Exhaust draught.-The followÍng proce$ses shalt not be carrid on
without the use of an efficient exhaustliauþnt:-
(a) Melting of lead or materiats lead;
{b} Manipulat¡on of raw oxide of lead, unless done in. an enclosed
apparatus so as to prevent the escape of dust ¡nto the work-room;
(c) Pasting;
(d) Trimming, brushing, filing or any other abrading or cutting of paqted
plates glving rise to dust;
(e) Lead burning otherthan-
(i) "tacking" in the formation room,
(ii) chemical burning Tor the making of lead linings for cell caseg
necessarily carried on in such a'manner that the application of
etficient exhaust is impracticable.
such exhaust draught shall be effected by mechanical means and shall''
operate on the dust or.fu.me given off as néarty as mày be at its point ol
origin, so as to prevent itJrom entering the air oiany room ¡n wnicn iersons
work.
.:
11' Fumes.and gases from melting pots.-The products of combust¡on
i produced in the heating of any meltingpot shall not be ailowed to escape
into a room in which persons work.
12. Gontainer for dross.-A suitable receptacte with tighily litting cover
shall be provided and used for dross as it i's removed frõm 'every iretting
 208 The tçlaharashtra Facîories Rules, Ig63

pot. such receptacle shall be kept covered while in the work-room, except
when dross is being deposited therein.
13. container for lead waste.: A suitable receptacle shall be provided in
eve.ry woÍk-room in which old plates and waste material which may give rise
to dust shall be deposited.
14. Racks and shelves in drying room,-The racks or shelves provided
in anydrying room shall not be mcirsthan 240 centimetres from the ltoor not
more than 60 centimetres in width; provided that as regards racks'or shelves
set or drawn lrom both sides, the total widlh shall not exceed 120
centimetres.
such racks or shelves shall be cleansed only after being thoroughly
damped unless an efficlent suction cleaning apþaratus is used tor ln¡i
purpose.
15. Medical examination.-(a) Every person employed in a lead process
shallbe ex.amined by-the c.eñilying surgeon within'seúen days precàding or
follow¡ng the date of his first employment in such process-arid therea-fter
shall be examined by the certifyíng surgeon once in every calendar month,
or al such other intervats as may be specified in writing by the chíei
lnspector, on a day of which due notice shall be g¡ven to alf conceÏned.
. "First employment" means first employment in a lead process in the
factory or workshop and also re-emþloyment therein in d lead process
following any cessation of employnieni in such process for a' period
exceeding three calendar months.
(b) A Health Register in Form 7 coniaining the names of all persons
employed in a lead proress shall be kept.
. (c) No
person after suspension shalt be employed in a lead process
without wrÍtten sanction from thÊ certilying surgéon-entered in or ãttached
to the Health Register.
t[1s-R. Medical Facit¡t¡es.-(1)
The occupier of the factory shail appoint
at least a part-time qualified medical practitioner, possedsing M.B:8.S.
$egrg_e_aF-having a post=graduate D¡ptoma in tndustriat Heatth or possess-
ing M.B.B.S. degree and having five years experience in industry as
occupatìonal health physician. The medical practitioner so appointed.-shall
be required to put in minimum four hours' attendance on every workini day
in the ambulance room for carrying out the duties specified in tne tottõwin!
sub-paragraph (2):
Provided that, in cases of factories employing less than 500 workers per
day, the chief lnspector of Factories may allow attendance for shorter
duration after taking into consideration all the relevant facts ol each case.
. Le) fne medical practítioner, so appointed, shall perform the following
duties that is to say,-
(a) to ma¡ntain Heafth Register in Form 7;
(b) to undertake medical supervision of persons engaged on dangerous
operâtions specilied in rule 114 oI these rules;
(c) to look after health, education and rehabilitation of sick, injured or
alfected workers;

I lus. by C.N. dr. 13.3. 1984 pubtished ir¡ MGC pr,I-L dr. 9.8.t984 p. 3443.
 The Ìtlahatashtt'a Factories Rules. tgó3

(d) to carry out inspection 0f work rooms where dangerous operalion âre
carr¡ed out and to advise the management in respect of the rneasures
to be adopted for protection of health of the workers involved therein.
(3) For the purpose of medical supervision by the medical practítioner so
appo¡nted, the occupier shall provide for the lorrner's exclusive use at the
lactory premises a room which shall be properly cleaned, adequately
lighted, ventilated and furnished with a screeni a table and oflice stationery,
chairs and other facilit¡es and instruments including x-raying arrangemeñt
for schedules lv, x, xVll for such examinations and such othbr equiþments
as may be prescribed by the chief lnspector of Factorles from timé tô time.l
16. Protective clothing.-Protective cfothing shall be provided and main-
tained in good repair for afl persons employed in-
(a) manipulation of raw oxide of lead;
(b) pasting;
{c} the formation room;
and such clothing shall be worn by lhe persons concerned. The protective
cloth¡ng shatl consist of a water-proof apron and water:proof footwear; and
also, as regards persons employed in the manipulation ol raw oxide of lead
or in past¡ng head covering. The head coverings shall be washed,daily.
17. Mess-room._- There.shall be provided and maintained for the use of '

all persons employed in a lead process and remainíng on the premises

during the meal intervals, a suitable mess-room, which shall be iurnished
with (a) sufficient tables and benches, and {b) adequate means for warming,
food.
The mess-room shall be placed under the charge of a responsible person
and shall be kept clean.
18. Gloak-room.- There shall be provided and maintained for the use of
all persons employed ín a lead process-
{a) a cloak-room lor cloth¡ng put off during working hours with adequate
arrângements, for drying the clothing if wet. Such accommodation
shall be separate from any mess-room;
' (b) separate and suitable arrangements for the storage of piotective
clothing provide under paragraph 16.
19. Washing facitities.-There shall be provided and maintained in a
cleanly state ând in good repair for the use of all persons employed in a lead
process-
(a) a wash-place under cover, with either- j

(i) a trough with a smooth impervious surface fitted with a waste p¡pe
without plug, and of sufficient length to allow of at least 60
, centimetres for every live such persons employed at any one time,
and having a constant supply of water from taps or jets above the
trough at intervals of not rnore than 60 centimetres; or
(ii) at least one wash basin for every five such persons employed at
' any one time, litted with a waste pipe and plug and having a
ôonslant supply ol water laid on;
(iii) a sufficient supply of clean towels made of suitable material
renewed daily, which supply, in the case of pasters and persons
21O The Maharashtt'a Factories Rules, 1963

employed in the manipulation of raw oxide of lead, shall include a

se$aráte marked towel for each such worker; and
{iv) a sufficient supply of soap or olher suitable cleansing mgtefial 8nd
of nail brushes.
(b) There shall, in addition, be provided means of washing in close
'-' pfoiimity to ihe fooms in whicñ manipulation of .raw o.xide of lead or
þaãiing carried on if required by notice in writing from lhe Chief
lnspecior.
20. Time to be allowed for washing,-Before each meal and before the
tf,é-C"y'r work, at least 10 minutes, in addition to the. regular meal
"nãìtotf shatí be allówed for washing to each person who has been
t¡mã
ámployeC in the man¡pulation of raw oxide of lead or ¡n pasting:
Provided that if there be one basin or 60 centimetres of trough for each
such person this rule shall not apply.
21. Facilities for bathing.-Sulficient bath accommodation to the sat¡sfac-
tion of-tnã Cnief lnspector énatt Ue provided for all persons-.engaged in the
mäi"'¡puìât-ion oi raw'oxide of lead ór in pasting, and a suflicient supply
of
soap and clean towels
22. Foods, drinkS, etC., prohlblted in work-rooms.-No food, drink, pan
anãìupãri oi tobaccó shall be consumed orbrought by any worker ¡nto any
wçilk-rcom in which any lead process is carried on'
lg. stor"ge of lead oxides.-All bags coñtâíning or- having cofiained
o*¡d.r ol leaã shall be kept in a closed room used only for this purposB' '
24. Re-use of paper or cloth restricted.-(a) P.aper .once used lor
naõitng õrãiy¡ng päsied plates shall not be used again in the
factory.
fb) Cloth once used lor backing or drying pasted plates shall not be stored
or hãnOlø unless it is moist so ãs not to give off dust'
SCHEDULE IV
Glass Manufactures
'1.
Exemption.-lf the chiel lnspector is'satisfied in rsspect oJ any lactory
or any clas's or process that, owing to the special methods. of work or the
õir"ìiårãðñã¡rioiis ¡nãiactory or oiherwise,.?!y olthe requirqlentspqrsonq of this
éãnàOufe can be suspendeô or relaxed without danger to the
part thereof
ã*-piðv.ã tnere¡n or lnãiiñããpplication of this Schedule or any
impracticablè, he may. by certificate in wr.iting authorise
is {br âny reason,
surþ"nsion or räiaiation as may be ¡ndicated in the certificate for such
Jucñ
think fil'
óãiíooãtio on such conditions as he may
. 2, Definitions.-For the purpose of this Schedule-
(a) "Efficient exhaust draught" means localised ventilation etfected by
, 'l'.mechanical means, for the removal of gas, vapour, dust atmosph.ericor fumes So
ãs- to preueni-ìhe;n (as far as practióable under the
conditions usuaily prevailing) fronì escaping into.the air of any.-place
in wnicn work-ii óarried o-ñ. ttto draught s.hallpoint be. deemed eflicient
wn¡cn fails to remove smoke generated at the where such gas'
vapour, lume or dust originate;
gatena
{b} "Lead Compound" means any compound of lead other than
'-'*niCn, when treated in the manner described 'quantity
,þelow,
yields to an
äqùäöur soluiiõñ- ot hydrochloric acid a of sotuble lead
 . Tlle l¡laharash¡ra Factoties Rules, I96j 211

compound exceeding when calculated_as leâd monoxide, live per cent

of the dry weight of the portion taken Tor analysis
The method of treatment shall be as lollows:_
A weighed quantity ûf {he material, which has been dried at 100.c and
. thoroughly mixed, shaH be continuously shaken for one rrour, at inã
common temperature with 1000 times its weight of an aqueous solution
of hydrochloric acid containing 0.25 per cent by weight ol hydrogen
chloride. This solution shall thereafter be altowed to stànd for one hãur
and then filtered. The lead salt contained in the clear fiftrate shall then
be precipitated as read surphide and weighed as tead surphate;
(c) "suspensionì' means suspension rrom. emproyment in any process
lpecified in para.graph 3ay written certificaté ¡n the Heatth ÉegisteriÃ
Form 7 signed by the c_ertifying surgeon who shau have pówer of
' suspension as regards all persons emþloyed in any such process.
3. Exhaust draught.-The following processes shali not be carried on
except under an efficient exhaust draught or under such other conditions as
may be approved by Chief tnspector:-
(a) The mixing of raw materials lo form a ,'bath";
, (b) The dry grinding, glazing and polishing ol glass or any article of glass;
(c) All processes in which hydrofluoric acid fumes or ammoniacal vapours
are given off; *
(d) All processes in the making. ol furnace moulds or "pots', includirg
the
grinding or crushing of used ,'pots,,;
(e) All processes involving the use of a dry lead compound.
'4. Prohibition relating to women and young persons.-No
woman or
young. person shall be employed or permitted tb work in anv of the
operations specified in paragraþh g or at any ptace where such óóerat¡ónõ
are carried on. ì
5, Floor and work-benches.-The floor and work-benches.of every room
in which a d.ry compound ol lead is_ manipulated or in which any proóess is
carried on giving off silica dust shall be képt rnoist and shall conipìy with the
lollowing requirements:-
, The floors shall be-
(a) of cement or similar materials so as to be smooth and impervious to
water;
(b) maintained in sound condltion; and
(c) cleansed daily alter being thoroughty sprayed with water at .a time
when no other work is being carried on in th-e room.
The work-benches shall-
(a) have a smooth surface and be maintained in sound condition; and
(b) be cleansed daity.eíther after being thoroughty damped or by means
of a suction cleansing apparatus at a time when no other work is being
carried on thereat.
6. u.se 9! hydroftuoric acid.-The lollowing provisíons shalt appry to
r,ooms in which glass is treated with hydrolluorið àcid:-
 212 The Mal&rashlra. Factories Rules. 1963

(a) There shall be ¡nlets and outlels of adequate s¡ze so as to secure and
maintain elficient vent¡lalion in all parts of the rooms;
(b) The floor shall be covered with guttaparcha and be tight and shall
slope gently down to a covered drain;
(c) The work-places shall be so enclosed in projecting hoods that opening
required for bringing in the objects to be treated shall be as small as
practicable; and
{d) The efficient exhaust draught shall be so contrived that the gases are
exhausted downwards.
7. Storage and transport of hydrolluoric acid.-Hydrofluoric acid shall
not be stored or transported except in cylinders or receptacles made of lead
or guttaparcha,
8. Food, drinks, etc., prohibited in work-room.-No food, drink, pan and
supar¡or tobacco shall be brought into or consumed by any worker in any
room or work-place wherein any process specified in paragraph 3 is carried
on.
9. Protective clothing.-t¡The occupier shall provide, maintain in good
repair and keep in a clean condition for the use of all the persons employed
in the processes specified in par:agraph 3 above and wherever hot malten
glass is handled or processed, suítable protective clothing, footwear, and
safety goggles according to the nature of work, including safety headgear
and such clûthings, safety, lootwear and helmets etc., and no person shall
be required or allowed to work in such processes without adequate protec-
tive wear|.
10. Washing facilities,- There shall be provided and maintained in a
cleanly state and in good repair for the use of all persons emptoyed ¡n the
processes specified in paragraph 3-
(a) a wash-place with either-
(i) a trough with a smooth impervious surface fitted with a waste pipe
without ttlug and of sufficient length to aüow of at least bO
centimetres for ever¡¡ five such persons employed at any one time,
and having a constant supply of water from taps or jets above the
trough at ¡nterval of not more than 60 centimetres; or
(ii) at least one wash basiri for every five such persons employ€d at
any one time fitted with a waste pipe and plug and having an
adequate supply ol water laid on or always readily available;
and
a sufficient supply of clean towels made of suitable material renewed
duly with a sufficient supply of soap or other suitable cleansing material
and of nail brushes:
and
(b) a sufficient number ol stand pipes with taps-the number and location
of such stand pipes shall be to the salisfaction of the Chief lnspector.
ll. Medical examination.-(a) Every person employed in any process
specified in paragraph 3 shatl þe examined by the Certifying Surgeon, within
seven days preceding or following th..e date o{ his first employment in such

I Subs. by G.N. dt, 28.9.1998

 The l{aharashu.a Factor¡es Rutes, !963 Z1g
pr0cess and thereafter shalr be examined
by the certifying surgeon once in
every carendar month or at such other iniervars
writins bv rhe chief fnspector on a oày or ùï¡"ï;;;as *u"v o* speciîied in
ååiiå*"J¡,.u be siven
to all concerned.
(b) A Health Register in Form 7 conta¡n¡ng the
names or a[ persons
emptoyed in any process specified in paragrapî s
inäil bã k;pt.
{c) No person after_ suspension shail be emproyed in any process
specified in paragraph 3 wit'hout written s_anction.
geon entered in or attached to the Heatth Register. irori-the'certitying sur_
'[12. Medicar facirities.(1) The occupier of the factory
least,a part-time quarified nìe'o¡cat practiüon"r, posse,ssing shail appoint at
and havinq post-oraduate D.iproma in rndustriar HeatîhM.B.B.s. degree
g D-egree
or possessing
aîg rr""¡u rìi;;;.r;'experience in indusiry as occupa-
ly.B-F
tionat h.earth physician. Thé medi"ai pr.ðt¡t¡oî;d; 'åöö;ii{eo
required to put in minimum four hours' äüendance on shal be
eväiy working day in
the amburance room for carrying out tnã ãutË;;Ë;iù;'in
sub-paragraph (2): ine touowing
: Provided that; ¡n
T-lgs of.factories
day,.the chief lnspector
emptoying less than S00 workers per
of Factories may allow attendance for shorter
duration taking into consideration allthe relevant facts
of each case.
'duties
{2) The medicar oractitioner, so appoinred, shail perform the foilowing
that is to say:-
(a) to maintain Health Register in Form 7;
(b) to undertake mgf[q.a.r supervision ol persons
engaged on dangerous
operations specified in rule 114 ol thd rules;
(c) to look after health, education and rehabititation
of sick, injured or
aflected workers;
(d) to carry out inspection of work-rooms where
dangerous operations are
carried oqt and.to advise the management in reipectótih" measures
(3). For.the purpose of medical supervision
by the medical practitioner so
?ppointed, the occupier shail provio'e tor rhe ;;c]ñil; use at the
fórme/i
premises a' room wri¡cn srrari nr-p,äpäüv-"jäääàål"udequarery
ll?tgrÏ
lighted, ventítated and furnished with a screen, a'tabÍe with
offióe stationery,
chairs and orher facitfties and instruments i¡;ìù-dîng i-i.î'ärängements
also for schedules X and xvll lor such examinations and such
other
equipmenrs as may be prescribed by the cnieirnJpãääioi'rärìories
from
time to time.l
..
SCHEDULÉ ì'
Grinding or glazing of metals and processes incidental thereto
1. Definitions.- For the purposes of this Schedule-
(a) "Grindstone" means a grindslone composed of
natural or manufac_
tured sandstone but does not inctude â metal wrrééi õì ãytinoer into
which brocks of naturar or manufactured sandstone are fitted;
(b) "Abrasive wheer" means a wheel manufactured
of blended emery or
- similar abrasive:

I Ins. by c.N., dr. 13.3.t984 published in MGG pt.I-L, dt. g.B.lgB4p.3444

214 The Maharashtra FactorÍes Rules. 1963

(c) "Grinding" means lhe abrasion, by aid of mechanical power, of metal

by means of a grindslone or abras¡ve wheel;
(d) "Glazing" means the abrading, polishing or finishing, by aid ol
mechanical power of metal, by means of any wheel, buff, mop or
similar appliance to which any abrading or polishing substance is
attached or applied;
(e) "Racing" means the lurning up, cutting or dressing of a revolving
' grindstone before it is brought into use .for the first time;
(f) "Hacking" meâns the chipping of the surface of a grindstone by a hack
or similar tool;
{g} "Rodding" means the dressing of the surface of a revolving grindstone
by the application of rod, bar of metal to such surface.
2. Exception.-(1) Nothing in this Schedule shall apply to any {actory in
which only repairs are carried on except any part thereof in which one or
,more per$ons are wholly or mainly employed in the grinding or glazing ol
metals.
. {2) Nothing ín this Schedule except paragraph 4 shall apply to any
grinding or glazing of meta¡s carried on intermittently and at which no person
is employed for more than 12 hours in any week.
(3) The Chief lnspector may'by certificate in wr¡ting sub¡ect to such
conditions as he may specily therein, relax or suspend any ol the provisions
of this Schedule in respect of any factory, if owing to the special methods ol
work or otherwise such relaxation or suspension is practicable without
danger to the health or safety of the persons employed
3, Equipment lor removal of dust.-No racing, dry grinding or glazing
shall be performed without-
(a) a hood or other appliance so constructed, arranged, placed and
maintained as substantially to intercept the dust thrown off;
(b) a iluct of adequate size, air-tight and so arranged as to be capable of
carrying away the dust, which duct shall be kept free from obstruction
'and shall be provided with proper means of access for inspection and
cleaning, and where practicable with a connection at the end remote
', necessary for ascertaining the pressure of air in the said duc-t; and '
(c). a fan or other ellicient means of producing a draught sufficient to
extract the dusl:
Provided that the chief lnspector may accept any olher appliance that is,
in hís opinion, as effectual for the interception, removal and disposal of dust
thrown off as a hood; duct and fan would be.
4. Bestrlction on employment on grinding operations.-Not more than
one person shall at a time perform the actual process of grinding or glazing
upon a grindstone, abrasive wheel or glazing appliance:
Provided that this paragraph shall not prohibit the employment of persons
to ass¡st in the manipulation of heavy or bulky articles at any such
grindstone, abrasive wheel'or glazing appliance:
5. Glazing.-Glazing or other processes, except processes incidental to
wet grinding upon a grindstone, shall not be carried on in any room in which
wet grinding upon a grindstone is done.
 The Maharashtra Factot ies Rutes, 963
1 215

. 6. Hacking and rodding.:Hacking or rodd¡ng shail not be done unless

during the process either (a) an adequate suppiy of watei ir-ta¡o on at the
upper surface of the grindstone, or. (b) ade.quaie ápplianCes forìhe intercep-
tion of dust are provided in accordan'ce wit'h the rããuiiem-""ts ot pàragraËh
3.
7- Examination of dust equipment.-(a) All equipment for the extraction
or suppression of dust shâll at least once in every åix months be examined
and tested by a competent person, aild any áefect oisòróieo nv suãñ
examination and test shall be rectified as soon as practicable.
.kept(Þ).inn aregister containing particulars ol such examination and test shalt be
form approved Oy'the Chief lnspector.
SCHEDULE VI
Manufacture and treatment of lead and certain'compounds of lead 1
'1. Exemptions.-where the.chÌef lnspector is
satisfied that ail or any of
the provisions of this schedute are not necessary for the protection of the
pf r:gp_ he .m.ay by cerrificate in writinf exempr äny factory from
ail or.anylTpl?y-",9,
of such provisions, subject to such conlit¡ons'as né may specify
thereín.
. .2. Definitions.-For the purposes of this Schedule_
(a) "!gqd compound" nlqâns. any compound of read other than garena,
which, when treated in thb manndr described berow, y¡eldi to an
, aqueous solution of hydrochloric acid, a quant¡ty of éoluble lead
9g[qo]Id g{cgedi¡9, when catcutated as tead monõxide, five per ceni
, - anq oI tne dry weight of the portion taken for analysis. ln the óase ól paints
similar products and other mixtures coniaining oil or fat thã ;d;t
weight" means the dry weight of the mater¡al rémaining after thé
substance has been thoroughly mixed and treated wi[h suitable
solvents to remove oil, fat, vainish or the rnedia. The method of
treatment shall be as follows:-
A weighed quant¡ty of the material which has been dried at 100oc and
thoroughly mixed shall be,continuously shaken for one hour, at the
cornmon temperature with 1000 times its weight of an aqueous solution
' '.of hydrochtoric acid containing 0.2s per ceñt by weight of hydrogen
chloride. This solution shall thereatter be allowedrto stànd for one hour
. :âfld then filtered. The lead salt contained in the clear filtrate shall then
: : be precipitated as lead sulphide
and weighed as lead sutphate.
: 1b¡
-'Efficient Exhaust.Draught" means localised ventilation effected by
heat or mechanical means, for the removal of gas, vapour, dust oi
: fumes so âs to prevent them (as far as prãct¡cabie under the
atmospheric conditions usually prevailing) from escapinq into the air
o!.31y ptace in which work is carried on. ño draught ónaï oe oeemòo
eflicient which fails to remove smoke generated at the point where
, such gas, vapour, fumes or dust oríginate.
. 3. Application.-This the following
factories ln which any of-sche.dute
shall appty to alt factories or parts of
opeiáti-ons are carried on:-
(a) work at a furnace where the reduction or treatment of zinc or lead
ores is carried on.
(b) The manipulatíon treatment or reduction of ashes contain¡ng lead, the
desilversing of lead or the meÍting of scrap lead or zinc_
 216 The lvfaharashtra Factories Rules, i96J
(c) The manufacture of sorder or ailoys containing
more than ten per cent
ol lead.
(d) The manufacturg o.f aly oxide, carbonate, sulphate,
acetate, nítrate, chromate,
s¡licate of lead.
(e) Handting or mixing of tead tetra_ethyt.
(f) Any other operation involving the use of
a lead compound.
(g) The. cleaning of work-rooms where any of
the operations aforesaid are
carried on.
4' Prohibition reratíng to women and young persons.-No woman
person *111 or
. operâtions,
YoYns.. ,?1^"_T!l9yg{ or perñritted to work- in any of rhe
specified in para!rafih S.
5. Rgquirements to be observed.-No person shail be emptoyed or
permitted to work in any process invotving tnä
process is such that dust or fume from- a teacorleää JJ*pounds if the
uõã
compounã' ¡s produced
therein, or rhe persons emproyed rherein are r¡aïiã t" üäðBiääned*fth
lead compound in the couise of their emptoymeni ú"¡ãi* ãñt
paragraphs 6 to 14 are complied with. íÉã-provisions.of
6. Exhaust draught.-where dust, rume, gas or vapour is produced
pr.cess, provision shail be made for removiñg tnem tiy ín the
me;"i
exhaust draught so contrived as.to operate oñ Û,e ousi, i'iä]g",
;l;är¡diäi.i
as closely as possible to the point oi origrn. or vapour
7. certificate of filness.-A person medicaily examíned under paragraph
8 and found fit for emproyment shail be grantéo ov a cãrtirviig
certiricate of fitness in Form 23 and such-certificatê srrãrr nd in surgeon a
tne custocy
of the manager of the factory. The certificate sha[ be.käpiøää¡lv
avaitable
for inspection by any lns.peðtor and lhe person granted such a certificate
shatt.cany with him, whire at work a token ö¡ring ìefËienð.-iô
certificate. ,ìrìñ
8. Medicar Examinatio!.-(1) The perso.n so emproyed shail be
medicarty
examined by a cerrirying. surgeon wirn¡n r¿ oays õilíiilirsi ämproymeni
such process and thereafter shal be examined'nv irrJc".tiväiö'sù?g*ã" iñ
intervals of not more than three m^onths, and a record of such äi
examinations
9na!ln9 entered by the cerrifying- surgeón in tneipecial .éär-ii"ä" of fitness
granted under paragraph 7.
, (2) rf at_any time the_cefiifying, surgeon.is. of .opinion that any person is
no longer fit for emproyment on ihe giound tnat cäntiñuanãå inere¡n
invotve s.p.eciar danger to hearth, ne-snail cancer tne Jpeb-iãr'äertificate*orro
or
fitness of that person.
. (3.). No person_whose spec_ial certificate of fitness has been canceiled
shall.be emproyed ,"1*^r-r^rlg,gefirying surgeon, after re-exáminationàgaiñ
certifies him to be fit for emptoymeht. -
1¡a-4.
t*edical Fac.itities.-{1) The occupier of the faclory shail appoint
least.a part-time quatified medicat practitióner, possessing n¡.e.e.d.'âãgieî at

3I'9 lqvin.g a
post-graduate. Díptoma in tndustr¡at
HJaitrr or--posses"sing
Y..8.8,9. degree and having.five years experieÀòe in ¡norüiv ãs occupation_
physician. The m.edicatþractitioner, so appointeo, dnãiroe
I heqttf'
to put in minimum four hours' attendance on êvery working niquireo
oay iü tñã

I Ins. by C.N., dr. 13.3.1984 published in M.G.G. pl.l_L, dr. 9.8.1983 p.3445.
 T'he l¡laharashlra Factaries Rules, 1963 217

ambulance-room for carrying out the duties specified in the foilowing

$ub-paragraph (2):
Provided that, in cases ol factories employing tess than 500 workers per
day, the chief lnspector of Factories may aliow attendance for shorter
duration atter taking into consideration all the relevant facts of each case.
, !f) fle medical practitioner, so appointed, shail perform the foilowing
duties, lhat is to say,-
(a) to maintain Health Register in Form 7;
{b) to undertake medical supervision of persons engaged on dangerous
operations specified in rule 114 of these rules;
(c).t_o look after health, education and rehabilÌtation of sick, -injured or
alfected workers;
{d) to carry out inspection of work-rooms where dangerous oBerations are
carfied out and lo advise the management'of the measures to be
adopted for protection of health of the workers involved therein.
{3) For the purpose of medical supervision by the medical practitioner so
appo¡nted, the occupier shall provide for the former's exclusive use at the
lqclory premises a room which shall be properly cleaned, adequately
lighted, vent¡lated and furnished with a screen, a table w¡th office statíonery,
ehairs and other {acilities and instruments including x-ray arrangement for
Schedules lV, X, XVll for such examinations and such other equþments as
may be prescribed by the Chief lnspector of Factories from time to time.l
9. Food, drinks, etc. prohibited in work-r'oom,-No food, drink, pan and
suparior tobacco shall be brought into or consumed by any worker in any
work-room in which the process is carried on and no person shall remain in
any such room during intervals for meals or rest.
' 10, Protective clothing.-Slitable protective overalls and lìead coverings
shall be provided, maintained and kept'clean by the factory occupier and
such overalls and head coverings shall be worn by the persons employed.
I ll. Gleanliness of work-room, toolS, etc,-The rooms in which the
persons are employed and all tools and apparatus used by them shall be
kept ¡n a clean state.
: 12. Washing facilities.-(1) The occupier shall provide and maintain for
the use of all persons employed suitable washing facilities consisting of-
(a) a trough with a srnooth impervious surface fitted wiih a waste pipe
without plug and ol suflicient length to allow at teast 60 centimetres
, for every ten persons employed at any one time and having a constant
supply of water from taps or jets above the trough at intervals.of not
more than 60 cent¡metres; or
(b) at least one wash basin for every ten persons employed at any one
. time, {itted with a waste pipe and plug and having a constant supply
of clean water;
together with, in eilher case, a sufficient supply of nail brushes, soap or
olher suitâble cleansing material and clean towels.
(2) The facilities so provided shall be placed under the charge or a
responsible person and shall be kept clean.
13. Mess-room or canteen.-The occupíer shall provide and maintain lor
the use of the persons emptoyed suilable and adequate arrangements for
 218 The lvlaharashtra Factories Rules.1963

taking their mears. 'The arrangements shâil consist

of
separate from any work-room whicn snalt ne rurnisñäo the use of a room
*ìir'-*î,rri.¡*nt tables
and benches, and unress a canteen serving noi *ãärãìr'iiåoiä"d,
means of warminq food. The room shafl"be ageqìãt"ri'Junì¡rut.o adequate
c¡rcutation of fresñ-air, snari ne-piäcãä"unoer the by the
person and shall be keÞt clean. cha(ie or a responsibre
14. croak-room.-The occupier shail provide
persons emproyed, suitabre accommodation. and maintain for the use of
foi c¡ot,i,iô-ääi
working hours and for the drying ol weiclothing. ---'-"s '¡y! worn during
SCHEDULE VII
Generation of gas from dangerous petroreum as defined
in crause (b|
of section 2 of the petroleum Act l9O4
1' Prohibition rerating to women and young persons.-No
young person shail.be emptoyed or permitteä woman or
'wri¡cn to ,i'oiL-íñãiinãt be ailowed
to enter the buirding in thb gãneration. 9r gal rîä, dangerous
petroleum as defined in crause (b) of sËction
z of theÞ?iroi.rr Act, 1934,
is carried on.
trqps:Ile,ptanr..for.generati^on.oJ
?' .Flame
petroleum Ogs lrom dangerous
as defined in cráuse (b) of Ëectio12 of itre"petrorãüm
and associared.piping and fittinié shail be ritteo witn ai'iãåütwo Act, r934,
flame lraps so designed and maintaineo às to prevenr erficient
ailasrrïacr f,ä,
burner to the ptant. one of rhese trapJ Jnarr oe ritteùãJ;Ë; .î;
as .possibre. The pra,nt ro rhe ptant
,and ail pipés and varves ðr,ãi ïä-i.srailêd and
maintained free from leaks.
', 3. Generating building or room.-Ail pr.ants-for generation of gas from
dangerous petroreum as defined ¡n ctauid (b) of section 2
of the petroleum
Act, 1934, erecred tlg ggling into f-orce of the provisions
{t:l
this schedute, shail be erected olutsioe the factoii n,iiiäiiö proper specified in
separate weil-ventirated buirding {hereinafter rererreá tãär'iry"'"gênäraiinö in a
building"). rn rhe case gi .yqn p-tant erecieo o"lore tr,e
the provisions specified in this öchedule there shall be no"Jñinõinto force of
direct communica_
tion between the room whq.1e such pranis are erected (hereinafter
to as "the generaring rêferred
-ail
l,.oom") and th'e remaindei óiih;Ìå"iãiv-ouirding. so
far as . practicabre, sucir generatiñg rooms shall be constructed of
fire-resisting materiars:
Provided that where-the srate Government is satisfied
in respect of any
l3ctory.that.the ptant for generation of gas from-oäng-.eìils'"pätroleum as
dgfined in crause (b) of section 2 of the Èetroreum Ã;i:îæ4,
iË on account
ol the speciar precautíons adopted or contravances used tor
iucrr pfant, not
llkely tq expose. anv persors ehproyed ¡n iucrr fã;ro;y i; risk of
bodily-, injury, the state Goverñmént may, by notificat¡on ""ny".äio*
Gazette; exempt sucrr factory whoily or p'ártiaíty rromlnJörouis¡ons
in the orfÌciar
of this
ctause for such period and oñ suctr ôond¡tions ás it mtt;ü¡ry.
, 4-, Fire-extinguishers.- An efficient me.ans of extinguìshing petror
shall be maintained in an easily accessible position î-eãr tñe p,ant fire
generation of gas rrom dangerous petroreum âs defined for
in òrause 1n) of
section 2 of the petroleum Rõt, lSg4.
5. Plant to. be approved by the chief rnspector,-petror gas shail
not be
laytagi.ured.except a. prãnt for generating p^etror gu* ihã àesign
.in
construct¡on of which has been approved by ilie'c¡¡ei r"nsóeîioi and
 The l.íoharash¡ra Fuctories Rules, 1963 215

6, Escape of petrol.'Effective steps shall be taken to prevent petrol from

escaping into any drain or sewer.
7. Prohibition relaling to smoking etc.-No person shalt smoke or carry
matches, fire or naked tight or other means of producing a naked light or
spark in the generating room or building or in the vicinity thereof ánd a
warning notice in the language understood by the majority of the workers
shall. be pasted in the faclory prohibiting smoking and the carrying of
matches, fire or. naked light or other means of producing a naked iignt or
spark in such room or building.
8. Access to petrol or container.-No unauthorised person shall have
access to any petrol or to a vessel containing or having actually contained
petrol.
9. Electric fittings.-All electric f¡tt¡ngs shall be of flame- proof construc-
tion and all electric conductors shall either be enclosed ¡n metal conduits or
be lead-sheathed.
10. Construction of doors.-All doors in the generating room or building
shall be constructed to open outwards or to slide and no door shall be
iocked or obstructed or faötened in such a manner that it cannol be easily
and immediately opened lrom the inside while gas is being generated and
any person is working in the generating room or building.
11. Repair of containers.-No vessel that has conlained petrol shall be
fepaired in a generating room or building and no repairs to any such vessel
shall be undertaken unless live steam has been blown ¡nto the vessel and
until lhe interior is thoroughly sleamed out or other equalt,r' effective steps
have been taken to ensure that ¡t has been rendered free from lrom petrol
or inflammabte vapour.
'[ScHEDULE V¡il]
Cleaning or smoothening, roughening, etc. of articles by a iet of
sand, metal shot or grit or other abrasive propelled by a blast of
compressed air or stearn
Blasting Regulations
l. Definitions.-(1) "Blasting" means cleaning, smoolhening, roughening,
or removing of any part of the surlace of any art¡cle by the use of an
abrasive as a jet ol sand, metal shot, or grit or other material, propelled by
a blast of compressed air or sleam.
(2) "Blasting enclosure" means a chamber, barrel, cabinet or any other
enclosure designed for the performance ol blasting therein.
(3) "Blasting chamber" means a blasting enclosure in which any person
may enter at any time in connection with any work or otherwise.
(4) "Cleaning of castings" where done as an incidental or supplemental
process in connection with the makings ol metal castings, means the freeing
of the câsting from adherent sand or other substance and includes the
removal of cores and the general smootheníng of a casting where freeing is
done, but does not include the lreeing of castings lrom scale formed during
annealing or heat treatment.

I Subs. by G.N, dt.23.10.1969

 220 The lt[ahorashta Facîories Rules, ]963

- 2. Prohibition of sand blasting.-sand or any other substance containing

frees silica shall not be introduced as an 'abrasive into any blastin[
apparatus and shall not be used for btasting:
Provided that this clause shall be brougìt into operation after two years
fromthedateofcommèncementofthese-negutations
3. Precautions in connection with blasting operations.-(1) Btasting
be done ln blasting enclosure.-Blasting snati n'ot ¡e oond except in toa
blasting enclòsure and no work other thän blasting and ãny wor¡< ímmedi_
ately íncidentat thereto and ctearing and repairing ä tne eñciorrre inctud_
i¡lg lle plants and_apptiances situated ttiereini sflaif Ue pärformed ín a
blasting enclosure..Every door, apperture and ¡bint of niaöting enclosure
shall be kept ctosed and airtight white btasfing is oeing ooñeìrrere¡n.
{2} Maintena n ce of. blastin g en closu re..-Blasting enclos u fe shall always
be maintained in good conditión and effective meãsures strall oe taken to
prevent d.u.st escaping from such enclosures, and lrom any apparatus
connected therewith, into the air of any room.
' 1e¡ Provision of .separatíng apparatus.-There shall be provided and
maintaÍned for and in connection-r,ir¡tn every blasting enðlofure, elficieni
apparatus .for.separa'ting, so far as practicatíle, âniàõivó, *ruch has been
used for.blast_ing and which is to be used again as an a6raiive, lrom dust
or particles of other materials arising from blasting, and no such abrasive
shall be introduced.into any btasting ãpparatus and*used for btasting untit it
has been to separated.
separating apparatus shall be provided with exhaust draught arrange-
menl to extract and remove the dust by special methods and in iuch manñer
so that it shall not escape into air of any rooms in which persons are
employed:
Provided that this ctause shall not appty, except in the case btast¡ng
.chambers, or blasting enclosure construitêo- or inställed before tne cominfi
into force ol the schedute, if the chief tnspector is of thã ôóinion that it is
not reasonably practicable to províde such separating apparätus.
(4) Provisions of ventitating plant.-There shall be provided and main-
tained in connectionlit! every.btasting enctosure etfíciänt ventitatíng
þtant
to extract, by exhaust draught elfected by mechanical means, dust pro?irced
in the enclosure. The dust extracted an-d removed shall be'dispoåed of by
such method and in such manner ihat it shalt not escape into ttie air ot añy
room, and every other filtering or setiling device situatôd in a room in which
persons are employed. other than person attending to such bag or other
liFe¡ing or settling device, shail be ggmptetety sepãrated from-thie generat
air ol that room in an enclosure ventilatdd to the dpen air.
. (5) operation of ventitating ptant.-The ventitating ptant provided for the
purpose of .paragraph (4) of clause 3 shall be kept in'contiñuous operation
wheneverÌhe blasting enclosure is in use whethei or not blasting is'aCtuáiy
taking -place there¡n and in the case of a blasting chamber, it shall be in
operalÍon even when any person is inside the chãmber for ihe purpose of
cleaning.
,4. lnspection and examination.-('t) Every blasting enclosure and/or
chamber shall be specially inspected for detecting leaka-ges by a competent
person at leasl once. in every week in which it is usedlor biastíng.'Every
blasting enclosure, the apparatus connected therewith and the veîtitatinf
 7'he l¡[aharashu.a Factorieî Rules, ]96J Z2,l
prant sha, be thoroughry examined
and ¡n the case of vent¡rat¡ng prant,
tested by a competenipérson at reasionce
in every thrãe rñon*rs.
(2) particurars of of every such inspection, examination
1l?-lesurt test
shar forrhwith be. enrered in a ráçiisiär,. which sñáu-'ùã' tLpr inand
a form
approved bv the chief rnspector and"snâil'ne.avà¡rauiã'iõinià""t¡on
workman emproved ¡n oi ¡n .onn¿.iiôn witr by any
defect round on oiàstr:n! il
ii.,ï ra*ory. Any
"îI:i9l^Ilq.&-iñìé*arination
ately reported bv the person or tesr shar be immedÍ-
c'arrying'oút Üre inspection, examination
to the occupier, mT3,s-:l"r_glre'r aflffiriate pãoän or test
ähã'öiii.,ort prejudice
to the foregoing requirements ot ttiið sðrreourä, ,rrälr-nð
avoidable detav. ,ämoveo withorrt
nrãsting. chamber, separaring apparatus,
^,!?),,Eugrv
shail be rhorouohrvlnspected at äl ¡ñiärvar'df o and venriration prant
defect in their -ettic¡eni mõfuhrlor"derecti.g any
rectified forthwith. "p"àti"*, änä tn" defects so noriced sha' be
5. Provision of pJoteotive. helmets, gaunilets
shall be.provided and maÍnta¡neo fói the use and overalls._{l) There
of ail persons who are
emptoved in a brasring chamber, wneirrer-¡n"oiå.ti,ignãi',n
connected therewith or.in creaning such a chamber, protective any work
type approved bv a certificate ot rñe cniet rnsóe&ãr; hermets of a
shall wear the h-elmet prouioeo täi fris üie whitst ã"î *;ry such person
he is in the'chamber and
shatt not remove it until fre ¡s õuts¡Oeinä cnamner.
(2) Each protective. hermet shail carry
a_distinguishing mark indicating the
person by whom ít ¡s intended to be úséo
ana no pefson shalt be aftowed or
required to wear a not carrying rl¡s mart or a hetmet wh¡ch has
lguetunress
worn by another person ¡t tras-ttroroughry diiinfect;d:"'
been
(3) Each protective ìefmet when in use shail be suppried wíth air at rate
of not tess than six cubic feet per minutã. rne a
free from fumes or mist oT mirierat ãìi.
-- air suþþiäã ,üäir be coor and
(4J.Syilaillg gaunilers, overails, dust-proof goggres
_ and boots shail be
provided ror the use of ar persons wr¡irei'ãrrorñiñt'näJiiligäi
blasting, and every such pèrson snaiL assisring at
and overails proviðed. .'' wnile
""' so engaged, wear the gauniles
6. Precautions in connection with creaning and
other work.-{1) where
llll_qt9n is engased ,p:l^gLgt|ng oj a1y oiasting äpþaiäiu.
or. brasrins
encrosure or separarin.g apparatus oi of any apparaiui'-ãi,ËÃiirating
connected therewirh g{_th.g surrounding ttreieoi'oi piänÌ
connection with anv brasting apparatuË or with
üiloiänv-äìr,r. work in
änv"rüárîinä äncrosure or
with any apparatus- o.r ventiiatüö.órùi cännected
therewith so that he ís
exposed to rhe risk in
,inh.aring-oüsi *tricn nalãrisãn ïiöm"brasting. At
practicable rneasures shalr bdtaken to prevent such inhalation. Ail the
workers exposed to dust shail be
R¡ovioeã with protective hetmets with fresh
air supply and overails to prevent inrraiãi-on of 'dust.
(2) ln connection with any creaning operation
referred to ¡n regulation 5,
and with the removat of dusi from linõr¡rig or setiling
devices all practícabte
rneasures shail be tâken to d¡sp.ose of the"dust ¡n
súðn ã ,*nä'itnat it does
n.t enterthe air of any rooin. vacuum creaners snarr bã proviãeo.ano
for such cleaníng operations. useo

. 7' storage accommodation for protective wear.-Adequate and suitabre

slorage accommodation for the herinets, gauntrets and
overails required to
222 The ùíaharashtra Factories Rules, l96J

be provided under regulation 5 shall be provided outside and conveniently

near to every blasting enclosure and such accommodation shall be kepl
clean. Helmets, gauntlets and overalls, when not in actual use, shall be kept
in this accommodation.
: 8. Maintenance and cleaning or protective wear.-All helmets,
gauntlets, overalls and other protective devices or clothings provided and
worn for the purposes of lhis Schedule shall be kept in good condition and
shafl be cleaned on every week-day in which they are used. Where dust
ar¡sing from the cleaning of such protective clothing or devices is likely to
be inhaled, all measures shall be taken to prevent such inhalation. Vacuum
cleaners shall be úsed for removing dust from such clothing and com-
pressed air shall nol be used for removing dust from any clothing.
9. Maintenance of vacuum clean¡ng plant.-Vacuum cleaning plant used
for the purpose of this Schedule shall be properly maintained.
lO. Prohibition relating to employment ,of women and young per-
sons.-(1) No woman or young person undêr 18 years of age shall be
employed in blasting or assisting at blasling or in any blasting chamber or
in lhe cleaning of any blasting apparatus or any blasting enclosure or any
apparatus or ventilating plant connected therew¡th or be employed on
maintenance or repair work at such apparatus, enclosure or plant.
{2} No woman or young person under 18 years of age shall be employed
to work regularly within 20 feet of any blasting enclosure unless the
enclosure is in a room and he or she is outside the room where he or she
is effectively separated trom any dust coming from the enclosure.
li. Medical examination.-(1) Every person employed in blasting or
assisting at blasting or in any blast¡ng chamber or in the cleaning of any
blasting apparatus or any blasting enclosure or any apparatus or: ventilating
plant connected therewilh or be employed on mainlenance or repair work at
such apparatus, enclosure or plant shall be medically examined by the
Medical lnspector of FactorieslCertifying Surgeon within thirty days ol his
first employment, the record of which shall be entered in Form No.7, and if
found fit for employment in the said process; he shall be granted by the
Medical lnspector of Factories/Certifying Surgeon, a certificate of fitness in
Form No.23
(2) After the lírst examination, the person so examined shall be examined
by the Certifying Surgeon at intervals of twelve months and a record of such
examinations shall be entered by the Certifying Surgeon in Form No.7.
(3) ll at any time the Medical lnspector of Factor¡es/Certilying Surgeon is
of the opinion that ihe person employed in the said process shall be
examined radiologically by a qualified radiologist, tie may direct the occupier
to arrange tor such examination at his cost and then to submil the siandard
size chest X-Ray plate of the worker to the Medical lnspector of Fac-
tories/Certifying S u rgeon.
(4) lf at any time the Certifying Surgeon/Medical lnspector of Factories is
of the opinion that any person is no longer fit for employment on the grounds
that continuânce thereln would involve speclal danger to health, he shall
cancel the special certificate of fitness in Form No.23 of that person and
record in Form No.7.
(5) No person whose special certificate of filness in Form No.23 has been
cancelled, shall be employed or permitted to work unless the Certifying
 The Maharashtra Factor¡es Rules,1963 22g
surgeon after re-examinat¡on, aga¡n certifies h¡m to be fit for
emproyrnent in
the operalions.
(6) The register of the special certificaÌes in Form No.23 granted
by the
9erti- fying surgeon and uie record maoe in Êorr ño.i b; Ëi'"n
shan be in
the custody of the manager of the factory and shail
ne re¡ieäoiry avairabre
for inspection by an lnspector.
12. Power to exemp-t or retax,-(1) H the chief tnspector ¡s
satisfied that
in a¡y factory or any irass of tactor¡äs the use of sand or
other.substance
containing free sirica as an abrasive in brasting ¡i nãcàrsäriìär particular
a
palgfqcture or process (other than the proceés incidentai 'oilupptementat
to m.aking of merat castings) and that Üre manurãctuiãäip-rðòeis
carr¡ed on wÍthout the use ot such abrasive of tnai õ*i.nõ cannot be
to the
conditions or special method of work or otherwisã ã-nv inqiiiément special
schedule can Ëe suspended eitnei temporariry or permanenily, of th¡s
relaxed withour endangeríng rhe hearth or ir¡é p",ãä,ì'i-äñipioy"o or can be
application ol anv of such. réquirements is for any reason imþracticable or rhat
inappropriatg, hq may, with thã pie*1io-uã sanction of the or
state Government
Þy an order in writing, exempt the said iactory ór ctaîr'öirãðiòiies rrom
provisions of this schedure, ro such extenr ãnd subject such
tJ.u"ü.äiä¡tiäri
and for such period as rnay be specified in the sa¡o 'oroei. ---
(2) Where an exem.ption has been gran-ted under paragraph
(1), a copy
of the order shail be di'splayed on a notióõ-board at prominent
a prace at the
main. entrance or enfrañce-s to the factory ano arso
ái tnä pråòe where the
blasting is carried on.
SCHEDULE IX
: Liming and tanning of raw hides and skins and processes
¡ncidental
thereto
l..cautionary_notices.-(1) cautionary notices as to anthrax
speciried bv the chier rnspecior shar be äriiàoiñ påñ*nì;äftions
in the form
-üv in the
lagtgrv where they may'be easiry ano ionuenienily reao ìne persons
employed.
(2) A copy of a warning not¡ce as to anthrax in.the
- lnspector shail
chief
form specified by the
b.e_ glven to eacrrpeicon emproyed wneñ-ne
is
and subsequenry ir stir èmproyed, on'the i¡tsi àãv åiãåäñäáiäo"rengaged
year.
(3) Cautionarv notices as to'the effects of chrome
on the skin shall be
3!i*gd in promirient posit¡ons. n áverv tããiàry in which chrome sorutions are
used and such notices shail be so piaced aé to ne eãJirvãnã
read by the persons employed. äonvenienily
(4) Notices shail be atfixed in prominent ptaces in
position of rhe 'Fírst-Aid' box o.r'cupboar¿ äno ìñ. the factory stating the
nä*e-ði-tüe person in
charge of such box or cupboard.
, {5),lf any person employed in the factory is iiliterate, effective steps sha¡
be.taken to .exptain ca'refirlty to such iltftérate person the contents
notices specified in pa.ragraphs'1,2 and 4 and if chrome of the
solutions are used
in the factorv, the conrents bt tne noricðs specrtieã'ìñ'óãrröäþî
1[2. Protective ..
crothing.- Thg occupier shafi provicre and maintain in
good condition the foilowinþ artícres ol '
$rotective iroining,--"-

l Subs. by G.N. dated 3.1.19óg

 224 The Maharashta Factories Rules, 1963

(a) water-proof foolwear leg cover¡ngs, aprons and gloves for persons
employed in processes, involving contact with ch-rome solutions in-
cluding the preparation of such sõtut¡ons;
(b) .gloves, boors and chemícal safety goggles lor persons employed in
lime yard; and
(c) protective foo'twear,.aprons and gloves for persons employed in
processes involving the handling of hides oi skins othei than
. processes specified in clauses (a) and (b):
in

Provided that
,(i) t¡e. gloves, aprons,.leg coverings or boots may be of rubber or teather,
but the gloves and boors to be þrovided undeíclauses (a) and (b) shâti
be of rubber;
. (ii) the gloves may not he providec to persons fleshing by hand or
employed in_ processes in which there i's no risk ot conlaciwith lime,
. sodium sulphíde or other causilc liquor:.1
, 3..washing facilities, mêss-room and cloak-room.-tlThe occupier shall
provide and maintairi in a clean state and in good repaii. tor irre use of all
person$ employed-
(a) a trough with a. smooth. impervíous surface fitted with a waste pipe
without plug and of sufficient length to allow at lêast oo centimdtr'es
' for every ten persons er¡ployed a! any one time, anO naving ã
constant supply of water from.taps or jets above the trough at interùah
of noi more than 60 centimetred; or
(b) at least one wash.basin Jor every ten such persons employed at any
one time, fitted with a waste pipe and plug and havirìg a constarä
supply of water; togethef with ín either cabe,ã sufficient ðupply of nail
' brushes, soap or other suitable cleansing materials and clóän'towels;
(c) a suitable. mess-room adequate for the number remaining on the
premises during the meal intervals, which shali be furnished with (1)
sulficient tables..and benches and (2) adequate rneans for warmiìr!
food and for boiling water.
. tre iless-room shall (1) be'separate from any room or shed in which
hÍdes or skins are stored, treated or manipulated, (2) be separate from the
cloak-roorn and (3) be placed under the charge of a iesponðible person;
'[(o) suitable accommodation for clothing put off during working hours and
separate accommodation for protective clothing and adequate arran-
gements for drying up the ctothing in both tñe cases, if wet. The
accommodation so provided shal!be kept clean at alltimes and placed
under the charge oi a responsibte persbn.l
4. Food, drinks, etc., prohibited in work-rooms.-No lood, drinL, pan
ænd supari or tobacco shall be brought into or consumed by. any worker in
any work-room or shed in which hides or skins are stored, treated or
manipulated.
5. First-aid arrangements.-The occupier shall-

Subs. by G.N. darcd 3.1.f968

2 Subs. by C.N. dated 3.1.1968
 Thc Maharashtro Factories Rules, Ig63 2Zs
(a) arrange for an inspection of the hands of a[ persons
' contact
roming into
with chrome solutions to be made twice a'week by responsiole
. persons;
(b).provide and maintain a sulficient suppry of suitabre
ointment ând
imperrneabre wa'ter-proof praster in a'tioi iéaá¡rv-ãä""ìsibre
. w_orker and used sorery for the purpose of keepiñg ihe-ointmentto and
plaster.
the

SCHEDULE X
, Manufacture of chromic acid or manufacture or recovery of the
bichromate of sodium, potassium or ammoniurn
l. Delinitions.-For the purposes of this Schedule-
'(a) 'chrome process'
means the manufacture ol chromic acid or
bichromate of s.odium or poiassium or ammonium or th¿ mä;ipìiài¡o;:
movement or other treatment or these substances in conneciion
witli
their manufacture;
'(b) 'Efficient exhaust draught' means rocalised ventilation effected bv
mechanicar or other means for the removar of gas, vápour, ïùst
fumes, so as to. prevenr them from escaping ¡nto"iiiË añir anv
ãi
, : ùràáå
in which work ið carried on. No oraught ðnall.ne oeémeo efficient
which fails to remove smoke generated-to the point wr,Ëie sucn gai,
. vapour, fumes or dust originaté;
(c) 'suspension' means suspens¡on from emproyment in any or the
. ghrqme processe_s specified by written c'ertiticãtã in tné Heatth
' . ', Begister in Form 7 sígned by the certifying surgeon who shall have
power or suspension as regards ail peisoîs erñptoyeo ìn àñv
,
. process. süòñ

2. Prohibition relating to women and young persons.-No woman or

young person shall be employed or permittedld wort on'any chrome
process.
' "9. Eff¡c¡ent exhaust.draught -The foltowing cniome processes shalt not
be carríed on, without the use of an efficient e"xhauii orã¡gr,t;ãamery:-
: (a) grinding;

(b) sieving;
(c) batch mixing;
' 1ð) concentration.
4. separation of certain processes,-The lollowi¡g chrome processes,
namely:-
(a) grinding of raw materials and
(b) sieving of raw materials,
shall be carried on in such manner and under such conditions as to secure
effectual separâtion from any other processes.
,^^9t facitities.-where acidification, sutphate setfl¡ng or washing
Y::.fingcrystaltisation,
'concentration centrifugation or paóking ís carriãd out, thérã
shall be provided close to each workõr's station,-
(a) wash places installed lor washing hands and feel frequenily in running
water, and
226 The Maharashtra Faetoties Rules. 1963

(b) a container holding at least 500 millilitres ol 10 per cent solution of

.
sqdium bisulphite or any other suitäble reducing agent.
(2) There shall also be provided and maintained in a cleanly state and
good repair wash¡ng âccommodation under cover with a sufficient supp¡y of
soap and towels bn the scale indicated below:-
At least one tap or stand pipe for every 10 employees and the tap or pipe
shall be spaced nol less than 120 centimetres apart.
Nofe: ln computing the total number of taps required for the purposes of
this rule, the taps or stand pipes as required under clause 5(1)(a) shall
be included.
6. Time to be allowed for washing.-Before eaoh meal and before the
end of the day'slrork at least ten minutes, in addition to ths regular meals
time, shall be allowed for washing, te each person employed in a chromic
process.
7. Flooring.-The floor of every work-room shall be-
. (a) of cement or similar other material so as to be smooth and impervious
to water and provided with suitable gradient and drainage;
(b) ma¡ntained in sound cond¡tion and cleaned daily-
,
1[8. Medlcal Facilities.-{1) The occupier of the factory shall appoint at
least a part-time qualilied medical practitioner, possessing M.B.B.S. degree
and having Post-graduate Diploma in lndustrial Health or'possessing
M.B.B.S. degree and having five years' experience in industry âs occupa-
lional health physician. The medical pract¡tioner, so appointed, shall ex-
amine and treat all workers, for chrome ulcerations and occupational
diseases, on the premises at least thrice a week. The medical practitionei
so appoinled, shall be required to put in minimum four hours'attendance. on
every working day in the ambularÌcê:Ioorll for carrying oul the duties
specilied in the following sub-paragraph (2):
Provided that, in the case of factories employing less than 500 workers
per day, the Chief lnspeótor of Factories may atlow attendance fqr shorter
duration, after taking into consideration all the relevant facts of each case.
(2) The medical practitioner, so appointed shall perform in addition to the
duties specífied in sub-paragraph (1), the following duties, that is to say,-
(a) to maintain Health Register in Form 7;
(b) to undertake medical supervision of persons engaged on dangerous
operations specified in rule 114 of these rules;
(c) to look after health, education and rehabilitation of sick, iniured or
affected workers;
(d) lo carry out inspection of work-rooms where dangerous operations are
carried out and to advise the management of the measures to be
adopted for protection of health ol the workers involved therein.
(3) The occupier shall in addition appoint a person tra¡ned in First Aid who
shà¡|.Ínspect daily the hands and feet ol alf persons employed and shall
keep a rócord of such inspection in a register malntained for the purpose in
a Fòrm approved by the Chief Inspector of Factories'

I Subs. by G.N. dt, 13.3.1984 published in M.G.C' PI.I-L 9.8'1984 p' 3445.

*ã
 The Maharsshtra Factories Rules, 1963 2Zl
(4) The occupier shail also provide and maintain a suffícíent supply of
suitable antidotes, ointment and impermeable water-proof plaster' i-n a
separãte box readily accessible to the workers and used sôlely for the
purpose of keeping the antidotes, ointment and plaster.l
I' Protective equipment.-{1) The occupier shall provide and maintain for
the use of the persons employed-
(a) in grinding, sieving, or mixíng raw materials, sufficient and suitable
respirators (issued separately for each individual) the fittering
mater¡als of which shall be renewed daily;
{b) in roasting process, suitable footwear;
(c) in acidif ication, settling, concentration, crystallisation, centr¡fugation or
pack¡ng, suitable aprons and protective coúerings for hands ãnd feet.
, (2) Arrangements shall be made by the occupier for the examination and
cleaning of allthe protective equipment at the ctose of each day's work and
for the repairs or renewal thereof when necessary.
f 0. Use of protective equ¡pment.-Every person employed in a chrome
process shall make use of the protective equipment proviOêO under rute 9.
11. Gloak-room.-There shall be provided and maintained in a clean and
ln good repair for the use ol all persons employed in any chrome process-
(a) a cloak-room for street clothing put olf during working hours, including
adequate arfangements for drying such clothing, when wet; sucñ
accommodation shall be separate from any mess- room;
(b) separate and suitable arrangements for the storage of protective
: clgthing provided under paragraph 9.
: , 12. Mess-room.-(1) There shall be provided and ma¡ntained for the use
of all persons remaining within the premises during the meal intervals a
suitable mess-room providing accommodation of at least one square metre
per head and furnished with-
' (i) a sufficient number of tables and chairs or benches;
(ii) arrangements for washing utensils;
(iii) adequate means for washing food.
(2) The mess-room shall be placed under the charge of a responsible
person and shall be kept clean.
13. Food, drinks, etc., prohibited in work-rooms.-No food, drink, pan
and supari or tobacco shall be brought or consumed by any worker in any
work-room in which chrome process is carried on and no person shall
remain ¡n any such room duríng intervals for meals or rest.
' 14. Med¡cal examination.-(1) Every person employed in a chrome
process, shall be examined by the Certilying Surgeon once in every
calendar month or al such other intervals as may be specified in writing by
the Chief lnspector on a day of which due notice shall be given to all
concerned and such examination shall take place on the lactory prem¡s€s.
{2} A Heallh. Hegister in Form 7 containing the names of all persons
employed in a chrome process shatl be kept.
(3) No person after suspension shall be employed in chrome process
without a wr¡tten sanction from the Certilying Surgeon entered in the Health
Begister.
 228 The l{aharashtra Factories Rules, l96J

15. Fencing of vessels.-Every f¡xed vessel, whether pot, pan, vat or

other structure, containing any dangerous material, and not so covered as
to eliminate all reasonable risk of accidental immersion of any portion ol the
body of a person employed shall be lenced as follows:-
(a) Each such vessel shall, unless ils edge is at least one metre above
the adjoining ground or platform, be securely fenced to a height of at
least 90 cent¡metres above such adjoining ground or platform;
(b) No plank or gang-way shall be placed across or inside any such
vessel unless such plant or gang-way is-
(i) at least 45 centimetres wide, and
(ii) securely fenced on both sides, either by upper and lower rails, to a
. height of 90 centirnetres or by other equally elficient means;
{c) lf any two such vessels are near each other and the space between
, them clear of any surrounding brick-work or other work, is either-
(i) less thân 45 centimetres in width, or
: (ii) is 45 or more centimetres in width but is not securely fenced on both
sides to a height of at least g0 centimetres secure barriers shall be
: placed so as to prevent any passâge between them.
16; Gautionary notice.-A'cautionary notice in the form spec¡fied by the
Chief lnspector and printed in the language ol lhe majoriÌy ol the workers
employed shall be affixed in a prominent place in the factory where it can
be easily and conveniently read by the workers.
'17. Exempt¡on* lf in respect of any factory the Ch¡ef lnspectoi is
satisfied that owing to the exceptional circumstances or the infrequency of
the process, or for any other reason, all or any of the provisions of this
Schedule are not necessary lor.the protection of the persons employed in
such factory, he may by certificate in wr¡ting exempt such factory from all or
any of the provisions indicated in such certificate on such conditions as he
may specify therein. Such certificate may at any time be revoked by the
Chief lnspector, w¡thout assigning any reasons
SCHEDULE XI
Manufacture or maniputatlon of Nitro or Amino compounds
L Application.-This Schedule shallapply in respect of allfaciories or any
part thereof in which process ol manufacturing or manipulation of a nilro or
amino compound (hereinafter referred to as the said manufacturing process)
is carried on:
Provided thal clauses paragraphs 25 and 26 shallonly apply to a process
involving manufacture or manipulation of compounds mentioned in Appendix
B (hereinafter relerred to as the said manufacturing process B).
Part I
2. Definitions.-(a) For the purpose of Ìhis Schedule a nitro or amino
compound means a nitrated or aminated compound of aromatic hydrocar-
.bons mentioned in Appendix rA' or 'B' attached thereto.
(b) "Approved" means approved by the Chief lnspector.
(c) "First Employment" means first employment in the said manufacturing
process and also re-employment in such manufacturing process following
any cessation of employment for continuous period exceeding three calen-
dar months.
 . TIte Maharaslilro Fectories Rules, 1963 229

: .' '(d) "Elficient Exhaust Draught" means locatised ventilation elfected

by
mechanical means for the removal of gas, vapour, dust or fums so as to
prevent them Trom escap¡ng into the air or any place in which work is carried
on. No draught shall be deemed to be efficient which fa¡ls to remove smoke
generated at lhe point where such gas, vapour, lumes or dust originate.
, {e) Manipulation shall include mixing, blending, filling, emptying, grinding,
sieving, drying, packing, sweeping, handling, using or chemical processinþ
of a nitro or amino compound.

' , (f) "Air Line Bespirator" means a helmet or face piece with necessary
connections by means of which a person using it in a poisonous or ifritant
atmosphere breathes ordinary air or any other suitable apparatus approved
in writing by the Chief lnspector.
. 3. Gqulionary Placa.rd.-Caut¡onary placard ¡n the form specified in
Sppendix 'C' attached to this Schedute ánd printed in the langrìage of the
majority of the workers employed shall be affixed in prominent places fre-
quented by them in the factory where the placards can be easily and corìve=
niontly read by the workers; and arrangemenl shall be made by the occupier
to instruçt periodically all workers employed in the said manulacturfng
. process regarding the precautions contained in the cautionary placard.
1[34. lnstructions
as regards risk.- Every worker on his first employ-
ment shall be fully instructed about the properties of the chemicals he has
to handle and the dangers involved in his work. He shall also be instructed
about the measures required to be taken to deal with any emergency arising
' .in the saíd manufacturing process.l
4. Prohibition relating to employment of women and young persons.-
No woman or-young pefson shall be employed or permitted to work in any
room in which the said manufacturing process is carried on or in whieh a
nitro or amino compound is stored.
5. Air Space.-ln every room in wh¡ch the said manufactufing process is
carried on there shall be at least 15'[cubic metrel of air space excluding any
$pace occupied by machinery, equipment or any other article, for bach
person employed therein and in computing this air space no height over 4.25
metres shall be laken into account.
6. Efficient exhaust draught.-Unless the said manufacturing p.rocess is
completely.enclosed so as not to give rise to dust or fume it shall not be
catried on without the use of an elficient exhaust draught when a n¡tro or
amino compound-
. (a) is introduced into â-tank, hopper, machine or container or filled info
cartridge; or
(b) ís ground, crushed, mixed, seived or blended.
7. Floor of workrooms.-The floor of every work-room in which the said
manufacturing process is carried on shall be {a} smooth and impervious to
water provided that asphalt or tar shall not be used in the composition of the
floor, {b) maintained in sound conilition, {c) sloping and provided with
gutters, and (d) thoroughly washed daily by means of nose-þ'ipe and drain
water shall be led into a sewer through a closed channel.

I Ins. by G.N., dr. 14.9.1973.

2 Subs. by C.N. dt. 1.12.1965.
 230 The à.Iaharashtra Factories Rules. 1963

8. Work-benches.-Work-benches on which a nitro or amino corîìoound ¡s

manipulaled shall {a) have a smoolh impervious surface t¡of stainteôs steel,l
and (b) shall be washed daily with hose-pipe or cleaned by means of a suc-
tion cleaning apparatus at a time when no other work is beíng carried on
thereat.
9. Waste.-(1) A suitable receptacle made of non-absorbable materialwith
a tightly fitting cover, shall be provided and used for depositing waste, like
cloth, paper or olher material soiled with a nitro or amino compound.
{2) All such contaminated waste material shall be destroyed by burning at
least once a week.
10. Empty Containers.-Empty containers used for holding compound
included under Appendix 'A' shâll be thoroughly cleaned of their contents
and treated with an inactivating agent before being discarded.
2¡empty non-melallic containçr used for holding
cornpounds included
under Appendix 'B' shall be burnt. Residual content of the metallic container
shall be burnt out.l
11. Decòntamination of pit tank, etc.-{a} Before a worker enters a tank,
pít, kettle or any qthef confined space which contained a nitro or amino
compound it shall be thoroughly washed and decontaminated.
(b) No part of the plant which has contained a nitro or amino compound
shall be repaired or opened for repairs unless ít has been emptied of such
compound, thoroughly washed and decontaminated.
(c) Records of such treatment shall be maintained in a register approved
by the Chief lnspector and the register shall be made available {or inspec-
tion when required by an lnspector.
. .12. Manual handling.'A nltro.or amino compound shall not be required
or allowed to be mixed, filled, emptied or handled except by means of a
scoop with a handle which shatl be thoroughty cleaned daily.
13. Protective wear.- The occupier shall provide, maintâin clean and in
good repair protective clothing and other equipment as specified ¡n the.table
below:-

Process Protective clolhing and other equiprnent

For manipulation of compounds men- (a) Long pants and shirts or overalls with
tioned in Appendices rA' and 'B'. long-sleeves and head covering. The
shid or overalls shall cover the neck
completely.
(b) Rubber gloves, rubber gum boots, rub-
ber aprons and air line respirator.
, For manipulation of compounds men- (c) White clean clothing mentioned in (a)
tioned. in Appendix 'B'. above.in addition to white clean shirls
singleÌ and protective equipment as in
(þ) above.
(d) White long-sleeved apron.
314. Medical Facilities.-{1} The
occupier of the factory shall appoint at
least a parttime qualified medical practitioner, possess¡ng M.B.B.S. degree

I The word "perferably" deleted by C.N. dt. t.12.1965.

2 Added by G.N., dt. Lt2.t965.
Subs. by C.N. dt. 13.7.1984
 The lt{aharashtre. Factori€s Rules, 1963 231

and having Post-graduate Diploma in industrial Health or possessing

M.B.B.S. degree and hav¡ng five years' experience in industry âs occupa-
tional health physician. The medical practitioner, so appointed, shall be
required to put in minimum.four hours'attendance on every working day in
the ambulance room for carrying out the duties specilied in the following
sub-paragraph (2):
Provided that, in cases of factories employing less than 500 workers per
day, the Chief lnspector of Factories may allow attendance for shorter
duration alter taking into consideratlon all the relevant facts o{ each case.
. . (2) The medical practitioner, so appo¡nted, shall perform the following
duties that is to say,-
(a) to maintain Health Register in Form 7;
(b) to undertake medical supervision of persons engaged on dangerous
' operations specífied in rule 1'14 ol the rules;
(c) to look after health, education and rehabilitation of sick, injured or
affected workers:
(d) 1o carry'out i¡spection of work rooms where dangerous operations are
carried out ahd to advise the management in respect of the measures
to be adopted for protection of health of the workers involved therein.
(3) For the purpose of medical supervision by the medical practitioner so
appointed, the occupier shall provide for his exclusive use a room in the
lactory premisgs which shall be properly cleaned, adequately lighted,
ventilated and furnished wilh a screen, a table with office stationery, chairs
and olher lacilities and instruments including X-ray arrangement lor
Schedules lV, X and XVll, for'such examination and such other equipments
'as may be prescribed by ttle Chief lnspector of Factories from tims to time."
: 15. Medical Examination,-{1)(a) No person shall be employed in the sa¡d
manulacturing process unless he has been examined by using appropriate
,tests, and found fit for the saíd process by the appointed doctor. Hesults of
isuoh examination shall be entered in a register approved by the Chief
lnspector. The reg¡ster shall contain the names of workers employed in the
said mänulacturing process'A' and'B' separately.
' (b) The person examined in compliance with sub-paragraph (1)(a) shall
be re-examined by the appo¡nted doctor at intervals of not more than lhere
months or al such intervals as may be directed in writing by the Ghief
.lnspector, and records of such examination shall be entered inthe register
provided under the said sub- paragraph.
(c) lf at any time, the appo¡nted doclor is of opinion that äny person is no
longer lit lor employment in the said manufacturing process on the ground
that continuance thereat would involve special danger to health he shall
make a record of his findings in the said register and intimate the manager
in writing that the said person is unfit to work in the said manufacturing
process.
(d) A person,so found unfit by the appo¡nted doctor shall be sent by the
manager to the Certifying Surgeon with a report from the appointed doctor.
The Certifying Surgeon after examination may suspend the said person
from work in the said manufacturing process.
2(a) A person eqrpioyed in the said manufacturÍng process shall be
medically examined by a Certifying Surgeon within thirty days of his firsi
employment in such process and if lound fit for employment in the said
 232 The Maharashtra Factories Rules,1963

process he shall be granted by the certifying surgeon a certificate of f¡tness

in Form No.23. The person granted such a cert¡ficate shall carry with him,
while at work, a token giving reference to such certificate.
(b) After the first examination the person so examined shall be examined
by the Certifying Surgeon al inlervals ol not more than twelve months ând
a record of such examination shall be entered by the Certifying Surgeon in
the special certificate of fitness in Forrn N0.23.
(c) ll at any tirne the Certifying Surgeon is of the opinion that any person
is no longer lit for employment on the ground that continuance therein would
involve special danger to health he shall cancel the special cert¡ficate of
fitness in Form No.23 of that person.
{d} No person whose special certificate of fitness in Form No.2g has been
cancelled shall be employed or permitted to work. unless the Oertifying
Surgeon after re-examination, again certifies him to be l¡t for employmeñt iñ
the said process.
(3) The register of results of examination maintained by appointed doctor
relerred to in sub-paragraph (1)(a) and the special certificates in Form
No.23 granted by the Certifying Surgeon shall be in the custody ol The
rnanager ol the fâctory and shall be kepl readily available for inspection by
an lnspector.
(4) No person other than the person granted A cert¡ficate of fitness in
Form No.23 by the Certifying Surgeon and carrying a token referred to in
sub-paragraph (2)(a) above shall be âllöwed tg work ín any work-room in
which the said manufacturing process is carríed on.
16. Washing and bathing facilities.-(1) The following washing and
bathing lacilities shall.be provided and maintained in cleanly state and in
good repair for the use of all persons employed in the said manufacturing
.process:-
(a) A wash place under cove¡ with clean towels, soap and nail brushes
and with at least one stand pipe for every five such persons having
constant supply of water.
(b) 50 per cent of the stand pipes provided under item (1) above shall be
located in bathroom where both hot and cold water shali be made
available during the working hours of the factory and lor one hour
thereafter.
{c) The washing and bathing facilÍties shall be wíthin a radius of 15 metres
from the area housing the said manufacturing process.
(d) Clean towels shall be provided individually to each worker if so
ordered by an ln,epector.
(e) ln addition to taps mentioned under item (a), one stand pipe in which
warm water is made available shall be provided on each floor. '
(2) Arrangements shall be made to wash lactory uniforms/clothing com-
ttHj'lTJ"ïtJrii;
bathing.-(a) Altworkers emptoyed in the said manurac-
turing process shall carefully wash their hands and face before partaking of
food or leaving the factory.
(b) Bath register.-Workers employed in lhe saicl manufacturing process
shall take bath daily at the lactory premises and enter their names in the
bath register in token of having done so.
 The Ìl[aharashta Factories Rules, 1963

f8. Food, drinks, etc., prohibited in workrooms.-No worker shall

consume food, drink,, pan.and supari or tobacco or shail smoke ¡n-ânv
work-room in which the said manúfacturing procesi ¡J cäir¡éo on
and no
worker shall remain in any such room during intervals tor meãls or rest.
19. cloak-room.-There shall be provided and maintained in ctean state
good repair for.the use of Ûre persons emptoyed in the
T9il said manu-
pro.cess (a) ctoak room with lockers having two compartments
]19ryr'nq one
Ior street ctothes and tlg other for factory cto-thes, (6) a placò,'iêparate from
locker room and lrorn the mess-room, íor the sioìãgêiipr'otrót¡u* equ¡p_
ment provided under paragrapti 13. The accommocãtion do piovided shall
be under the care of a respohsibre person and shari nó r<ãótitean.
-
20. Mess-room.-(1) There shall be provided and maintained for the.use
in the facrorv and remaining on the premises dr.rring
PJ^"Lt1lÌglT_.gÏ_pr_oved
rne meat rntervats a mess-room which shall be furnished with (a) tables anã
benches and (b) rneans for warming food.
The mess-room shall be placed under the charge of a responsible person
and shall be kept cfean.
21. Time allowed for washing.-Before each meal and before the end
of
the day's work at teast ten minuiês in addition to tné iägutaîintervats sha¡
be allowed for washing to each person who has neen óñrproyéo in the said
manufacturing process.
. 22. Drying stoves.-(1) Every drying stove shail be efficienily ventilaied
to the outside air in such manñer inat not air lrom the stôvâ dhail not be
drawn into any work-room.
, (2) No person shall enter stove to remove the contents until a free current
of air has been passed through it by mechan¡cal means. - -
23' Nor¡-sparking tools.-(1) Non-sparking tools shalt be provided lor the
purpose of cleaning or repairing macñinery ór operating any process
where
vapours of betanapththylam ine-are evolve'd.
24. Testilg of atmosphere, etc.-Amines in the. atmosphere of the
work-room where the manùfacturing process is carried on inãübe estimated
once every week and records of resufts ol such eslimations shall be made
available when required by dn lnspector.
Part ll
separation of processes.-The said manufacturing process ,B' shall
.be carried
25.
on in rooms which shall not communicaté w¡itr'any-otner room
except through a passage open entirefy to outside àt*o.-pnãiã
.26.. Limltat¡on of exposure.-(1) No worker under the age of 40 years
shall'be engaged in the factory ioi tne said manufactur¡ns iroàess ,8, for
the lirst time after the date on wh¡ch these rules comelnio"röiðò.
. (2) Before the end of the day's work ât least one hour shall be allowed
for bathing lo.each pers.on, who is employed ín the sa¡á :manutacturiñ[
process 'B' including the time allowed undeiparagraph 19.
fzr Çxgmp!¡ori.- rt in respect of
satisfied tha't (owing to the exceptional.any
factory the chief rnspector is
ciicumstarices or infrequericy of the
process, or for any other reason) all or any of the provisions of tiris
sóneoute
are not nece.ssary for the,protection of pérsons dmployed in tne faciorx ïe
may by certificate in writing exempt such factory iroir ail or any of êuch
 234 The Maharashlra Factor¡es Rules, lgó3

provisions subject to such conditions as he may specify therein, such

cenificates may at any time be revoked by the Chief lnspector.
APPENDIX'4, (See paragraphs 2, 10, ig and lS)
The benzenes, toluenes, xylenes, having undergone nitration once or
several times (nitrodinitro and trinitro benzene and its homologues) and their
chlorinated cornpounds,' naphthalenes, having undergone ni{ration oncê or
several times, aniline and ¡ts homologues (toludine, xylidine, cumidine),
anisidine, phenetidine, and their chlorinated, nitrated and alkylated com-
pounds (dimelhylanilín, toluylendiamine, phynylhydrazine, toluythydrazine}.
APPENDIX 'B' (See paragraphs 2, ig, 15, 25 and 26)
Alphanaphthylamine.
Betanaphthylam ine.
Benezidine and íts salts.
Dianisidine
Tolidine
Dichlorobenzidine
. APPENDIX'C'
(See paragraph 3)
. Cautionary Placard
Advice to workers-
(1) Nitro and amino compounds or aromitic hydrocarbons are dangerous.
ln this factory you have to handle them frequently.
(2) All items of protective wear provided should be made uso of to
safeguard your health.
(3) Maintain scrupulous cleanliness at alltimes. Before meal wash hands
and leel. A bath before leaving the factory is essential, taking care iq wash
the head well.
(4) lf any_chemical falls on your body, wash it ofl immediatety with soap
and water. Change cloihing at once, íf '[soiled] with a cyanotic nitro or amino
compound. Contact the appointed docto[ immediately
(5) Do not handle any nitro or amino compound with bare hands. Use a
longhandled scoop.
(6) Avoid alcoholic drinks as these increase risk of poisoning. ; .
'

(7) ln case of illness contact the Factory Manager and the appointed
doctor.
(S) Do not chew, eat, drink or smoke in the work-room orwitn so¡teU
hands. Keep food and drink away from the work-place.
{9) lf you work with betanaphthylamine or benzidine or its salts, al-
phanaphthylamine of "[dianisdine],
{a) remember that serious elfects will follow after a number of years if
great care ¡s not taken to observe absolute cleanliness of body,
clothes, machinery and tools,

t Subs. by C.N. dt.1.12.1965.

Subs. bv G.N. dt.l.l2.l9ó5
 The ilaharashtra lìactories Rules, l9ó3 2As

(b) at meal time, wash face and hands twice with soap and water to
remove all chemicals; wear a long-sleeved clean apron while eating;
{c) b.efore leaving the factory take a bath using soap and water twice,
after this put on your home clothes.
'[ScHEDULE Xill
Handling and manipulation of corrosive substances
1. Definition.-For the purposes of this Schedule,-
(a) "corrosive substance" includes sulphuric acid, nitric acid, hydrochloric
acid,.hydrofluoric acid, carbotic acid, phosphoric acid, liquid chlorine,
liquid bromine,.ammonia or anhydroud tiquio ammonia, söd¡um hydro-
xide or poiassium hydroxide oi mixture's thereof or any other'sub-
stance which the state Government may, by notification ihtne onc¡at
Gazette, specily to be corrosive substancej
(b)
."corrosive operation" means an operalion of manufacturing, sloring,
handling, processing, packing or using any corrosive substãnce in ã
factory.

^ 2.
schedule
of every work-room of a factory to which this
Flooring_.-The floor
applies, shall be made of impervious, corrosion aild iire resistant
rnaterial and shall be so constructed as to prevent collection of any
corrosive substances. The sudace of such ffooring shall be smooth anð
-sound
cleaned as often as necessary and mainlained in a conditíon.
3'. Protective equipment,-(a) The occupier shall provide, maintain in
good order and keep in a clean condition for the use of áll persons employed
in any corrosive operation, suitable protective wear foi hands anð féei,
suitable aprons, face shields, chemical salety goggles and suitable
respirators.
(b) Tfg protective equipment provided shafi be used by every person
engaged in doing any corrosive operation.
4. 'water facilltles.-where any corrosive operation is carried on, there
shall be provided as close to the place of such operation as possible, a
source of water at a height of 2 metres secured fiom a pipe óf 25 mms.
diameter and fitted with a quick acting valve, or safety tank having dimen-
sions not less than 200 cms. in length 129 cms. in breadth and 6O cms. in
depth full of clean water placed at the lloor level or
such dimensíons as afe approved by the chiel lnspector of Factories, so
that in case of injury to the worker by any corrosive substances, the iniured
part can be thoroughly flooded with water.
. '5. cautionar¡¡'notice"- A cautíonary not¡ce in the following form pr¡nted
in the language which-the majortty of the workers employed-in the iactory
understand shall be affixed prominently close to the place where any ol thi;
corrosive operations .is carried- out and where it can be easily and con-
veniently read by the workers. ll any worker is illiterate, effective steps shall
be taken to explain carefully to him the contents of the notice so affixed:-

I Subs. by No. d t. '1.7.1978

 236 The Maharashtra Factor¡es
Rules, 1963

Cautionary notice

cause
*,?r',Ií;,ii.#,,Iiif"' 'J':ån;:'"s and vapours thereor may be
Use protective wears.

,"r':,t1i"r,tiSïTîiialïmed¡atery ilood the parr arrected with prenry

or water
Get medical attention quíckly.

6. Transpon.- ,u,
:il,,ï,i.?i.,;L1,,Lîi¡rl?jlî:, fu1^ïËüley are to be transporred, rhs
sharr be incruded i;' ;åi.';ii"ü"i"ãi,ir;;rif^üï'3i$,iî,;,:iî
S,o,.!Täln'.'*
(b) containers having. a capacity
subsrance shat beprag"q of- 10 0r more ritres of a corrosive
t á-ä;prt;i"
than one person ai a treight bJó'iiË or crate ano tt.,eïcärried by more
wheered rruck is used for tnd pùióörä." waistine unress a suítabre rubber
(c) containers for.corrosive subsiances_sha,
be crearry rabeiled as such.
z' Devices for riandring côrro"i""îuüstance.s.-(a)
devices shat be usecr fõr suitánËi¡rung or rifting-
COffOS¡Vg SUbStanCeS. i*ã'or
v¡ vq'vvJù
carboys
"rptñg .
and utrter
c¡ilu other containers or

,"!.l..oTT:tTåf,:rJ:älB:s shan not be handred by bare hands but by

8. Opening of varves-varves fitted to coniainers
substance which do not work treery's'ñãil¡ot hording a corrosive
opened by a worker suítably trai,ie'o jäiine be forced open. irrey shail be
1¡8-A, prev"nt¡o: purpose.
flange joints on lines carryi-ng
of corrosive subsrance teaking,_A*
^gl_.-q¡la¡nin9 .
corroËivï substances under pressure
provided with guards shall be
¡o þrelenì ¡p,.Jr,iìg of corrosiva sübäan"e reaking
. fnrough the jo¡nts due to gaskeì tair-ureJ
än workers
- 9' Creaning tanks,stil,s,_gfc.-(a) rn.creaning..outworking nearby.l
trom stitts or orher targe.chamberi úseojor or ,"ñouing residues.
noräing:ör;o"si;ä subsrances,
sñall be u*ã tð-rir"vent production
Hr"r"rtóHiÄlïffiit- or arséniuretred
(b) whenever it is.necess ary ror
any worke_rto gnter confined spaces,
chambers or tanks. wnich wéíeîräïtäïock rike '
corrosive sub.stances, wh¡re
for the purpose of óreaning oi õtnì-rîåinàn.n"".*ork,
er a, possibre precau_
s eci¡o n ;i iË' ä;i;ñ;r i';å^i"î#"tï
ens u re th e
Ti.rif, , ieo$J,""îrund
'o
(c) Before repairs are undertaken
to
corrosive substance was handreo, iriñ any. part of equipment in which a
freed of any adhering corrosive äqripment or part thereof sha,
be
þy adopï¡ng suitabte methods.
"únsiãäcä
10. storage.-(a) corrosive. substances
room with other chemicars which shail lqt be stored ,"""ää,
ãìË i[ärv.to viorenfly react wfth them or
síve rise ro poisonous iumòi äi îãräï¿tt*r an aóé¡oõ,iäi
äiring, .s.,

I 'Ins. by G.N.
dr. IZ.t2.t9E6
 Tlv Maharash¡ra Factor¡es Rules, 1963 237

turpent¡ne, carbides, metallic powders, combustible materials and cynide

salts.
(b) Pumping_ or illling overhead tanks, receptables, vats and other
containers shall be so arranged that there is no pirssib¡ritv oi ànv corrosive
substance overflowing and cãusing injury to ân! pêtson;
. {c). Every container.having a storage capacity of twenty litres or more and
pipe lines, valves and. litting used foi storing or carrying-corrosive
suoltan:
ces shall be examined thoroughry every year-for findihg õut any oetectsl
ánd
the defects shan be removed tórttrw¡tî. A registei sË"ri'Ë ínäinrained of
every such examination made and it shall be pioduced before tnà tnspector,
whenever required.
.11. Fire-ext¡nguishers.-An.adequáte number of suitabte types of lire
extinguishers or other.fire{ighting equipments, oepenáingiñ tÉe nature of
the chemicals stored.in any-ptace in a tactory, stialr neiráòeil near eactr
such ptace and such lire-extinguishers or otheíiireJight¡ñg-eãuipments shal
be. regularly tested and refiiled. crear instructioni aJ io iöñ, tne extin-
g,I*le-P^-gj olfer equipments shourd be used, printed in tñá râñguage which
l]! lltoTy or th.e workers emptoyed in such factory understa-nd,ina¡t nã
ail¡xed near each extinguisher or other equipment. sufficient number of
workersshallbetrainedinfire-fightingpracticès.
12. Exemption.-lf in respect of anyìactory on an apptication made by the
manâger, the chief lnspector -that
-¡s.
sátisfied owiir| to the exceptional
circumstances or inlrequ-ency of the process, or for añy other-reason to
recorded in writing all or añy of the provisions of inís -scneoule are not þe
necessary for
.the protection of the persons employeo in sucn'lai or)l,'nä
may.by a certificate in writing erernpt such faciory from all or any ot'tne
provisions indicated in such cert¡f¡caté on such conót¡ons ai ne may specify
therein. such certificate may at any Ìime be revoked by tne crr¡ei tnspector.
SCHEDULE XIII
Manufacturing of bangles and other art¡cles from cinematograph film
and toxic and inflammabte sotvents.
l. Definition.-For the purposes of this Schedule-
. (a) toxic and inflammable solvents mean-

. (i) solvents lÍke acetone, tetrachlorethane, alcohol, denatured spirit

phenor, amyracitate, butyle gcetate, diacetone,'atcórrîi and such
other substa_lc9! which in the opinion ot the chief rnspãCioiãiã
, toxic and inflammable;
' '(ii) "b.angle polish" and "bangle mixture" and such other solvents by
whatever trade name they are known, used in the manufacture ol
bangles and other articles from cellulose films:
(b) "suspension" mears suspension from employment in any process in
, which toxic and inflammable solvents áre lse'd, oy wr¡tterí ðertificates
in the Heahh BegÍster signed by the certifyiñg 'surgeón,-who shail
' have the power oisuspenõion as'regards aìr ô¿rËons'Ëmpiäveo ¡n ânv
such process;
(c) "approval" means approved Oy ihe Chief lnspector;
(d) "first employment". m.??ns^ first. employment in any manufacturing
process relerred to Ín this schedute and also re-emftoyment in sucñ
 238 The Ltaharcshtra Factor¡es Rules, lgóJ

manufactur¡ng
.prgcglg foltowing any cessation of emptoyment for a
continuous per¡od of three caleñdar months,
2' Apptication.-This schedure shail appry in respect
part thereof in which rhe process ot irìañulacirie -òiof ail factories or any
articres from cinematograph firm or rrom toxic and inframmabre
oä.öiàs and orher
lrom both (hereinaftei referred to alline said manufacturingsubstance or
process) is
carried on.
3. Prohibition rerating to emproyment of women
No women or young persons shãil de emproyed or peim¡ttáoìo
and young persons.-
room in which any of the said manuracturing worr in any
þroces's ¡s carr¡ed out or in any
room in which toxic or inflammabre substances or both
are stored or treated.
4. Medicar examination.-(1) No person shail be emproyed
in any of the
said manufacturino processes unres's he has been examinéã
ing. surseon withiñ ggugn oavs piõðeoiñs his iiiði
nv the certify_
fit {or such employment. ' .iröíävrïnî cerriried
"no
(2) No person be em.proyed in qny of the said manu{acturing
processes untess he- lh.1rl
is re-examined by
during each carendar month or at súcñ lhe cdrtilying srigbi,i'ät reast once
intervaís'ãs-rã,yïä specified in
writing by the Chief tnspector.
The certifying surgeon
--J3)manufacturing processes shail
said
examíne pers.ons emproyed in any or the
by giving due notice to arl concerned.
(4) A Hearth Register
employed in any of the said !n Form 7 containing the names of ail workers
manufacturing processes shall be kept.
(5). No person after suspension shail be emproyed
.. w¡thout
tion.from the certifying surgeon entered in or attached towr¡tten sanc_
Register. the Heafth.
5. Protective crothing.-protective cfothing shafi provided
t?ilgg in 9999 repair fol ail workers emprðved ¡nbe and main_
tnå øòtorv and such
clothing shalr be worn. by rhê workers cãnceineo. TtrJ prõieãiive crorhing
shalt consist of a suitablei apron and if so requireà ¡v
tniCr,iãi rnspector a
head covering provided in iliar beharf. rne neão óõ"e'rinó-s
be washed daily.
ãä'iiovioeo srratt
6. Ventilat¡on.-Every workroorn in which cinematograph film
inflammable sotvents ór both are handled or manipuïat,io or toxic and
provided with intets oi useo shall be
.arìd ouilets..of adequate s¡z'e só-ãjìñecure and
mainta¡n elficienr ventitarion in an parrs oj tne rooã ãùr¡ñõ ùäriing hours:
Provided that the preparation of ''cylinders,, from cinemalograph
.
toxic and inflammabre, sorvents,. rsjng of such cyfinoers ìàiõ
rilm and
6angtes ano
heat treatment of the bangles ir'ali oicärried out in an
cover, unless specially exempted by the Chief lnspecto;. ---" ''
open space under
7: Drylng of cinematograph firm.-(1) Drying ot cinematograph
firm shaÍ
not be ddne except under suih conditiò¡is aé wìir prevent
tnõiinã*atograph
-ñ"ãt
litm. lrom coming ¡nto contact or proximity witn àriv ;ou;;;
;f
surface in such a manner as wourd rend-er t¡re cinemãiãõräprrli*or. heated
riabre to
be ignited or decomposed.
{2) Loose unwound cinematograph film shallbe enclosed during drying in
such a manner that a person in ã room will be protected as taiäs practicable
from an outbursl of flame.
 The lÍaharashtra Factories Rules, 1963 ggg

(3) The temperature .in any part of drying enclosure for loose unwound
cinematograqn Jilm other than a safety accetate film shail not ât any time
exceed 1 10'F. A thermometer shall be kept available in every room in-which
such drying is done.
(4) Boiling of raw film either alone or in conjunction with other chemicals
.or heating of bangles and other articles made ol film shall be carried out in
an open space.
(5) A sufficient number of buckets filled with water shall be provided near
the places where bangles are subjected to heat treatment.
-. 8. Storage of raw materials,-(i) Each roll or package of cinematograph
film used in any of the said manufacturing processes, shall except i¡¡trbn
requ¡red to.be exposed ior the purposes of the work carried on, be kept ín
a separate box, proilerly closed and constructed of metal or other appròved
metal.
(ii) Withoul prejudice to the Cinematograph Film Rutes, 1948, municipal
rules and other rules in lorce, all cinematograph films not being actually
used or manípulated shall be kept in a room or chamber or similar enclosurà
approved by the chief lnspector. Toxic and inflammable solvents stock shall
be stored in approved place or containers.
9.. Disposal of waste films.-(i) Alt waste end scrap of cinematograph fitm
shall be collected at lrequent intervals during each day and be þtaced in
strong melal receptâcles fitted wfth seltclosing lids and'clearly marked w¡th
words "Film Waste".
, {ii) No material liable to ignite spontaneously nor anything tikely to ignite
or decomposed cinematograph f ilm shall be placed in the receptable
(iii) At the end ol each day's work waste and scrap litms shail be either
transferred to a store-room or removed lrom the premises.
(iv) Waste films and shavings shall be destroyed by burning in an open
place ùnder controlled conditions. They shall not be allowed to be thrown or
scattered in or about the premises of the factory.'
10. Prohibition of smoking.-(i) No person shall be altowed to smoke in
any room in which cinematograph lilm is manipulated, stored or used.
(ii) No open fire or light or any smoking materiats or matches nor anything
likely to ignite or decompose cinematograph iilm shall be allowed in any
store-room or in any room in which cinematograph film or toxíc inflammable
solvents or both are stored, manipulated or used:
Provided that the Chief lnspector may permit the use of coal sigree in the
heat lreatment of bangles subject to such conditions as he rnay specify in
writing.
ll. Caution with regard to electrical installation.-All electrical installa-
tions and fittings shall be of flame-proof type.
12. Floor of work-rooms.-The ffoor of every work-room in which any of
the said manufacturing processes are carried on shall be-
(a) of cement or similar material so as to be smooth and impervious lo
water;
(b) maintaíned in sound cond¡tion;
(c) kept free from materials, plant or other obstruction not required for, or
produced in, the process carried on in-the room;
 24O The Maharashtra Faclories Rutes, t963

(d) cleaned daíty qfte-r:being thoroughry sprayed

with
. no other work is being carrieO on ¡h the ioom. water at a time when
13- Time to be ailowed for washing,-Befoie each mear
end of fhe_ $ay'¡ work at reast ten minltes in aooition lõìiràand þerore the
regutar mear
times shail be ailowed for washing to each person *ñô Àãi
¡n any of the said manulacturing
iìeen emptoyed
firocesses.
14.. washing facilities.-There shall be provided
,
cteanty state and in,good repair forthe usé ot ãripeiäðn*,'u
and maintained in a
under cover, with eithèr- ' **rt pt"",
(i) a trough with a, smooth impervious surrace fitted
with a waste pipe
without pltLg and of suflicieni fengith to aüow ot át ¡eásl
o0 centameters
for every five.sucrr persons emp-toyed at any üå_ìîñ;and
having a
constant suppry of water from taps ðt
¡ets above Úreiróugn at inteiú-arð
of not more than 60 centimetred; or
(ii) at least one wash. basin for every five such persons
. one time üttê,ct
,l.rtlt
emproyed at any
a wasre piþe and plug ãnd'ñ"îing a constanr
supply of water laid on; and :'

(iii) a sufficient suppty of clean towels madi; of suitable

material which
shail be renewed dairv, whic.h quppry.ir so ieqlìiàl-by iri" ;öe.ü;
shafr Íncrude a separate marked tb'wät tor eaàË-Jucnioik"r;
ãñð--- '
' (iy) a sufficieht suppty of soap or other suitabte cteansing
' nail brushes. *"t.1¡ri ano ot
15- Facirities for ba.rhing.-The chief
occupier to provide sufficieñt natn accómmdoat¡onllso.ggfor may require any factory
roi'all-ã-ersons engaged
in all or. in any of the said manufacturrng processes and arso sufficient
supply of soap and.clean towels.
16- cloak-róom.-rf the chief rnspector so requires, there shail
provided and maintained for use of be
fersons emproiãà-i,i âäv ot the said
inanufacturing processes-
(a) a cloak-room for clothing pu! gff during working
, arrangement for drying the cloth¡ng, if wetJ - -'
hours with
-- adequate
(b) gep?rate and suítabre rrrung.rãnts toi tne storage of protective
- clothing provided under paragiaph S.
17. Food, drinks, etc..,prohibited in work-rooms-No food, drink, pan
and .supart or tobacco shail-be cònsum edor orougñi [y àñy üäri.er intó ãnl
work-room in which any of the said manufacturinõ proóeis'ei is
carried on.
18, Mess-room.-lf the chief lnspector so requires,
.there shail be
provided and maintained for the use ót ãll q.errors éilbjõi,"ä'in
and remaining. on the premises during ine meai 'iñtãí"a¡i, t,e facrory
mess-room which shatf bè furnished withl
a suitab¡e
' (4
sutficient tables and benches; and
{b) adequale means for warming food.
The mess shail be praced under the charge of a responsible person
and
shall be kept clean.
. 19. Fire-fighting apqtiances.-(1)
trguilg regard to the
Adequate mean of extinguishing fires
of cellúto¡d pr'esent in the room atäny one time
-amount
shall be kept constanily provided for eaòh work-room año itãiJ-roo*.
 The Maharashtra Factor¿es Rules, 1963 241

,kept(2).inThe fire-fighting âpptiances shail be maintained

a positíon which is easily
in good condition and
accessibre.
20' Means of escape in case of fire,-Adequate means of escape in case
of fire shar be provid.ed in every room in'wrricrr ãìñãmãtograþtr titm is
mallipulâted,. used or stored and üie means of escape snali noI b'e deemed
adequate unless-
(a) at ieast two separate exits are provided from every such room
and two
safe_ways of escape from the buirding are avaikbre foiatt persons
employed ¡n the factory, and
(b) all doors and windows provided in connection with the means of
esr.'rêpe are constructed to open outwards readily.

.21.. Gautionary not¡cesr (i) c,autionary not¡ces explaining the dangers to

which workers are exposgg oyq to any oithe said månuiaòtiring processes
being carried shall be affixed in prominent positioni ¡n tne:iáðtbry where
they ma,y be easity and convenienily read b'y the perions-emptoy'eo. rne
said notices shail be prinled in the languages'undeistooo ny tnå mþority of
workers employed in the factory.
. (ii).lf any person erno!9y.9d in the factory is iflÍterate, effective steps shall
be.taken to èxprain carefuily to such ifrite'rate persòná tneìontentå of Û¡e
notices.
,. 22. Exemption,-lf in respect of any factory the chief lnspecto¡: is satislied.
thâJ ow¡ng to the exceptionar circumstanced or infrequànðv õi tnã
or for any oÌher reason, ail or any of the provisions oi Ír¡s 3cïeou¡é are noi
pË;;;;
persoñs emptoyed in tne faCtôry, he may
13":rr^1tJ,jgr_ile,qrote.9lion of the
oy a cert¡ticate ¡n writing exempt such lactory from alt or añy ol thá
provisions on such conditions as'he may specify therein. sucn cêrt¡flcate
I1y llâny time be revoked by the chiei tn-specior, without assigning ani
reasons'
xrv
'.HEDULE use or evolution of carbon
Prooesses involving manufacture,
disulphide and hydrogen sutphide
.1. Definitions.-For the purposes of this Schedule-
(a) (i) "breatìingcpparatus" means a helmet or face piece with necessary
conngctions by means of which the person usirig it in a poisonouq
asphyxiating or irritant atmosphere brbathes ordinãry air; oi
(íi) any other suitable apparatus approved in wriilng by the chief lnspec-
. tor;
(b) "churn" means the vessel in which the prepared cellutose pulp.is
treated with carbon disulphide;
{c} "dumping" means the drawing off of molten sulphur from the sulphur
posts in the process of manulacture of carbon disulphide;
(d) "efficient exhaust draught" means localised ventilation effected by
mechanical rneans lor the removal of gas or vapour, ió aJto prevenl

room. No draught shall be deemed tobe effic¡ent if it fails'to reniove

smoke generated at the po¡nt where such gas or vapour originates;
(e)."fu.me process".means any process in which carbon disulphide or
hydrogen sulphide is produieil, used or given off;
 242 'ftre I'Iaharaslúra Fûctoúes Rules, 1963

il) "life beft" meansa bett made of leather or other suitable material which
can be securely fastened round the body wilh a suitable length of rope
attached to it each of which is sufficiently strong to sustain the weight
of a man;
' (g) "suspension" means suspension from employment in any fume
process by written certi{¡cate in the health register in Form 7 signed
by the Certifying Surgeon, who shall have power of suspension as
: regards all persons employed in any such process.
2. Prohibition relating to employment of women and young persons.-
No women or young person shall be employed or permitted to work in any
fume process or in any room in which any such process is carried on.
'3. Efficient exhaust draught and supply of fresh air.-(1) No churn shatt
be opened unless it has been previously subjected to an efficient exhaust
draught so that when the churn is opened the concentrat¡on of carbon
disulphide in the working room does not exceed 20 parts per million and no
worker shall be allowed to introduce his head inside the churn or enter it
unless the concentration of carbon disulphide fumes inside tbe churn is 20
parts per million or less, and unless the exhaust draught arrangement is
continued so as to reduce the concentration of carbon disulphide to 20 parts
per million or less so long as the worker or hís head is inside the churn.
(2) Hydrogen sulphide or carbon disulphide evolved in any room where
any fume process is carried on shall be removed by an efficient exhaust
draught.
, (3) When the vent¡lâtion apparatus normally required in connection with
lhe process ¡eferred to in clause (2) is ineffect¡ve or is stopped for any
purpose whatever work in the said room which is not carried on mechanical-
ly without the presence of any person, shall not be carried on and the worker
shall be made to leave the room as soon as possible but in any case not
laterthan 15 minutes after such an occurrence:
Provided lhat any person wearing a breathing apparatus may be allowed
to remain in the said work:roorn.
Explanation -The Chiel lnspector may delermine what constitutes normal
ventilation apparatus in any given case on lhe representation duly made by
the manager.
{4) ln â room wherê any process is carried on so that ¡rr¡tant or offensive
fumes are emitted there shall be provided suitably placed inlets of.sufficient
area lor the supply of fresh air to the room.
4. Air analysis.-(1) Air analysis for the measurement of concentration of
'hours disulphide and hydrogen sulphide shall be carr¡ed out svery eight
carbon
or at such intervals as may be directed by the Chief lnspector at
places where lume process is carried on and the result of such analysis
shall be recorded in a register specially ma¡nta¡ned for lhis purpose.
{2) lf the concentration of either carbon disulphide or hydrogen sulphide
exceeds 20 parts per million, the manager shall report the concentration
rêached and the duration of such concentration to the Chief lnspector. The
report shall state the reasons for such increase.
(3) On receipt of such information, the Chiel lnspector may direct the
manager to take such measures as he may speclly in that behalf and it shall
be the duty of the manager to comply with such directions.
 The it'laharashtra Factories Rules, 1963 243

5. Eleclric fittings in carbon disulphide fume process-room except

the spinning room.-All electric littings in a room in which a fume-process
evolving carbon disulphide is carried on, other than a spinning-room, shall
be ol flame-proof construction and all electric conductors shall either be
enclosed in metal conduils or be lead-sheathed.
6. Washing facilities.-The occupier shall provide and ma¡ntain in a clean
sJate and in good repair, for the use of all persons employed in a fume
process, wash place under cover with at least one tâp or stand-pipe, having
a constant supply of clean water for every five such persons, the taps, or
stand-pipe being spaced not less than 120 centimetres apart with €
sufficient supply of spap and clean towels.
7. Protective equipment.-(1) The occupier shall provide, maintain in
good repair and keep ín clean condition protective clothing and other
equipment as specified in the table below:-
Table
Process Protective clothing and other
equipment
(i)-Dumping Overalls, face-shields, gloveg and
footwear all made of suitable malerial
(ii) Spinning Suitable aprons and gloves
(iii) Process involving or likely to in- Suitable gloves and lootwear
volve contact with viscose solution
(iv) Any other process Protective clothino and eouioment as
may be directed ñy tne Chidf lnspec-
tor by an order in writing.
(2) The occupier shall make arrangements lor the examination and
.cleaning of all the protectíve equipment at the close of each day's work and
'for the repair or replacement thereof when necessary.
8. Use of protect¡ve equipment.-Every person phall use the protective
.equipment provided to him under paragraph 7.
9. Storage of protective equipment.-A suitable room, rooms or lockers
.shall be provided exclusively for the storage ol allthe protective equipment
suppl¡ed to employees and no such equipment shall be stored at any place
other than the room, rooms or lockers so provided.
10. Mess-room.-{1) There shall be provided and maintained for the use
ol all the persons remaining within the premises during the meal inleruals,
a suitable mess-room providing accommodation of at least 10,0û0 square
'centimetres per head furnished with-
(a) a sufficient number of tables and chairs or benches with back rests,
(b) an arrangement for washing hands and utensils, and
(c) adequate means for warming lood.
(2) The mess-room shall be kept under the charge of a responsible
person a,nd shall be kept clean.
11. Prohibition relating to smoking etc. in carbon disuiphide fume
process room.-No person shall smoke or carry malches, fire or naked ¡ight
or other means of producing a naked ligbt or spark in a room in which fume
process producing carbon disulphide is caused and notice in the language
understood by the majority of the workers shall be posted in the factory
 244 The Maharaslúra Factorìes Rules,1963

prohib¡ting smoking and cârry¡ng of matches, lire or naked l¡ght or other

means of producing light or spark ¡nto room:
Provided
.spark that fire, naked light or other means of producing a naked tight
or rnay b€ carried in such roorn only when required for thè purposes
of the process itsell under direction of a qualified supervisor.
,2. Prohibition to remain in fume process room,-No person during his
intervals {o.r meal, or rest shall remain in any room wherein lume proceés is
carried on.
, 19t Medical examination,-(1) Every person employed in a fume process
shall be examined by the Factory Medical officer once in every six-months
and by the Certifying Surgeon once in every 12 months or at such other
¡ntervals as may be spêcif ied in wr¡ting by the chief tnspector on a date or
dates of whiçh due notice shall be given to all such persons and such
examination shall take place on the factory premises.
{2) Every person em.ployed.in a furñe process s!at.l present himseH at the
appointed time for such examination.
{3) A Health Fegister containing the names of all.the'persons employed
in a fume process shall be kept in Form 7.
.
person, after suspension, shall be employed in a fume -. proeess
. {4) No
wlthout the written sanction of the certilying surgeon entered in thd Health
Register.
tltgR. Medical faoilities.-(1) The occupier of
the lactory shail appoint at
leasta part-time qualified medical þractitioner, possessing M.B.B-S..degree
g¡{ _lnqving post graduate diploma in tndustrial. Heatth or possessing
M.B.B,S. degree and having five years experience in industry as oæupation-
al healtl.r physician. The medical practitioner so appointeo srrau be réquired
to put in minimum four hours' attendance on .every working day iir the
rambúlance'room for carrying out the duties specified in the fbllowing
sub-paragraph (2):
Provided that, in cages of factories employing less than S00 workers per
day, the Chief lnspector of Factories may allow attendance for shoiter
'duration after taking into consideration all the relevant facts o1 each case.
. l2l The medical practitioner so appointed shall perform the foflowing
duties, that is to. say,-
(a) to mainta¡n Health Register, in Form 7;
(b) to undertake medical supervision of persons engaged on dangerdus
' operations specified in rule 114 of these rules;
' (c) to iook after health, education and rehabilitation of sick, injured or
affected workers;
. (d) to.carry out inspection of work-rooms where Sangerous operations are
- carried out and to advise the management of the measures to be
adopted for protect¡on of health of the workers Ínvolved therein.
(3) For the purpose of medical supervision by the medical pract¡tioner so
appointed, the occupier shall provide for his exclusive use â room in the
factory premises which shall be properly cleaned, adeqqately lighted,
ventilated and furnished wilh a screen, a table with otfice stationery, chairs

I Ins. by G.N., dated 13.3.I984 published in M.c.c. Pt.I-L. dt. 9.8.1984, p.344?,
 The ÃlahorasÌ*-a Faatoì.ìes Rutes, 1963 Z4S

and other facir¡ties and instruments incrud¡ng x-Ray

arrangements for
schedures rv, X and XVil, for such examinations and
su;h other equiprnents
as may be prescribed by the chief lnspector of Factor¡es
from time to time.
-. !4. factory
.Br.eathing ap-paratus and measures.-There shail be provided in
every where fume process is carried ãn, iùnì.iäÅi'.ipîrv
ot_
(a) a breathing apparatus,
{b) oxygen and suitable means of its administration. and
(c) life belts.
, (2)(i) The breathing apparatus and other appriances
sha[-
(a) be rna¡nta¡ned ín good condition and kept
in an ambulance room or in
some other place so as to be readily àv'aitaUe, and
. (b) be thoroughry inspected once every'month
by a competent person,
appointed in writing by the occupier.
A record of the condition of the breathiñg apparatus and other
(ii)
pppllances shall be entered in a book proviaeo toitiaii"iôäîò
b'e produced when required nV an lñsfector.
which shal
{3) sufficient number of workers shall be trained and given a periodic
refresher course in the ys9 oi nreainin'g apparatus and respirators
arriticial respirarion so rhâr at reasf á "ruät-ìiãi"ãa-Ëärrä". and
availabte in. each fume process room during ati iñJ*ci[iñõ'i,ourc wourd be
factory. of the
(4) Respirators shail,be
Ígpl property tabeiled..in ctean, dry, tight_proof
cabinets and if tiabte to be afidctéq dyrúmes, shail be protecteil by suitabte
containers, Respirators shalt be driéd after use and'shalt be periodically
disinfected.
,- lU. g_uqliolgrv.pracardchief
and rnstructions.-cautionary pracards in the
fn-:p1.Jï:l.ly l!" lnspector and prinred in thd rãniiase
majorly or tne workers employ.ed shall be alfixed in promínent"ptaðes of the
in
f.lglqrv where rhey.can ne'eaéiry and convenienty räad by'iñ;iñ;ñ;; the
arrangements shall be made by the occupier fo ¡nstruót pãiiooicãriy-ärr #d
w9¡fe1s gpgloyeo. in a fume.piocess regdrding tne-ñJãrÛr-rrä.rrd,
nected with their dutíes and the best preùentive- measurer unoï'.ìñbäiiä
.on- .

protect themselves.
.. tOr.F*-"Tption.-lf f r-"qpg¡,o1,.lV f.actory, department or departments,
llìq c.hi.ef lnspector is satisfied that ail or ãny 'ot tne proviiions of this
schedute are not neggsla.ry for the protection fu tnopãrãonsämptoyeo rñ
such department or departments,.he'may, by certificaie in writing, exempt
such department or departments for all or'any ot sucn provislonsËut¡ect
io
such conditions as he.may specify therein. súch cert¡f¡iâte ,ãy at any tame
be revoked by the chief rnsþectoi without assigníng any ,ãasôîs.
SCHET}ULE XV
Manufacture and manipulation of dangerous pesticides
l. Definition.-For the purpose of this Schedule_ :

{a) "pesticides" means agents used for the purpose of destroying or

arresting the growth or increase of harmful brgänisms;
246 The llaharashtra Factories Rules, 1963

'[(b) "dangerous pesticides" means insecticides as defined in section 3(e)

,of the lnsecticides Act, 1968 (46 of 1968), or any other substance
declared as dangerous pesticides by the Chief lnspector of Factories
in writing;l
' (c) "suspens¡on" means suspens¡on from employment in any process in
which dangerous pesticides is used by written certilicate in the Health
Register in Form 7 signed by the Certifying Surgeon, who shall be
competent to suspend all persons employed in such process;
(d) "first employment" means lirst employment in any manufacturing
process referred to in this Schedule and also re-employment in, such
manufacturing process following any cessation of employment.for a
continuous period exceeding three calendar monThs;
(e) "elficient exhaust draught" rneans localised ventilation effecled by
mechanical means, for the removal of gas, vapour, dust or fumes so
as to prevent them from escaping into the air of any place in which
work is carried on. No draught shall be deemed elficient which lails to
' .remove'smoke generated at the point where such gas,. vapour, {ume
or dust originates;
(f) "manipulation" includes mixing, blending, filling, emptying, pactiíng,
handling or using of a dangerous pesticide.
:2.'Application.- This.schedule shall apply in respect of all lactories or
any part thereof in which the process of manufacture or manipulation of a
dangerous pesticide (hereinafter feferred to as the said manufacturing
proöess) is carried on,
.i g. Cãut¡onary ptacard.-A cautionary placard in the form specified in
'[Appendix] attached to this Schedule and printed in the language of the
majority of the workers employed, shall be affixed in prominent place
frequented by them in the factory where the placards can be easily and
oonveniently read by the workers and arrangements shall be made by the
occupier to instruct periodically all workers employed in the said manufâc-
turing'process regarding the health hazards connected wlth it and methods
to protect themselves.
4. Prohibition relat¡ng to employrnent of women and young persons.- I
No woman or young person shall be employed or permitted to work in any
room in which the said manufacturing process is carried on or in any room
in which a dangerous pesticide is stored.
'5.
Air space.-ln every room in which the said manulacturing process is
carried on, there shall be at teast 15 cubic metres of.air space, excluding
any space occupied by machinery equipment or any other árticle, for any
person employed there¡n, and in computing this air space, no height over
3..5 meÍes shall be taken into account.
6. Prohibition of the said manufacturing process without efficient
exhaust draught.-The said manufacturing process shatl not be.carried on
w¡thout the use of efficient exhaust draught when-
(a) a container holding a dangerous pesticide is emptied, or

I subs. by G.N. dr. 5.8.1987

', Subs. by G.N. dt. 5.8.1987.
 The lvtaharcshtra Faclories Rules,1963 247

(b) a dangerou_s pest¡cide is introduced into container, tank, hopper or

machine of filled in small-sized packings, or
(c) a powde'r or a liquid is prepared from a dangerous pesticide, or
(d) a dangerous pesticide is blended,
unless the process is completely enclosed.
7. Floor of work-room.-The floor of every work-room in which the said
manufacturing process is carried on shall be,-
(a) of cement or similar material so as to be smooth and impervious to
water,
{b) maintained in sound condition,
{c) sloping and provided with gutters for adequate drainage, and
(d) thöroughly washed daily by means of hose-pipe.
I' work-benches.-The work.benches at which a dangerous pèsticides
manipulated shall-
(a) have smooth surface and be of non-absorbent material, preferably of
stainless steel, and
(b) be cleaned daily.
9.. !vgste-,(a) {. suitable receptacte with tighily-f¡tting cover shail be
prgvided and used for depositing waste like ctoth, Þaper õr other materials
soiled with a dangerous pesticide.
{b) All such contaminated waste shall be destroyed by burning at least
once a week.
. 10. Empty containers used for dangerous pest¡cides.-such containers
shall be destroyed or thoroughly cleaned of théir contents ând treated with
an inactivating agent before being discarded.
ll. Manual handling.-A dangerous pesticide shall not be required or
allowed to be manipulated by hand except by means of long-handleb scoop.
12; Protective clothing.-(1i Protective clothing shail be provided and
maintained in good repair for all workers and such ctothing strá¡l oe worn by
the workers concerned. The protective clothing shall consist of-
. (a) long pants and shirts or overalls with long sleeves and head cover-
ings,
,, (bJ rubb.Br glovÞs, gutn b,qot$, rubber aplens, chemical safety gQggleq qnd
respirators.
Where the pesticide contains o¡1, the rubber gloves, boots and apron shall
be of synthetic rubber.
{2) Where the worker has to handte a dangerous pèsticide-
(a) contaíning phosphorus or nicotine, the protective clothinE shalt be
washed daily both inside and outside, and if the protective clothiilg
ment¡oned in clause (a) of sub-paragraph (1) is soiled with such
pesticídes it shall be changed immediately; and
,'þ) not.containing phosphorus or nicotine,'the'proteetive clothing men-
tioned in clause (a) of sub-paragraph (1) shall be washed frequently.
f 3. Medical examination.-{1}(a} No person shall be employed in the said
manufacturing process unless he has been examined by the Gertifying
Surgeon within seven days preceding h¡s first employment and certífied fit
for such employmenl.
 244 The llahørashtra Factofies Rules. 1963

{b) No person shatl be employed in the said manufacturing process

unless he is re-examined by the certilying surgeon at least oncã in every
three calendar months.
(c) -The certilying surgeon shall examine persons emptoyed in the said
manufacluring process by giving due notice to all concerned.
(d) A Health Register in Form 7 containing the nâmes of all workers
employed in the sa¡d manufacturing process shall be kept.
, (e) No person after suspension shall be employed without written sanc-
tion from the certifying surgeon entered in or attached to the Health
Hegister.
(2) The chiel lnspector may order any suitabte clinicat test or tests to be
carried out in respect of the workers employed in any factory where lhe said
manufacturing process is carried on aLsuch intervals as hé deems fit.
tlt+- Medical facitities.-{1) The occupier of the factory shalt appoint
atleast a part{ime qualified medical practitioner, posseÉsing ¡¡.à:a.s.
degree and.having a diploma in lndustrial Health or possessing I\r.a.e.s.
degree andÌraving five years experience in industr:y aé occupatiõnal health
physician. The medical practitioner so appointed sha¡t eiamine and, if
necessary, treat on the premises of the factory all workers who handle
dangerous pesticides for effects of excessive absorption at least once a
weql.. The occupier shall make necessary arrangenients to ensure quíck
availability ol the medical practitioner, so appointed or any other quaiified
medical practit¡oner in emergency cases. The medical practitioher, so
appointed, shall be required to pul in minimum four hourst attendance on
gvery- working day in the ambulance foom for carrying out the duties
specifiedinthefollowingsub-paragrap'h(2):
Provided that,-in cases o{-factories employing less than 500 workers þer
day,.the chief lnspector of Factorjes may aliow rtttendance,for shoiter
duration after taking.into consideratÍon all the retevant facts of each êase.
,, (2) The medjcal practitioner, so appointed, shall perlorm, in addition to
the duties specified in sugparagraph (1), the followín! duties, that is to say,-
{a) lo maintain Health Register in,Form Z;
, (b) to undertake mgfliqa] supervision of persons engaged on dangérous
operations specified in rule 114 of these rules;
(c) to look afier health,' education and rehabilitation of sick, injured or
affected workers;
(d) to carry out inspection of work rooms where dangerous operations are
carr¡ed out and to advise lhe management of 'the meàsures to bé
adopted for protection ol health of the workers involved therein.
15. Time allowed for washing.-Before each meal and before the end ol
the day's work at least ten minutes in addition to the regular rest ¡nterval
shall be allowed for washing to each person who has beeñ employed in the
said manufacluring process. ,

, t6: .m9!ing and bathing facitities.-(1) There shail be provided.and

maintained in cleanly state and in good repair lor the use df all persons

I Subs. by C.N, dt. ¡3.?.1984 published in M.G.G. Pt. I-L, dt. 9.B.t9t4p;3447
 The llaharashtra Factories Rules, lg63 24g

employed, adequate washing and bathing places having a constant supply

of water under cover at the rate of onã ðuch place fõr every s persons
employed.
.less{2).The washing places shail have stand-pipes placed at intervals of not
than one metre.
(3].Not less than one half oI the total number of washing place shail be
provided with bath-rooms.
(4).sufficient suppty of clean towels made of suitabfe material shail be
provided:
Provided that such towets shall be supplied individually for each worker
if so ordered by the lnspector.
{5) sufficient suppry of soap and nair'brushes shail be provided.
l7..Food' drinks, etc., prohibited in work-room.-No food, drinks, pan,
supari or tobacco shall be consumed or brought by any.wo¡ker intolany
._work-room in which the said manulacturing proõess ís calriec on.
18. cloak-room.-There shall be provided and maintained for'the use-of
persons employed in the said manufacturing process_
(a) a cloak-room lor clothing put olf during working hours with adequate
arrangements for dryíng cfothing, if wet;
(b) separate and s.uitable arrangements for the storage of protective
clothing provided undgr paragraph 12.
19. Mess-room.-There shall be provided and maintained for the use of all
perggls, employed in. the factory and remaining on the premises during the
resl intervals, a suitable mess-room which shai.be {urnlshed with,,- " -.
{a) sufficient tables and benches; and
(b) adequate means for warming food.
The mess-room shall be placed. under the charge ol a responsible person
and shall be kept clean. : .'
!0t fxgmption.- rl in respec-t ol any factory the chief tnspecror is
satisfied that owing to the exceptionat cir-cumstanbes or infrequericy ol tne
process.or for any other reasons all or any of the provisions ot fh¡s SótreOule
are not necessary to the protection ol the persons employed in the factory,
he qa.y by certificate in writing exempt such tactory fioni ail or any of ttié
þrovisions,'on such conditions as he mây specify therein. sucn certil¡cate
may at ary time be revoked by the chief lnsp-ector,. after recording his
reâsons'therefor. :,.. .'
..'121:.Manipulation not to be undertaken.- Manipulation of a pesticide
other than those mentioned in clause (b) of this schedule shail not be
undertaken in any factory.unless a_ce¡lilicate regarding its dangerous nature
or otherwise is obtained from the Chief lnspectór.i

I Subs. by (ì.N. dt. 5.8.1987

 25t The Maharash!rc FactÕrîes Rules, ]963

APPENDIX I

List of dangerous Pest¡c¡des

. Parathion
Dlazinon '
Hexaethyl tetraphosphate
Tetrael hyl pyrophosphate
Tetraethyl d itriophyrophosphate
Demeton (sYstex) : ,.

Schradan (OMPR)
Para-Oxon (8. 600)
Methyl Parathion
Dimefox
Sulphotepp :

EPN
Nicotine or its compounds :

. Mercury compounds
Methyl bromide
pyanioes
Chlordane
Endrin :

Aldrin :

Dieldrin
Texaphene
Dinilro-o-cresol
Arsenical compounds
Cyrolite
Pentachlorophenol
Carbojuran
APPENDIX II ' :..

Cautionary Placard
1. Pesticides are generally poisonous substances.
2. Therefore in rooms where these are handled-
(a) do not chew, eat, drink or smoke; keep food or drink away from
pesticides; :

(b) use the proleclivÞ wear bupplied e.g. gloves, aprons, ôtothes, boots,
-etc.
3. Before meals or when any part ol the body has come in. contact.w-ith
the pesticides, wash with soap and water.
4. Before leaving the factory, take a bath and change youf clothing.
5. Do not use any container that has contained a pesticide as a pot.lor
food or drink.
6. Do not handle any pesticide w¡th bare hands; use a handled scoop.
7. Avoid spilling of any pesticide on body, floor or table.
8. Maintain scrupulous cleanliness of body and clothing and of your
surroundings.
9. ln case of sickness like nausea, vomiting or giddiness, infonn'the
manager who'will make necessary arrangements tor treatment.
 The l[aharashtra þactoties Rules, 196J 251

'¡scneoute xvt
Compression of oxyger and hydrogen produced by electrolytic
process'[or by steam iron process]
' 1. Definition.-For the purpose of fhis Schedule "cûmpression o{ oxygen
and hydrogen" means any process by which oxygen or hydrogen is
manulaclured or evolved by electrolytic process "¡or by steâm iron process.l
2. Application.- This Schedule applies in respect of factories or any part
the¡reof i,n which the process oì compression oJ oxygen and hydrog'en is
carr¡ed on.
3. Situation of electrolyser plant room etc.-The room in which
electrolyser plant is installed shall be sepârate from the plant Tor storing and
compressing oxygen and hydrogen. The room in which electríc generator
and the dislribution panel are inslalled shall not communicate with any other
room in which any process is carried on.
4[4. Testing the purity of oxygen
and hydrogen.- (1] The purity of
oxygen and hydrogen shall be tested by a competent person at least once
in every shift, at the following points:
(i) in the electrolyser room,
{ii) At the gas holder ¡nlet, and
'
(iii) At the suction end ol the compressor:
Provided that where the electrolyser plant is fitted with automatic recorder
of purity of oxyg.en and hydrogen with alarm lights, the purity of the gases
may be tested likewise at the suction end of the compressor only.J
, {2) The puríty figures obtained as a result of the test shall be entered and
s¡gned.by the person carrying out such test in a register, !o be kept forthe'
purpose.
: 5. Compression of oxygen and hydrogen prohibited in certain cir-
cümstances.- Where the purity ol oxygen or hydrogen as tested under
paragraph 4 is found to be less than 98 per cent, the oxygen or hydrogen
shall not be subjected to the process of compression.
' 5[6. Prov¡sion of negative pressure switoh.- ln addition to the limit
swilch, to switch ofl the compressor motor, to make it impossible to empty
the gas holder to the po¡nt causing vacuum inside the gas holder, a sensitive
negat¡ve pressure swítch shall be provided in or adjacent to the suction rnain'
for hydrogen, close to lhe gas-holder and between the gas holder and the
hydrogen compressor, to switch ofl the compressor motor in the event of the
gas holder being emptied to the extent as to cause vaeuuml.
7. Warning signal.- The bell of any holder shatl not be per.mitted to go
within 30 centimetres ol its lowest position when empty and a visual and an
audible warning signal shall be fitted to the gas-holder to indicate that this
limit is reached.

I lns. vide C.N. I&L.D. No.FAC-l I63-Lab III. dt. 5.4.1965

The rvords "or lry steam iron process" added by C.N. dt. 17.10.1966
The rvords "or by steam iron process" added by G.N. dt. 17.10.1966
4 Paragraphs 4(l) atld 6 rvere substituted by G.N,, dt. I5.9.t9?3.
f Paragraphs 6, l0 and I I substituted by G.N., dt. 15.9.1973.
 252 The ]Iaharashtra Fattor¡es ßules. l9ó3

.lye8.shall
Purity of raw mater¡ar.- The water and caustic soda used for making
be chemicaily pure within the pharmaceuticar rimits.
9' Gonstruction of electrical connections.- Eleclr¡cal connections at the
electrolyser cells and ât the electr¡c generator terminals shall be so
constructed. as- to nrg3ludg the possibitity of wrong connections teading
to
the reversat of potarìty. An auiomatic device snajl ne piãüioeo to cut ofÍ
power in the event of reve_rsal of potarity owing to *rong'con¡ectioñs
e¡ìnãi
at the switch board or at the eleciric geherator terminals.
10' Maintenance of gas-pipes, gas horders and compressed gas
qlqfage. vessels.- (i) oxygen and hydloggn gas-pipes shafi bå painted riith
distinguishing cotours. ln the eventbt leãt<agä at'üre joints oi-nyorogen gas
pipe, holder or a storage vessel or in the evént of ani nreatoôwn,
irre pjpe
ancl storage sy_slem after repairs and reconnections carried out as'per
palagrapf 13 of this schedute and in accordance w¡th tiró réquirements of
Flule 73-c of the Maharashtra Factories Rules, 1s63, shall bó-purged
ol all
air and gases using a suitabre inert gas, before drawing in nyo?ogen gas.
(ii) Before drawing in hydrogen gas in any new or existing system
not in
use ev.ery pipe, gas-holder, compresses gaó vessel in the iysiem shall be
purged ol all air and gases using a suitable inert gas.
11. Electrical wiring and other sources of ignition.- wherever hydro_
gen gas is generated, cornpressed, transferred or-stored all eleòtrical
wíring,
apparatus and other installat¡ons shall be o{ ltame-proof construction. All
sources. of ignition shall.be.prevented lrom being'preseni iñ tne above
1e3s. a warning nolice shail be exhibited to that etieðt àr þrominent places
in the above areas,l
12. Removal of explosive substances.- No part of the electrolyser plant
and.the gas-horders and.compressor shail ne súb¡ected tó weúiing1 oraling,
soldering or cutting unt¡l sleps have been taken to remove ãny explosiv"ó
substance from that part and it is rendered safe for such opãiat¡on. After
the completion of such operation no exptosive substance süãri ne allowed
t0 enter that part untir the merar has cöored sufficienily to pròu"niiìõüãl
explosion.
lS..Reslriction of operation,. repair, etc.- No work of operatíon, repair
or maintenance shall be undertakeri except under the oireõi-iu-pervision of
a person who, by his.trainìng, experience-and knowledge of il.rå necessary
p,r.ec?y!lo.ns,against risk of explosion is competent to süpervisssuch work.
No etectr¡cat generator after erection or repáirs shall be'switched on to the
etectrotyser unless it is certified by any competent person under whose
direct . supervision, erection or repairs are cãrried öut to be in a safe
condition and the terminats have b.een checked for the þotarity'uJ ,"qrìËã
by these rules.
14. Ëxaminat¡on of the plant.- Every part oT the electrolyser ptant and
the gas-holders and compressor shall-b'e inspected, ctrecrieo and over-
hauled in accordance with a regular schedule maintained uv Ûre Manager
complying with the instructions ol the cornpetent person rnentioned in
paragraph 13. Every deiect noticed shail be rectified foñhwith.
 The ìlaharasl¡t¡.a Factories Rules, 1963 Zg3

'scl-lEoute xut
and. processing
ol Asbestos, Manufacture of anV Article of
^_Handling any orher plocess of manutactui"-òi -otñàrüì'Je
Asbestos.and
Asbestos is used in any form. -:"-"""' in which
. '!. lppli.ation.- This schedute shalr appty to atl factories or
factories - parts
in which any or the foilowing proË'e'sées ¡s carrielóñ:- or
(a) breaking, crushing, disintegrating, opening,-grinding,
mixing or sieving
of asbestos and any. otrer þroceõðeó invoiviñg rranoúng änã
manrpura_
tion of asbestos inéidental thereto;
(b) all process in the rnanulacture ol asbestos textires incruding
preparatory and finishing processes;
(c) making of insulation slabs or sections, composed wholly
or parily of
asbestos, and processes incidental thereto;
{d} rnaking or. repairing of insurating mattresses, composed whoily or
,,partty of asbestos, and processes'incidental
tnóretoi
-----
(e) manufacture of asbestos cardboard and paper;
(f) manufacture of asbestos cement goods;
(g) application of asbestos by spray method;
(h) sawing, grinding, turnìng, abrading and polishing in dry
art¡cles composed wholly ór parfly of- asoesros;
state of
t¡) 9lq3¡¡Irg of.any room, vesser, chamber, figure of appriance for the
collection of asbestos dust; and
ü) any other processes in which asbestos dust is given off into the wàrlt
"of environment.
2.Definition..Forthepurposeofthisschedule.
(a) "asbestos" means. any fibrous silicate mineral and
any admixture
containing actionorite, amosite, anthophyilite, tnrysäiË,'.i"óiääitãi
tlemotite or any mixture thereof, whethbr'crude, crisneã'òiop"nèoi '
., .
'(b) 'or
"asbestos textiles" msans yafn cloth composed of asbestos or
asbestos mixed with any othôr material;
(c) "approved" means approved for the time being
in writing by the chref
lnspector;
(d) f'breathing apparatus" means a hermet or.face
oiece with necessary
conneclion by means of which a pefson using it ureatnes:ã¡i free troñ
dust, or any ôther approvec appårãtui;
{e} "efficient exhaust draught" means localised ventilation by mechanical
means for the rernovaf óf oust so as to prevent dust from áscaping
air ot qny prace in which work is cairied on. ñ-o Jiärlr,-i shailintð
be
deemed to be efficient which faíls to controt oust prooùcedáitne poini
where such dust orginates.
(f) "preparing" means crushing, disintegrating and any
other procósses in
or incidental to the opening of asbeltos;

I Sr¡b.s. by G.N. dr. 8.2.1988.

254 The ïrlaharashtra Factories Rutes, ]963

(g) "protective clothing" means overalls and head covering which {in
, e¡ther case) will when worn exclude asbestos dust.
3. Tools and Ëquipment.- Any tools or equipment used in processes to
which this schedule applied shall be such that they do not create asbestos
dust above fhe permissible limit or are equipped with efficient exhaust
draught.
4. Exhaust draught.- (1) An e{ficient exhaust draught shall be provided
and maintained to control dust from the lollowing processes and machines;
. (a) manufacture and conveying machÍnery namely:
(i) preparing, grinding or dry mixing machines;
(ii) carding, card waste and ring spinníng machines and looms;
(ii¡) machines or other plant fed with asbestos; and
tiv) machines used lor the sawing, grinding, turning, drilling, abrading
or polishing; in the dry state ol ar.ticles composed wholly or partly
of asbestos
(b) cleaning and grinding of the cylinders or other parts of a carding
machine;
(c) chambers, hoppers or other structures into whích loose asbestos is
delivered or passes;
(d) work-benches for asbestos waste sorting or for other manipulation of
1 asbestos by hand;
(e) work places at which the filling or emptyíng of sacks, skips or other
: . portable containers, weighing or other process incidental
thereto
which is effected by hand, is carried on;
(f) sack cleaning machines;
:(g) mixing and blending of asbestos by hand; and
.' '(h) any other process in which dust is given off inio the work environment.
(2) Eihaust ventilation equipment provided in accordance with sUb-pqra-
graph (1) shall, while any w.ork of maintenance or repairto the machinery,
apparatus or other plant or equipment in connection with which it is provided
is.being carried on, be'kept in use so as to produce ah exhaust dr:aught
which prevents- the entry of asbestos dust into the air ol any work place.
, (3) Arançjements shall be rÌade to prevent asbestos dust discharged
lrom exhaust apparatus belng drawn into the air ol any workroom. -
(4) The asbestos bearing dust removed from-any workroom by the
exhaust system shallbe collected in suitable receptacle$ Or{ifierbags which
shall be isolated fronr al! work areas.
5. Testing and examination of ventilating systems.-(1) All ventilation
systems used lor the purpose of extracting or suppressing dust as required
by this schedule shall be examined and ¡nspected once every week by a
responsible person. lt shall be thoroughly examined and tested by a
competent person once in every period of 12 months. Any defects found by
such examinâtions or tesl shall be rectílied forthwith.
{2) A register containing particulârs of such examinalion and tests and the
state o{ the plant and the repairs or a¡terat¡on (if any} found to be necessary
shall be kept and shall be available lor inspection by an lnspector.
 'l'he llaharashu'a Factoties Rules. 1963 255

6. Segregation in case of certain process,- Mixing or blending by the

hand of asbestos, or making or repairing of insulating mattresses composed
wholly or partly of asbestos shall not be carried on in any room in which any
other work is done.
7, Storage and distribution of loose asbestos.- All loose asbestos shall
while nol in use, be kept in suitable closed receptacles which prevent the
escape of asbestos dust there lrom such asbestos shall not be distributed
within â factory except in such receptacles or in a totally enclosed system
of conveyance.
8. Asbestos sacks.- (1) All sacks used as receptacles lorthe purpose of
tfansport of asbestos within the factory shall be constructed of impermeable
mater¡als and shall be kept in good repair.
{2) A sack which contained asbestos shall not be cleaned by hand beating
but by a machine, complying with paragraph 3.
, 9. Maintenance of floors and workplaces.- (1) ln every room in which
any of the requirements of this scheme apply-
(a) the floors, work-benches, machinery and plant shall be kept in à
clean state and free from asbestos debris and suitable arrangements
shall be made for the storage ol asbestos not immediately required for
use; and
(b) the lloors shall be kept free from any materials, plant or other artioles
not immediately required for the work carried on in the:Íooßì, which
,. would ob-strúct the proper eleanlng of the floor. '
(2) The cleaning as mentioned in sub-rule (1) shall so far as is prac-
ticable, be carríed out by means of vacuum cleaning equipmenl so dêsigned
and constructed and so used that asbestos dust neither escapes nor is
discharged into the air of any work place.
(3) When the cleaning is done by any method other than that mentioned
in.sub-paragraph {2), the persons doing cleaning work and any olñer person
employed in that room shall be provided with respíratory protect¡ve equip-
ment and protective clothing.
. '(4) The vacuum cleaning equipmenl used in accordance wilh provisions
of sub-paragraph (2), shall be properly maintained and after each cleaning
operat¡on, its sudaces kept in a clean slate and free from asbestos waste
- and dust.
{5) Asbestos waste shall not be permitted to remain on the floors or other
sqrfdces at the work pláce at thé end ol the working shift and snãtl Oe
translerred without delay to suitable receptacles. Any spillage of asbestos
waste occurring during the course of the work at any time shali be removed
and transferred to the receptacles maintained for the purpose without delay.
10. Breathing apparatus and protective clothing.- (1) An approved
breathing apparatus ând protective clothing shall be provided and main-
tained in good conditíons for use ol every persons employed:-
(a) in chambers containing loose asbestos;
{b) in cleaning, dust settling or liltering chambers ol apparatus;
{c) in cleaning the cylinders, including lhe doffer cylinders, or other parts
of a carding machine by means of hand- strickles;
(d) in filling, beating, or levelling in the manufacture or repair ol insulating
. mattresses, and
 256 The l¡taharashn.a Factor¡es Rules, 1963

, (e) in. any other operâtion or circumstance in which ¡t is impracticable

to
adopt iechnical means to control asbestos dust in the work env¡ron-
ment w¡thin the permissible limÍt.
(2) suitable accommodation in convenienily accessible position shall
be
provided for the use..ol persons when puttirig on or takihg oti nreatning
apparatus and protective clothing provided in accordance w¡in tnis rute anã
for the storage of such apparatus änd clothing when not in use.
(3) All breathing aplaratus and protective clothing when not in use
shafl
be stored in the acco-rhmodarion provided in accorðance witñ sun-iùrã
above.
lãj
(4) All .protective clothing in use shalt be de-dusted under an efficient
exhausl tlrglt or by vacuum cteahing and shalt ne wasñão it õritãoið
intervals. The cleaning schedule and proóedure should be such as to ensure
the effiçiency in proteõting the wearei.
, (5) All breathing apparatus shall be cleaned and disinfected ât su¡tabte
intervals and thoroughly inspected once every month by a responsibte
person.
. (6) A recörd of Üie cleaning and maintenance and of the condition of the
breathing apparatus shall be maintained in a register prãvioeo lor that
purpose which shall be readily available for inspectircn by'an lnspector.
{7) No persons siall be employed to perform any work specified in
gub-paragraph (1) fo.r which breãtning ápparatus iê necessary
to be
provided under that sub-paragraph unlesð he has been fully instiucted in the
proper use of that equipment.
I . (8) No breathing apparatus provided in pursuance of sub-paragraph (1)
which has been wsrn by a person shall be worn by another pärsons untess
it has been. thoroughly cleaned and disinfected sír'rce tast rieìng worn and
the person has been fully instructed in the proper use of that eq*uipmenl.
: 11. sep.arate accommodation for personal clothing.- A separate ac-
commodation shall be provided in coriveniently accessiËle pos¡i¡on for all
persons.em.ployed in-operations to which this sihedule appties for storing
of
personal clothing..This should be separated from tné accommodaiion
provrded under sub-paragraph {2) to prevent contamination ol personal
qlothing.
12. washing and bathing facitities., (1) There shaü be provided and
maintained ín. a clean state and in good reþair for the use of all workers
gmployed, in the process.es covered bythe schedule, adequate washing and
balhing ptaces having a constant supþty of water under cbver at the rãte of
one such place for every 1S persons employed.
.less(2).The washing places.shall have siandpipes placed at inlervats of not
than one metre.
{3} Not fess than one half of the Totat number of washing ptaces shalt be
províded with bathrooms.
{4) sufficient supply of clean towels made of suitable materiat shafl be
provided.
Provided that such towels shall be supplied individually for each worker
if so ordered by the lnspector.
(5) Suffic¡ent supply.of soap and nail brushes shall be provided.
 The lllaharashu'a Fe,ctot,ies Rules, 1963 257

13. Messroom.- (1) rhere shall be provided and maintained loril¡e use
of all workers employed in the factory covered by lhis schedule, remaining
on the premises during lhe resl intervals, a suitable messroom which shalf
be furnished with:-
(a) sufficient tables and benches with back rest, and
(b) adequate means for warming lood.
. (2) The messroom shall be placed under the charge of a responsible
þerson. and strall be kept clean.
14. Prohibition of employment of young persons.- No young pérson
shall be employed in any of the processes cov€red by this scheOuie.
f 5. Prohibition relating to smoking.- No person shalt smoke in any area
where procesQes covered by this schedule are carried on. A not¡ce -in the
language understood by majority of the workers shall be posted in the planl
prohibiting smoking at such areas.
1ô. cautionary Notices.- (1) cautionãry not¡ces shail be displayed ât the
.'approaches and along the peri metre of every asbestos processing area to
warn all pefsons regarding:-
(a) hazards to health from asbestos dust.
' (b)'need to use appropriate protectÍve equipment.
(c) prohlbition of entry to unauthorised persons or authorised persons but
without protective equipment.
'' (2) such notice shall be ¡n the language understood by the majority of the
workers.
'17. A¡r monitoring.- To ensure the etfectiveness of the control measures,
monitoring of asbestos fibre in air shall be carried out once aileast in every
shift and the record of'the results so obtained'shallbe êntered in a register
'speoíally
maintained lor the purpose.
18. Medical examination.- (a) No worker shall be emptoyed in ,any
factory on any of the processes specified in clause 1, unles's hê has beeñ
medically examined by the Medical lnspeclor of FactorieslCertifying Sur-
r¡Form
$eon and has been declared fit and granted a Gertificate of fitness in
No. 291.
' (b) Every worker employed on any of the aforesaid processes on the date
on which the schedule comes into force shall be radiologically examinecl by
the qualified radioiogist at the cost ol the occupiei"ãno'ttre standard
size-X-ray _plate shall be submitted to the Medical lnqpector of Factories
certifying surgeon for medical examination with¡n three months of the said
date.
{c) Every worker employed on any of the aforesaíd probesses shall be
medically examined by the Medical tnspector ol Factories/Certifying Sur-
geon at intervals of twelve months after the lirst medÍcal examination
conducted under sub-clauses (a) and (b). lf at any time the Medical
lnspector of Factories/Certifying Surgeon, is of the opinion that the person
employed in the said process shall be examined radiologically by a quatified
radiologist, he may direct the occupier to arrange {or such exam¡nation at

I Subs. by G.N. dt. 1.8.2000 published in MGC Pr.l-L, EKr.p.t0O

258 The lltaharasht¡a Factor¡es Rules, 1963

his cost and then to submit the standard size chest X-ray plate of the worker
to the Medical lnspector of Factories/Certifying Surgeon.
. (d) A worker already in employment and declared unfit by the Medical
lnspector ol Factories/Certilying Surgeon shall not be allowed to work on
any of the processes specified in clause {1), unless he has been examined
again along with standard size chest X-ray plate lrom a qualified radiologist
at the cost of the occup¡er and has been certified to be fít to work on the
said processes again.
(e) A worker declared to be unlit to work on any of the aforesaid
processes, may be employed on such other work or process as may be
considered safe and as may be advised'by the.Medical lnspector of
Factories/Certif ying Surgeon.
'Factories/Certilying
(f) The:Medical lnspector of Surgeon may'direct that
a worker may be X-rayed or he may be subiected to further examination by
a specialist or to any other examination clinical, pathological or otherwise or
that :he should undergo a specified treatment, and it shall be the respon-
sibility of the employer (occupier and manager) to arrange for the specified
examination and/or treatment and to bear all expenses thereol or in
connection therewith.
(g) fne Certifyirig Surgeon shall after each examination grant a certificate
in. '[Form No. 23].
(h) The manager shall maintain alllhe cert¡ficates in a proper register or
file and shall produce all the certificates before an lnspector whenever
demanded.
(i) The manager shall maintain the detail of every Medical Examination ¡n
Form No. 7 and the register shall þe produced betore an lnspector whenever
demanded.
f9, Medical facilities.-t1) The occup¡er of the lactory shall appoint at
least a part-time qualified medical practitioner, possessing M.B.B.S. degree
and having post-graduate diploma in lndustr¡al Heatth or possessing
M.B.B.S. degree and having five years' exp.erience in lndustry as occupa-
tional health physician. The medical practitioner so appointed shall be
required to put in minimum four hours, attendance on every working day in
the ambulance room lor carrying out lhe duties specified ¡n the following
sub-paragraph (2):
Provided that, in case of factories employing less than 500 workers per
dáy, the Chief lnspector of Factories. may allow attendance for shorter
duration after taking into consideration allthe relevant facts of each case.
(2) The medical practitioner so appointed shall perform the lollowing
duties that is to say:-
, (a) to maintain Health Register, in Form 7.
{b) to undertake medical supervision of persons employed in the factory.
(c) to look after health, education and rehabilitation of sick, injured or
I alfected workers;

I Subs. by G.N. dt. 1.8.2000 published in MGG PI.I-L, Exr.p.l00

 'fhe Àlaharashtra Faclorles Rules, 1963 2Sg

(d) to carry out inspection of work-rooms where dangerous operations are

carried out and to advise the management of the meàsures to be
adopled for protection ol health of the workers involved therein.
(3) For the purpose of medical supervision by the medical pract¡tioner so
appointed the occupier shall be provided for his exclusive use a room in the
facto.ry premises which shall be properly cleâned, adequâtely lighted,
ventilated and furnished with a screen, a tãbte with office siätionóry, õna¡ré
and other lacilities and instrurnents inc¡uding X-ray arrangement iór sucr¡
exaninations and such other equipments as may be prescri-bed by the chief
l¡sþector lrom time to time.
'[!1) Occu.pier of the faclory shatt maintain and keep maintaining, the
.health records of every worker upto a minimum period oí 4o years troìn tne
beginning of the employment or 15 years after'retirement or cessat¡on of
employment, whichever is later.l
, , f0., lxgmptions.; lf in respect of any tactory, the Chief lnspector is
satislied that owing tû the exceptional circumstances or infrequen'cy of the
processes or lor any other reasons all or any of the provi'sions- of this
1g!e$yte is.not necessary for protection of the workers, in the factory, the
chiel lnspector may by a certilicate in writting which he may at his discret¡on
rèygke at any.time exempt.such factory from ail or any oi such provisions
quþjqct to such donati""', ,tål;Ë;liJifilecify thórein

Manufacture or Manipulation of Manganese and its Compounds

1. Definition.- For the purpose of this Schedule-
(a) "Manganese Process" means processing, manulacture oi manipula-

tUl li* Ërp"t*;r,' rñ""rr tirst emptoyment in any manganese

process and ¡ncludes also re-employment in any manganese process
,.1, following âny cessation of employment for a óontinrious peiiod ex-
ceeding 3 calendar months.
(c) "Manipulation" rheans mixing, blending, filling, emptying, grinding,
. sioving, drying, packing, sweeping, or otherwise handliñg -ot mañ-
ganese, or a compound ol manganese, or an ore m¡xlure conta¡ning
manganese.
' (d) "Efficient Exhaust.Draught" means localized ventilation effected by

of oligin so as to prevent ¡t from escaping into the atmosphere of any

pþce where.any work is carried on. No draughi shall be deemed to bó
: where.it
efficient which fails to remove the dust or fume or mist at the po¡nt
is. generated and fails to prevent it lrom escaping ¡hto and
spreading into the atmosphere of a work place.
2. Applicat¡ori.- The schedute shall apply to every factory in which or in
any part of which any manganese process is ca¡rried'on.

I Added by G.N. dl. 23.7.1998

Schedule XVIII, XIX inserted by c.N., dr. t.t?.Ig'ts
 260 The !{aharashtra Factorîes Rules, 1963

3. Exemption.- lf in respect of any factory, the Chief lnspector is satisfied

that owing to any exceptíonal circumstances, or inTrequency of the process,
or for any other reason, application of all or any of the provísions of this
schedule is not necessary for the protection of the persons employed ìn
such factory he may by an order in writing which he may ât his discretion
revoke, exempt such factory from all or any ol the provisions on such
conditions and for such period as he may specily in the said order.
' 4.lsolation of process,- Every mânganese process which may give rise
to dust, vapour or mist containing manganese, shall be carried on in a totalty
enclosed system or otherwise effectively isolated from other processes so
that other plants and processes and otherparts ol thefactory and persons..
employed on other work or process may not b.e affected by the same.
5. Exhaust draught,- No process in whiçh any dust, vapour or mist
contaíning manganese is generated shall be carried out except under'an
efficient exhaust draught which shall be applied as near to the point oT
generation as practicable.
6. Medical facilities.- (1) The occupier of the Tactory shall appoint a
qualilied Medical Practitioner whose appoifiment shail be subject to confir-
mat¡on by the Chief lnspector. The qualified Medical Practiiioner so ap-
pointed shall be called Appointed Doctor [Appointed Doctor shall be re-
quired to put in minimum fourhours' attendance on very working day in the
ambulance room for carrying ouT the duties specified in the foilowing sub-
paragraphs (3), (4) and (5):
Provided that, in the case of factories employing less than b00'workers
per day, the Chief lnspector ol Factories may allow attendance for shorter
duration after taking into consideration Allthe relevant facts of each case.l
', {2) The_occu¡iier shall provide lor the purpose of Medical Examination a
room at the factory premises lor exclusive use by appointed Doctor. The
- room so provided shall be properly cleaned, adequately llghted; ventilated
and furnished with a screen, a table (with writing'materials), chairs-and
facilities, equipments and instruments for exârnination and invéstigation.
Such facilities shall be subject to approval by the Medical lnspector of
Factories.
(3) The appointed Doctor shall carry out pre-employment sxamination of
every person intended to be employed in manganese process. All workers
employed in manganese process shall be examined by the appointed Doctor
at an interval not exceeding three months and records of such examinatíons
shall be maintained in a form approved by the Chief lnspector of Factories
and shall be made available to'any lnspector on demand.
. {4} The occupier and ttie appointed Doctor of the factory shalt notify
forthwith any case or suspected case of poisoning by manganese to the
Chief lnspector of Factories and Medical lnspector of Factor¡es.
t[(S] tn addition to the duties specified in sub- paragraphs
{3) and (4), the
appointed doctor shall perform the following duties, that is to sayl,-
(a) to maintain Health Register in Form 7;

I Ins, by G.N., dr. 13.3.1984 in M.G.C. Pr.I-L dr. 9.8.1984 p.3448.

 The llaharashtra Factories Rules, l96i 26'l

(b) to undertake medical supervision of persons engaged in dangerous

. gperations specified in rule 114 of these rules;
(c) to look after health, education and rehabilitation ol sick, injured and

(d) to carry out inspection of work-rooms where dangerous operations are

carried out and to advise the managem'ent of the measures to be
: adopted for protection of health of the workers involved thereinl.
' 7. Medical examination.- {1) Every person employed in a manganese
process shall be medically examined by Medical lnspector of Factories/Cer-
tifying Surgeon within 14 days ol his first employment and thereafter at
intervals of not more than six months.
(2) lf a person medically examined is found fit for employment on
manganese process, the Medical lnspector of Factories/Certifying Surgeorr
shall grant a certilicate of fitness in '[Form No, 321 which shall be kept in
the custody of the Manager of the Tactory. The certificate shatl be read¡ly
produced by the Manager whenever ie- quired by an lnspector and the
person granted such a certíficate shall be provided with a token made a
metal with the number of the cert¡ficate inscribed thereon and said person
shall always carry said token on the person while at work.
{3) lf a pefson is found unfit for work in any manganese proce$s the
Medical lnspector of Factories/Certifying Surgeon shall grant a cert¡licate to
that effect and such person.shall not be allowed to work in any manganese
process.
(4) lf the Medical lnspector ol Factories/Certifying Surgeon finds that any
worker who had been granted a cert¡licate of fitness at a previous medical
examination is no longer f¡t 10 be employed on any manganese process, he
may revoke the previous certificate and no person whose certilicate of
fitness has been revoked shall be allowed to work on any manganese
process. The Medical lnspector of Factories/Certilying Surgeon may require
such person to be produced before him for fresh medical examination after
such period as he may specify in writ¡ng on the revoked certilicate and in
the Health Fìegister in Form No. 7.
(5) lf the Medical lnspector ol Factories/Cerlifying Surgeon is of the
opinion that person had become permanent¡y unfit for employment on any
manganese process he shall make an entry to that etfect in the certificate
and in the Health Register and no such person shall be allowed to work in
any manganese process.
(6) if the Medical lnspector of Factories/Certifying Surgeon is of the
oÞinion that any spec¡al experl examination or test is necessary for a proper
diagi¡osis in a drìubtlul case,-he may direct the manager and/orthe Occupier
to get the wofker examined by such expert,. or to get such tests carried out
as may be specified by him and the Manager or the Occupier as the case
may be shall comply with the direction given within a specified time and
produce the report ol examination or lest as the case may be before the
Medical lnspector sf Factories/Certifying Surgeon.

I Subs. by G.N. dt. t.8.20O, published in MGG FI,I-L, Ext. P.100

 262 The Maharashtra Factories Rules, I9ó3

(7) lf the Medical tnspector of Factor¡es/certifying surgeon is of the

opinion that any person is not fit for emptoyment in ány mangãnese process
but is fit to be emptoyed on any other w0rk he may advise ihe Mañager or
the occr{lier to employ the sa¡d person on such oürer ion as may bð safe
for him. The Medical lnspector of Factories/certi{ying surgeon máy advise
the worker to undergo srich treatment as he may consider nec€ssary.
__
(8) lf any person has ány doubt regarding the diagnosis or decision of the
Medical lnspector of Factories/certifying surg_eon, he may make an qppeal
to the chief l-nspector of Factories and the Cn¡et tnspector may retËi ttre
case to the Medical lnspector of Factories. or to a' Medical ôommittee
constituted by him for this purpose of which the Medicat lniÈectói ãr
Factor¡es shall be a member. The decision of the Medical lnspecior or the
Committee as the case may be shall be final in the matter. -

S..Personal Protective Equipment.- (1) The occupier of the factory shall

provide and maintain in good and clean condition suitãue overalls and head
coverings for all oersons employed in any manganese process and such
overalls and head coverings shall be worn'by thapersoné while working on
a manganese process.
,. (2) The occupier of the lactory shaft provide suitable respiratory protec-
tive eq-uipment for use by workers in emergency to preveñt inhádtion of
dusts, fumes or mists. sufficient number of complã-te seits of such equípment
shall always be_kept near the work place and'the sarne-shall be'prbperty
maintained and kept always in a condition to be used readily.
(3) The occupier shatl provide and naintain for the use of all persons
' employed, suitable accommodat¡on for the storage and make aðequate
arrangements for cleaning and maintenance of personal protective ei¡uip-
menls.
9. Prohibition relating to women and young persons.- No women or
ygung persons shall be employed or permitted to work in any manganese
process.
10. Food, drinks prohibited in work-room.- No food, drínks, pan and
supari or tobacco shall be ailowed to be brought into or consumed ny any
worker in any work-room in which any manganese process is carried ôn. -
', 11. Mess room.- There shall be provided and maintaíned forthe use of
. persons employed in a manganese process a suitable mess room which
shall be furnished with sufficient tables and benches and adequate means
for warming o{ food. The mess room shall be placed underthe:charge of a
responsible person and shall be kept clean.
-!.?r waghing and bathing facilities.- The foilowing washing and bathing
lacilities shall'be provided and maintained in ctean stãte and iir good repair
for the use of alf persons employed in manganese processi
(a) A wash place under cover with clean towels, soap and nail brushes
and with at least .one stand pipe for every ten su'ch persons having
constant supply of water.
(b) 50 per cent ol the stand pipes provided under item (a) above may be
located in bathroom where water shall be made avaíiable duringthe.
working hours of the factory and for one hour thereafter.
(c) clean towels to be provided indivídually to each wôrker and supply hot
water if so ordered by an lnspector.
 The Maharashta Factories Rules, 1963

' (d) rn addition to taps ment¡oned under

item (a)
warfn water is made avairabre to be provid'eá one stand pipe in which
on eãcn'floor.
13' Croak-room:-. rf the chief rnspector so requires,
provided and ma¡ntained for the useïf there sha, be
process a croak room for crorh¡ng put .persons eniptoyeo in manganese
off oür¡nlwó*inõ'ñäuir'*ith adequate
arrangement for drying the clothìrig.
r4. cautionarv. pracard and instructions.- cautionary
foilowing form and þrìn1ão ¡n iñ'"'äi;;g" notices in the
of thê majority of rhe workers
employed shail be aifixed in prominénio¡r9q.
in
be easiry and conveniellrv r'ead uy irrJworr,ers the Tactory where they can
and arrangement shail be
made bv the occupier ro instruct'pòri.à¡õäùï;¡i';.ï,.#oãmproyeo
manganese'process regarding tri heãlr¡ rrä.ãì¿t in a
duties and hest preventive mãairies ãid methods îäin""ilo with rheir
The notices sharíarways oe mãìñta¡iäiìn to protect themserves.
a regiure condition:-
Manganese and Manganese Gompounds
1' Dust, fumes
llg.Tirtr of manganese and vvr¡¡¡,vurruù
inhaled or when ingested. compounds are crr' tox¡c when

2. Do not consume lood or drínk near the work place.

3. Take a good wash before taking meals.
4. Keep the working area clean.
5. Use the proiective ctothing and equipments provided.
6- When required to work in situat¡ons where
dusts, fumes or mists are
!]!elv to be inriared, use respiratory þiàîecriue
'Y equipment
vYert'r'|¡vrrr provided
1,¡vY for the
PUfpOSe.
7' lf you get severe h-.^111-.lur,. proronged sreepressness
sensat¡ons on the body, report to irr'e Manâger or abnormal
who wourd maxe arrange_
ment for your examinaúon äno tiJaimãåì.
SCHEDULE XIX
. .

-'r'
: Ëi.:^ü gd:hïitlÏ; f 1ïT,
App. ri cqt¡e n.
- r-' di-sulphide is generated r u rnaces in which
TPonafter
phide
"",',c
ano aii-&ner prants where carbon di:sur_
generation, ¡s conOenieO, rei¡ñeO and stored.
These rures are in aqg¡üon to and not in
provisions of the Act and Rutes maOe derogation of any of the
tñereunOer.
2. Construotion, Instaflation and operation,-.(a)
The buirdings in which
etectric furnaces are insrared ano-cãinin-oi-ilròË¡oä'ãñär
condensed and refined îäneration ¡s
segr"gãteo from.'other óá.ts ði*," factory
and shalt be of open ^slrgtl !e
rg ensure ðpiimùìn ventiratio.
ly.q"
shatt be such rhät onfy ir," prant ray-out
g minimum nrmner -- ;ä;ü;Ë;rä'äiJor"o
"î,0 ro the
risk of any fire or exptósion at onÀ t¡mä "i
'(b) Every erectr¡c
lirittu,and everyprant in which carbon disurphide is
condensed, and refined and srored witü är üreii iìlinéä'ãiä ättachments
shall be ol good construction, sound mätðriar and
of
susta¡n the internar pressure to which the.furna.ce aãequate srrength to
subjected and shal be so designeo iñãt àarnòn il¡È-ð pänt may be
oiruiprri,jã li,jü¡o and gas
are in ctosed system during tneir normãi working.
 264 The lyf aharasfura Factories Rutes, !g63

(c) The electric furnace supports shall be firmly and adequately grouted
in concrete or by other e{fective means.
(d) Every electric furnace shall be installed and. operated according to
inanufacturers' instructions and these ínstruct¡ons shail be ctearty impaited
to the personnel in-charge of construction and operation.
(e) The ¡nstruc-tions regarding observance ol correct Turnace temperature,
sulphur doze, admissible currentlpower consumption and periodical check-
ing ol charcoal level shalf be strictly complied with.
3. Electrodes.- (a) Where upper ring electrode{s), made of steel are used
in the efectríc furnace, they shall be ol seamless tube construction and shall
have arrangements Tor being connected to coofing water system through a
siphon built in the electrodes or through a positive pressuré water-pump.
(b) The arrangement for cooling water referred to in clause {a) shall be
connected with automatic alarm system which will actuate in the event ol
interruption of cooling water in the electrodes and $ive visible and audible
alarm signals in the control room and simultaneously stop power supply for
the lurnace operaìion and to $top the further supply of water. Thà alarm
system and the actuating device shall be checked every day.
4. Maintenance of charcoal level.- fl shall be ensured'that the elec-
trodes are kept covered with charcoal bed when the furnace Ís in operation.
5. Charcoal separator.- An effeclive arrangement shall be provided to
prevent entry of pieces o{ charcoal into the condensers and piping.
6. Rupture discs and safety seal.- (a) At teast two rupture discs oT
adequate size which shall blow Sff at a pressure twice the maximum
operat¡ng pressure shall be provided on each fulnace and shall either be
mounted directly on the top of the furnace or each through an independent
pipe as close as possíble to the furnace.
(b) A safety water seal shall be provided and topped from a point between
the off take pipe from the electric furnace and sulphur separator.
7. Pyrometer and manometer.- (a) Each electric furnace shall be titted
with adequate number of pyrometers to indicate temperalures as near to the
correct figures as practicable, at various points ln the furnace. The dials for
reading the temperatures shall be located in the control room.
' . 1b¡ Manometers or any other suitable devices shall be provi{ed lor
indicating pressure-
. (i) ln the off take pipe before and after the sulphur separator; and
, (ii) ln primary and secondary condensers.
8. Prevention of back flow of gas.- (¡) All piping carrying carbon
di-sulpliide shall be fitted with checkvalveð, water-'seàs or some other
eflective devices at suitabte positíons so as to prevent gas from flowing back
into any electric furnaces in the event of its shutdown.
(ii) Overhead storage tank or tanks of adequate capacity shall be
provided to ensure supply of cooling water by direct gravity feed to the
condenseis in case of emergency such as powér shut-down eic. at least lor
the duration during which it would be possible to initiate and complete the
procedures for the shut- down of the furnace.
9. lnspection and maintenance of electric furnaces.- (a) Every electric
furnace shall be inspected internally by a competent person:-
 The ltlaharasht¡'a Factories Rules, .19ó3 265

{i} before.being placed in servÌce after instailation:

(ii) be{ore being placed in service after reconstruction or repa¡rs; and
{iii) .periodically every time the furnaces are opened for cleaning or
dashing or for replacing electrodes.
(b) When an electric furnace ís shut down for cleaning or deashing-
{i) thq brick lining shall be checked for continuity and any part found
defective removed;
(ii) after removal of any part of the lining, referred to in (a) the condition
of the shell shall be closely inspected; and
(iií) any. places forming shail lound corroded to the extent that safety of
. the furnace is endangered shall be replaced.
10. Maintenance of record.- The lollowing hourly records shall be
maintained in a log book-
{i) manometer readings ar the points spócified in 7(b)(i) and (ii)
(ii) gas temperature indicated by pyrometers and all other vital points near
' the.sulphur separator and primary and secondary condensors;
(iii) water .lemperature and flow of water through the syphon in the
electrodes, provided that where there is a -system iór positively
ensuring more than the minimum requirement of water-flow tnrougñ
syphon system and where an arrangement is also avaílable for ãn
- ¡nstantaneous cut off of power wherever there is low flow oI water, the
provisions of the sub-clause may not apply;
(iv) primary and secondary voltages current and energy consumed.
11. Electrical apparatus, wiring and fittings.- Alt buildings in which
carbon di-sulphide is refined or stored shall be provided with electr¡cal
àpparatus, wiring and fíttings which shail afford adequâte protection from
the fire and explosion.
f2; Prohibition relating to smoking.- No person shall smoke or carry
matches, fire or naked light or other mèans of producing a naked light or
spark in buildings in whiõh carbon di-sulphide Ís refined- or stored, änd a
notice in the language understood by a majority of the workers shall be
pasted in thê plant prohibiting smoking and carrying of matches, fire or
naked light or olher meâns of producing naked light or spark ¡nto such
rooms.
13' Means of escape,- Adequate means of escape shall be provided and
maintained to enable persons to move to safe place as quickly as possible
íry. c?se ol an emergency. At teast two independent stairòased of abequate
width shall be provided in every building housing the furnaces at reasorìable
intervals at oppos¡te ends. These shail always be kept clear of all obstruc-
tions'and so designed as to afford easy passage.
. 14. warning in case of fire.- There shall be adequate arrangement for
giving warnings in case.of fire or explosion which shall operate on electricity
and in case of failure of electricity by some mechanical means.
15. Fire-fighting equipment.- (a) Adequate number of suitable fire
extinguishers or other lirejightíng equipment shail be kept ¡n constant
readiness for dealing with risks, involvíng and depending on the amount and
nature of materials store.
 266 The Maharaslttra Faclories Rules, 1963

{b) clear instructions as to how the extÍnguishers or orher equ¡pment

ghorlrd be used eril¡lgd jn the ran_suâsé wn¡cËiné *âõiiti'är
emptoyed understan.d, shail be atiixed'to each extingrisr,e'r the workers
ment and the personnel trained in their use. õr otner equip_
16. Burk-surphur.- (a) open or semi-encrosed
spaces for storage oî burk
sulphur sha[ be sited wiili
due regard to danger which may arise from
y1¡* gìven. olf by nearby rocomotiräs àtc.,
and precautions shail be taken
to see that flames, smoking and matches and other
not corne in contact sóurces-or ignition do
with th-e crouds of dust arising aù¡ng- nãnoring
sulphur. of bulk
(b) All encrosures f.or.burk sulphur shail
be of non-combustibre construc_
tion, adequately ventilated and'iJo.i¡gn.d as to provide
ledges on which dust may lodge. a minimum ol
{c) The burk surphur in the encrosures shail be handred in such
^- ro mrnimise rhe rormation of dust ctouos-ánd a manner
as.
matches or other sources or ignition snaír oããmpiõy;ã
;îiåä;;
smoking or
d*i;ä its handling.
No repairs invorving frames, heat or.use of hand
.-(d)
þe made ín the enctosure where butk sutphur is or powertoors shail
sioiöã.
17. Liquid gurRhlr,-. open.frames, ereclric sparks
.ignition, and other sources of
incruding smoking
and matcñãõ, sn*r nãËxãuoäiiä, tn* viciniry
ol molten sulphur.
18. Training and, supervision.- (a) Ail erectfic furnaces
which carbon di-surphide is. concein'ed, refined oi and ail prants in
dto*oî'rr-a¡r
adequate supervision at afl times *rrúe nJtuii"ðäËänã"þr"ntne unoer
operation. are in
(b) workers in-charge ol operation and maintenance
of electric furnaces
and the pranrs shar poõsess ciuarificatiónJ at teasïequ-iviËnîîð
Leaving certificate Fxaminatibn ano'ðrräi ãisõ oì nigh schoor
ãõöäiäiyìra¡neo.
lq"tting facirities.- The.occupier shalr provide and maintain
-,_r-?. state
crean and in good repair, for thä use oi aä-[ñõrË'.il'proyed in a
prace under cover úith aiieäl1t'ãn.'iäp"to,, wash
srand-pipe, having a constant
suppty of crean water ror every five suin persons,
.the taps o..i.ñãliiiiilË
being spaced not ress than 12d cent¡meiies apfft with
a Jirttiõient suppry of
soap and crean towers provided tnat roweis itñãrr-näìLiprirä"ini¡u¡ouary
each worker íf so ordered by lnspector- ro
At the workers emproyed in..the surphur storage, handring and melting
operations shall be provided with a nail brusn.
20. Personar protective
. 9quip.ment.- (a) suitabre goggres and protective
clothing. consisting of overailé wühout pdòkets, gtovËs äîc root_*"ar shail
he provided for the use of operatives-
(i) when operation varves or cocks controiling fruids
etc.,
(ii) drawing off of motten sufphur from sulphur pots,
and
(iii) handting charcoat or sulphur.
(b) suitabre respiratory protective equipment
. shall be provided and stored
lh" appropriate praie'for use oririñg abnormar condítions or in an
ilemergency.
(c) Arrangement shalr be made for the proper
such protective equipment. '
-'--- and efficient cleaning of all
 -lhe MaharasÌttra Factories Rules. 1963

21. Cloak-room.- There shall be provided and maintained forthe use of

all persons employed in the processes a suitable cloak room for clothing put
off during work hours and a suitable place separate from the cloak room for
the storage of overalls or working clothes. The accommodation so provided
shall be placed in the charge of a responsible person and shafl be kept
clean.
'
22. Unauthor¡sed persons.- Only maintenance and repair personnel,
persons directly connected with the plant operation and those accompanied
by authorised persons shall be admitted into the plant.
SCHEDULE XX
Benzene
1.. This schedule is made to provide protection against'hazards of
poisoning from beqzene and shall apply in respect oflactories or parts
thçreof in which benzene or substances containing benzene are rnanulac-
tured, handled or used.
2. Definitions,- For the purpose of this schedule,-
{a) "Substances containing benzene" means substances wherein ben-
zene content exceeds 1 per cent by volume.
(b) "Substitute" means a chemical which is harmless or less harmfulthan
benzene and can be used in place ol benzene.
. (c) "Enclosed system" means a system which will not allow escape of
benzene vapours to the workíng atmosphere.
{d) "Efficient exhaust draught" means localised ventilation effected by
mechanical means for the removal of gases, vapours and dusts or
r fumes so as to prevent them lrom escaping into the air of any work
' room. No draught shall be.deemed to be elficient if it fails to remove
'smoke generated at the po¡nt where such gases, vapour, fumes or
dusts or¡ginate.
: 3. Prohibition and substitution.- (a) Benzene or substances containing
þenzene shall not be used as a solvent or diluent unless the process in
which it is used is carried on in an enclosed system or unless the process
is carried on in a manner which is considered equally safe as if ít were
carried out in an enclosed system.
1[(a-t) Use of benzene and substances containing benzene is prohibited
in,the following processes, namely:-
(i) manufacture of varnishes, paints and thinners;
(ii) cleaning and degreasing operations.l
(b)Where suitable substitutes are available, ihey shall be used instead of
benzene or substances containing benzene. This provisions, however, shall
nol apply to the processes specified in Appendix A;
' (c) The chÍel lnspectof may, subject to confirmation by the state
Government, perm¡l exempt¡ons from lhe percentage laid down in clause
2{a) and also lrom the provisions of sub-clause {b) temporarily under

I Ins. by C.N., d.. l'1.12.1986

 268 The ùÍattaræhila Factor¡es Rules, 1963

condit¡ons and within limits of time to be determined after

consuttation with
the employers and workers concerned.
4' Protection ag_ainst inha.ration.- {a) The process invorving the
,benzene use of
or substances containing neii'ene sr,áù as tai aî practicable
carried out in an enelosed system. be
(b) where, however, ¡t.is not.practicabre to carry
out the process in an
enclosed system, the workroom ih which benzene oi substanies
benzene are used glra]r ne. equipped wiur-âñ-ðñi;;t;;îä;st containing
other means for the removar ot'odrizene vapours to prevent draught or
their escape into
lhe air of the work rooms so that the concentratíon of benzene in
does not exceed 25 parts per miilion Uy vofumäir B0;õñlT" the air

. (c)
in
Air analysis for the measurement of concentration of benzene
air shail be carried.out every g hours or at such intervars as vapours
directed by the chief rnsp.ector at. praces may be
benzene is carried on and the resuri ol such .where procàsJ inîotuing use of
anaiyðiJõñãi oä recoroeo ¡n.a
llgl:9r_:p__e_giafry.maintained for this purpose. rf the concenrration of
oenzene vapours in air as measured by air'analysis, exceeoJ
million by vorume oI.g0. mg/m3, the î/anager-shail torürwinã5report d;
p;rË
concentration to the chieilnspector stating tñe reasonsloi Júìn the
increase.
(e) workers who for speciar reasons are rikery to be
exposed to con_
centration of benzene in the air of the workroom exceeding'the
maximum
referred to in clause (b) shall be provided with the suitablð
iespirators or
face masks. The durafion of suin expãsure shail be rimited as far
possible. as
5, !leqsu.19q.aqa.i¡¡!_skin conracf,-
,. contac't (a) Workers who are tikety ro come
¡rJ with liquid
benzene or tiquid substances contãininl Ë'enzene snal¡
'suitable
be provided with gloves,.aþrons-, boots and where neîesrary vapour
tight chemical goggles, made of inateriats not affectãd-oy nãìzene
vapours. or its
.in good
(b) The protective wear referred to in sub-clause (a) shall
condition and inspected
be maintained
regularty.
: 6. Prohibltion relating to employment of .women and young persons.-
.!9 ygmen or yo.ung.persons shår 6e emproyeo or peimittéãiö *or¡. in any
workroom involving exposure to benzene ör suustan'ces cón1ã¡àing oenzeñd.
7. Labelling.-
.benzene shall have thecontaínerïording
Every benzene or substan."s
word "Benzeñe', and approveo,ianle,"ont"ining
symbols
clearly visible on it sha.il atso disptay
.warningaboutinflamabilityofthecliemical.informatibi ;n ddäne conrent,
8; lmproper use of Benzene.- i
,
(a) The use of benzene or substance containing benzene
by workers for
'-'
creaning their hands or their work crorhing sñail nã
óióru6iteã."-'-
(b) workers shall be instructed on the possible dangers aris¡ng
from such
misuse.
, 9- Prohibition of consuming food, etc., in work room.- No workers
shall be atlowed to store or consume lood or ärink inthe *õii.' roàrn in
which
benzene or substances contaíning benzene are manufactured, handled
or
used. smoking and ehewing tobacco or pan shalt be prorr¡¡iteãin such work
room.
 TJte lulaharashtra Factories Rutes. i963 269

10. lnstructions as regards risk.- Every worker on his first employment

shall .be fully ¡nstructed on the propertíes ol benzene õi suostances
contgining benzene which he has io handle and of the dangers involved.
workers shall also be instructed on the measures to oe taLe"ñ'to deet with
in an emergency.
'11. cautionary notices.- cautionary notices in the form speci{ied in
åpJ1tlT-;P_ in,rhe lansuâse easity read-and undbrstood by
rne.majorlty 111{¡¡esgnred
ot the workers shall be displayed in promínent places in thä
workrooms where benzene are rnanufacti¡re'¿, nandteo or uiàd.
1.4. washing.g¡d bathtng faoiliries.- {i} The foilowing washing facilities
and bathing facitities. shail bè provided an'd ma¡nta¡ned iñ cìãánlv"state ãñã
in good repair- for the use oi all persons employed in operations which
invotves manufaoure, handring or u'se of Benzehe ôr sunstJnãJs ãäñtåi"iñö
Benzene:-
(a) A wash-place under cover with clean towels, soap and nail brushes
. and with at least one stand pipe lor every ten persons having constant
supply of water.
,(b).50 per cent of rhe srand pipes provided under item (a) above to be.
located in barhroom. water shail be made avairaote ouiiñg iñá'wo*iñõ
hours of the factory and for one hour thereafier.
, (c) clean towels to be provided individuaily to each wor,kei and supply of
hot water if so ordered by an lnspector. .,
(d) ln addition to taps.mentioned under item (a), one stand pipe in which
warm water is made available to be provided on each fldor.
(ii) Gloak room,- A cloak room with lockers for each worker, having two
compartmenls one for street-clothing and one for work- clothing, srrãtt ¡e
provided.
{iii) Mess room.- A mess room lurnished with tables and benches with
means for warminþ lood shall be provided and where a cante-en or other
proper a-rrangements exist for the workers to take their meals, the require-
ments ol mess room may be dispensed with.
13. Medical examination.- (a) Every worker who is to be employed In
pfocesses involving use of benzene or substances containing 'beñzene,
shall undergo,-
{i) a thorough pre-employment medical examination including a b.lood test
for fitness for employment by a Medical lnspector of raciorieslcertity-
ing Surgeon.
(ii) pe.riodicat meQical examination inctuding btood test and other biotoqi-
cat tests at intervals of every 6 months by the factory medical officér
with the assistance of a labriratory.
-
(b) certilicates of
.pre-employment medical examination and periodÍcal
medícal examination including tdsts, shall be entered in a health iegister in
Form No. 7 and Medic.qt tnspectorof Factories/certifying surgðõn may grant
1[Form
9ertificate in No. e3¡, which shaH be prodúceä ólîêmand-b] an
lnspector.

I Subs, by G.N. dt. 1.8.20OO, published in MGG pr.I-L, Ex¡. p.100

 270 The Maharashtra Factorìes R*te_s, 1963

tf the factory medical oflicer on examination at any time is of the

'{c) that any worker
op¡nion has developed signs or symptoms of benzene
ex-posure, he shall make a record of his findings in thé said register and
inform the Manâger in writing.
on receipt of the information from the factory medical officer, the
lilaqlOer of the factory shall send the worker so Íound exposed, to the
Medical lnspeclor oT Factorieslcertifying surgeon who shall, dfter satisfying
himself with the findings of the factory mêd¡cat officer and conduciinf
necessary exam¡nations, issue orders of temporary shifting of the worker oi
suspensíon of the worker in the process.
(d) The medical examination shall be arranged by the occupier or
manager of the factory and the worker so examined shall not bdar any
expenses for it.
'¡te-R' Medical facitities.- {1) The occupier of the factory shail appoint
at least a_part-t¡me qualified medical practitioner, possessing n¡.b.e.S.
degree and having a diptoma in lndustrial Health or'possessinþ trl.e.e.S.
degree and having five years' experience in industry aö occupatiõnal health
physician.-The medical prac'titioner so appointed shall be required to put in
minimum fôur hours' attendance on every working day in ilie,ambulãnce-
room for carrying out the duties specilied ín the following sub.paragraph (2):
Provided tfqt, in the cases factories employing less than s00 workers per
day, the chief lnspector ol Factories may allow attendance for shorter
duration after taking into consíderation all the relevant facts ol each case.
' {2}'!n addition to the duties specilied in sub-paragraph (i) the medicat
practit¡oner so appointed shall perform the following duties, that is lo say,-
(a) to maintain Health Register:in FarmT;
(b) to undertake medieal supervision-of persons engaged in dangerous
operations specified in rule 114 of these rules;
. . (c) to- look after health, education and rehabilitation
of ,sick, injured or
affected workers;
(d) to carry out inspection of work-rooms where dangerous operations are
: Gârried out and to advise the management ol the measures to be
adopted for protection of heatth of the workers involved therein].
14. Exemption,- lf in respect of any factory, the Chief lnspector is
satislied that owing to exceptional circumstances or infrequenòy of .the
process or for any othe¡ reason all or any of the provisions of this schedule
are not necessary for the protection of employees, the State Government or
subject to control of State Government the Chief lnspector may by a
certificate in writing exempt such factory, from all or any of the provisiôns
on such eonditions as he may specify therein. Such certificate may al any
time be revoked by Chief lnspector after recording his reason therelor.

I Ins. by c.N. dt. 13.3.1984, Published in M.C.G. PI.I-L, dr. 9.8.1984 p,3448
 The Maharashtra Feclor¡es Rules, 1963

APPENDIX- A (Ctause 3{b}}

1. Production of benzene.
:

2. Process where benzene is used for chemical synthesis

3. Motor Spirits (used as fuet).
APPENDIX B (Ctause il)
(a) The hazards.- (i) Benzene and substances conta¡ning benzene are
harmful.
: (ii) Prolonged or repeated breathing of benzene vapours may result ¡n act
ol chronic poisoning.
(iii) Benzene can also be absorbed through skin which may:cause skin
And other diseases.
. (b) The preventive measures to be taken.- (i) Avoid breathing of
benzene vapours-
(ii) Avoid prolonged or repeated contact of benzene with the skin.
(iii) Remove benzene soaked or wet clothing prompily.
(iv) lf qny tiTç. you are exposed to high concentration of benzene vapours
' and exhibit the sign and symptoms such as dizziness, difficrilty ln
breathing, excessive excitation and losing of consciousness, ¡mmêdi-
ately inform your Factory Manager.
(v) Keep allthe containers ol benzene closed.
'(vi) Handle, use and process benzene and substances containing oàn-
. zene carefully in order to prevent their spillage on floor.
(vii) Maintain good house-keeping.
(c) The protective equipmentto be used.- (i) use respiratory protective
equipment in places where benzene vapours are present in higtrioncentra-
tion.
(ii) ln. emergency use selÊgenerating oxygen mask or oxygen or air
cylinder masks.
(iii) wear hand gloves, ap.rons, goggles and gum-boots to avoid contact
: o1 benzene with your skin and body parts.
(d) The first aid measures to be taken in case of acute benzene
poisoning-
(i) Hemove the clothing immediatety if it is weüed with benzene. '
(ii) lf .liquid benzene enters eyes, ftush thoroughly lor at least 15 minutes,
with clean running water and immediately seóure medical attent¡on. '
(iii) ln case of unu-sual exposure to benzãne vapour call: a physician
'immediately'Untilhearrives,dothefollowing:-
Il the expos.ed person is conscious

l;l [i:ff;T,iffiii;ffi'"'å keep him qu*e and warrn.

llthe exposed persan is unconscious-
(a) Lay him down preferabty on the left side with the head low.
(b) Remove 9ny false teeth, chewing gum, tobacco or othèr foreign
objects whích may be in his mouth.
 272 The Maharashtra Factorìes Rules, lg63

(c) Províde h¡m artilicial respiration in case difficulty is being experienced

in breathing.
{d) ln case ol shallow- breathing or cyanosis (blueness skin, lips, ear,
finger, nail, beds), he shoutd be þrovided with medicat oxygen or
- oxygen carbon dioxide mixture. ll needed he should be given ârtiticial
respiration.
Oxygen should be administered by trained person only.
. '[SGHËDULE XXt]
Process 9f extracting oils, wax and fats from vegetable and animal
sources in Solvent Extraction Plants
l. Application.- This schedute shall appty to factories in which the
process of extraction of oil, wax and fats from oil-cakes, oil-seeds or any
o{her material ffom vegetable and animal srjurce is carried out in Solvent
Extract¡on Plants.
2. Definition.- ln this schedule, unless the context olherwise requires,-
(a) rOompetent Person'means a person who-
{i) is atleast a member or associate member of the Mechanical or
or
(ii) is a member or associate member of the lndian lnstitute ol
Chemical Engineers, or
(iíi) is a graduate of a statutory university in chemicat Engineering, and
(Ív) possess a minimum ten years' experience of design or construction
of llammable process ptants specially the sólvent Extractión
Plants
Provided that:the state Government or chief lnspector of Factories,
subject to control of the stâte Government, may accept any other person as
a competent Person, if it or he Ís satisfied regârding suftability of'quatifica-
tíons and experience of that person.
(b) 'Plant' means the Solvent Extraction pfants;
(c)'Preparatory Process' means the operat¡ons involving lhe equipment
used for the preparation of the material for solvent extraction;
(d) 'Solvent' means an inflammable liquid such as pentane, hexane,
heptabe, mineral turpentine and the like.
fe) 'Solvent Extrqction Plant' means any p¡ant in which the process of
e)draction of oil, wax or fats lrom oil-cakes, oil seeds or any other
malerial from vegetable and animal sources, by the use of solúents is
. carried on and includes the plant for recovery. of the solvent.
3. Location and Lay-out. (1) No ptant shail be permÍtted within à
distance of 30 melres from any residential locality or site for public utility.
_ (2) The plant shall not be put into commission unless it is certilied by a
Competent Person that the plant, machinery and its other equipment âre
deSigned, labricated and erected according to the best knów' practices

I Added by G.N. of 20.7.19EI

 The Maharashtra Factories Rules, 1963 Z7g

pertaining to the process and the saict certificate is submitted to the chief
lnspector, atleast one month before the commissioning ol the plant.
(3) A 1.5 metres high continuous wire fencing shall be provided around
the plant, upto a minimum distance of 15 metres from the þtants.
, (4) Boiler Houses and other buitdings where open ltame processes are.
carr¡ed on shall be located at least g0 metres away from the'plant.
(5) lf godowns and buíldings where preparatory processes are carried on
are located at a d¡stanoe of less than o0 metres ïrbm the plant, these shall
be located at least 15 metres away from the plant, and 1.s metres high
continuous barrier wall of non-combustible materials shall be erected aia
distance of not less than 15 metres {rom the plant so that it extends to at
least 30 metres of vapour travet around its'ends-lrom the plant to the
possible sources of ignition:
Provided that, the existing units may be exempted fiom any of-the
provisions of this paragraph on such coñdit¡ons as ihe state Government
may deem lit.
'. 4. Electrical lnstallations.- {1) All electr¡cal meters, wirings and other
el€ctrioal equipments instailed or housed in the plant shaïl be of the
flame-proof constructions.
(2) All metal parts of the ptant and buitding including various tanks and
containers where solvenls are stored or aie preseñt ,and all parts of
electrical equipmenls not required to be eneigised sha]l be þroperly
bounded together and connected to earth so as tõ avoid accidentãt riie iñ
the electrical potential of such parts above the earth potent¡al.
- 5. Prohib¡tlon relat¡ng lo smok¡ng.- srnoking or carryÍng any source of
ignition shall be strictty prohibited within a distance of s-o metrtis from the
. ,Fo.r this purpose 'No sMoKlNG' signs shail be permanently dis-
plant
playgd.in the area of the plant :

6.. Precautions against friction.- {t} All the hànd-tools required to be

used in the plant shall be of non-sparking type.
, {2) No machinery or equipment of the plant shalt be bett driven:
Provided that, the plants existing prior to the date of commencement of
'the.se. rules may. conilnue with belttiives if the belts are of anti-static
type
and, in the opinion of a competent Person, a proper earthing arrangemënt
,ís made.
(3) No.person shalt be altowed to enter and work in the plant.íf 'he
is
wearing clolhes made ol nylon or such other fibres which can þànerate static
'electrical charge, or if he is wearing footwear which is likely tõ.cause sparks
by frietion.
' 7. Fire-fight¡ng apparatus.- (1) Adequate number of portable fire extin-
'guishers suitable for use against ftammable liquid shall be provided in the
plant.
(2) An automatic wal.er spray sprinkler system on a wet-pipe or openhead
deluge system with sufficient supply of storage water shalt-b'e proviðed over
the plant area throughout the buitding in which the plant is hofused.
(3) Th¡s requirement shatl be in addition to the requirements under any
other provisions of lhe Maharashtra Factories Rules, 1963, regarding lirä
fighling apparatus and water supply.
 274 The jíaharæhn-a Factories Rutes, /963

' 8. Precaut¡ons aga¡nst power failure.- provisions shall be rnade for

automatic cutting off of steam in the event of power failure and also for
emergency over-head water suppfy for feeding water by gravity to conden-
sors for atleast half an hour which shall come into thá þlay áutomatically
with the power failure.
9. Magnetic separators.- oit cake shall be fed to the extractor by
conveyor throügh a hopper, and magnet¡c separatqr shall be provided tð
remove any píeces of iron during its transfer.
: 10. venting.- (1) Tanks containing solvents shall be proiected with
emergency venting to relieve excessive internal pressure in the event ol fire.
(2) All emergency relief vents shall terminate aileast 6 metres above the
ground and be so located that vapours will be directed away from the plant.
11' waste water.- Process waste water shall be passed through flash
evaporalor to remove any solvent before it is discharged into a sumþ which
shall be located w¡thin the fenced area but shalt not be ctoser thdn eight
metres to such fence.
12. ventilation.- The shed for the ptant shall have,adequate natural
ventilation and if it is housed in building having vent¡lation whicn in the
opinion of the lnspector, ís inadequate, aileast six air changes per hour shall
be ensured by mechariical means.
13. House Keeping.- (1) solvent shall not be stored in an area covered
by the plant except in quantities not exceed¡ñg s lítres, which shallbe stored
in suitable safety cans.
(2) waste rnaterials such as oily rag, other waste and absorbents used to
wipe off solvents, oil and greâse in the ptant shall be deposited. in suitable
conta¡ners and removed from the premises afleast once a day.
: (3) Premises where lhe solvent Extraction Process is carried on and the
outer area within 15 metres from it shall be kept lree from any combustible
mater¡als and any spills of oils or solvent shall be cleared up immediatoly.
14. Examination and repairs.- (1) {a)The plant shail be examined by the
competent Person to determine any weakness or corrosion and wsar, once
In every twelve months. The compeìent Person shall then furnish a report
,oJ such examination to the lnspector, with his recommendations aó to
wltgt¡gr 1!e ptlnJ is in sàle condition to work and the measures, if any,
which in hís opinion are necessary to be taken and the time by which suili
measures shall be taken, so as to ensure that the plant and equipment can
'be used wíthout any danger to the workers, in the iactory.
, . ,(b)-lf any defects which are causing or likely to cause imminent danger to
the liíe or safety of the workers working on such ptant are found by the
competent Porson, the competent Person shall immediately submit a r-eport
to that effect to the lnspector and chief lnspector of Factories, staiing
therein lhe measures which, in his opinion, are necessary to ensure safeti
to the workers. When the necessary repairs are carriéd out, a copy oi
cert¡ficate by compelent Person that the plant has been repaired t'o- rr¡s
sat¡sfact¡on shall be iorwarded to the lnsþector.
{2} The plant shall be pured with inert gas or steam before opening for
cleaning or repairs and before introducing solvent after repairs.
15. Operating Personnel.- {1) The plant shall be under an overall
supervision of a qualified person who shatl aileast be a graduate of a
statutory university of chemical Engineering or Technology with specialised
 The Maharashtra Factories Rules. 1963 275

knowledge ol oils and fats with minimum s years experience in solvent or

Flammable process ptants.
.
(2) The plant, machinery or eguþmenl shalt be in the charge of operators
who ha.ve been trained.and. made thoroughly conversant to opärate ine
þiani
so certified by the qualified person referietj to Clause (1).
. 16. Emplgyment of young persons.- No women or young persons shall
be employed in the plant.
.17. vapour Detection.- A flame-grogf and portabte combustible gas
indicator or any other type of.. gas indicator a's tne chief Jnspecior= òi
Factories, may,. subject to the conirol of the state Government, aþprove as
safe and suitable lor the purpose, shalt be prorrided and maintaintiri in gooú
working order. A schedule of routine sarirpling oJ atmosphere at var¡oús
location as-approved by the competent persõn shail bd drawn out and
entered in a register maintained for the purpose.
18. Additional Provisions for batch-extractors.- The following further
provisions shall apply to cater type extractÖT, namely-
'
(a) when the solvent . ís removed from batch extractor by vacuum, .

vacuum gauges shall be provided and tests shail be. cariied out tó
ensure that a minimum vacuum of.650 mm. (26,,) mereufy is.obtained
and maintained steadily for a minimum perioo'of á0 minutés nãrorË iñõ
extractor is allowed to be opened for discharged of câke or for persons
' (b) towhen,
enter.
on opening the doors of á batch extractor, the extracted m6ali--
cannot be dislodged from the extractor freely, the doors shall be
closed and the materiat reheated t¡il the meal diéiodgàs treety irom tñã
extractor.
(c)lvhere s.oly.elt is removed by steam heating, the presence of the
solvent shatt be tested at the vent provided oî the tbp of tne vesiei
' þefore opening the vessel.
(d) A log-book of operations with the follow¡ng particulars shall be
maintained and made available on demand to the lnspector:_
(i) Vacuum gauge reading for each charge;
(ii) testing of continuity ol electrical bonding and earthing system.
(iii) foss of solvent every 24 hours or loss per tonne of raw materials
used.
19. Exemption.- lf, in respect of any plant, the chief lnspector is satisfied
that owing to exceptional circumstances or for any other ròasons, all or any
of the provisions of this schedule are not necessa.ry for the protectaon of thá
persons employed in the plant, he may by a ceftif¡cate in writing exempt
such factories from atl or any of the provislohs on such conditions dó ne mäy
specily lherein. such certif icates may al any time be revoked by the chief
lnspector without assigning any reason.
276 The ltlaharashtra Factories Rutes. 19ó3

Manutactureor*",,0,:::,:':,2:'-i::;,nicDyetntermediates,
1. Apptication. - This Schedule shall apply in respect of all factories or
any part thereof where processes in which the prohibited substances and
controlled substances mentioned in paragraphs 3 and 4 respectively, are
used, handled, manufactured, formed or died, and the processes incidental
thereto in the course of which these substances are formed, are carried on.
The processes indicated in this paragraph shall hereinafter be referred to as
I'the said processes", and such a reference shall mean any or all the
tiäi"äii"-"i:"åI
tii- fflit":ini,n," sch edu r e u nr es s r he: context
otherwise requires,-
(a) "Controlled Substances" means chemical substances mentíoned ¡n
paragraph 4 of this Schedule;
(b) "Efficient Exhaust Draughl" means'localised venlilation effected by
means for the removal o! gas, vapour, dust or lume So ai
' tomechanical
prevent them from escaping into the air of any place in which work
'is carried on. No draught shall be deemed to be eflicient which fa¡ls to
remove smoks generated at the'pô¡nt wbere such gas, vapour, fume
or dust origlnate;
' (c) "First Employment" means first employment in the said processes and
re-employment in such processes following any cessation ol
, , also employment for a continuous period exceeding three calendar months;
{d} "Prohibited Substances" means chemical substances mentioned in
paragraph 3 of this Schedule.
3. Prohibited substances.- For the purpose of this Schedule, the following
chemical substances shall be classified as "prohibited substances" e*cept
when these substances are present or are formed as a by.product ol-a
chemical reaction in a total concentration not exceeding one per cent:-
(a) Beta-naphthylamine and its salts;
(b) Benzidine and its salts;
(c) 4-amine diphenyl and its salls;
{d) -nitro diphenyl and its salts; and
{e) any substance containing any of these compounds.
4. Controlled substances.- For the purpose of this Schedule the following
chemical substances shall be classilied âs "controlled'substances", name-
ly:-
' .(a) Atpha-naphthylamine or alphanâphthylam¡ne containihg not more than
one per cent of betanaphthylamine eíther a$ a by- productof chemical
. reaction or otherwise and its salts;
(b) Ortho-tolidine and its satts;
(c) Dianisidine and its salts;
(d) Dichlorobenzidine and its salts;

I Added by G.N., dt. 9.5.1985.

 The Maharashtra Factories Rules, 1963

(e) Auramine;
(l) Magenta,
5. Prahibition of emplaymen¿- No person shall be employed in the said
processes in any factory in which any prohibited substãnce Ís used,
nandted, manufaclured, processed or formed unless the process is duly
certified and exempted by the Chiel lnspector under paragrâph 26-
....6. Requiremenls for processing or handling controtted suÞsfances.- {1)
wherever. qny gf the controlled- substances- are formed, manutaclurèd,
processed, handled or used, all necessary sleps shall be iaken to preveni
inhalation,.ingestion or:.a.bsorption of ihe'said'controlted substance by the
workers wh.ile engaged in processing that substance, and its storage or
transport within the planl, or in cleaning or maintenance of the concerned
equipment, plant, machinery and storage area.
.-.(2) All operations shall be carried out-in a totally enclosed system.
wherever such enclosure is nol possible, efficient exhaust draught sñall be
qppl¡e¿ at the point where the controlled substances are likely to -escape into
the atmosphere during the process.
{3) The controlled substances shail be received in the factory in t¡ghfly
closed containers and shall be so kept except when these substances are
used, handled or maniputated. The controllèd substances shall teave the
factory only in tightly closed containers approved
.Ru by the inspector to be safe
!o¡ qgrr.ying. the controlled substances. the containers shalt be clearty
labelled to indicate the contents
7. Elficient exhaust draught.- unless the manufacturing process is com-
pletely enclosed so as not to dust or fume it shall be carrÉä on without the
use of an efficisnt exhaust draught when any controlled substance,-
' 1a¡ is introduced into a tank hopper machine or container or filled into
cartridge; or
(b) is ground, crushed, mixqd, seived or blended.
8- Persona! proteciive equipment.- (1) The following items of personal
protective, equipment shall be provided and issued to every worker
employed in the sgid processes, namely:-
, (a) Long trousers and shirts or overalls with {ull sleeves and head
coverings. The shirt or coverall shall over the neck completely.
(b) Rubber gum-boots.
.in (2).Jle foltowing items of personatprotective equipment shaü be provided
sufficient numbers for use by workers employèd'ín the said processes,
namely:-
.{a} Rubber hând-gloves,
(b) Rubber-aprons,
(c) Airline respirators or other equivalent respiratory protective equip-
ment.
, {3} lt shall be the responsibility of the manager to maintâin all items ol
personal proteclive equipment in a cleanääd hygieäic condition and in good
state of repair.
9- Prohibition relat¡ng to employment of women and young persons.- No
wofnan or young persons shall be employed or permitted to work in any
room in which the said processes are carried on.
 278 The Maharashtt'a Factoúes Rules, tg63

1o. Floors of work room.- The floor of every work room in which the said
processes are carried on shall be:
(a) smooth and impervious to water wilhoul using asphalt or tar in the
composition of the floor,
(b) maintained in a good state of repair,
(c) with a suitable slope for easy draining and provided with gutters, and
(d) thoroughly washed daily with the drain water being led ínto a sewer
through a closed channel.
11. Disposal of empty container.- (1) Empty conlainers used for holding
or stor¡ng controlled substances shall be thoroughly. cleaned of their con-
tents ând treated with an inaciivating agenl before being discarded. -
(2) Empty non-metallic containers used for holdinþ;controlled substances
shall be burnt.
. 12. Manual handling.-Controlled substances shall not be allowed to be
mixed, filled, emptied or handled except by means of a scoop with a handle..
Such scoop shall be thoroughly cleaned daily.
13. lnstructions regarding risk - Every worker on his first employment in
the said processes shall be fully instructed on the properties bf fne tox¡c
chemicals to which he is likely to be exposed and of the dangers involved
and the precaulions to be taken. workers shall also be instructed.on the
measures to be taken to deal with an emergency.
14. cautionary placards.- cautionary placards in the lorm specified in the
Appendix to this Schedule and printed in the language of the majority of the
workers employed in the said processes shail be affixed in prominent p¡aoes
frequented by them in the factory, where the placards can be easiiy and,
conveniently read. Arrangements shall be made by the manager to instruct
periodically afl such workers regarding the precautions contained in the
cautionary placards.
15. Medical examinations.- (1) Every worker emptoyed in the said
processes shall be examined by a Medical lnspector of Factories or a
Certifying Surgeon within l4 days of his first employment. Such examina-
tion shall include tests which the Medical lnspector of Factories or certifying
Surgeon may consider appropriate and shall include exfoliative c¡ology of
the uríne. No worker shall be allowed to u,ork after 14 days of his iirst
employment in the factory unless certitied fit for such employment by the
Medical fnspector of Factories or Certifying Surgeon.
. (2) Every worker employed in the said processes shail be re- examined
by a Medical lnspector of Factories or Certilying Surgeon at least once in
every six calendar rnonths. such examination shall include tests which the
Medical [nspector of Factories or Certifying Surgeon may consider ap-
propriate but shall include exfoliative cytology of the urine.
(3) A person medically examined under sub-paragraph (1) shall be
granted by the Medical lnspector of Factories or Certifying Sufgeon a
certilicate of fitness in Form No. 23. Record of each re-examination carried
out under sub-paragraph (2) shall be entered Ín the certificate. The Certifí-
cates shall be kept in the custody of the manager of the factory.
{4) The record of each examination carried out as reTerred to in sub-para-
graphs {1) and (2) includingthe nature andthe resutts of thetests shall be
 The llaharashtra i'^actories Rules. 196-1

entered by the Medical lnspector .of Factories or Certilying Surgeon in a

health register in Form No. 7.
(5) The certlficates of fitness and the heatth register shall be kept readily
available for inspeclion by any lnspector.
(6) lf at any time the Medical lnspector of Factories or Certifying Surgeon
ls of the opin¡on that a person is no longer fit for employment in the said
pfocesses or in any other work on the ground thal continuance there¡n would
inyolve damage to his health, he shall make a record of his findings in the
said cert¡ficate and the health register. The entry of his findings ln these
. documents shall also include the period for which he considers that the said
person is unfit for work in the said processes or in any other work, as the
case may be.
_ (7) No person who has been found unlit to work as said in sub- paragraph
{6} shall be re-employed or permitted to work unless the Medicat tnsplcior
oJ Factories or certiiying surgeon, after further examination, again certifies
him to be fit for employment
(8) No worker shall be required to pay the charges or fees for the medical
examination, re-examination or tests required to be done under this para-
graph. Such charges or fee.s shall be paid by the occupier of the factôry.
16. Medicat facitities.- (1) The occupier ol the factory shall appoint a
qualified medical practitioner whose appointment shall be subject t'o confir-
mation by the Chief lnspector. The qualified medical practitioner so ap-
pointed shall.be known as the appointed doctor.
(2) The occupier shall provide,-
(a) for the purpose of medical examination which the appointed doctor
wishes to conduct atthe lactory premises for his excfusive use, a room
which shall be properly cleaned, adequately ventilated, lighted and
lurnished with a screen, a table (with writing material), chairs and
facílities'and instruments for such exam¡nation, and
(b) Oxygen gas cylinder with qualified porsonnel for its admin¡stration.
(3) A record of medical examinations and appropriâte tests carried out by
appointed doctor shall be maintained in a form approved by tbe Chíef
lnspector.
- (4) No person shall be employed in the said process unless he has been
examined by using appropr¡ate tests and found fit lor the saíd process by
the appointed doctor.
(5) Persons examined in compliance with sub-paragraph (4) shail be
re-examined by the appointed doctor at intervals ol not more than g months
or át such other. intervals as may be directed in writing by the Chief
lnspector and reco¡'ds of such examination shatl be entered in the register
provided under sub-paragraph (3).
(6) lf at any time, the appointed doctor is ol opinion that any person is no
. longer fit lor employment in the said pfocess on the ground that continuance
thereat would involve special danger to health, he shall make a record of his
findings in the said register and inlimate the manager in writing that the said
person is unfit to work in the said process.
(7) A person so found unfit by the appointed doctor shall be sent by the
manager to the Medical lnspector of Factories Ar the Certifying Surgeon with
a report from the appointed doctor. The Medical lnspector of Factories or
 280 The tr{aharashr¡.a Factories Rutes, 1963

certifying surgeon after examination may suspend the said person from
work ¡n the said process.
(8) No worker shall be required to pay the charges or fees for the medical
exam¡nation, re-examination or tests required to be done under this para-
graph. such charges or lees shail be paid by the occupier of the factôry.
17. obligations of the workers.- lt shall be the duty of the persons
emptoyed ¡n the said processes to submit theinselves for the medical
examination including exfolÍative cytology of urine by the Medical lnspector
of Factories or certifying surgeon or tñe appointed'doctor as provid'ed for
under these rules.
. l.p..washing and bathing facitit¡es.- (1) The foilowing washing and bathing
facilitie.s shall be provided and maintained in a cleán state-and in gooã
repair for the use of ail workers employed in the said processes, namely:-
(a) A vygslr qlgce. under cover having constant suppty of water and
provided with cleân towels, soap and nail brush arirj vliür at least one
stand pipe for every five such workers.
, (b) 50 per cent of the stand pipes provided under clause (a) shalt be
located in bathrooms where both hot and cold water shál¡-be made
available during the working hours of the factory and for one hour
thereafter.
(c) The washing and bathing lacitíties shall be in ctose proximity ol the
area housíng the said processes but the same shäfl not 6e at a
distance fonger than 1s meters. Before the end ol each shitt one hour
shall be allowed for bathing for each worker who is emptoyed in the
said processes and at least 10 mlnutes shall be allowed forwashing
before each rneaf in addition to the regular time allowed lor meals. '
(d) Clean towels shatt be provided individualty to each wbrker.
(e) ln addition to the taps mêntioned under clause (a), one stand pipe, in
which warm water ¡s made available, shall be piovided on eaih'lloor.
. (2) Anangement shall be made to wash factory uniforms and other work
clothes every day.
19. Food, drinks, etc. prohibited in work-raom.- No worker shall consume
food, drink, pan, supari or tobacco or shall smoke on any premises in which
the said processes are carried on and no worker shall i'dmain in any such
room during intervals of meals or rest.
2Ð. cloak room.- There shall be provided and maintained in a clean state
and ¡n good repair for the use ol the workers emptoyed in the said
processes:-
{a} a cloak room with lockers having two compartments - one for street
clothes and tlle other for work clothes, and'
(b) a place separate lrom the locker room and the mess room lor the
storage of protective equipments provided under paragraph 7. The
acoommodat¡on.so provided shall be under the care of á ròsponsible
person and shall be kept clean.
21. Mess room.- There'shall be provided and maintained for the use of
workers .employed in the saíd processes who rernain on the premises during
the meal intervals, a mess room whÍch shall be furnished'with tables anð
benches and provided with suitable means lor warming food. Mess shafl be
placed under the charge of a responsible person and snail be kept clean.
 The *[aharasltra F-actories Rules. J963 241

22, Drying oven or. sfoves.-(1) Every drying stove shall be efficienily
vent¡lated to the outside air in such manner that hot air from the stove shail
not be drawn into any work-room.
(2) No person shall enter slove to remove the contents untif a free currenl
ol air has been passed through it by mechanical means.
23. RestrÌctions on age ol persons enployed.- No worker under the age
of 40 years shall be engaged in the factory in the said processes for the fiist
time after the date on which the Schedule comes into force.
24. SeparatÌon of processes.-The said process shall be carried on in a
foom or rooms which shall nol directly communicate with any other foom or
rooms not having the said process except through a passage open entirefy
to outside atmosphere.
25. Testing of atmosphere etc.- The prohibited substances in the atmos-
phere of the work-room where the manufacturing process is carried on shall
be estimated once in every week and records of results of such estimalion
shall be made available wñen required by the lnspector.
26. Exemptions.- (1) The Chief lnspector may by a certifícate in writíng
(which he may at his discretion revoke at any time) and subject to sucñ
conditions, if any as may be specified therein, exen'ipt any prócess in the
rourse of which any of the prohibited substances is formed, processed,
manufactured, handled or used, lrom the provisions of paragraph S ¡t fre ¡s
satisfied that the process is carried out in a totafly enclosed and hermetically
sealed system in such a manner that the prohibited substance is not
removed from the system.except in quantities no greater than that required
lor the purposes of control of the process or such purposes as is necessary
to ensure that the product is free from any of Ìhe prohibited suijstances.
(2) The Chief lnspector may allow the manufacture, handling or use of
benzidine hydrochloride, if he is satisfied ihat all the processes in connec-
tion with il are carried out in a totally enclosed system in such a mannerthat
no prohibited subslance other thán benzidine hydrochloride is removed
therefrom except i¡r qudntities no grealer than that required for the purposes
of control of the processes or such purposes as is necessary to ensure that
the product is free Trom prohibited substances and that adequate steps are
taken to ensure that benzidine hydrochloride is, except while not ¡n a totally
enclosed system kept wet with not less than one part of water to two parts
of benzidine hydrochloride ât alltimes.
27. Exemptions-GeneraË lf in respect of :any factory, the Chief lnspector
is satisfied that owing to the exceptional circumstances or inlrequency of the
processes or lor any other reason, all or any of the provisions of this
Schedule are nol necessary for the protection of the workers ¡n the factory,
the Chiel lnspector may, by a certificate in writing {which he may at his
discretion revoke at any time), exempt sùôh lactory of all or any of such
provisions subiect to such conditions, if .any, as he may specily therein.
APPENDIX
' Cautionary Placard/Notice
1. Dye intermeöiates which are nitro or árnino derivatives or aromatic
hydrodarbons are toxic. You have to handle these chemicals frequenily in
this {actory. .

2. Use the various items of protective wear to safeguard your health.

 282 The Maharashtra Factories Rules, 1963

3.-Maintain scrupulous cleanliness at all times, thoroughly wash hands

and feet before taking meals. lt is essentiat to take a bath defóre leaving the
lactory.
4. wa-sh.off any chemical failing on your body with soap and water. lf
splashed with a solution of the chemical'remove ine contaniinated cloth¡ng
immed¡ately. These chemicals are absorbed through skin and are known tõ
produce cyanosis. contact the medicat officer or appointed doctor immedi-
ately and get his advice.
.5. Handle lhe dye intermediates only with long handted scoops, never
with bare hands.
6. Alcoholic drinks should be avoided as they enhance the risk of
poisoning by the chemicals.
-, 7, lie.ep your food and drinks away {rom the place of work. consuming
lood, drinks or tobacco in any form aithe ptace of work is prohibited.
8. serious effects from work with toxic chemicals may follow after many
years. Great care must be taken to maintain absolute cieanliness of bodx
clothes, machinery and equipment.
t;"rit,
H ig h r y e ., o r,..
F t a m rn a b I rt#: :riå:
- r,.e s s e d G as e s.
1. 4ppl¡.ation.-These rutes shall be applicable to alt factor¡es where
highly flammable liquids or llammable compràssed gases are manufactured,
stored, handled or used.
2. Definitions.- For the purpose of this schedule-
(a) "highly flammable tiquid" means any liquid including its solution,
emulsion or suspension which when testeð in a manne-r specÍfied by
sections 14 and 15 olthe petroteum4ct, 1934 (30 of 1es4) gives off
flammable vapours at a temperature less than 02 degree céniigrade;
(b) ''flammable compressêd-gas" means flammable compressed gas as
in section 2 of the static and Mobite prässure véssets
' defined
(Unfired) Bules, 1981 framed under the Explosives Act, 1884.
' 3.. storage'-. (1) Every.flammabte liquid or flammabte compressed gas
used. in every.factory shall be stored in suitabte lixed storagä tank, oi in
suitable closed vessel located in a safe position under the fround, in üTe
open or in a store room of adequate fire resistant constructioñ.
(2) Excepl as nece.ssary for use, operation or maintenance, every vessel
or tank which contains or had contained a híghly flammable ti{uids or
flammable compressed gas shall be atways kept clõsed and all rea'sonably
practicable steps shall be taken to contain or immediatety drain.ofi to á
suÍtable conlainer any spill or leak lhat may occur.
: . (3.) El/ery container vessel, tank, cylinder, or store room used for storing
highly Jlammable liquid.or flammable compressed gas shall be clearty anã
in bold letters marked 'Danger-Highly Flammable Liquid' or'Danger-Êlam-
mable Compressed Gas'.
.-,4. Enclosed System, for Conveying Highty Ftammable Liquids,-
wherever it is reasonably practicable, highty-ftammabte tiquids sliail be

I lns. by G,N. dt. 8.2.t988

 The Malrurashtra Factories Rules, 1963 283

conveyed w¡thin a factory in totally enclosed system consisling of pipe

lines, pumps and similar applíances from the storage tank or vesset to the
point of use. such enclosed systems shalt be so designed, installed,
operated and maintained as to avoid leakage or the risk of spiiling.
5, Preventing formation of flammable mixture with air.- Wherever
there is possibility for leakage or spiil of highly flammabte tiquid or ltam-
mable compressed gas from an equipment, pipe line, valve, jôint or other
part of a system all praclicable measures shall be taken to conta¡n, drain off
or dilute such spills or leakage as to prevent formation ol flammable mixture
with air.
6. Prevention of lgnition.- (1) ln every room, work place or other location
where highty flammãble liquiil'or ftaminabte combústibte gas in stored,
conveyed, handled or used or whe¡:e lhere is danger of fire or explosion from
accumulation of highly llammable liquid or flammable compressed gas in air,
allr practicable measures shall be taken to exclude the s-ources of ignit¡on.
Such precautions shall include the following:-
(a) All electrical apparatus shall e¡ther be excluded from the area of risk
or they shall be ol such construct¡on and so installed and maintained
. as to prevent the danger of their being a source of ignition;
(b) Effective measures shall be adopted for prevention of accumulation df
static charges to a dangerous extent;
, {c) No person shall wear or be allowed to wear any foot wear having iron
or steel nails or any other exposed ferrous materials which is likely to
cause sparks by friction;
(d) Smoking, lightíng of matches, lighters or smoking materials shall be
prohibited;
: (e) transmission belts with iron fasteners shall not be used; and
(f) all other precautions, as are reasonably practicable, shall be taken to
prevent initiation of ignition from all other possible sources such as
open flames,.friciional sparks, overheated surface of machinery or
. plant, chemical or physical-chemical reaction and radiant heat.
, 7. Prohibition of smoking.- No person shall smoke in any place where
highly flammable liquitl or flammable compressed gas is present in cir-
cumstances that smoking would give rise to a risk of fire. The occupier shalf
take all practicable measures to ensure compliance w¡th this re{uirement
including display of a bold notlce indicating prohibition of smoking at every
'place where this requÍrement applies.
8. Fire Fighting.- ln every factory where highly ftammable tiquid or
flammable compressed gas is manufactured, stored, handled or used,
appropriate and adequate means of fightíng a fire shall be provided- The
adequacy and suitability of such means which expression includes the fixed
and portable fire extinguíshing systems, ext¡ngu¡shing materials, procedures
and the process ol fire fighting, shall be to the standards and levels
prescribed by the lndian Standards applicable, and in any case not inferior
to the stipulations under Rule 71-8.
9. Exemptions.- lf in respect of any factory, the Chief lnspector is
satisfied that ow¡ng to the exceptional circumstances or infrequency ol the
processes or for any other reasons all or any of the provisions of this
schedule is not necessary for proteclion of the workers in the factory, the
Chief lnspector may by a certificate in writ- ing, which he may at his
 284 I.he flaharashlra Factor¡es Rules, !963
discretion revoke at any t¡me exempt
provísions subject to su-cn conoitioÀã, such factory from at of any of such
ii any, as he may specify therein.
SGHEDULE XXIV
Operations lnvolving High Noise Levels
l. Apprication.- This schedure shail.appry to ail operarions
ma¡ufacturing process having nigh nãìsi in any
fever.
2. Definitioné.- ror trre purpõseîi iñis àcr,*oul"_
(a) "Noise,' means any unwanted
sound.
(o)
: ;lill ;l"L'r*å"r':i åîî::
any noise rever measured on rhe A_weighred

{c} "Deciber" means one-tenth of "Ber', which.is flTé

fundamenraf division
of a rogarithmic scare used-to eipress the ratioii-üä
impried quanr¡ries, the numbei or:;dersãe;ã'i,!;';u;i., specified or
togarithmic to the ba$e of 10 of ìnis.rat¡oj. ä'lat¡o being the
sound such alatiobeing the togäriirrmic to Íîã-ñõiI",l*uet (or the
The notice tevel (or tñe souñã' tîe óase'är-io o'his ratio.
þre.sure
reference pressure of 28 x 1o neiutons p., level) corresponcts to a
dynes per square cenr¡meter *n¡ôrr'ii *,ã ,qîärð"rät", 00002 or
ir,r'.Jriärä'ãr'üã"r,ng, rhat is,
the rowêst sound pressure revel-necessary to produce
in aveiase neaúv-i¡siãners. Íhe a"ãrn"r-i,ì'the sensation
,Tr*",3''Jg. aonrev¡àteã
1d¡ "rrequency" is the rare of pressure variations
second or hertz. expressed in cycres per
(e) "DBA" refers ro sound rever in
decibers as measured on a sound revel
meter operating
the A-weighting hetwork *itnìro*ïri"r
on
(f) "A-we.ig!'ng" r"*ponr*.
Tg^rll:_Takilo oladãd adjustments in rhe intensities of
sound of various.frequenciãsior tne purpose
so that the sound pressure rever measulqo of noise ,n"àîúîäüäni,
nv.an insirur"nt refrects
rhe actuar responsá of the humãn éàr, to
the sound measured.
3. protecrion againstlgir-":_ (1) tn.every factory, suitabte
conÌror or administrative measureò inart äiäin..ring
¡eia[ãütäã;;är;, so far as is
reasonabry practicabre, that no worker ii exposed
the maximum permissibre noise eipãsurð'ievets to sãrìo råüäts exceecing
sþeðifËã'i;îabtes 1 and

perm issibre e*po"u

r"Tiåt"::å or c ontin uo us N oi se
Total time of exposure (continuous or a
number.ol short term eiposures¡
[er'
- evurru pressure
Sound level in dBA
Pressure l€
day, in hours.
I
B 90j'-
4 92
3 95
2 97
11t2 T00
1
102
314 105
1t2 107
1t4 110
115
 Notes:- (1) No
"-r"J:i;';ï, ffiäi,," be permi*ed
(21 For any period ol exposure lalling in between any figure and
the. next higher or lower figure as indicated in column 1, the permis-
sible sound pressure level is to be determined by extrapolation on a
proportionate basis.
TABLE 2
Permissible Exposure Levels of lmpulsive or lnspect Noise
Peak sound pressure level in dB Permitted number of impulses or
impact per day
't40
100
135 315
130 1,000
125 3,160
120 10,000

Notes:- (1) No exposure in excess of 140 dB peak sound pressure level

is permitted.
(2) Fo¡ .aly peatt sound.pressure levet falling in between any figure and
tle next higher or lowerfigure indicated incolumn 1, the permiited number
of impulses or impacts per day is to be determined by extrapolation on a
proportionate basis.
(2) For the purposes of this schedule, if the variations in the noise level
involve maxima at intervals ol one second or less, the noiÈe is to be
considered as a continuous one and the criteria given in Table 1 would
apply. ln other cases, the no¡se is lo be considered as impulsive or impact
noise and the criteria given in Table 2 would apply.
(3) When the daily noise exposure is composed óf two or more periods of
'noise exposure at dillerent levels their combined eflect should be con-
gidered, rather than tlte individual effect of each. The mixed exposure
Chould be considered to exieed the limit value if the
c1 c,2 Cn
sum.of the lractions :---- + exceeds unity,--
T1 -r2
Tn
, 'Where the Cl, C2,'etc. -
indicate the total time of actual exposure at a
specilied noíse level and T1, T2, etc. denote the time of exposure permis-
siblê at that level. Noise exposure of less than 90 dBA may be ignored in
the above calculation.
(4) Where it is not poss¡ble to reduce the noise éxposure to the levels
specified in sub-rule (1) by reasonably practicable engineering control or
administrative measures, the noise exposure shall be reduced to the greatei
extent feasible.by such control measures, and each worker so exposed shall
be provided with suitable protectors so as to reduce the exposure to noise
to the levels specilied in sub-clause (1).
(5) Where the ear protectors provided in accordance with sub-ciause (2)
and worn by a worker cannot still attenuate the noise reaching near his ear,
as determined by substracting the attenuat¡on value in dBA of the ear
protectors concerned from the measured sound pressure level, to a levet
permissible under Table 1 or Table 2 as the case may be, the noise
exposure period shall be suitably reduced to correspond to the permissible
 286 The l¡[aharashtra Factories Rules, ]963
no;se exposure spec¡fied in sub_clause (1).
,,. {6)(.a} ln all cases where the prevairing sound revers exceeds for perm¡s_
sible .levers specified in sub-cräuse (tf there srrari nJ ãàm¡n¡stered
effeclive hearing cllsejgtlon programme which shail inctude and
hearing conservatìon measures, þre-emptòv*äni äño' päii.ì¡.ár among other
surveys conducted.on workers.exþosed tò nô¡se exceeoing à"rcïäiv
rhe permissible
tevels, and rehabititation of such workers eitnói ov ï;dö;;ð
the noise revers or by transferring thém to place where noise th" u"po*ur" to
relatively less or by any other suftãble means. revels are
(b.) Every worker emproyed in areas where the noise
max¡mum permissibre exposure revers specit¡eo ln - iuo_;Ë;"-iìï exceeds the
;Ëãil'ii.
subjected to an aud¡tory examination by a
certiryìñõ siiõ.on wfthin 14
days or his lirst emproyinent and thereafier, shail oe ie-exa"mined
at reast
gnce.in every 12 months. such iniriar anci periooìðai-eiåmlÀåi¡"* ;i,"ri
incrude tests which.the. certìfying. surgeon. may consider
appropriate, and
shatt inctude determination ot áuoitory tiieshotos for pure
toriés of 12s, zso,
500, 1,000, 2,000, 4,000 and 9,000 óycles per second.
'SCHEDULE XXV

: !*!*,,""-*ïoJJnXllË:ffiïoli,ï":ilîictor*s parr or
factories in which any of rhe folowing proöås'sei'aË càîriäá'ã". or
,t
(a) Opening of cotton bale.
(b) Carding.
(c) Combing of cotton
(d) Spinníng ot cotton yarn.
(e) Cleaníng of waste cotton.
2. Defìnitìon.- Fo¡, the purpose of this schedule, ',Efficient exhaust
draught" means rocarised ventiiation by mechanicãlrãäns,'io-i tn" removar
of cotton dust so to prevent dust from escaping ¡nto ine aiiäîairy piacã:in
which work ís carried on.
Explanation -l.lo draught shall be deemed to be efficiènt which
fails to
control dust produced at the source.
'. 3. Exhaust Ðraught Examination and Test.-(1) An efficient exhaust
glltgll shqll-be provided and mainrained by trrã i/cupì'er roiine roilów¡ns
processes and'machines to trap cotton dusi or fluff at
the sóurce.ot origiñ
and those in air;
, (a) bale breakíng and mixing of cotton;
" (b) blow room machinery, card$, combing, spinning, winding
machines;
(c) macnines used for processing waste cotton;
(d) any other process in which cotton dust is given off into the work
environment.
(2) All equipment for extraction of cotton dust or lluff shall be examined
and tested by competent person atleast once in evei/ìifmonths and
any defects disctosed by such examination and tests, srrárr oá rectified. A

I Addd by G.N., ú. rc.7.199?

 The Maharashtra Factories Rulet. 1963 287

_ reg¡ster about such exam¡nation and test shall be maintained by the

Occupier.
4. Protect¡ve appliances.-The occupier shall make arrangement for,-
(a) supply of a suitable pergonal protect¡ve appliances to allworkers likety
to exposed to cotton fluff or dust;
{b) supply of these appliances on individual basis;
(c) ma.inta¡ning these appliances in working condit¡on by cleaning and
replenishment;
(d) storage of these appliances in hygienic condition;
(e) education of workers to use these appliances; and
(f) proper supervision to ensure thé workers are using these appliances
¡n working process.
5. Medical Examination.-(1) The occupier shail arrange for medical
examination of workers by a qualified medical practitioner háving adequate
experience in treatment of person affected by lung ailments aile-ast onòe in
a period of 6 months. such medical examination shall include lung funct¡on
test, immunoglobulin test and any other tesl or tests which may"be found
necessary to detect the cases of above referred disease.
(2) The occupier shall keep a cont¡nuûus medical surveiilance so that
susceptible wq¡lers may be detected and transferred out of the exposure
before irreversible damage cause to the health of the workers.
6. Environment ManitorÌng.-The occupiei of the lactory shall ensure that,
(a) cotton dust in the ambient air of lhe workroom or any other place
where cogon is processed or handled shall not exceed-concentiation
0.2 mg/m3,
. .(b) environment in those areas shall be regularly monitored and results
shall be made availabte to the Chief lnspector of Factory on demand.
7. Control Measures.-Without prejudice to the other methods as stated
above for prevention of above referred disease, the Occupier shall adopt
such other control measures like adoption .the of vacuum stripping of cards
instead of brush stripping, cleaning of workroom Oy vaci¡uñ cleaners
instead of brooms, etc, or any other measures as the Chiel lnspector of
Factories may suggest at any time.
, 8, House Keeping.-A high standard of house keep¡ng shafi be provided
and maintained by the occupier.
9. Exemption--lf in respect of any factory, the Chief lnspector of Factories
is satisfied that owing to exceptional circumstances all or any of the
provisions of this schedule are not necessary for the protectioh of the
workers of the factory; the Chiel lnspector of Factories may certify in writing
(which at his discretion revoke at any timo) exempt such factory from alt oi
any of such provisions of this schedule subject to such conditions, il any, as
he may specify thergin.l
ll5. Notification of accidents or dangerous occurrencei.J[(1) Where
any accident in sub-clause (a) of clause 1 of the Sbnedule hereto
appended or ^specified
'[any dangerous occurrence] specifíed ín clause 2 of the saíd

Added by c.N., dr. 13.10.1981.

2 Subs. by G.N. dt. 13.10.1981
 288 The ùlaharashtra Faclories Rules, 1963

schedule takes place in a factory the manager of the factory shail, within 4
hours ol-the happeníng of such áccident or occurrence, sen¡l notice thereol
by. telephone,
-special m.essenger or telegram to the lnspector and the
Administrative Medical,officer, E'nrployees'-state lnsurance'scheme, Bom-
bay, appointed as Additional lnsþeótor under the Act; and where the
accident is fatal or of such a serious nalure that it is likðty to prove fatal,
notice as aforesaid shail also be sent to-
(a) the District Magistrate or Sub-Divisional Magistrate, llXXl
{b) the Olficer-in-charge of the nearest 2[police station, and
{c) the nearest relatives of the injured or deceased person.l
3¡1e¡
rne notice so given shail be conlirmed by the Manager'of the factory
to the authorities mentioned in sub-rule (1) bi sending tõ tnem a written
Leport in the case of an accident in Form 24-or in Foim 16 appended to
fmployees' state lnsurance (General) Rêgulations; 1950, ano iñ the case
gf a dangerous occurrence, in Form e4-A w¡th¡n te rrours of ilre tar<ing plãõã
of aly such accident or occurfence. referred to in that sub_rule.l
,, {p)- wne-re.any accident of a minor character, specilied in sub-clause (b)
of the said clause (1), iakes place in factory, the manager shall, within äá
hours afterthe expiry olthe period specifiedin the sa¡d s*ub-ctause (b), send
not¡ce thereof to the lnspector in Form 244 or Form No. 1o appénded to
Employees' State lnsurance (General) Regulations, 19S0.
{4) lf in the case of an accide.n]r the injured person subsequenily dies due
lo such accident, information of his death whérever known inau óe sent by
!þë.manager by telephone, special messenger or telegram wit'rrin e¿ nouré
of the occurrence tc-
I
(a) the lnspector; !

. {b) the Administrative Medical Officel Employees' State lnsurance

Scheme, Bombay;
; (cl the District Magistrate or Sub-Divisional Magistlate; and
: (d) the Oflicer-in-charge of the nearest police Station.
' ExplanatÍon.- For the purpose of this rule, "accident of á serious nature,,
means an accident rþhich results in-
(i) immediate loss of any part of the body or any limb or part thereof;
, (ii) crushed or serious injury to any part of the body due to which loss of
the same is obvious or any injuiy which is likely to prove fatal;
(iii) unconsciousness; or
- (iv) severe burns or scalds due to chemicals, steam or any other cause.
SGHEDULE
' 1. {a) Accidents which cause death to any person or are of
'a
serious
nature.
(b) Accidents which cause such bodity injury as wilt prevent oT will
probabìy prevent the person injured lrom workinçj for a period ol 48 hours
¡mmediately following the accident.

I
Del. by G.N., dr. 13.r0.r98t.
2 Subs. by c.N. dr. 13.1O.1981
Subs. by c.N., dt. 13.t0.I981,
4 Added by G.N., dt. 17.L2.1971.
 The i[aharashtra Facrories Rules, lg6T 2gg
3' The fotowing of rrdang.erous occurrences), whether or
"lTlgqinjury or ã¡sablãment:_
are attended by personal not they
(a) Bursting of a vesser used for containing
sleam under pressure greater
thãn âtmospheríc pressure, other ihan prant which
scope of the lndían Boilers Act. comes with¡n the
(b) coilapse or fairure oJ crane, derrick,
.a winch, ,¡titt¡, noist or other
appriances used in raising or rowering persons or goods, or any part
thereof, or the overturninð of a crãne.
3¡1c¡
explosion, fire, out,..reakage.or escape of any morten metar,
hot ríquor, or oas 9rlrst¡no oooity in¡üiy. to
_c,au¡ing any pärson õiiämage to any
parr or porrion of the facrory ¡ñ w¡¡ierr ófiõ; ir""ärpmyed
.
. damage to any plant, machineiy or material¡; or
4¡1d¡.exptosion
or a receiver or container used in any pr'cess,
storage at a pressure greater than atmospnericþiáãsuiõ, or used for
or any gases (inctuding air) or any tíquid ó, ot any gas
any joñOi.-'-,
(e) Collapse or subside¡-c.e of. any floor,.gaTery,.roof,
chimnev, wail or..buildíng torríing-párt"oi-í'f;tdyï; Ur¡Oge, tunnel,
compound or curtilage wfthin the
of factory.
Rule prescribed under section Og
116. Notice of poisoning or disease.- 5¡A
notice in Form 25 shail be.
sent forrhwfth (but ñot rater rñan f;i;ñ;;;;),
to the chief rnspector, Medicar
lnspector of Factories,l ano rne.nãminirirär¡u"
Mgd.íg.q! offic'er, Emproyees,
State lnsurance Scheme, gom.Oay, aOnoinirO as
Additional lnspector under
the Act, bv rhe Manager of a racíôrv-¡i-*rricrr *reiã-*il;'ää.*
phosphorus, rnercurv, manganese, àrsenic, or read,
poisoning or poisoning oy iitrouJ'rürrs,'îrcarbon, birïpi¡ã;;r benzene
hvdrocarbons or rhe,ìrph?tig ser¡és, -ãi by hatogen derivatives ot thê
or órrromË-"r*,ïäi¡äü, änîÅrä,
silicosis' tox¡c anaemia, ioyjc ¡aunoicã, piimary ophetiomatous
cancer of the
gtin.or pathoro.gicat manifesiations åíe'ìo radium vr or other
vÈrre¡ radío_active
rr
substances or X-rays.
CHAPTER X
Supplementat
Rule prescribed under Section 107

J ;i TI:,I ¡1l¡g-{!:- f I ) An appea I presented under secrion 1 07

|jÍ,:"."j j*3^1:*'pt::,^î_li{!1Ëi;i¿i*"ini'äiå#;ffi
:Xli:,f_îJ,:",:. liJËá
:g_ii:1.'.':.gld:llg**dniirrálïttióeidñ;êtäi;b"";'å;i#i"iti'.i:;
authority as the state-fgveinment
in the form or u r"^Tgt-"t_drm sett¡ñgTly appoint in this behaff
'äå and shail be
sótt¡ñg ""nf'-.ffi;Jy'iîå*grounos
'roñh' ;ilñJy
:1,:*",^l"f.J ^lj9T:,Sldym
objection to the order-and. ïrounos or
c rr.t_þ e, siärËï;¿..;llLriåiiìi,',r,i
î?-.:fl ",i,:,t
Article
Articte'f'f
Scheduiefllîij
bearing court-iees
schedurg.1I]t
3 of [? to! 1l
theI Ls
il l.o.!ne 9
sram ps ì n ãó. dr.oä,il, with the
s17moãy õöurt¡eeã eäi;iðä'e,ä;l0
¡ vvv' q' sha[ be
accompanied by a copy of the order arjpealèd
{2) ,Appointment of assessors.- on rece¡pt "g.¡,i*i."
of the memorandum of
ffjî31-,.f î"if q:1.1"-:{¡gitlthf rl,,1rit1ñi"¡i'r¡i'oi'iitnä;bä#i';;J
àiä äi"uJ5å.sors, can
I Subs. by c.N., dr. t3.l0.t98l.
Ins. by G.N., dr. 13.10.t981.
Subs. by C.N., dr. t3.10.t981.
4 Subs. by c.N., dr. 13.10.198t.
5 Subs. by c.N., d!. 3O.12.t969.
290 The Maharashta Factor¡es Rules, 1963

upon the body declared under sub-rule (3) to be representative of {he

industry concerûed, to appoint an assessor within a period of 14 days. lf an
assessor is nominateq Qy sucn body, the appelfate authority shail aþpoint a
second assessor itsell. lt shall then f ix a date for the hearing of thé âppeal
and shall give due notice of such date to the appeliant ano tó the lns¡idcìor
whose order is appealed against, and shall calt upon the two assessors to
appear upon such date to assist in the arising of the appeal.
(3) The appellant shall state ¡n the memorandum presented under
sub-rùle (1) whether he is a member ol one or more of the following bodies.
The body empowered to appoiht the assessor, shall-
(a) Íf the appetlant is a member of one of such bodies, be that body;
(b) il he is a member ol two such bodies, be the body which the appeilarü
des¡res shc.uld appoint such assessor; and
(c) ¡f the, appellant is not a member of any of the aforesaid bodies or íf he
does not state in the memorandum which of sueh bodies he desires,
should appo¡nt the assessor, be the body which the appellate authority
consíders as the best fitted to represent the industry concerned,-
(1) The Millowners' Association, Bombay;
{2) The Ghamþer of Gommerce, Bombay;
(3) The lndian Merchants'Chamber, Bombay;
(4) The Silk and Art Silk Mills' Association, Bombay;
, (5) The Deccan Sugar Factories Association, Bornbay; :

(6) The Engineering Association oT tndia, Bombay; or

(7) Other association of employers in the industry concerned, if any-
{4} Remuneration of assessors.- An assessor appointed in accordance
with the provisions of sub-rules (2) and (B) shall receive, for the hearing ol
the appeal, a fee to be fixed by the appellate authority subject to a maximum
g! fift_v rupees per diem. He shall atso receive the actual trávelting expenses.
The fees and travelling expenses shall be paid to the assessor by ôovern-
ment but where assessors have been appointed at the requt'st of the
appellant and the appeal has been decided wholly and parily against him,
the appellate authorily may direct that the fees and travellìn! eipenses of
the assessor shall be paid in whole or in part by the appellant.
Rute prescribed under Section l0B
ll8. Display of notioes.- The abstract ol the Act and of the Rules
required to be displayed in every factory shall be in Form 26.
I Rule prescribed under Section 110
I f 9. Returns.- The manager of every lactory shall furnish to the lnspector
or other officer appointed by the State Government in this beháü ths
following returns, namely:-
(l) Annual returns.- On or before the 1st February of each year, an
annual return in duplicate in Form 27 relating to the following matters,-
:(a) average number of workers employed daily and normal hours worked
per week;
(b) leave with wages;
(c) number of discharged or dismissed workers;
 The Maharashtra îactories Rules. .1963 291

(d) wages in lieu of leave;

(e) compensatory holidays;
(f) canteens in the case 0f factories wherein more than zsO workers
ordinarily ernployed;
(g) creches in the case of hctories wherein more than s0 women-workers
are ordinarily employed;
' (h).more
shelters, rest-rooms, and lunch-rooms in the case of factories wherein
than 150 workers are ordinarily employed;
1{i)
accidents and statistics.
2(¡)
Sucn other matters or,¡tems as mâybe prescribed in Form 27.
t{(2) ******l

. (3| Annual return_ of holidays.- Before the end of each year, a return
giving notice of all the days on which it is intended to cloée tde factory
during the next ensuing year. lf in any year a factory is newly started or
re-started after+ a closure + during.the prêvious year, such return shall
be submitteiJ before the. date as such startinþ or re-sJártinat for the remaining
period of the year:
Provided that the state Government may dispense with this return in the
case ol any specified factory or of any class oi factories or of the factories
in any particular area: : :

Provided furtherthat the annual return of holidays shall be dispensed with

in case of all factories,-
(a) which regutarly observe Sundays as holidays; or
(b) which regularfy observe a lixed day in a week as a holiday; or
' :(c) which observe hotidays aicording to a tist approved
by the chief
lnspector.
'Where the manager of any lactory makes any departure from such a
[gt!o-ay or list of holidays as aforesaid, prior int¡mátion'shail be given to thà
Chief lnspector.

120. service of notice.- The despatch by post under registered cover of

any notice or order shall be dgemed sulficient service on the occupier,
owner or manager of a lactory of such notice or order.
:i Rules 121 to 124 prescribed under Sectian lt?
121. lnformation required by the lnspector,- The occupier, owner or
rnanagff of- a factory shall furnish any information that an inspector may
requ.ire for the p.ürpÐse of satislying himsetf whether any provisioh of the Aci
hasbeen complied with or.whether any order or an lnsp-eôtion has been duly
carried out. Any demand by an lnspector lor any such inlormation if madár
dqring. the course of inspection, shall be complied with forthwith if the
information is available in the. factory, or; if made in writing, shall be
cornplied with within seven days on receipt thereof.

I Ins. by G.N., dt. 13.10,i981.

2 Ins. by G.N., d|.29.7.1985.
a Del. by C.N. dt, 1.8.2000 published in MGG R.I-L, Ext.P.l0O
292 The lvloharashn'a Factories Rutes. I96J

122' Muster-roll.- (1) The manager of every lactory shall maintain a

muster-roll of all the workers employed in the factory in Form 29 showing
(a) the name of each worker, {b) the nature of his work, and (c} the dailt
attendance of the worker.
(2) The muster-rolf shall be written up afre$h each month and shall be
preserved for a period of 3 years from the date ol last entry in it:
Provided that if the daity attendance is noted in respect of adults and
child-workers ín lhe Registé¡s of workers in Forms rz arid ib,-respectively,
or the particulars required under sub-rule (1) are noted in any othei register,
gnd such registers are preserved for a per¡od of 3'years fiom the dãte ol
lasÌ entry in them a separate musær-roll required uñder sub-rule (1) need
not be maintaíned.
123. Begister of accidents and dangerous oocurrences., (1) The
manager of every factory shall maintain a register of all accideàt! and
dangerous occurrences which occur in the factory in Form 30 showing the-
(a) name of injured person (if any);
(b) date of accident or dangerous occurrence;
.(c) date of report on Form 24 to lnspector;

- (d) nature of accidenl or dangerous occurrence;

(e) date of return ol injured person to work;
.(f) number of days of absence from work of injured person.
(2) fh.e manager of every factory shall furnish to the lnspector annuaily
on or befo.re the 15th February a copy of the entries in Form 30 r€lating tõ
lhe year immediately preceding the 1st January.
. 124. Maintenance of lnspection book.- (f ) The Manager of every
lactory shall maintain a bound'lnspection Book ih Form 91 of th-e size 35cms
x 20 cms. and shall produce if when so required by the lnspector or
Certilying Surgeon.
(2) The lnspection Book shall cgnlaín at least 180 pages. Every third
page thereof shall be consecutively numbered and the other two numbered
pages between each lwo consecutively numbered pages shall have a
vert¡cal perforated straight line on the margin side at a margin of 2.54 cm.
'containing remarks passed
. ' (3) ln case- of the lnspection Book by the
lnspector or Certilying Surgeon is lost, thci..manager of thb factory shall
forthwith report in writing the loss of the lnspection Book to the lnspector in
charge of the area and immediately maintqin a new lnspection Book.
The Manager shall obtain as early as possible copies of all available
remarks from the Factory lnspection Office concerned, on. payment ol
necessary typing charges.
, 125. lnformation regarding closure of factories.- {1) The occupier and'
the manager shall be jointly or severally responsible for sending information
in duplicate to the lnspector, of any intended closure of the factory or any
shift, section or department thereof, immediately after it is ciecided to do so,
and before the closure takes place, slating-
(a) the date of intended closure;
(b) the reasons for closure;
(c) the number of workers on the muster-roll of the factory on the day the
inlormation is sent:
 The Maharashtra Faclories Rules,1963 2gg

{d} the nurnber of workers likely to be aflected by the ctosure;

(e) the probable period of closure:
Provided thaÌ in the case of any factory in respect of which standing
orders settled or certilied under the Bombay tndustrial Relations Act,
'1948, or'any law corresponding to that Act in lorciê in any part
ol'the
' State or the lndustrial Employment (Standing Orders) Act, ì Si¿6, as the
case may be, provided for the display on the notice-boards ol the factory
gr notice'of 'the proposed closure ol the lactory or any shitt, section, or
depsrtment theieof, such informatroir totne lnspector shall be giyeh on
the date on which such notice is displayed:
,Provided ,lurther that it shall not be necessary lor the occupier or
manager to' send information of intended ctoiure il the cloòure is
.¡endered inevitable sn âccount ol {ire, break-down of machinery, stoÞ
, page of powef .or water supply or any other muse beyond his control.,
, (2)'Tlg occupier and the Manager shalt be joinily or severaily responsible
.
for is€nding also information in duplicate to the lnspector as sooñ as the
la$ory or.any shlft; section or department thoreof, iÉ-actually,closéO in'tne
following form, namely:
Name ol Name of Dale ol . Reasons .Nature ol Number of Number ol
lactory hduqtry closure :for.' closure worl(efs on workers al-
and full . closure whether the muster lected by
addrEss entire or roll of factory the closure
partial; ll at the time of
partial, the closure
shlft, section
or depart-
ment closed
5

. .Class of lndustry whether (1) Gotton Textite, or (2) Sitk Textile, or (O)
Woollen Text¡le, or {4) l-losiery, or (5) Engineering, or (6) Miscellaneoús,
should be stated.
(3) The occupier and the manager shall be jointly or severally responsibte
-
for sending also information in duplicate to ihe lirspector as-sooñ as the
la91ory or any shifi, section or department thereof is re-opened in the
lollowing form, namely:-
Name of Name of Date of Number of Factory or Number of Number of
lactory lndustry closure workers af- any shlft, workers on workers (i)
and lull lected at seclion or muster-roll re-employed
address the time of department ât the t¡me (íi) newly
closure thereof re- of reopening employed
opsned
5
P94 Thc Mahàrashtra Factorics Rules. 1963

...cl.ass ol lndustry, wherher (1) cotton Textite, or (2) sitk reritile, or (g)
woollen Textile, or {4) Hosiery, or (s) Engineering,'oi (6) t't¡scelláneorìs,
should be'stated. i
-
Explanatior. t- For t¡e purpose$ ol this rule, lclosure'!' meâns the closing
ol a factory, or any s_hift, section or department thereof or the total or paniaj
suspension of (other than work of a temporary. nÊture) by the ocbupier
or mariager of.wgrk
the. factory, or total or partiàt refusal bv thb occuoiöi or
mânager 9f tfr,e factory to cont¡nue to ómploy'persons -e¡nptoyø 6y nim
where such refusal does not amount to the discharge, dismiisai or su-spen-
sion óf'a worker or workefs by way of 'punishmênt.- ' , -" '
Explanation 2.- This rule shall not appty in the iase ol..a closure ol anv
section or departmefit of a factory if such ctosure dobs not aflect the iotdl
number of workers employed in the factory. .
t¡125-4.
: lgwer of exemption.- The state Govêrnment may, by'notifica-
tion ,in,the, otficial Gazette, exempt subject to such conclitioïs ãs it may
conslder necessary, any workshop or workplgcg where a manulaaur.in!
prog.ess ls carried on and which is áttached tg a puþtic inçtitrjt¡on.ma¡nfåineã
Igf tlq pufpgqgQ of gducation, training or,reformatþn; frqm a[.or any of ihe
provisions of these rulesl.
_ f?6. {epeal and saving.-On the commencement of these rules¡ the
Bornbay.Factories Rules, 1950, the Central provinces,and Berar Factolries
Flsles, 1 949 and the l-lyderabad Factories Rules, 1g5p; shall s.tand repealed,
except äs:rsspects thlngs done or omitted to be done.

I Ine. by G.N., dt: 30.9.1965.

 Thc Maharashtra Faeloúes Rules. 1963 295

F'ORM T
,' AppticaÍion lor permissionrt-;;ril?:; exkhd ot take into the ùse
any building øs afactory
l. Applicantis name
,{pplicant's calling
Applicant's address
2, Full name and postal address of factory,
3. Situation of the Factory-
SüÈte
District
. Town or village
Nea¡est Police'Station : r .r '' \
. Nearest Railway Station or Steamer Ghat. r
4, Particulars of the plant to,þe installed. .r
Date Signature of applicant

¡vofe.-This application shall be aècbmpanied by tho following documents;-

(a) A flow phart of the maqufqcturing process'supplemented by a brief description
process in'its various stages; . - -
of the
.
(b)Ptan'i,indlrpIic.ate,drawntoscàle,showing-.
(i).the site of the
facto-ry and imn-rediate surrounding including adjricent,buildings and
other s,Euctuçsf'roÂds, drains, etc.; snd. .

. {iii tþ plan, elovation and necessary crosçsections.of various buìldincs includins dl

¡e.Iovant getails'-rclaung_to-natural lìghlíng, Ventilation and means of escapeã in case of-fi¡e.
.'l'ne p¡an sheil atso clearly índicate the position of the plant and machinery,
satds and pæssge
ways; and -,..'

.1c¡ç.¡rð!rotherparticula*astheChiefInspectormay.require'
tlFoRM No.ra
(See Rule 3A)
certìficate of stabiliiy
r. Name of rhe factory;
'
ãistrict in whibh the factory is situared,
3. Full Postal address of factory.
4. Name of the Occupier of the factory. .

5.
Nature of manufacturing.process to bs carried on in the factory.
6.
Numbcr of floors on which wo¡kers will b.e employed.
that I have inspected tÏd premises, :he plans of which have been approved by the
*:ttily
chief Inspector in his.letær No........,.,...... dated .......,....... and examined thävarious ïffts
þotqajn¡ the fou,ndations with speçial reference to the machinery, plant, Gùc., that have becn
installcd. I am_of the opinion that all the works of engineering ðoñsniction in the premises
is/atE sÍucturtlly sound tnd that its/their stability will not be endaiLgered by its/theüuse as a
factory'part of a factory for the manufacturc, of ....... for whioh the macÍrinery, plant; etc,
ínstalled are intended,
Signature,
Qualification
. . Address.
Date
If employed by a Coqpany or Association, name and adil¡bss of the 'Company or Association,

Ins. by G.N., dri 13.3.1984.

 296 The Maharasfura Facaories Rules, 1!X3

FORM 2
(See rules 5 and 14)
Application þr Registation snd NoÍice of Occupation specifred
in sect¡ons 6 and 7
(Io be submitted in TRIPLICATE)
l. Fult name of factory with factory licence number, if
already registered.
2, Full postal address and situation of the fâctory.
3. Full address to which communieations relating to the
. factory should be sent.
'4. .A flow chart of the manufacturirig procees-
(a) Carried on the factory during the last twelve monthr .

(in the case of factories in existence on the date 9f

coürmencement of the Act)
AND :

' r (b) to be carried on in the factory during the next twelve

months (in the oase of the all factories).
AND.:
. (c) Supplemênted by a brief description of.the procebs
'' in its various Btâges, list of the raw materials used,
interurediate products including emission. of toxic ;

. . . ,gases,. etc., finished products, by.products, their

quantities, ¡hethods of storages and bandling, loading
and transport and details of the arrangements for the-
disposal of trade wastc and efflueirts the likely '
'hazards and the methods to conEol or eliminate
them.l
5. Namos of-Manufactured. To be manufactured.
(a) the principal produôt
(b) other products
ó. Nature and total amount of (H.P.) power installed.
T. Maximum number of worker* proposed to be _employ€d
on any one day during the jear.
E. Maximum number of workers employed on any one day
during the last twelve months (in the case of a factory '
in existence on the date of commencemenr of the Äct).
9. Full name and residential sddress of the person who shall
be manager of the factory for the purposes of the Act.
2lO. Full name and residential
addreÊs of the occupier-
. (Ð pr9 propJ.ieør 9f the factory . in case of privale -
firm/proprietary concern,
' (iÐ Directors.in caie of public limited liability com-
pany/firm
(i¡r) Wþere a managing.agent has been appointed, the
namè of the managing agent and direc¡or thereof.
(iv) Shareholders in case of a private company.
(v) The Chief Adminishative Head in case of a Govern-
'ment factory or a factory run by a locel authority or
by any statutory corporation or body,
ll. In the case of a faetory constructed or extended aftcr
. the date of the commenc€ment of these Rules-

t Entry 4 sub. by G.N., dt. 8.2.198E.

Full name and address.may be written at the back of form'
 ' The M¿harashta ltactories Rules, 1963 Zlf?

(a) Reference number and date of approval of the plans

whero for old or new building oi ior construction or
oxtens¡orl of factory, by the State Government/Chief
Irispcctor.
(b) Reference number and date of approval of the
ñrrsngement, if any, made for the diçosal of trade
wast€ aird effluents and the narne of th-e authority.
t2i Full name and address of the owncr of the premises of
building--(including the precincts thereof reîened to in
se.ction 93).
t3. Amount of fee_(Rupees..............) paid in trrasury on
vide challan No............ (enclosed),
l4.Amountoffec(!ypns..'.'........)Chequevideenclosed
cttos8.,......,,, postal Ordor.............., ;..
No,.............. datèd......,..... on
Banl/
Postal Office
drawn in favour of the Chief Inspector of Factories.
l5: Amount of fee -(Rupeer..,.....,.j paid by bank adjust-
ment wide order No.,....... dated'......... (Copy encloicd)
i , :'
Signaturs of Occupier....
Daûe,.,........,.,..,. . :

Signaturo of Managcr.....
Date..............

rYoú€,-(l) Thi¡ forr¡ should be completed in ink in block totters or typed.

(2) Af¡y rubsequent change in any of the particulars givãn in columns l to ls-sbo¡e
, should bo reported immediately.
. (3) In case of factöry whç.çé under the provisq tç sub:sections (l) and (2) of section l0i)
. a pergon has been nominatizd as the occupier. infomration'reqüired in ítèm No.lO
should bc supplied only ìn respectiof-that per$on, end"lhe'form shôüld be
accompanied. by the nómination.duly éigned by the'Directors or the shareholdert,
ag case mav be. .', -,,',:r'-.:ì. ;t, ':
(4) Only one of the ireh No..l3i oÍ 14 or 15 of the forin should.bè'ñlled as.may, tþ
applicable to the case, it€mNo.t4 should be filled in ca¡e of fectories'in Grèater
Bombay and such othor factories outside Gieatér Bombay as may órefér to pay the
smount by crossed postal order except Government faciories. IieH Nolls'slíould
. bo filled in the case of Govemment faõtories only and item No.l3.in all other.ease¡.
(5) Iúem 12 is to b.c_filled only when mo¡e than one factory is.situated in the'same
. , premis€s or building.
I ., .
, . . (For schedule of feec please see rule 5 or sce bolow)
t[scHEDULE
FOR SCHÐDULESee page No.68

'lFoRM 3
(See rulcs 5,
and I I )- I
Application for licencelrenewal'of lipence 'of a factory "[xxx]
l. FUH næe of the factory
2. Full pottal address and situation of thç f¿ctory ...:..,.........,......

I Sub¡. by G.N,, dt. 22.5.1986.

2 Sub¡. by G.N.III-B, dt. 26.10.19?2.
3 Strile out whichever is not applicable.
4 Del. by 6.N., dt. t3.t0.1981.
 298 The Maharashtra FsctorÌes Rules. 1963

3. Full add¡ess to which communication shall be cartied (whère the factory address serves tho
purposes of cotrìûrunication also this informatio¡ need not be given).

I
tS(¿). a flow
chart of the manufacturing process supplernented by a brief description of the
process in its various stages, list of the raw materials used, intermediate producis, including
enrission of toxic gases etc., finished products, by-products, their quantilies, ?ethods of
storâge and haddling, loading and transport and.details of the arrangemonts for thç disposal
of trade waste and effluents, cÕntfol or eliminate them.]
4. Maximum number of workers to bo omployed on any day during the year :....i,:... j.,.,...i.,......
5. Installe.d H,P.' .....,...:,...
215-e.
Th" period (not exceeding 3[ten years]) for which licence qr ronewal of licencç is
applied for.l
i
.6.Nemeandresidentialaddressofoccupier,..,'
?. Name and residentâl áddress of manager .....;.,.,,.,...,,..,.,..,..,
8. Amount of fee (Rupees.,..,...,.,.,...,.,) paid vide tteasury challan/crossed cheque/postal
<irder/on.............,,........or by book adjustment vide order'No.,...,.........
dated,....,.....,.,..,.,.....
9. Signature of occupiÞr,....
10. Signature of manager.,.,. .,,...,,,,....
Date:.,.........,,.,...,...,..:...J
F.'RM 4
Registration for liceice to work.h factory
Registrdtion No..;.¡,......,.,...............,.........;.,....;..,. Licence No..,.,.,..,..,..-...,..,.,,,....,,.,,.,,..,...,,.
Licencc is hereby granted to ...,,..,,.,......,, ,,valid only for the premises described
fof use ai factory employing more than/not more than,..,..,.,.,.,....,.,.,:....:,..:.,,'persons
.belor+'
on-any gne.d,ay during lhe yeat snd.,instglling moliÍe power.exceeding/not exc€ed-
¡ttg........:..,........,......,...,H.P, sirbject to the provisions of the Factorias. Act, 1948 and the Rules
made thereunder.
This licenc€ shall remain in force till.3lst.day of Decomber 2O

. Fee paid Rs...........,;,,...,.,.,.,1,,,.,..,..,.,,.,.;,.,....,....,.,,.,,.,.,,,r.;,.:...,.,.:.:.,;..,,..1,,,,,.......,..........

Fee due Rs..................
. Exc€gs Rs. ,..;...;,..,.,,. ...,..,.,.....,....,;.. ..i.........,.,...,..,
The 20
Chief Inspectrir of Factorier,
Maharashtra State, Bombay

Desc,ríptlon of the licensed premíses

Tiie liconsed prernises shown on Plan No..,..,...,.,.,......,..........,,
dated....,.,....,.. ,.. are situated in ...........,,....,
and consist of .,,i..,,,.,:......
Renewals

I Ins. by G.N:, dt' 8.2'1988. '

2 Ins. by C.N., di. 13.10.1981.
3 Subs. by G,N. dt. 30.11.2000, M.O.C. Pi.IL.Ext., dt. 30.11.2000 p. 243.
4 Ins. by G.N. dt, 2r.8.1969
 The Mahørashtra Facrories Rules, I96i 299

Dàtc For For Fees" Excess Datc of ex- Signature of

of number of H.P. due paid piry 31st . .'fthe Inspec-
renewal workers
Decenrber
'tor, fenew¡ng
the lioencel :

No[ exceeding Not exceeding

Not oxceeding Not exce€dirg 20

Not'exceeding Not exceeding 20

Not exceeding Not exceeding 2A

Not excee.ding Not oxceeding 2Ð

Not exceeding Not exceeding 20

Not exceeding Not exceeding 20

Not exceeding Not exce.eding 20

Not excoeding No! eXcçediqg 20

FORM 5
(See rule l 5)
Notice of change of manager
l Name of factory with surrent licence numbe¡
:2. Postal:address
:3. Naine'bf outgoing manager ..:. :... ..: .::: :::: .":
:4. Namc of nèw monager with tho postat address of his
residénce and telephone number if insþU€d....
5. Dato of appointment of the new managç¡ .,..
Signafure of occupiér
Daüg: ........,,,.,.,..,,.,,..,..
' sigrtatureof now mæragçr '
' -'
Date: ..,.,,.......

Ins, by G.N., dr. 23,8.1969.

 300 The Maharashtra Fø,ctõt'ìes Rates, 1963

FORM 6
(See rule I8)
Cerli$cate of FJtness

Se¡ial No,
Date
I heeby cefiify that I havc personally
3. Father's name Examincd (namc)

that his/her age a3 nÞa¡ly ss oan be aÉcortained

L Descriptivc marks ..,,,..,.,..,...¡. r.......,... from my examination is ,..;...... years, and that
helshe is fit for.employnBnt in factory sE an.
ådult child hislhet de¡criptivc mÊrk¡ ato:
9. Reason-fot-
(1) refusal of certificate

or
(2) certifïc¿te being revoked

Initials of Cefifyin! Surgeon. Certifying Surgcon;

JVofe.-Exnct detril¡i of cause of physical dirability should be cleady sratcd.

4'
É
Êr
!â Serial No.
.g
o F Wo¡ksNo.
7 3r.v
o SE Narne of worker
l¿¡ :irr, ãtl
þ vtI
Sex {!
\o
æ
!rÞ
åg ÈuEê n'
à
2rn
BE
Âge {lsst$¡tlÞd&yJ
E3
ËflR
g
ëã
Ðate of employment gßì,
i¡ .2
of preseni work cjg"e
EEä
Hs,
ifr Date of leaving or
lrans&r to other E:g*
å'9ø¡
{e work
(,t¡øÀ
(ttEå
Eä'
Fn
\Ét
63
Reason for leaving
Transfer or "ãåg
H E.F
{ä discharye

åe ã=
õÞ.
FE'
!'
Þ
Nature ofjob or
occupation Er
€ø Raw material or
åËþ
7 by*product hendled
c¡ =
å
r Date of medicû¡
Examination by FÈil ã
þ Certify¡ng Surgeon äs F
E,
sã
CL

ۊ
Results of Medic¿l Þx
ã<
Ëxamination

lfsuspended from
oee
rl
3 3
€F
EX
E
work, state period of ã o :a
o :r
õ'ã
suspension with E E : =E 9)
3
detsiled rc¿sons : È
Ceåifred fit to
2

'urxEX
rrJu¡r¡e duty on with I ! 8ã
signatureof ' l aE
,>Ë
:
Certi$ing Surgeon
d d
:
:
:
.!':
;è
lfeertificate of I ö' v
unfitness or :
suspension issued to
wo¡ker
Signature with dats
of Certi$ing
Surgeon

rq8
 ggz Th¿ Maharashtra Facîoiles Ru]es, l gój
.

FORM 8
_ (See ral¿s 20 and'51)
Rccord of lime-washîng, paìnting, etc.

Ðate on which lime-

w.a¡!ing, painting, var-
n¡smng or orttng was
carried out (acco¡dine
.to the English calendarJ
Parts of factory, e.g. Parts lìrî1q: . Treatme rt1,
name of room washé,t., .:pg¡nledl u,þetþer lime-
Yamished'or oiled, 'iYa¡hed, pìinted, Ye¡r Re¡narke
eg walls, ceilingr 'varnished or
woodwork, ç!q.,, .oilcd:
.l :2 ' - : .J

í:

Signahre of Man4ger
 Tlte Mahareshtra Factoilel_ Xu,lis, l9ó3 3qt

rI?1,,Ï3'¡
Humidity Eegistcr
Departûont ".......,.¡.,.........,...ii.,,¡!.¡ r,.,!,.r¡.!.
Hygromoter

Reading of Hygrometer

Daúe, yeat, Botnreen Befldecn:l'l

- rm Betqre€n If no
-Þn:- Romarks
.month ând .97 a.m. and 4 pm _ humidity
d¡y p.6., ' and 2 pm -ffi= insort
a¡n an{l none
(but not in the 530 pm
rert period) T.r,
Dty 'W.ot Dry Wet orv
;'bulÞ ,Wrt
'bulb bulü' blltt. bullr' bUlb

lst
2n
3rd
4ttt
5rh
6th
7rh
8rh
-9rh

lorh
.l lrh
I2th. . :: :.;-,:,:1.:l i ' ',:: ,,. ¡r,.l,.ir:l
l3th 't : t -' : !" :" l; i-';-'
'
r4rti
lSrh
t6Ìh'
Itth, .

¡8th
1grh
2ûrh
Xlst
22¡ð
27rd
24th
25rh
2órh
27th
28th
29th' ,

30th
3 l¡t
Certified that the above rìritríes ere ccrrect $lgrgd)-,..........
(SiCned)-,_,,- -.,..,......:.....

i
.,I

i
30¡l The lçI aharashtra Fac¡arles Rules, 1 963

FOR 10
rule 58) .
(See
Register of workers altending'lo machinery
No. Name and Desicnation D€part$ent Date when Signature
father's namo or of
na*ture tight clothes or thumb'
of worker work...' Provided imPreesion
of wo¡ker

: - ll:. .
qoRlq
pr scr i þ d þ r R r r ;l'rÏËx:,:?) o n oÍ H o
c e ¡ ¡ st ør L ti
"t
Occupier (or owner) of promises ¿-l
Addres¡
t. i;iî;; of hoist or lift and identification npmber or descrip-
tion.
(b) Date of construction ôr rc-constn¡ciioi'(if a¡certainable)'
2. Design and conslruction-
Are all parts of tho hoist or lift of good mechanical
construôtion, sound mater¡al and a-dequdte strength
(so far as asccrtainabìo)?
3, Maintenance-
Are the following partr of the hoist or lift properly .:''
maintained and iñ good wo¡tin8-<irdcr? If not state
what defoçts have been found:-
(a) Enclosure of hoistrvay or liftway .

(b) Landing gates and cage gate(s)'.

(c) Interlocks on the landing gates and caSo g8þ(3).
(d) Other gatas fastenings
(e) Cage and platforn and lltinge' cago guides, buffcra,
'-'inteíior of túe hoislway-;t üfú-"t' : -
'r
(f) Overrunning devicos.
(g) Suepeneion rþpas or chains and thÊir sttschments'
(h) Safety gear, i.e. arranS€ments for prevonting fall of
' platform or csge brakes'
(i) Brakee
.. ;
ü) Wonn of spur goarins
(k) Other cleclrical equiPment.
(l) Other Parra
4. 'lttrat parts (if any) we¡e inaccessibþ?
5. Repain. ¡ç¡cwals or tlterations (if any) requircd and the period
wiihin which they should be executed'
6.-Ivhximum safe working l,oad subþt Eo ¡Êpairs' rencwals or
altemations (if any) speaifi€d in (5)'
?. Others
U$/o ccrtify that on ..............¡:...!...¡rt' I/ttfo thoroughly examined this hoist or lift and that the
obove i¡ a correot rcport or the tesult'
Sign$uæ Counte$i9nature,.,....,.....'..,-.
If employed by a companY or
association, give name and tddrtes'

Dats......,..,....-,. D4te1....,...,.

ittd should be given in 5 belotr¡'

 The Maharo¿htra Factorics Rules, 196i 3q5

FORM 12

prescribed lor repoú of examînatìot{t:fi7ifrÅlirlt machines, ropes and tìfing tacktcs

PARTICULARS
l, Namc of occupier of factory ;. .r_.r,.. ..
2. Address of factory
3. Distinguishing number of marks (if any) and description
. ¡uJlicient to identify the lifting machine, chains, rope or the
lifting tackle.
4. Datc when the lifting machine, chain, rope or lifting tackle i{as
first used in the factory.
5. Dats of each çxsmination made under iection 29 (l)(a) (iü) and

,. H,-:iiîT"H"ii',iJi!"i'i"":.rþj:.Tp,¡:.11{.p,_t..rg ;

examination made under sub-rule (1) of ¡ule 64 together rrith

tùo name of the person who issued the certificate. '
?, Date of annealing or othe¡ heat tr€etm€nt of the chain .Bnd : , , : ,
iifting tackl€ can{ed out under sub-rule (5) of rulc ó4 anå by , ,; .
whom it was carried out,
-:
8. Particulars of any defect found at any such examination or after
:

annoaling and affecting the safe working load and of the steps
taken to remcdy such defect, ; , '
I/We certify thÀt on .,.,...., V1il.e thorqughly.examined.thb abovç mentioned.lifting
machiney'chain/ropellifting tackle and that the above is a corÍect report,of lhe re.rult.
Signature.....,........ .Countøsignaturc.......,,....,.,,,...-,..,.....,.,.-;;.,.*
Qualiñcation.. If empþed by aConp*nyor
Associotion give none and addrcss

. Date:.,.
r[ronu ts
(S¿e ¡ak 65)
Rcport of cxailínalion oÍ Pressstc Pla¡tll[¿sscl ,

l. Nsme and addres¡ of faetory

2. :Nâ&ç, dercription and distinctive number of the P¡tssurc. - .

PlsnUVessel, '
'3. Nsme and address of maker ' :.

4, Naturç of process irl which it Ís used.

i. Particular¡ of Plant/Vessel-
(a) Date of construction
(b) Thickriess'of walls
(c) Date on which it was fi$t.taken into use.
(d) Safe working prerlu¡e ¡ecommended by maker.
6. Date of-
(i) Last external examination :
(ii) Last inærnal exominadon : r . .

(iíi) Lart hydraulic examinstion : l

(iv) Last ultrasonic test
?. \l¡hether lagging was removed for purposes of examination.
.8. Description of examinatioi¡s cûrried óut and findings-
(i) Extcrnal examination (give ¡insons if it ia not csrried.
. out six'mo*thly),

Subc. by C.N., dt.28.5.19E2 publithed in M.G.G. Pr.l-L,.dt.26.8.1987p.5941

 300 Thz Maharashtra Factortes Rules, 1963

(ii) Intemal examination (give reasons if it is ndt carried

'
out annually).
(iiÐ Hydraulic tçst (give reasons if this is not carried out at
. interval of 2 years ar 4 years).
(iv) Ultrasonic rest (plesse quote number and.date of the :

certificate issued by ehief Inspector, permitting

. ult¡asonic test in lieu of internal examiñation anä
. hydraulic test).
9. Safe working prcssu¡s caleulated as per methods given in

(u:
sub-rule S(cXii) for sizing cy.!i¡ders;,

ç,
: :.

(3)
10. Condition of Prcssure Plant-
(a) Vessel
(b) Pipine
I l. Conditions of fittings and appliances
(Ð Pressure guages
(iÐ Safety valve
(iiÐStopvalve.-.',.'1..]...
'(iv)Reducingvalve(givereasonsifnotnecessary).
,:. (v)Additiona.lrafetyvalve(reguiredincagoreducingvalve 1 '.'''..
is necesisaiy). :
(vi). Other,devices (please specify particularly in case of .

- jacketed vessels)-
12. Safe working pressure recommendèd after examination
(specify the allowanccs'madc for conditions of working such
as heat, corrosion eto.)
I3. Specify-repairs ifany and pcriod within which they shoutd be
exbcuted. . . .

14. Spccify reduced working p¡Êssure pending.re¡airs

15. Other obse¡vatiory'conditions subject to which the plent is to
be.operated. . .. .:.. j

I cærtify that on ,,.,.....,,,' the.presrure plant/vessol dcscribsd abovc was thoroughly cle¡ned
snd (f,o fsr as it$ constsüotion permits) nade acce¡sible for thorough exomination:and.fo¡ Suoh
testc ûs rver-e neccssgry for lhorough Sxami¡¡1iþ¡."nd that on the:-g¡id datcJ thoroughly
examincd this prcssure vesseUplant including its fittings çnd tt¡a!.tlrç obove i-s a Eua rcp!.rt of
my €xsminatÍon.
Name and address: Signature: ,' . .

Quglificstion:
If.employed by a company
"r
o"."t.,,1;;ori";111e ana aat."r ,,
.
,
(Sie rule ?3À¡
Register giving detaíls of gasholdcr
l, Name of the occupier of the factory
2. Situation and addrrss of the factory
3. Description; type and distinguishing numbors or lettehs of the '

gas-holders.
4. Name and address of the manufacturer of the gas.holders.
5. Design data-
(a) Maximum capacity in cubic ¡r¡etres
(b) Pressure thiown by the holder when full.

lns. by G.N., dt. 3l.l;1964,

 The Maharashtra Factortes Rulàs, Ig63_ 307

(c) Number of lifu and their distinguishing number of letters.

6. Constructional details of_.the gas-holder including the main
dimension, such as, the diameie¡ and height of eích ¡ift;;d
tank, the thickness of the side plales and-the crown. descrio
tionofthetypeofmaterialused-toformthesidcplatessndtËe
crownle¡c. ' ..
?.AIIowableminimumthicknessofthesideplatesandcrownof
, the gas-holdcr for safe working.
E. The number etc, of the drawings showing the constructional
details of the gas-holders prepared-by the manufacturers.
Signature of occupier or rnanngcr.

r¡roRM t3B
: : n,p,,t o¡"ff,Íi2ilí""1#r."- r,r,,
:

l. Distinguishing number of tle gas-holder and its liirs-exa¡rined. .

2.Whethertheoxamingtionwasintemalorcxtemal,
3. Prrts of the gas-holders examined by eleoironics or other
. accurate deviccs or by cutting sample discs and results thereof, . ;

4. Particulars as to the condition of- :

(a) Crown '. : -

(b) Side sheoting including grips and cups ' i

(c) Guiding mechanism (roller carriages, ¡oller, pinsi guide, ropes, etc,)
(d) Tank
.(e)otherstructure,ifany,columns(framingandbraðking).
5'Parricularsai'tothepositionoftheliftatthetimeof
. exanijnation. ,. ." :

6. Pa¡ticulars as to whether the tank and lifts were found suffi- ..' --
ciently level for safe working,
7. Dato òf exemination and by whom carried out,.
E. Are all fittings and appliances properly maintai¡ied and in good '
condition, repairs if any, required and period within wihich
they should be oxecuted..
9. Any olher conilitions which should be complicd with and are
nccessary aceording to the opinion of the cõmpeten! person. .i

tr ce¡tify that thc ga¡:holder deærib¡d ¿bove war thoroughly cxamined in suoli of thc tc¡ts iò'
were neç€ssary, were canied out and that the above is s tru€ rcport of ti¡c examinrtion csr¡icd'
out by me. Name and signature, r,....r,¡..i¡¡¡,¡a..r.,i,.......,,,...,.,.;.
.. Qualiñcations ..i..,,.,..-.,...-.i....,,,.,.;........,..,....,,..,
Addresi....,...,...,.......;.,,...,............ j
Dåte....,,......,,..,.,.,;,.........,.....,...,..,.
If employed by the association or a company undertaking such examinationi,givè'fie namc
and addr-css thereof.l - :.

FORM 14
(Sê RuIe 93)
2¡Deletcd)

FORM T5
(See Rule 95)
sao"titc¿l

I Inr. by G.N., dt, 3t,7,t964..

2 Del. by G.N. dr, 1.8.2000 published in Mcc pr.I-L. Exr, p.t00
 i-., FORlVr 16
(Sce Rule 98)
.Notice of pertods of worÞs for øùit worlrer s

Total number of men ernployed Teitalnumberof ' Description of

womcn ønploycd Gtoups ..

'.
Groups A B C, 'D: ,8" r,. G , H I t . Group
' LÊfr?t'
blan¡rË .,.

ofwork
Relays I
;.1"

working I
Days "
From
A
To
B :;
Fro¡n
c
To D.
Fmm .E s
.õ
,F
To ]J

On pârtial
working days
From
To
From
To

(Sig¡ed)......-,.¡...---*''.-.""...r.¡.!.'i'.!r.!!.
Matager
 FORI{ 17
(See Rute 99)
rster afadultworkers
Letter

rãrm *ortinjin
shiffs certifisate number
and dare . giving
reference to
the
certificate 3

.ç

LJ
e
(p
 (¡l
FORM 18
iO
(See Rule 103) I

. . Dgscription oïgroup

Total number of childrcr¡ emnloyed....;,."....

r$
Remarks
È
A
,i
s
Relays 2-l 'I
t
.'.''.' :
..

I
From
To
 i; :-, -ii
. ì. ', .

FORM 19
(SeeRule 104)
'ChildWorlcers

' Næne Eriploymeût certiñcate number , Oro¡rps às relay,if ,

arid its date grving in Fonn 1A wonking in

(¡t
 -- -FORIì{iO g)

tgsee ¡]r)
Rules 105 and 106)l
Register of leove with wages
Factory....... Part I -Adult Name.....
Part II - Children Father's Name..
Leave wages to
the mtry in to year of
Register . Service service
of adultV of Numbçr .
Number Numbe¡ of Numbcr Balance Leave Total of
child of
days ofdays days of ofdays of leave with cols. l0
workers worked lay-off maærnity leave with with wages & ll
perfomed leave wiül wages wages earned
wages enjoyed from during the
preceding year
year mentioned
in col.4
l0 1t t2

Whether leavewith Whether Leave with

wagesrefusedinl"1Y.wag€scrcditr¿tcofadvan!çc!örû|ngwagesfor--==-=-
accordancc with with enjoyed wages througÈ coñcesional sate lõave .P":. of Date of
scheme under wages not of fõodgnins or other últh discharge amount of
Sec.79(8) desired -¡*rom -_1b-- a¡ticles wages
during the ,, perîod fÍ. il
nø{t ':
(iotal of lieu of
calendar òo¡,. tZ 'lcave wittt

. Note: Seprirate page will be allotted to each worker.

' Subs. by c.N. dt. 1.8.2000 published in MGG pr.I-L, Exr. p. 100
 ' ' l:lît; Múliu¡.¿slnra l.utknics Ru!¿s. lîô,i 3tg

.FORM 2T
(See'Rule l0ó)
t¡Detetcdl

FORM 22
(See Ruls I l2)
2[Ðelet"dl

3lroRu z3
(See Rulc I l4)
Pr¿ccrlhed under Schedule II, nL IU, VIil, XI, XVil, XVIil, XX
Special Certlfícate of Fítness
(In respect of persons cmptoyed in occupatíon involving use of *compounds)
Serial No. dated the
Shri ..,..,.,....... ........,.,:,..........
Residing 4t.,................. ....;,.....,.,,,....... ,......,..,.......;.,..
whoisdesiroûsofbeingemployedu''..........',.'..'
in the .......,.:.. :

be
lF.:î' i?gtly 1s.c¡n
rn my optnton "Jääi;;ä'i;;;;î;äüïil;'i;".::.:::.:-.:.:::iiä';ååtfliJi:
ttt tor employrnent in operation of,
+ Chromium Cornpounds,
.Ë Glass manufacturing
* Nitro Amino Compound, '; :' :

* Hydrogon Sulphide;
* Manganese and its Compounds,
r' Benzene ,) ;, . : :

His doscriptive mark are

Left hand thumb impression
of person exsmined. . ,. : i,.,..-
' ' ,i iDeputyDirector,
Industrial Safety and Heal¡h,(M)
a¡d Certifying,Surgeon, Mumbai

.r !.. ., ' ¡':

3 Del. by c.N. dr. r.8.20O0 pubtishe.d in MGG pr.I-L. Exr. p.t00

I Del. by G.N. dr. 1.8.2000 published in Mcc pr.I-L. Exr. p.100
2 Del. by c.N. dt. 1.8,2000 published in M6G pr.I-L. Ext, p.100
3 .Subs. by G.N., dt. 1,8,2000 publiihed in MGG pr.I-L, gxr. p, l0O .
 Thc Maharashlra Factorles Rules, 1963
314'
I ccrtify that I er- , I extend this Signature of Symptoms/Signs/ FitlUnfit
amined the person certificstc the,f-,ertify- Investigation
mentioned above on until ing Surgoon

i :.' :'.'j. ']

': ':

!t-

rlronu z¡l
(See rule I 15)
.
Reporl of accldcnt by thc Manager
l. Name and addrass of occupier
2, Occupier's Registration No./Licence No.
3. Add¡es¡ of prcmises whe¡e accident happoned
4. Nature of lndustry. , ., ,

5. Deparmcnt shift hours (if any) and exact place where the accident happened
. 6. Namc of injured þorson. ,
'. 7..Insrûanc€ Number. .

; , 8. Addrc.sc of:injured person

. 9. (a) Sex
(b) ACe (last birthday)
(o) Occupetion ofinjured peraon
(d) Local office to which atlached.
10. Date and hour of accident
Il. (a) Hour at whioh he started work on the day ofaccident
(b) Whether wages in full or part are payable to him for the day of hi#accident
12. Cause of accident,-
(a) If caused by machinery-
(i) give name of the machine and pert causing the acoident, and
(ii) Stâte whether it was moyed by mechenical power at that ti¡f¡e;
. (b) stato exactly what the injured person was doing at that time

I Subs. by G.N,, dt, 13.10.1981

 The Maharashtra Factories Rules, 1963
315

(c) in your opinion, was the i4ju¡ed perqon at the time of accident-
(i) acting in contravention of th9 provisions of any law applicable to him; or
(ii) acting in contravention of any orders given by or on behalf of occupieç or
(iii) acting without instructions from his occupier
(d) If reply to clauses (Ð, (iÐ, or (iii) of clause (c) is in affun¡ative, stats whether the act
. was dono for the purpose of and in co¡nection with the.occupier's trade or business.
13. If the scicdent ha¡pened while travelling by availing of the transport facility provided
.by tne occuprçf. slal.e \¡/nether
(i) the i¡jured person \\,as travelling as a passenger to or from his place of work;
(ii) thc injured person was travelling with the cxpres or implied persmission of the
occupier¡
'(iii)
the trarsport is being oporated by or on bchalf of the occupier or some other person
' by whom ir is provided in pursudice ofarrangemehts made with the occupier; and
(iv) the vehicle wasbeing/not being operatçd in thé ordinary course of public transport
.- scrvtce,
14. If thc accident happened while meeting emergency state-
. ii) its naturc:
(ii) whcther the injured p€rson at the timê of acciilcnt was employed for thé purpose of
his occupier's iradc or business in orabout the premises at which the accident took
' Plôce'
.15. Describe briefly how the accidcot occuned.
.: ll. Name and address.of witnesses.
(l)....,.........i.........,...,,:..,.......;.......................,...
' (2)....,......
17. (a) Nature and extent of injury {e,9., fatal, loss of fingers, fracturo of.leg, scald, etc):
(b) Location of injury (right leg, left hand or left eye. etc.).
(c) (i) If the acicdcnt is not fatal state whether the injured pcrson has retu¡ened to ùork
(iÐ If so, date and hour of return to work
.18. (a). Physician, dispensary or hopsital from whom or where the injured person received
or ts recervmg lreatment.
{b) Name of dispensary/panel doctor.electod by the insured person.
19. (i) Has injured person died? .
(ii) If so, date of death. .: :.
, I certify that to.the.bestof my knowledge and belief the above particulars are co¡rect iir
every respect.
Ptacc.,......,.,...... Signaturo,..r..,........,..,..,.,.
Date of despatch report Dgsignation
Note.-To be completed in legible handwriting or preferably typewritton,This spaco to be
cornpleted by Inspector of Factories.

District ' 'Causatio¡i'number

'
Date of receipt of report Date of investigation;
Accident nuryber. Result of inriestigation.
Industry nurnber
 316 Th¿ l¡laharashtra Factot¡es Rules. 1963

NOTIFICATION OF ACCIDENTS
EXTR,ACT FROM THE FACTORIES ACT, 1948
(Section 88)
accident occurs which causes dearh or which causes any bodity
Yl.::
rnJury l:
by i:l^1i",^T{..1"
reason of which the person injured is prevented from working ior a päriod
o"f
forty'eight hou.rs or more.immediately fol"lowing tËe narure as
nly b9 prescribed in this- behalf, the iranagerof-tno ractory
"""iàãnrl-ãrìr,i.riü""i'ruch
süaiirin¿ -- tr,ereofto
' such
authorities, and in such forrn and within süch timã, as na! Ui "oìi*
¡r";i,ib;¡.
EXTRACT FROM THE MAHAR,ÀSHTRA FACTORIES RULES, 1963

rvler.e any accident specifìed t" ,ÍlÏå,lJi'(a) of crause r of the schedure

f 1) hereto
fp:il:|-".T 1t{ lllg:T"f ofo.ccurrence specified in äÍause e of the saià *iiøul" t"i;,
rhc facory shall, within 24 ;i;;;
hours of the happening of.such
11^1,t-1.,,1y:^,L:_T:1u8..
acctcent or occ¡¡rrence, send noL'ce therpof bv telephone, special-messeng.iior tç"¡gglam
tô
S:jgLr._,_"1 _qnd-theÁdminisrrarive Medical"orfic'er, E.tr'oy;;;' ôi;i;'ä;;;n." scheme,
Rombay' appointad qs Additional Inspector under the Act;inã
where the ãcc¡àent is fatafoi
of such serious nature that ¡t is likely to prove fatal, noticì-ãr ¿iáãJ,ii¿ìñiiì1. atö uã seni
to:-
; (a) the District Magistreto or Sub-Divisional Magistate,
(b) the Oflïcer-in-charge of the nearest police station,.and
(c) the r¡Êarest relatives of the injured or dead person.
(2) T.he notice so given shall be confìrmed by the Manager of the factory.to
the authorities
mentioned in sub-iule (l)-by sending to the¡i a written íeport in thð cåsÉ åian accident
in
Form24 or in Form tfti.ig nmpr"y"eg's_t rciqi!,rääå-tô"i"ä)Regurations.
{q¡14eitoccuri'enóe, in Fomr z+e witrrìn -ti"ärui
1950, and in the case of a dãngerous rtot , oi ii,ï
taking place of any such accidont or occu'ence referred to in that ,uu-*t"-.- -
{]) Wngre any ac^cid.ent of.a minor character specified in sub- olause(b) of the said clauso I
, the manager shail, wirhin 24-hours afrer the expiry of the perìoà
spec¡tied ¡n lî-.-li:l.
:i:Ì"plîî"_ the said sub-clause (b), send notice thereof to thc Inspector i¡i näror 2¿.
(a) If in.the case of an accident, the injured person subsequently dies due to such
accidcnt
information of his death wherever known shail re sent úy ärïili"g; tti":Ëirroni, ipäoläi
messen8erortelegramwithin24hoursoftheoccuffenceto:-
(a) the Inspector;
(b) the Administrarive Medical officer, Employees, state Insurance scheme,
Bombayl
. (c) the District Magistrate or Sub-Divisional. Magistrate ; a$d
(d) the Officer-in-chorge of the nearest potice Station.
Etplanatìon,-For the purpose ofthis rule, "accídent of a serious noru':et, *rorc on accídent
wliich results in-
(i) immediaùe loss of any part of the body or any limb or part thereof;
(ii) oru-shed or serious injury to âny part of the body due to which loss of the same is
' obvious or any injury which is Éköty to prove fatãl:
(iii) unconsciousnesst or
(iv) severe burns or scalds due to che¡nicals, steaü or any other causc,
SCHEDULE
l. (a) Accidents which cause doath to any person or aro of serious nature.
(b) Acoidents which cause such, bodily,injury as. prevents or will probably.prevcnt the person
injured from working for a period of 48 loúrs immediarely foilriwing rlíe'acciãent.
2, The following classe_s of dangerous occurïenccs, wheiher or rioi they are attended by
personal injury or disablementl-
(a) Bursting of a vessel used forcontaining steam under pressure greater than atrnospheric
pressure other than plant which comeJwithin the scôpe of rhË Indian Boilers Ait.
(b) Collapse or failure of a crane, derrick, winch, lift, hoist or other appliances used in
raising or lowering peßons or goods or ary part thereof, or the overtüining of a crane.
(c) Explosion, fire bursting out, leakage or escape of any molten met¿l, hot liquor, or gas
caus-lng bod¡ty rnJury to any persons who are employed or damage to any plaìt,
machinery or material.
(d) Explosion of a receiver or container ussd for the storage at a pressure greater than .
atrnospherio pressure ofany gas or gâses (including air) oi any li{uid or soiid resulting
liom the compression of gas,
 The Maharashtrd Factorìes Rules, ig63 317

(e) Explosion ofreceiver ot container used in any process or used for storage
at a pressure
g::llr-1,tl"n arrnospheric pressure, of any gai ôr gases (including oiuny fiquiA åi
anv solld. "irj

'IFORM 24A] . '

(See rule I l5)
Nofice of Dangorous Occurrence

I. Name and address of the factory

,.2. Name and address of the occupier ...............
3. Name and address of the Manager ....,..........
4, Naturc of industry
'5. Branch or Department and oxact place where the dangerous occurïence took ptace
,:,.!....,.,.....,.,.,,.,..,.,

6. Date and hour of occurrence

7. Neture of dangerous ocot¡rrence (State exactly what happened) ...,...:.,,,...
I certify that.to the best of my knowledge and belief, the abovc particulars are córrect in
every r'espect.
Place: SiglrâturË of the Occupier/Manager.
Dato of despatch of Report
Noter-To be written in legible handwriting or prpferably ro bc typewätten.

This space to b€ comlleted by Inspector.of Factories

District Date of Receipt

Dangerous Occurrence Number .
Date of investigation
. Causction Number.
Result of Investigation..,,,....

FORM25
(See rule I
ló)

To be filled in by the Chieflnspector ,

No. of Case ....
Remarks

Nolice of Poìsoning of Dìsesse

(See instructions on reverse)'
Factory,Particulars..,,. I . Name. of factory

2. Address of factory;...,,.

3. ,4ddress of office or private resideico of oacupier

,...:,,..,.,.,,..,.,.,,..,.,;.:
4. Name of lndustry ..........,...........,
5. Name and address of thc undertaking in which
the patient pr€sumes that he was exposed to the risk
to which the Poisoning or Disease is attributed.
ó. Harmful agent or process to which Poisoning or
Disease is ailributed.

Irrs. by G.N., dr. 20,?.l98l

318 The Mahorashn'a F.actories Rules, 1963

7, Name and Work Numbgr of patient

S. Address of patient

9: Sex and age of patient

Person. affected .....,................ 10. Precisc occupation of the patient-

(a) at the place or last place of employment

(b) at the undertaking in which the patient presuües

that he was exposed to the risk. tõ which Poisoning
or Disease is attributed,..,,,,.,...,...,¡.,,...,,r

11. Nature of poisoning or Disease lrorn which the

General particulars
pa¡ient is suffering
, 12. Approximate date of beginning and cessation of
,exposure of th.e patient to the han¡ful agent or
proðess to which Poisoning or Disease is altributed
. according to item 6 above
"""':"""""""' ";;"'r"""""""""""'i'
. - .: r .,.,,13. l¡Has the case. been,reported to the Medical
Inspector of Factories?l
Signaiure of Fûctoly Manager ........,....,.........
Date........,...,...............,,...,,..,

.-.:
Ext¡act from Factories Act, 1948
(Section 89)
Where any worker in a factory conûacts any disease specified in the Schedule, the manager
of the factory shall send notice thereof to such authorities, and in such form and.within such
time, as may be prescribed.
Extract from the Maharasht¡a Factories Rules, 1963
i ,., , , ., (Rule I 16)
A notice in Form No.25 should be seni forthwith to the Chief inspector or Certifying
Surgeon and Adrninistrative Medical Officer, Ernployces' Stâte Insutance Scheme,- Bombay,
appóinted as Additional Inspector under the Act, b-v the Manager of a factory in which there
oèêurs a case.of lead, phosphorus, mercury, nranganese, arsenic. carbon, bisulphide or
benzene poisoning, or poisoning by nitrouq fumes, or by halogens or halogens-derivatives of
thp. hydrõcarbons of the aliphatic seriest or of ctirome ulceration, anthrax, silicosis, toxic
ana"mia, toxic jaundice, pfiinary optlieliomatous câncer of the skin or pathological äranifes-
tations due to radium or other radio-active substairces or X-rays.

FORM 26

Abstract of the Feclories Ãct, 1948 and the Mcharøshlra Factories Rules, lg63
(fo ba fîxed in a conspicuous and convenient placo at or near the main enÚance to the
factory)

Subs. by G.N. dt. 30th Decernber,.l969

 The Maharæhtra Factories Rules, 1963
,319

Interpretation
"Factory" means any premises including fhe precincls thereof-
(i) whereon ten or more workers are working, or were working on any day on the
preceding twelve months, and in any part of rvhich a manufacturinÊ process is being
ðanied o-n with the aid of power, oris'ordinarily so carried on, or - '
. (ii) whereon tweflty or rnore workers are working, or wefe working on any day of the
precgdjng twelve months, and in any part of which a manufacturing procoss is being
carried on without the aid of power or is ordinarily so carried on,
but docs not including a mine subject to the operation of the Mines Act, 1952 (XXXV of
1952), or a railway running shed.
"Worker" means a person employed, directly or through any agency, whether for wages or
not, in any manufacturing process, or in cleaning any part of the maóhinery or premisei used
for a manufacturing process, or on any other kind of work incidental to, õr connected with,
thc manufacturing process, or the subject of the manufacturing process.
"Manufacturing proccss" means any process of making, altering, repairing, ornamenting,
finishing, packing, oiling, rvashing, cleaning, breaking-up, demolishing or ôtherwise treai-
ing, or adapting any article or substance with a view to its use, sale, transport, delivery, or
disposal, or pumping oil, water or sewage.or generating, transforming or transmitting power,
or composing types for priûting, printing by letter-press, lithography, photogravure oi other
similar,process or.book-binding or constructing, reconstrucling, repairing, refîtting, finishing
or breaking up ships or vessels.
'Working hours, holidays, intervals for
resÇ etc,
1. Hours of work (Adults) Sectlons 5l and 54,- No adult rvorker shall be required, or
allowed to wo¡k in a factory for rnors than 48 hours in any week and for'more than t hours
on ¡ny day. The minimum daily limit may be excecded iñ order to facilitate the change of
shifts subject to the previous approval of the Chisf Inspector.
2, Relaxation of hours of work (Adult) - Section 64,-The ordinary lirnits on working of
adults may be rolaxcd in certain special cases, e.g., workers engaged on urgent repairs in
prepa$tory or complenentary work which must necessarily be carried on outside the limits
laid down for the general working of the factory; in work which is necessarily so intermittent
that the intervals during which they do not work while on duty ordinarily amount to more
than intervals for rest: in work which for technical rea$ors musl be carried on continuouslyl
in making or sgpplying articles of prime necessity which must be made or supplied evoiy
day; in a manufacturing process which cannot be.carried on except during fixed seasons, or
at time dependent on the irregular aciion of natural forcès; in engine rooms or boiler houses
or in attending to powsr plant or transmission machinery in the printing of newspapers,
wtrich may be held up on account of brgk-down of machinery, in the loading and unioading
ofrailway wagons.
Except in the case of urgent repairs, the relaxation shall not exceed the following limits-
(i) the totâl number of hours of work in any day shall not excced ten;
(ii) the total number of hours of ove¡time work shall not exceed 50 for any one quartor;
(iii) The spreadovor inclusive of intervals foi rest shall not eiceed 12 hours in one day.
The rostrictions irnposed by ciauses (i) and (ii) of sub-section (4) of section 64 shall not
apply to cases wh€re a shift worker has iailed to ropoÌt for duty and anothcr shift worker has
to work the whole or part of a subsequent shift subject to the conditions prescribed by
Government.
In the case of any or all adult rvorkers in any factory, the ordinary limits on working hours
of âdults may be relaxed for a pcriod or periods not exceeding in the aggrégate 3 months in
any yeAr, to enatrle the factory to deal with in exceptional press of work.
3. Payment for overtlme - Section 59 - Where a worker works in a facto¡y for more than 9
hours in a day or for more than 48 hours in any week he shall, in respect of overtime work,
be entitled to wag€s at the rate of twice his ordinary rate of wâges.
4. Exemption of supervisory staff - Section 64.-Ch*pter YI of the Act - lfforking hours
of adults - does not apply to persons holding positions of supervision or rnânagement of
employed.in a confidential position in a factory.
5. l{eekly holiday (Adults) - Section 52.-No adult worker shall be required or allowed to
work in a factory on tho first day of the week, unl€ss he has or will have, a holiday for a
whole day on one of the three days immediately before or after the said day and the manager
ofthe factory has, before the said day or the substituted day, whichever is earlier, delivered
a notice at the office of the Inspector of his intention to require the wo¡ker to work on the
 320 The Maharashtra Factorìes Rules, 1963

d-ly and of the day which is to be substituted and displayed a norice

:1i9 to rhat effect in the
tactofv:
p.¡oviãed that no substitution shall
be made which will result in any worker working for more
than ten days consecurively without a holiday for iñ;;ili;;;;
Where -a worker in a factory, as a.result of ciemprion frorn the ordinary provision
to weekly holidays, is deprived of any of the weèHy noflaays,fre snaff'bã';ll;;å:;ïilå relatins
the month in which such-holidays were tlue to him'or wltnii ihe twol"ã.ti;
following that monrh, compensalory horidays of equarnu;bÀrlo tÀäiåiiääy,,oi-i"å¿iáiäii
rort.
6' Intervals of rest (å.dults) - Sections 55 and 56 -The periods of work of
a¿ult workers in
a factory each day shall b.e io fixed that no pirioàs *r¡alì 3'¡ãuì*"urrär" he has had
"ic""¿
an inte¡val for rost of at least half an hour änd that inclusive of hi;-inr";;ì; ro, ,"ri tüuy
shall not spread..over more than l0 l/2 hours uni ¿uy oi, *ìitt-tt J'p"äìgiän of
the chief
*tilins:,.12 hours. Subj_ecr ro rhe cónrror or tn" saüTãî"i*i"nt, the Chief
I::ry:::l I-
lnspector may' by written order and for the reasons specified therein, .*"*piìni
fáotor/,o
however that the roral number of hours worked by u *ork", *trh;;i;;;ãierval does
nor
exceed six.
7. Prohibition of double gmployment , sections ú0, 7l and 99.- No child or
exceDr ìn
certain circumstanc€s an.aduriwórker, shalt be req,iród oraltowäà ù';;;Ëir;"y
on any day on which he has atready been workingin uny ãtt"iià;t;i. '"'-
äåil;
If a child works in a factory on any dayon which he has. arready been working in
another
[11"^tfil!:,p1ent or guardian of tñe chíld or the person ttavingtuJãäy'oÏii
hrm or obtaininq anv direct benefit from his wagesìhall ue puniihable tíittr-rin",cont¡ot over
which mav
oxtend to Rs.Sdunläss it appears to the courr tiar the child so worked *itt""i'*,"ä"äårít
or connivance of such pareil, guardian or person.
8. Probibition of employment of chitdren under 14 - section 62.- No child
who has.not
completed his fourteeirth-year shall u" r"quit"J oialrowed ;;;;rk i"';;y ¡;;ì".y.
9. Hpurs of work (Children) Scction 71.-No ohild shalt be employed or pennitted to work
iyl ll":lt l:'.:q::- t!:: ! tg hours in $y. dù ¡;¡qilíg ri;",sñ;'öishi;;;;
Pertos or â¡ lea$l twelve consecutive hours which shall include ihe intefoal belween 10.00
g.q, a.nd 6.00 a.-ry.). Tfrq periods of work of alt ctrilJren-;-piJi"á"i"'ä-i'"itory sha¡ bb
Iimited to two shifts which shall not overlap or spiead-over oroi" tlian r hours eactr and
each
child shall be employed in only one of the'relayi.
shaI atso app]y_ child workers and n. cxcmprion
I9o:gtr-t-ll,i:fltT^,9
rtom rnrs provlsron.may ;veektytrolidays !o
be gfanted in respect of any child.
lo. Prohibition of employment _of women - scction 66.- No ,wolnen shall in anv
circumstances be cmoloved in any factory ror mot" iñãn-s t *r. in-uny"å'u!';r"ilil#"i't¿
hours of 7.00 p.m. atid r5.OO a.-.'
Leave with wages
Leav.e y¡lh^y¡es" ' secrions.zg, 80 and 83 and Rures.-Everv workor who
fr, has worked
lor a penod ot 24{, daJs or more in a factory during a calenda¡ yeär shall be allowed durine
rne suDsequent ca¡endar year leave with waSes for a number of days calculated
at the ratõ
of-
til ä3:-*yl|'_ol" duy for every t\ryenry days of work porformed by him during previous
catenoar year;
(ii) if a child. one da¡ for every fifreen days of work perfomred by him during tho
previous calendar year.

I:r^rl_"^f:y_:r:_ol_1o^T!:r"rion of rhe period of 24o.days or.more, (a) any days of lay_off

Dy agreement or contract.or as_permissible under rhe standing orders: (li) in the caíe
of
teave for any number of days not exce-eding tweivå
l:ll]:-.r:",ttf
the leave eamed -,nat_€Ini!y
in the yeflr prior. to.that in which the leave is enjoyeã
weets; and 1c¡
'bó
shall be deerned to
days on which a worker has worked in a factory.
The leave admissible shall be exclusive of all holidays whether occurring during or at either
end of the period of leave,
For the leave allowed to hi¡n a,worker.shall be paid at a rate equal to the daily average of
his total fu.ll-time earnings, exclusive.of any ovei-time ü;il;,ï;i inclusive of
deamess allowanc€ and the cash equivalent of any adlantagã"u".ingr'"n;
acc-ruing by the sale, by the
emp]oyer' of foodgrains and other àrticles at conóessional íares for tñ" ãuv*-on whiËh he
worked during the month immediately preceding his leave.
 Thc Maharathtra Factor¡es Rules, 1963 321

Iilhere the employm€nt of a.person commences otherwise than on the first day of Januaiy he
shall be entitled to leave with wages at the rates laid down in sub-paragraph 1i¡, if he:has
worked for two-thirds of the total number of days in the remainder ôf thË cäletìdâ. y"ar.
If a worker is discharged or dismissed.from service during the course of the year he shall be
entitled to leave with wage,s a.t the rates laid down in sub-paragraph (1) inðspecrive of the
number of days he has worked.
If the employment of a worker entitled lo leave with wages is terminated by the occupier
before he has taken the entire leave to w.hich he is entitted õr if havins applicd for and havine
not been granted such leave, the worker quits his employrnents beforã tic has taken the leavË
the_ occupier of the factory shall pay him ihe amount Þqiabte in respecr of the leave not taken
and such pay^ment-shall b.e ma$e, where the employmeht of the wõrker is ter¡ninated by the
occupier,_before the expiry of the sþcond working day after such termination and where
worker who quits his employment, on or before the next pay day.
If a worker wants to avail himself of the leave with wages due tn him to cover a pe¡iod of
illness he shall.be g_ranted such leavo evbn though an aþplication for the seme is ñot made
within 15 days in advance and in such cases he lhall be-¡iaid wages of leave.
The.manager shall mainlain a leare with wages.register in Fonn 2O and shall provide each
worker with a book called the "Leave Book" in Form 21, The Leave Book'shall be the
ploperty of the worker a-nd the manager or his agent shall not demand it except.to take
relevant entries therein rvhenever necesiary, and shall not keep it for more than a'week at a
time, If a worker loses Leave.Book, the manager shall provi-de him with another copy on
påym9ntoftenNayePaiseandshallcompleteiffromhisrecord.
Health
12. cleanliness - section 11.- Except in cases specially exempted, all inside walls and
partitions, all ceilings or tops.of rooms and all walls-, sidesïnd top of passaqes and staircases
in a..factory.shall be kept white-washed or colour-washed. Thè whìte-wãshing orcolour-
washing shall be carried out at least once in every period of fourteen months, T-he floors of
every work-room shall be cleaned at least once in every week by washing using disinfectant
where necessary, or some other ¡nethod.
13. Dis^posal of wastes and effluents - Section 12.- Effective arrangements shall be made in
every.factory for rhe disposal of wastes and effluents due to thé manufacturing process
carried on therein.
14.-Ventilation and temperature - Secfion 13,- Effective and suitableprovisions shall be
made in every factory for securing and rnaintaining in every wo¡k-room aãequate ventilation
by the circulation of fresh air and such a temperature ai will secure to -workers therein
reasonable conditions of comfort and prevent inþry to health.
15. Overcrowdlng - Section 16.. Unless exemption has bêen gránted there shall be in every
yvo.$-ryom o! a factory in existence on lst April, 1949 at least 350 cubic feet and of a factory
built after this date at least 500 cubic feet of space for every worker employed therein anil
for this purpose no account shall be taken of any space whicñ is more thañ l4 feet above the
lcvel of the floor of the ¡oom.
ló. Lightln-g - Section_ 17-- fn every part o{ I factory where workers are working or passing
there shall be provided and maintaincd sufficient and suitable lighting, naturalbr artificial
or both,
17. Drinking nater - Section 18.- In every factory effective arrangements shall be mâde to
provide and naintain at suitable points, conveniently situated for ail workers employed
therein a sufficient supply of wholesome drinking water.
In every factory wherein more than 250 workers are ordinarily employed the drinking-cooled water
shall, during the hot weather, be cooled by ice or other effective methods. Thc
drinking water shall be supplied in every cante€n, lunch room and rest room and also at
conveniently accessible points lhroughout the factory.
18. Latri¡es and u¡inals - Section 19 and Rules.-In every factory sufficient latrine and
urinal accommodation of the prescribed type (separate enclosed accommodation for male and
female workers) shall be provided in conveniently situated and accessible to workers at all
times while they are al the factory. Every latrino shall be under.cover and so partitioned off
as to secur€ privacy and shail have a proper door and fastenings. Sweepers shall be employed
whose primary duty it would be to keep clean latrines, urinals and washing places,
19. Spittoons - Section 20.-In every factory there shall be provided a sufficient number of
spittoons of the type prescribed in convenient places and they shall be maintained in a clean
and hygienic condition. No person shall spit within the premises of a factory except in the
322 The Maharashta Factories Rules. 1963

spittoons provided for the purpose. Whoever spits in contravention of this provision shall bo
pu*isbable wiú fine not exceeding five rupees.
Safefy
20, Fencing of mach_inery . Sectlon 21.- In every factory dangerous parts of machines, e.g.,
overy moving part of a prime mover and every fly-wheel connected to a prime mover, elc.,
etc..shall bc_-securely fenced by_safeguards of substantial construction which shalì be kept in
position while the parts of maohinery they are fencing are in motion or in use.
?1. 1{ork o¡r or near machlnery in mofion - Section 22.- No woman or youn!¡ pcrson shall
te allowed to cloan, Iubricstc oì adjust âny part of a prime mover or oi any-tiansmission
qachinery whilc the prime mover of tran¡mission machinery is in motioá, or to cleÀn,
fubricate, or adjust any part of any machine,'if the clcaning, lubrícation or adjustment thereof
would expose the woman or young person to risk of injury from any moving part either of
that machine or of any other adjacent machinery.
22. Employment of young person on dangerous machinery - Section 23.- No young
person shail work at any machine declared to be dangerous unìess she has been fully
instructed as to dângers arising in connection with the machine and the prçcautions to b6
observed, and has received sufficient kaining in work at the machine or is under adequate
supervision by a porson who has a thorough knowledgc and cxperience of the machine.
23. Casing of new machinery - Section 26.- ln all machinery driven by power and installed
in any factory after 'lst April 1949, every sot screw, belt or key on any revolving shaft,
spindle, wheel or pinion shall be so sunk, encased or otherwise effectively guarded as tó
prc.v€nt danger; all spur, worm and other toothed friction gearing which does not reqùirc
frcquent adþstment while in motion shall be completely encased, unless it so situated as to
be as safe as it wou¡d bc if it werc completely encased.
Whoever sells or lets on hir€ or as agent of a seller or hirer, caüses or procures to be sold or
lËt on hire, for use in a factory any machinefy driven by powef which does not co¡¡ply with
ùe*e provisions, shall be punishable with imprisonment for a term which may extend to
th¡ee months or with finc which may extend to five hundred rupees or with both.
24. Probibitlon of employment of rromen and children near cotto[ openers - Section 2?,.
No woman or child shall bc employed in any part of a factory for pressing cotton in r¡rhich
co{ton opener is at work.
25. Ltfttng machines, cha¡ns, rop€s ând lifting tackles - $ectlol 29.- All parts irrcluding
tbe working gear, whether fixed or movable of every lifting machine and every chain, rope
or lifting tackle shall bc of good construction, sound material and adequate strength and frce
from defects; propefly maintained and thoroughly examincd by a competent person at least
onc€ in every period of twelve months and a register shall bc maintained in prescribed form
of ev€ry such examination, Effective measure shall also be.takcn to ensure that the cra¡o
doos not approach within twenty feet of the place where a person is employed or working
on or near the whecl track of a travelling crane.
26, Exc¡:ssive weight - Section 34 .' No woman or young person shall unaided by anotber
person lift, caüy or move by hand or on head, any materials, article, tools or appliance
èxceeding the following limits:-

Kgms.
Adult female 30
Adolescent male 30
Adolescent female 20
Male child 16
Female child t3
27, Protection ofeyes - Secfion 35.-Effeetive screens or suitable goggles shall be provided
for the protection of porsons smployed in or in vicinity of procoss which involve risk of
injury to the eyes from particles or fragment thrown off in the course of the process or which
involve risk of injury to the eyes by reason of exposure to excessive light.
28. Precaution in case of fire . Section 38.-Every factory shall be provided with adequate
means of escape in case of fire for the person employed therein. The doors affording exit
from any room shall, unless they are of the sliding type, be const¡ucted to open outwards,
Every window, door of other exit affording a means of escape in case of fire, other t̡an the
mearis of exit in ordinary use, shall be distinctively marked. Effective and clearly audible
means of giving waming in case of fire to every person cmployed in the factory shall bc
 The l+laharashtra Factories Rules. 1963
323

provided- EJJective measures shâll be tâken to ensure that wherein more than twenty workers
lfl.lo,fed
l_t: "jd-i!flt]ymatenals in any place ab.ove ground floor,-or.wherein exptosiviä. Àigh¡i
inllammaÞle are used to store, all the workers a¡e familiar with thè means of esðape
in case of fire and have been adequately trained in the routine to be followed il.-""h;;å.-
\4elfare
29. ,Washing. facilities. -.section 42,-ln cvery factory adequate and suitable facilities. for
!¡/âsnrnS,snall be providcd and maintained fo¡ the use of the workers
therein. Such facilities
shall include soap and nail brushes or othersuitable means ofcleaning and the facilities shall
be conveniently accessible and shall be kept in a clean and orderly cändition.
If female workers are employed, ssparate facilities shall be provided and so enclosed or
screened that the interior are not visible from any place where
þersons'of tle otnei *éï wì*
or pass.
30. Facilities for storing and drying clothing - Section 43 and Rules.-In the case of certain
dal8erous operations, fB. Iead. processes, lin'ling and tanning of raw hides and skins etc.,
surtable p¡ac-es.lor l(eeplng clo.thing not wom during working hours and for the drying of wet
clothing shall be provided and maintained.
3t' Faclllties fo.r sitfing - Section 44.- In factory suitable arrangcgçnt for sittine shall
þe provrded and maintained for all workers "uery
obliged tó work in a stañ-dine position in-order
that theymay take advantage of any opportunitie-s for rest which may occ-ui¡n tt¡i
their work. ""¡tr"ìi
32. First-Aid and Ambulance Room - Section 45.-There shall in every factory be provided
and maintained so as to. be readily acc¿ssible during all working hoúrs first'-aid troxe, o,
cupboards equipped-with the presôribel cont€ñt . Eãch first-aid-box or cujboard shall bc
Kept rn the charge. of a separate respon¡ible person who is trained in fi¡st-aiã tÌ€st.¡nent and
rvno snalt âtways be available during the working hours of the factory.
In every factory wherein more than 500 workers ar:. employed there ¡hall be provided and
mail¡tained an ambulance room of prescribed ¡iic i¡n¿ containing tÉc prerctibcd
1þe.
equipmgnt' The ambulance room shall bé in charge of a gualificd *cäi,*l piactiüon¡n
asgisted by at least one qualified nurse and such other staffs ai måy b€ prsrcribed.
' 33. Canteens - Section 46 ¡nd Rules -In specified factories wharein more than 250 rcrtcr¡
art ordinarily. employcd, a canteen or canteens shall be providcd and mcintainod by-thc
occup_ier for the use of thc workers, Food, drink and otheritem¡'sor1'ed in thc cantccn'¡h¡Il
be sold on a non-profit basis and the prices chargcd shall bc rubþct to ttre aoo¡ovit oiì'
Canteen.Managing Committee which shall be appointed by the Maáager an¿ shåli co¡si¡t of
an equal number ot peñ¡ons nominsted by thc occupicr and elected by thc woiker¡. TI|G
number of elected workcrs sh¡ll be in the proportion of t for cvcry 1,0fü workers emoloyod
in.the factory, provided that in no case shãll ihe¡e be more than 5 oi lcss rtran C woriláíãn
the Committec. The Committec shall be consulted from time to tim€ on the quality and
guantity of food-. stuff to be served in the canteen, the arangoment of the meaní, ctc.-cto.
34. Sheltersr Rest Rooms and Lu¡ch Rooms - Section 47.- In every facto¡y wl¡ercin morp
' than 150 workers are ordinarily employed, adoquate and suitable shélters oirest rooms and
s suitsble lunch room, with proviiion for driñking.watei, where workers can eât meall
brought by thom shall bc provided and maintained fór use of the workers.
35. Creche's - Section 48 and Rules - In every factory wherein'more than 50 wolíen workers
are ordinarily employed there shall be providêd and iraintained a suitable room or rooms for
the use of children under the age of six years of such women. The creches shall be
adequately furnished and equipped and in pariicular there shail be one suitable cot or a cradle
with. the necessary.bedding- fo¡ each èhild, at least one chair or equivalent seating
accoinmodation for the use of the rnother while she is feeding or arrendinþ her child and ã
sufficient supply of suitable toys for older chitdren.
There shall be in or adjoining the creche a suitable wash-room for the washine of the children
¿nd their clothing, an adequate supply of clean clothes, soap and clean towels shall be made
available for each child while it is in the creche. At least hálf a pint of clean pure milk shall
be available for each child on every day it is accommodated in the creche and the mother of
such a child shall be allowed in the course of her daily work suitable intervals to feed the
child. For children above two yoars. of a^ge, shall be provided in addition an adequate supply
of wholesome rofreshme{r!.- A suitably fenced and shady open air play-groun¿ d¡au alöuä .
provided for the older children.
36. welfare officer - section 49.-In every factory wherein 500 or more workers ¿re
ordinarily cmployed, the occupier shall employ in factory such number of Welfare Offîcers
as may be prescribed.
 Th¿ Maharasltra Factories Rules, 1963
324

Special Provisions
3?. Dangerous operations . section 8? and Rules.-Emplovment
of women, adolescents and
;Éitãú'G liãf iUit.¿ o. r*ù"t.J in certain operatiôns'declared to be dangerous,.e'g',
oiänîfäit"idói ãerated *^i"t, tl"òroplating,
rcanirfacture repairof electric,accumulator'
-and
;l#;äi;ì,i*, ã¡"ài'ìä!ï;1.li"c õímetats, rnanufacture and treatnent of lead and
ãåîtiiá-,1åtiìiãri"äJ åf lead, generattng petror, gas irom perol, sand blasting and liming and
tanning of raw hides and skins'
any. factory, acoidont occurs
3g. Notice of accidents - Section EB and Rules,-\Vhere, in
i,ïióùïä,r* ¿i"iírìi*lrl* ãåirËr uoàitv injury by reason of.which the person injured ìs
#;;;t"d ilo[ï"i¡¡"C f* ã pi¡"¿ of 48 iouis ór ¡iore immediately followine. the accident
ãi-*-rr'ið-rr drãrin ñåï injury or disablement, is of one of the following
typcs:- "ti.nár¿'uy-pi..ã""t
(i) bunting of a vessel used for contajning steam under pressurc.grej¡t9J than atmospheric
'- ;;il;?, orher thanllani *tti"t come's within the siope of the Indian Boilers Actl
(ii).orcoltapse or failure oi derrick' winch, hoist ot:!h!l-1ry1t:.1"-"s used in raising
. "*n., or âoy part thereo[' of the overturnrng oI a cran€;
lowering persons or" goods'
(iii) explosion or fire causing^ damage to.âny room or.place in.which
'"'ilpi;t;J;r fire in rooms pressing'factories where a cotton opener
oT cotton
-P-:tl-o!T..T^:
is ln use;
(iv) oiplésion of a receive¡ or containef used for_the stoÌâ'e 3. at prgssure Sleater than
or solid resulting
atmosDheric pt.rru." oiãni gas or gâses (including air) oi any liquid
of gas;
. lvl from óompreìsion
collaose or subsidenie of any floor-gallery, roof, bridgc, tunnel, chimne-y,
wall or
"'UuiiJiiä tãiriine prn ;f a facíory or tithin th" compound or curtilage of factor¡ .
Inspector' lf the
thç manaser of the factory shall fo¡thwith setd notice thpreof to ihe Chiof
;äË;i i, i":dl;; ;ñ;;t ;ä;J- nuì;Ë'rñáïir-ii lit "il tã prove farar, notice-shau also be
äi ü'th; oirthi ru"giiiäi" rïitr"ìoí-oi"¡i"nal ofiiceränd the officer in-charge of the
nesrest Police Station
any-.worker in- a factory
39. Notice of certain diseases - seetion 89 and Rules.'where shâll send notice thcreof
contacts any of the foffowing ã1seases, the_ma¡age¡ of the fActory
i"titniiih ¡óttt to the chief I-nspector and the Certifying Surgeon:-
---t
.uJ, plorphorus,."r"ury, rung"nese,, arsenic, carbon bisulphide or benzene.poisoning
or poisoning Uy nit out iui"Ã Ár"by haÍogens or halogen deriiatives of.tho
hvdrocarbons
of the alohatic series; or of chronie ulceration,;ìh";;'-tili;tlt, toi¡" anåemia, toxic
iJ";åËi*iä'-ryõ;ìh;ihil,"*ãn"ér'ãi ttre skin, or pathological manifesrations due
' Ïã-*a¡utit'or othär radio-active substanca or X-rays'
,40. No chorge for fa-cilities and convçniéirces ' Section
l14"No fee or charge shall be
to.be provided or any
realised from any wort".in t".pect of any aÍangernents or.facilities
,õîñ;";ï;r;'ipüãn"", il Ë;rppti.¡ úy the oicupler under the provisions of factories the Act.
at
82,-Inspectors have power to inspert
41. Powers oflnspectors - sections 9 and
iii,ìiä. ãlÃ"f t.qrir. tnïpto-¿"cti.n of registårs, certificatès, etc', prescribed undcr the
,Aót anð the Rules,
Àny Inspector may inititute on behalf of anv worker to r€cover any sum
-proceedings, provisions relaíing to leave with wages, which
required to be paid Uy
thd employer hãs not "n'àrnpfãy"r'undeíthe
Paid'
g7 and 111.- No workcr in a factory-
42. Obìig;tions of workers -sections
(il with or misuse-any apptiance, convenience of other th¡ng
- ' shäl witfully
interfe¡e
provided in u ru.toi/ iã, ih;'p;p.ñ ;f seóuri'ng the health, safery or welfarc of the

ûÐilrî:jïïtlrîîï.ro withour any reasonable cause do anything rikerv to endanser

himself or others; and
neglect to make. use.of.anyappliance or-other thing provided in
the
*'^î"j;;, wilfully
riiil-rtt"ll
the heaithbi safery of rhe ruorkers therein.
ï;rË d;,ñ";;li-"|;¡"u
lfanyworkeremployedinafactorycontraYen€sanyoftheseprovisionsoranyruieororder
ä"iä tü"rJi,ï¿*Ï"'-fr"li'L" p""ltÉ.irl" ,"ittt impriõonment for a tenn which may extend
to
fr;; ö;¡h;, * *itrt fine,wñich may extend to Rs-100 or with both'
.If provision of the Act ot anv rules or
any worker employed in a factory contlaven€s anv
orders made thereunder tö;'ö;iy d1;ü;; lúbtlit'y;; *ãtli" shall be punisËabte with
.fine which maY extend to Rs.20'
 The Maharashtrs Factor¡es Rules. 1963
325
43, Certificates of fitnê-$s - Sections 68, ?0 a,nd 98.-No child who has complered his
fourtee¡¡th yeaj^gr an adolescent.shall^be required-or allowed to work in any factåry unless
a certificate of fitness. granted with referencé to him is in the custody of the"managér of thc
tactory and such child or adolescent carries, while he is at work, â token giving a-reference
r,y"h certificate. A¡¡
1? lee payable for such a cerrificare shall úe paid by"the õccupier and
shall not be recoverable from the young person, his parents or guaidian.
Ân adolescent who has been granted a certific,ate of fitness to work in â factory as an adult
and who whiìe at wo¡k in a factory carries a token giving reference to the certifícate shall be
deemed to be an adult for all the piirposes of the proìvisiois-of the Act relating io the working
hours of adults and the ernploymeñt of young'persons. No such adolesôeit who has no"t
attained jh.e age o,f seventcen years shall be eñployed or permitted io rvork in any factory
dunng nrght a_nd lor this purpose "night" shall mean a period of at least twelve consecutiv-e
hours which shall include an-interval of at least seven óonsecutive hours falling betùeeì-tO
p.m' and 7 a.¡n. An adolescent who has not been granted a certificate of fitnesJto work in a
factory as an adult shall, notwithstanding the age, 6e deemed to be a child for all the purpJ."*
of the Act.
Who_ever knowingly uses or attempts to use, as a certificate of fitness granted to himself a
certiticate Sranted to another adolescent to work in a factory as an aáult Òr who havins
procured such a certificate knowingly allows it to be used or än attempt to use it Ue maãeÏ
by another person, shall be punishãbie w.ith imprisonment for a tenn ùhieh tn"y
one month or with fine which may extend to Rs-.50 or with both. "itinã-td
44.Registers,Noticesand.Returns-sections 61163172r7417grBoandll0.-Àregisterof
adult worker,s in the.prescribed Form 17 and a regisier ôf chil¿ worke¡s.in the prãscriùed
f.orm l9 shall be maintained by the rnanager of evely factory.
A notice plPeriods of work. for adults ahd a notice of periods of work for children in the
prescribed Forms l6 and 18 ihall be correctly maintained^ and displayed in everv factorv. No
adult worker or child shall be required or ailowed to work in ani fäctorv ottreíwise l-tian in
accordance with their respective notices of period of work displayed in ihe factory.
j
The owners, occupiers or managers of factories. shall submit the prescribed periodical returni
to the Inspector rêgularly. - '------- -- r---
t[roRu zr] .
. rule t l9(l )
[See
ANNUALRETURN
For.the year ending 3lst December 20...,...
l. Registration number of Factory
2. Name of Factory
3. Name of Occupier
4. Name of the Manager ,...................
5. District
6. Full Postal Address of Factory ..,.,..................
7.Natu¡eofIndustry..'.'...'...'.'.,....,;
Number of workers and particulars of employment
'L No. of days worked in the year ___
9. No. of mandays worked during thè year-
(a) Men .......................
(b) lVomen
(c) Children
10. Average number of workers employed daily (See oxplanatory note)-

Subs. by c,N. dt. 29!7.1985, MGc Pr. I--L Exr. p.256- 261
 3A8 The Maharoshtra Factorlet Rulcs, 1963

pl{inetory note)-'
(a) Men
(b) lt/omen
(c) Children
13. (a) Does the factory carry out any process or operation
deelared as dangerous under s€ction 87? (See Rule ll4).
(b) If so, give the following information:-

Name of the dangerous process€s or .Average No. of persons êmployed daily in

operation$ carricd on. each of the prccerrcr or operttiorir givcn
(Statc the Schedulo irumber under Rule in Col. I
I r4).
't 2

(Ð
(iÐ.
(iii) eto.

Leave with vager

14. Total number of workere employed during the year-
(a) Men .......,......,'....'
(b) Women ,....................................,....
(o) Children,.,..;,.....,...,......
15, Number of workers who werc entitlcd to annual leave !
. with wages during tùe year -
(a) Men ..... ,
... '..: i
(c) Children ....................;..
16. Number of worker¡ who were granted leave during thc
yesl- ..
,

(s) llcrr.r...,..,..-¡,¡r¡ï',r.*r,jr.r¡r¡¡r,¡.¡¡.','....¡.'..¡.¡¡..r¡.i'
. (b) l[omen ................-...,..........,..,.........,...,...............,
' (c)Children........;...,....;..
I
i
1?. (a) Num.btr of work€rs who wero discharged, or di¡- !

missed from the service, or quit employmont qr wcr€

supcrannuatêd, or .who dicd while in se¡aice during tlic
year.
(b) Number of such workçrs in rerpect of whom wages
in lieu of lcavc wore paid.
SafetY Ofllcer¡ a

18. (a) Numbcr of Safety Officen rcquired to bc appointed

as psr Notiücatio¡ under section 40-Bi
(b) Number of Safety Officers appointed.
 The Maharash¡ro Faetorles Ryles, 1963
327

Anbulancc Room
19. Is there an ambulanc€ room provided in the factorv as
requiied under section 45?
. C¡nteen
20. (a) Is tüerp a canteen provided in the factory as required
under section 4ó?
(b) Is the canteen pmvided managed-
(i) departoentally, or
, (ü) through a contractor?
Shelter or Rest Room¡ and Lunch Rooms -
21. (a) Are-there adequate and ruitable shelters ör rçst Í'oms
, provided in the factory as required under seotion 47?
(b) Are there adoquate and suitable Iunch roõms provided
in the factory as requhed under section 47?
Creche¡
22, Is.lhere a Creche provided in the factory as required .'
under section 48?
l4felfare Olñc¿r¡
'
23. (a) Nümber of lVelfarp Officàr¡ lo be appointed
-. a¡
require.d under section 49.
(b) Nunber of lÄrelfare Officcr¡ appointcd.
" Accidert¡ :

24. (a) Total nurlber of acciilent¡ (See explanatóty rctc):

(i) Fat¿l i
(ü) Non-fatal .
(b) Accident¡ in which worken rch¡mcd to wort during
the yoar to which thi¡ rsturn rçlate¡.
(i) Accidontr (wor:kcrr i4iu¡ed) occurring durhg the yËr
in which injured woton reEnrcd ûo-wort ifurin¡i rhe
yerr ûo *hicÈr thi¡ ¡ctrun rclr¿r
(aa) ïunbcc of aocklent¡
(bb) Man-dayr lort d$c b aaoidcnt¡.
(ii) Acc&tentr (worken injurcd) occurr¡Dg in the p¡cviou¡
yeâr ¡n which injured worker¡ ¡eturncð to wotl during
the year to which lhi¡ return relater.
(aa) Number ôf accident¡
(bb) Man-days lost due to accidents,
(iii) Accidcnte ,(workers injured) occurring during the
year in which injured workers did not retum to work
during the ye6r to which thi¡ return relates.
(aa) Number of àccidsnts
(bb) M¡o-daf¡ lo¡t dus o ¿s{Édsot&
Suggestion Scheùe
25. (a) Is a sùggestion Scheme in Operation in.the factory?
(b) If so, the number of suggestionr-
(i) recaivcd during the year ....
(ii) accepted druing the year ....
(c) Aaount awarded in caù prizer during the year-
(i) total anount awardcd
(ü) Value of thc n¡xinr.rn carh prize awarded. t

(iii) Ydue of the ninim.tn carh prize awarded.

Ce*ified that thc inforn¡tion ft¡rni¡hed above i¡ ûo the best of ray knorrledge and belief
cofrۮt.
Signature of tho.Managor.
Date
 328 The Maherashtra Faetories Rules, 1963

Explanaîory Notes:
l. The average number of rvorke¡s employed daily should be calculated by divìding the
aggregate number-of attendances on,working days (thatis, ma-n-days worked)by the nr¡äber
of working days in lhe year, I.n reckoning ãtte ndaice, attendancj uy iempórãiy as well as
permanent employees should be counted, and all employees should be iircluded, whether
uey are employed drrectly.or by or thr,o.ugh any agency including contractors, Attendance
s.s.p?rate shifts (e.g,.night.and day shifG) shóulð be counted sõparately. bays on which
1ntne tactory was.closed for whatevercause,-and d^ays on which mañufactuiing process were
not carried on should not be_treatgd as working days. Panial attendance for iess than halfa
s-hift on working days should be ignored, whilë attcndance for half a shift oi
day should be treated as fulÌ attendanco, -or" on such
2. For seasonal factories, the average nunber of workers employed during the workine
season and the off-season should be given separately. Similarly ihdnumbei oi O*y*
and average number of-manhours worked ier weêk during-the working and óff-season '"ótü"ã
should be given separately,
3_._The_average number of hours worked per week mearts the total actual.hours worked bv
all workers.during the year exclud-ing thc rest intervals but including over-time woili¡i;id;á
Þy rne prodcut oÍ total number of workers employed in the factory during the year and 52.
has not worked for the whole y-ear, the numbérof wíeis a'"ã"g *ti"h
Ilthef*l!: li"l:ll should
tactory wort(ed be used in place of the figure 52,
4. Every person killed or injured should:be treated âs one separate accident. If in one
occulT€nce, six persons were injured or killed, it should be counied as six accidents.
5. In item-24(a), the number of accidents which took place during the year should be given.
In case of non-fatal accidents,only'those.accidents which preveñted tíorÈerr from *"'*l"g
for 48 hours or more, should be indicated.',

FORM 2E
. tSgc rule ll9(2)
'l[Delcted]

Ðel. by. G.N. dr, 1.8.2000 published in McG h.I¿, Exr. p. 100
 TORM 2e
(See Rule 122)
Muster Roll

g)
ht
(0
 330 . The MeharathlraFdcrorres Rrrlcr,,/963

'' ¡.oRÞf 30
(See rule t23)
Regiúer of Aceideyts dt d DøÃgerans i)cctrrqnces

Namc of Dpto of acsi- Date of Natuþ of Dste of Nurirber of

injurcd dent or Rèport (or accident o¡ return of
.

dayr injured
PBTSOn dangsfous Form 24) to dan-gcrour injured
(if any) pÈr¡on wss
0qguÍanc€ lnrpector occt¡lTenco pÊrüotr to abseat from
'2 wort work.
I 3 4 5 ó

, .: rnrpocrion r*u$iï1i'ålI?*,^r,
,-FOBûf.3I.

^j
hge
as under_

covering pago ¡1,rpfrþn *Jtll"flrpectoi of Facrorie¡ and

Baok or rhe cove,ring pagr fftigii:ffi: îjlo,", ¡orion taken, irany,

Evcri numbcred page trrlrÊctor'r ot Certifying Suig,eon,s ¡enar*¡.
.Back
of evory numleed gage llaragor'r renar*s og*ahi a"Uon ta&en, if any.

roruf ¡r2
(nuo rra¡
'lDelctad]

I Del. by O.N. dt. 1.8.2O0O pubülhed in McO PI,I_L, E¡r. p. r0O